West should have engaged Taliban in '02

0

West should have talked to Taliban long ago: NATO cmdr. in Afghanistan

The deputy commander of the US-led foreign forces in Afghanistan, General Nick Carter

The deputy commander of the US-led foreign forces in Afghanistan says the West should have tried holding talks with the Taliban a decade ago when they had been ousted from power.

General Nick Carter said in an interview with the British daily the Guardian, published on Friday, that it would have been much easier to reach a political solution with the Taliban when they had been on the run.

Å“Back in 2002, the Taliban were on the run. I think that at that stage, if we had been very prescient, we might have spotted that a final political solution to what started in 2001, from our perspective, would have involved getting all Afghans to sit at the table and talk about their future,” the commander said.

Carter added Å“The problems that we have been encountering over the period since then are essentially political problems, and political problems are only ever solved by people talking to each other.”

An important conference on the future of Afghanistan was held in the German city of Bonn more than a decade ago. However, the conference did not include the defeated former Taliban government of Afghanistan.

Carter further said that Afghan forces will require western military and financial support for several years after the planned withdrawal of the US-led combat troops from Afghanistan in 2014.

On June 18, the Taliban militant group opened its new political office in the Qatari capital of Doha under the name of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan as a venue for peace talk.

The Afghan government has reacted angrily to the opening of the office, which is backed by the United States.

The Afghan government, which says wants to lead any talks with the militants, has demanded a full explanation as to how Washington and Doha allowed the Taliban to raise its flag over the office in the Qatari capital.

Furthermore, reports show that most Afghan people believe any talks with the Taliban should be led by Afghan officials and not the West.

MR/HN/HJL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

N Korea to consult Russians about talks

0

North Korea’s First Vice Foreign Minister, Kim Kye Gwan will visit Moscow to consult Russian diplomats about ways to resume six-party talks on Pyongyangâ„¢s nuclear program.

On Friday, the Russian Foreign Ministryâ„¢s press service said that high-ranking Russian and North Korean diplomats would meet next week.

Å“Consultations on a whole array of issues surrounding North Koreaâ„¢s nuclear program will be held in Moscow on July 4. For this purpose, North Korea’s first deputy foreign minister, Kim Kye Gwan will arrive here,” the ministry said.

The Korean diplomat will reportedly meet Russian First Deputy Foreign Minister Vladimir Titov and Deputy Foreign Minister Igor Morgulov.

According to the ministry, the consultations will be organized Å“as part of efforts to resume the six-party talks.”

On Thursday, President Xi Jinping of China and President Park Geun-hye of South Korea said in a joint statement that the two sides had agreed to take Å“active efforts to create positive circumstances for the resumption of the six-party talks,” involving North Korea, China, Japan, Russia, South Korea and the United States, which stalled in 2009 when Pyongyang walked out in protest against a new round of UN sanctions following its nuclear tests.

The Korean Peninsula has been locked in a cycle of military rhetoric over the past few months.

North Koreaâ„¢s Ambassador to the UN Sin Son Ho has demanded the dissolution of the United Nations Command in South Korea, accusing the United States of building an Asian version of NATO.

On June 23, Rodong Sinmun daily, which is run by North Koreaâ„¢s ruling party, said the United States Å“can never cover up its true colors as the chief culprit escalating the tensions on the Peninsula in a planned and deliberate way.”

IA/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

‘S Arabia, Qatar orchestrated Syria crisis’

0

The former US national security adviser says the ongoing crisis in Syria has been orchestrated by Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and their western allies.

Å“In late 2011 there are outbreaks in Syria produced by a drought and abetted by two well-known autocracies in the Middle East: Qatar and Saudi Arabia,” Zbigniew Brzezinski said in an interview with The National Interest on June 24.

He added that US President Barack Obama also supported the unrest in Syria and suddenly announced that President Bashar al-Assad Å“has to go — without, apparently, any real preparation for making that happen.”

Å“Then in the spring of 2012, the election year here, the CIA under General Petraeus, according to The New York Times of March 24th of this year, a very revealing article, mounts a large-scale effort to assist the Qataris and the Saudis and link them somehow with the Turks in that effort,” said Brzezinski, who was former White House national security adviser under Jimmy Carter and now a counselor and trustee at the Center for Strategic and International Studies and a senior research professor at the School of Advanced International Studies at Johns Hopkins University.

Criticizing the Obama administrationâ„¢s policies regarding Syria, he questioned, Å“Was this a strategic position? Why did we all of a sudden decide that Syria had to be destabilized and its government overthrown? Had it ever been explained to the American people? Then in the latter part of 2012, especially after the elections, the tide of conflict turns somewhat against the rebels. And it becomes clear that not all of those rebels are all that Ëœdemocratic.â„¢ And so the whole policy begins to be reconsidered.”

Å“I think these things need to be clarified so that one can have a more insightful understanding of what exactly US policy was aiming at,” Brzezinski added.

He also called on US officials to push much more urgently to draw in China, Russia and other regional powers to reach some kind of peaceful end to the Syrian crisis.

Å“I think if we tackle the issue alone with the Russians, which I think has to be done because theyâ„¢re involved partially, and if we do it relying primarily on the former colonial powers in the region-France and Great Britain, who are really hated in the region-the chances of success are not as high as if we do engage in it, somehow, with China, India and Japan, which have a stake in a more stable Middle East,” Brzezinski said.

Brzezinski also warned again any US-led military intervention in Syria or arming the militants fighting government forces there.

Å“Iâ„¢m afraid that weâ„¢re headed toward an ineffective American intervention, which is even worse. There are circumstances in which intervention is not the best but also not the worst of all outcomes. But what you are talking about means increasing our aid to the least effective of the forces opposing Assad. So at best, itâ„¢s simply damaging to our credibility. At worst, it hastens the victory of groups that are much more hostile to us than Assad ever was. I still do not understand why — and that refers to my first answer — why we concluded somewhere back in 2011 or 2012 — an election year, incidentally that Assad should go.”

Foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has claimed the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

the New York Times said in a recent report the CIA was cooperating with Turkey and a number of other regional governments to supply arms to militants fighting the government in Syria.

The report comes as the US has repeatedly voiced concern over weapons falling into the hands of al-Qaeda-linked terrorist groups.

Al-Nusra Front was named a terrorist organization by Washington last December, even though it has been fighting with the US-backed so-called Free Syrian Army in its battle against Damascus.

DB/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

‘US NSA linked to new Iran media ban’

0

The US National Security Agency (NSA) is linked to the latest decision by European satellite provider Intelsat to take Iranian channels off the air, a political analyst tells Press TV.

Å“The removal of Iranian channels from the air in July 1 is directly linked to the NSA (US National Security Agency) spying, and not merely spying, but the NSA destruction of the access to communications across the world,” said Ralph Schoenman in a Friday interview with Press TV.

On June 19, communications satellite services provider Intelsat said it will no longer provide services to Iranian channels, including English-language news channel Press TV. The decision has been made under the pretext that the company should be Å“abiding by” the sanctions against the president of the Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB).

Intelsat noted that it had been ordered by the US government to avoid extending IRIBâ„¢s license, saying that it will stop providing services to Iranian channels as of July 1.

Å“The attempts are being made by United States through this banning on Intelsat and other locations to prevent the truth of its operation from being understood by the people of the world,” Schoenman said.

The NSA has been hit with a scandal following revelations of its large-scale espionage activities against US citizens as well as other countries.

Å“When there is the distribution of information, they attempt to demonize those who receive it and those who send it,” he pointed out.

Press TV and other Iranian channels have come under an unprecedented wave of attacks by European governments and satellite companies since January 2012. They have been taken off the air in several Western countries, including Britain, France, Germany and Spain.

European satellite companies say they are complying with the anti-Iran sanctions. However, a spokesman for the EU foreign policy chief, Michael Mann, has told Press TV that the sanctions do not apply to Iranian media.

The French-Israeli CEO of Europe’s satellite giant, Eutelsat, has written letters to several satellite companies, asking them to stop cooperating with Iranian channels.

The Israeli lobby in the United States has also publicly supported European attempts to shut down Press TV.

Media activists call the attacks on Iranian channels a campaign against free speech launched by the same European governments that preach freedom of expression.

ASH/NN/HJL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Church against gay rights activist as amb.

0

Dominican Catholic Church against US gay rights activist nomination as amb.

Dominican Republicâ„¢s Catholic Church has rejected Washingtonâ„¢s nomination of a gay rights activist as its ambassador to the Latin American country.

On Thursday, Catholic Church opposed the decision by US President Barack Obama to designate James “Wally” Brewster as Washingtonâ„¢s envoy to the Dominican Republic.

Vicar Pablo Cedano, the archbishop of the capital Santo Domingo, criticized the nomination as Å“a lack of respect, of consideration, that they [the Americans] send us that kind of person as ambassador.”

Å“If he arrives, heâ„¢ll suffer and will be forced to leave,” Cedano warned.

Rev. Cristobal Cardozo, who is the leader of the Dominican Evangelical Fraternity, described the nomination as Å“an insult to good Dominican customs.”

Cardinal Nicolas de Jesus Lopez showed similar sentiments, saying, Å“You can expect anything from the US.”

Obama has earlier nominated another gay James Costos as the US ambassador to Spain.

Costos raised 3.5 million dollars for Obama’s reelection campaign in the 2012 cycle.

On May 9, 2012, Obama became the first sitting US president to publicly declare support for the legalization of same-sex marriage.

YH/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Why Edward Snowden is an American hero

0

Why Edward Snowden is an American hero

by Dr. James Fetzer


“Edward Snowden is both an American and an international hero for speaking out against tyranny and the conversion of America into a fascist state. He deserves commendation, not prosecution.”
The espionage charges against Edward Snowden for informing the American people and the world that the NSA has been conducting the most massive spying operation in history are completely baseless and absurd.
Snowden is not revealing information that places the national security of the nation at stake but information revealing the NSA has instead been tracking enemies of the national security state.
Those who seem to be the real targets of this surveillance program include veterans, Constitutionalists, NRA members, 9/11 Truthers, Ron Paul supporters, and any one else who might have both the courage, the integrity and the ability to resist the imposition of a new military police state under DHS. The latest figures about the “Main Core” list of political dissidents stands at around 8,000,000 today.

No domestic terrorist threat


We know from a report released by a subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Intelligence on 3 October 2012 that, after surveying 680 “fusion center” reports gathered from 2009-2010, it had discovered that there were no indications of any terrorist activity: NONE. ZILCH. NADA. NOT ONE! Yet this astounding data has yet to be broadcast or published by ABC, NBC, CBS, or CNN.
This sample, which was obtained under conditions that insured if any domestic terrorist activity had been taking place it would have been revealed, supports the statistical extrapolation that domestic terrorist activity in the United States is virtually non-existent.
It also explains why DHS and the FBI have had to fabricate phony events such as those at Sandy Hook and the Boston bombing, which were staged.

Unwarranted justifications


Even the claim by General Alexander, the head of the NSA, that this program had foiled 50 terrorist plots appears to be hokum. Ron Paul, for example, explained that it was an ad hoc exaggeration and that it included some 40 trivial events that were alleged to have occurred not in the United States but abroad and a story of an attempt to blow up Wall Street that has all the signs of another FBI fabricated event.
So the existence of a bona-fide domestic terrorist threat appears to be a cover-story to justify the most massive spying ever undertaking using enormous computer capabilities to accumulate information on our emails, our phone calls, our financial transactions and even (no doubt) our medical records. They want to know everything there is to know about each and every one of us to promote their own agenda.

DHS preparing for civil war


Everyone must know by now that DHS has acquired 2 billion rounds of .40 caliber hollow-point ammunition, which is not ever permissible in combat under the Hague Convention of 1899.
It has also obtained 2,700 light tanks of the kind deployed in Boston (in violation of Posse Comitatus) and 7,000 assault weapons (of the kind that gun control legislation has been proposed to ban). They are preparing for war.
DHS has even made special arrangements with funeral homes and mortuaries to handle “an excess of casualties” should hospitals and emergency care facilities be overwhelmed.
This can only be because the government is planning to take out or otherwise “neutralize” the enemies of the state that are being identified by means of its massive surveillance program, which Edward Snowden has revealed to us all.

(1) Violation of the 4th amendment


The first problem with this program is that blatantly violates the 4th amendment’s guarantee to freedom from unreasonable searches and seizures and a history of lower court decisions decreeing the right of citizens to privacy.
Rand Paul has spoken out eloquently about this and Snowden appears to have secret FISA court decisions that rule against the legality of the program that Obama is trying to defend.
Most Americans and others worldwide naively assume that the NSA scandal represents an excess of zeal in attempting to track down domestic terrorists who want to attack targets in America.
What they do not appreciate is that this has nothing to do with national security and everything to do with the national security state. They are not the same. From the perspective of DHS, veterans are potential terrorists.

(2) Potential for blackmail and manipulation


Those who say, “I have nothing to hide”, are being extremely naïve, because this surveillance program is complete. It was not designated as “Total Information Awareness” for nothing when first introduced by Admiral Poindexter.
The public outcry led to its re-designation as “Terrorist Information Awareness”, but that did not mean that anything had changed. The NSA wants to know everything about everyone so it can selectively use the information to control or modify our actions.
The use for the purpose of political blackmail ought to be obvious to anyone who knows, for example, that J. Edgar Hoover maintained sex dossiers on the members of Congress, while the Mafia kept one on him.
Relationships with girlfriends and mistresses, watching porn or having had an abortion are illustrations of the kinds of information that could be used to manipulate Senators, Presidents or the Courts.

(3) Surveillance programs privatized


Practically no one in the mass media has observed that Snowden had access to these records because he was working for a private firm, Booz Allen, which gave him opportunities to obtain data that a normal government program would not have allowed.
And most of our security and surveillance programs are run by Israeli companies, which is one of the mechanisms by which it controls our leaders.
When the US Senate voted 99-0 to support Israel should it decide to attack Iran in its own self-defense without adding that that would have to be in accordance with international law, it thereby violated not only the UN Charter but the US Constitution, which grants treaties, such as ours with the UN, the same status under the Constitution as the Constitution itself. It was a completely unjustifiable act given that Iran has no nuclear weapons program. But it was also an act of treason.

Real traitors


When Rep. Ileana Ros-Lehtinen (R-FL) declares that the revelations by Edward Snowden are “not going to play out well for the national security interests of the United States”, therefore, she is not talking about the interests of the American people, who are entitled to have their privacy preserved and to be safe-guarded from blackmail and embarrassment. There is no legitimate national security interest that could not be better served by traditional procedures with warrants.
When Sen. Diane Feinstein (D-CA), Sen. Charles Schumer (D-NY), and (the usual suspects) Sens. John McCain and Lindsey Graham condemn Snowden for treason, they themselves are the ones who are violating the Constitution, their oaths of office and betraying the American people.
Edward Snowden is an American and international hero for speaking out against tyranny and the conversion of America into a fascist state. He deserves commendation, not prosecution.
NOTE: For a recent two-hour interview discussing these issues in detail and more, go to this link.
 

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

Why Edward Snowden is an American hero

0

Why Edward Snowden is an American hero

by Dr. James Fetzer


“Edward Snowden is both an American and an international hero for speaking out against tyranny and the conversion of America into a fascist state. He deserves commendation, not prosecution.”
The espionage charges against Edward Snowden for informing the American people and the world that the NSA has been conducting the most massive spying operation in history are completely baseless and absurd.
Snowden is not revealing information that places the national security of the nation at stake but information revealing the NSA has instead been tracking enemies of the national security state.
Those who seem to be the real targets of this surveillance program include veterans, Constitutionalists, NRA members, 9/11 Truthers, Ron Paul supporters, and any one else who might have both the courage, the integrity and the ability to resist the imposition of a new military police state under DHS. The latest figures about the “Main Core” list of political dissidents stands at around 8,000,000 today.

No domestic terrorist threat


We know from a report released by a subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Intelligence on 3 October 2012 that, after surveying 680 “fusion center” reports gathered from 2009-2010, it had discovered that there were no indications of any terrorist activity: NONE. ZILCH. NADA. NOT ONE! Yet this astounding data has yet to be broadcast or published by ABC, NBC, CBS, or CNN.
This sample, which was obtained under conditions that insured if any domestic terrorist activity had been taking place it would have been revealed, supports the statistical extrapolation that domestic terrorist activity in the United States is virtually non-existent.
It also explains why DHS and the FBI have had to fabricate phony events such as those at Sandy Hook and the Boston bombing, which were staged.

Unwarranted justifications


Even the claim by General Alexander, the head of the NSA, that this program had foiled 50 terrorist plots appears to be hokum. Ron Paul, for example, explained that it was an ad hoc exaggeration and that it included some 40 trivial events that were alleged to have occurred not in the United States but abroad and a story of an attempt to blow up Wall Street that has all the signs of another FBI fabricated event.
So the existence of a bona-fide domestic terrorist threat appears to be a cover-story to justify the most massive spying ever undertaking using enormous computer capabilities to accumulate information on our emails, our phone calls, our financial transactions and even (no doubt) our medical records. They want to know everything there is to know about each and every one of us to promote their own agenda.

DHS preparing for civil war


Everyone must know by now that DHS has acquired 2 billion rounds of .40 caliber hollow-point ammunition, which is not ever permissible in combat under the Hague Convention of 1899.
It has also obtained 2,700 light tanks of the kind deployed in Boston (in violation of Posse Comitatus) and 7,000 assault weapons (of the kind that gun control legislation has been proposed to ban). They are preparing for war.
DHS has even made special arrangements with funeral homes and mortuaries to handle “an excess of casualties” should hospitals and emergency care facilities be overwhelmed.
This can only be because the government is planning to take out or otherwise “neutralize” the enemies of the state that are being identified by means of its massive surveillance program, which Edward Snowden has revealed to us all.

(1) Violation of the 4th amendment


The first problem with this program is that blatantly violates the 4th amendment’s guarantee to freedom from unreasonable searches and seizures and a history of lower court decisions decreeing the right of citizens to privacy.
Rand Paul has spoken out eloquently about this and Snowden appears to have secret FISA court decisions that rule against the legality of the program that Obama is trying to defend.
Most Americans and others worldwide naively assume that the NSA scandal represents an excess of zeal in attempting to track down domestic terrorists who want to attack targets in America.
What they do not appreciate is that this has nothing to do with national security and everything to do with the national security state. They are not the same. From the perspective of DHS, veterans are potential terrorists.

(2) Potential for blackmail and manipulation


Those who say, “I have nothing to hide”, are being extremely naïve, because this surveillance program is complete. It was not designated as “Total Information Awareness” for nothing when first introduced by Admiral Poindexter.
The public outcry led to its re-designation as “Terrorist Information Awareness”, but that did not mean that anything had changed. The NSA wants to know everything about everyone so it can selectively use the information to control or modify our actions.
The use for the purpose of political blackmail ought to be obvious to anyone who knows, for example, that J. Edgar Hoover maintained sex dossiers on the members of Congress, while the Mafia kept one on him.
Relationships with girlfriends and mistresses, watching porn or having had an abortion are illustrations of the kinds of information that could be used to manipulate Senators, Presidents or the Courts.

(3) Surveillance programs privatized


Practically no one in the mass media has observed that Snowden had access to these records because he was working for a private firm, Booz Allen, which gave him opportunities to obtain data that a normal government program would not have allowed.
And most of our security and surveillance programs are run by Israeli companies, which is one of the mechanisms by which it controls our leaders.
When the US Senate voted 99-0 to support Israel should it decide to attack Iran in its own self-defense without adding that that would have to be in accordance with international law, it thereby violated not only the UN Charter but the US Constitution, which grants treaties, such as ours with the UN, the same status under the Constitution as the Constitution itself. It was a completely unjustifiable act given that Iran has no nuclear weapons program. But it was also an act of treason.

Real traitors


When Rep. Ileana Ros-Lehtinen (R-FL) declares that the revelations by Edward Snowden are “not going to play out well for the national security interests of the United States”, therefore, she is not talking about the interests of the American people, who are entitled to have their privacy preserved and to be safe-guarded from blackmail and embarrassment. There is no legitimate national security interest that could not be better served by traditional procedures with warrants.
When Sen. Diane Feinstein (D-CA), Sen. Charles Schumer (D-NY), and (the usual suspects) Sens. John McCain and Lindsey Graham condemn Snowden for treason, they themselves are the ones who are violating the Constitution, their oaths of office and betraying the American people.
Edward Snowden is an American and international hero for speaking out against tyranny and the conversion of America into a fascist state. He deserves commendation, not prosecution.
NOTE: For a recent two-hour interview discussing these issues in detail and more, go to this link.
 

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

More Evidence of Lawless US Spying

0

More Evidence of Lawless US Spying
by Stephen Lendman
Post-9/11, unprecedented domestic spying began. It did so extrajudicially. It continues under Obama. It’s institutionalized. It’s warrantless. It’s unconstitutional. 
It doesn’t matter. It’s sweeping and all-embracing. It prioritizes everyone Washington wants monitored. Phone calls, emails, web sites visited, and other personal information is routinely collected.
Doing so reflects police state lawlessness writ large. It’s official US policy. Constitutional protections don’t matter. Government by diktats supersede them. Alleged national security priorities don’t wash. They’re fabricated to justify policy.
On June 27, London’s Guardian headlined “NSA collected US email records in bulk for more than two years under Obama,” saying:
NSA “collect(ed) vast amounts of records detailing the email and internet usage of Americans, according to secret documents obtained by the Guardian.”
They reveal lawless Bush administration domestic spying. NSA codenamed it Stellar Wind. It continues under Obama. An unnamed senior administration official said it ended in 2011. 
He lied. It continues. It’s secret. It’s more sweeping now than ever. It’s done with technological ease.
A FISA court (FISC) judge approved Internet meta-data collection “every 90 days.” Automatic renewals follow. Telecommunications are obtained the same way. Verizon, AT&T and other telecom companies provide them.
An NSA inspector general top secret report authorized “collection of bulk internet metadata (involving) communications with at least one communicant outside the United States or for which no communicant was known to be a citizen of the United States.”
Targeting Americans followed. NSA’s a power unto itself. It “analyze(s) communications meta-data associated with United States persons and persons believed to be in the United States.”
A secret 2007 Justice Department memo revealed it. Internet meta-data collection continues. It “details the accounts to which Americans sent emails and from which they received emails.”
“It also details the internet protocol addresses (IP) used by people inside the United States when sending emails – information which can reflect their physical location.” Allegedly it “did not include the content of emails.”
It’s hard believing that’s true. Washington’s able to gather sweeping information. Prioritized targets are intensively monitored. Whatever’s available is collected and stored.
In June 2011, Shawn Turner was appointed Director of Public Affairs for the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI). He handles National Intelligence communications.
Previously he was National Security Staff’s Assistant Press Secretary for Foreign Affairs. He also worked for the Defense Department.
He lied saying “Internet metadata collection….authorized by the FISA court was discontinued in 2011 for operational and resource reasons and has not been restarted.”
“The program was discontinued by the executive branch as the result of the interagency review.” He didn’t elaborate for good reason. The more explained, the clearer the fabrication.
Guardian-obtained documents show “collection of Americans’ online records continues today.” Last December, NSA began “analyz(ing) communications with one end inside the US, leading to a doubling of the amount of data passing through its filters.”
Obama officials claim privacy rights are respected. Saying so defies reality. Deputy Attorney General James Cole defended lawless telecommunications spying, saying:
“Toll records, phone records like this, that don’t include any content, are not covered by the fourth amendment because people don’t have a reasonable expectation of privacy in who they called and when they called.”
“That’s something you show to the phone company. That’s something you show to many, many people within the phone company on a regular basis.”
This type reasoning turns constitutional rights on their head. A previous article cited United States v. US District Court (1972). The Supreme Court upheld Fourth Amendment protections in cases involving domestic surveillance targeting a domestic threat. Justices ruled unanimously.
In US v. Jones, Supreme Court, Justice Sonia Sotomayor acknowledged the need to update Fourth Amendment protections, saying:
“I would not assume that all information voluntarily disclosed to some member of the public for a limited purpose is, for that reason alone, disentitled to Fourth Amendment protection.”
All constitutional rights matter. Congress may enact no laws violating them. Government agencies must respect them. Failure to do so flouts the law of the land.
Americans are protected against lawless searches and seizures. Personal information is private. Email content is routinely monitored. Internal government documents explain what’s obtained.
“One 2008 document, signed by the US defense secretary and attorney general, states that the collection and subsequent analysis included ‘the information appearing on the ‘to,’ ‘from’ or ‘bcc’ lines of a standard email or other electronic communication’ from Americans.”
It’s hard “distinguish(ing) email meta-data from email content. Distinctions that might make sense for telephone conversations and data about those conversations do not always hold for online communications.”
According to Cato Institute’s Julian Sanchez:
“The calls you make can reveal a lot, but now that so much of our lives are mediated by the internet, your IP (internet protocol) logs are really a real-time map of your brain: what are you reading about, what are you curious about, what personal ad are you responding to (with a dedicated email linked to that specific ad), what online discussions are you participating in, and how often?”
“Seeing your IP logs – and especially feeding them through sophisticated analytic tools – is a way of getting inside your head that’s in many ways on par with reading your diary.”
A classified March 2009 draft NSA inspector general (IG) report said the Agency “analyzed networks with two degrees of separation (two hops) from the target.”
In other words, NSA examines emails and other online communications between people who communicate with two or more others allegedly targeted.
NSA calls doing so “contact chaining.” Others call it data-mining. Pre-9/11, a draft NSA IG report considered the practice off-limits, saying:
Data-mining was rejected when DOJ “told NSA that the proposal fell within one of the FISA definitions of electronic surveillance and, therefore, was not permissible when applied to metadata associated with presumed US persons.”
Post-9/11, anything goes became policy. Sweeping surveillance followed. Big Brother watches everyone all the time everywhere. It does so lawlessly. Official denials don’t wash. 
An unnamed senior Obama official tried having things both ways. On the one hand, online meta-data-mining was denied. On the other:
“I’m not going to say we’re not collecting any internet meta-data” followed.
The 1986 Electronic Communications Privacy Act (ECPA) restricts telecommunications wiretaps. It prevents unauthorized government access to private online communications. 
It sets strict guidelines for search warrants. It protects stored online communications. It prohibits pen registering and/or trap and trace devices. 
They’re used to record dialing, routing, addressing, and signaling information for processing or transmitting wire or electronic communications without court order. Emails may be subpoenaed lawfully. Warrantless authorizations are prohibited.
USA Patriot Act provisions changed things. They subvert ECPA restrictions. So does the 2008 FISA Amendments Act.
Meaningful oversight is lacking. Constitutional rights don’t matter. Lawless spying is out-of-control. Checking it is essential. Reforms are urgently needed. Privacy is too important to lose. 
Government of, by and for everyone demands transparency. It requires obeying rule of law principles. It punishes violators.
Jennifer Granick is Director of Civil Liberties for Stanford Law School’s Center for Internet and Society. Christopher Jon Sprigman is University of Virginia Professor of Law.
On June 27, they headlined their New York Times op-ed “The Criminal NSA,” saying:
Meta-data-mining is lawless. Fundamental privacy rights are violated. The “letter” and “spirit” of “federal law” are “violate(d).”
“No (federal) statute explicitly authorizes mass surveillance.” The Obama administration subverted legal provisions to permit it.
Strategy employed “consists of wordplay, fear-mongering and a highly selective reading of the law. Americans deserve better…”
Obama violates fundamental constitutional law he once taught. He defends the indefensible. Meta-data-mining is out-of-control. 
Probable cause proving likely criminality no longer applies. Anything goes replaced it. 
Representative James Sensenbrenner, Jr. (R. WI) helped draft Patriot Act provisions. He’s no civil liberties champion. He’s no profile in courage.  
“Congress intended to allow the intelligence communities to access targeted information for specific investigations,” he said.
Meta-data-mining isn’t “targeted. How can every call that every American makes or receives be relevant to a specific investigation?”
Bush violated Patriot Act provisions. So does Obama. It’s done egregiously. It’s done extrajudicially. It’s done unconscionably. Claiming the right to do so reflects “shockingly flimsy argument,” said Granick and Sprigman.
“If all data (are) ‘relevant,’ it makes a mockery of the already shaky concept of relevance.” 
Director of National Intelligence James Clapper committed perjury. He lied telling Congress NSA doesn’t spy on Americans.
He told NBC news that NSA uses the word “acquire” when it pulls information from its sweeping communications database. It’s not when it intercepts and stores it.
According to Granick and Sprigman:
“If there’s a law against torturing the English language, James Clapper is in real trouble.” Obama conceals “incidental” surveillance of Americans “behind fuzzy language.” 
In late 2012, when Congress reauthorized the FISA Amendments Act for another five years, “legislators said Americans had nothing to worry about because surveillance could not ‘target’ American citizens or permanent residents.”
Clapper said the same thing. They lied. Meta-data-mining evidence proves it. 
“There is simply no precedent under the Constitution for the government’s seizing such vast amounts of revealing data on innocent Americans’ communications,” said Granick and Sprigman.
Obama and Congress “made a mockery” of fundamental constitutional protections. We may never know the full extent of mass surveillance. Coverup and denial reflect official policy.
We do “know this: 
“The administration has justified (mass spying) through abuse of language, intentional evasion of statutory protections, secret, unreviewable investigative procedures, and constitutional arguments that make a mockery of the government’s professed concern with protecting Americans’ privacy.” 
“It’s time to call the NSA’s mass surveillance programs what they are: criminal.”
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/more-evidence-of-lawless-us-spyin/

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

More Evidence of Lawless US Spying

0

More Evidence of Lawless US Spying
by Stephen Lendman
Post-9/11, unprecedented domestic spying began. It did so extrajudicially. It continues under Obama. It’s institutionalized. It’s warrantless. It’s unconstitutional. 
It doesn’t matter. It’s sweeping and all-embracing. It prioritizes everyone Washington wants monitored. Phone calls, emails, web sites visited, and other personal information is routinely collected.
Doing so reflects police state lawlessness writ large. It’s official US policy. Constitutional protections don’t matter. Government by diktats supersede them. Alleged national security priorities don’t wash. They’re fabricated to justify policy.
On June 27, London’s Guardian headlined “NSA collected US email records in bulk for more than two years under Obama,” saying:
NSA “collect(ed) vast amounts of records detailing the email and internet usage of Americans, according to secret documents obtained by the Guardian.”
They reveal lawless Bush administration domestic spying. NSA codenamed it Stellar Wind. It continues under Obama. An unnamed senior administration official said it ended in 2011. 
He lied. It continues. It’s secret. It’s more sweeping now than ever. It’s done with technological ease.
A FISA court (FISC) judge approved Internet meta-data collection “every 90 days.” Automatic renewals follow. Telecommunications are obtained the same way. Verizon, AT&T and other telecom companies provide them.
An NSA inspector general top secret report authorized “collection of bulk internet metadata (involving) communications with at least one communicant outside the United States or for which no communicant was known to be a citizen of the United States.”
Targeting Americans followed. NSA’s a power unto itself. It “analyze(s) communications meta-data associated with United States persons and persons believed to be in the United States.”
A secret 2007 Justice Department memo revealed it. Internet meta-data collection continues. It “details the accounts to which Americans sent emails and from which they received emails.”
“It also details the internet protocol addresses (IP) used by people inside the United States when sending emails – information which can reflect their physical location.” Allegedly it “did not include the content of emails.”
It’s hard believing that’s true. Washington’s able to gather sweeping information. Prioritized targets are intensively monitored. Whatever’s available is collected and stored.
In June 2011, Shawn Turner was appointed Director of Public Affairs for the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI). He handles National Intelligence communications.
Previously he was National Security Staff’s Assistant Press Secretary for Foreign Affairs. He also worked for the Defense Department.
He lied saying “Internet metadata collection….authorized by the FISA court was discontinued in 2011 for operational and resource reasons and has not been restarted.”
“The program was discontinued by the executive branch as the result of the interagency review.” He didn’t elaborate for good reason. The more explained, the clearer the fabrication.
Guardian-obtained documents show “collection of Americans’ online records continues today.” Last December, NSA began “analyz(ing) communications with one end inside the US, leading to a doubling of the amount of data passing through its filters.”
Obama officials claim privacy rights are respected. Saying so defies reality. Deputy Attorney General James Cole defended lawless telecommunications spying, saying:
“Toll records, phone records like this, that don’t include any content, are not covered by the fourth amendment because people don’t have a reasonable expectation of privacy in who they called and when they called.”
“That’s something you show to the phone company. That’s something you show to many, many people within the phone company on a regular basis.”
This type reasoning turns constitutional rights on their head. A previous article cited United States v. US District Court (1972). The Supreme Court upheld Fourth Amendment protections in cases involving domestic surveillance targeting a domestic threat. Justices ruled unanimously.
In US v. Jones, Supreme Court, Justice Sonia Sotomayor acknowledged the need to update Fourth Amendment protections, saying:
“I would not assume that all information voluntarily disclosed to some member of the public for a limited purpose is, for that reason alone, disentitled to Fourth Amendment protection.”
All constitutional rights matter. Congress may enact no laws violating them. Government agencies must respect them. Failure to do so flouts the law of the land.
Americans are protected against lawless searches and seizures. Personal information is private. Email content is routinely monitored. Internal government documents explain what’s obtained.
“One 2008 document, signed by the US defense secretary and attorney general, states that the collection and subsequent analysis included ‘the information appearing on the ‘to,’ ‘from’ or ‘bcc’ lines of a standard email or other electronic communication’ from Americans.”
It’s hard “distinguish(ing) email meta-data from email content. Distinctions that might make sense for telephone conversations and data about those conversations do not always hold for online communications.”
According to Cato Institute’s Julian Sanchez:
“The calls you make can reveal a lot, but now that so much of our lives are mediated by the internet, your IP (internet protocol) logs are really a real-time map of your brain: what are you reading about, what are you curious about, what personal ad are you responding to (with a dedicated email linked to that specific ad), what online discussions are you participating in, and how often?”
“Seeing your IP logs – and especially feeding them through sophisticated analytic tools – is a way of getting inside your head that’s in many ways on par with reading your diary.”
A classified March 2009 draft NSA inspector general (IG) report said the Agency “analyzed networks with two degrees of separation (two hops) from the target.”
In other words, NSA examines emails and other online communications between people who communicate with two or more others allegedly targeted.
NSA calls doing so “contact chaining.” Others call it data-mining. Pre-9/11, a draft NSA IG report considered the practice off-limits, saying:
Data-mining was rejected when DOJ “told NSA that the proposal fell within one of the FISA definitions of electronic surveillance and, therefore, was not permissible when applied to metadata associated with presumed US persons.”
Post-9/11, anything goes became policy. Sweeping surveillance followed. Big Brother watches everyone all the time everywhere. It does so lawlessly. Official denials don’t wash. 
An unnamed senior Obama official tried having things both ways. On the one hand, online meta-data-mining was denied. On the other:
“I’m not going to say we’re not collecting any internet meta-data” followed.
The 1986 Electronic Communications Privacy Act (ECPA) restricts telecommunications wiretaps. It prevents unauthorized government access to private online communications. 
It sets strict guidelines for search warrants. It protects stored online communications. It prohibits pen registering and/or trap and trace devices. 
They’re used to record dialing, routing, addressing, and signaling information for processing or transmitting wire or electronic communications without court order. Emails may be subpoenaed lawfully. Warrantless authorizations are prohibited.
USA Patriot Act provisions changed things. They subvert ECPA restrictions. So does the 2008 FISA Amendments Act.
Meaningful oversight is lacking. Constitutional rights don’t matter. Lawless spying is out-of-control. Checking it is essential. Reforms are urgently needed. Privacy is too important to lose. 
Government of, by and for everyone demands transparency. It requires obeying rule of law principles. It punishes violators.
Jennifer Granick is Director of Civil Liberties for Stanford Law School’s Center for Internet and Society. Christopher Jon Sprigman is University of Virginia Professor of Law.
On June 27, they headlined their New York Times op-ed “The Criminal NSA,” saying:
Meta-data-mining is lawless. Fundamental privacy rights are violated. The “letter” and “spirit” of “federal law” are “violate(d).”
“No (federal) statute explicitly authorizes mass surveillance.” The Obama administration subverted legal provisions to permit it.
Strategy employed “consists of wordplay, fear-mongering and a highly selective reading of the law. Americans deserve better…”
Obama violates fundamental constitutional law he once taught. He defends the indefensible. Meta-data-mining is out-of-control. 
Probable cause proving likely criminality no longer applies. Anything goes replaced it. 
Representative James Sensenbrenner, Jr. (R. WI) helped draft Patriot Act provisions. He’s no civil liberties champion. He’s no profile in courage.  
“Congress intended to allow the intelligence communities to access targeted information for specific investigations,” he said.
Meta-data-mining isn’t “targeted. How can every call that every American makes or receives be relevant to a specific investigation?”
Bush violated Patriot Act provisions. So does Obama. It’s done egregiously. It’s done extrajudicially. It’s done unconscionably. Claiming the right to do so reflects “shockingly flimsy argument,” said Granick and Sprigman.
“If all data (are) ‘relevant,’ it makes a mockery of the already shaky concept of relevance.” 
Director of National Intelligence James Clapper committed perjury. He lied telling Congress NSA doesn’t spy on Americans.
He told NBC news that NSA uses the word “acquire” when it pulls information from its sweeping communications database. It’s not when it intercepts and stores it.
According to Granick and Sprigman:
“If there’s a law against torturing the English language, James Clapper is in real trouble.” Obama conceals “incidental” surveillance of Americans “behind fuzzy language.” 
In late 2012, when Congress reauthorized the FISA Amendments Act for another five years, “legislators said Americans had nothing to worry about because surveillance could not ‘target’ American citizens or permanent residents.”
Clapper said the same thing. They lied. Meta-data-mining evidence proves it. 
“There is simply no precedent under the Constitution for the government’s seizing such vast amounts of revealing data on innocent Americans’ communications,” said Granick and Sprigman.
Obama and Congress “made a mockery” of fundamental constitutional protections. We may never know the full extent of mass surveillance. Coverup and denial reflect official policy.
We do “know this: 
“The administration has justified (mass spying) through abuse of language, intentional evasion of statutory protections, secret, unreviewable investigative procedures, and constitutional arguments that make a mockery of the government’s professed concern with protecting Americans’ privacy.” 
“It’s time to call the NSA’s mass surveillance programs what they are: criminal.”
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/more-evidence-of-lawless-us-spyin/

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

Senate Passes Racist Immigration Bill

0

Senate Passes Racist Immigration Bill
by Stephen Lendman
On June 27, S. 744: Border Security, Economic Opportunity, and Immigration Modernization Act (BSEOIMA) passed. House members address it next.
On June 28, The New York Times headlined “Senate, 68 to 32, Passes Overhaul for Immigration,” saying:
Senators approved “the most significant overhaul of the nation’s immigration laws in a generation with broad support generated by a sense among leading Republicans that the party needed to join with Democrats to remove a wedge between Republicans and Hispanic voters.”
An accompanying editorial headlined “Immigration Reform, Finally,” saying:
Senators “approved the most ambitious overhaul of the nation’s immigration system in a generation.”
House passage remains uncertain. Times editors admitted what passed isn’t perfect “or even ideal.” They endorsed what demands condemnation.
They said it starts an estimated 11 million undocumented immigrants down “a path to citizenship….It offers them a chance to live, work and travel without” fearing arrest and deportation.
It “makes possible an outpouring of energy and hope such as this nation has never seen. (It offers) sensible reforms. (There’s) a strong chance (this) bill could” be enacted, they believe. It demands rejection, not passage.
America’s racist war on immigrants is longstanding. It mocks high-minded rhetoric claiming otherwise. Nothing positive occurred for years.
Nothing’s planned now. Congressional profiles in courage don’t exist. Obama’s beholden solely to Wall Street, war profiteers, other corporate favorites and rich elites. 
He betrayed ordinary Americans throughout his tenure. From January 2009 – January 2012, he deported a record 1.5 million people. In the fiscal year ending last September 30, he deported 409,849.
Throughout his tenure, he’s done so irresponsibly. He punished defenseless immigrants deserving better. Many were accused of crimes they didn’t commit. 
Others committed misdemeanors too minor to matter. Traffic violations got some immigrants deported. Families were separated. Children were harmed. Sweep arrests lawlessly included US citizens.
Harshness inflicts punishment indiscriminately. It does so irresponsibly. Obama deported more immigrants than any previous US president in four years. Bush deported two million in eight years. 
In 2014 or sooner, Obama will easily surpass him. He’ll do it whether or not current legislation’s enacted. His monthly deportations maintain a record pace.
Since 2004, Border Patrol staff more than doubled. Numbers are ninefold greater than 30 years ago. Over 21,000 agents guard US borders. Nearly 90% are deployed in states bordering Mexico. 
Plans call for thousands more. Untold additional billions will be spent. Migrants won’t be deterred from coming. Doing so will entail greater hazards. Remote crossings will be chosen. More people will die. Others will be lucky to survive.
If apprehended, imprisonment from one to 30 years will follow. Prior criminal and immigration history will determine sentences.
Intensified militarization along Mexico’s border is prioritized. Adding another 350 miles of security fencing is called for. Doing so will double what original legislation proposed. 
Drone surveillance is funded. Harsher crackdowns are certain. Provisions require intensified Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) sweeps. Massive deportations will follow. Current intolerable conditions will worsen.
Nine states issue driver’s licenses to immigrants. Current legislation may deprive them. It requires REAL ID Act compliance. 
It establishes federal standards for state-issued licenses as well as non-driver ID cards. It changes visa limits for temporary workers, nurses and Australian citizens. 
It includes rules for “delivery bonds.” It’s for aliens pending hearings. It’s similar to bail bonds.
It tightens asylum application laws and deporting foreigners for alleged “terrorism.” It waives laws restricting border barrier construction.
Many states haven’t approved REAL ID. Non-compliance forces most residents to have passports solely to work. Doing so may incentivize states to restrict driver’s licenses. Immigrants needing them will lose out.
So-called pathway to citizenship could take 13 years or longer. Many or most immigrants won’t likely qualify. Those trying must apply for “registered provisional immigrant (RPI)” status.
It’s a new legal classification. It’s created six months after legislative enactment. It’s contingent on border security requirements in place.
“Comprehensive immigration reform” is a figure of speech. Reality suggests otherwise. RPI status involves overcoming enormous hurdles. Many immigrants won’t try. Many more will fail.
Qualifying involves proving continuous US presence since December 2011, a $500 fine, and payment of back taxes. Minor misdemeanors, youthful indiscretions, other inconsequential convictions, and more substantive ones may disqualify applicants.
Anyone Department of Homeland Security calls unacceptable won’t make it. RPI’s status excludes healthcare and welfare benefits. Rights granted are too limited to matter.
RPI qualifiers are considered second class. As citizens they’ll fare no better. After 10 years of provisional status, they can seek green card and permanent resident status.
Doing so requires proof back taxes were paid. An additional $1,000 fine is incurred. Continuous residency since December 2011 must be verified. Doing so means avoiding unemployment. 
It means enduring harsh conditions. It means low pay with few or no benefits. It means serfdom, not legitimate employment.  
English must be learned. Employment must be proved. Meeting these requirements doesn’t assure citizenship.
Employer E-Verify is mandatory. So is biometrically tracking foreigners who enter and leave America by land, sea or air. Implementation’s required in four years. It’s a government-run online system. It enforces draconian harshness.
It uses photo IDs. It compares employee information to Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and Social Security data. Numerous false alarms are triggered. Millions of legal immigrants are falsely targeted.
Millions of family members of legal US residents await permanent residency status. 
Undocumented immigrants will be forced to the back of the line. US citizens trying to bring unmarried Mexican children to America requires waiting 17 years or longer. Most never succeed.
Current immigration law caps employment-based visas at 140,000 a year. They’re based on five preferential skill categories.
Current legislation increases visa eligibility in ones business wants. Numbers will rise or fall depending on needs. 
Current high unemployment is longterm. Obama’s done little to reduce it. Likely harder times ahead will increase it. Immigrants and citizens will lose out.
BSEOIMA is hard-right, pro-business, anti-labor, anti-immigration fairness. House Republicans want it hardened. Whatever final legislation emerges, expect anti-immigrant toughness featured.
Current legislation prioritizes militarizing America’s border with Mexico more intensively. It gives business access to skill areas it seeks. It lets them do so at bare bones wages. 
It’s about attracting high-skill workers at less than citizens now earn. It intensifies America’s race to the bottom. It further destroys opportunities for a generations of youths. 
It makes higher education less meaningful. It mocks democratic fairness. It’s more evidence of America’s true face. It’s not the same country older generations grew up in. 
It’s not the land of the free and home of the brave. It never was. It’s not now. More than ever, it’s exploitive, repressive, unfair and unjust. 
America’s criminal class is bipartisan. They betray ordinary constituents. They do so consistently. They do it with disturbing regularity. They do so unapologetically. They mock legitimate democracy in the process.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/senate-passes-racist-immigration-bill/

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

Iran to launch Shahriar World Award

0

Iran to hold first intl. literary prize, Shahriar World Award

A new international literary prize dubbed ËœShahriar World Awardâ„¢ is slated to be launched in Iran, Shahriar International Research Foundation announced.

The prize is scheduled to be dedicated to institutions, organizations and individuals whose efforts contribute to the works and life of contemporary Iranian poet and scholar Shahriar.

The event will select the works focusing on the innovation and research in Persian literature and language, in particular, through Shahryarâ„¢s works, IRNA has reported.

The first edition of Shahriar World Award is programmed to be held in September, 2013.

Seyyed Mohammad Hossein Behjat-Tabrizi (1906-1988), known by his pen name Shahriar, was born in Tabriz and is best known for his straightforward language and easy-to-understand poems.

Shahriar was the first Iranian to write poetry in Azeri language and his most famous poem Heydar Babaya Salam, known by many as one of the best modern poems in the language, has been adapted into a few plays.

Published in 1954, the poem is about a mountain where the poet spent his childhood and has been translated into more than 30 languages.

Shahriar has written many different forms of verse, including lyrics, quatrains, couplets, odes, and elegies. His works have also been set to music by renowned Iranian musicians such as Rouhollah Khaleqi.

Shahriar was also a talented calligrapher and played the sitar. He passed away on September 18, 1988, and the day was named as Iran’s National Day of Persian Literature and Poetry.

FGP/FGP

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Wesley Clark, the NSA and Internet Censorship

0

by Jim Fetzer (with Kurt Nimmo)


“The indictment [of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev] suggests the Internet played an important role in the suspects’ radicalization”—AP, Wisconsin State Journal (28 June 2013)

We knew that it was coming.  When a pressure-cooker bomb is described as “a weapon of mass destruction”, can anyone doubt that the government has gone on a binge with false information to manipulate the public? And the use of high-tech surveillance techniques appears to be in its infancy, where the national security state is going to protect its interests.  

The Tsarnaev brothers were such obvious patsies, where the real perps—Craft International personnel—were nailed by the alternative media on the Internet so promptly the NSA and DHS are losing their ability to deceive the public. Indeed, you know the situation is completely absurd when these “Islamic terrorists” are alleged to have killed innocent women and children, even though such acts are proscribed by the Koran. I am reminded of Voltaire’s observation, “Those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities”.
No one who knows how to do research on the Internet has any excuse to be taken in, which is why they are now going to pass a new “Cyber Security” version of the Patriot Act.  They have to do something lest their control of the mass media no longer function as a form of mind-control by manipulating public information.  The total control of information about threats to the national security state has become the foremost objective of the NSA. If they can ban websites, they can burn books, control what you watch on television and other aspects of your life.
As Kurt Nimmo explains (below), no less a figure than Gen. Wesley Clark claims that the pubic supports NSA’s surveillance of every aspect of our lives, including our email, our phone calls, our financial transactions and (I have no doubt) as well as our medical records.  Indeed, physicians are even being required to ask their patients if they own any firearms, which is part and parcel of the ongoing efforts of the DHS to identify those who might be able to resist the imposition by force of a military-police state, which is coming as surely as the Sun rises in the East.  But Gen. Clark’s claims are contradicted by a brand new survey conducted by Newsmax (below), which was released on 26 June 2013, which showed that Clark is completely wrong.
By 65% to 34%, the public regards Snowden as a hero.
By 78% to 21%, they oppose NSA spying to thwart terrorism.
By 92% to 7%, they do not trust Obama to supervise such spying.
And by 79% to 20%, they support privacy over security.
There is no longer any excuse for the public to be taken in by the propaganda and disinformation we are being spoon-fed by our own government and the mainstream media.  There is more truth on Russia Today than in The New York Times, alas, even about major events such as the Boston bombing.  We know the perps were wearing Craft International uniforms; that one of them had on a black back-pack with a white square on it; that one of the backpacks that exploded was black with a white square on it; that the same perps were photographed running a way without the black backpack with the white square. On Russia Today, “The Truthseeker: Boston Bombing — What you aren’t told” offers more truth than the US media combined:
They are squeezing this event for all its worth:  blaming two brothers, shutting down a major city, filling it will light tanks and military forces in violation of Posse Comitatus, claiming that the younger brother had shot a security guard, making a case for their radicalization in Russia—thereby drawing upon a subconscious comparison with Lee Oswald, who had also visited Russia and was alleged to have shot a Dallas police officer—and now making the case that their “radicalization” took place via the Internet, which is going to be used as the justification for a crack-down with a new Cyber Security bill, which may make web sites like Veterans Todayand assassinationresearch.com figments of a distant past.  
Indeed, it appears that the US has been launching cyber attacks on Iran, even though our own intel agencies concluded in 2007 that Iran was not pursuing a nuclear weapons program, a finding it reaffirmed in 2011. Nevertheless, in another instance of the violation of the sovereignty of another nation in apparent violation of international law, the UN Charter and even the US Constitution, Gen. James Cartwright, former Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, is under investigation for allegedly having leaked information about this program, which made its way into the public domain:
According to the Times, Obama ordered the cyberattacks sped up, and in 2010 an attack using a computer virus called Stuxnet temporarily disabled 1,000 centrifuges that the Iranians were using to enrich uranium.
Congressional leaders demanded a criminal probe into who leaked the information, and Obama said he had zero tolerance for such leaks. Republicans said senior administration officials had leaked the details to bolster the president’s national security credentials during the 2012 campaign.
The Times said Cartwright was one of the crucial players who had to break the news to Obama and Vice President Joe Biden that Stuxnet at one point had escaped onto the Internet.
Nothing surprises me anymore. When the Senate can vote 99-0 to support Israel if it should decide to attack Iran in violation of the US Constitution, when our own intel agencies concur that Iran is not pursuing a nuclear weapons program and where the estimate of casualties includes 1,000,000 dead Iranians outright and another 35,000,000 premature deaths as the clouds of contamination sweep across Afghanistan, Pakistan and India, I have to admit that I no longer have any faith in the United States and its leaders. This nation has lost its way and our leadership has demonstrated that it lacks the integrity and dedication to preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.
 

Wesley Clark Says American People Like NSA Stasi State Spying On Them

by Kurt Nimmo


On Thursday, CNN’s Erin Burnett continued the establishment’s propaganda onslaught against the “leaker” Edward Snowden. After fatuously mischaracterizing Snowden as a “hacker,” Brown introduced former General Wesley Clark and Peter Brookes of the Heritage Foundation, the lobbying outfit that takes money from the neocon Scaife Foundations run by the CIA operative and Operation Mockingbird asset Richard Mellon Scaife.
Clark, a notorious war criminal who used cluster bombs and depleted uranium on civilians during his rein as the Supreme Commander of NATO forces, said the American people love the idea of the government illegally and unconstitutionally spying on them. Clark told Burnett the “American people are solidly behind the prism program and all that’s going on,” never mind numerous polls indicating the American people are steadfastly opposed to the government’s surveillance programs.
Brookes underscored the establishment’s claim that Snowden is a spy guilty of espionage despite the fact he is not accused of working for a foreign government. “He’s a 30-year-old spy. He’s been charged with espionage,” Brookes insisted.
Clark and Brookes are part of the establishment media echo chamber declaring Edward Snowden is a traitor for revealing the unconstitutional behavior of government and its Stasi state apparatus. From The New Yorker to MSNBC and Politico and beyond, the corporate media is focusing on Snowden — his idiosyncrasies, his girlfriend, even the fact he did not finish high school — while ignoring the serial criminality of the NSA, the Obama administration and Congress.
“Only because of Snowden do we know that our government is storing records of our phone data that can be mined for God only knows how long,” writes Kirsten Powers for The Daily Beast.
In fact, we have known for a long time about the government — more specifically, the national security state — spying on the American people, commencing soon after its inception in 1947 and mushrooming under quaintly named programs such as Project SHAMROCK and sister program Project MINARET. Enough evidence was revealed by the Senate’s Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities back in 1976 to implicate the government in this sort of elicit behavior, but thanks to the establishment media and the public miseducation system millions of Americans are blissfully unaware of the crimes of the national security state.
A Newsmax poll published 26 June 2013 contradicts the claims made by Gen. Wesley Clark 
As a side note, the above linked Senate report is flagged as a “badware” website by Google. “Many kinds of badware aren’t visible or obvious, and they can install silently as soon as you visit an infected page. Google’s detection systems are VERY accurate. We suggest you don’t visit the site again until the owner resolves the problem!”
In other words, Google thinks it is very accurate at steering folks away from the truth, in this instance documentary evidence that the government has long spied on the American people.
Google, as a trusted appendage of the national security state, has a vested interest in diverting the unsuspecting away from the truth the same as CNN, the consistently featherbrained Erin Burnett and government apologists Wesley Clark and Peter Brookes.

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

Why Snowden Matters: National Security vs. The National Security State

0

By Jim Fetzer and PressTV

“Snowden is not revealing information that places the national security of the nation at stake but information revealing the NSA has instead been tracking enemies of the national security state.”
The most obvious responses to Edward Snowden’s revelations that the NSA has been conducting massive and all-pervasive surveillance of the American people—and, indeed, of targeted populations abroad—have come from those, such as Sens. Diane Feinstein (D-CA), John McCain (R-AZ) and Lindsay Graham (R-SC), who maintain that he is placing the national security of the United States at risk.
There is no evidence that that is the case, where the very idea that the world’s greatest spying agency would attempt to have him prosecuted for espionage is at least faintly absurd.
Other less-familiar sources have taken the opposite tact by asserting that, since everything he has revealed was “already known”, his integrity and sincerity are in doubt, where he may actually be some kind of dupe or double-agent.  The Anti-New York Times, for example, contends that he cannot have abandoned his $200,000 a year salary, his girl friend and his life to tell the world such familiar information, which makes his actions highly suspicious from the opposite side of the spectrum.
That strikes me as very odd, since no one I know has ever taken for granted that the NSA had such an all-encompassing surveillance program in place, especially one that vacuums up our phone calls, our emails, our financial transactions and, no doubt, our medical records as well. A more intriguing proposal has come from Jon Rappoport, “Ed Snowden, NSA, and fairy tales a child could see through”, who considers the situation to be completely preposterous:
Let’s see. NSA is the most awesome spying agency ever devised in this world. If you cross the street in Podunk, Anywhere, USA, to buy an ice cream soda, on a Tuesday afternoon in July, they know.
They know if you sit at the counter and drink that soda or take it and move to the only table in the store. They know if you lick the foam from the top of the glass with your tongue or pick the foam with your straw and then lick it.
They know if you keep the receipt for the soda or leave it on the counter.
They know whether you’re wearing shoes or sneakers. They know the brand of your underwear. They know your shaving cream, and precisely which container it came out of.
But this agency, with all its vast power and its dollars…
Can’t track one of its own, a man who came to work every day, a man who made up a story about needing treatment in Hong Kong for epilepsy and then skipped the country.
Just can’t find him.
Rappoport believes that these revelations come from the CIA, which is engaged in a “turf war” with the NSA, resenting that the NSA has been granted funding at the expense of the CIA, for which it is now engaged in retaliation by embarrassing it.
None of those who question Snowden’s actions, however, are responding to the implicit distinction that his revelations have accented between “national security”, on the one hand, and “the national security state”, on the other.  The targets the NSA has been focusing upon—such as veterans, Constitutionalists, Ron Paul supporters, NRA members and 9/11 Truthers—do not pose any threat to the national security of the United States. What they pose is a threat to the imposition of a fascist military/police state of the kind the world has seen with The Fourth Reich and the former Soviet Union, where the NSA and DHS are two sides of the same fascistic coin. The situation appears to be dire, as I have sought to explain here. We must take appropriate measures—which including arming ourselves for the conflict to come—by confronting the grim reality that his revelations have exposed. His true motivation was displayed when he said he was doing this because “I am an American”!

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

I Spent Eight Years As a Liberal Working for Fox News

0

June 24, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Joe Muto was just a young liberal guy who haphazardly fell into a career at Fox News. Eight years later, he departed in dramatic fashion after becoming, for a brief moment, Gawker.com’s anonymous “Liberal Fox Mole.”

A couple of misdemeanor charges later, Muto wrote a book about his experiences working for Bill O’Reilly. An Atheist in the FOXhole: A Liberal’s Eight-Year Odyssey Inside the Heart of the Right-Wing Media is an entertaining insider’s account of what it’s like behind the scenes at a Republican advocacy organization that also happens to be the top-rated cable news station in the United States. We caught up with Muto by phone last week.

Joshua Holland: Joe, you didn’t end up at Fox as part of some ideological crusade. How did a liberal end up working in the heart of darkness?

Joe Muto: That would have been an even more amazing story if I had started there and stayed there for eight years with the intent of doing this the whole time.

It was weird. I finished college and I was aimless as, I’m guessing, many exiting college seniors are. I just knew I wanted to be in New York. I wanted to do something in media and I sent out a flurry of resumes. My undistinguished GPA in an undistinguished major got me zero responses except for Fox News.

I was nervous about taking a job with them. I didn’t know if I would show up and they’d make me swear allegiance to a photo of Ronald Reagan in an occult ceremony or something like that. I had no idea what to expect but I actually had a buddy who had done an internship for them. He’s like, “Yes, it’s normal, whatever. Who cares?”

I thought, I’ll give it a few months and see what happens. If I can’t stand the place, I’ll bug out and get a job somewhere else, but it seems it’s a good way to start a career and to start in New York City–to get a foothold.

JH: After eight years, you figured you’d be happier working at Gawker, which many of us would be … so you became the Fox mole.

I wouldn’t say you were like James Bond in covering up your tracks. How did Fox figure out it was you after about 10 minutes?

JM: (Laughs) Ten minutes is being a little generous. It was about three minutes. It was not the stuff I was writing. The stuff I was writing, I was covering my tracks enough that it didn’t lead straight to me, but it was the video clips. Those stupid, inconsequential video clips. I had one clip of Newt Gingrich getting his hair done by his wife. I had another clip of Mitt Romney talking about his love for his dressage horses.

With those two clips, they were able to trace to me. They didn’t know–they didn’t have me completely there. They were like, We don’t know that you took these clips, but we can tell that you’re one of the only people in the company who looked at both of them.

JH: You faced a couple of charges for this. John Cook over at Gawker says that prosecuting you was an outrageous abuse of power. Your view?

JM: An outrageous abuse of power… I’m of a mixed mind about it. I had to plead to a couple of misdemeanor charges and I’m doing community service. They gave me 10 days of community service and 200 additional hours. The other people are all in there for drug charges, DUIs. One guy smashed a bottle in another guy’s face. I have a major inferiority complex because they were talking about all these amazing stuff they’ve done and I’m like, Yes, I leaked a video of Newt Gingrich getting trimmed by his wife.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

No Winners When It Comes to Border Security

0

Photo Credit: 2006 Getty Images

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

While many progressives are resigned to border security as a tradeoff for “comprehensive” immigration reform, a new study published earlier this month by the University of Arizona’s Binational Migration Institute revealed the stark reality of such a compromise: during times of increased border security migrant deaths along the border have soared. In the south-central Arizona area alone, deaths peaked at 225 in 2010, and were only slightly lower in 2011 and 2012.

The report goes on to suggest that if we continue to beef-up the already steroid-overdosed border enforcement, there will be more deaths and at higher and higher numbers.

Yet, at the same time, the call for enhanced border security continues to dominate the conversation about immigration reform. Last Thursday, border security, the Republicans’ most pressing concern, domineered the debate as never before as senators announced an official border security compromise. By Monday, Senate lawmakers backed a new amendment by Republican senators John Hoeven of North Dakota and Bob Corker of Tennessee that calls for the U.S. government to aim for a state of “persistent surveillance” along the border.

Here’s what that means:

By 2014 there will be 20,000 more border patrol agents on the border, making the already largest police enforcement concentrated in one area even bigger, topping off at nearly 42,000. The use of drones will be dramatically expanded, an additional 700 miles of fencing will be built, and a slew of new military technologies will be updated.

And (surprise!) this will cost nearly $40 billion over the next decade.

It’s hard to imagine, when looking at the already militarized border, how these determined politicians are thinking so big when the U.S. has been implementing its top-notch technology along the border for years. There are already more agents on the border than ever before – so many that there is one border patrol agent for every 500 feet. We have unmanned drones monitoring the border at all times (which costs the government $3,200 an hour, or $43 million a year). Border patrol agents have night-vision goggles, ground sensors, cameras, helicopters, military-style trucks and miles upon miles of fencing.

Perhaps even more war-like, border patrol agents are known to go around destroying life-saving resources like water, food and blankets, while also shooting, and sometimes killing Mexican citizens on the other side of the border for throwing rocks at them. (A recent lawsuit is even claiming that border patrol policy allows agents to “get away with murder” in situations like these.)

Today, the current state of border security costs taxpayers $18 billion a year, more than what taxpayers contribute to the FBI, U.S. Marshals, DEA, and the Secret Service combined.

But, as many Republicans have argued, it’s not a matter of thinking too big when it comes to protecting our state from the invasion of illegals, criminals and ‘potential terrorists.’ So, as John McCain has put it, “[In order to] actually secure our border we must deploy the latest drone and radar technology developed in the Iraq and Afghanistan wars.” (Even though, according to the most recent State Department’s Country Report on Terrorism reads, “No known international terrorist organization had an operational presence in Mexico and no terrorist group targeted U.S. citizens in or from Mexican territory.”)

But all of this romanticized, “tough guy” militarization of the border has not in fact deterred migrants from crossing the border. Though apprehensions have indeed lowered, migrants are still crossing despite drones and cameras and soldier-like agents. (In April 2012, the Pew Hispanic Center found that the net migration from Mexico had fallen to zero or perhaps even lower, meaning there are equal numbers of immigrants staying in the U.S. as there are immigrants leaving the U.S.)

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Eve Ensler: My Journey to Find My Way Back to My Body

0

Photo Credit: Brigitte Lacombe

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following is an excerpt from In The Body of the World: A Memoir. Copyright © 2013 by Eve Ensler. Reprinted with permission of Henry Holt and Co.Metropolitan Books.

For years I have been trying to find my way back to my body, and to the Earth. I guess you could say it has been a preoccupation. Although I have felt pleasure in both the Earth and my body, it has been more as a visitor than as an inhabitant. I have tried various routes to get back. Promiscuity, anorexia, performance art. I have spent time by the Adriatic and in the green Vermont mountains, but always I have felt estranged, just as I was estranged from my own mother. I was in awe of her beauty but could not find my way in. Her breasts were not the breasts that fed me. Everyone admired my mother in her tight tops and leggings, with her hair in a French twist, as she drove through our small rich town in her yellow convertible. One gawked at my mother. One desired my mother. And so I gawked and desired the Earth, and my mother and I despised my own body, which was not her body. My body that I had been forced to evacuate when my father invaded and then violated me. And so I lived as a breathless, rapacious machine programmed for striving and accomplishment. Because I did not, could not, inhabit my body or the Earth, I could not feel or know their pain. I could not intuit their unwillingness or refusals, and I most certainly never knew the boundaries of enough. I was driven. I called it working hard, being busy, on top of it, making things happen. But in fact, I could not stop. Stopping would mean experiencing separation, loss, tumbling into a suicidal dislocation.

As I had no reference point for my body, I began to ask other women about their bodies, in particular their vaginas (as I sensed vaginas were important). This led me to writing The Vagina Monologues, which then led me to talking incessantly and obsessively about vaginas. I did this in front of many strangers. As a result of me talking so much about vaginas, women started telling me stories about their bodies. I crisscrossed the Earth in planes, trains, and jeeps. I was hungry for the stories of other women who had experienced violence and suffering. These women and girls had also become exiled from their bodies and they, too, were desperate for a way home. I went to over sixty countries. I heard about women being molested in their beds, flogged in their burqas, acid-burned in their kitchens, left for dead in parking lots. I went to Jalalabad, Sarajevo, Alabama, Port-au-Prince, Peshawar, Pristina. I spent time in refugee camps, in burned-out buildings and backyards, in dark rooms where women whispered their stories by flashlight. Women showed me their ankle lashes and melted faces, the scars on their bodies from k nives and burning cigarettes. Some could no longer walk or have sex. Some became quiet and disappeared. Others became driven machines like me.

Then I went somewhere else. I went outside what I thought I knew. I went to the Congo and I heard stories that shattered all the other stories. In 2007 I landed in Bukavu, Democratic Republic of Congo. I heard stories that got inside my body. I heard about a little girl who couldn’t stop peeing on herself because huge men had shoved themselves inside her. I heard about an eighty-year-old woman whose legs were broken and torn out of their sockets when the soldiers pulled them over her head and raped her. There were thousands of these stories. The stories saturated my cells and nerves. I stopped sleeping. All the stories began to bleed together. The raping of the Earth. The pillaging of minerals. The destruction of vaginas. They were not separate from each other or from me.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

How One State Senate Just Screwed the Whole Nation

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/gary718

June 27, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Observing New York state politics is like watching felons run a parole board. Last week, senate leadership killed a bill that would have cleaned up state government and created citizen-funded elections. It was a huge opportunity to stem corruption that has wracked the state. Thirty-two state officials have been in deep trouble over the last few years, including (ironically) four former Senate majority or minority leaders. A 2012 study gave New York a D grade, and ranked it 36th nationally in government integrity.

But this is more than just another case of jaw-dropping political dysfunction. What happened in Albany last week has major implications for national anti-corruption efforts that are central to making progress on the issues that you care about most, yet keep losing. Health care, climate change, education, financial oversight, military spending… the list goes on.

Every American who cares one whit about future generations should be obsessed with money in politics corruption. And for those of us who are, all eyes were on Albany. The Fair Elections Act was backed by serious funders and a skillful organizing campaign. But it was not enough: the latest in a long string of disappointments for public interest advocates. This one however should serve as a blaring wake up call for reformers that it is time to change the play.

The Albany effort had all of the ingredients of a winning campaign. In January, Governor Cuomo opened the legislative session with public financing as one of his top priorities. It received endorsements from celebrities like Alec Baldwin and Jason Alexander as well as the editorial boards of the New York Times and several other papers across New York. The state assembly easily passed the measure in May, but in the end, the momentum for change was stopped cold.

How could this happen? The hard lesson to take from Albany is that a deliberate legislative effort that works within a corrupt system — in the current political environment — cannot overcome the power of that corruption. The only way to get foxes (politicians) to put a lock on the henhouse (campaign money) is to change the political environment, and force politicians in the only place that works: the ballot box. And to do that, we must break with old habits, and forge a new strategy that:

1) Enlists grassroots conservatives and moderates into a movement historically associated with the left. Albany was no exception, yet polls show Americans of all ideologies support reform, and we now see that progressives cannot do it alone.

2) Builds a grassroots movement that is far bigger than the issue has ever seen. That means using more aggressive marketing and organizing tactics, and winning the active support of myriad issue advocates who are continually losing to moneyed interests. We must give them attractive and accessible entry points to the movement, and show them a path to victory.

3) Moves away from incremental policy proposals. We need big, visionary demands that can both inspire a movement and credibly claim to end quid pro quo politics. In this big tent there is room for both legislative proposals as well as amendments to the U.S. Constitution (a long shot, but a worthy organizing tool). It is notable that NYPIRG, League of Women Voters and Citizens Union did not actively support the Fair Elections Act in Albany because it was not comprehensive enough. I think they got caught up letting perfect be the enemy of the good, but it is a reminder that we must rally behind more comprehensive proposals.

4) Stops talking about campaign reform, democracy and public funding, and start talking about corruption. People may like democracy, but they’re fired up about corruption.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Universities Selling Out Important Research to Corporate Overseers

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ isak55

June 27, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In a unanimous vote last month, the Regents of the University of California created a corporate entity that, if spread to all UC campuses as some regents envision, promises to further privatize scientific research produced by taxpayer-funded laboratories. The entity, named Newco for the time being, also would block a substantial amount of UC research from being accessible to the public, and could reap big profits for corporations and investors that have ties to the well-connected businesspeople who will manage it.

Despite the sweeping changes the program portends for UC, the regents’ vote received virtually no press coverage. UC plans to first implement Newco at UCLA and its medical centers, but some regents, along with influential business leaders across the state, want similar entities installed at Berkeley, Davis, Santa Cruz, and other campuses. UC Regents Chairwoman Sherry Lansing called Newco at UCLA a “pilot program” for the entire UC system.

The purpose of Newco is to completely revamp how scientific discoveries made in UC laboratories – from new treatments for cancer to apps for smartphones – come to be used by the public. Traditionally, UC campuses have used their own technology transfer offices to make these decisions. But under Newco, decisions about the fate of academic research will be taken away from university employees and faculty, and put in the hands of a powerful board of businesspeople who will be separate from the university. This nonprofit board will decide which UC inventions to patent and how to structure licensing deals with private industry. It also will have control over how to spend public funds on these activities.

Newco’s proponents contend that the 501(c) 3 entity will bring much-needed private-sector experience to the task of commercializing university inventions. Ultimately, it will generate more patents, and thus bigger revenues for UC through licensing deals and equity stakes in startups, they claim. UC administrators also say they have established sufficient safeguards for Newco and that UCLA’s chancellor and the regents will have oversight over the entity.

But if last month’s regents meeting in Sacramento is any indication, UC oversight of Newco may be less than robust. Several regents, in fact, objected to creating an oversight committee that would keep tabs on the new entity. The debate over the issue concluded after Regent Norman Pattiz suggested that “it shouldn’t be called the Regents Oversight Committee. It should be called the Regents’-Encouragement-and-Finding-You-the-Dough Committee.”

Critics of Newco say the scheme won’t work, and that it will lessen transparency in UC research while undermining the public mission of the university. Putting a board of businesspeople in charge of the university’s tech transfer operation also will create conditions ripe for cronyism, they fear.

In fact, that may already be the case. Records show that wealthy investors and influential businessmen with close ties to UCLA and one of the UC Regents – Alan C. Mendelson – are financially invested in companies that currently license university-owned patents under exclusive financial arrangements. Mendelson, who also is a trustee for the UC Berkeley Foundation and has investments of his own in businesses that profit from university-produced research, was one of the main backers of the Newco proposal and cast a vote in favor of it.

The Newco program also could benefit companies like the ones Mendelson and his network of friends and investors own and work for. Many of the UC Regents are also close friends of investors who want greater access to university inventions under more favorable terms, and who want the university to subsidize early-stage business expenses and take financial risks by investing in technology startups.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Popular Resistance Is Building Up, from Hunger Strikes to Democracy Protests Across the Planet

0

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This week, there were many lessons in courage from people who overcame fears and created winning situations by turning power on its head and building the movement.

On Wednesday morning, attorney Lynne Stewart’s compassionate release from prison was denied. Stewart is suffering from breast cancer. Her husband, Ralph Poynter, stood vigil in DC to push for a decision, and then the decision came, with a result they did not want to hear. Stewart should not be in prison at all for her act of assisting her client with a press statement, but she continues to serve a 10 year sentence.

By her grace and strength Stewart turned a seemingly devastating decision into a victory. The abusive reality of the US government was laid bare as she responded with an open letter to her supporters entitled “ Disappointed, Not Devastated.” She included a photo of her in prison, obviously suffering from cancer, but smiling broadly. She showed her humanity, writing about her children and grandchildren, her Ralph and promised to continue the struggle. She concluded:

“Fight On – All of Us or None of Us. An affront to one is an affront to all.”

She created a victory for all of us, pulled us together in a struggle for justice that affects each of us; she helped to build the movement.

Wednesday was also a day of inspirational protest in solidarity with Guantanamo prisoners. The shame of the Guantanamo Bay prison camp is pushing more and more Americans to stand with the prisoners, including Diane Wilson, a fourth generation shrimper from the Gulf Coast who was on her 57th day of a hunger strike. She was the first to begin a solidarity hunger strike with the more than 100 prisoners who have refused to eat in Guantanamo, some for 147 days.  The contagious courage of her actions can be seen as there are now 13 long-term hunger strikers. Who knows how this will grow? Perhaps soon there will be one solidarity hunger striker for each Guantanamo prisoner on a hunger strike. Wouldn’t that be a message to the world that people in the United States are not in lockstep with their government? And, a message of support for the Guantanamo prisoners?

Before the protest began, Wilson was asked whether she had any fear and she answered that she did, but her approach to fear was to confront it and walk through it. Elliot Adams, another long-term hunger striker, also confronts fear and does so with pragmatism, step-by-step, realizing along the way the fear was greater than the actual risk. Tarak Kauff, a board member of Veterans for Peace who has not eaten for nearly three weeks, says he sees great benefits from confronting fear and taking risks as doing so increases confidence and maintains youth. He notes that “young people take risks and taking risks keeps you young.”

During the Close Guantanamo protest, Diane Wilson decided to go over the White House fence. Her goal was to show President Obama and the world that there are people who hold him responsible for the prison camp remaining open, for keeping 86 prisoners who have been cleared for release in prison. Every day President Obama delays is another day of torture for the prisoners.

When Wilson confronted her fears and went over the fence, the fear by the power structure was evident. An attack dog and police pointing assault rifles rushed toward her — even though she displayed her peaceful intentions immediately with hands up and getting down on her knees. The fear of the police was also seen in their over-reaction when they arrested Medea Benjamin, who confronted Obama several weeks ago about Guantanamo and drones, putting her on the ground, knee on her back with multiple officers participating. Their unnecessary, over-reaction displayed their fear.

The paradox of power is that abuse of police power grows protest movements. This was evident recently in Brazil and Turkey. It was evident during Occupy when police used tear gas, creating iconic images for protesters to rally around. Over and over the use of tear gas has grown protests. The police do not win when they use their power; paradoxically they lose as opposition grows.

The Edward Snowden saga demonstrates how a well-planned strategic action can create a no-win situation for the power structure. Snowden released documents showing a vast array of domestic and global spying on phone calls and Internet communications; documents that reveal the UK has a global intelligence system gathering virtually every phone call and Internet communication. As the time the US was charging him with espionage, he fled Hong Kong reportedly en route to a third country through Russia. Despite being told by President Vladimir Putin that Snowden was in the Moscow airport, and despite their vast global surveillance capability, the US has been unable to get their hands on Snowden or even find him.

Instead those in power have taken their usual tactic of changing the subject by trying to make Snowden the issue and attacking his supporters. Snowden is not the issue, NSA spying is the issue. The power structure has also gone after perceived Snowden allies like Glenn Greenwald with attacks on him and threats that he should be arrested. Two corporate media figures, David Gregory of NBC’s “Meet the Press” and Andrew Ross Sorkin of the New York Times, and CNBC embarrassed themselves when they mused about arresting Greenwald. The comments backfired, forcing Sorkin to apologize for his comments.

Once again, the paradox of power — the vast US surveillance state has outsmarted by  Snowden every step of the way. Even if they catch him, it is going to backfire as Snowden now has global public support and has provided the documents to others who will release them if he is arrested or harmed. President Obama is now in the hypocritical position of trying to prosecute the person who started the debate he says the public needs to have.

Advocates for change succeed with tactics that put the movement in a win-win situation and the power structure in a lose-lose situation. These tactics are called Paradox Actions. When Rosa Parks sat in the front of the bus she won. If she was allowed to violate Jim Crow segregation, she beat the law. If they arrested her, they created an opportunity for the movement to grow — and it did.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Exposing the Dark Forces Behind the Snowden Smears

0

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Since journalist Glenn Greenwald revealed the existence of the National Security Agency’s PRISM domestic surveillance program, he and his source, the whistleblower Edward Snowden, have come in for a series of ugly attacks. On June 26, the day that the New York Daily News published a straightforward smear piece on Greenwald, the website Buzzfeed rolled out a remarkably similar article, a lengthy profile that focused on Greenwald’s personal life and supposed eccentricities.

Both outlets attempted to make hay out of Greenwald’s involvement over a decade ago on the business end of a porn distribution company, an arcane detail that had little, if any, bearing on the domestic spying scandal he sparked. The coordinated nature of the smears prompted Reuters media columnist Jack Shafer to ask if an opposition research firm was behind them. “I wonder who commissioned the file,” he mused on Twitter.

A day before the Greenwald attacks appeared, Buzzfeed published an anonymously sourced story about the government of Ecuador, which had reportedly offered asylum to Snowden (Ecuador has just revoked a temporary travel document issued to Snowden). Written by Rosie Gray and Adrian Carasquillo, the article relied on documents marked as “secret” that were passed to Buzzfeed by sources described as “activists who wished to call attention to the [Ecuadorian] government’s spying practices in the context of its new international role” as the possible future sanctuary of Snowden.

Gray and Carasquillo reported that Ecuador’s intelligence service had attempted to procure surveillance technology from two Israeli firms. Without firm proof that the system was ever put into use, the authors claimed the documents “suggest a commitment to domestic surveillance that rivals the practices by the United States’ National Security Agency.” ( Buzzfeed has never published a critical report on the $3 billion in aid the US provides to Israel each year, which is used to buy equipment explicitly designed for repressing, spying on and killing occupied Palestinians).

Buzzfeed’s Ecuador expose supported a theme increasingly advanced by Snowden’s critics — that the hero of civil libertarians and government transparency activists was, in fact, a self-interested hypocrite content to seek sanctuary from undemocratic regimes. Curiously, those who seized on the story had no problem with Buzzfeed’s reporters relying on leaked government documents marked as classified. For some Snowden detractors, the issue was apparently not his leaking, but which government his leaks embarrassed.

Questionable journalism ethics, evidence of smears

At first glance, Buzzfeed‘s Ecuador expose might have seemed like riveting material. Upon closer examination, however, the story turned out to be anything but the exclusive the website promoted it as. In fact, the news of Ecuador’s possible deal with Israeli surveillance firms was reported hours before Buzzfeed’s piece appeared by Aleksander Boyd, a blogger and activist with close ties to right-wing elements in South America. “Rafael Correa’s Ecuadorian regime spies on its citizens in a way strikingly similar to what Snowden accuses the U.S. of doing,” claimed Boyd.

Later in the day, Boyd contacted Buzzfeed’s Gray through Twitter, complimenting her piece before commenting, “Evidently Ecuadorian source leaked same info to you guys, seems I jumped the gun before you…”

Since Boyd contacted Gray, who has not publicly responded, Buzzfeed has not credited him or altered its headline to acknowledge that its story was not an exclusive. Buzzfeed’s refusal to acknowledge Boyd was not only a testament to the kind of questionable practices that have plagued the outlet since its inception, it helped obscure the story’s disturbing origins.

Boyd’s disclosure that a single source shopped opposition research to him and Buzzfeed at the same time confirmed the existence of a coordinated campaign orchestrated by elements exploiting the Snowden drama for political gain. Boyd’s remark that he “jumped the gun” suggests that the source intended for Buzzfeed to be the first to publish the story, and that he inadvertently embarrassed the site by running with it before them. There is also the possibility that Boyd was the source all along, and that his tweet to Gray was designed to establish deniability. Either way, the source seemed to be carefully managing the operation, wielding Snowden as a cudgel against the Ecuadorian government and timing the story for maximum impact.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Is 'Dabbing' the Crack of Pot?

0

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This article first appeared on The Fix. 

Butane hash oil (BHO)–also known as dabs, honey oil, wax, oil, shatter, or budder–is a potent marijuana concentrate that can exceed 80% THC content. Growing in popularity in recent years, BHO is hailed by some as “ the future of cannabis” while others fear it could harm the image of the legalization movement. “It is very, very potent,” Nick, 21, a Physics and Applied Math double-major and avid pot smoker from New York, tells The Fix. “It’s like the first time you smoked. Every single time.”

BHO is produced by one of two methods: “open” or “closed.” The open method involves packing a stainless steel tube with marijuana and “blasting” the tube with butane (an extraction solvent). The resulting extract–a thick, yellow-orange oil–trickles out onto a pan. This method can be dangerous: FEMA reports increasing incidents of explosions across the US caused by clumsy hash oil production attempts. The closed system, a safer method, uses a machine called abutane oil extractor–which is also used to perform oil extraction frombotanical herbs like lavender and mint to produce aromatics, infusions, and tinctures. Consuming BHO is known as “dabbing,” and usually involves the user touching the concentrate onto a heated surface (like a nail) and inhaling its vapors. Some dabbing paraphernalia resembles traditional meth or crack pipes, which Nick says could “freak out a lot of parents once dabbing gets huge.”

Dabbing comes with potential health dangers, including inhalation of “dirty” butane. An editorial in the High Times claims that only butane that is “quadruple-refined or better” is suitable for ingestion. However, there are no across-the-board standards for purity. Another risk is ingesting harmful contaminants that may have been infused into the concentrate during the extraction process, like pesticides, herbicides and fungi. “It depends on who’s been growing it and what they used,” according to Dr. Bob Melamede, associate professor of biology at the University of Colorado, and president and CEO of Cannabis Science, Inc. “If you have contaminants on your plant, that’s going to come off into the extract.” Still, he believes the dangers are minimal and says “there isn’t any evidence that inhaling residual hydrocarbons like butane are dangerous–at least in small amounts.”

The pro-pot community is somewhat divided over dabbing. Dale Gieringer, PhD of NORML in California, says there has been a recent uptick in hospitalizations for cannabis overdose, which he attributes to rising use of BHO. “Things like this never happened until the popularization of hash oil in recent years,” he writes in a letter to O’Shaughnessy’s. “The dangers are dire enough to merit a special warning.” Others, however, praise BHO’s medical merits. Daniel “Big D” de Sailles, a partner at Denver dispensary Top Shelf Extracts, tells the High Times it’s practically a miracle remedy. “I’m a 100% proponent of BHO, because I’ve seen it make people’s pain just evaporate,” he says. “As medicine, it helps with both harm reduction–it practically cures withdrawal symptoms in people who are alcoholics or addicted to speed or pharmaceuticals– and pain management. It works every single time, and it’s easier to regulate your dosage.”

But some pro-pot activists worry that BHO could harm the herb’s reputation, setting back the legalization movement at a time when public acceptance of pot is at an all-time high. “Seeing teenagers wielding blowtorches or blowing themselves up on the evening news might incite a new anti-pot paranoia that could set the legalization movement back decades,” writes High Times senior editor Bobby Black, who notes that the techniques used to produce dabs “bear an eerie resemblance to those used for harder drugs like meth and crack.” Meanwhile NORML’s executive director, Allen St. Pierre directly attributes BHO’s popularity to marijuana’s still mainly illegal status. “Contraband product tends to become more potent under prohibition,” he tells The Fix. “This appears demonstrably true for cannabis, as the more the government commits resources and energy to ban cannabis, the more potent the herbal drug has become over the years.”

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

This Week's Killer Heat Wave Threatens To Cause Earth’s Hottest Temps Ever

0

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

If you’re spending this week in California, Nevada, Arizona, or even parts of Wyoming and Idaho, prepare to burn. A potentially historic heat wave is headed your way from Thursday through next week, and experts warn of dangerously hot temperatures the likes of which may never before have been recorded on planet Earth.

Meteorologists say areas already dubbed “summer scorchers” are about to get hotter still. Death Valley, Calif. will reach 130 degrees Fahrenheit–just 4 degrees shy of the 1913 world record. Phoenix and Las Vegas should also prepare for the triple digits.

Climate Central reports a “stuck” weather pattern setting up across the U.S. and Canada is to blame for the swelter:

“Starting this weekend, the jet stream – a fast-moving river of air at airliner altitudes that is responsible for steering weather systems – will form the shape of a massive, slithering snake with what meteorologists refer to as a deep ‘ridge’ across the Western states, and an equally deep trough setting up across the Central and Eastern states.”

According to CBS meteorologist Jeff Berardelli, the furnace once known as the deep Southwest is in for “a once-in-a-century-type” heat wave.

National Weather Service meteorologist Mark O’Malley told the Assoociated Press definitively that the Phoenix area will be at or above record levels, as well as parts of the southwestern U.S.

“This is the hottest time of the year but the temperatures that we’ll be looking at for Friday through Sunday, they’ll be toward the top,” he said.

Sin City is expected to close in on its 1961 record stretch of 10 consecutive days at or above 110 degrees Fahrenheit, and excessive heat warnings are in effect in both Las Vegas and Phoenix from Friday through Monday.

Every heat wave is tied to short-term weather variability, but as Climate Central reports, heat waves are becomming increasingly common and intense as a consequence of manmade global warming. As global average surface temperatures increase, so the probability of extreme heat increases.

The journal Geophysical Research Letters found that manmade global warming has increased the chances of extremely hot summers in Australia by more than five. Those odds are likely to increase over the next decade.

Some scientists say ice melting in the Arctic sea due to global warming is causing the jet stream in the Northern Hemisphere to be more prone to weather extremes like heat.

In addition, a study published in the Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences in 2012 provides data to suggest heat waves have already become more common worldwide than ever before.  It reports the chances of extreme summer heat has significantly increased alongside global temperatures. Between 1951 and 1980 those odds were 1 in 200, the study shows. The odds increased to nearly 1 in 10 between 1981 and 2010.

This week’s heat wave is predicted to aggravate already dire drought conditions in the Southwest, but is not expected to impact the particularly fire-sensitive regions of Colorado and New Mexico, according to Climate Central. Climate Central’s Andrew Freedman warns that such extreme heat poses a significant public health threat:

“Extreme heat is the No. 1 weather-related killer in the U.S. The NWS has warned that little relief from the hot temperatures can be expected at night, especially in urban areas, where temperatures may not drop below 90 degees Fahrenheit overnight.”

Still don’t believe in global warming? Get back to me next week.

New York City’s Department of Health and Mental Hygene posts suggestions for dealing with heat-related illness on its website.

April M. Short is a Bay Area journalist focusing on social justice reporting.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

You Don't Have to Be a Sexist Pig to Pick Up Women

0

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Is all pickup advice sexist? That’s what I found myself wondering after “pickup artist” Ken Hoinsky made headlines last week by raising more than $16,000 via a Kickstarter campaign to publish his book, “Above the Game: A Guide to Getting Awesome With Women.” Critics say Hoinsky’s idea of a pickup is actually predatory – for example, he advises men to “continue to try to escalate physically” with a woman until she responds by shouting “STOP” or “GET AWAY FROM ME.”

The controversy inspired Maria Bustillos at the Awl to write a defense of Hoinsky with a great big nod of sympathy to all the “shy fellows” out there. I disagree with her contention that Hoinsky’s advice is harmless – but we do agree on one thing: There is nothing wrong with wanting to attract women – whether it’s for a one-night stand or a long-term relationship. The problem arises when the advice is sexist, demeaning or hostile.

All of which raises the question of what reasonable, inoffensive advice on wooing women would look like. Clarisse Thorn, author of “Confessions of a Pickup Artist Chaser,” has put a great deal of thought into the question. “Ethics was a central question in my book,” she told me in an email. “ It’s a very complicated topic, but I think that ethical pickup artistry boils down to using ‘tactics’ that are mutual rather than adversarial.” There is plenty in the pickup artist, or PUA, community that is “ sleazy and misogynistic,” she says, but there are also self-help aspects that seem relatively harmless and legitimately therapeutic. “Some cognitive-behavioral therapists suggest that patients with social anxiety keep a log of successful social encounters in order to build up self-confidence – and PUAs sometimes do this by writing what they call ‘Field Reports,’” she says.

Thorn refrains from giving “concrete ‘tips,’” she says, “since any tactic can be used for harm or for good.” It’s possible, though, to give some clear pointers on how to avoid being a dick to women – and  despite the nonsense about “nice guys finishing last,” that is a pretty strong attractant (at least to women who are confident and secure). With the help of Thorn and feminist activist and author Jaclyn Friedman – as well as wisdom gleaned from my own unfortunate run-ins with pickup artists — I’ve devised a list of basic principles for guys who want to pursue women without becoming a Hoinsky.

Women are people

I know, crazy, right? Women are people, and people are different. As Thorn wrote in a blog post on “ethical pickup artistry” a couple of years back, “Pickup artists often say ‘women are all X,’ ‘women love X,’ ‘women all respond to X,’ etc,” she writes. “Sometimes they are correct for the majority of women; sometimes they are correct for a minority of women; sometimes they’re wrong. The bottom line is this: Anything pickup artists say about women is not true for all women.”

I can’t tell you how many times I’ve looked at a beloved female friend and wondered at how very alien her wants and needs were to mine, and vice versa. I remember the look of horror that registered on a friend’s face when I told her that I had never seen “Love Actually.” It’s the same look I’d given her years back when she asked me whether performers had “real” sex in porn.

Friedman brilliantly adds, “If you’re looking for any formula that will work on all women, you’re doing it wrong, because you’re treating women as vending machines that will dispense sex if you put in the right input.” On that note, the headline above is tongue-in-cheek: Stop thinking about women as “chicks” you can “get” and, ironically, you might actually get some.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Ahmadinejad congratulates Iran v-ballers

0

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has expressed his felicitations to the Iranian national volleyball team on its second victory in the 2013 FIVB World League.

In a message to the Iranian volleyball players on Saturday, the president said they proved their self-confidence by scoring a win in the prestigious event.

”You showed that all peaks are within reach with prudence, perseverance and self-confidence. The Iranian nation thanks you (players), respected coaches and all officials in charge, and expects to hear more news about you bringing more honor (to the country), God willing” Ahmadinejad added.

On Friday, the Iranian national menâ„¢s volleyball squad managed to trounce European powerhouse Italy in a thrilling four-set match.

Iranian sportsmen outclassed their opponents 3-1 (25-23, 25-22, 22-25, 32-30) in an extraordinary game in the northern Italian city of Modena.

On June 23, Iranian volleyball players gained their first victory in the 2013 FIVB World League against Serbia.

The national Iranian volleyball team defeated Serbia 3-2 (25-20, 24-26, 23-25, 25-22, 15-12) in a home match at Azadi Sports Complex in western Tehran.

SF/NN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

‘6 foreign forces killed in W Afghanistan’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Taliban militants in Afghanistan claim they have killed six US-led foreign forces in an attack in the western province of Farah.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

UNHCR: Afghans’ refugee status extended

0

Afghan refugees cross the border between Pakistan and Afghanistan at Torkham. (file photo)

The United Nations refugee agency says Pakistan has extended refugee status for more than one million Afghans who are living in the country.

The agency made the announcement on Friday, saying Islamabad agreed to extend the Afghan refugeesâ„¢ status while it thinks of implementing a new policy.

The refugee status for 1.6 million Afghans in Pakistan was set to expire on June 30.

The Pakistan has been hosting Afghans from three decades ago after the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan.

The length of time the Afghan refugees have stayed in Pakistan have frustrated many Pakistani people whom want the Afghans to leave.

Meanwhile, Islamabad says it will not force the Afghan refugees to leave.

Refugee status permits Afghans to obtain a government ID card that is used for everyday activities including banking or registering for school.

In June 2012, a UN report indicated that Afghanistan and Iraq, both of which were hit by invasions led and carried out by the United States, had been the leading sources of refugees in the world in 2011.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after almost 12 years, insecurity remains across the country.

MR/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

‘Iran, Russia plan joint naval drill’

0

Iran, Russia plan joint naval exercise in Caspian Sea: Russian cmdr.

A top Russian Navy commander says his country and Iran are examining a plan to conduct a join naval exercise in the Caspian Sea in the second half of the current year.

Deputy Commander of Russiaâ„¢s Caspian Flotilla Nikolai Yakubovsky announced the news after a Friday meeting with the commander of Iranâ„¢s naval fleet that has been dispatched to the Russian port city of Astrakhan, RIA Novosti reported.

The representatives of Iranâ„¢s Navy have reportedly welcomed the proposal.

In 2009, the two countries conducted their first joint naval maneuvers in the Caspian Sea, involving about 30 vessels.

Iran has dispatched two indigenously-built missile-launching warships to Astrakhan in a move to consolidate friendly relations between Tehran and Moscow.

During the Iranian naval fleetâ„¢s stay at Astrakhan Port, the Iranian naval officers will visit some military and port facilities in Russia and hold meetings with a number of high-ranking Russian commanders and officials.

On April 21, a group of Russian Navy warships docked at the southern Iranian port city of Bandar Abbas after a long journey from the Pacific Ocean.

The fleet, which comprised Admiral Panteleyev anti-submarine destroyer and the logistic battleships Peresvet and Admiral Nevelskoi vessel with a crew of 712, entered the Iranian naval zone in a bid to further strengthen relations between Tehran and Moscow and promote bilateral naval cooperation to maintain maritime security.

In recent years, Iranâ„¢s Navy has been increasing its presence in international waters to protect naval routes and provide security for merchant vessels and tankers.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly asserted that its overseas naval presence is meant to convey a message of peace and friendship to other countries.

ASH/NN/HJL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Bahrain calls for cordial ties with Iran

0

Bahrainâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Undersecretary for Regional Affairs and the [Persian] Gulf Cooperation Council [P]GCC Hamad Ahmed Abdulaziz al-Aamer has called for good neighborly relations and cooperation with Iran.

Aamer told Bahraini News Agency that Iran is a very important country in the region and its role cannot be overlooked, ISNA reported.

Pointing to the recent remarks by Iranian President-elect Hassan Rouhani that one of Tehranâ„¢s foreign policy priorities is to forge closer relations with the Persian Gulf littoral states, the Bahraini official reiterated that his country would always try to enjoy sustainable relations with Iran as a neighboring Muslim state based on mutual trust and the principle of good neighborliness.

Aamer expressed hope that Iranâ„¢s diplomatic ties with the Persian Gulf states would yield positive results for Bahrain and all other countries in the region.

He urged the Persian Gulf coastal states to consolidate relations with Iran.

Addressing his first press conference on June 17, Rouhani highlighted the significance of ties with the Persian Gulf littoral states and Arab countries, saying, Å“The Persian Gulf region has strategic importance both in terms of politics and economy.”

He added that a central plank of his administrationâ„¢s foreign policy will be to have Å“amicable and close” relations with all neighboring countries based on good neighborliness, and mutual respect and interests.

Rouhani won Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election by securing 18,613,329 votes, or 50.70 percent, of a total of 36,704,156 ballots counted. The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent.

SF/NN/HJL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Ecuador: US must explain to world

0

Ecuadorâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino has called on the United States to provide a thorough explanation of its controversial secret global espionage programs.

Å“The United States has been accused of spying. Now it should be giving a clear and through explanation to the citizens of this world regarding this issue,” Patino made the remarks in an interview at an airport in the capital, Quito.

On June 6, the UKâ„¢s Guardian newspaper revealed that a top secret US court order allows the US National Security Agency (NSA) to collect data on the millions of Americans who are customers of major US phone company Verizon.

On the same day, the Washington Post also reported that the NSA had direct access to internet servers, saying their source, a career intelligence officer, was horrified of the capabilities of the systems used by the top US spy agency.

On June 9, 29-year-old Edward Snowden, a former NSA contractor, admitted his role in the leaks in a 12-minute video recorded interview published by the British daily.

The NSA scandal found even broader dimensions when Snowden revealed more information on the American agencyâ„¢s espionage against other countries.

Patino, whose country has announced that it would consider giving asylum to Snowden if he applies for it, further slammed the world media for focusing their attention on the American whistleblowerâ„¢s whereabouts.

Ecuador has already given shelter to Julian Assange, the founder of the website WikiLeaks.

YH/HN/HJL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Study reveals new clues to migraine

0

In a large-scale genome study, researchers have identified some of the biological roots of migraine associated with the cause and triggers of disease attacks.

The study conducted by the researchers at the Wellcome Trust Sanger Institute in UK found 12 genetic regions related to migraine susceptibility.

The team unraveled that five of the identified regions of DNA containing genes linked to the onset of migraine.

“This study has greatly advanced our biological insight about the cause of migraine,” says Dr Aarno Palotie, from the Wellcome Trust Sanger Institute.

To underlie the disease susceptibilities, the scientists compared the results from 29 different genomic studies, including over 100,000 samples of healthy and affected people.

“We would not have made discoveries by studying smaller groups of individuals and this large scale method of studying means we can tease out the genes that are important suspects and follow them up in the lab,” said the study co-author Doctor Gisela Terwindt from Leiden University Medical Centre.

The results demonstrate that some of the regions of susceptibility are located close to a network of genes that are sensitive to oxidative stress, Å“a biochemical process that results in the dysfunction of cells.”

The analysis also shows that many of the genes located at genetic regions are interconnected and able to potentially be disrupting the internal regulation of tissue and cells in the brain, resulting in some of the symptoms of migraine.

Migraine, which is a debilitating disorder that affects approximately 14% of adults, has recently been recognized as the seventh disabler in the Global Burden of Disease Survey 2010.

Migrane is also estimated to be the most costly neurological disorder as well as an extremely difficult disorder to study because no biomarkers between or during attacks have been identified so far.

“Migraine and epilepsy are particularly difficult neural conditions to study; between episodes the patient is basically healthy so it’s extremely difficult to uncover biochemical clues,” Dr Palotie explained.

FGP/FGP

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

22 killed in troops, Boko Haram shootout

0

Nigerian troops patrol the streets of the town of Baga in the northeastern state of Borno. (File photo)

Twenty-two people including two police officers have been killed in an hours-long shootout between Nigerian troops and members of the Boko Haram militant group in northeastern Nigeria.

On Monday, military officials said two police officers and twenty members of the group were killed in the fight in Maiduguri, the Borno State capital, which is also Boko Haramâ„¢s traditional home base.

On Thursday, members of the group killed one soldier and abducted another in the town of Potiskum in Yobe State.

On June 18, twenty-two people were reportedly killed in separate attacks by suspected members of the militant group Boko Haram in Maiduguri.

On May 14, the Nigerian president imposed a state of emergency in the states of Borno, Yobe, and Adamawa, saying Boko Haram had captured territory and declared war on the government.

“I hereby declare a state of emergency in Borno, Yobe, and Adamawa states,” Jonathan said.

“What we are facing is not just militancy or criminality, but a rebellion and insurgency by terrorist groups, which pose a very serious threat to national unity and territorial integrity,” he added.

Boko Haram — whose name means Å“Western education is forbidden” — says its goal is to overthrow the Nigerian government.

The group has claimed responsibility for a number of deadly gun and bomb attacks in various parts of Nigeria since 2009.

Over the past four years, violence in the north of Africaâ„¢s most populous country has claimed the lives of 3,600 people, including killings by the security forces.

IA/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Bangladesh slams US trade decision

0

Bangladeshi Army personnel continue rescue operation in Savar, on the outskirts of Dhaka, on May 10, 2013.

The Bangladeshi government has denounced as Å“shocking,” a US decision to suspend trade privileges after a fatal factory collapse in the Asian country.

US President Barack Obama on June 27, cut off Bangladesh’s duty-free trade privileges in response to what he called Dhaka governmentâ„¢s failure to protect workersâ„¢ rights.

Å“I have determined that it is appropriate to suspend Bangladesh … because it is not taking steps to afford internationally recognized worker rights to workers in the country,” he said in a statement.

However, Bangladeshi officials said Dhaka had enacted a series of reforms since the April 24 collapse of a garment factory complex which left more than1,100 people dead.

The eight-storey building of the Rana Plaza garment factory in Savar, an industrial suburb of Dhaka, collapsed a day after cracks had been detected in the building.

Å“It cannot be more shocking for the factory workers of Bangladesh that the decision … comes at a time when the government of Bangladesh has taken concrete and visible measures to improve factory safety and protect workers’ rights,” the Bangladeshi Foreign Ministry said in a statement.

The statement added that while Bangladesh respects its trading partner’s decisions, Å“it expresses its deep concern that this harsh measure may bring in fresh obstacles in an otherwise flourishing bilateral trade.”

The ministry also mentioned a series of reforms introduced since the April disaster to guarantee safety, including changes to labor laws and a deal with the International Labor Organization.

The duty-free trade privileges had been given to Bangladesh under a program known as Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) that removes tariffs on imports from 127 countries to help their development.

Garment industry in Bangladesh makes up 80 percent of its exports annually, but the country has witnessed several deadly accidents, including a blaze in November 2012 that left over 100 people dead.

MR/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Lebanese army, gunmen clash in Sidon

0

A Lebanese soldier stands guard near the Bilal bin Rabah Mosque in Abra District of the southern city of Sidon on June 28, 2013.

The Lebanese army has clashed with dozens of Salafist gunmen, carrying the flags of the militants fighting the Syrian government forces, in the southern city of Sidon, Press TV reports.

The clashes erupted on Friday near the entrance of the Bilal bin Rabah Mosque in Abra District of the city.

Media reports say the Lebanese troops responded to the gunmen, who were supporters of Takfiri Sheikh Ahmad al-Assir, with heavy guns. There has been no report of casualties.

The Lebanese army continues operations against the supporters of the Takfiri Sheikh in Sidon following fierce clashes with the armed men.

Reports coming out of Lebanon suggest the army is now in full control of Sidon.

Lebanese troops have seized control of the headquarters of the radical cleric following two days of clashes with his loyalists.

The government has declared a day of national mourning to honor over a dozen soldiers killed in clashes with the militants.

The army found “dozens of bodies of armed men, wearing military fatigues with their weapons lying nearby,” according to a military source in the city.

The Lebanese troops also seized weapons, such as rocket launchers and machineguns inside the headquarters as well as military uniforms.

Government troops are now searching for Sheikh Assir, who’s a staunch supporter of Takfiri militants fighting the Syrian government. Takfiris dismiss most of Islamic sects as infidels.

More than 50 people were killed and scores of others injured in the deadly clashes in Sidon, Lebanon’s third-largest city some 40 kilometers (25 miles) south of Beirut.

The army said clashes erupted on Sunday after supporters of the Takfiri cleric opened fire without provocation on an army checkpoint in Abra, a neighborhood of the Sidon coastal city.

Lebanon army has pledged to fight until it Ëœfinishes withâ„¢ the radical sheikh.

Assir was unknown just two years ago, but he gained prominence as the spillover into Lebanon from the conflict in neighboring Syria has escalated. The cleric is believed to have hundreds of armed supporters in Sidon involved in the fighting.

DB/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Who is Ruslan Tsarni?

0

 

By
Patrick Martin

29 June 2013

In the two months since the Boston bombing, new facts have come to light that suggest a sinister origin for this attack. The Tsarnaev brothers were not only known to the FBI because of a tip passed by Russian security services, the family was directly connected to a former high-ranking official of the Central Intelligence Agency.

The link is Ruslan Tsarni, the uncle of the two brothers. He was widely quoted in the American media after the bombing, denouncing his nephews as anti-American fools. They were “losers,” and he wished they had “never existed.”

Who is Ruslan Tsarni? A question worth asking. The following facts have been reported in various online media outlets, but not in the corporate-controlled daily newspapers and television networks.

* In 1995, Tsarni incorporated in the US a group called the Congress of Chechen International Organizations, which helped supply Islamist insurgents in Chechnya with items like mine-resistant combat boots.

* The organization was registered at 11114 Whisperwood Ln in Rockville MD, the home of Graham Fuller, the one-time vice chairman of the National Intelligence Council at the CIA under President Reagan.

* Fuller retired from the CIA in 1988, after stints in Germany, Turkey, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, North Yemen, Afghanistan, and Hong Kong, including station chief in Kabul.

* Fuller was propelled into retirement by the Iran-Contra scandal, since he was widely identified during the political uproar of 1986-87 as the CIA official who first proposed a back-channel approach to Iran, which led to the arms sales whose proceeds ultimately were used to finance the Nicaraguan Contras.

* Fuller was working at the RAND Corporation, a well-known CIA and Pentagon contractor, when Ruslan Tsarni incorporated his Chechen group at Fuller’s home.

There is one additional fact which is even more significant, and explains why Tsarni used Fuller’s personal residence as the headquarters for his Chechen Islamist operation: in the mid-1990s, Ruslan Tsarni married Fuller’s daughter, Samantha Ankara Fuller. They were divorced in 1999.

Thus, when the FBI was tipped off by the Russians about the Tsarnaev brothers, they were a known quantity, people connected by blood and marriage to the highest levels of the intelligence apparatus.

Graham Fuller mentions his daughter’s marriage to Tsarni in his memoir, Three Truths and a Lie, published in paperback last year. He confirmed this connection to the uncle of the alleged Boston Marathon bombers in a recent interview with Laura Rozen of Al-Monitor.com, a Mideast-oriented news service with links to such pillars of US foreign policy as the Institute for Strategic and International Studies and the Council on Foreign Relations.

Fuller told Rozen that it was “absurd” to suggest any link between Ruslan Tsarni and the CIA, based on these connections. As for any link to the bombers, he said, “I for one was astonished at the events, and to find myself at two degrees of separation from them.”

Tsarni has other connections to the murky world of Central Asian politics, where gangsters, Western oil companies, ex-Stalinists and US intelligence agencies rub shoulders. According to media accounts, Tsarni testified as a defense witness in the four-year-long BTA Bank trial in London, where Kazakh billionaire Mukhtar Ablyazov, who fled to Britain after a falling out with Kazakh ruler Nursultan Nazarbayev, saw his financial empire collapse.

According to Bloomberg News, Tsarni “was a legal consultant to a U.S. company contracted under USAID in a program of economic assistance for Kyrgyzstan.” He worked for several American multinationals in Central Asia, always returning to the Washington DC area, where he still lives.

There is also the fallout from a comment made by Tsarni after the bombing, when he suggested that “an Armenian convert to Islam had brainwashed” his nephew Tamerlan and directed him on the path to terrorism. This provoked protests from Armenian-American groups. The publisher of an Armenian-American newspaper, Harout Sassounian wrote, “one can only wonder about Uncle Tsarni’s mysterious motives and enigmatic connections.”

The most suggestive indication that there is much more to be learned about the US government’s ties to the Boston Marathon bombers is the absolute silence in the most important media outlets on Tsarni’s dubious connections. Most of the facts listed above have been circulating on the Internet for two months, without ever being mentioned in the New York Times, the Washington Post, or any television network.

On June 13, however, the Times published an op-ed column on “Turkey’s Growing Pains,” portraying the mass protests against the Erdogan regime as a healthy sign of “the further maturing of Turkish politics.” The author was Graham E. Fuller, described as “a former vice chairman of the C.I.A.’s National Intelligence Council.”

The Times was discreetly silent on Fuller’s connection to Tsarni, or the mounting speculation about the US government role in the Boston events.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

US, Japan to establish military bases in the Philippines

0

 

By
Joseph Santolan

29 June 2013

On June 27, at a press conference in Quezon City, Philippines, Philippine Defense Minister Voltaire Gazmin and his Japanese counterpart, Itsunori Onodera, announced that the Philippines would establish basing arrangements with both the US and Japanese militaries. China was the explicit target of this move allowing the US and Japan to station military personnel and equipment in the Philippines.

At the press conference, Gazmin called China “the oppressive neighbor” and the “bully at our doorstep.” He stated, “At this point in time, we cannot stand alone. We need allies. If we don’t do this, we will be bullied by bigger powers and that is what is happening now: there is China, sitting on our territory.”

Onodera is in the Philippines on a two-day official visit. In discussions of the disputed waters of the South China Sea, he pledged to help the Philippines defend “its remote islands.”

Onodera also announced that Japan would officially back the Philippines’ claim of territorial sovereignty, which is currently being adjudicated by the United National Commission on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS). These statements constitute an unprecedented acknowledgement by Japan of the validity of the Philippine claim to the disputed waters.

There is a continuing, two-month armed stand-off between Philippine marines stationed on one of the islands in question and the Chinese navy.

“We agreed that we will further cooperate in terms of the defense of remote islands… the defense of territorial seas as well as protection of maritime interests,” Onodera continued. He stated that Japan was “very concerned that this kind of situation in the South China Sea could affect the situation in the East China Sea,” referring to ongoing Sino-Japanese disputes over the Senkaku/Diaoyu islands.

Both Defense Ministers called for an increased US military presence in the region, and specifically for basing US forces in the Philippines. Onodera said that “both sides agreed that the US presence is a very important public asset in East Asia.”

The Chinese embassy in Manila issued a statement Thursday, asking the Philippines and the United States “not to exacerbate tensions in the area.” Beijing’s response to Filipino-Japanese talks was sharper. Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi denounced them as the “path of confrontation,” stating that they are “doomed.” He added that countries that “try to reinforce their poorly grounded claims through the help of external forces” would find the strategy a “miscalculation not worth the effort.”

There is an escalating US intervention to include US allies in the region in military alliances directed against China. Recent years have not only seen Washington back Japanese claims on the Senkaku/Diaoyu islands, but also develop military bases in Australia and basing agreements for US littoral combat ships in Singapore.

Preparations to restore the basing of the US military in the Philippines have been long in the making. They were made public in January 2012, during the 2+2 meeting held in Washington between then-US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and Defense Secretary Leon Panetta and their Philippine counterparts . The details of the basing arrangements are now becoming clearer. Manila is preparing a 70-acre facility at the former Subic Naval Base to house US warships and fighter planes. Upgrades on the site will cost some US$230 million. An airbase is being prepared on Cagayan de Oro, on the southern island of Mindanao.

Some of these bases are now being prepared for Japanese troops and equipment, as well. While the troops stationed in the Philippines would be rotated in and out of the country, this would constitute the permanent stationing the so-called ‘self-defense forces’ outside Japan. If carried through, this unprecedented move would mark the reemergence of Japan as an global imperialist military power.

This move is a further step in Tokyo’s long-standing drive to remilitarize Japan, with Washington’s backing. The Philippines have played a key role in this process. In December 2012, Philippine Foreign Secretary Albert del Rosario told the Financial Times that Manila would support the scrapping of the so-called pacifist clause in the Japanese constitution, which has inhibited Japanese remilitarization, citing tensions with China as the justification.

Gazmin said that Manila would “allow the United States, Japan and other allies access to its military bases under the plan to roll back China’s expansive claims in the West Philippine Sea [South China Sea].” What other “allies” were also discussing basing arrangements with the Philippines was not disclosed.

The twentieth century saw the Philippines subjected to the brutal colonial rule of two imperialist powers, the United States and Japan, both of which the Filipino ruling class collaborated with. Under the leadership of President Benigno Aquino, they are actively functioning as the proxies of the same imperialist powers. As Washington recklessly pursues its drive to encircle China, the Philippines is being prepared as the staging point for a global war.

The Philippine constitution explicitly bans all “foreign military bases, troops, or facilities.” This ban is being cynically circumvented by having the Philippine government maintain the base facilities, at which the foreign troops are stationed as so-called “guests.”

During the meeting between Onodera and Gazmin, Washington launched a six-day joint military training exercise with Philippines in South China Sea. Five hundred US military personnel and an equal number of Filipinos are engaged in a series of war games of a calculatedly provocative nature.

The USS Fitzgerald, a guided missile destroyer, and the BRP Gregorio del Pilar, the Philippine navy’s flagship, staged naval maneuvers in waters less than 50 miles from the disputed shoal where Filipino marines are occupying a facility surrounded Chinese naval vessels. The exercise’s stated aim was “to intercept suspected enemy ships, board them and seize materials they may be carrying that could pose a danger to allies.”

The use of the terms “enemy ships” and “allies” is a marked escalation of rhetoric previously used to justify the war games. Previous war games allegedly targeted regional piracy, conducted rescue operations, or defended maritime trade. The 2013 Cooperation Afloat Readiness and Training (CARAT) exercises are now couched in the language of global war.

At Cavite naval base, six miles south of Manila, US military personnel trained their Filipino counterparts in the use of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs). They launched and remotely guided Puma surveillance drones from a boat in the South China Sea. The Philippine navy also received training in naval gunnery.

The intensifying US military drive in the region finds expression in the fact that in first five months of 2013, 72 US warships and submarines have visited Subic Bay, compared with 88 for the entirety of 2012; 54 in 2011; and 51 in 2010, according to Filipino government figures.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

US Army bars access to Guardian newspaper web site

0

 

By
Kevin Reed

29 June 2013

In response to Edward Snowden’s exposure of massive National Security Agency (NSA) spying on the public, the Army Network Enterprise Technology Command (NETCOM) has censored access to the Guardian newspaper’s web site throughout the US Army.

Reports of limited access by Army staff to the Guardian began to emerge shortly after Snowden’s revelations were first published by the British newspaper. Employees in several departments of the US Army Garrison Presidio of Monterey in California reported to the Monterey County Herald that access was being blocked.

The Herald wrote: “Employees could go to the Guardian’s US home page, www.guardiannews.com, but were blocked from reading stories, such as NSA articles, that redirected to the British site, Presidio spokesman Dan Carpenter said.”

On Thursday, the Herald obtained a statement from NETCOM spokesman Gordon Van Vleet that the actions were, in fact, Army-wide. He said NETCOM was filtering “some access to press coverage and online content about NSA leaks.”

Van Fleet wrote: “The Department of Defense routinely takes preventive ‘network hygiene’ measures to mitigate unauthorized disclosures of classified information onto DoD unclassified networks.”

The implications of the US Army censorship were made plain in a statement from the Presidio of Monterey information assurance security officer, Jose Campos, who sent an email to base employees that said the Guardian’s web site was blocked by Army Cyber Command “in order to prevent unauthorized disclosure of classified information.” He wrote further that an employee who downloaded classified information could face disciplinary action if found to have knowingly downloaded material on an unclassified computer.

The Presidio of Monterey is primarily a training facility and houses the Defense Language Institute Foreign Language Center. There are approximately 3,000 civilian employees at the garrison as well as 1,450 Army students, 300 in the Marine Corps, 550 in the Navy and 1,300 in the Air Force. The Defense Language Institute teaches two-dozen foreign languages and the staff is made up of 2,000 instructors, 98 percent of whom are native speakers of the languages they teach.

It would appear that the staff at the Foreign Language Center was of particular concern because language specialists are an integral aspect of the signals intelligence work of the NSA and are deeply involved in cyber surveillance activities within the US and abroad.

The Monterey County Herald obtained and published the contents of a June 7 memorandum from the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense Timothy A. Davis to Defense Department security directors instructing them to warn employees and contractors that classified information posted on public web sites was still considered classified. Sent to the Presidio and other military installations, the memo read, “Leadership must establish a vigilant command climate that underscores the critical importance of safeguarding classified material against compromise.”

An attachment to the memo instructs employees on how to delete classified information if it is accidentally downloaded and also warns of sanctions if they “proliferate the information in any way.” NETCOM spokesman Van Vleet said the letter was meant as a “heads-up” and designed to remind Army staff, “Everyone’s under the same agreement that Snowden most likely signed.”

The military and intelligence establishment fears widespread knowledge within the ranks about the illegal activities of the NSA. It is worried that other employees or contractors may follow in Snowden’s footsteps and bring to the public’s attention more details of criminal enterprises of the US government.

The censorship and threats of sanctions for possession of information that is widely known by the public all over the world is aimed at bolstering the drive by the state to criminalize legitimate journalism . It is also aimed at preventing any discussion among government employees and military personnel about the implications and meaning of the exposures made by Snowden.

The Army’s censorship of a major international news source underscores the scale and ferocity of the assault on democratic rights being carried out by the Obama administration and the military/intelligence agencies. Their response to the exposure of the NSA’s seizure of the telephone records of all calls made in the US and its wire-tapping of electronic communications in the US and around the world is to step up their assault on democratic rights.

The censorship of the news coincides with an international manhunt and campaign of vilification directed against Snowden, who is being denounced by politicians, Democratic as well as Republican, and by the media as a spy and traitor. The US is seeking to seize the 30-year-old former NSA contractor, having indicted him under the Espionage Act.

The Obama administration has issued threats against China and Russia for their refusal to extradite Snowden to the US. It is believed the whistleblower is holed up in a transit lounge at the airport in Moscow, unable to travel further in part because the Obama administration has revoked his passport.

Meanwhile, Obama administration spokesmen have publicly denounced Snowden as a traitor, claiming that his efforts to inform the American people of massive and secret state surveillance–in violation of the US Constitution–constitute a violation of “national security.” Such statements by White House Press Secretary Jay Carney and others make a mockery of any claim that Snowden, were he to be captured and brought to the US, could receive a fair trial.

Obama’s assertions that the NSA programs are lawful and do not violate privacy rights are thoroughly exposed by the Army’s attempts to stop its personnel and employees from reading newspapers. Were such practices exposed in China or Iran, Washington and the US media would be denouncing their governments for violating human rights.

Unable to overcome popular support for Snowden and opposition to government surveillance, the US government is resorting to repression and intimidation.

Politicians and the media have increasingly targeted the few news media and journalists who have made Snowden’s exposures available to the public. In recent days, there have been growing demands from Congressmen for the Guardian ’s Glenn Greenwald to be prosecuted for interviewing Snowden and publishing stories based on his revelations. Last Sunday, David Gregory, the moderator of NBC News’ “Meet the Press” program, demanded that Greenwald explain why he should not be prosecuted.

The widening witch-hunt reflects the fear and hysteria within the state and the political establishment over the exposure of their attacks on democratic rights. At the same time, the official response demonstrates the degree to which authoritarian conceptions permeate the ruling elite and the very advanced state of its preparations for dictatorial forms of rule.

The World Socialist Web Site and the Socialist Equality Party are calling on all working people, youth and students to come to the defense of Edward Snowden, as well as Private Bradley Manning and Julian Assange. Their defense and the demand that all charges against them be dropped are an essential part of the development of a mass, independent political movement of the working class in defense of democratic rights.

Click here to get involved in this campaign.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

UK chancellor announces a further £11.5 billion in cuts

0

 

By
Robert Stevens

29 June 2013

The Spending Round outlined by UK Conservative Party chancellor George Osborne this week will force through a further £11.5 billion of cuts on top of the £155 billion already passed by the Conservative/Liberal Democrat coalition since its election in 2010.

Unlike previous Spending Rounds, the latest covers a single financial year, 2015/2016, and is specifically designed to ensure any future government is tied to it. Osborne confirmed that the government is to introduce, for the first time in Britain, a cap on welfare spending in order to “control the overall costs of the benefits bill”.

The chancellor added, “In future, when a government looks set to breach the Cap because it is failing to control welfare, the OBR [Office for Budget Responsibility] will issue a public warning. The government will then be forced to take action to cut welfare costs or publicly breach the Cap.”

The cap will be set in cash terms every four years and include housing benefit, disability benefit, tax credits and pensioner benefits–but not, at this stage, the state pension.

Osborne announced that a further 144,000 jobs in the public sector are to be lost by 2015-2016. This is on top of the hundreds of thousands already shed since 2010. Osborne boasted that in his review of 2010, “I said then that around half a million posts in the public sector were forecast to have to go. That is indeed what has happened–and we’re saving £2 billion pounds a year, with a civil service now smaller than at any time since the war.”

Those public sector workers who still have a job face further pay cuts as a 1 percent cap on public sector pay rises is imposed and the system of automatic progression pay is terminated.

The Spending Round slashes local authority funding even further, this time by 10 percent–equivalent to £30 million for every local council. Funding to the Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland Offices, the Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, and the departments of Justice and Transport has been cut by a similar amount.

The Business, Skills and Universities department resource budget is cut by 6 percent, which means higher education and further education spending decreases by £400 million in 2015/2016. The department oversees the student maintenance grants, which are being frozen, saving £60 million, and the national scholarship programme, which is being cut from £150 million to £50 million. The departments’ science budget at £4.6 billion, held flat since 2010, remains frozen.

The privatisation of the public education system is furthered with new money being made available for 180 new “free” schools, which are state-funded but privately run outside of Local Education Authority control. They are able to set their own terms and conditions for teaching staff and buy in private services.

The Department for Culture, Media and Sport is cut by 7 percent, with the budget of the Arts Council England (ACE) and national museums cut by 5 percent. ACE’s budget, which funds 696 arts organisations across England, was slashed by 30 percent in 2010, and the latest reduction will result in many arts organisations losing funding and going under.

The one area where spending will be increased is the UK’s vast spying network, which the former US whistleblower Edward Snowden has revealed already operates on a larger scale than its US counterpart. Osborne announced a 3.4 percent funding increase to the security services, bringing the total in 2015/2016 to £1.7 billion.

The Spending Round was cautiously welcomed by business leaders, who responded in unison that more, severe austerity was necessary. It was the Confederation of British Industry that demanded beforehand many of the measures Osborne detailed, including the ending of automatic progression pay. They are now calling for further cuts including an end to ring-fencing of certain areas of public expenditure such as health, saying, “It is encouraging to see that Government will have greater control of the welfare budget through the new cap. The next big challenge to address is the issue of ring-fencing to ensure that efficiency flows across all parts of the public sector.”

The Institute of Directors said far more was required, claiming that business was “feeling like Oliver Twist. More please, Chancellor. Please could you go further and faster with spending restraint? Please could you widen the welfare cap to include pensions? But please could you also do less ring-fencing of spending in departments such as the NHS.”

The right-wing Daily Telegraph also criticised Osborne for being too timid, declaring, “reductions of £11.5 billion in the context of a £745 billion budget. That amounts to barely 1.5 percent, which is a statistical rounding error”.

“We will soon need a chancellor with the will and the guts to make the big cuts in the major spending departments. That means targeting pensioners, tackling the National Health Service, shaving foreign aid and seriously cutting the welfare bill.”

Even before Osborne spoke in Parliament, the opposition Labour Party had signed up to whatever spending cuts he would announce. Labour shadow chancellor Ed Balls declared, “[W]e have agreed with the Shadow Cabinet that each of them is going inherit these plans and work with them for the next two years. That is our starting point.”

However, Labour has one caveat: in alliance with the most vociferous sections of the ruling elite, it also wants pensions to be included in the future cap on welfare spending.

Balls noted that Osborne’s welfare cap will only apply for three years and responded, “Whether you call that a cap or not, any long-term control regime for long-term welfare spending in 20, 30 or 40 years of course needs to have pensioner spending in it as it relates to people who are at the moment in their 20s, 30s and 40s and how long they will have to work. The chancellor acknowledged that”.

Labour’s programme is now distinguishable from that of the Tories only insofar as it demands deeper austerity. Its policies are now falling into line with traditionally conservative think tanks, including the Policy Exchange, who also insist that welfare cuts going forward must entail the drastic erosion of pensions.

A Policy Exchange paper written by former Treasury official Matthew Oakley notes, “If Britain is to tame its public debt and constrain growth in the state, welfare spending must be controlled.” The paper adds, “But it has to include the full range of benefits, including pensioner benefits and the state pension. Without this, any proposed cap would be meaningless and fail to recognise the real drivers of rising costs.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

The EU’s fraudulent “call to action” on youth unemployment

0

 

29 June 2013

At their summit Thursday in Brussels, the government heads of the European Union decided to provide six billion euros for unemployed youth. The measure is officially described as a “Call to Action on Youth Unemployment.” In fact, it is quite the opposite. It is a travesty and insult to the intelligence of young people and only underscores the fact that an entire generation has no future in a capitalist Europe.

In the 27 member countries of the EU, one in four young people under 25 is officially counted as unemployed–a total of 5.6 million people. The real figure is even higher since the official statistics take into account only those who have been looking for a job within the past four weeks and who can take on a new a job within two weeks.

The six billion euros are to be spent over the years 2014 and 2015. This amounts to an average of 45 euros per month per unemployed person, i.e., a drop in the ocean.

Even prominent corporate and political figures conceded that this is a token measure. Thomas Mayer, chief economist at Deutsche Bank, called it “more a form of symbolic politics,” and Martin Schulz, president of the EU Parliament, said the money allocated was “not enough.”

According to the European Commission, about 4.5 trillion euros of public funds have been allocated to prop up the continent’s banking system since 2008. Now the same European governments are freeing up 0.13 percent of this sum for European youth. This ratio indicates the relative importance attached by the ruling elite to the youth of Europe as compared to the banks.

The six billion euros is not even new money. Rather, it is to be diverted from other expenditures in the existing budget. After years of haggling on a fiscal framework, the EU summit agreed on Thursday to a budget for the years 2014-2020 totaling 960 billion euros. This is far less than the sum required to meet current expenses. In order to set aside the six billion euros for unemployed youth, the EU will be forced to make cuts in other outlays, with a corresponding loss of jobs.

The summit did not specify in any detail how the six billion euros are to be used. The only stipulation was that youth should be offered a job or further training within four months of completing their education or being laid off from their current job.

The worthlessness of such guarantees was underlined by the most senior participant at the summit, Luxembourg Prime Minister Jean-Claude Juncker. He recalled that an EU summit had made an almost identical decision under his chairmanship in 1997–with nothing to show for it.

The EU is expected to finance some training programs to provide temporary relief for young people from the dole queue–only to plunge them into unemployment in an even more brutal fashion at a later date. Such measures have demonstrated in the past that they are incapable of securing permanent employment at a reasonable wage.

In Spain alone, some 2.7 million people under 35 are without work. About 60 percent of them have a university degree, and many have more than one degree. Nevertheless, they cannot find work. In response to a recent advertisement for eleven supervisory posts at the Prado Museum in Madrid, offering a monthly salary of just 930 euros, 18,500 people applied.

In Italy, 40 percent of all young people under 25 and one in five graduates are unemployed. Retraining will do little to improve their prospects. In Greece and Portugal, youth unemployment is as high as 63 percent and 43 percent respectively.

The makeshift retraining measures are not intended to secure a future for young people, but rather to provide businesses with young recruits to exploit as interns or low-paid temporary workers, while the employers draw government subsidies.

?The financial press has stressed the need to enact labor market “reforms” alongside the six-billion-euro youth employment program to facilitate the replacement of older and higher-paid workers with lower-paid and younger workers enlisted into the so-called “training” schemes.

“In order to be more than a subsidy for short-term employment spells, however, the guarantee has to be accompanied by deep reforms in the labour markets of recipient countries,” wrote the Financial Times .

In carrying out its token measure, the EU is driven by fear that youth denied a future under the existing system will become radicalized and turn to a socialist perspective. The representative of the right-wing Konrad Adenauer Foundation in Madrid, Thomas Stehling, warned recently that individuals could lose confidence in present system. “What should one expect from these people?” he asked ironically. “That they run into the streets hailing the success of the social market economy?”

In the Guardian, Stefano Scarpetta of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) compared the situation in Europe with the revolutions in Egypt and Tunisia. In the latter countries, he noted, there was also a generation of well-educated young people who had no access to the labor market.

In its editorial on the EU summit, the Financial Times concluded: “High unemployment is breeding disillusionment among the young. Their discontent has been wind to the sails of protest parties, such as Italy’s Five Star Movement. So far, protests have been rare and mostly non-violent. But this should be no reason for complacency. The EU’s policy-makers need only look at Turkey or Brazil to realise it takes little for disaffection to bring people onto the streets.”

Mass unemployment among adults as well as young people can be overcome only if millions of new, well-paid jobs are created in key social sectors such as health, elderly care, the environment and culture, as well as in industry. This requires massive public investment.

Such investment cannot be realized as long as control of the social wealth remains in the hands of the financial elite, which has further enriched itself in the course of the crisis. Such measures require the establishment of a workers’ government that expropriates the banks and corporations and places them under democratic, popular control.

Young people must reject the EU program. They must not allow themselves to be exploited as cheap labor and used to depress the wages of all workers. They must fight together with the working class as a whole for the socialist transformation of society. This requires the building of a new international socialist party–the Socialist Equality Party and the International Committee of the Fourth International.

Peter Schwarz



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

Senate approves legislation to militarize US-Mexico border

0

 

By
Thomas Gaist

29 June 2013

The US Senate on Thursday passed the Border Security, Economic Opportunity and Immigration Modernization Act of 2013, with significant support from both big business parties. The legislation beefs up the repressive and surveillance capacities of the state, militarizes the entire US-Mexico border zone, in what senators have described as a “border surge,” and creates a new category of second-class citizens.

The security portion of the bill calls for a massive ramping up of the police presence and military hardware along the border, with 20,000 new border patrol agents, doubling the total to 40,000. It also calls for 700 miles of new fencing and the deployment of National Guard elements.

Under the bill, the border will be subject to “persistent surveillance,” with “continuous and integrated manned or unmanned monitoring, sensing or surveillance of 100 percent of southern border mileage or the immediate vicinity of the southern border.”

Unmanned aerial drones will be deployed on a 24/7 basis, creating a “drone zone” stretching up to 100 miles north of the border. Vehicle Dismount and Exploitation Radar (VADER) systems will be deployed, as well as a dizzying array of monitoring technologies, including thousands of ground sensors, cameras, infrared and night-vision scopes, and a fleet of 40 new helicopters.

Taken together, these provisions will triple government spending on border security to a grand total of $46 billion. Republican Senator Bob Corker of Tennessee, one of the authors of the bill, frankly described the security measures as “almost overkill.”

The US-Mexico border is being transformed into a fully militarized zone, resembling conflict areas such as Israel-Palestine. Democratic Senator Charles Schumer of New York lauded the creation of a “virtual human fence.”

The bill also universalizes the anti-democratic E-Verify system, a massive information reservoir operated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The E-Verify program assembles biographic information on employees in a nationwide computer network. The law stipulates that no immigrants will receive green cards until E-Verify has been implemented at every work place across the US.

Under the new law, all employers will be required to begin using E-Verify within 5 years, and foreigners entering or leaving the US will be subject to new forms of biometric tracking.

Mandatory E-Verify establishes something approaching a national identification system. National ID, long resisted by the American people, is being slipped in through the backdoor under the guise of immigration reform.

The American Civil Liberties Union has characterized the effect of the E-Verify program as “inverting the relationship between the individual and government” by forcing individuals to undergo screening and receive “affirmative permission” before carrying out basic life activities.

The ACLU stated that the legislation “takes significant steps toward a ‘cardless’ national ID system which could be used to track and limit Americans’ movements and activities.”

As the New York Times acknowledged in an article Thursday, “[M]ost Americans are unaware of the mandate’s broad scope.” The Times observed that many will face “unexpected bureaucratic headaches” and “even lose new jobs” as a result.

Democratic Senator Chris Coons admitted that E-Verify can become “a single, national, searchable database of vital biographic information and photographs of nearly every American.”

Immigration policy analyst David Bier observed, “I don’t think people really understand that this creates a regulation not just for every employer, or for every immigrant, but also for every citizen in this country.”

The “regulation” that the bill creates is that all citizens will have to undergo background checks, having their life history scrutinized and recorded in a vast government database, in order to start a new job.

Homeland Security has had access to 113 million State Department passport records and photos since 2010, but the expanded variant of E-Verify contained in the immigration bill will allow the department to access all 212 million drivers licenses and extend access to the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI).

Vigorous bi-partisan support for universal E-Verify provides yet another illustration of the commitment of the entire political establishment to the dismantling of democratic rights and buildup of a police state apparatus. The legislation was prepared by the “Gang of Eight” senators, which includes leading Democrats and Republicans, and is backed by the Obama administration.

The “path to citizenship” component of the bill involves arduous and convoluted procedures that immigrants will have to navigate in pursuit of legal status. Undocumented immigrants will first have to apply for registered provisional immigrant (RPI) status, paying a $500 fine in the process. RPIs are banned from receiving any federal health or welfare benefits, and will have fewer legal rights than citizens.

Once they have lived for 10 years in the US as RPIs, immigrants then have the opportunity to apply for a green card, paying an additional $1,000 fine. Leaving the US at any time during the entire process will invalidate their citizenship application.

The multi-tiered system elaborated in the path to citizenship establishes preferential treatment for skilled laborers, reflecting the massive input of hi tech corporations that want access to highly educated foreigners whom they can hire at lower wage rates than those paid to Americans. Rather than enabling immigrants to live in the US free from state harassment or deportation, the real purpose of the “path to citizenship” is to provide an increased supply of cheap labor for exploitation by the US capitalist elite.

The Obama administration is presenting the bill as progressive legislation that will allow millions of immigrants to gain citizenship status. “Today, the Senate did its job. It’s now up to the House to do the same,” President Barack Obama declared after the vote.

Republican House leaders have indicated, however, that they will not pass the bill in its present form in the lower chamber.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

Mother of teen jailed for Facebook post speaks to WSWS

0

 

By
Tom Carter

29 June 2013

Justin River Carter was arrested on February 14 of this year in Austin, Texas and charged as a “terrorist” for a post he made on Facebook. He faces up to ten years in prison.

The prosecution of Justin Carter as a “terrorist” is one of a string of dozens of similar prosecutions around the country, mainly involving teenagers and online posts on sites such as Facebook. As the World Socialist Web Site has previously reported, the purpose of these prosecutions is to undermine the First Amendment guarantee of free speech and to pave the way for the criminalization of political dissent. (See “The criminalization of political dissent in America”.)

In one of the more prominent of these cases, Massachusetts high school student Cameron D’Ambrosio was arrested in May on “terror” charges for posting rap lyrics making reference to the Boston bombings on his Facebook page. He faced up to 20 years in prison. D’Ambrosio was subsequently released when a grand jury refused to indict him, but not before he spent a month in prison.

Justin Carter’s purportedly “terrorist” post was made in the context of an argument on Facebook related to an online game. Justin was accused of being “crazy.” His response, which his mother contends was just her son’s sarcastic sense of humor, was, “I’m f—ed in the head alright. I think I’ma shoot up a kindergarten and watch the blood of the innocent rain down and eat the beating heart of one of them.” Then Justin wrote, “j/k” (which means “just kidding”).

Police appeared at Justin Carter’s workplace the following day to arrest him. A police SWAT team later raided his apartment. He was charged with making a “terroristic threat” to “impair public/government service.”

Media reports (such as this one) described a terrorist on the loose (Justin Carter had already been arrested by this time), and even identified a particular kindergarten as the supposed target.

The string of Facebook “terror” prosecutions nationwide are significant in that they target mere speech alone, i.e., free speech traditionally protected under the First Amendment. In Justin Carter’s case, as in Cameron D’Ambrosio’s, there was no weapon or bomb, no plans to acquire one, no specific target, no conspiracy, and no plans or attempt to carry out an attack. There were no real or intended victims. There was no alleged connection to Al Qaeda or any other group.

These Facebook “terror” prosecutions are the tip of the wedge that is being used to open the way for the full spectrum of “anti-terror” laws and powers that were enacted or asserted in the “war on terror” to be brought to bear against the American public. It is the Obama administration’s position that someone who is a “terrorist” can be denied all basic rights, imprisoned without trial, tortured, and even assassinated.

Justin Carter recently turned 19 in jail. The prosecutor has offered him 8 years in prison in return for an admission of guilt. As of this writing, he has not accepted the offer. Justin Carter’s employer, an audio/visual company, believes in his innocence and is holding his job open for him. A petition for Justin Carter’s release has gathered more than a thousand signatures on Change.org. His trial is expected to begin July 1.

The World Socialist Web Site recently spoke to Justin Carter’s mother, Jennifer Carter:

Tom Carter: What was it like for you, from your point of view, to learn that your son would be charged as a terrorist? How did you find out? What was your first reaction?

Jennifer Carter: Well, my ex-husband sent me an email on Valentine’s Day and told me that Justin was in jail. I called my ex-husband, and he told me that police had arrested him at his job for a post he had written on Facebook. My response was, “What kind of post was it?” He said it was on the news, and sent me a link.

I saw the news, and it said they were charging him with making a terroristic threat. My first feeling about it was that this was ridiculous. I thought as soon as the police talk to him, they will see it was a joke and let him go. If anything, it would be a misdemeanor. I thought if they talked to him, they would realize it was just his sarcastic sense of humor.

The next day, they went in front of the judge to set the bond, and the bond was set at $250,000. It was later increased to $500,000. That’s when I realized it was serious. And it was devastating. I never thought that my son would go to jail, and I certainly never thought he would go to jail for being a terrorist.

“Terrorist”–that is a word now in America that’s associated with someone who is going to blow something up or shoot a bunch of people. We’ve always been an anti-gun kind of a family. We’ve never owned guns. Justin was afraid of guns. He was scared when one time his roommate showed him a gun.

It was devastating. I cried for days. Then I got really angry, and I started trying to do something about it. My brother in law sent out letters to the ACLU and the EFF [Electronic Frontier Foundation].

TC: What kind of person is your son? Did he pose a threat to anyone?

JC: My son is sarcastic, and has a dark sense of humor for sure. But he’s a pussycat. He can’t fight. He has a younger brother, and when they would fight, he would always lose.

When we would have family parties, he was always the one playing with the kids, and teaching them how to play video games. He would be the one rolling around on the floor with them, playing hide and seek.

The idea that he would do anything to hurt kids–it’s not who he is at all.

TC: In your son’s case, I understand the prosecutor is offering a sentence of eight years in return for a guilty plea, but is threatening to seek more if the case goes to trial. What is it like to have to make that choice?

JC: It’s hard to put into words the kind of emotions you have with this kind of thing. Every time we get bad news about the D.A. [District Attorney], and hear what they are trying to push for, whether it is 8 years or 10 years–all I can think of is my son when he was a little boy, and what a good person he is.

The idea that he would be locked away for 8 years or 10 years–he is not a criminal. He’s not cut out for jail. My first thought when I found out was that someone would kill him in jail.

It’s hard. He’s almost broken when I talk to him on the phone. He’s lost all hope. He doesn’t think he’s ever going to get out. He told me that if he gets out, “I’ll never take sunshine or grass for granted. I’ll never play video games again. If only I can be free again.”

It’s so frustrating that I can’t fix this, and I can’t do anything to help him. (crying) Sometimes I feel like I can be cold and methodical and get things done. At other times I just start crying and can’t stop.

TC: What conditions does he face inside the prison system?

JC: He’s already been transferred four different times after being beaten up by other inmates. They have classified him as a “baby killer.” They steal his food. They spit on him.

He went from being a happy kid, with a good job, in an apartment on his own doing well–now he says he has no chance of surviving. He thinks someone is going to kill him, or that one of these beatings is going to permanently scar him or injure him.

TC: What do you think about other teenagers around the country being charged as terrorists for online posts? What are the implications for democratic rights and free speech?

JC: I used to believe that we had free speech in this country. I don’t believe it anymore.

Now, whenever I see anyone posting anything online, I tell them to take it off immediately, before someone sees it or reports them. I’m scared to post my political views. I just don’t think we have free speech in this country if they can charge children for saying stupid things online. Teenagers say stupid things all the time. It doesn’t mean they are going to do anything, or that they are dangerous. If someone says something stupid, you talk to them. If there isn’t any danger, they shouldn’t be put in jail.

It’s like they are running out of people to put in jail, and now they are turning to teenagers.

TC: If it were up to you, and you were the city official who could decide who was prosecuted and for what, how would you have handled your son’s Facebook post?

JC: I would have sent someone to come talk to him at his home. Any sane policeman after talking to him would have seen. Justin was completely honest about it. He didn’t try to lie. He admitted that he posted it. In the world I thought we lived in, they would have said, “Don’t post anything stupid like that online again.” And that would have been it.

Most of my friends and family can’t even believe that this is happening, that this is real. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve said, “Yes, that’s it.” They think there must have been something more to it. There’s nothing more to it. That’s it. That post, that statement alone is enough for 10 years in jail? It’s ridiculous.

TC: What did you think of the official media coverage of your son’s case? Has that changed the way you watch the news?

JC: I don’t believe the news anymore. I had a healthy skepticism before that, because I guess I’m a liberal or whatever. But when I saw the news–they reported that he was “on the loose” and the police were looking for him. But he had already been in custody for hours at that point.

I felt bad for the people at the school that they said he was threatening. I felt bad for the parents. I wanted to call the school and say–the news is wrong. Don’t scare the kids. Nobody is out on the loose. I felt bad for the parents.

TC: Why is your son’s case important? Why should people care about this issue?

JC: Freedom of speech is one of the basic rights we have in America. This is supposed to be the land of the free. You’re supposed to have opinions and be able to state them publicly without fear, whether it’s on politics or religion.

The whole reason we have the Bill of Rights is that there was a tyranny, and people were afraid of being killed by the king for saying the wrong thing. When you start taking away freedoms, and start saying that something you say is “terrorism” and cannot be a joke or political statement–when you start taking away that right, people start living in fear.

Everyone I know that knows about this case is now afraid to say stuff online. They see that even if you are joking, you can be arrested and put in jail for an indefinite amount of time. If you take away freedom of speech, then we’ve lost everything in this country.

TC: Have you been following the ongoing revelations about Edward Snowden and about NSA spying on the population?

JC: I think he’s a whistleblower. People are divided, and some people say he is a traitor, but I say he’s a whistleblower.

I don’t understand why the NSA is listening to people’s conversations or monitoring the phone calls–of American citizens! It goes back to the Bill of Rights. We’re supposed to have privacy. You’re not supposed to be able to listen in to things you’re not supposed to be listening into.

I saw they were listening in to his [Justin’s] phone calls from jail with me and to his father. I was horrified. The idea that people are listening to your phone calls and making judgments about you and making files on you–it’s horrifying. Most people live in a bubble and don’t understand that this kind of stuff is going on.

The government is listening. It’s terrifying that we live in this kind of country now, or that we’ve been living in it all along and didn’t know it.

TC: Is there anything else you would like readers of the WSWS to know?

JC: I would want them to know that we have to fight for our rights. The rights that we think we have, we don’t. If we don’t stand up to the government, the police, the court system–we don’t deserve our rights unless we stand up and fight for them.

The author also recommends:

Massachusetts high school student charged as terrorist for Facebook post

[11 May 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

Ireland: Bankers joke about their €7 billion bailout scam

0

 

By
Steve James

29 June 2013

Transcripts released this week by the Irish Independent record conversations in 2008 between leading Irish bank executives, joking about how they had scammed billions of euros to bail out the now-defunct Anglo-Irish Bank.

The conversations provide an insight into the reckless, sneering cynicism of the ruling elite as they proceeded to swindle the working people to the tune of trillions of euros.

The conversations focussed on the Anglo-Irish Bank board’s attempt to stem the massive losses it suffered following the collapse of the Irish property bubble out of which it had made billions. The board’s sting was to downplay the scale of the bank’s mounting losses and sucker the authorities into offering large sums of cash. The hope was that, once committed, the Irish government and central bank would be unable to back out of further support.

In one conversation, the retail banking director Peter Fitzgerald asked the head of capital markets, John Bowe, how he had arrived at a sum of €7 billion to bail out the bank. Bowe responded, “as Drummer [David Drumm, Anglo-Irish CEO] would say, I picked it out of my arse.”

He went on, “Yeah and that number is seven, but the reality is that we need more than that. But you know, the strategy here is you pull them in, you get them to write a big cheque and they have to keep, they have to support their money.”

Bowe elaborated on the calculation behind the figure. “If they saw the enormity of it up front, they might decide they have a choice…. They might say the cost to the taxpayer is too high. But if it doesn’t look too big at the outset…it looks big enough to be important, but not too big that it kind of spoils everything, then I think you have chance.”

Bowe makes clear that there is no likelihood of the gigantic sums given to the bank ever being repaid. “This is a €7 billion bridging. So you know, it is bridged until we can pay you back…which is never”.

A fortnight after Bowe and Fitzpatrick’s chat, the Irish government rolled out a bank guarantee, which offered 100 percent cover for all deposits in the banking system and worth €440 billion. It was presented at the time by then-Fianna Fail finance minister Brian Lenihan as “the cheapest bailout in the world”, who had hoped that by offering the guarantee, the banks would stabilise. Immediately on its announcement, deposits briefly flooded into Irish banks, particularly from Britain and Germany.

Another conversation, this time between Bowe and Drumm, recorded the duo’s attitude to concerns from the Irish financial regulator that the guarantee was being used to pull in new deposits, rather than back up existing ones.

Drumm crowed, “so fucking what, just take it anyway, stick the fingers up”. Drumm pointed to the British banks’ behaviour after the British government propped up the collapsed mortgage bank Northern Rock. “They went around with the fucking Union Jack wrapped tightly around them like a jump suit and grabbed all the deposits and where was our fucking minister for finance then?” Bowe sang a parody of the German national anthem in praise of the German banking deposits swilling temporarily into Dublin.

He went on, “So OK, just keep nursing along…jack the [interest] rates up. That’s what I really meant, get the fucking money in, get it in.”

In the event, the flood of money was short-lived, as a succession of European states offered comparable guarantees to depositors. The consequence of the Irish guarantee was to lock Irish state finances into supporting the country’s collapsing banks, all of which were in almost as ruinous a state as Anglo-Irish.

Before its final demise, around €30 billion was handed over to Anglo-Irish. The bank was nationalised in 2009 and recorded the largest loss in Irish corporate history in 2010 following the arrest of chairman and former CEO Sean Fitzpatrick for fraud. In 2011, the bank was split up, and part of it renamed the Irish Bank Resolution Corporation (IBRC), which also incorporated the remains of the Irish Nationwide Building Society. The IBRC was wound up earlier this year. In total, so far, some €64 billion was pumped in the Irish banks, and the government turned to the European Union (EU)-led “troika” for a €67.5 billion bailout in 2010.

The bank guarantee and the “troika” bailout set in place a mechanism to hone the Irish state and political system into a means to fleece the working population of its wages, welfare payments and social services, to pay the major European banks for the local oligarchy’s speculative debts. Regardless of their political coloration, all the parties and trade unions supported and continue to support the brutal repayment regime and the social destruction it has set in motion.

The Irish authorities have not even been able to launch a full investigation of what took place. An inquiry by the Central Bank concluded that the banks’ boards, senior management, auditors and accounts bore responsibility and pointed to the role of successive governments in encouraging the banks’ property speculation. The 2010 inquiry was supposed to provide terms of reference for an independent commission of inquiry, which both the Fianna Fail/Green Party coalition and its successor, the current Fine Gael/Labour Party ruling coalition, have sought to delay.

Immediately after the publication of the Anglo-Irish tapes, Taoiseach and Fine Gael leader Enda Kenny reluctantly announced that the necessary legislation would be processed and a “parliamentary inquiry” set up. Kenny’s belated announcement has nothing to with investigating the truth of what took place, notwithstanding hypocritical expressions of outrage and disgust. Rather, it is another notch in the incremental process of delay and the diversion of immense public anger.

Kenny is also seeking to ease current negotiations at the EU, at which Ireland is seeking access to further European Stability Mechanism funding to recapitalise its still hugely indebted banks. Labour leader and Tánaiste (deputy prime minister) Eamon Gilmore complained that “what has come out of these tapes doesn’t make our job any easier”.

Making similar calculations, German chancellor Angela Merkel growled of the tapes, “I have nothing but contempt for this”. She added, “The tone seems to be similar across all banks.” Michael Fuchs, deputy leader of Merkel’s Christian Democratic Union, said, “We are offended. If you have a feeding hand you shouldn’t bite into it.”

In reality, as Merkel, Fuchs and Kenny are well aware, the unguarded comments of Bowe, Drumm and Fitzpatrick are those of a social type, by no means restricted to Ireland. The entire financial system in Europe and internationally rests on similar criminality. In every bank around the world, similar conversations between executives would have been held, expressing their hilarity and incredulity as vast amounts of money, beyond anything they could have imagined, flooded in to prop up their rotten, corrupt institutions.

Writing in the Financial Times, on June 23, Wolfgang Munchau warned that the entire European banking system, including that of Germany, is keeping the real state of banking losses hidden. “Remember the stress tests of 2011? Or the apparently independent audit of the Spanish banking system which concluded that Spanish banks only need a teeny weeny bit in new capital”.

Munchau explained that banks disguise losses by tricks such as renewing a non-performing loan, which is then not in default–”pretend and extend”. He estimated that given the succession of financial shocks, there could be up to €2.6 trillion of non-performing loans across the euro zone.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

Dzhokhar Tsarnaev indicted on 45 counts in Boston Marathon bombing

0

 

By
Patrick Martin

29 June 2013

State and federal prosecutors announced at a press conference Thursday in Boston that they have obtained grand jury indictments of Dzhokhar Tsarnaev on 45 separate counts: 30 charges under federal law and 15 state charges.

Because the state of Massachusetts has no death penalty, federal prosecutors headed by US Attorney Carmen Ortiz are expected to take the lead role in legal action against Tsarnaev. Seventeen of the 30 federal charges carry possible death sentences. Others carry possible terms of life in prison for the 19-year-old.

Ortiz said Attorney General Eric Holder will decide whether to pursue the death penalty against Tsarnaev, who will be arraigned on July 10. Holder issued a statement hailing the indictment, declaring that it “proves our unyielding resolve to hold accountable, to the fullest extent of the law, anyone who would threaten the American people or attempt to terrorize our great cities.”

Tsarnaev is jailed at a military prison at Fort Devens, 40 miles west of Boston. He was shot multiple times while hiding unarmed in a boat and arrested April 19, four days after the April 15 bombing. His brother Tamerlan, 26, was killed in a clash with police the night before.

The charges relate to both the Boston Marathon bombing, which killed three people and wounded 260, and the subsequent murder of Massachusetts Institute of Technology police officer Sean Collier, as well as the kidnapping and robbery of a motorist whom the Tsarnaev brothers allegedly carjacked in an effort to escape the Boston area.

The charges include using a weapon of mass destruction resulting in death, bombing a place of public use resulting in death, malicious destruction of property resulting in death, and conspiring to carry out those crimes. Other charges include use of a firearm during and in relation to a violent crime and carjacking resulting in serious injury.

The federal indictment maintains the official cover story that the Tsarnaev brothers were “self-radicalized” through reading radical Islamist material on the Internet, and obtained all their information about bomb-making from Internet sources as well. The bombs were allegedly assembled from pressure cookers, black explosive powder gleaned from fireworks, nails and ball bearings.

The Boston Marathon bombings became the occasion for the shutdown of the city of Boston, as heavily armed swat teams patrolled parts of the city and engaged in mass searches in violation of basic democratic rights.

There is no reference in the indictment to Tamerlan Tsarnaev’s travel to the Caucasus in 2012, where he spent six months in Dagestan, next door to war-torn Chechnya. The Tsarnaev family were of Chechen origins, although they left Chechnya in the mid-1990s, during the years of heavy fighting between Russian forces and Chechen rebels, and neither brother had lived there since.

The Russian authorities contacted US agencies in 2011, first the FBI and then the CIA, with concerns about Tamerlan Tsarnaev’s possible connections with Islamist militants in the Caucasus. The FBI interviewed the elder Tsarnaev, but officials claim there was no evidence of radical sympathies, let alone terrorism, at that time.

By the official account, Tamerlan Tsarnaev returned from his six months in Dagestan without sparking any interest on the part of US security services, and he was able to buy weapons, large quantities of high-explosive fireworks, and purchase detonators by mail to his home, without any interference.

A spokeswoman for the US Attorney’s office, asked by the media why the indictment was silent on Tamerlan Tsarnaev’s travel and the possibility that he had received training from Islamist militants in Dagestan, refused to answer.

The official cover story serves two interrelated purposes for the US government. Claiming that the Tsarnaevs acted in complete isolation helps to deflect attention from the mounting evidence of connections between the Boston Marathon bombers and US intelligence operations (See: “Who is Ruslan Tsarni?”)

Secondly, by in effect “blaming the Internet” for facilitating the ideological and practical preparation for the bombing, the government seeks to justify its ongoing massive campaign of surveillance of email and telecommunications, in the name of combating terrorism.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

Chinese workers detain US businessman for a week

0

 

By
Oliver Campbell

29 June 2013

An American businessman detained for almost a week by employees at a medical supply factory in Beijing was released on Thursday, following negotiations and an agreement to compensate workers . The incident has highlighted the growth of social tensions stemming from the slowing of the Chinese economy, and a growing tide of foreign companies moving production to cheaper labour platforms in countries such as Bangladesh and Cambodia.

According to media reports, around 80 workers at the factory on the outskirts of northern Beijing blockaded exits, preventing Charles Starnes, co-owner of Speciality Medical Supplies, from leaving on the night on June 21. According to its web site, the company, which is headquartered in Florida, produces alcohol prep pads, lancing devices, syringes, and pen needles.

Starnes was confined to his office until he was released on June 27. His ability to communicate while detained was not hindered by the workers, and he dramatically gave interviews behind his barred windows to the journalists that flocked to the factory. He said he had not been physically harmed, and had been provided with a bed and three meals a day.

Starnes arrived at the factory on June 18 to announce the lay-off of 30 workers and the closure of a section of the plant’s production that is to be outsourced to a factory in India.

Starnes has claimed the sacked workers were given severance payments and offered jobs in another department. The employees, however, said that the layoffs were in preparation for the closure of the factory and that they were owed two months of wages.

Police maintained a presence at the factory, while the state-run trade unions and government officials intervened in an attempt to foster negotiations. They feared the incident could ignite broader unrest.

Starnes agreed to meet the pay demands of all workers on Thursday, although he continued to claim that he had no intention of shutting the factory. The agreement reportedly includes two months of pay for 97 workers, and compensation totalling almost $300,000. Upon release, Starnes said his company would rehire some of the workers involved in the dispute on new contracts, and resume production on Friday.

An article that appeared on the Wenxuecity web site quoted a man surnamed Huang, who claimed to be the factory’s vice-president. He stated that production had virtually ceased at the plant, with equipment being packed away, and assets valued in preparation for the closure of the factory.

Huang also noted that while Starnes had claimed the factory would be used for producing ethanol-based medical supplies, the plant is 35 times larger than required for such operations. The recent arrival of Indian engineers to evaluate the ethanol assembly line reportedly further inflamed fears among workers that the plant would be closed.

Chinese workers remember the immediate aftermath of the global financial crisis in 2008, when thousands of factories were closed, many still owing pay to their employees. An investigation by Economic Information Daily found that 400 executives, many employed by foreign-owned companies, fled bankrupt factories in Zhejiang province alone in 2008, leaving unpaid workers with no recourse.

The Chinese government and the American embassy have said little publicly about the incident at Speciality Medical Supplies, likely out of concern that it would fuel unrest among millions of Chinese workers about rising unemployment and the lowering of wages.

According to USA Today, Chu Lixiang, one of the chief negotiators as head of the state-run union in Beijing’s Huairou district, where the factory is located, sought to reassure foreign investors. “Everything has been properly resolved,” Chu said. “I just want to tell foreign investors that Huairou has a very good investment environment and fully-fledged laws, they don’t have to be scared.” The unions are widely viewed by workers as the industrial police for the government and employers.

The dispute at the Beijing factory is not an isolated incident. Social tensions are escalating as economic growth slows amid heightened financial instability, precipitated in part by moves by the US to end quantitative easing. The Chinese economy grew just 7.8 percent last year, below the 8 percent considered necessary to keep unemployment under control.

While notoriously unreliable official statistics have registered little change in unemployment, there are indications that it is rising sharply. In April, only 28 percent of graduating university students found employment in Beijing, and 29 percent in Shanghai.

Similar industrial disputes to the Speciality Medical Supplies incident have received less international media coverage. In January, striking staff at an electronics manufacturer in Shanghai reportedly locked 18 managers, including Japanese executives and Communist Party cadres, inside a room for two days. The strike took place in response to punitive new workplace regulations, including timed toilet breaks.

More recently, escalating social tensions found tragic expression in a shooting spree at a chemical factory in Shanghai’s Baoshan district on June 19, in which six people died. A 62-year-old worker at the plant was arrested by police. He had allegedly beaten and killed a co-worker, with whom he had a “financial dispute”, before killing a taxi driver, and then a soldier at an army barracks. He allegedly returned to the Shanghai Guangyu Fine Chemical plant, shooting three others, including the factory’s boss. The company had suspended production in May due to mismanagement.

Strikes are constantly erupting in China. On June 18, 600 workers in a plant making flexible printed circuits owned by US Amphenol Corporation in Guangzhou stopped work to protest against low wages and substandard foods. The same day, hundreds of riot police were sent to smash a protracted strike by workers since June 6 at the Qufu Heavy Machinery Factory, which was privatised in 2003. Workers complained the Communist Party officials-turned executives and shareholders have lined their pockets at the expense of the employees.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

‘Rwandan officers fueling E DRC violence’

0

Rwandan military officers are fueling violence in the east of the Democratic Republic of Congo, a United Nations report has said.

According to the Å“confidential” 43-page report of the UN Group of Experts, the March 23 movement (M23) continues to recruit fighters from neighboring Rwanda with the help of Rwandan military officers, Reuters reported on Friday.

Reuters claimed that it had seen the report.

“The group sent a letter to the government of Rwanda on 14 June 2013 asking for clarification about this support and looks forward to a reply,” the U.N. experts said in the report.

The UN Group of Experts presented the report to the UN Security Council’s Congo sanctions committee.

The UN and Kinshasa have repeatedly accused Rwanda and Uganda of helping the rebels in Congo.

Rwanda and Uganda have always denied the charges that they are backing the M23, but Kigali and Kampala have never publicly condemned the militia, which is strengthening its grip over the provinces of North Kivu and South Kivu in the eastern Congo.

“Since the outset of its current mandate, the group has to date found no indication of support to the rebels from within Uganda, and has gathered evidence of continuous – but limited – support to M23 from within Rwanda,” the report added.

Several armed groups, including the M23 rebels, are active in the east of the DRC and fighting for control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources, such as gold, the main tin ore cassiterite, and coltan (columbite-tantalite), which is used to make many electronic devices, including cell phones.

The M23 rebels defected from the Congolese army in April 2012 in protest over alleged mistreatment in the Armed Forces of the Democratic Republic of Congo (FARDC). They had previously been integrated into the Congolese army under a peace deal signed in 2009.

Since early May 2012, nearly 3 million people have fled their homes in the eastern Congo. About 2.5 million have resettled in Congo, but more than 460,000 have crossed into neighboring Rwanda and Uganda.

Congo has faced numerous problems over the past few decades, such as grinding poverty, crumbling infrastructure, and a war in the east of the country that has dragged on since 1998 and left over 5.5 million people dead.

GJH/IA/HN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Will Zimmerman Be Acquitted?

0


by Alex Newman
The
New American



The prosecution’s
“star witness” against former neighborhood watchman George Zimmerman,
accused of murder in the shooting death of Trayvon Martin, endured
an embarrassing grilling both inside the Florida courtroom and in
the national media. From potentially incriminating social-media
posts publicized by reporters to major gaffes during her testimony,
Rachel Jeantel, 19 (shown), has sparked even more criticism of what
legal experts say appears to be an overzealous bid to convict Zimmerman
regardless of the
evidence
supporting his claims of self-defense.

First, reporters uncovered
a Twitter account used by Jeantel, who was on the phone with Martin
shortly before he was killed and has been repeatedly described as
prosecutors’ “star” witness in the case. While dozens of the expletive-laced
and potentially incriminating messages were deleted or “scrubbed”
in recent days, the controversial posts were captured by journalists
before being taken down. Jeantel tweeted about everything from “getting
high” and drug use to underage drinking and apparent drunk driving.

Inside the courtroom, matters went even worse for prosecutors. Among
other controversies, the key witness was forced to admit in cross-examination
that she could not understand the handwriting in a letter that she
supposedly “wrote” about the killing. “I don’t read cursive,” she
responded when Zimmerman’s defense attorney asked Jeantel if she
could read the document. The witness claimed that a friend had helped
her write it, but media accounts said
the explosive revelation sent a “hush” through the courtroom.

Jeantel’s testimony also revealed other major holes in the prosecution’s
case. For example, while the establishment media and race-profiteers
have been fiendishly trying to paint Zimmerman, who is Hispanic,
as a racist, Jeantel said that Martin had in fact made a racist
comment about Zimmerman over the phone. According to the witness,
Martin told her there was a “creepy-a** cracker” following him.
Cracker, of course, is generally considered a racist
term
used to describe whites.

There were also some apparent contradictions in Jeantel’s story
– major ones. During her testimony, for instance, she claimed
that shortly before the shooting, she heard Martin ask Zimmerman
“why are you following me?” After that, Jeantel claimed she heard
Martin tell Zimmerman to “get off!” Under cross-examination by the
defense, however, Jeantel alleged that she had not mentioned the
supposed remarks in earlier statements because she did not think
they were important. In a taped interview with prosecutors before
the trial, Jeantel had also said she “couldn’t hear” Martin tell
Zimmerman to get off.

While on the witness stand, Jeantel even admitted to telling several
lies under
oath
. Defense attorney Don West pointed out that the witness,
who had known Martin since elementary school, lied to Martin’s mother
about her age, claiming she was 16 when she was in fact two years
older than that. Jeantel also told Martin’s mother that she did
not attend the funeral due to hospitalization, which was untrue
as well. The witness claimed the lies were told because of how she
felt.

Unsurprisingly, defense attorneys seized on the testimony to argue
that Jeantel was an unreliable witness. West, co-counsel for Zimmerman,
also suggested that Jeantel did not call the police after hearing
the confrontation “because Trayvon Martin started the fight, and
you knew that.” Jeantel responded by denying the accusation and
saying she did not know what West was talking about. Eventually,
Jeantel was finally forced to admit under oath that she did not
know who started the fight.

In the court of public opinion, meanwhile, the “star” witness was
being grilled as well. The Smoking Gun, an online service that publicizes
“exclusive documents,” managed to track down Jeantel’s profiles
on social media services. In a series
of explosive
reports
, the site exposed numerous Twitter posts by the witness
that were embarrassing at the very least – and incriminating
at worst. The account was promptly scrubbed, but the damage was
done.

“Party time let get high,” one of the posts read. Another said:
“Omg everybody high” followed by “Lol we going to hell for smoke
on Sunday I need some more drink.” Separate tweets apparently referring
to driving while under the influence were also deleted. “I hope
I dnt hit no one tonight lord plz watch my driving,” Jeantel reportedly
wrote. “Just got home thank u lord good night,” she added later.
Numerous pictures and expletive-filled comments were deleted as
well.

Read
the rest of the article

June
29, 2013

Copyright
© 2013 The New American

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Turn Your Back This 4th of July

0



In a few days,
we will all have an opportunity to peacefully inflict a major psychological
blow on the rapidly coalescing police state by the simple but powerful
act of refusing to play along with the absurd pantomime on the 4th
of July that we live in an even nominally free country — one
with the rule of law, an operative Constitution and respect for
individual rights. One that isn’t a thugocracy.

We can turn
our backs on the flag. Decline to participate when urged to cheer
and sing. No fireworks. No barbeques.

We can sit
down — and bow our heads.

We can mention
the unmentionable: That there is no longer any meaningful
limit to the power of the government over our lives. No line beyond
which it may not tread. That it lies, spies and tyrannizes.

We can admit
to ourselves the shoddy — and frightening — reality
bubbling up all around us.

By so doing,
we can shatter the illusion that this government operates with anything
remotely approximating our consent. This is absolutely essential.
The 4th of July pantomime requires that we deny the obvious —
that we instead pretend we’re free people living
in a free country; one in which the government is accountable
to the people, one in which the government is limited by
law. One in which people can’t simply be dragooned
into prisons without due process, held incommunicado, tortured.
A country with a president who doesn’t have kill
lists — or use the instruments of state power to punish and
intimidate his political opponents. One in which citizens must be
suspected of a crime before their personal correspondence
is filched through and recorded for later use against them. One
in which a traveler is free from arbitrary and random searches of
his person and effects. One in which the attorney general of the
United States isn’t able to get away with providing guns to
gangs or brazenly lie about his use of the power of his office to
go after political “enemies” rather than pursue justice.

All these things
are everyday realities. And the reality is that the America we once
celebrated on the Fourth of July is gone, replaced by something
dark and ominous.

It is painfully
obvious — so why pretend otherwise?

More to the
point, why should we celebrate this ugly transformation?

Mourning is
what’s called for.

If we decline
to play along — and we still have this option, for the moment
— we can shatter the idea that all of the foregoing loathsomeness
is done with our approval. We can redefine the relationship between
ourselves and the government in an honest way. No more pretending
we’re free. No more pretending we’re protected by the
rule of law — and not ruled over by a thug caste
— a mafia — that does literally whatever it
wants, to anyone, at any time — without any real consequences
whatsoever. None of this requires elaboration. Everyone knows it
to be true. The Constitution is no longer even payed lip service
to. It is a sick joke.

Read
the rest of the article

June
29, 2013

Eric Peters
[send him mail] is an
automotive columnist and author of
Automotive
Atrocities and Road Hogs
(2011). Visit his
website
.

Copyright
© 2013 Eric Peters

The
Best of Eric Peters

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

The Anti-Rothbard Cult

0

Listen
to the podcast

ROCKWELL:
At the recent Mises University, Tom Woods gave quite an extraordinary
talk on the anti-Rothbard Cult within some parts of the Libertarian
movement. This talk is so important, so compelling, so extraordinary,
so fascinating, moving, thrilling — what else can I say about
it? It’s an extraordinary talk, even for Tom Woods, who, of course,
is one of the great speakers of our time. So I can’t recommend
this talk to you enough. You’ll love it. You’ll find it fascinating.
And it’s educational in the best sense.

Tom Woods,
thanks for doing this.

WOODS:
So this being the evening session and it’s optional, it means
I can get away with saying things that I wouldn’t say during the
formal sessions. Because, remember, after all, that Austrian economics
is descriptive rather than prescriptive. It’s positive rather
than normative. It’s describing social phenomena but it’s not
saying, therefore, you ought to do X or Y. So it’s not really
right to be giving lectures on — to talk entirely about Libertarianism
because you could be — you know, as Walter Block points out repeatedly,
you could be an Austrian economist and be a Totalitarian Socialist
because you know that the free market yields social harmony, but
you hate mankind —

(LAUGHTER)

— so you
want to impose Socialism. That is possible. So I don’t want —
for all you Totalitarian Socialists —

(LAUGHTER)

— who applied
to the Mises University, I don’t want to offend you. But this
being —

(LAUGHTER)

But this
being the after-hours session, I can sort of get away with some
of that.

I want to
really — in talking tonight, I want to inoculate you against kind
of a cult that’s out there. There is a cult out there in the Libertarian
world, and I call it the cult of anti-Rothbard. And you will encounter
this — I’m not going to name names. I’m not going to name places
or institutions because that’s not what I’m here for. I just want
to talk about ideas and a great man.

But it’s
a cult of anti-Rothbard. Because you will encounter people who
will be delighted to tell you all about the times they met Milton
Friedman. Oh, my goodness, I meet Milton Friedman; I served him
dinner; I sat next to him; I paid his bill — whatever the story
is.

(LAUGHTER)

They’re all
thrilled to tell you their story about Milton Friedman. And you
begin to realize that, with some people, there are only three
Libertarians in the whole world. There was Hayek, sometimes.

(LAUGHTER)

Hayek is
OK sometimes, but let’s never mention his actual economic contributions.
So nothing from the ’30s, no pure theory of capital in the early
40s, none of that, none of the stuff he won the Nobel Prize for.
We don’t want to talk about that. But we’ll talk about things
about Hayek. Hayek, sometimes. But basically, it’s Milton Friedman
and John Stossel, and that’s the Libertarian panel.

(LAUGHTER)

Now, that
is not to take away from Milton Friedman or John Stossel. I mean,
for example, it must have been very, very difficult for John Stossel,
being with ABC, and trying to say anything remotely Libertarian
year after year. So I do respect that contribution.

And likewise,
we all know and, perfectly well, happier to concede that Milton
Friedman was quite good on some things, and was a very good debater,
and could present many of the ideas of a free society very, very
effectively, and could win converts. Nobody takes any of that
away from him.

But it’s
very odd to me that you would have someone as accomplished as
Murray Rothbard, who basically created the Libertarian movement
as we know it, who was known as Mr. Libertarian, and there is
absolute silence about him. It’s not that for every 100 times
Milton Friedman is mentioned, Rothbard is mentioned only once.
I started to say that to Lew once in an interview I did. I interviewed
Lew on his own podcast once. And I stopped myself, and I said
it’s not for every 100 mentions of Friedman, it’s one of Rothbard;
it’s for every 100, it’s zero. It’s like what is happening here?
Well, I can’t speculate as to what the motives are. I’ve got some
thoughts. And maybe at the end I’ll share them with you, or especially
if I have a few drinks tonight, I’ll definitely share them.

(LAUGHTER)

But let’s
just think about the contributions of this guy. All right? And
then you’ll see how creepy this cult is. I mean, the fact that
this guy’s got all these contributions, and you still pretend
he doesn’t exist, it’s starting to — it creeps me out. Man,
Economy, and State
— all right, so he writes Man, Economy,
and State
, this thing — all right, so it’s about, what, like
1,000 pages, even if you don’t include Power
and Market
. You should include Power and Market.
Then, it’s on the order of 1,400 pages. You look at this thing
closely and you can see that Rothbard was deeply steeped in the
literature, the economic literature. He was reading the mainstream
journals. He was interacting with them. And, in fact, it’s interesting
to note — I think Joe points this out in his introduction — that,
in fact, Rothbard very infrequently even uses the term “Austrian
economics” in that book. And when he does use it, it’s in quotation
marks. It’s so-called Austrian economics, because what he’s trying
to teach is just economics. He is trying to engage the profession
and steer it in a particular direction. So he knows. He’s not
just some kid, you know, who studied under Mises and learned some
funny one-liners or something. He absorbed what he learned from
Mises. He built on what he learned from Mises. And he also knew
what the profession was saying. And this particular book plays
a central role in the history of the modern Austrian school. And
it’s written in a beautiful, elegant style. It’s written with
the tone of a scientist. It’s not written as a polemic. And it’s
something that you — you feel a sense of accomplishment just reading
it. Well, imagine what it was like writing it. We’ll, he wrote
it — he started writing it in his late 20s, and then it came out
when he was 36 years old. Now, I’m turning 40 next week, and that’s
really depressing me very much.

(LAUGHTER)

So I insist
this week, I want you to ask me repeatedly how old I am, so I
can say “39” the last few times.

(LAUGHTER)

But I remember
when I turned 36, I thought to myself, well, guess no big treatise
for me. My 36th year has come and gone and there was no — all
right, so if he stopped there, we would say, well, that’s a pretty
good job, right? Most people go through their lives not writing
original pioneering economic treatises, right?

(LAUGHTER)

That’s good.
But he also, in that same year, published The
Panic of 1819
, which is more of less his doctoral dissertation
for Columbia University. The Panic of 1819, a case study,
a real study of an episode in U.S. history. And this book, if
you look at the major historical journals, the American Historical
Review
, all of these historical journals, they all praise
this book unreservedly. This is the definitive work. And it gave
me great pleasure years ago in grad school — I was reading a book
on Jacksonian America, and in the bibliographical essay, it said,
“For the Panic of 1819, see Murray Rothbard’s book, The Panic
of 1819
, which is likely to remain definitive.” And I thought,
well, good. See, it goes to show, he — again, he interacted with
the mainstream. He made real contributions that were appreciated
and recognized.

But that
was not always so. 1963 came America’s
Great Depression
. Now, that was the same year of the Friedman
and Schwartz book, The
Monetary History of the United States
book. And that book
got all the attention, but particularly the sections involving
— the part involving the Great Depression got a lot of attention.
Rothbard’s book did not get that much attention. Yet, today, it’s
in a fifth edition. And the fifth edition has a forward by Paul
Johnson, the British historian, sort of iconoclastic, sort of
conservative British historian. And it was he who recognized the
merits of this book when he wrote his — I think it’s a terrific
book by Paul Johnson, Modern
Times: The World from the Twenties to the Eighties
. Now,
I recommend, by the way, if you ever read that book, don’t get
his later edition, The
World from the Twenties to the Nineties
. Just get the
Modern
Times
, up through the ’80s. Because, in the ’90s, then
he starts supporting the Iraq War. And, yes, it’s terrible. Neo-Con,
terrible. But the rest of it is pretty good. And he recognized
the importance of the Rothbard book.

Basically,
Rothbard was saying that the Federal Reserve was to blame for
the crash. And then, subsequent economic policy by the government
is to blame for why the depression itself went on so long. And
it does this — he’s performing two revisionist tasks in this book.
The better-known one is that he’s showing that Herbert Hoover
was not actually just sitting back doing nothing like some dufus
and, while Depression is washing over the country, he’s just sitting
there. If only that had been the case. To the contrary, he’s intervening
in all different areas, as many of you know. That was an innovation,
historically speaking. But secondly, to go back and trace out
Federal Reserve policy in the 1920s and to identify inflation
that was ongoing, this is also a contribution. Now, he wasn’t
the first one. There’s a book from ’37 that does a little bit
of analysis like this. Lionel Robbins had an Austrian view of
the Great Depression in 1934, called The
Great Depression
, but that was more looking at Europe
than the United States.

But still,
to say that the Fed did it but not for the reasons that Freidman
says the Fed did it — it’s not that the Fed didn’t just create
enough money. In fact, that was not the explanation. That was
the issue that the 1920s were fine and tranquil, but the problem
was that once the downturn came the Fed didn’t do enough to increase
the money supply when there was a collapse of the money supply
by about one-third. Rothbard won’t have any of this. And he goes
and counters all of this.

Well, this
is very important. And why is this important? Well, for one thing,
it’s important to tell the truth. But secondly, right now, today,
with the Austrian School getting all of this attention, well,
now, naturally, what are people going to ask? What are people
going to ask after the Austrian school is now getting some attention
because our people disproportionately predicted the crisis? People
are going to ask, well, how did you know? And did you predict
other things? Is this just some one-off fluke? Did you just happen
to have a crystal ball or tea leaves or a deck of Tarot cards
for this case, but you were clueless on the other ones? Because
of the contributions like America’s Great Depression, The
Panic of 1819
, we can see that there are Austrian explanations
to these earlier things. And this is driving the establishment
crazy that now, suddenly, there’s an interest in the Rothbardian
view, not only of current events but also the Great Depression.

I just made
a video on my YouTube channel against David Frum. And those of
you who are from Canada, you have a lot of explaining to do. All
right?

(LAUGHTER)

Take this
guy back with you on your way out.

But David
Frum was so upset the other day. He said, I can’t believe how
many conservatives now have moved from believing in Milton Friedman’s
view of the Great Depression over to — he can’t bring himself
to say Rothbard, so he said Mises’ view of the Great Depression.
And this just appalls him. Now, for one thing, if only most conservatives
in America even knew who, you know, who Milton Friedman was, much
less Murray Rothbard.

(LAUGHTER)

I mean, I
think we are giving these people a little bit more credit then
they have shown they deserve, I mean, with their Operation Desert
Storm hats and whatever else.

(LAUGHTER)

But secondly,
of course, the key thing is not just that it annoys him but the
fact that this is happening on a scale that it would come to the
attention of a David Frum that there are young people, probably
not in the conservative movement, naturally, but there are young
people who are interested in these alternative explanations. Well,
there wouldn’t have been one if there hadn’t have been a Rothbard.
Rothbard did that. And at the time, he got — this was published
to very little fanfare, and it never bothered him. Never bothered
him. He had a much smaller audience than the merits of this man
demanded, and he just carried on.

We have here
a publication, a book called Economic
Controversies
, a collection of a lot of Rothbard’s scholarly
articles. Well, that’s great. I mean, these are wonderful articles
and they’re all great contributions, too. Then I love the book
of essays, Egalitarianism
as a Revolt Against Nature
. In there, you’ll find two
essays that are absolutely mind blowing in a book that’s mind
blowing. But War,
Peace, and the State
is absolutely pioneering on Libertarian
theory of foreign policy, number one. And then Roderick has built
on that. And then, secondly, Anatomy
of the State
. You’ll never look at the world the same
way again after you read those things. And these are just a couple
of essays. Again, if somebody wrote just those essays — well,
people have been spinning out thought based on that ever since
he did those — that would be considered a contribution. He wrote
a two-volume history of economic thought, so he knows pretty much
what everybody who ever said anything about economics every said.
And he can evaluate it and critique it. I mean, you know, believe
it or not, there are some people who would be impressed by that.

(LAUGHTER)

Now, this
is a pretty smart guy. Maybe I should talk about him. Not if you
belong to the cult of anti-Rothbard. You are not to mention this
man. Not to mention him, Citizen! Look the other way!

(COMMERCIAL
BREAK)

WOODS:
Then, as a spare-time project, he writes a four-volume history
of Colonial America, called Conceived
in Liberty
. Now, the institute has now put that out as
a single volume, which I think they did partly because they have
a good sense of humor. Because if you look at the size of this
thing — (laughing) — it’s like they’re looking to set the world
record or something. You won’t believe the size of this book.
But if you look at how conversant he is with the secondary literature
of Colonial America, it’s unbelievable. The guy’s an economist
who has so mastered the Austrian school that by the time he was
36, he wrote a pioneering treatise 1,000 pages long, but he also
knows so much about Colonial American, and then foreign new liberties,
like The
Libertarian Manifesto
, from the early 1970s. And here
at the Mises Institute, you can actually listen to that for free
on audio book, if you look at the Mises media section. The
Ethics of Liberty
,
a work of philosophy, extending the
Lockean self-ownership principle and spinning out what its implications
are. And then we have smaller works like — I like this one called
Wall
Street, Banks, and American Foreign Policy
. This is a
thing that he wrote for an investment newsletter, like a 20,000-word
essay for an investment newsletter. Maybe it had 200 subscribers.
And it was never seen again until somebody found it in the archives
and it was published. I mean, this gem would have just been lost
forever. I mean, who knows how many things like this he wrote
that we don’t even know about. So he wrote zillions of articles
on top of it. He wrote a book on education, the history of education;
The
Mystery of Banking
, on how banking works. Of course, you
guys have read What
Has Government Done to Our Money?
, which is a great classic.
He wrote chapters in books. He edited The Libertarian Review.
He edited Left and Right. He founded and edited The
Journal of Libertarian Studies
. He founded and edited The
Review of Austrian Economics
. He was also a movie reviewer;
wrote a zillion movie reviews. He kept up correspondence with
a whole bunch of people. We’ve got the archives to prove it.

Now, if you
heard about a guy like this, pioneering in so many areas and extending
Libertarian insights into so many areas, would your first instinct
be, “I better not ever mention this man”? Like, there’s something
deranged about this, right? I mean, like there’s something not
right in the head. If you were to say, now this guy, nah. Nah.
Nah.

(LAUGHTER)

I just want
to talk about — I don’t want to mention names — but lesser figures,
we’ll say.

Now, I think
back to my own experiences with the guy, which were very limited.
I only met him about four or five times, but memorable, obviously,
you meet somebody like this. And by the way, I should point out,
obviously, I’m not saying that anybody in this world is infallible
or that you have to kneel down before his image and kiss it or
pray to him or any of this. This is a ridiculous caricature. No
one has ever said this. But the same thing with Mises or any other
great man, you should admire a great man, right? It doesn’t mean
every single word you have to agree with. But you should admire
a great man. It’s just simple.

But I remember
I got to meet him at the Mises University program in 1993 and
in 1994. And he came out — Mises U., 1993 — he gave the opening-night
lecture. He gave the lecture that Bob Higgs gave the other night.
And he was talking about a whole bunch of things. He started off
talking about the Panic of 1819. Now, I didn’t know he had written
a book on this. So he started off by saying, “I’m the world’s
foremost expert on the Panic of 1819.” And I thought, my gosh.
Boy, this guy’s got a big head.

(LAUGHTER)

Then he said,
“Because I’m the only one who’s ever written a book on it.” And
he laughs, cackles.

(LAUGHTER)

And goes
on. And then the next time — and then I met him at a conference
later that year. So Mises U., 1994, I’m standing there talking
to some students and Rothbard walks in and he waves and says,
“Hi, Tom.” And I just — yes, that was Murray Rothbard waving to
me.

(LAUGHTER)

Hey. How
are you doing?

(LAUGHTER)

At that event,
actually, at one point, we were having a conversation, and I said,
“Now, Professor Rothbard, I’ve always wanted to ask you” — and
he said, “Oh, call me Murray.” You know, I just don’t think I
can. I mean, thanks —

(LAUGHTER)

— I appreciate
that but I just — that’s just not going to happen.

But I remember,
Lew called me, Lew Rockwell — or he e-mailed me in December, 1994,
and said — because Murray maintained two residences. He was out
in — I can call him Murray now that he’s gone because I don’t
feel so intimidated anymore. But out in Las Vegas, he had a place,
and then, in New York, he kept his apartment. So he was going
to be in New York over the holidays. And Lew said, “Murray, would
like to get together with you. Here’s his number. Give him a call.”
And it was kind of like how you feel like the first time — I’m
sure I’m the only guy who has ever done this — but the first time
you call up a girl on a date, like, you write out the thing that
you’re going to say or whatever.

(LAUGHTER)

Because,
like, what if I draw a blank? This would be a disaster.

(LAUGHTER)

So I did
that. But, of course, with Rothbard — of course, he would fill
in all the blanks, right? Ah, da, da, da, da. I’m very glad to
talk to you. But, of course, that was not to be. You know, I did
talk to him on the phone but then he passed away in January in
’95.

Now, I think
back though about things that he sort of taught me. And it’s not
just the stuff that I could learn reading the books. It’s also
about how to live as a human being and how to be a scholar. And
one of the things that everybody concedes about him — even the
people who can’t bring themselves to mention his name — if they
did mention his name, they would never claim that he was arrogant.
No one ever said that — they would say other things about him.
They’d never say he was arrogant because everybody would know
that’s a lie. I mean, Rothbard was so interested. He was convinced
that the world was just such a fascinating place. There were things
to be learned everywhere. And people’s brains were full of nuggets
that maybe he could extract somehow. He could learn from everybody.
And so you would be some dumb student — well, present company
excepted, you understand?

(LAUGHTER)

But, you
know, you’d just be some kid, right, and he would listen to you
respectfully. You know, none of this air of, you know, “I’m Murray
Rothbard. How dare you — you’re not even worthy to walk on my
ground or ” — none of this stuff. And then he would encourage
people. If he saw any glimmer of interest in anything, he would
encourage it. He would build people up. I mean, Walter carries
on that tradition today with his students. If he sees any inkling
of literacy at all among people —

(LAUGHTER)

— he says,
you know, man, you’ve got — you might be the next Mises.

(LAUGHTER)

Well, he
doesn’t quite —

(LAUGHTER)

He doesn’t
quite do that. But the point is he encourages. And that was how
Rothbard was.

I remember
particularly, so there I am, 1994, it’s an event that the Mises
Institute is putting on, commemorating the 100th anniversary of
the birth of Henry Hazlitt, and they had an event in New York
City. Now, I was living in New York City at that time for grad
school, so I went. It was incredible. I just get on the subway
and I go to a Mises event. Unbelievable. And I sit down, and then
later in the program, who walks in but Rothbard, and he sits right
next to me. So I thought, geez, this is just keeps getting better
and better all the time. So then he’s sitting there listening.
And he’ll make little side comments during people’s talks — ah,
da, da, da, da — which is sort of like what David Gordon does
today.

(LAUGHTER)

Except you
could repeat to your mother the things that Rothbard said.

(LAUGHTER)

But I specifically
recall, I mean, just how — what a genuine, regular guy he was.
Like, here’s a guy who had written — done theoretical work on
the subject of punishment and proportionality. If you commit a
crime, what is the appropriate punishment for that crime? It’s
super, super sophisticated stuff. And then there he is at this
Hazlitt event, and he — this was right around the time that Jeffrey
Dahmer was in the news. You know, Jeffrey Dahmer was the — you
guys are too young to know this, maybe. But he was a serial killer
who ate his victims. Like, there would be body parts in the refrigerator.
It was horrible. And he was killed in prison. The other prisoner
just said, look, you know, we’re pretty rotten, but that —

(LAUGHTER)

— you just
can’t do that. And so Rothbard leaned over to me at one point
and said, “Oh, by the way, did you hear about Jeffrey Dahmer?
They got him.”

(LAUGHTER)

Come on.
It’s a regular guy. He’s a regular guy.

But another
aspect of this lack of arrogance is that he — I heard this rumor
about him that he would correspond with you, even if you were
just some schmo. You wrote him a letter, he would write back to
you. Where he found the time, I don’t know. But he would write
back to you, even if you’re some schmo. And I thought to myself,
I’m going to test out this theory. I’m some schmo.

(LAUGHTER)

Let’s see
if he writes to me. So I wrote. Actually, I wrote to him because
I had read somewhere about this pamphlet by Robert LaFay about
the transformation of the American Right and the evolution of
U.S. foreign policy during the Cold War, and I thought, this would
be great. I would love to get this but where in the world would
I find a pamphlet from, like, 1964? So I wrote to Rothbard. All
right, let’s see if this guy is going to write back. Not only
did he write back to me, but he sent me two copies of the pamphlet.

(LAUGHTER)

And so, in
our anthology I did with a friend of mine on the left, which you
can find in the book store here, We
Who Dared to Say No to War
, we reproduced this pamphlet.
So it now sees the light of day. Now, it will be immortal. And
it’s great. It’s because Rothbard wrote back to me. And I probably
wouldn’t have written back to him if he had been — if it had been
reversed. I’m too busy. How could I do it? And yet, he did a simple
little thing. He was not discouraged, as I said, by the size of
his audience. Now, he should have had a gigantic audience. I mean,
this is — again, a guy with one-tenth of these accomplishments
could retire with pride. And yet, this was before the Internet
and this was an age of even more statist outlook than we have
now, because at least now we have more people who have come out.
More of the remnant is visible because of Ron Paul. And yet, this
didn’t bother him. It didn’t occur to him, well, if I keep writing
these books, maybe not that many people would read them. He couldn’t
have known that there would be a day like today when — I don’t
know — a gazillion people can read his stuff for free all over
the world any time of the day or night. And they want to, because
they realize, whoa, this guy, who has been kept from me — no wonder
he’s been kept from me. Like, there seems to be some rule in the
world that the most awesome things are always smashed and criticized
by the bad guys. Well, this guy is like the awesomest of the awesome.
And now there’s this — if there was an attempt to try to remove
him, to erase him from history hoping that the young people wouldn’t
discover him, it has failed abysmally. Everybody wants to be a
Rothbardian. I mean, what is the coolest Libertarian shirt there
is? It’s the “Enemy of the State” shirt, which, by the way, the
institute has now made in a different kind of style so you don’t
have that sort of plastic white Rothbard head on a black shirt
on a summer day, so it’s little easier to wear. So buy a second
copy of that shirt.

(LAUGHTER)

Get a second
one.

So that’s
one thing that I liked. He also felt that he could — when I say
that he could learn from everyone, I don’t just mean that he thought
everybody had some nugget of knowledge, because probably that’s
not really true. But what I also mean is —

(LAUGHTER)

— even if
somebody might have disagreed with him on something important,
well, that doesn’t mean — well, this guy disagreed with me on
something important, so he’s probably a horrible person who should
never be listened to or talked to. And yet, there are people in
the Libertarian movement today who will treat you like this. They
think you’re wrong on two or three things, you are like an un-person.
That was not Rothbard’s view at all. There’s just too much for
me to learn. So he was perfectly willing to learn from people
on the left. So what? So what? You know, people have insights.
And these insights are not evenly distributed. And I’ve got to
find them. And find them, he did.

But I think
the thing that you learn the most from the cult of anti-Rothbard,
though, is that you will have enemies. If you take any position
whatsoever in public life, it is absolutely unavoidable that you
will have enemies. Now, I thought that I would be exempt from
this. When I wrote —

(LAUGHTER)

I know. It
sounds stupid and naïve. But I thought, when I wrote The
Politically Incorrect Guide to American History
,
I — honest
to goodness, this is the absolute truth — I thought to myself,
well, people might not agree with me, but as long as I put forth
my views sincerely and as persuasively as I can, then they at
least have to respect me.

(LAUGHTER)

So, in case
you were thinking that, that’s not going to happen. But particularly,
think of it this way. If Rothbard had enemies among Libertarians,
what hope is there for the rest of us? You just have to accept
it. You have to just — (laughing) — live with it and move on.
And don’t dwell on it. Don’t spend your life bitter, dwelling
on every angry blog comment or — I mean, just don’t do it. Rothbard
wouldn’t have done that. He spent his life in laughter; laughter,
cackling laughter. That’s what you should do. And I say this as
somebody who — initially, when I started getting attacked. I go,
oh, my gosh, I’ve got all this damage control to do. You know
what? I sleep so wonderfully and soundly at night, not caring
anymore.

(LAUGHTER)

So ultimately,
then, what I am recommending is to resist the cult. Now, as I
say, you’re going to encounter this everywhere. Not everywhere.
But in big, influential places, no mention of this man. I don’t
care that you disagreed with some strategic decision he made 20
years ago or 30 ago, I don’t care. How unbelievably, disgustingly
petty would you have to be to say, well, gee, I don’t know, he
shouldn’t have allied with that small group of seven leftists
because he was desperate and there was no Libertarian presence
anywhere in the world so, therefore, today, I should never talk
— you know, a guy who writes — what? I don’t know — 20 million
words? You’re going to put all that aside? I don’t believe that’s
the real reason. They’ll come up with all these phony-boloney
reasons. I am convinced the real reason, at least a good 80% of
it, is just sheer envy. And you may be skeptical of this explanation.
And I would have been 10 or 15 years ago, too. I would have been
skeptical. But as I’ve grown older, and as I’ve observed people,
I see that envy plays a much bigger role in the world than I ever
dreamed. And there are a lot of people in the Libertarian world
who have not been as successful as Murray Rothbard. Like everybody,
for example.

(LAUGHTER)

But some
of us are at peace with that. Some of us say, he’s a great man,
I’m not a great man, but I’m at peace with that; I’m doing what
I can with the talents that I’ve been given. And that’s all you
can ask of yourself.

But there
are some people who feel like they can build themselves up only
by tearing other people down, and in this case, erasing them from
existence. Well, I would say to you, don’t let them get away with
this. In fact, to the contrary, there is now a positive — we are
positively compelled to mention, to break through this black out
and give this man his due, not simply because one man deserves
it as a matter of justice, but because the cause of freedom will
be all the more readily pursued if the ideas of Rothbard are shining
through. Join me against the cult, everybody.

Thank you
very much.

(APPLAUSE)

ROCKWELL:
Thanks so much to our sponsor, who brought you this episode of
the Lew Rockwell Show.

(COMMERCIAL
BREAK)

ROCKWELL:
Well, thanks so much for listening to the Lew Rockwell Show today.
Take a look at all
the podcasts
. There have been hundreds of them. There’s
a link on the upper right-hand corner of the LRC front page.

Thank you.

Podcast
date, July 31, 2012

Copyright
© 2013 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in
part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Snowden, NSA, Blackmail

0


by Jon Rappoport
Jon
Rappoport’s Blog

Recently
by Jon Rappoport: NSA,
the Secret AT&T Spy Room, 2 Israeli Companies, and Loss of American Privacy




The NSA is spying on everybody.

That includes
a major, major, prime target: Congress.

So imagine
this conversation taking place, in a car, on a lonely road outside
Washington, late at night. The speakers are Congressman X and a
private operative representing a covert unit inside the NSA:

“Well,
Congressman, do you remember January 6th? A Monday afternoon, a
men’s room in the park off—”

“What
the hell are you talking about!”

“A stall
in the men’s room. The kid. He was wearing white high-tops.
A Skins cap. T-shirt. Dark hair. Scar across his left cheek.”

“Jesus.”

“We have
very good audio and video. Anytime you want to watch it, let me
know.”

Dead silence.

“What
do you want?”

“Right
now, Congressman? We want you to come down hard on Snowden. Press
it. He’s a traitor. He should tried and convicted.”

The Congressmen
pulls himself together:

“Yeah,
well, there’s another side to this story. If Snowden gets enough
support, if the wave rises high enough, the NSA could take a hit.
I know a dozen Washington players who’d like that very much.
They’re pissed off. They don’t like to be spied on. It’s
possible Snowden was their guy from the beginning. I couldn’t
say…”

Let’s
make a deal. That ends up being the topic of this and other similar
conversations inside the Beltway.

“Senator,
we know about the underage cheerleader in Ohio. Your trip there
in 2012, just before the election.”

“Look,
you’ve brought this up before. But now I’ve got a trump
card to play. Ed Snowden. This whole scandal can escalate like a
tornado in Kansas, or it can die down…”

Let’s
make a deal.

If you want
to see this starkly played out in a fictional series, watch Netflix’s
House of Cards
. For House Majority Whip, Frank Underwood,
substitute the NSA. Track what happens to Congressman Peter Russo,
and you have a rough approximation.

Here’s
another vector. A Congressman gets a visit from his favorite lobbyist,
who works for a private defense contractor in the Congressman’s
home state:

“Congressman,
here’s the thing. The NSA is an integral part of our nation’s
defense system. Right? This Snowden thing is messy. We want it to
go away.”

“It may
not go away. I’m not some kind of traffic cop who can put up
his hand and stop the tide.”

“We understand
that. I was just talking to XXX at NSA, and he’d really appreciate
your help on this. Slam this bastard Snowden. Make him into the
worst scumbag in the world.”

“And if
I do?”

“Your
offshore account in Panama will remain protected. That’s what
XXX wanted me to tell you.”

Calling in
markers. Putting on pressure. Let’s make a deal.

If you’re
a Congressman or a Senator, and you know NSA is spying on you, because
it’s spying on everyone in the Congress, who’s your potential
best friend?

Somebody who
can go up against the NSA.

And who might
that be?

The CIA.

It’s not
perfect, but it’s the best you can do. For years, the CIA has
been watching the transformation of intelligence-gathering. The
CIA been participating in that transformation: from humans using
sources to obtain crucial data, to computers doing blanket-spying.

That’s
the trend. It’s inescapable.

The big problem
for the CIA is: their specialty is human intell. And when they go
to computers, they’re second rate, behind the massive NSA machine.

Federal budget
money for spying has been flowing in greater amounts to NSA and
away from CIA.

This is one
of the key elements of the turf war between CIA and NSA.

So if you’re
a Congressman, you go to a friend in the CIA and you have a chat
about “the NSA problem.” How can you get NSA off your
back? Your CIA friend has his own concerns about NSA.

He tells you
in confidence: “Look, maybe we can help you. We know a lot
about the NSA. We have good people. You might say one of our jobs
is watching the watchers at NSA, to, uh, make sure they don’t
go too far in their spying.”

This sounds
interesting. If you have to sell your soul, you’d rather sell
it to the CIA than the NSA. It’s a judgment call.

And now…you
read about Ed Snowden blowing a hole in the NSA. You take note of
the fact that Snowden worked for the CIA. He worked for them in
Geneva. Then he left for the private sector and got himself assigned
to the NSA.

Hmm. Maybe
you have some cause for optimism.

You, the Congressman,
don’t give a damn about the NSA spying on all Americans all
the time. You couldn’t care less about that. You just don’t
want NSA looking over your own shoulder.

You know the
incredibly naïve American public would never imagine what’s
going on behind the scenes, with CIA, NSA, and Congress. The yokels
and rubes in America actually believe their Congressional representatives
are, well, representing them in Washington.

This fact is
good. It means privacy for you: you can try to work out your problems
without public scrutiny. You can play all the necessary games to
hide your own secrets and crimes, and you can do it in back rooms.

Unless those
bastards at NSA decide to leak one of your embarrassing secrets.
That’s why you need your friend at CIA.

And now, again,
you look at the recent article and see that Ed Snowden worked for
the CIA. You hope he still is. You hope this a signal from the CIA
that they’re taking a battering ram to the NSA.

Some schmuck
reporter asks you about the current NSA scandal and you say, “Of
course we have to protect classified data, in order to prevent terrorist
attacks. But at the same time, we need to respect the Bill of Rights.
People can’t go around spying on anyone for no reason.”

You’re
sending your own signal.

You’re
tipping your CIA guy. You appreciate his help, if in fact he’s
helping you. You can’t ask him directly. If you did, he’d
never give you a straight answer. But just in case…

As for the
naïve rubes in your home state, the voters, you don’t
give them a second thought. They’re not on your radar. They’re
merely clusters of polling data, and you’ll look at the data
when election comes around again. They don’t have a clue about
how the game is played, and they never will.

You’re
representing two defense contractors, a pharmaceutical company,
a big AG corporation, and a bank. Those are your only true constituents.
You give them all the time they need.

To keep those
relationships on track, you only need to hide your peccadillos from
embarrassing exposure. The hooker in DC, the bank account in Panama,
the influence you used to move a sizable donation to a university
where you intend to teach when you retire.

There are only
two things you really need to think about in your job. First, what
happens when your Party leaders come down the hall and tell you
which way you’re going to vote on a bill—and you know
your vote is going to upset one of your key constituents back home.

That’s
a tricky situation. But you’ve been successful in keeping feathers
from being ruffled. That pharmaceutical company understands you
can’t side with their interests every single time.

You’ve
got to go with your Party. The Pharma boys don’t like it, but
they get it.

The Matrix
Revealed

The other thing
you’ve got to think about is darker. Nobody is going to give
you stats on it, because stats don’t exist. Here’s how
it shakes out:

How many people
in Congress are so controlled by the NSA that they’d never
try to break out? How many people, with how many secrets, are so
blackmailed, they’d never dare go up against NSA?

This is an
important calculation. The battle might already be lost. You might
not stand a chance. Maybe nobody can help you. Maybe you can’t
escape.

Maybe you shouldn’t
even hint that NSA has overstepped its legal boundaries by spying
on Americans.

That’s
the conundrum that keeps you up at night.

What if the
spies spying on their own government are running the government
beyond the ability of anyone to stop them?

You don’t
give a damn about what this would mean for America. You only care
about what it means for you and your secrets.

Maybe this
is the jail you’re in for the rest of your life.

When you’re
back in your home state showing your face and giving speeches, and
a voter comes up to you and voices a concern about his dwindling
paycheck, his house payment, his endangered pension…and when
you nod and gaze out at the horizon, as as if to pluck a magic answer
from the aether, you’re really thinking about the conundrum.

You’re
thinking about the life sentence you’re serving in the Surveillance
State.

And that night,
in your hotel room, you get down on your knees and pray that Ed
Snowden is still working for the CIA.

June
29, 2013

Jon
Rappoport runs No More
Fake News
. The author of an explosive collection,
The
Matrix Revealed
, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional
seat in the 29th District of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer
Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years,
writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch,
LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other
newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe.

Copyright
© 2013
Jon
Rappoport

The
Best of Jon Rappoport


Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

LRC's Bestselling Books

0



5.
Choose
Yourself

by James Altucher
11.
Economics
in One Lesson

by Henry Hazlitt
12.
For
a New Liberty

by Murray N. Rothbard
13.
The
Left, The Right, & The State

by Llewellyn H. Rockwell Jr.

Copyright
© 2013 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in
part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Does the South Belong in the Union?

0

by
Patrick
J. Buchanan

Recently
by Patrick J. Buchanan: The
Pentagon’s Surrender to Feminism



Is the Second
Reconstruction over?

The first ended
with the withdrawal of Union troops from the Southern states as
part of a deal that gave Rutherford B. Hayes the presidency after
the disputed election of 1876.

The second
began with the Voting Rights Act of 1965, a century after Appomattox.
Under the VRA, Southern states seeking to make even minor changes
in voting laws had to come to Washington to plead their case before
the Justice Department and such lions of the law as Eric Holder.

Southern states
were required to get this pre-clearance for any alterations in voting
laws because of systematic violations of the 14th and 15th amendment
constitutional rights of black Americans to equal access to polling
places and voting booths.

The South had
discriminated by using poll taxes, gerrymandering and literacy tests,
among other tactics. Dixie was in the penalty box because it had
earned a place there.

What the Supreme
Court did Tuesday, in letting the South out of the box, is to declare
that, as this is not 1965, you cannot use abuses that date to 1965,
but have long since disappeared, to justify indefinite federal discrimination
against the American South.

You cannot
impose burdens on Southern states, five of which recorded higher
voting percentages among their black populations in 2012 than among
their white populations, based on practices of 50 years ago that
were repudiated and abandoned in another era.

You cannot
punish Southern leaders in 2013 for the sins of their grandfathers.
As Chief Justice John Roberts noted, black turnout in 2012 was higher
in Mississippi than in Massachusetts.

Does this mean
the South is now free to discriminate again?

By no means.
State action that discriminates against minority voters can still
be brought before the Department of Justice.

Even the “pre-clearance”
provision of the VRA remains. All the court has said is that if
Congress wishes to impose a pre-clearance provision on a state or
group of states, Congress must have more evidence to justify unequal
treatment than what “Bull” Connor did in Birmingham back in 1965.

Congress could
pass a bill today authorizing Justice Department intervention in
any state where the registration of blacks, Hispanics or Asians
fell below 60 percent of that electorate.

What Congress
can no longer do is impose conditions on Southern states from which
Northern states are exempt. Washington can no longer treat the states
unequally — for that, too, is a violation of the Constitution.

The Roberts
court just took a giant stride to restoring the Union.

Yet the hysterical
reaction to the decision reveals a great deal.

What do critics
say they are afraid of?

While conceding
that immense progress has been made with the huge turnout of black
voters in the South and the re-election of a black president, they
say they fear that without the pre-clearance provision this would
never have happened. And now that the provision no longer applies
to the South, the evil old ways will return.

On several
counts this is disheartening.

For what the
critics of the court decision are saying is that, no matter the
progress made over half a century, they do not trust the South to
deal fairly and decently with its black citizens, without a club
over its head. They do not believe the South has changed in its
heart from the days of segregation.

They think
the South is lying in wait for a new opportunity to disfranchise
its black voters. And they think black Southerners are unable to
defend their own interests — without Northern liberal help.

In this belief
there are elements of paranoia, condescension and bigotry.

Many liberals
not only do not trust the South, some detest it. And many seem to
think it deserves to be treated differently than the more progressive
precincts of the nation.

Consider Wednesday’s
offering by Washington Post columnist Harold Meyerson. The South,
he writes, is the home of “so-called right-to-work laws” and hostility
to the union shop, undergirded by “the virulent racism of the white
Southern establishment,” a place where a “right-wing antipathy toward
workers’ rights” is pandemic.

The South is
the “the heartland of cheap-labor America. … When it wants to
slum, business still goes to the South.” Then there are those “reactionary
white Republican state governments.”

Were
a conservative to use the term “black” as a slur the way Meyerson
spits out the word “white,” he would be finished at the Post. Meyerson’s
summation:

“If the federal
government wants to build a fence that keeps the United States safe
from the danger of lower wages and poverty and their attendant ills
— and the all-round fruitcakery of the right-wing white South —
it should build that fence from Norfolk to Dallas. There is nothing
wrong with a fence as long as you put it in the right place.”

Harold looks
forward to the day that a surging Latino population forces “epochal
political change” on a detestable white South.

June
29, 2013

Patrick
J. Buchanan [send
him mail
] is co-founder and editor of
The
American Conservative
. He is also the author of seven books,
including
Where
the Right Went Wrong
, and Churchill,
Hitler, and the Unnecessary War
. His latest book is Suicide
of a Superpower: Will America Survive to 2025?
See his
website
.

Copyright
© 2013 Creators Syndicate

The
Best of Patrick J. Buchanan


Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Civil Forfeiture of Cash

0

by
Mark
Nestmann

The
Nestmann Group, Ltd.

Recently
by Mark Nestmann: No
Statute of Limitations for Failing To File U.S. Tax Returns



If you don’t
trust U.S. banks to protect the monies you’ve deposited with
them, you’re hardly alone.

Once you deposit
money in a bank, from a legal standpoint, that money is no longer
yours. Instead, the bank owns it. You are an unsecured creditor.
What’s more, in the event of future bank failures, the U.S.
government has now confirmed that rather than paying off depositors,
it may instead force them to submit to a “bail-in”
regime
similar to what recently transpired in Cyprus.

Only a few
years ago, U.S. banks paid interest rates of 4% or higher on savings
accounts and certificates of deposit. If it were still possible
to obtain these returns today, U.S. depositors might decide that
the risk of becoming a “bail-in” victim would be worth
it. However, the typical interest rate on a U.S. savings account
today hovers around 0.25%. This paltry return hardly compensates
for the risks associated with a possible bank failure and subsequent
bail-in.

Because of
the skewed risk-reward ratio associated with deposits in U.S. banks,
many depositors have decided to redeploy these assets. Some depositors
have moved their savings to stronger banks. Others have decided
to save the old-fashioned way. They now keep at least some of the
money that they once deposited in banks in cash stored in a safe
at home or other secure location.

Unfortunately,
this strategy poses its own risks due to federal and state civil
forfeiture laws
. Law enforcement agencies consider cash holdings
inherently suspicious. Under the topsy-turvy legal process of civil
forfeiture, they can seize your cash if they believe that it’s
somehow connected to a crime.

Proving that
your cash is connected to a crime is surprisingly easy to demonstrate.
That’s because 97% or more of cash circulating today contains
tiny concentrations of narcotics
residues
– primarily cocaine. All police need to do is
to bring in a drug-sniffing dog to inspect the cash. If the dog
alerts, police seize the cash. And, under civil forfeiture rules,
it’s up to you to prove that the cash has a legitimate origin.

Consider the
case of Emiliano Gomez Gonzolez. During a traffic stop, Nebraska
state troopers asked Gonzolez for permission to search his vehicle.
During the search, the troopers found bundles of currency totaling
$124,700. Based on a dog sniff, police seized all the money.

Gonzolez contested
the forfeiture in court. Prosecutors neither convicted nor accused
Gomez or any of the other owners of the seized cash of any crime.
Nor did police find any drugs, drug paraphernalia, or drug records
connected to the cash. Despite these facts, a federal appeals court
upheld the confiscation of every dollar found in the vehicle.

In thousands
of cases across the United States each year, police follow the same
pattern. In a search of someone’s home or vehicle, they discover
a significant quantity of cash. They then bring in a dog to sniff
the cash for the presence of drug residues. The dog alerts virtually
100% of the time. This supposedly gives police probable cause to
seize the cash under state or federal civil forfeiture laws.

Owners of property
subject to civil forfeiture find themselves in an Alice-in-Wonderland
legal landscape where the property seized is accused of a crime,
rather than the owner. The owners must follow obscure rules that
originate in Admiralty law, with which most attorneys aren’t
familiar. Under these rules, the seized property is presumed guilty,
and it’s up to its owner to demonstrate that the property is
innocent. (Yes, it’s bizarre, but it’s the law!) Since
obtaining legal representation in a civil forfeiture case typically
requires a legal retainer of $10,000 or more, most victims of this
vicious procedure never contest the seizure.

In an era of
across-the-board cutbacks in public spending, civil forfeitures
are a lucrative funding source for cash-strapped agencies and states.
Last year, the federal government seized more than $4 billion under
civil forfeiture laws, more than twice the take in 2011.

Fortunately,
you can reduce the likelihood that law enforcement agencies will
try to confiscate your cash under civil forfeiture laws. The most
important precaution is to insure the cash you hold contains no
narcotics residues. That’s difficult to guarantee, but if you
insist on withdrawing new bank-wrapped bills from your bank account,
the likelihood of contamination drops considerably. Also, keep a
withdrawal slip with the cash to prove its origin in a bank account.

Cash withdrawals
over $10,000 from a U.S. bank require that the bank file a form
with the Treasury Department informing them of the transaction.
Don’t try to “structure” multiple transactions less
than $10,000 that eventually exceed $10,000 to avoid this requirement.
Such “structuring” can result not only in the civil forfeiture
of your cash, but also a prison sentence up to five years. There
is no requirement that the cash have an illegal origin for the government
to prevail in a criminal structuring prosecution.

The continued
use of dog sniffs to justify the seizure of cash is unconscionable.
Yet it continues and is likely to escalate in the years ahead. Make
certain that you can prove your cash isn’t tainted – and
that you can prove it has a legitimate origin.

June
29, 2013

Mark
Nestmann [send him mail]
is a journalist with more than 20 years of investigative experience
and is a charter member of The
Sovereign Society
’s Council of Experts. He has authored over
a dozen books and many additional reports on wealth preservation,
privacy and offshore investing. Mark serves as president of his
own international consulting firm, The
Nestmann Group, Ltd.
The Nestmann Group provides international
wealth preservation services for high-net worth individuals. Mark
is an Associate Member of the American Bar Association (member of
subcommittee on Foreign Activities of U.S. Taxpayers, Committee
on Taxation) and member of the Society of Professional Journalists.
In 2005, he was awarded a Masters of Laws (LL.M) degree in international
tax law at the Vienna (Austria) University of Economics and Business
Administration.

Copyright
© 2013
Mark
Nestmann

The
Best of Mark Nestmann


Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Bernanke Goes Rogue

0

by
Gary North
Tea Party Economist

Recently
by Gary North: San
Francisco Teens Create Rent-a-Car Company. City Sues Them: ‘Unfair
Business Practices.’



The Federal
Reserve is in damage-control mode. Last week’s announcement
by Bernanke unilaterally scrapped the official unemployment rate
target of the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), which sets monetary
policy. I reported
on this on June 25.

He raised the
target from 6.5% to 7%. This indicated that the FOMC has decided
that it could stop inflating earlier than previously reported. This
is what Bernanke said: QE3 may “taper off” this year.

His announcement
sank stock markets around the world. It created a panic-driven crisis
based on the idea that the FOMC might stop the printing presses
early.

Mortgage rates
are up
by a third from last December
, when the Federal Reserve adopted
QE3. The FOMC said at the time that it did this to keep mortgage
rates down. The policy has blown up in the FED’s face.

To the rescue
comes the #2 Federal Reserve official, William Dudley, the president
of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which is the most influential
of the 12 privately owned regional FED banks. Before he was president,
he was the chief economist for Goldman Sachs. In short, he is the
#2 person of influence in the Federal Reserve System.

The Bloomberg
headline said it well: “Federal Reserve officials intensified
efforts to curb a growth-threatening rise in long-term interest
rates, seeking to clarify comments by Chairman Ben S. Bernanke that
triggered turmoil in global financial markets.”

Clarify, my
foot. They are seeking to rein in Bernanke, who on his own authority
changed the targets. Dudley is the Vice Chairman of the FOMC. They
are trying to put out the interest rate fire that Bernanke’s
comments last week produced in the bond market and mortgage market
– the targets of QE3.

Bernanke has
gone rogue. Dudley is trying to bring him under control. He is trying
to persuade investors that QE3 is here to stay, and that the FED’s
monetary inflation will continue to prop up the faltering U.S. economy.

Bloomberg reports
that he insisted that any reduction of asset purchases would not
represent a withdrawal of stimulus.

How’s
that again? A reduction of money creation to buy government bonds
and Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac mortgage bonds would not be a reduction
in the stimulus? I am afraid I do not understand. The FOMC announced
the program in December by announcing an increase in purchases.
That is how the FOMC creates the supply money: by purchases of assets.
If it ceases to purchase assets, it automatically decreases the
stimulus.

Dudley also
insisted that an increase in the Fed’s benchmark interest rate
is “very likely to be a long way off.” He said bond purchases
– this is stimulus – will continue if economic performance
does not meet the FED’s forecasts.

But what are
these forecasts? He did not say.

He was joined
by FED governor Jerome Powell and the Atlanta FED president Dennis
Lockhart. Bloomberg said they “sought to damp expectations
that an increase in the benchmark interest rate will come sooner
than previously forecasted.”

The word “damp”
means “put out fires.”

The FED is
in damage-control mode. Bloomberg quotes Dudley: “Such an expectation
would be quite out of sync with both FOMC statements and the expectations
of most FOMC participants.” This is what I reported on June
25. Bernanke’s announcement was a unilateral scrapping of the
FOMC’s official boilerplate statement, which it publishes word
for word every
six weeks
.

The
FED’s regional leaders are dealing with Bernanke, who is clearly
preparing for his departure on February 1. Bernanke is asserting
his independence. Dudley and others are trying to put out the fires
until he departs.

Their approach
is to say that the markets
misunderstood Bernanke
. The markets in fact heard Bernanke loud
and clear. The FED officials are doing their best to pull Bernanke
back into the pen. They are trying to make it look as though he
has not gone rogue. A rogue Chairman would indicate dissent in high
places. That would rattle the markets. So, they pretend that investors
misunderstood Bernanke. It papers over what has happened.

We will now
see who is in charge.

Continue
Reading on www.bloomberg.com

June
29, 2013

Gary
North [send him mail]
is the author of
Mises
on Money
. Visit http://www.garynorth.com.

He is also the author of a free 31-volume series, An
Economic Commentary on the Bible
.

Copyright ©
2013 Gary North


The
Best of Gary North

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Alarming Results of New WH Study

0

by
Mac
Slavo

SHTF
Plan

Recently
by Mac Slavo:
Food,
Guns, Gold: ‘The Record Is Rather Clear On the Side of Commodity Money’



Though statistics
prove time and again that disarming a free people leads to more
violent crime and the potential
for mass government democide
, it hasn’t stopped President
Barrack Obama and his Congressional entourage from doing everything
in their power to make it more difficult for Americans to legally
own firearms.

Citing the
Sandy Hook mass shooting last year, democrats on the hill have claimed
that we must restrict gun ownership and strip the Second Amendment
for the safety of our children and the general public.

But a new report
commissioned by the White House titled Priorities
for Research to Reduce the Threat of Firearm-related Violence

suggests what many self defense gun proponents have been saying
for years. The report, ordered under one of President Obama’s
23
Executive Orders
signed in the wake of the Sandy Hook incident,
asked the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), the National Research
Council and other federal agencies to identify the “most pressing
problems in firearms violence.”

To the surprise
of the authors and those who would no doubt have used the report
to further restrict access to personal defense firearms, the study
found that gun ownership actually saves lives and those
who have a firearm at their disposal improve their chances of survival

and reduce their chance of injury in the event they are confronted
by a violent criminal:

Almost all
national survey estimates indicate that defensive gun
uses by victims are at least as common as offensive uses by criminals
,
with estimates of annual uses ranging from about 500,000 to more
than 3 million per year…

…

The estimate
of 3 million defensive uses per year is based
on an extrapolation from a small number of responses taken from
more than 19 national surveys. The former estimate of
108,000
is difficult to interpret because respondents
were not asked specifically about defensive gun use.

A different
issue is whether defensive use of guns, however numerous or rare
they may be, are effective in preventing injury to the gun wielding
crime victim. Studies that directly assessed the effect of actual
defensive uses of guns (i.e., incidents in which a gun was “used”
by the crime victim in the sense of attacking or threatening an
offender) have found consistently
lower
injury rates among gun-using crime victims compared
with victims who used other self protective strategies.

Full
Study available at the National Academy of Sciences

Via:
Blacklisted
News
/ Story
Leak

Consider that
3 million people use a gun to defend themselves from harm every
year. This means that over 8,000 Americans every day
act with potentially deadly force to prevent injury or death to
themselves or a family member.

In addition
to overwhelming evidence that owning a gun reduces your chances
of injury when attacked, regardless of whether you fire your gun
or not, the new report proves that there has been a decades’
long obfuscation of national statistics that have been used to determine
the importance of guns in self defense. Up until this study became
available, anti-gun politicians often cited figures that indicated
that just 108,000 people a year used guns in self defense. The new
study suggests that those numbers were off by over 2500%.

The new White
House report coupled with evidence from Australia,
Britain
and Canada
shows that reduction of personal gun ownership is a road to
more violence, injury and death.

The President
commissioned this study in the hopes of finding a reason to take
more guns from law abiding Americans.

What it found,
however, is that the answer to gun violence in America is…
arming more Americans.

June
29, 2013

Mac
Slavo [send him mail] is a
small business owner and independent investor.

Copyright
© 2013 Mac Slavo

The
Best of Mac Slavo

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Against Neocon Dictatorship

0

Republished with permission from:: Lew Rockwell

Senate Passes Immigration Bill

0

The Senate voted 68-to-32 to pass the long-debated immigration bill on June 27, with 14 Republicans joining 52 Democrats and two independents. The extraordinary protocol for the vote highlighted its importance, with Vice President Biden presiding and the senators voting from their desks.

The New York Times summarized the bill’s key components as providing a 13-year path to citizenship for the 11 million “unauthorized” immigrants in the country, as well as tough border security provisions that must be put in place before the illegal immigrants can gain legal status.

(For AP’s roll call of the vote, click here.)

The Times reported that the “Gang of Eight” group of senators who drafted the bill’s framework delivered supportive speeches prior to the vote, signaling out Sen. Marco Rubio (R-Fla.). When he finished his speech, the other “Gang of Eight” senators gathered around him on the floor, patting him on the back and praising his oratory. “Good job,” said one. “I’m proud of you,” said another.

Rubio’s highly visible role in the process was seen by many as an attempt by the Republican Party to improve its standing among Hispanic voters.

A report in USA Today described the passage of the bill as “a historic step forward for President Obama on one of the most important planks of his second-term agenda.”

Following the vote, the White House released President Obama’s statement commenting on the bill’s passage. It read, in part:

If enacted, the Senate bill would establish the most aggressive border security plan in our history. It would offer a pathway to earned citizenship for the 11 million individuals who are in this country illegally – a pathway that includes passing a background check, learning English, paying taxes and a penalty, and then going to the back of the line behind everyone who’s playing by the rules and trying to come here legally. It would modernize the legal immigration system so that it once again reflects our values as a nation and addresses the urgent needs of our time. And it would provide a big boost to our recovery, by shrinking our deficits and growing our economy.

Today, the Senate did its job. It’s now up to the House to do the same.…

As this process moves forward, I urge everyone who cares about this issue to keep a watchful eye. Now is the time when opponents will try their hardest to pull this bipartisan effort apart so they can stop commonsense reform from becoming a reality. We cannot let that happen. 

The Washington Post reported that Thursday’s vote was the culmination of more than six months of negotiations led by the “Gang of Eight,” noting that two of the group’s most high-profile members – John McCain (R-Ariz.) and Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) – had worked together as they rarely had in the past.

The Post summarized the bill’s progression through the Senate by noting that following the release of a proposed bill by the “Gang of Eight” in April, the Senate Judiciary Committee spent 37 hours in deliberations spread over three weeks, during which the senators considered almost 300 proposed amendments. Finally, the panel referred the legislation to the full Senate.

However, the reporting on the thoroughness and benefits of the bill seems highly embellished. Though the Congressional Budget Office did claim in a recent report that the immigration law would provide new revenues for government, not a drain on government, the report admits that it did not take into account many costs, such as the future costs of immigrants as they use Social Security and other government benefits. All indications show that the bill will be an economic boondoggle for the country. Also, the CBO reported that, even if the bill works exactly as its sponsors say it will, it will reduce immigration by only 25 percent going forward – hardly a resounding success.

In a recent article, we reported how two of the Senate’s leading opponents to the immigration bill had attempted, without success, to amend it:

A press release sent from [Sen. Ted] Cruz’s office on June 19 noted that the senator had “filed additional amendments to S. 744 [the Border Security, Economic Opportunity, and Immigration Modernization Act introduced by the Gang of Eight] to significantly improve border security measures, fix our immigration system in a manner that champions legal immigration, and uphold the rule of law by ensuring illegal immigrants granted legal status under this bill are not given a path to citizenship.” [Emphasis added.]

“I very much want commonsense immigration reform to pass, but if this bill becomes law as currently written, it will not solve the problem. Instead it will make the problem of illegal immigration worse,” Sen. Cruz said.

The other senator also attempting to put some teeth into the bill was Rand Paul (R-Ky.):

“If [the immigration bill] got stronger, I could consider it, but since they rejected my call to have Congress involved with determining whether the border is secure, I can’t imagine how they can get me back unless they come back to me and say, ‘We’ve changed our mind,’” Paul said. “We would like Congress to be involved in this.”

The Daily Caller reported on Wednesday that the Senate voted 61 to 37 to table Paul’s “Trust but Verify” amendment to the immigration bill that would have required a vote from Congress affirming that border security measures were working before illegal (aka “undocumented”) immigrants could be granted legal status.

Not surprisingly, both Cruz and Paul voted “No” on Thursday.

Following the Senate vote, the immigration bill will go to the Republican-controlled House, where passage is far from assured. 

The Chicago Sun-Times quoted from the statement by House Speaker John Boehner (R-Ohio):

Apparently, some haven’t gotten the message. The House is not going to take up and vote on whatever the Senate passes. We’re going to do our own bill through regular order, and it’ll be legislation that reflects the will of our majority and the will of the American people. And for any legislation, including a conference report, to pass the House, it’s going to have to be a bill that has the support of the majority of our members.

Despite Boehner’s strongly worded statement, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid (D-Nev.) said Thursday that he was “confident” the House would pass the Senate’s immigration legislation.

House Majority Leader Eric Cantor expressed concern that most legislators – including the senators who voted for the bill – don’t know a great deal about what the bill contains. “I can’t tell you what’s in that big Senate bill, and the well over 1,000 or 1,500 pages that it may be, and that’s my concern,” Cantor said in an interview with Yahoo News. “I don’t know if you could ask a lot of the senators what’s in that bill. And that’s my concern.”

The Senate bill just passed included a provision to spend almost $40 billion over the next decade to improve border enforcement, including adding 20,000 new Border Patrol agents and 700 miles of fencing along the southern border. This addition was the result of an amendment proposed by Senators Bob Corker (R-Tenn.) and John Hoeven (R-N.D.). The New York Times noted that that amendment “helped bring along more than a dozen reluctant Republicans, who were hesitant to support the overall bill without a clear plan to secure the southern border, in order to ward off a future wave of illegal immigration.”

However, as we noted in our article, “Permanent Amnesty, Temporary Border”:

Plans such as those produced by the “Gang of 8” often include the promise of border security, in order to mollify the concerns of those who fear that open borders combined with amnesty and generous government benefits for illegals would produce an uncontrollable wave of illegal immigration….

 “Border security” has been promised in the past in connection with legalizing illegal immigrants who had already crossed the border. But though amnesty has been provided, the promise of border security remains elusive.

Related articles: 

Sen. Ted Cruz Launches Petition Against Gang of Eight

Permanent Amnesty, Temporary Border

Republished with permission from:: The New American

California Sheriff Strips Forest Service Agents of Law-enforcement Powers

0

The CBS affiliate in El Dorado County, California, expressed surprise when it reported that County Sheriff John D’Agostini stripped agents of the U.S. Forest Service of their law-enforcement powers in his county. 

Wrote D’Agnostini:

I take the [standard of] service that we provide to the citizens of El Dorado County and the visitors to El Dorado County [which includes Lake Tahoe] very seriously, and the style and manner of service we provide.

The U.S. Forest Service, after many attempts and [having been] given many opportunities, has failed to meet that standard.

The writer covering the story, Laura Cole, asked law professor John Myers if D’Agostini could actually do this. Said Myers: “It looks to me as though the sheriff can do this.”

This isn’t the first time D’Agostini has written such a letter. Back in January, when the Senate was considering bills that would restrict gun ownership, he sent a letter to Vice President Joe Biden, saying:

The purpose of this letter is to go on record of re-affirming my oath of office and making it clear that I and my staff will never violate [our oath of office] by being pressured into enforcing any unconstitutional provision, law or executive order.

It is well-known and proven with facts … that gun control of any kind has no effect on the reduction of crime anywhere.

Don’t pass any laws where you are going to confiscate firearms and turn my law-abiding citizens into criminals.

The same writer for CBS, Laura Cole, quizzed D’Agostini about his intent if any Senate bill were actually signed into law:

Cole: Are you prepared to not follow federal law if it were to pass?

D’Agnostini: If it’s a clear violation of the United States Constitution, absolutely.

The path for D’Agostini has been made easier by another county sheriff, Richard Mack, who took a stand against federal imposition in Printz v. United States, and won. In his own words, Sheriff Mack said:

Soon [after my reelection as Graham County Sheriff in Arizona in 1992] the Brady bill was signed into law by Bill Clinton. Three federal agents showed up at our AZ Sheriffs Association meeting and handed each of us a document from the Department of the Treasury which detailed what our “orders” were to comply with the Brady Bill.

All the sheriffs were shocked and against it. However, each sheriff said there was nothing we could do about it. “You can’t fight city hall” was the frequent comment.

I disagreed and decided to sue my own government. Everybody said I was crazy and that I could not win. Six other sheriffs from various parts of the USA joined the lawsuit. The case went all the way to the U S Supreme Court and miracle of miracles, WE WON! [Emphasis in original.]

In that case the majority opinion was written by Justice Antonin Scalia, who taught a lesson in constitutional law when the decision was handed down in June 1997:

It is the whole object of the [Brady bill] to direct the functioning of the states’ executives, and hence to compromise the structural framework of dual sovereignty….

It is the very principle of separate state sovereignty that such a law offends….

We expressly rejected such an approach in New York, and what we said bears repeating:

Much of the Constitution is concerned with setting forth the form of our government, and the courts have traditionally invalidated measures deviating from that form….

The Constitution protects us from our own best intentions: It divides power among sovereigns and among branches of government precisely so that we may resist the temptation to concentrate power in one location as an expedient solution to the crisis of the day.

We adhere to that principle today, and conclude categorically, as we concluded categorically in New York: “The Federal Government may not compel the States to enact or administer a federal regulatory program.”

As the influence of Sheriff Mack’s organization, the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association (CSPOA), continues to grow, so does not only the understanding of its members about the Constitution and their oaths to uphold it, but their willingness to stand fast, draw the line, and say, “This far and no farther.” Whether he knows it or not, D’Agostini is on the front line of the war for freedom in the country. May both his backbone and that of the members of CSPOA continue to grow.

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

The Antagonists and Defenders of Paula Deen

0

Paula Deen has seen better days.

Over the last couple of weeks the celebrity chef has found herself at the center of a whirlwind of controversy after she stated in a deposition that she had employed the word “n****r” in her past. When asked if she had ever used it, the Southern Deen replied: “Yes, of course. But that’s just not a word that we use.” This remarkably successful Southern woman continued: “I don’t – I don’t know. As time has gone on things have changed since the 60s in the South.”

Deen also explained that the one time that she remembers having used this notorious racial epithet was when she sought to describe a black criminal who placed a gun to her head while he was robbing the bank at which she worked. The incident occurred about 30 years ago or so and it was during an emotionally charged conversation that Deen had with her husband that she supplied this description of her assailant. Of the latter, Deen said in her deposition, “I didn’t feel real favorable towards him.” 

Earlier in June, a former employee of Deen’s, Lisa Jackson, filed a lawsuit against her. Jackson worked for Deen and Deen’s brother, Earl “Bubba” Hiers, in their jointly owned restaurant. Jackson alleges that Deen and Hiers engaged in racially and sexually discriminatory conduct. Jackson is white, but she has two nieces who are the children of a black father and claims that, because of this, she finds Deen’s racially oriented remarks offensive.

Deen as well admitted that she’s sure that she had used “the N word” at other times, but that she and her entire family object to using it in “any cruel or mean behavior.” She testified that while organizing her brother’s Southern plantation-themed wedding, she did indeed plan to hire blacks to portray slaves. Yet Deen denies that she used any racial epithets in reference to that event.

Because of all of this, the distinguished television personality and entrepreneur has been let go from her long-standing position at the Food Network. After her contract expires at the end of this month, the network stated, it will not renew it.

Matters are even worse for Deen, as several of her sponsors have abandoned her. Smithfield Foods, Walmart, Caesar’s Entertainment, Target, QVC, Home Depot, and Novo Nordisk are among those that have dissociated from her within recent days.

Some people, however, have been sympathetic. Interestingly, among their number are none other than Al Sharpton and Jesse Jackson, two well known figures who are no strangers to racial controversy. 

When asked, Sharpton said that “a lot of us have in the past said things that we have regretted saying years ago.” He added: “You can’t deal with what it is fair till we see the outcome of the present circumstances she’s accused of.” What happened “20 years ago” or so is of no consequence to what’s the case today.

Jackson, to whom Deen reached out earlier in the week, insisted that she should not be “a sacrificial lamb” for racial bigotry and should be “reclaimed rather than destroyed” if she is truly contrite and willing to make amends. 

On June 26, Deen appeared with Matt Lauer on the Today Show. The tearful Deen informed her detractors: “If you’ve never committed a sin, please pick up that rock, pick up that boulder, and hit me as hard as you can.” She reiterated that it is only when she had a gun put to her head by a black gunman, a person, as it turned out, whom Deen had “gone on a limb” to help by getting him a loan, that she used the racially inflammatory language that has now come back to haunt her. “It’s just not a part of who we are” to use it otherwise, Deen maintained.

Deen even went so far as to say that the very mention of “the N word” “makes my skin crawl.” Referring to the presumably young blacks who work for her, she said: “It’s very distressing for me to go into my kitchens and I hear what these young people are calling each other.” She continued: “For this problem to be worked on … these young people are gonna to have to take control and start showing respect for each other and not throwing that word at each other. It makes my skin crawl.”         

Lauer asked Deen if she was a racist. She responded: “No, no I am not. As a child, I was raised in a home that my father tolerated bad grades, maybe breaking a curfew, but he said, ‘Girl, if I ever find out that you behaved in a way that is … unkind … your butt is gonna be mine.”

Deen expressed resentment at the “very, very hurtful lies” spread about her. “People who have worked beside me, walked beside me, know what kind of person I am.” Deen insists that she believes that “every creature on this Earth, every one of God’s creatures, was equal. No matter who you choose to go to bed at night with, no matter what church you go to pray. Everybody should be treated equal. That’s how I was raised.” 

There are, though, some people toward whom Deen has an adverse prejudice. “There’s a couple kinds of people that I don’t like, that I am prejudiced against … and that’s thieves and liars.” 

Deen’s teary-eyed plea for mercy on the Today Show received mixed reviews. 

David Johnson is the CEO of Strategic Vision, a public relations and branding agency located in Suwanee, Georgia. Deen “totally bombed,” he said, and referred to her appearance as “the worst celebrity apology in history.” Johnson characterized hers as “crocodile tears.” 

Mark Pasetsky, CEO of the public relations firm Mark Allen and Co. remarked that Deen’s “was really by far the most uncomfortable celebrity interview I have watched in a very long time. She really needed to take full responsibility for what she said, and it appeared to me that the strategy for this interview was to be pointing the fingers rather than to take responsibility.” 

On the other hand, people like Howard Bragman, the vice-chairman of Reputation.com, saw matters quite otherwise. “You couldn’t watch this interview and not feel her pain,” he asserted. 

Bragman was not alone. Allen Adamson, the managing director of Landor Associates, a branding agency, stated that Deen “did a pretty credible job of delivering her message.”

Donald Trump too had some encouraging words for Deen. The business mogul tweeted that while Deen “made a big mistake in using a forbidden word,” still she “must be given some credit for admitting her mistake.” He exclaimed: “She will be back!”

Interestingly, although Deen proved to be ratings gold for the Today Show, its host, Matt Lauer, elicited far more criticism for his treatment of Deen than Deen had received herself. 

Nancy Powell may be just one viewer, but her take on Lauer represents that of legions of others: “Matt Lauer was rude and condescending in his interview with Paula Deen, not to mention he continued to interrupt and cut Paula off during the interview – he was on the attack – no wonder his popularity is dwindling down!”

Photo of Matt Lauer with Paula Deen

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Pentagon Prepares to Extend Benefits to Military Same-sex Couples

0

Hours after the Supreme Court struck down a provision in the federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA) banning homosexual partners from receiving the same federal benefits as traditional married couples, Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel vowed to immediately put the wheels in motion to allow homosexuals serving in the armed forces to access federal benefits for their same-sex “spouses.”

“The Department of Defense welcomes the Supreme Court’s decision today on the Defense of Marriage Act,” a statement from Hagel’s office read. “The Department will immediately begin the process of implementing the Supreme Court’s decision in consultation with the Department of Justice and other executive branch agencies. The Department of Defense intends to make the same benefits available to all military spouses – regardless of sexual orientation – as soon as possible. That is now the law, and it is the right thing to do.”

Up until Congress repealed the official “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” policy in December 2010, openly homosexual individuals had always been banned from serving in the military. Since then it appears that top brass at the Pentagon have become enthusiastic champions of the burgeoning homosexual sub-culture in the armed forces, with the extension of federal benefits for “gay” soldiers and their partners certain to help cement the change. The Pentagon estimates that there are some 18,000 homosexual couples within the U.S. military.

“Every person who serves our nation in uniform stepped forward with courage and commitment,” declared the DoD in its statement following the Supreme Court decision. “All that matters is their patriotism, their willingness to serve their country and their qualifications to do so. Today’s ruling helps ensure that all men and women who serve this country can be treated fairly and equally, with the full dignity and respect they so richly deserve.”

In February, following former Defense Secretary Leon Panetta’s proclamation that “discrimination based on sexual orientation no longer has a place in the military,” the Pentagon began testing what it could get away with by issuing partners of homosexual personnel military ID cards, granting them access to base facilities, and handing out other benefits not directly prohibited by DOMA. But the High Court’s ruling on DOMA now “frees the Pentagon to follow through on what Panetta laid out shortly before he left office,” reported the military newspaper Stars and Stripes. With federal law no longer a hindrance, Panetta projected “it will be the policy of the Department to construe the words ‘spouse’ and ‘marriage’ without regard to sexual orientation, and married couples, irrespective of their sexual orientation, and their dependents, will be given full military benefits.”

Now, reported Stars and Stripes, the “Pentagon will have to decide whether only legal marriages qualify for benefits or whether those in domestic partnerships are eligible as well, Panetta said in his memo.”

General Martin Dempsey, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, dutifully followed up Hagel’s announcement by declaring in a statement that “the Joint Staffs have been very clear that we’ll follow the law of the land. The law of the land has just changed, and we will now as quickly as possible assess what that means.”

One group within the military, Christian chaplains, however, are understandably concerned with how the Department of Defense will interpret the “law,” particularly with regard to the rights of chaplains to refuse to perform homosexual marriage ceremonies on the grounds that they violate biblical principles and moral law.

Ron Crews of the group Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty said in a statement that the Supreme Court decision highlights the need for chaplains to be guaranteed religious liberty protections in the pursuit of their official duties. “Most of the faith groups in our country firmly hold that marriage is the union of one man and one woman,” said Crews, a retired chaplain with the U.S. Army Reserve. “They strongly believe that children deserve to know their mother and father. Chaplains from those faith groups will continue to minister with those convictions.”

Crews noted that since its enactment in 1996, DOMA has provided legal protections to chaplains “as they minister to service members and their families in a manner consistent with those sincerely held beliefs. That freedom is now at significant risk.”

Crews and the Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty submitted an amicus brief to the Supreme Court explaining how the repeal of DOMA could impact the religious liberty of service members and military chaplains. “This ruling makes absolutely clear that Congress must pass comprehensive religious liberty protections,” the brief said of the High Court’s decision. “Chaplains as well as all military personnel must be able to serve our nation without giving up their religious beliefs and convictions.”

On May 15 the Obama administration demonstrated the seriousness of the issue facing chaplains when its Office of Management and Budget (OMB) released a statement saying that the president “strongly objects” to amendments in the 2013 National Defense Authorization Act designed to protect the religious liberties of chaplains. The amendments, crafted in part by U.S Representative Todd Akin (R-Mo.), stipulate that no member of the armed forces may “direct, order, or require a chaplain to perform any duty, rite, ritual, ceremony, service, or function that is contrary to the conscience, moral principles, or religious beliefs of the chaplain, or contrary to the moral principles and religious beliefs of the endorsing faith group of the chaplain” (Section 536), and that “military installation or other property owned or rented by, or otherwise under the jurisdiction or control of, the Department of Defense may not be used to officiate, solemnize, or perform a marriage or marriage-like ceremony involving anything other than the union of one man with one woman” (Section 537).

A statement of the OMB declared that the president “strongly” objected to the provisions because they “adopt unnecessary and ill-advised policies that would inhibit the ability of same-sex couples to marry or enter a recognized relationship under State law.” As for Section 536, the OMB protested that it “would prohibit all personnel-related actions based on certain religious and moral beliefs,” an obstacle “to good order and discipline.” And under Section 537, said the OMB, the Department of Defense would be obligated “to deny Service members, retirees, and their family members access to facilities for religious ceremonies on the basis of sexual orientation, a troublesome and potentially unconstitutional limitation on religious liberty.”

Crews noted that Obama’s aggressive efforts to force the acceptance of homosexuality in the military “has created an environment in the Department of Defense that if you are in favor of same-sex relationships, you may speak. If you are not in favor, you cannot speak.” He said his group had seen examples of the persecution of Christian chaplains, with one chaplain pulled from an assignment and threatened with early retirement after he criticized the repeal of “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell.”

Tony Perkins of the Family Research Council, one of the key conservative Christian groups that has gone to bat for chaplains and service members concerned about religious liberty in the military, called it “shocking that the administration would say this [amendment] would undermine good order and discipline, when in fact, it is the President’s policy that is leading to the undermining of good order and discipline. This measure is a response to the concerns raised by chaplains already as this new experimentation on homosexuality has been thrust upon the military.”

Republished with permission from:: The New American

St. Louis Police Chief Wants Drones, Highlighting Drone Debate

0

St. Louis Police Chief Sam Dotson has called for drones to patrol within a year in an effort to better patrol the city’s highest crime areas. The proposal has drawn ire from privacy advocates.

“I think the technology is there now domestically for law enforcement agencies to rely on unmanned aerial observation platforms to do a variety of things,” said Dotson.

Some of the requested applications include tracking suspicious vehicles and surveying high-crime areas. The use to which these devices would be used would be determined by internal police guidelines.

Dotson contends that the use of the equipment would not differ too significantly from the types of technology that is currently used by law-enforcement officials. “That’s what we use helicopters for now, I think that’s what we use neighborhood cameras (for)…. If you’re in a public space there is no expectation of privacy,” added Dotson.

Dotson is not the only police head to call for the use of drones for surveillance purposes. Last year, the Ogden Police Department filed an application to fly an unmanned surveillance blimp at a height of just 400 feet over the city to monitor criminal activity. That application had been rejected by the FAA as a result of safety concerns.

Following the Boston Marathon bombing, Boston’s Police Commissioner Edward Davis announced that he would like drones to be present during next year’s marathon.

The Alameda County Sheriff’s Office had asked the Alameda County Board of Supervisors to approve a grant in the amount of $31,646 to purchase a drone last year.

However, the Alameda County Sheriff’s office was forced to suspend the purchase of a surveillance drone after mass public outcry indicated fierce opposition to the plan. Privacy advocates criticized the Alameda County Sheriff’s office, voicing concerns that the use of surveillance drones will violate privacy protections.

Similar outrage surrounds the request for drones in St. Louis as well. An ACLU representative called the drones “big brother in the sky all the time,” adding, “before we get too far with this technology I think we as Americans deserve to know the rules that would protect us from that kind of constant surveillance day in and day out everywhere we go.”

But there are clear indications that drones have been used for surveillance purposes throughout the country.

In April of 2011, the EFF filed a Freedom of Information request on the use of the drones, but the DOT failed to release the information requested. The EFF then filed a lawsuit against the United States Department of Transportation in January of 2012 “demanding data on certifications and authorizations the agency has issued for the operation of unmanned aircraft, also known as drones.” Certifications by the Federal Aviation Administration are required for anyone who wishes to operate a drone in the United States over 400 feet.

Jennifer Lynch, the staff attorney for the EFF who filed the suit, said in a statement that the use of drones for non-military purposes is “raising significant privacy concerns.”

“Drones give the government and other unmanned aircraft operators a powerful new surveillance tool to gather extensive and intrusive data on Americans’ movements and activities,” said Lynch in a statement. “As the government begins to make policy decisions about the use of these aircraft, the public needs to know more about how and why these drones are being used to surveil United States citizens.”

Months later, that lawsuit helped to uncover 125 drone certificates. It also revealed all the entities licensed to fly domestic drones, which include police departments from Seattle, Washington, to Little Rock, Kansas, as well as 10 public colleges and universities, and several federal agencies, such as the USDA and the Department of Energy.

The most notable finding, however, is that the majority of drones are being used for the purposes of surveillance. The EFF reports that a cursory glance at the technology of the drones reveals that the prime purpose of the unmanned vehicles is for surveillance:

With some exceptions, drone flights in the U.S. have been all about developing and testing surveillance technology. The North Little Rock Police Department, for instance, wrote that their SR30 helicopter-type drone “can carry day zoom cameras, infrared cameras, or both simultaneously.” Not to be outdone, the Seattle Police Department’s drone comes with four separate cameras, offering thermal infrared video, low light “dusk-dawn” video, and a 1080p HD video camera attachment. The Miami-Dade Police Department and Texas Department of Public Safety have employed drones capable of both daytime and nighttime video cameras, and according to the Texas Department of Public Safety’s Certificate of Authorization (COA) paperwork, their drone was to be employed in support of “critical law enforcement operations.”

While the release of the document is a major step in the right direction, the EFF indicates that there must be more “transparency” around the use of the drones for domestic surveillance. The EFF has teamed up with MuckRock to push Internet users to join in the fight for more transparency.

There is no indication that the use of drones will subside anytime soon.

Earlier this week, Senator Rand Paul asked FEMA’s Timothy Manning to clarify whether the Department of Homeland Security provided local communities with money to buy surveillance drones, to which Manning responded, “There have been some grantees that have purchased remote control low-level aircraft … that have cameras for monitoring.”

The DHS has already provided funding to local police forces for the purpose of purchasing aerial surveillance, including $250,000 to the Montgomery County Sheriff’s office.

And the DHS is reportedly developing drones for “public safety applications” at Fort Sill, Oklahoma.

Likewise, CNet’s Declan McCullagh obtained government documents that detail how the DHS is customizing Predator drones designated for overseas military operations. Some have articulated concerns that the drones will be used for identifying civilians who are carrying guns.

Still, despite the increasingly pervasive use of drones, there are a number of states, including Massachusetts, that are moving to restrict the use of drones by law enforcement, with some even pushing for an outright ban.

Fox News reported in February, “Lawmakers in at least 11 states are proposing various restrictions on the use of drones over their skies amid concerns the unmanned aerial vehicles could be exploited by local authorities to spy on Americans.”

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Big Brother, not Snowden and Greenwald, Is the Story

0

“Instead of being adversaries to government power … [the media of Washington, D.C., are] … servants to it and mouthpieces for it.”
 
So said the Guardian’s Glenn Greenwald, who broke the story of Edward Snowden’s disclosure of NSA spying on the American people, after Greenwald’s confrontation with Meet the Press’s David Gregory. Greenwald needn’t have limited his observation to the D.C. media. Plenty of reporters and cable-news talking heads are playing the same role in the NSA drama.
 
Indeed, if they spent half the time investigating Obama’s Big Brother operations that they spend sneering at Snowden and Greenwald, Americans might demand that the government stop spying on them.
 
But to much of the mainstream (and not-so-mainstream) media, Snowden and Greenwald – not the NSA, the Obama administration, and the supine Congress – are the story – a story of villainy.
 
The examples are endless. The day after Snowden revealed himself as the whistleblower, Joe Scarborough, the former Republican congressman and host of MSNBC’s Morning Joe, ordered his director to take the image of “that weasel” off the screen. The other day, his sidekick, Mika Brzezinski, asked, “Is there anything we can do to track him down?” (Emphasis added.) She meant the government.
 
Brzezinski went on to accuse Snowden of taking the job with NSA contractor Booz Allen Hamilton “to screw over our government.” That’s how one who speaks power to truth spins it. Snowden’s service to the American people is hardly undercut by his having taken the job intending to expose government violations of the Fourth Amendment.
 
MSNBC’s self-identification as a progressive network is hard to square with its unrelenting assaults on Snowden and Greenwald, and its de-emphasis of NSA surveillance. Andrea Mitchell, who functions as the network’s chief diplomatic stenographer, wondered why the NSA was hiring contractors when it could be recruiting people with the “right value system” from the military. (She’s forgotten that whistleblower Bradley Manning is in the military.) Chris Matthews of Hardball says that any foreign government that won’t turn Snowden over to the U.S. government is “no buddy of ours.”
 
MSNBC personnel routinely describe Greenwald as “defensive,” which apparently is their code word for people who push back at stupid questions. For example, when Gregory asked Greenwald if he could be indicted for “aiding and abetting” Snowden, and Greenwald asked in return how a journalist could equate reporting with criminal activity, he was treated with disdain. Gregory even questioned Greenwald’s journalistic credentials, as did Paul Farhi of the Washington Post.
 
I’ve focused on MSNBC because it has so egregiously and persistently circled the wagons around the government. It’s an old story: TV hosts and reporters need access to government officials, but access is jeopardized if they antagonize those officials. Better to play it safe and sneer at Snowden and Greenwald.
 
You don’t have to work for MSNBC to suck up to power. Op-ed writers from conservative David Brooks to progressive Richard Cohen have tried to portray Snowden as an alienated oddball, as though no one could have a legitimate purpose in unmasking government surveillance. (Brooks thought it relevant to write that Snowden “has not been a regular presence around his mother’s house for years.” Really!) Pundits repeatedly refer to Snowden’s having dropped out of high school, which apparently signals some serious moral or mental defect in the young man. More likely he was bored with the dull and regimented curriculum so typical of government high schools.
 
Others have tried to read much into Snowden’s stops in Hong Kong and Moscow. He might be a spy, they suggest. But wouldn’t a spy have kept his identity secret while selling his information to “the enemy”? It doesn’t occur to the pundits that Snowden’s priority right now is to stay out of the clutches of the U.S. government. Snowden has no moral obligation to be a martyr. Let’s not forget how Bradley Manning has been treated for his disclosures of government wrongdoing. He faces life imprisonment.
 
Snowden and Greenwald have not “aided the enemy” – unless the American people are the government’s enemy. What they have done is embarrass the Obama administration by exposing criminal activity.
 
For the media’s defenders of power against truth, that’s inexcusable.
 
Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation in Fairfax, Va.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

U.S. Park Police Can’t Account for “Hundreds” of Guns, Report Says

0

A scathing report from the Interior Department’s Office of Inspector General (OIG) claims that the U.S. Park Police (USPP) hasn’t the first clue how many guns it possesses or where they are and, furthermore, doesn’t really care.

This “lackadaisical attitude toward firearms management” leads to “conditions that would allow for theft and misuse of firearms, and the ability to conceal the fact if weapons were missing,” Deputy Inspector General Mary L. Kendall wrote in a memorandum accompanying the report.

OIG initiated its review of USPP’s firearms policies in response to an anonymous complaint that (1) USPP could not account for government-issued military-style rifles, (2) the agency had not conducted a weapons inventory because it could not account for all its weapons, and (3) some of the missing weapons might have been taken by USPP officers for personal use.

It took just five days of unannounced reviews of USPP weapons-storage areas for OIG to confirm those allegations.

“We discovered that hundreds of handguns, rifles, and shotguns were not listed on official USPP inventory records,” OIG reported. “Many of these had serial numbers that had not been submitted to USPP property officers for inclusion into the property management system. We also found weapons in areas other than their assigned locations.”

Although the National Park Service (NPS) Handbook requires agencies under NPS control, including USPP, to acquire only those firearms needed for law-enforcement purposes, OIG “discovered more than 1,400 extra weapons,” including “477 military-style automatic and semiautomatic rifles” and some that “fulfilled no operational need” – all this for an agency with just 640 officers.

USPP’s inventory controls are “incomplete and poorly managed,” wrote OIG. Inventories are conducted on a semiannual basis, but no one verifies that the contents of the submitted inventory forms are accurate. USPP could not supply a current weapons inventory to OIG because it was unable to access an Interior Department database. The current USPP firearms custodian maintains his own inventory document and is trying to bring it up to date, but given “numerous errors on past official inventory records,” he “had no idea how many firearms USPP possessed as of the date of our interview,” said the report.

In addition, noted OIG:

The Force Firearms Custodian said he continued to find and receive weapons from different locations without NPS property numbers. According to his estimate, approximately 100 firearms, including shotguns and automatic weapons, did not have NPS property numbers and did not appear on inventory records. The Force Firearms Custodian provided several examples of poor weapons accountability. He recovered a USPP handgun from a U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) OIG special agent who previously had been employed on a USPP special weapons and tactics team. According to the Force Firearms Custodian, the HUD agent ran a firearms qualification course in 2011 for former law enforcement officers who continued to carry firearms while retired. A former USPP Chief attended this training and still carried a handgun identified as USPP property. The HUD agent took the weapon from the former Chief and returned it to USPP. The Force Firearms Custodian did not know why the former Chief had retained the firearm. OIG is unaware of how USPP accounted for this weapon on the inventories that followed his retirement.

OIG discovered two other officers who were keeping USPP firearms at their residences without authorization; one was storing a semiautomatic rifle he had been issued while detailed to the 2013 presidential inauguration.

USPP often acquires firearms from other government agencies, but it does not follow proper procedures either to obtain the weapons or to inventory them. The USPP chief of police is supposed to sign off on all weapons acquisitions, but the current chief, Teresa Chambers, “did not recall any instance where a written request for weapons had been presented her,” OIG found. Despite this, USPP has acquired over 200 guns from other agencies in the last 13 months. While some are in the possession of the firearms custodian, others are not; and the ones that are in his possession have not been added to the official inventory because he plans to destroy them.

Then there is the matter of weapons the agency doesn’t – and can’t – even use anymore. OIG found that USPP still has 20 World War II-era M1 Garand rifles and four Prohibition-era Thompson submachine (“Tommy”) guns. The agency says it has no policy for destroying or otherwise disposing of these guns.

None of this, naturally, has happened in a vacuum. Lower-level USPP personnel have been careless in their acquisition and control of firearms because their superiors have shown no interest in such matters either.

The firearms custodian, for instance, sent a memorandum to Chambers in 2011 concerning the inventory discrepancies he had discovered. He told OIG that when he asked Chambers for direction, “she told him to continue to resolve the discrepancies” but offered no “specific direction on what he was supposed to do or a specific date for completion.” His supervisors likewise showed little interest in his progress, requesting no “regular detailed briefings.”

While USPP – believe it or not – has no policy for reporting and investigating missing weapons, the Interior Department does. It requires a “board of survey” to investigate missing “sensitive property” such as firearms, according to OIG. The firearms custodian submitted paperwork requesting a board of survey inquiry in October 2011, but no inquiry appears to have taken place. A training branch captain who has been the USPP board of survey chairman since 2009 “said that he had never conducted a board of survey and did not know who its members were,” but he did not believe one was necessary in the case of missing weapons. Another official said the last board of survey for weapons had been conducted in 2010. Still another knew the board of survey should have been conducted but never followed up to see that it was. And “Chief Chambers stated that she was not aware of what a board of survey was and whether it was required to be conducted for missing weapons.”

All this adds up to a “decade-long theme of inaction and indifference of USPP leadership and management at all levels,” Kendall charged in her memorandum. “Historical evidence indicates that this indifference is a product of years of inattention to administrative detail and management principles.”

She recommended that USPP establish “a professionally responsible firearms management program” but expressed “little confidence that USPP has the managerial commitment to carry out this effort without direct and frequent oversight from the National Park Service and OIG.”

Everyone at USPP knows, of course, that he has little to fear from this report. Promises of improvement have been and will be made, but precious little is likely to change. Even if one of USPP’s guns were actually used in the commission of a crime, well, look at how many heads have rolled over Fast and Furious. There simply is nothing to be gained by expending the time and effort necessary to control its weapons inventory.

There may, however, be something to be gained from showing the OIG report to the next gun-control advocate who assures you that only the government can be trusted with firearms.

Photo of a Thompson submachine gun

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Marco Rubio's Big Immigration Mistake

0

What a sad transformation it’s been to see Senator Marco Rubio go from being a Tea Party hero to an apologist for the Gang of Eight’s immigration bill.

Back in 2010, Rubio was a handsome and articulate State Senator in Florida when he decided to run for the U.S. Senate. Doing so meant defying the Republican establishment’s hand-picked selection, then-Governor Charlie Crist.

There were two make-or-break issues in the Republican primary that year. The first was Barack Obama’s massively expensive stimulus program. Crist was so enamored of it that he actually agreed to have a photograph taken of him publicly embracing the President. We’ll never know how many votes that hug cost him, but it was a bunch.

Rubio said that counting on federal handouts to create jobs was a huge mistake. He called instead for letting the free enterprise system work, by lowering taxes and reducing regulation. The voters made it clear which message they preferred.

The other issue that marked a sharp disagreement between the two candidates was immigration reform and, in particular, amnesty for the millions of people who were in this country illegally. Crist endorsed amnesty; Rubio, the son of immigrants from Cuba, said he was unalterably opposed to it. In speech after speech, Rubio repeated this warning in some form: If you grant amnesty in any form, you will destroy any chance we ever have of having a legal immigration system that works here in America.

It was those two stands, more than any others, that made Rubio a Tea Party favorite and led to his victory over his much more liberal opponent. Crist subsequently resigned from the Republican Party and joined the Democrats.

But since then, Rubio agreed to become one of four Republican members of the Senate’s Gang of Eight. Since two of his Republican colleagues were John McCain of Arizona and Lindsay Graham of South Carolina and the Democrat members included Chuck Schumer of New York and Robert Menendez of New Jersey, you won’t be surprised to learn that the final agreement includes amnesty.

It was also apparent that a whole lot of horse-trading was going on behind the scenes to ensure passage of the bill. Senator Ted Cruz (R-Texas), one of the Tea Party heroes who has not abandoned his opposition to the current immigration bill, castigated the “laundry list of buyoffs” that has been made to insure a favorable vote. These include:

– Diverting a chunk of the money for border security to Maine – a State that, so far as I know, has never had a problem with illegal immigrants hiking in from Canada – to win the support of Susan Collins, that State’s Senator.

– Some special bequests for the seafood industry in Alaska, so that State’s two Senators, Lisa Murkowski and Mark Begich, will get behind the bill.

– And in one of the smelliest deals of all, a $1.5 billion jobs program, the price demanded by Vermont’s socialist Senator Bernie Sanders for his support.

All of that helps explain why Cruz said, “Rarely do we see so transparently how votes in the Senate are bought and sold.” Oh yes we have, Senator. It’s just that in the past they were called “earmarks.”

After weeks of behind-the-scenes wheeling and dealing, the current immigration bill was finally made available for Senators to see on the afternoon of Friday, June 21. The Senate was expected to vote on some of its most important provisions just 72 hours later. Does the process remind you of the way ObamaCare was rushed through Congress?

No matter. The bill was approved Thursday by a vote of 68-32, followed by a ton of self-congratulation among the victorious Senators. The measure now goes to the House of Representatives, where it will face a much tougher battle.

If there’s any lesson we’ve learned over the recent past, it’s that we can’t trust a politician’s promise. Yet that’s exactly what this current measure does when it comes to protecting our borders. It calls for beginning the legalization process now and says that border protection will follow. “Trust us on this” is the refrain.

Are they crazy?

The proposal says that the border is “secure” when it catches or keeps out 90 percent of those who try to enter the country illegally. That’s far from perfect, but it’s sure a heck of a lot better than we’ve been doing.

The question is: Who decides when that goal is achieved? The current legislation calls for the President and his minions to make that determination. We’re supposed to trust the same folks who have screwed up on so many fronts for so long. That’s ridiculous.

Instead, Congress should be the branch that determines when our border is secure. Members of the House of Representatives are a lot more accountable to the voters than any President – especially a lame duck who won’t run for office again.

What This Bill Doesn’t Do

There’s been a lot of talk about what this bill does, including all of the promises about tightening up our borders. But far more important is something it doesn’t do. In fact, it’s an issue that is almost never even mentioned in the immigration debate.

I’m referring to the absurdity of granting citizenship to each and every child who is born within our borders – no matter if the parents are here legally or not.

That’s right. It is the official policy of the U.S. government that any child, born in this country to illegal immigrants, automatically and immediately becomes a citizen of the United States.

Such infants are sometimes referred to as “anchor babies,” because their immediate and automatic citizenship is the “anchor” on which a host of other claims, from welfare to others’ citizenship, can be made.

On the face of it, this sounds patently absurd. How can a newborn baby be eligible for citizenship when his parents are not? Not merely eligible, mind you, but granted it automatically? The new citizen is immediately entitled to all the benefits that accompany citizenship: schooling, medical care, food stamps and other welfare, and a whole host of “public assistance.”

This is not how it should be. Yes, it’s true we are a nation of immigrants. But what a difference there is between this process and what our predecessors experienced. Many of us have grandparents or great-grandparents who overcame incredible obstacles to become citizens of this country. Before they were accepted, they had to pass a rigorous and demanding test. The questions they were asked and their answers had to be in English.

As an essential part of the process, every immigrant was required to renounce allegiance to the country he had left and to swear allegiance to his newly adopted home, the United States. And every new citizen was thrilled to do so.

There was a solemn ceremony, often conducted by a judge sitting high on a bench above them, issuing the oath of allegiance. Friends and family welcomed the new citizens with flag waving, hugs and tears, and enthusiastic applause.

That is what citizenship for an immigrant used to mean – and still does, for many adults who follow the rules. But today, we are required to grant the same privileges to anyone whose mother can sneak across our border a few hours before her baby is born. That is insane. And it must be changed, if we ever hope to regain control of our immigration policies.

Rubio recognizes that many of his supporters disagree with him on immigration. A Rasmussen poll says his support among conservatives has dropped 15 percent since February.

Rubio admits it’s been difficult for him to hear “the growing anger in the voices of so many people who helped me get elected to the Senate and who I agree with on virtually every other issue.”

Rubio, there’s an easy solution here: Please come back to your base. Remember why so many of us hailed your triumph three years ago. And return to the principles that lead to your amazing victory.

As the son of (legal) immigrants and a proud Hispanic yourself, you are in a unique position to insist that first we must secure our borders. That’s our right – and our obligation. And that we must end the absurdity of granting instant citizenship to anchor babies.

If you’ll use your eloquence and enthusiasm to make sure we don’t compromise here, you’ll be doing a huge service to the country you love.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

Chip Wood was the first news editor of The Review of the News and also wrote for American Opinion, our two predecessor publications. He is now the geopolitical editor of Personal Liberty Digest, where his Straight Talk column appears weekly. This article first appeared in PersonalLiberty.com and has been reprinted with permission.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

The Experiment Is on Us: Science of Animal Testing Thrown into Doubt

0

Originally published on Independent Science News and republished with permission.

New scientific research has cast grave doubt on the safety testing of hundreds of thousands of consumer products, food additives and industrial chemicals.

Everyday products, from soft drinks and baby foods, to paints, gardening products, cosmetics and shampoos, contain numerous synthetic chemicals as preservatives, dyes, active ingredients, or as contaminants. Official assurances of the safety of these chemicals are based largely on animal experiments that use rabbits, mice, rats and dogs. But new results from a consortium of researchers and published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences suggest such assurances may be worthless (Seok et al. 2013).

The results of these experiments challenge the longstanding scientific presumption holding that animal experiments are of direct relevance to humans. For that reason they potentially invalidate the entire body of safety information that has been built up to distinguish safe chemicals from unsafe ones. The new results arise from basic medical research, which itself rests heavily on the idea that treatments can be developed in animals and transferred to humans.

Laboratory Rat

A LABORATORY RAT (PHOTO:RESSAURE)

The research originated when investigators noted that in their medical specialism of inflammatory disease (which includes diabetes, asthma and arthritis), drugs developed using mice have to date had a 100% failure rate in almost 150 clinical trials on humans.

According to Kristie Sullivan, Director of Regulatory Testing Issues at the Physicians Committee for Responsible Medicine (PCRM), this is not unusual “about 90% of all pharmaceuticals tested for safety in animals fail to reach the market, or are quickly pulled from the market”. Wanting to understand why this might be so, the consortium decided to test the effects of various treatments that lead to inflammation, and systematically compare results between mice and humans. This postulated correlation across different animal species is sometimes known as the concordance assumption.

In a first set of experiments the researchers looked at acute inflammation in mice brought on by various stimuli. These stimuli were bacterial toxins (endotoxaemia), trauma, and burns. To measure responses the authors quantified positive or negative changes in gene activity for thousands of individual genes. The researchers found that changes in activity of a particular mouse gene after treatment typically failed to predict changes in activity in the closest related human gene. This was not the expected result. If humans and mice are meaningfully similar (i.e. concordant) then gene activity changes in mice should have closely resembled those in humans after a similar challenge. But they did not.

In further experiments, the researchers identified another difference. While humans responded with similar patterns of gene changes to each of the three different challenges (trauma, burns, and endotoxaemia), mice did not. The three treatments in mice each resulted in a distinct set of gene activity changes. This confirmed the initial results in the sense that mice and humans responded differently. It also implied that the differences in gene response between mice and humans are attributable not so much to a lot of detailed ‘noise’ but to fundamental differences in the physiology of mice and humans in dealing with these challenges.

Next, the researchers examined the activity of specific biological signaling pathways after similar treatments. These too were highly divergent between mice and humans. Surprised by the consistently poor correlations between the two species, the authors then tested other human/mouse models of inflammatory diseases. Again, the similarity between mice and humans was low.

In summary, repeated experiments confirmed that, when it comes to inflammation, mice and humans have little in common, a finding important enough in itself given the prevalence of inflammation-related diseases in humans. These include allergies, celiac disease, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, and autoimmune diseases.

Perhaps these results should not be a surprise. Concordance has been questioned by numerous researchers, some of whom have noted that mice are separated from humans by 120 million years of evolutionary change (Stoloff 1992; Greek and Swingle Greek, 2003; Mestas and Hughes, 2004; Knight, 2007). And, unlike humans, mice also suffer from different diseases, lack a gall bladder, have no menstrual cycle, have multiple births, differ in immune systems, lifespan and size, to name only a few dissimilarities.

Thus the Seok study is not the first to conclude that mice are poor models for human disease, but it is notable for being by far the most comprehensive. Combined with results of previous experiments, its conclusions suggest researchers should expect that mouse, and probably other animal testing, is of little use in advancing the treatment of human illnesses, including heart disease and cancer.

In other words, the public is probably being badly served by much of the money spent on medical research. According to PCRM’s Kristie Sullivan, “the National Institutes of Health is giving researchers billions of dollars every year for research on animals”. While missing out on potential cures, the public is also likely being exposed to dangerous or ineffective pharmaceuticals. Animal testing nearly prevented the approval of valuable drugs such as penicillin and subsequent antibiotics, but it did not prevent the thalidomide disaster of the 50s and 60s (Greek and Swingle Greek, 2003).

This finding of non-concordance need not mean the end of medical research. It could even herald a more promising and scientific era. Sullivan believes that medical researchers “simply take for granted that animal models are useful” even though other, and possibly better, techniques for studying human disease are available. These include greater emphasis on human clinical observation and making better use of cell cultures for research.

But wasteful and unproductive medical research is arguably a sideshow besides the misplaced confidence in the safety testing of environmental and household chemicals. While medical failures affect the unwell, chemical toxins have potential repercussions for everyone.

If animals are not useful predictors of important disease responses in humans it is unlikely they are useful as test subjects for toxicological safety. In other words, lack of concordance means that the synthetic chemicals that are found in industrial products, incorporated into food, and otherwise spread throughout the environment, are essentially untested. The regulatory process through which they passed was never a scientifically validated and evidence-based system, but now the evidence shows it to have been functioning as a system of random elimination. “We are not protecting humans” says Kristie Sullivan, noting that “even a National Academy study agrees that many toxicological tests are not human-relevant.”

There are potential alternative toxicological tests, but despite multi-billion dollar grants, and even a human on a chip, the science is still incomplete. Michael Hansen, Senior Scientist at the Consumers Union, has been contributing to recent discussions over replacing animals for the purposes of regulatory toxicology. He acknowledges that “we should be moving towards in-vitro cell-based models” for chemical risk assessments. But how this can be done is not yet clear. Hansen points out that not only is “there a technical problem of how to incorporate them into an overall risk assessment”, but also that “in-vitro alternatives have yet to be validated”. Nevertheless, he still believes specific uses for animal research remain: “for carcinogenicity, for example, mice are appropriate models”.

An interesting question, when an estimated 100 million mice are sacrificed each year for medical research and in toxicology, is why it took so long to test this fundamental assumption. The answer is that it has been tested before, though not nearly as rigorously as it could have been. And the results have, in the view of many, not supported the idea that animals reliably model human physiology (Knight, 2007; Dressman, 2007).

A different kind of answer is that animal research is now big business. One genetically engineered mouse can cost $100,000 while a mouse treadmill can set taxpayers back $9,600 (Greek and Swingle Greek, 2003). For medical researchers, animal research offers a steady income and a successful career pathway regardless of whether, as in the field of inflammation, experiments deliver practical benefits to patients. These are just some of the entrenched interests maintaining the animal testing system. Other prominent beneficiaries include the food and chemical industries which profit from the public perception of safety derived from animal testing.

Going back to the time of ancient Greece, we have used animals to teach us about the human body; however, it was not until 1937 – after 100 people died from taking Elixir Sulfanilamide – that Congress mandated drug safety testing on animals. Since then, literally billions of mice and other mammals have been sacrificed in a Faustian bargain–that their suffering was preventing human experimentation. Seemingly, that calculation was misguided from the start.

The failure of animal experiments to predict human responses and the inability of alternatives to replace them leaves few options. Individuals can to a limited extent protect themselves through avoiding packaged, processed and non-organic food and buying goods made from traditional materials. But ultimately, chemical exposure and chemical pollution are a collective responsibility.

References

Dressman HK et al, 2007. Gene expression signatures that predict radiation exposure in mice and humans. PLoS Med 4:4.
Greek CR, Swingle Greek, J (2003). Specious science: Why Experiments on Animals Harm Humans. The Continuum International Publishing Group, Ltd, London.
Knight A (2007) Systematic reviews of animal experiments demonstrate poor human clinical and toxicological utility. ATLA 35: 641-659.
Mestas, J and Hughes, CCW, (2004) Of mice and not men: differences between mouse and human immunology, The Journal of Immunology, 172: 5.
Seok, J Shaw Warren, H et al, (2013) Genomic responses in mouse models poorly mimic human inflammatory diseases. PNAS February 11, 2013 online edition.
Stoloff L (1992) An analysis of the 1987 list of IARC-identified human carcinogens and the correlated animal studies. Regulatory Toxicology and Pharmacology 15: 10—13

Postscript (added May 8th)

Readers may find it useful to get an idea of the prior debate over concordance. Below are some of the scientific papers that have debated concordance. We covered this paper (Seok et al. 2013) because we believe it exemplifies a pattern and not so much because it is new.

David Horrobin (2003) Modern biomedical research: an internally self-consistent universe with little contact with medical reality? Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2: 151-4.

P Pound, S Ebrahim, P Sandercock et al. (2004) Where is the evidence that animal research benefits humans? BMJ. 328: 514—517.

A good place to gain access to this literature is at http://www.afma-curedisease.org/

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

US allows embassy staff to leave Egypt

0

Anti-government protesters gather outside the burning headquarters of the Muslim Brotherhood in Alexandria, Egypt, June 28, 2013.

The US says it has allowed a small number of its non-emergency diplomatic staff in Egypt to leave the North African country, following the killing of a US citizen in the recent unrest in the Egyptian city of Alexandria.

In a travel alert issued late on Friday, the US State Department said that it has Å“authorized the departure of a limited number of non-emergency employees and family members.”

The State Department described the situation in the port city of Alexandria and other Egyptian cities as volatile and cautioned US citizens Å“to defer non-essential travel to Egypt at this time due to the continuing possibility of political and social unrest.”

Å“US citizens are urged to remain alert to local security developments and to be vigilant regarding their personal security.”

Meanwhile, the State Departmentâ„¢s acting deputy spokesman Patrick Ventrell said in a statement issued on Friday evening, Å“We can confirm that a US citizen was killed in Alexandria, Egypt.”

Å“We are providing appropriate consular assistance from our embassy in Cairo and our Bureau of Consular Affairs at the State Department. We do not have further information to provide at this time.”

According to Egyptian security sources, a young US cameraman was stabbed to death in Alexandria outside the headquarters of the Muslim Brotherhood, which was set on fire by anti-government protesters. An Egyptian protester was also shot dead in the city.

Earlier in the day, Egyptian clerics warned of Å“civil war” and appealed for calm.

In a televised address on Wednesday, Morsi said the polarization of the country’s political life is Å“threatening to paralyze” Egypt.

He acknowledged that he had made some mistakes during his first year in office but called for national reconciliation, saying that he was open to cooperating with the opposition on constitutional reform.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of ousted Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption but he needs time to realize the ideals of the 2011 revolution.

GJH/HJL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Gene expression signatures that predict radiation exposure in mice and humans.

0

Article Publish Status: FREE

Abstract Title:

Gene expression signatures that predict radiation exposure in mice and humans.

Abstract Source:

PLoS Med. 2007 Apr ;4(4):e106. PMID: 17407386

Abstract Author(s):

Holly K Dressman, Garrett G Muramoto, Nelson J Chao, Sarah Meadows, Dawn Marshall, Geoffrey S Ginsburg, Joseph R Nevins, John P Chute

Article Affiliation:

Institute for Genome Sciences and Policy, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, United States of America.

Abstract:

BACKGROUND: The capacity to assess environmental inputs to biological phenotypes is limited by methods that can accurately and quantitatively measure these contributions. One such example can be seen in the context of exposure to ionizing radiation.

METHODS AND FINDINGS: We have made use of gene expression analysis of peripheral blood (PB) mononuclear cells to develop expression profiles that accurately reflect prior radiation exposure. We demonstrate that expression profiles can be developed that not only predict radiation exposure in mice but also distinguish the level of radiation exposure, ranging from 50 cGy to 1,000 cGy. Likewise, a molecular signature of radiation response developed solely from irradiated human patient samples can predict and distinguish irradiated human PB samples from nonirradiated samples with an accuracy of 90%, sensitivity of 85%, and specificity of 94%. We further demonstrate that a radiation profile developed in the mouse can correctly distinguish PB samples from irradiated and nonirradiated human patients with an accuracy of 77%, sensitivity of 82%, and specificity of 75%. Taken together, these data demonstrate that molecular profiles can be generated that are highly predictive of different levels of radiation exposure in mice and humans.

CONCLUSIONS: We suggest that this approach, with additional refinement, could provide a method to assess the effects of various environmental inputs into biological phenotypes as well as providing a more practical application of a rapid molecular screening test for the diagnosis of radiation exposure.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

Voyager 1 on edge interstellar space

0

NASAâ„¢s Voyager 1 spacecraft has reached the edge of the solar system and will enter interstellar space in the near future.

The Voyager 1 spacecraft has entered a previously unknown region between the outermost part of the solar system and interstellar space and is about to leave the solar system, new research shows.

Voyager 1 reached an area of space called the magnetic highway on August 25, according to three new papers about the spacecraft published online Thursday by the journal Science.

The magnetic highway is a region on the outer edge of the heliosheath where charged particles travel into and out of the heliosphere — the massive bubble of space surrounded by the heliosheath that contains the solar system.

Although scientists are still uncertain about the distance that Voyager 1 has to cover to reach interstellar space, they believe it will not take too long.

The heliosphere extends at least 8 billion miles beyond all the planets in our solar system.

Voyager 1 was launched in 1977 as part of the Voyager Program and the Voyager Interstellar Mission. It is now more than 11 billion miles away from the Sun.

The spacecraftâ„¢s main mission was to study the planetary systems of Jupiter and Saturn, but after its sibling probe, Voyager 2, made a close flyby of Neptune, NASA extended the two probes’ missions to study the outer boundaries of the solar system, and perhaps beyond.

Voyager 2 is about nine billion miles away from the Sun.

Voyager 1 will be the first man-made object to leave the solar system and enter the wider reaches of the Milky Way.

MN/HGL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

'Transit of goods via Iran up 11%'

0

Iran’s deputy minister of roads and urban development says over 3.39 million tons of commodities were transited through Iran during the first quarter of the current Iranian calendar year (started March 21, 2013), which is an 11 percent rise compared to the same three-month period in the previous year.

Shahriyar Afandizadeh told reporters on Friday that 3.22 million tons of oil and non-oil products were transited through Iran by road, which was 95 percent of the total, in spring 2013, while the remaining five percent, totaling 176,000 tons, was transported by rail.

There was a 15.6 percent rise in the transit of goods by road in spring 2013 compared to spring 2012, he noted.

Afandizadeh also stated that 1.63 million tons of the commodities were oil products, while 1.76 million tons were non-oil products, such as cotton, construction materials, and home appliances.

He went on to say that the Parviz Khan border crossing in the western city of Qasr-e Shirin was the most active entry port, through which 1.25 million tons of goods were imported.

And Bandar Imam Khomeini in southern Iran was the most active exit port, through which 1.27 million tons of commodities were exported, he added.

MP/HGL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

'Transit of goods via Iran up 11%'

0

Iran’s deputy minister of roads and urban development says over 3.39 million tons of commodities were transited through Iran during the first quarter of the current Iranian calendar year (started March 21, 2013), which is an 11 percent rise compared to the same three-month period in the previous year.

Shahriyar Afandizadeh told reporters on Friday that 3.22 million tons of oil and non-oil products were transited through Iran by road, which was 95 percent of the total, in spring 2013, while the remaining five percent, totaling 176,000 tons, was transported by rail.

There was a 15.6 percent rise in the transit of goods by road in spring 2013 compared to spring 2012, he noted.

Afandizadeh also stated that 1.63 million tons of the commodities were oil products, while 1.76 million tons were non-oil products, such as cotton, construction materials, and home appliances.

He went on to say that the Parviz Khan border crossing in the western city of Qasr-e Shirin was the most active entry port, through which 1.25 million tons of goods were imported.

And Bandar Imam Khomeini in southern Iran was the most active exit port, through which 1.27 million tons of commodities were exported, he added.

MP/HGL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Rohani vows to deepen ties with Turkey

0

Iranian President-elect Hassan Rohani has stressed the need for the expansion of bilateral ties between Tehran and Ankara, noting that the Iranian and Turkish nations share unique historical and cultural affinities.

Å“Expansion of all-out ties with regional and neighboring states will be a foreign policy priority for the next Iranian administration,” Rohani said on Friday.

He made the remarks in response to a message by Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan congratulating him on his victory in Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election.

On June 24, Turkish President Abdullah Gul called for further expansion of diplomatic relations and cooperation between Ankara and Tehran in diverse areas.

In a telephone conversation, Gul congratulated Rohani on his victory in the recent Iranian presidential poll, lauded the Iranian president-electâ„¢s stances, and wished the next Iranian administration success.

The Turkish president also expressed hope to meet with Rohani on the sidelines of the 68th session of the United Nations General Assembly in late September.

Rohani won 50.7 percent of the vote to secure an outright victory. In the Iranian system, if no presidential candidate receives 50 percent of the vote, the two top candidates must face off in a run-off election.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians, including more than 1.6 million first-time voters, were eligible to participate in the presidential election. The Interior Ministry put the voter turnout at 72.7 percent.

Rohani currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the Supreme National Security Council and is also a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts. He is also the director of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research.

MP/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

We’re Going Into the Greatest Depression: “They Will Not Be Able To Pull Off the Stimulus Game Again”

0


Going Into The Great Depression

Look around and you can’t miss it.

The world is on the brink… politically, economically, financially, monetarily, and militarily.

Events are accelerating. Over the last decade trend forecaster Gerald Celente has been blaring the alarms.

If you’ve been paying attention, then you’ve heard them. You know we’re going under.

And this time they’re not going to be able to stop it.

It will be worse than the panic of ’08. It will be deeper. It will be more painful and there’s a reason why… because they will not be able to pull off the stimulus game again.

Everybody got hip to it and it didn’t work. You read even the Financial times, the major media, CNBC, Bloomberg… everyone will now admit that the stimulus only bought borrowed time. So the stimulus game doesn’t work anymore, and the governments are so in debt they can’t have the fiscal policy. So you have no monetary policy and you have no fiscal policy to stimulate the economy.

We’re going into the Greatest Depression.

But they will try to boost it some way. And that’s when I believe gold and silver prices will again skyrocket. They can stay low, I believe, for another several months… even a year. But I don’t see them staying down forever.

I don’t give financial advice. I’m a long term buyer and a long term holder of gold.

Why would I want this digital paper not worth the paper it’s not printed on?

And number two on this whole area of gold and the economy… I believe they’re going to take us to war just like they did during the Great Depression. When all else fails they take you to war and we’re hearing the war drums beating louder and louder throughout the middle east as the middle east is collapsing.

…Hey, great job that Noble Peace Prize winner Obama did…

Full Interview with Gerald Celente and Greg Hunter via USA Watchdog:

(Sourced via Before It’s News)

The end result of this economic destruction for many Americans, as Celente noted in a previous interview, will be a one way ticket aboard the Auschwitz Express and global war.

Forget about stock markets, bond prices and economic statistics being released by the government. Those don’t matter unless you’re actively trading or have your money in retirement accounts (in which case you might consider making an exit).

What matters now is insulating yourself as best as possible from the coming destruction to Americans’ wealth and day-to-day lives. As Celente suggests, gold is an asset you want to be in possession of. Likewise, when our system of commerce comes to a standstill as a result of the collapse of the world’s reserve currency you need to own barterable physical assets and have them easily accessible.

We will soon see what it truly means to live (and survive) in a depression.

With nearly 50 million Americans on food stamps, 100 million on welfare, and no economic progress in sight, it won’t be long before the world as we have come to know it changes drastically.

Expect riots, starvation and bloodshed. You can be 100% sure that the government is planning for exactly this scenario.

The signs, as they were before the crash of 2008, are everywhere. It’s happening right now.

Buckle up, folks.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 819 people
Date: June 28th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

Republished with permission from:: SHTF Plan

Iran v-ballers beat Italy in World League

0

A view of the match between Iranian menâ„¢s volleyball team (in white) and Italy in Modena, Italy, on June 28, 2013

National Iranian menâ„¢s volleyball team has registered its second victory in the 2013 FIVB World League, and trounced European powerhouse Italy in a thrilling four-set match.

Iranian sportsmen outclassed their opponents 3-1 (25-23, 25-22, 22-25, 32-30) in an extraordinary game in the northern Italian city of Modena on Friday.

Iranians started the match with vigor and valor, and dominated the first set. They finished the first set 25-23.

The Iranian squad continued to exert a good spell of pressure on the hosts, claiming the second set 25-22.

The Iranian volleyball players were very close to winning the third set, but they lost it to their rivals 22-25.

But Iran came back from behind to win the fourth set 32-30.

Å“My guys fought throughout the match, from the first point to the last, without losing spirit even when [Ivan] Zaytsev kept on scoring points,” said Iranâ„¢s coach Julio Velasco. Å“We were good at seizing the opportunity and thatâ„¢s precisely what I always ask my team: Never give up!”

Å“Matches such as this need to be regarded as lessons for us,” Italyâ„¢s coach Mauro Berruto said. Å“Iran played well and won because they were more confident than us.”

Å“We played well but not as good as them,” Italyâ„¢s captain Cristian Savani said. Å“They played a fantastic match. We knew it would be difficult, and actually, they proved their high value. We did not underestimate them, but they started off great at the beginning of every set.”

Iran and Italy will face off again on Sunday at 7 p.m. local time (1700 GMT).

On June 23, Iranian volleyball players gained their first victory in the 2013 FIVB World League against Serbia.

National Iranian volleyball team defeated Serbia 3-2 (25-20, 24-26, 23-25, 25-22, 15-12) in a home match at Azadi Sports Complex in western Tehran.

MP/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

We won’t allow a coup in Egypt: Brotherhood

0

Egyptians hold an anti-government rally in Cairo. (file photo)

A senior member of Egypt’s ruling Muslim Brotherhood has warned opposition protesters that the Brotherhood will not allow a “coup” against the government of President Mohamed Morsi.

“We will not allow a coup against the president,” AFP quoted Mohamed al-Beltagui as saying to a crowd of tens of thousands of Morsi supporters in Cairo on Friday.

The opposition group Tamarod (Arabic for Rebellion) has called for mass demonstrations on Sunday, which is the first anniversary of Morsiâ„¢s inauguration, to demand his resignation and early presidential elections.

“You are not the second revolution and we are not Mubarak. We participated in the revolution,” Beltagui said, addressing Morsi’s opponents.

In a televised address on Wednesday, Morsi said the polarization of the country’s political life is “threatening to paralyze” Egypt.

He acknowledged that he had made some mistakes during his first year in office but called for national reconciliation, saying that he was open to cooperating with the opposition on constitutional reform.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of former Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption but he needs time to realize the ideals of the 2011 revolution.

MN/HGL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Kerry meets Peres over ‘peace process’

0

US Secretary of State John Kerry (R) embraces Israeli President Shimon Peres in al-Quds (Jerusalem), in the occupied Palestinian territories on June 28, 2013.

US Secretary of State John Kerry has met with the Israeli president in al-Quds (Jerusalem) as part of his efforts to revive the so-called Middle East peace process.

On Friday, Kerry met with Shimon Peres who said creating the right environment for the two-state solution is necessary.

Å“I know it’s still difficult. There are many problems” in creating Å“the right environment to open the peace,” Peres said.

Kerry’s efforts to restart direct negotiations between Israel and Palestinians for a two-state solution have stalled over Tel Aviv’s settlement policy.

On Wednesday, the Israelis announced they had approved final plans to construct another 69 new illegal settler units in East al-Quds.

The settler homes will be built in Har Homa, a settlement neighborhood in the southern sector of East al-Quds which Israel occupied in 1967

The presence and continued expansion of Israeli settlements in the occupied Palestine has created a major obstacle for the efforts made to establish peace in the Middle East.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds in 1967.

The United Nations and most countries regard the Israeli settlements as illegal because the territories were captured by Israel in the war of 1967 and are hence subject to the Geneva Conventions, which forbid construction on occupied lands.

MN/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Egypt unrest soars; 4 dead, 160 injured

0

Anti-government protesters gather around the headquarters of the Muslim Brotherhood in Alexandria, Egypt, June 28, 2013.

Four people, including one US citizen, have been killed across Egypt during clashes between tens of thousands of opponents and supporters of President Mohamed Morsi, according to Egyptian security and hospital sources.

The sources said that an Egyptian protester and a young US cameraman were killed in the deadly clashes in the port city of Alexandria on Friday.

They stated that the Egyptian was shot and the American was stabbed in the chest near the headquarters of the Muslim Brotherhood, which was set on fire by anti-government protesters.

More than 160 people were also injured during the clashes in Alexandria, Health Ministry spokesman Yahya Moussa said.

According to the Muslim Brotherhoodâ„¢s Freedom and Justice Party, one person was killed in Morsiâ„¢s hometown, Zagazig.

One demonstrator was killed and five were others wounded after a gas cylinder exploded among protesters in the northeastern city of Port Said.

The Brotherhood said anti-government protesters had attacked and ransacked eight of its offices across the country.

In the capital Cairo, tens of thousands of pro- and anti-government protesters held separate demonstrations. The protests largely remained peaceful in Tahrir Square, around the Defense Ministry and in front of the presidential palace.

Earlier in the day, Egypt’s leading clerics warned of “civil war” and appealed for calm as tension grew ahead of mass rallies planned by opposition to unseat Morsi.

“Vigilance is required to ensure we do not slide into civil war,” clerics from Egypt’s leading Muslim authority, the Al-Azhar institute, said in a statement.

The academy, which is one of the most influential centers of scholarship in the Muslim world, backed Morsiâ„¢s offer of dialogue and blamed “criminal gangs” who attacked mosques for street violence.

The Brotherhood accused liberals, who were once loyal to ousted dictator Hosni Mubarak, for inciting violence by hired “thugs”.

The United Nations, the European Union and the United States have all appealed for restraint and called on the North Africanâ„¢s political leaders to step back from the confrontation.

In a televised address on Wednesday, Morsi warned that polarized state of the country’s politics is “threatening to paralyze” Egypt.

He acknowledged that he made some mistakes during the first year of his presidency but called for national reconciliation, saying that he was open to cooperating with the opposition on constitutional reform.

On Thursday, Egypt’s main opposition coalition — the National Salvation Front (NSF) — rejected the presidentâ„¢s offer and called instead for early elections.

The NSF claimed that Morsi had failed to take responsibility for the country’s deep political polarization and failed economy.

The opposition group Tamarod (Arabic for Rebellion) has called for mass demonstrations on Sunday, which marks Morsiâ„¢s first year in office, to demand his resignation and early presidential elections.

Meanwhile, troops have been deployed across Egyptian cities ahead of the planned protests.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by the Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in a landmark election held following the ouster of Mubarak.

GJH/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Egypt's leading clerics warn of civil war

0

Protesters chant slogans against President Mohamed Morsi and the Muslim Brotherhood during a protest rally in Cairo’s Tahrir Square on June 28, 2013.

Egypt’s leading clerics have warned of “civil war” and appealed for calm as clashes between opponents and supporters of President Mohamed Morsi continue in the North African country.

“Vigilance is required to ensure we do not slide into civil war,” clerics from Cairo’s ancient Al-Azhar institute said in a statement issued on Friday, Reuters reported.

The academy, which is one of the most influential centers of scholarship in the Muslim world, also blamed “criminal gangs” who attacked mosques for street violence, which the Muslim Brotherhood says has killed five of its supporters in a week.

The clerics also urged opponents of President Morsi to accept his offer of dialogue rather than pressing on with plans for demonstrations.

In a televised address on Wednesday, Morsi warned that polarized state of the country’s politics is “threatening to paralyze” Egypt.

He acknowledged that he made some mistakes during the first year of his presidency but called for national reconciliation, saying that he was open to cooperating with the opposition on constitutional reform.

On Thursday, Egypt’s main opposition coalition — the National Salvation Front (NSF) — rejected the presidentâ„¢s offer and called instead for early elections.

The NSF claimed that Morsi had failed to take responsibility for the country’s deep political polarization and failed economy.

The opposition group Tamarod (Arabic for Rebellion) has called for mass demonstrations on Sunday, which marks Morsiâ„¢s first year in office, to demand his resignation and early presidential elections.

Meanwhile, troops have been deployed across Egyptian cities ahead of the planned protests.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in a landmark election held following the ouster of Mubarak.

MN/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

‘Iran naval group carries message of peace’

0

Iran™s military attaché to Moscow says the two vessels of the Iranian Navy dispatched to the Russian port city of Astrakhan carry the message of peace and friendship from the Iranian nation to Russia and other littoral states of the Caspian Sea.

On Friday, Colonel Soleiman Adeli said that the Joshan (Shield) and the Peykan (Arrow) will stay in the port of Astrakhan for four days.

This was the first time that Iranian Navy vessels have been dispatched to Russia, and their mission is to consolidate maritime relations between Tehran and Moscow and promote peace and friendship among all the five nations on the shores of the Caspian Sea, he stated.

The crews of the two Iranian warships will meet Russian sailors in order to share expertise and exchange views with them, Adeli added.

The Iranian military attaché to Moscow also said that the presence of the Iranian flotilla in the Russian port city of Astrakhan attests to the high level of trust between the two countries and the strength of Iran-Russia political ties.

Å“Iran and Russia both want Caspian Sea littoral states to maintain the security of the body of water without any interference from extra-regional powers. They regard the presence of outsiders in the sea as a source of tension and division,” Adeli stated.

On June 26, the deputy commander of the Iranian Navy, Rear Admiral Siavash Jarreh, said, Å“Two missile-launching warships, which were manufactured by Iranian specialists and joined the naval forces in 2003 and 2006, have been dispatched for the first time to the Russian port of Astrakhan in the form of a naval group.”

On April 21, a group of Russian Navy warships docked at the southern Iranian port city of Bandar Abbas after a long journey from the Pacific Ocean.

The Russian naval group — the Admiral Panteleyev, an anti-submarine destroyer, and two logistic battleships, the Peresvet and the Admiral Nevelskoi, with a combined crew of 712 — docked at the Iranian port on the coast of the Persian Gulf with the goal of strengthening relations between Tehran and Moscow and promoting bilateral naval cooperation in order to maintain maritime security.

In recent years, the Iranian Navy has increased its presence in international waters to protect naval routes and provide security for merchant vessels and tankers. But the Iranian Navy has never taken an aggressive stance on the open seas.

MP/HGL

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Short Film Depicts Abuse and Manipulation of the Individual by the Government

0

An abstract depiction of how we allow government to afflict us

Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

In this Operation Paul Revere entry, filmmaker Micah Ellers’ striking live action visuals and metaphors depict the abuse and manipulation of the individual by the government.

All the entries for the Operation Paul Revere contest are in. Showcased videos are selected for general interest and their selection does not imply that they are finalists or have met all the contest requirements. Watch for the online film festival site soon featuring selections with finalists and winners announced in July. All of the views expressed in the films are not necessarily endorsed by Infowars.com.

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

A Most Political and Activist Court

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/a_most_political_and_activist_court_20130628/

Posted on Jun 28, 2013

Republished with permission from:: TruthDig

Protesters in South Africa burn US flags

0

Pretoria protesters burn US flags, condemn Washingtonâ„¢s Ëœoppressiveâ„¢ policies

South Africans protest in Pretoria against Washingtonâ„¢s Å“oppressive” policies on June 28, 2013.

Hundreds of people have held a demonstration in the South African executive capital Pretoria to protest against Washingtonâ„¢s Å“oppressive” policies on the eve of a visit by US President Barack Obama to the African country.

On Friday, about 1,000 trade unionists, Muslim activists and South African Communist Party members gathered just few blocks away from the Medi-Clinic Heart Hospital in Pretoria where Nelson Mandela is critically ill.

The protesters marched towards the US Embassy, shouting slogans denouncing Obamaâ„¢s foreign policy as “arrogant and oppressive”. They also burnt US flags.

In a car park outside the embassy, Muslim protesters held prayers, and leader Imam Sayeed Mohammed stated, “We hope that Mandela feels better and that Obama can learn from him.”

The US president landed at a military airbase near Pretoria on Friday evening for a visit that will pay homage to a man he calls his “personal hero”.

Mandela’s ex-wife, Winnie Madikizela-Mandela, said the 94-year-old had made “a great improvement” in recent days, but was “still unwell,” adding that she felt it would not be right for Obama to visit Mandela while he was in a critical condition.

The protesters said Obama, the first African-American president of the United States, should not try to link himself to South Africaâ„¢s anti-apartheid icon.

Å“Mandela valued human life… Mandela would condemn drone attacks and civilian deaths, Mandela cannot be his hero, he cannot be on that list,” said Yousha Tayob, a protester.

Å“We had expectations of America’s first Black president. Knowing Africa’s history, we expected more,” said Khomotso Makola, a 19-year-old law student. Å“He has come as a disappointment, I think Mandela too would be disappointed and feel let down.”

The US has increasingly turned to drones to carry out covert strikes in several countries, such as Pakistan, Afghanistan, Somalia, and Yemen. Washington claims its drone strikes target militants, although casualty figures show that civilians are often the victims of the non-UN-sanctioned attacks.

During his trip to Johannesburg, Cape Town, and Pretoria, Obama is scheduled to visit Robben Island, where Mandela was imprisoned for 18 years of the 27 years he spent in prisons during the apartheid era.

On June 8, Mandela was taken to hospital to be treated for a recurring lung infection.

On June 25, South African President Jacob Zuma issued a statement, saying that doctors are doing their best to ensure Mandelaâ„¢s recovery and comfort.

“We must support him and support his family,” Zuma said, adding, “We must demonstrate our love and appreciation for his leadership during the struggle for liberation and in our first few years of freedom and democracy by living out his legacy and promoting unity, non-racialism, non-sexism and prosperity in our country.”

The Nobel Peace laureate, who led the country to democracy in 1994, left office in 1999 after serving one term as president.

Seen as South Africaâ„¢s moral compass, the highly revered leader announced his retirement from public life in 2004, but continued to make a few public appearances.

GJH/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Protesters in South Africa burn US flags

3

Pretoria protesters burn US flags, condemn Washingtonâ„¢s Ëœoppressiveâ„¢ policies

South Africans protest in Pretoria against Washingtonâ„¢s Å“oppressive” policies on June 28, 2013.

Hundreds of people have held a demonstration in the South African executive capital Pretoria to protest against Washingtonâ„¢s Å“oppressive” policies on the eve of a visit by US President Barack Obama to the African country.

On Friday, about 1,000 trade unionists, Muslim activists and South African Communist Party members gathered just few blocks away from the Medi-Clinic Heart Hospital in Pretoria where Nelson Mandela is critically ill.

The protesters marched towards the US Embassy, shouting slogans denouncing Obamaâ„¢s foreign policy as “arrogant and oppressive”. They also burnt US flags.

In a car park outside the embassy, Muslim protesters held prayers, and leader Imam Sayeed Mohammed stated, “We hope that Mandela feels better and that Obama can learn from him.”

The US president landed at a military airbase near Pretoria on Friday evening for a visit that will pay homage to a man he calls his “personal hero”.

Mandela’s ex-wife, Winnie Madikizela-Mandela, said the 94-year-old had made “a great improvement” in recent days, but was “still unwell,” adding that she felt it would not be right for Obama to visit Mandela while he was in a critical condition.

The protesters said Obama, the first African-American president of the United States, should not try to link himself to South Africaâ„¢s anti-apartheid icon.

Å“Mandela valued human life… Mandela would condemn drone attacks and civilian deaths, Mandela cannot be his hero, he cannot be on that list,” said Yousha Tayob, a protester.

Å“We had expectations of America’s first Black president. Knowing Africa’s history, we expected more,” said Khomotso Makola, a 19-year-old law student. Å“He has come as a disappointment, I think Mandela too would be disappointed and feel let down.”

The US has increasingly turned to drones to carry out covert strikes in several countries, such as Pakistan, Afghanistan, Somalia, and Yemen. Washington claims its drone strikes target militants, although casualty figures show that civilians are often the victims of the non-UN-sanctioned attacks.

During his trip to Johannesburg, Cape Town, and Pretoria, Obama is scheduled to visit Robben Island, where Mandela was imprisoned for 18 years of the 27 years he spent in prisons during the apartheid era.

On June 8, Mandela was taken to hospital to be treated for a recurring lung infection.

On June 25, South African President Jacob Zuma issued a statement, saying that doctors are doing their best to ensure Mandelaâ„¢s recovery and comfort.

“We must support him and support his family,” Zuma said, adding, “We must demonstrate our love and appreciation for his leadership during the struggle for liberation and in our first few years of freedom and democracy by living out his legacy and promoting unity, non-racialism, non-sexism and prosperity in our country.”

The Nobel Peace laureate, who led the country to democracy in 1994, left office in 1999 after serving one term as president.

Seen as South Africaâ„¢s moral compass, the highly revered leader announced his retirement from public life in 2004, but continued to make a few public appearances.

GJH/MHB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Iran v-ballers beat Italy in World League

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The Iranian men’s volleyball team has registered its second victory in the 2013 FIVB World League, defeating European powerhouse Italy 3-1 in a thrilling four-set match in Modena, Italy.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Big Brother, not Snowden and Greenwald, Is the Story

0

“Instead of being adversaries to government power … [the media of Washington, D.C., are] … servants to it and mouthpieces for it.”
 
So said the Guardian’s Glenn Greenwald, who broke the story of Edward Snowden’s disclosure of NSA spying on the American people, after Greenwald’s confrontation with Meet the Press’s David Gregory. Greenwald needn’t have limited his observation to the D.C. media. Plenty of reporters and cable-news talking heads are playing the same role in the NSA drama.
 
Indeed, if they spent half the time investigating Obama’s Big Brother operations that they spend sneering at Snowden and Greenwald, Americans might demand that the government stop spying on them.
 
But to much of the mainstream (and not-so-mainstream) media, Snowden and Greenwald – not the NSA, the Obama administration, and the supine Congress – are the story – a story of villainy.
 
The examples are endless. The day after Snowden revealed himself as the whistleblower, Joe Scarborough, the former Republican congressman and host of MSNBC’s Morning Joe, ordered his director to take the image of “that weasel” off the screen. The other day, his sidekick, Mika Brzezinski, asked, “Is there anything we can do to track him down?” (Emphasis added.) She meant the government.
 
Brzezinski went on to accuse Snowden of taking the job with NSA contractor Booz Allen Hamilton “to screw over our government.” That’s how one who speaks power to truth spins it. Snowden’s service to the American people is hardly undercut by his having taken the job intending to expose government violations of the Fourth Amendment.
 
MSNBC’s self-identification as a progressive network is hard to square with its unrelenting assaults on Snowden and Greenwald, and its de-emphasis of NSA surveillance. Andrea Mitchell, who functions as the network’s chief diplomatic stenographer, wondered why the NSA was hiring contractors when it could be recruiting people with the “right value system” from the military. (She’s forgotten that whistleblower Bradley Manning is in the military.) Chris Matthews of Hardball says that any foreign government that won’t turn Snowden over to the U.S. government is “no buddy of ours.”
 
MSNBC personnel routinely describe Greenwald as “defensive,” which apparently is their code word for people who push back at stupid questions. For example, when Gregory asked Greenwald if he could be indicted for “aiding and abetting” Snowden, and Greenwald asked in return how a journalist could equate reporting with criminal activity, he was treated with disdain. Gregory even questioned Greenwald’s journalistic credentials, as did Paul Farhi of the Washington Post.
 
I’ve focused on MSNBC because it has so egregiously and persistently circled the wagons around the government. It’s an old story: TV hosts and reporters need access to government officials, but access is jeopardized if they antagonize those officials. Better to play it safe and sneer at Snowden and Greenwald.
 
You don’t have to work for MSNBC to suck up to power. Op-ed writers from conservative David Brooks to progressive Richard Cohen have tried to portray Snowden as an alienated oddball, as though no one could have a legitimate purpose in unmasking government surveillance. (Brooks thought it relevant to write that Snowden “has not been a regular presence around his mother’s house for years.” Really!) Pundits repeatedly refer to Snowden’s having dropped out of high school, which apparently signals some serious moral or mental defect in the young man. More likely he was bored with the dull and regimented curriculum so typical of government high schools.
 
Others have tried to read much into Snowden’s stops in Hong Kong and Moscow. He might be a spy, they suggest. But wouldn’t a spy have kept his identity secret while selling his information to “the enemy”? It doesn’t occur to the pundits that Snowden’s priority right now is to stay out of the clutches of the U.S. government. Snowden has no moral obligation to be a martyr. Let’s not forget how Bradley Manning has been treated for his disclosures of government wrongdoing. He faces life imprisonment.
 
Snowden and Greenwald have not “aided the enemy” – unless the American people are the government’s enemy. What they have done is embarrass the Obama administration by exposing criminal activity.
 
For the media’s defenders of power against truth, that’s inexcusable.
 
Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation in Fairfax, Va.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

U.S. Park Police Can’t Account for “Hundreds” of Guns, Report Says

0

A scathing report from the Interior Department’s Office of Inspector General (OIG) claims that the U.S. Park Police (USPP) hasn’t the first clue how many guns it possesses or where they are and, furthermore, doesn’t really care.

This “lackadaisical attitude toward firearms management” leads to “conditions that would allow for theft and misuse of firearms, and the ability to conceal the fact if weapons were missing,” Deputy Inspector General Mary L. Kendall wrote in a memorandum accompanying the report.

OIG initiated its review of USPP’s firearms policies in response to an anonymous complaint that (1) USPP could not account for government-issued military-style rifles, (2) the agency had not conducted a weapons inventory because it could not account for all its weapons, and (3) some of the missing weapons might have been taken by USPP officers for personal use.

It took just five days of unannounced reviews of USPP weapons-storage areas for OIG to confirm those allegations.

“We discovered that hundreds of handguns, rifles, and shotguns were not listed on official USPP inventory records,” OIG reported. “Many of these had serial numbers that had not been submitted to USPP property officers for inclusion into the property management system. We also found weapons in areas other than their assigned locations.”

Although the National Park Service (NPS) Handbook requires agencies under NPS control, including USPP, to acquire only those firearms needed for law-enforcement purposes, OIG “discovered more than 1,400 extra weapons,” including “477 military-style automatic and semiautomatic rifles” and some that “fulfilled no operational need” – all this for an agency with just 640 officers.

USPP’s inventory controls are “incomplete and poorly managed,” wrote OIG. Inventories are conducted on a semiannual basis, but no one verifies that the contents of the submitted inventory forms are accurate. USPP could not supply a current weapons inventory to OIG because it was unable to access an Interior Department database. The current USPP firearms custodian maintains his own inventory document and is trying to bring it up to date, but given “numerous errors on past official inventory records,” he “had no idea how many firearms USPP possessed as of the date of our interview,” said the report.

In addition, noted OIG:

The Force Firearms Custodian said he continued to find and receive weapons from different locations without NPS property numbers. According to his estimate, approximately 100 firearms, including shotguns and automatic weapons, did not have NPS property numbers and did not appear on inventory records. The Force Firearms Custodian provided several examples of poor weapons accountability. He recovered a USPP handgun from a U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) OIG special agent who previously had been employed on a USPP special weapons and tactics team. According to the Force Firearms Custodian, the HUD agent ran a firearms qualification course in 2011 for former law enforcement officers who continued to carry firearms while retired. A former USPP Chief attended this training and still carried a handgun identified as USPP property. The HUD agent took the weapon from the former Chief and returned it to USPP. The Force Firearms Custodian did not know why the former Chief had retained the firearm. OIG is unaware of how USPP accounted for this weapon on the inventories that followed his retirement.

OIG discovered two other officers who were keeping USPP firearms at their residences without authorization; one was storing a semiautomatic rifle he had been issued while detailed to the 2013 presidential inauguration.

USPP often acquires firearms from other government agencies, but it does not follow proper procedures either to obtain the weapons or to inventory them. The USPP chief of police is supposed to sign off on all weapons acquisitions, but the current chief, Teresa Chambers, “did not recall any instance where a written request for weapons had been presented her,” OIG found. Despite this, USPP has acquired over 200 guns from other agencies in the last 13 months. While some are in the possession of the firearms custodian, others are not; and the ones that are in his possession have not been added to the official inventory because he plans to destroy them.

Then there is the matter of weapons the agency doesn’t – and can’t – even use anymore. OIG found that USPP still has 20 World War II-era M1 Garand rifles and four Prohibition-era Thompson submachine (“Tommy”) guns. The agency says it has no policy for destroying or otherwise disposing of these guns.

None of this, naturally, has happened in a vacuum. Lower-level USPP personnel have been careless in their acquisition and control of firearms because their superiors have shown no interest in such matters either.

The firearms custodian, for instance, sent a memorandum to Chambers in 2011 concerning the inventory discrepancies he had discovered. He told OIG that when he asked Chambers for direction, “she told him to continue to resolve the discrepancies” but offered no “specific direction on what he was supposed to do or a specific date for completion.” His supervisors likewise showed little interest in his progress, requesting no “regular detailed briefings.”

While USPP – believe it or not – has no policy for reporting and investigating missing weapons, the Interior Department does. It requires a “board of survey” to investigate missing “sensitive property” such as firearms, according to OIG. The firearms custodian submitted paperwork requesting a board of survey inquiry in October 2011, but no inquiry appears to have taken place. A training branch captain who has been the USPP board of survey chairman since 2009 “said that he had never conducted a board of survey and did not know who its members were,” but he did not believe one was necessary in the case of missing weapons. Another official said the last board of survey for weapons had been conducted in 2010. Still another knew the board of survey should have been conducted but never followed up to see that it was. And “Chief Chambers stated that she was not aware of what a board of survey was and whether it was required to be conducted for missing weapons.”

All this adds up to a “decade-long theme of inaction and indifference of USPP leadership and management at all levels,” Kendall charged in her memorandum. “Historical evidence indicates that this indifference is a product of years of inattention to administrative detail and management principles.”

She recommended that USPP establish “a professionally responsible firearms management program” but expressed “little confidence that USPP has the managerial commitment to carry out this effort without direct and frequent oversight from the National Park Service and OIG.”

Everyone at USPP knows, of course, that he has little to fear from this report. Promises of improvement have been and will be made, but precious little is likely to change. Even if one of USPP’s guns were actually used in the commission of a crime, well, look at how many heads have rolled over Fast and Furious. There simply is nothing to be gained by expending the time and effort necessary to control its weapons inventory.

There may, however, be something to be gained from showing the OIG report to the next gun-control advocate who assures you that only the government can be trusted with firearms.

Photo of a Thompson submachine gun

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Marco Rubio's Big Immigration Mistake

0

What a sad transformation it’s been to see Senator Marco Rubio go from being a Tea Party hero to an apologist for the Gang of Eight’s immigration bill.

Back in 2010, Rubio was a handsome and articulate State Senator in Florida when he decided to run for the U.S. Senate. Doing so meant defying the Republican establishment’s hand-picked selection, then-Governor Charlie Crist.

There were two make-or-break issues in the Republican primary that year. The first was Barack Obama’s massively expensive stimulus program. Crist was so enamored of it that he actually agreed to have a photograph taken of him publicly embracing the President. We’ll never know how many votes that hug cost him, but it was a bunch.

Rubio said that counting on federal handouts to create jobs was a huge mistake. He called instead for letting the free enterprise system work, by lowering taxes and reducing regulation. The voters made it clear which message they preferred.

The other issue that marked a sharp disagreement between the two candidates was immigration reform and, in particular, amnesty for the millions of people who were in this country illegally. Crist endorsed amnesty; Rubio, the son of immigrants from Cuba, said he was unalterably opposed to it. In speech after speech, Rubio repeated this warning in some form: If you grant amnesty in any form, you will destroy any chance we ever have of having a legal immigration system that works here in America.

It was those two stands, more than any others, that made Rubio a Tea Party favorite and led to his victory over his much more liberal opponent. Crist subsequently resigned from the Republican Party and joined the Democrats.

But since then, Rubio agreed to become one of four Republican members of the Senate’s Gang of Eight. Since two of his Republican colleagues were John McCain of Arizona and Lindsay Graham of South Carolina and the Democrat members included Chuck Schumer of New York and Robert Menendez of New Jersey, you won’t be surprised to learn that the final agreement includes amnesty.

It was also apparent that a whole lot of horse-trading was going on behind the scenes to ensure passage of the bill. Senator Ted Cruz (R-Texas), one of the Tea Party heroes who has not abandoned his opposition to the current immigration bill, castigated the “laundry list of buyoffs” that has been made to insure a favorable vote. These include:

– Diverting a chunk of the money for border security to Maine – a State that, so far as I know, has never had a problem with illegal immigrants hiking in from Canada – to win the support of Susan Collins, that State’s Senator.

– Some special bequests for the seafood industry in Alaska, so that State’s two Senators, Lisa Murkowski and Mark Begich, will get behind the bill.

– And in one of the smelliest deals of all, a $1.5 billion jobs program, the price demanded by Vermont’s socialist Senator Bernie Sanders for his support.

All of that helps explain why Cruz said, “Rarely do we see so transparently how votes in the Senate are bought and sold.” Oh yes we have, Senator. It’s just that in the past they were called “earmarks.”

After weeks of behind-the-scenes wheeling and dealing, the current immigration bill was finally made available for Senators to see on the afternoon of Friday, June 21. The Senate was expected to vote on some of its most important provisions just 72 hours later. Does the process remind you of the way ObamaCare was rushed through Congress?

No matter. The bill was approved Thursday by a vote of 68-32, followed by a ton of self-congratulation among the victorious Senators. The measure now goes to the House of Representatives, where it will face a much tougher battle.

If there’s any lesson we’ve learned over the recent past, it’s that we can’t trust a politician’s promise. Yet that’s exactly what this current measure does when it comes to protecting our borders. It calls for beginning the legalization process now and says that border protection will follow. “Trust us on this” is the refrain.

Are they crazy?

The proposal says that the border is “secure” when it catches or keeps out 90 percent of those who try to enter the country illegally. That’s far from perfect, but it’s sure a heck of a lot better than we’ve been doing.

The question is: Who decides when that goal is achieved? The current legislation calls for the President and his minions to make that determination. We’re supposed to trust the same folks who have screwed up on so many fronts for so long. That’s ridiculous.

Instead, Congress should be the branch that determines when our border is secure. Members of the House of Representatives are a lot more accountable to the voters than any President – especially a lame duck who won’t run for office again.

What This Bill Doesn’t Do

There’s been a lot of talk about what this bill does, including all of the promises about tightening up our borders. But far more important is something it doesn’t do. In fact, it’s an issue that is almost never even mentioned in the immigration debate.

I’m referring to the absurdity of granting citizenship to each and every child who is born within our borders – no matter if the parents are here legally or not.

That’s right. It is the official policy of the U.S. government that any child, born in this country to illegal immigrants, automatically and immediately becomes a citizen of the United States.

Such infants are sometimes referred to as “anchor babies,” because their immediate and automatic citizenship is the “anchor” on which a host of other claims, from welfare to others’ citizenship, can be made.

On the face of it, this sounds patently absurd. How can a newborn baby be eligible for citizenship when his parents are not? Not merely eligible, mind you, but granted it automatically? The new citizen is immediately entitled to all the benefits that accompany citizenship: schooling, medical care, food stamps and other welfare, and a whole host of “public assistance.”

This is not how it should be. Yes, it’s true we are a nation of immigrants. But what a difference there is between this process and what our predecessors experienced. Many of us have grandparents or great-grandparents who overcame incredible obstacles to become citizens of this country. Before they were accepted, they had to pass a rigorous and demanding test. The questions they were asked and their answers had to be in English.

As an essential part of the process, every immigrant was required to renounce allegiance to the country he had left and to swear allegiance to his newly adopted home, the United States. And every new citizen was thrilled to do so.

There was a solemn ceremony, often conducted by a judge sitting high on a bench above them, issuing the oath of allegiance. Friends and family welcomed the new citizens with flag waving, hugs and tears, and enthusiastic applause.

That is what citizenship for an immigrant used to mean – and still does, for many adults who follow the rules. But today, we are required to grant the same privileges to anyone whose mother can sneak across our border a few hours before her baby is born. That is insane. And it must be changed, if we ever hope to regain control of our immigration policies.

Rubio recognizes that many of his supporters disagree with him on immigration. A Rasmussen poll says his support among conservatives has dropped 15 percent since February.

Rubio admits it’s been difficult for him to hear “the growing anger in the voices of so many people who helped me get elected to the Senate and who I agree with on virtually every other issue.”

Rubio, there’s an easy solution here: Please come back to your base. Remember why so many of us hailed your triumph three years ago. And return to the principles that lead to your amazing victory.

As the son of (legal) immigrants and a proud Hispanic yourself, you are in a unique position to insist that first we must secure our borders. That’s our right – and our obligation. And that we must end the absurdity of granting instant citizenship to anchor babies.

If you’ll use your eloquence and enthusiasm to make sure we don’t compromise here, you’ll be doing a huge service to the country you love.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

Chip Wood was the first news editor of The Review of the News and also wrote for American Opinion, our two predecessor publications. He is now the geopolitical editor of Personal Liberty Digest, where his Straight Talk column appears weekly. This article first appeared in PersonalLiberty.com and has been reprinted with permission.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Experts: Duo a ‘win’ for al-Qaeda

0

O’Ryan Johnson
bostonherald.com
June 28, 2013

Accused terrorist brothers Dzhokhar and the slain Tamerlan Tsarnaev were textbook 
examples of the lone wolves that al-Qaeda seeks to inspire, and have to be counted as a victory for the Islamic jihadi movement, security experts said about the detailed evidence trail laid out in Dzhokhar’s 30-count federal 
indictment.

The 74-page document lists a series of Muslim extremist texts that Dzhokhar, 19, downloaded to his computer, as well as a terrorist’s do-it-yourself bomb-making guide published by the al-Qaeda online magazine “Inspire.”

“They put all this stuff online to inspire people to action,” said John Pike of GlobalSecurity.org, about al-Qaeda’s longstanding strategy of inspiring individuals worldwide to launch attacks of their own. “It makes it difficult to track who is doing what. Whereas if they try to organize something like Sept. 11, they get caught.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 4:17 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

EPA Ups Allowable Residue of Monsanto's Toxic Herbicide on Food

0

In a little reported development, the Environmental Protection Agency last week issued a new rule raising the allowable concentration of Monsanto’s herbicide glyphosate, otherwise known as Roundup, on food crops, animal feed and edible oils

(Photo: msdonnalee/ Flickr) Despite the proven risk, this ruling is clearly a result of successful lobbying effort on the part of the Ag Giant to raise the residue limits of this toxic chemical.

“Glyphosate has been shown in several recent studies to be an endocrine disruptor,” writes the Cornucopia Institute, in a statement about the news. “According to the National Institutes of Health, endocrine disruptors could have long-term effects on public health, especially reproductive health. And the ‘dose makes the poison’ rule does not apply to endocrine disruptors, which wreak havoc on our bodies at low doses.”

They continue:

A June 2013 study concluded that glyphosate “exerted proliferative effects in human hormone-dependent breast cancer.” An April 2013 study by an MIT scientist concluded that “glyphosate enhances the damaging effects of other food borne chemical residues and environmental toxins,” and pointed out that glyphosate’s “negative impact on the body is insidious and manifests slowly over time as inflammation damages cellular systems throughout the body.”

The new regulations permit concentrations higher than the levels some scientists belive are carcinogenic, the Food Poisoning Bulletin adds.

Under the new regulation, fruits can have concentrations from 200 ppb to 500 ppb glyphosate, oilseed crops can contain up to 40 ppm (40,000 ppb) glyphosate, and root crops such as potatoes and beets can contain 6000 ppb glyphosate. Animal feed can contain up to 100 ppm (100,000 ppb) glyphosate.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Senators Blast NSA for 'Secret' Interpretation of Laws

0

Lawmakers blasted the Obama administration for their “secret reinterpretation” of known laws, which they say has effectively “mislead” both the public and their representatives, granting the federal government broad powers to monitor and mine the world’s communications.

In a letter addressed to Intel Chief James Clapper Thursday, 26 Senators demanded answers regarding the legality of the NSA spy program. (Photo: J. Scott Applewhite/ AP) “We are concerned that by depending on secret interpretations of the Patriot Act that differed from an intuitive reading of the statute, this program essentially relied for years on a secret body of law,” writes the group of 26 Senators in a letter sent Thursday.

“This and misleading statements by intelligence officials have prevented our constituents from evaluating the decisions that their government was making, and will unfortunately undermine trust in government more broadly.”

Civil liberties groups–who have issued repeated warnings regarding the Patriot Act and the changes to FISA in 2008–may or may not find the lawmakers’ surprise convincing given Congress’s role in passing both pieces of legislation.

The letter–addressed to Director of National Security, James Clapper–demands that the intelligence chief answer a series of questions on the scale and legal justification for the widespread secret spy campaign recently revealed by the Guardian via documents leaked by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden.

They write:

To ensure that an informed discussion on PATRIOT Act authorities can take place, we ask that you direct the Intelligence Community to provide unclassified answers to the following questions:

  • How long has the NSA used PATRIOT Act authorities to engage in bulk collection of Americans’ records? Was this collection underway when the law was reauthorized in 2006?
  • Has the NSA used USA PATRIOT Act authorities to conduct bulk collection of any other types of records pertaining to Americans, beyond phone records’?
  • Has the NSA collected or made any plans to collect Americans’ cell–site location data in bulk’?
  • Have there been any violations of the court orders permitting this bulk collection, or of the rules governing access to these records? If so, please describe these violations.
  • Please identify any specific examples of instances in which intelligence gained by reviewing phone records obtained through Section 215 bulk collection proved useful in thwarting a particular terrorist plot.
  • Please provide specific examples of instances in which useful intelligence was gained by reviewing phone records that could not have been obtained without the bulk collection authority, if such examples exist.
  • Please describe the employment status of all persons with conceivable access to this data, including IT professionals, and detail whether they are federal employees, civilian or military, or contractors.

As their colleagues in the Senate spout false statistics about the efficacy of the dragnet program and denounce Snowden as a “traitor,” the coalition behind the letter–which was organized by Sen. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.)–admitted in a press statement that this reliance on secret law raises “serious civil liberty concerns and all but removes the public from an informed national security and civil liberty debate.”

The Senators signing the letter are: Ron Wyden (D-Or), Mark Udall (D-Co), Lisa Murkowski (R-Alaska), Patrick Leahy (D-Vt), Mark Kirk (R-Il), Dick Durbin (D-Il), Tom Udall (D-NM), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Jon Tester (D-Mt), Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Dean Heller (R- Nev),Mark Begich (D-Alaska), Bernie Sanders (I-Vt), Patty Murray (D-Wash), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore), Mazie Hirono (D-Hawaii), Al Franken (D-Minn), Tom Harkin (D-Iowa), Chris Coons (D-Del), Maria Cantwell (D-Wash), Richard Blumenthal (D-Conn), Max Baucus (D-Mont), Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass), Martin Heinrich (D-NM), Tammy Baldwin (D-Wisc) and Mike Lee (R-Utah)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

America’s Newest Global War

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/americas_newest_global_war_20130628/

Posted on Jun 28, 2013

Republished with permission from:: TruthDig

The Blue Killer Frog

0

Planet.Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

British experts have successfully bred a rare species of frog that is so poisonous it can kill ten men.

The blue poison dart frog is only 2.5cm long and is usually found in the tropical forests of Costa Rica and Brazil.

But the species is under threat in South America, where their habitat is being destroyed.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 4:00 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Euro Zone Set to Keep Shrinking

0

PAUL HANNON
online.wsj.com
June 28, 2013

An indicator that has correctly recorded contractions in the euro zone suggests the currency area’s economy shrank for a seventh straight quarter in the three months to the end of June, extending its longest postwar slump.

Official figures for second-quarter economic activity won’t be released until Aug. 14, but the monthly Eurocoin measure of euro-zone output released Friday signaled a contraction for June, having earlier signaled declines in activity in April and May.

The measure, which is compiled by the London-based Center for Economic Policy Research and the Bank of Italy, also showed a drop in gross domestic product in each of the three months of the first quarter, an indication borne out later when official data showed the euro-zone economy shrank by 0.2%, the equivalent to an annualized decline of 0.9%.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 4:00 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

EU makes bank creditors bear losses as Cyprus bail-in becomes blue-print for rescues

0

Bruno Waterfield
telegraph.co.uk
June 28, 2013

The new guidelines have the aim of ensuring that taxpayers are no longer the first in line to take on the burden of banking failures following a European sovereign debt crisis driven by multi-trillion government bailouts and guarantees for the financial sector since 2008.

Jeroen Dijsselbloem, the chairman of the Eurogroup of finance ministers, hailed the agreement as a major step towards a “banking union” and away from state funded aid to recapitalise or bailout troubled banks across Europe.

“For the first time, we agreed on a significant bail-in to shield taxpayers, to break the vicious circle of sovereigns and banks, and to induce banks to behave more responsibly,” he said early on Thursday morning.

“This is a clear signal to the markets and citizens, and another major step forward towards a banking union. If a bank gets in trouble we will now, throughout Europe, have one set of rules on who pays the bill. The financial sector itself will now to a very, very large extent become responsible for dealing with its own problems.”

In March, he said that the heavy losses inflicted on depositors in Cyprus would be the template for future baking crises across Europe.

Greg Clark, the financial secretary to the Treasury, declared that Britain was happy with the new rules after securing concessions allowing governments flexibility on how to tailor bank “resolution” to national circumstances and existing British arrangements on banking levies.

“Tonight’s agreement on the Bank Resolution and Recovery Directive is a major step forward. Our priority all along has been to agree resolution tools that work in practice and I am pleased to say that the rules of the game have now changed — gone are the days when European taxpayers will be forced to bail-out a failing bank,” he said.

“The agreement represents a big success for the UK.”

Negotiations, which have already lasted a year, are not yet completed and now face talks with the European Parliament, a process that will drag on until the end of the year.

Under the deal, after 2018 bank shareholders will be first in line for assuming the losses of a failed bank before bondholders and certain large depositors. Insured deposits under £85,000 (€100,000) are exempt and, with specific exemptions, uninsured deposits of individuals and small companies are given preferred status in the bail-in pecking order for taking losses.

Britain and other countries pushed for flexibility allowing for a mandatory minimum bail-in level of 8pc of a failed bank’s total liabilities before resolution funds, paid for by levies, can be drawn upon. Britain also secured wriggle room to shield certain creditors, such as bonds held by other financial institutions, in defined circumstances to avoid financial instability and systemic crisis.

Following the minimum bail-in trigger, governments are allowed to use resolution funds, usually funded by banking levies or state money, capped at 5pc of a bank’s debts, to recapitalise it, shielding other creditors in financial institutions such pension funds.

France and Germany clashed over the conditions and circumstances allowing the eurozone’s €500bn bailout fund, the European Stability Mechanism (ESM), to be used to rescue banks. “The talks were lengthy, quite difficult and intense,” admitted Wolfgang Schaeuble, the German finance minister.

Under the deal all unsecured bondholders must be hit for losses before a bank can eligible to receive capital injections directly from the ESM, with no retrospective use of the fund before 2018.

Heralding battles ahead over the use of the ESM, Pierre Moscovici, the French finance minister, claimed he had “got what we wanted” against German opposition, a statement that might cause domestic trouble for Angela Merkel, the German Chancellor, during a summer general election campaign.

“It would not have been coherent on the one hand to put in place a direct mechanism for recapitalisation and on the other to exclude the ESM from the game of flexibility,” he said.

Your TV’s Are Draining Your Life

0

TruthSoldier
Planet Infowars
June 28, 2013

Your televisions are sucking your Life out. The amount of noise that they generate is not normal. That blank stare that you get when you are lying on your couch without any energy is not normal. The lights that it is generating for your eyes to see are not natural. The flicker rate, etc. None of that exists in nature. You are being drained, every day. You can’t seem to pull away from it once you find a show that excites you. You find yourself wanting to get up and do other things but you can’t. it’s overwhelming your senses. While you are watching it, you are feeling all kinds of different sensations. None of them feel quite right. Your Bible is gathering dust. You would read it, but you have to watch what’s in front of you. You feel anxious and you don’t understand why. You are getting daily headaches and you can’t figure out what’s going on. Sometimes it feels like you can barely move. Your bones ache and crack, your muscles get sore, and you just want to feel like you remember feeling as a kid.

Fluorescent light bulbs are hurting your eyes in your house. Those dang lights always seem too bright. Yet you can’t see without them at night time. Even during the day, there isn’t always enough light to see, so you have to turn on those damn florescent lights. Those lights make your eyes feel tired, and weak. You would love to figure out another way to light your house but candles are just so dang expensive. Sitting in the dark isn’t fun either. You can’t see well enough to read or do much in the dark, and your skin craves sunlight whenever you sit in the dark for too long.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:56 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Vatican priest arrested for plot to smuggle $26 million from Switzerland

0

New York Post
June 28, 2013

A Vatican cleric and two other people were arrested Friday by Italian police for allegedly trying to smuggle 20 million euros ($26 million) in cash into the country from Switzerland by private jet. It’s the latest scandal to hit the Holy See and broadens an Italian probe into its secretive bank.

Monsignor Nunzio Scarano, already under investigation in a purported money-laundering plot involving the Vatican bank, is accused of corruption and slander and was being held at a Rome prison, prosecutor Nello Rossi told reporters.

Scarano’s arrest came just two days after Pope Francis created a commission of inquiry into the Vatican bank to get to the bottom of the problems that have plagued it for decades and contributed to the impression that it’s an unregulated, offshore tax haven.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:53 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Political Correctness and Language

0

Political Correctness Gone Mad

Planet Infowars
June 28, 2013

Political correctness has affected people’s communication in the United States. Political Correctness has gone mad through the halls of congress and the White House. Obama even passed a bill H.R. 1913, Hate Crimes Prevention Act of 2009. (Akers) The Bill was passed on the April 29th of the last year. Critics of the measure now contend that, the bill will force local and state law enforcement to prosecute and sentence individuals not only for the crimes they commit, but also for their beliefs. (Akers) This slippery slope will take the country down the road, towards eventually criminalizing the thoughts of the American people.

The Hate Crime Bill will also prevent religious beliefs because the bankers are in control now. Thomas Jefferson once said, “Banking foundations are more dangerous than standing armies.” Islam forbids monetary interest, so therefore when a Muslim politician stands against interest on loans, he could be arrested. “This unconstitutional hate crimes bill raises the possibility that religious leaders or members of religious groups could become the subject of a criminal investigation focusing on a suspect’s religious beliefs, membership in religious organizations and any statements made by a suspect,” said Rep. Broun.

We are now in “double dip recession,” (which is depression) and people will not resist it. Americans will at the least criticize the Obama administration. The main stream media invokes race war to divide and concur; I’m sick and tired of seeing that. When a person criticizes Obama, the media calls them racist. A MSNBC host was telling the public that “socialist” is a code term for the N-word. This tactic discourages African Americans from protesting with the tea parties, which are against both the Democrats and Republicans. People who voted for Obama feel betrayed because he is continuing the policies of George Bush. This tactic is manipulating the perception of well meaning citizens across the country and it’s dangerous. This also violates freedom of assembly, just like the media did with Dr. Martin Luther King.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:51 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Derail the amnesty express: Kevin O’Brien

0

Kevin OBrien
cleveland.com
June 28, 2013

This all looks so distressingly, depressingly familiar.

People working on Capitol Hill have spent months building a massive bill that would greatly expand federal power and reach while raining gifts on favored constituencies.

At the last moment, the introduction of an equally massive amended version has thrown the process into darkness and the potential effects of the legislation into confusion. Once again, we won’t really know what is in a piece of legislation that will affect the lives of every American – and millions of unlawful trespassers on American soil – until it passes.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:51 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

California chalk protester hit with gag-order

0

A California man facing more than a decade in prison for writing with chalk on public sidewalks has been told he’s barred from discussing the details of his controversial case outside of court.

Judge Howard Shore issued a gag-order in a San Diego, California
courtroom this week against Jeff Olson, a 40-year-old activist
that used washable children’s chalk to scribble anti-bank slogans
in public space last year.

According to the San Diego Reader, the gag-order issued on Friday
also applies to witnesses, members of the jury and potentially
others, a measure that Truth-Out editor Mark Karlin said is
“unprecedented” for a misdemeanor trial.

Olson has been charged with 13 misdemeanor counts of vandalism for chalking
slogans such as “No Thanks, Big Banks” and “Shame on Bank of
America” on the sidewalks outside of branches in the San Diego
area throughout 2012. Now as the criminal trial against him wages
on in Southern California, the defendant and anyone remotely
involved in the case is reportedly muzzled by a ban that could
bring media coverage of the case to a grinding halt.

The Reader reports that Judge Shore issued the gag-order during
Friday’s hearing after expressing her discontent with comments
Olson made about his potential sentencing. According to the
charge sheet filed by the city of San Diego, Olson could be
subjected to $13,000 in fines and a maximum of 13 years in prison
if convicted, prompting the defendant to make a myriad of remarks
in recent weeks, including one to the U-T San Diego newspaper
that called the prosecution, “an unconstitutional overreach
and a total waste of taxpayer money
.”

Commenting to reporters on Friday, Judge Shore said a decade
behind bars was “not going to happen” and insisted she
“would be surprised if it ever happened to any defendant with
no criminal record
.”

Shortly after those remarks, OIson read a note to the court that
said in part, “This morning Judge Shore issued a gag order
prohibiting all counsel and parties from commenting or expressing
opinions on the case. All I am permitted to say is that I
disagree
.”

As Karlin notes, Judge Shore’s issuing of the gag-order came just
days after Olson told reporters, “My chalk drawings are
clearly free speech and protected by the First Amendment
.”

Speaking to CBS News previously, Olson defended his act of
protest:

“Always on city sidewalks, washable chalk, never crude
messages, never vulgar, clearly topical
,” he said.

Prosecutors in San Diego aren’t amused with his work, however,
and have discounted Olson’s assertion that he was engaging in an
act of free speech. Judge Shore said earlier in the week that
Olson’s attorney is prohibited from “mentioning the First
Amendment, free speech, free expression, public forum, expressive
conduct or political speech during the trial
,” but the
issuing of a gag-order now limits much more than what was already
decided.

Olson said that at the heart of his case is not the issue of
vandalism, but an infringement on the right to free speech. He
has accused San Diego City Attorney Jan Goldsmith is trying to
stop him from talking because he has raked in heavy donations
from the banks in the past, and is now reported to be eyeing a
bid at the mayor’s role in 2016.

“Jan Goldsmith has received campaign contributions from Bank
Americorp and Merrill Lynch. I think this is mostly about
Goldsmith for Mayor 2016
,” Olson told San Diego 6 News.

“If I had drawn a little girl’s hopscotch squares on
the street, we wouldn’t be here today
,” the activist added to
KGTV News.

Bob Filner, the mayor of San Diego, issued a statement last week
calling for the city to drop their case against Olson.

“This young man is being persecuted for thirteen counts of
vandalism stemming from an expression of political protest that
involved washable children’s chalk on a City sidewalk
,”
Filner wrote. “It is alleged that he has no previous criminal
record. If these assertions are correct, I believe this is a
misuse and waste of taxpayer money. It could also be
characterized as an abuse of power that infringes on First
Amendment particularly when it is arbitrarily applied to some,
but not all, similar speech
.”

Goldsmith responded to the mayor’s claims by defending the
prosecution, saying, “We prosecute vandalism and theft cases
regardless of who the perpetrator or victim might be.”

“We don’t decide, for example, based upon whether we like or
dislike banks
,” Goldsmith told the U-T San Diego website.
“That would be wrong under the law and such a practice by law
enforcement would change our society in very damaging ways
.”

“I’m am not going out on a limb to say that this is
outrageous
,” quipped Olson.

Republished with permission from:: RT

California chalk protester hit with gag-order

0

A California man facing more than a decade in prison for writing with chalk on public sidewalks has been told he’s barred from discussing the details of his controversial case outside of court.

Judge Howard Shore issued a gag-order in a San Diego, California
courtroom this week against Jeff Olson, a 40-year-old activist
that used washable children’s chalk to scribble anti-bank slogans
in public space last year.

According to the San Diego Reader, the gag-order issued on Friday
also applies to witnesses, members of the jury and potentially
others, a measure that Truth-Out editor Mark Karlin said is
“unprecedented” for a misdemeanor trial.

Olson has been charged with 13 misdemeanor counts of vandalism for chalking
slogans such as “No Thanks, Big Banks” and “Shame on Bank of
America” on the sidewalks outside of branches in the San Diego
area throughout 2012. Now as the criminal trial against him wages
on in Southern California, the defendant and anyone remotely
involved in the case is reportedly muzzled by a ban that could
bring media coverage of the case to a grinding halt.

The Reader reports that Judge Shore issued the gag-order during
Friday’s hearing after expressing her discontent with comments
Olson made about his potential sentencing. According to the
charge sheet filed by the city of San Diego, Olson could be
subjected to $13,000 in fines and a maximum of 13 years in prison
if convicted, prompting the defendant to make a myriad of remarks
in recent weeks, including one to the U-T San Diego newspaper
that called the prosecution, “an unconstitutional overreach
and a total waste of taxpayer money
.”

Commenting to reporters on Friday, Judge Shore said a decade
behind bars was “not going to happen” and insisted she
“would be surprised if it ever happened to any defendant with
no criminal record
.”

Shortly after those remarks, OIson read a note to the court that
said in part, “This morning Judge Shore issued a gag order
prohibiting all counsel and parties from commenting or expressing
opinions on the case. All I am permitted to say is that I
disagree
.”

As Karlin notes, Judge Shore’s issuing of the gag-order came just
days after Olson told reporters, “My chalk drawings are
clearly free speech and protected by the First Amendment
.”

Speaking to CBS News previously, Olson defended his act of
protest:

“Always on city sidewalks, washable chalk, never crude
messages, never vulgar, clearly topical
,” he said.

Prosecutors in San Diego aren’t amused with his work, however,
and have discounted Olson’s assertion that he was engaging in an
act of free speech. Judge Shore said earlier in the week that
Olson’s attorney is prohibited from “mentioning the First
Amendment, free speech, free expression, public forum, expressive
conduct or political speech during the trial
,” but the
issuing of a gag-order now limits much more than what was already
decided.

Olson said that at the heart of his case is not the issue of
vandalism, but an infringement on the right to free speech. He
has accused San Diego City Attorney Jan Goldsmith is trying to
stop him from talking because he has raked in heavy donations
from the banks in the past, and is now reported to be eyeing a
bid at the mayor’s role in 2016.

“Jan Goldsmith has received campaign contributions from Bank
Americorp and Merrill Lynch. I think this is mostly about
Goldsmith for Mayor 2016
,” Olson told San Diego 6 News.

“If I had drawn a little girl’s hopscotch squares on
the street, we wouldn’t be here today
,” the activist added to
KGTV News.

Bob Filner, the mayor of San Diego, issued a statement last week
calling for the city to drop their case against Olson.

“This young man is being persecuted for thirteen counts of
vandalism stemming from an expression of political protest that
involved washable children’s chalk on a City sidewalk
,”
Filner wrote. “It is alleged that he has no previous criminal
record. If these assertions are correct, I believe this is a
misuse and waste of taxpayer money. It could also be
characterized as an abuse of power that infringes on First
Amendment particularly when it is arbitrarily applied to some,
but not all, similar speech
.”

Goldsmith responded to the mayor’s claims by defending the
prosecution, saying, “We prosecute vandalism and theft cases
regardless of who the perpetrator or victim might be.”

“We don’t decide, for example, based upon whether we like or
dislike banks
,” Goldsmith told the U-T San Diego website.
“That would be wrong under the law and such a practice by law
enforcement would change our society in very damaging ways
.”

“I’m am not going out on a limb to say that this is
outrageous
,” quipped Olson.

Republished with permission from:: RT

‘Coca-Cola Life,’ Stevia-Sweetened Cola, To Debut In Argentina

0

Rachel Tepper
The Huffington Post
June 28, 2013

Coca-Cola announced on Wednesday plans to sell the company’s first stevia-sweetened Coke product, Coca-Cola Life, in Argentina beginning this week.

Stevia, a natural sweetener derived from a species of plants native to South America, Central America and Mexico, is sweeter than sugar but has no calories. Coca-Cola Life will have about half the calories of regular Coke.

The news comes months after Coca-Cola announced it would make over Sprite’s recipe in the U.K., subbing in stevia for some of its sugar content. Around the same time, Coca-Cola U.K. released an anti-obesity television commercial.
Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:31 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Shock Video Shows Police Forcibly Drawing Blood

0

Man screams “what country is this” as cops strap him down

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

Shock video out of Georgia shows police strapping down citizens accused of drunk driving before using a needle forcibly draw blood as the victim screams, “what country is this?”

The policy of police obtaining a warrant to draw blood from those merely suspected of being drunk at a DUI checkpoint or a routine traffic stop has been in place for years across many states, but to actually see it in action is disturbing.

The clip shows individuals being strapped down on a padded table at the Gwinnett County jail. Even those who show no resistance whatsoever are forcibly restrained and have their heads pressed down by an officer using his elbow.

“We all are American citizens and you guys have me strapped to a table like I’m in Guantanamo f***ing Bay,” complains another victim of the blood draw.

Mike Choroski, the man seen screaming “what country is this” as officers hold him down and take his blood without consent, is still awaiting trial, claiming that he is not guilty and there was no accident involving his vehicle.

“I’m a taxpaying American who refused something….I refused to do this….what happened to me in that room was unnessesary and nobody should have to do that,” said Choroski.

“Holding down and forcing somebody to submit to this is really intrusive in terms of that level of invasive procedure into someone’s body is ridiculous for investigating a misdemeanour,” Attorney David Boyle told Fox 5 Atlanta, describing the forced blood draws as an “unreasonable search” under the 4th Amendment.

Despite the fact that citizens can lose their drivers license for a year if they refuse a standard breathlyser test, cops can then get a warrant to forcibly draw blood, “for every DUI stop, even if there’s no accident or injury.”

In Gwinnett County, Georgia police have carried out more than 100 forced blood draws since January.

“I’m stunned, I did not know that this was legal, I did not know they could take your blood without your consent,” said a Fox 5 anchor in response to the clip, opining that the process was a violation of the 4th Amendment.

Georgia is one of numerous states that enforce “no refusal” checkpoints where police can forcibly draw blood. In 2005, the Supreme Court ruled that it is not unconstitutional for the state to hold down Americans and forcefully withdraw blood. A January 2013 ruling affirmed that a warrant must be obtained for the process, although police could dispense with the warrant requirement in an “emergency”.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:44 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Crisis in Syria: This is one war we don’t need to get involved in

0

David T. Jones
Yahoo News Canada
June 28, 2013

Syria is Spain.

Not the Spain of 2013, but the Spain of 1936-39 when wracked by civil war, it was viewed much in the manner in which we regard Syria regarded today: a struggle between good and evil. Spain served as a combination of proxy battle between fascists (Nationalists) and nonfascists (Republicans) and de facto prelude to World War II. But in 1930s Spain, the “good guys” were the government (the Republic) and the bad guys were the rebels (military units headed by Francisco Franco seeking to overthrow the Republic). The era’s liberal, politically-correct leftists supported the Republic, which was also backed by the Soviets and Mexico. The conservative Christian Falange (allied with Germany, Italy, and Portugal) fought for its overthrow.

There were atrocities on both sides; tens of thousands of civilians, both Republicans and Nationalists were killed for religious or political views. Various casualty counts range between 500,000 and a million.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:33 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Criminal charge against 8th grade student arrested after NRA T-shirt confrontation dropped

0

Charlo Green
WOWKTV.com
June 28, 2013

Jared Marcum’s mother, Tanya Lardieri, was overcome with emotion after signing a dismissal order and cementing the fact that the criminal charges against her 14-year-old son, Jared Marcum, have been withdrawn.

“It should have come sooner but it’s done and we don’t have to have that concern anymore about him having a criminal record” Jared’s father Allen Lardieri tells WOWK. “I’m just glad that it’s over. His mother is glad it’s over.”
Read More

Jared’s attorney Ben White calls this a win for common sense. White says he’s heard too many stories of children being penalized for seemingly harmless behavior, just because each of these incidents included gun imagery of one sort or another.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:46 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Cops Draw Guns on Female College Student for Purchasing 12-pack of LaCroix Water

0

Brian Doherty
Reason.com
June 28, 2013

Modern policing! Public safety! No amount of snarky irony can prepare you for this tale of police idiocy in the name of the most minor and absurd of laws, reported in Daily Progress out of Virginia:

When a half-dozen men and a woman in street clothes closed in on University of Virginia student Elizabeth Daly, 20, she and two roommates panicked.

That led to Daly spending a night and an afternoon in the Albemarle-Charlottesville Regional Jail. Her initial offense? Walking to her car with bottled water, cookie dough and ice cream just purchased from the Harris Teeter in the Barracks Road Shopping Center for a sorority benefit fundraiser.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:41 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Amnesty: Not Dead By a Long Shot

0

Peter Kirsanow
nationalreview.com
June 28, 2013

The conventional wisdom is that the Gang of Eight bill, or any facsimile thereof, has no chance of passing the House. By all rights, it shouldn’t. The bill does for immigration policy what Obamacare does for health care – make things profoundly worse.

But it would be a serious mistake to underestimate supporters of the Gang of Eight. A powerful coalition of liberal interest groups, mainstream media, unions, big business, Hollywood, academia, and practically every Democratic politician in the country are continuing to wield resources toward the bill’s ultimate passage that dwarf the resources of the bill’s opponents.

During the senate fight, the bill’s opponents were vastly outnumbered and outfinanced by the bill’s supporters, so much so that only a few weeks ago the Gang of Eight resembled a freight train barreling toward passage – it’s supporters and the media portraying it as a done deal. Only a handful of senators stood in its path, with most of the heavy lifting performed by Senators Ted Cruz, Chuck Grassley, and Mike Lee.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:25 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Warren's Loan Bill Gets Cold Shoulder as Student Rates Spike

0

Despite the groundswell of support behind Senator Elizabeth Warren’s (D-Mass.) popular student loan proposal, Senate leaders have dismissed the legislation opting instead to let student interest rates double Monday as they pack their bags for a Fourth of July holiday recess.

(Photo: thisisbossi/ Flickr) Because of Congressional inaction, students will be left in the lurch as federal Stafford loans spike to 6.8 percent.

The Warren bill proposes to tie student loan interest rates to the same “discounted rates” given to big banks from the Federal Reserve, lowering student loan rates to 0.75 percent and saving students thousands of dollars.

“We subsidize bankers whose excesses blew up the economy, why not subsidize kids struggling to pay for the education we say they need?” writes Robert Borosage. However, he adds that the legislators “dismiss the Warren proposal out of hand.”

With more support than any other proposal, petitions backing the bill have received over a million signatures and presidents from more than 25 colleges have backed the legislation. A recent poll conducted by Public Policy Polling found that 60 percent of respondents backed Warren’s idea, including 56 percent of Republicans. 

However, despite the widespread popularity, the bill has been systematically ignored by Congress and has not yet come up for a vote.

As the Huffington Post reports, “several other proposals from both sides of the aisle have received a vote, but they all raise the cost for borrowers over time, and many received pushback from advocates for students.”

“The fundamental issue is whether the United States government should be making a profit off students,” charged Warren.

Failing to bring this option to the table, Senate Democrats Thursday effectively conceded to the rate spike and are instead hedging their bets on an upcoming July 10th vote to decide on a temporary solution to freeze interest rates for one year.

In the meantime, the low- and middle-income students who are eligible for the subsidized loans are guaranteed that their interest rates will double Monday promising roughly $2,600 more in costs every ten years, according to US Department of Education budget data.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Turkish Officials Threaten Social Media Companies With an 'Ottoman Slap'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Police fired tear gas during anti-government protests in Taksim Square in Turkey (Photo: Jodi Hilton/NurPhoto / Rex Featu)Turkish officials are demanding that social media companies—including Facebook and Twitter— cooperate with government requests to hand over private information of users who express dissent online.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

EPA Ups Allowable Residue of Monsanto's Toxic Herbicide on Food

0

In a little reported development, the Environmental Protection Agency last week issued a new rule raising the allowable concentration of Monsanto’s herbicide glyphosate, otherwise known as Roundup, on food crops, animal feed and edible oils

(Photo: msdonnalee/ Flickr) Despite the proven risk, this ruling is clearly a result of successful lobbying effort on the part of the Ag Giant to raise the residue limits of this toxic chemical.

“Glyphosate has been shown in several recent studies to be an endocrine disruptor,” writes the Cornucopia Institute, in a statement about the news. “According to the National Institutes of Health, endocrine disruptors could have long-term effects on public health, especially reproductive health. And the ‘dose makes the poison’ rule does not apply to endocrine disruptors, which wreak havoc on our bodies at low doses.”

They continue:

A June 2013 study concluded that glyphosate “exerted proliferative effects in human hormone-dependent breast cancer.” An April 2013 study by an MIT scientist concluded that “glyphosate enhances the damaging effects of other food borne chemical residues and environmental toxins,” and pointed out that glyphosate’s “negative impact on the body is insidious and manifests slowly over time as inflammation damages cellular systems throughout the body.”

The new regulations permit concentrations higher than the levels some scientists belive are carcinogenic, the Food Poisoning Bulletin adds.

Under the new regulation, fruits can have concentrations from 200 ppb to 500 ppb glyphosate, oilseed crops can contain up to 40 ppm (40,000 ppb) glyphosate, and root crops such as potatoes and beets can contain 6000 ppb glyphosate. Animal feed can contain up to 100 ppm (100,000 ppb) glyphosate.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Pentagon Prepares to Extend Benefits to Military Same-sex Couples

0

Hours after the Supreme Court struck down a provision in the federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA) banning homosexual partners from receiving the same federal benefits as traditional married couples, Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel vowed to immediately put the wheels in motion to allow homosexuals serving in the armed forces to access federal benefits for their same-sex “spouses.”

“The Department of Defense welcomes the Supreme Court’s decision today on the Defense of Marriage Act,” a statement from Hagel’s office read. “The Department will immediately begin the process of implementing the Supreme Court’s decision in consultation with the Department of Justice and other executive branch agencies. The Department of Defense intends to make the same benefits available to all military spouses – regardless of sexual orientation – as soon as possible. That is now the law, and it is the right thing to do.”

Up until Congress repealed the official “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” policy in December 2010, openly homosexual individuals had always been banned from serving in the military. Since then it appears that top brass at the Pentagon have become enthusiastic champions of the burgeoning homosexual sub-culture in the armed forces, with the extension of federal benefits for “gay” soldiers and their partners certain to help cement the change. The Pentagon estimates that there are some 18,000 homosexual couples within the U.S. military.

“Every person who serves our nation in uniform stepped forward with courage and commitment,” declared the DoD in its statement following the Supreme Court decision. “All that matters is their patriotism, their willingness to serve their country and their qualifications to do so. Today’s ruling helps ensure that all men and women who serve this country can be treated fairly and equally, with the full dignity and respect they so richly deserve.”

In February, following former Defense Secretary Leon Panetta’s proclamation that “discrimination based on sexual orientation no longer has a place in the military,” the Pentagon began testing what it could get away with by issuing partners of homosexual personnel military ID cards, granting them access to base facilities, and handing out other benefits not directly prohibited by DOMA. But the High Court’s ruling on DOMA now “frees the Pentagon to follow through on what Panetta laid out shortly before he left office,” reported the military newspaper Stars and Stripes. With federal law no longer a hindrance, Panetta projected “it will be the policy of the Department to construe the words ‘spouse’ and ‘marriage’ without regard to sexual orientation, and married couples, irrespective of their sexual orientation, and their dependents, will be given full military benefits.”

Now, reported Stars and Stripes, the “Pentagon will have to decide whether only legal marriages qualify for benefits or whether those in domestic partnerships are eligible as well, Panetta said in his memo.”

General Martin Dempsey, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, dutifully followed up Hagel’s announcement by declaring in a statement that “the Joint Staffs have been very clear that we’ll follow the law of the land. The law of the land has just changed, and we will now as quickly as possible assess what that means.”

One group within the military, Christian chaplains, however, are understandably concerned with how the Department of Defense will interpret the “law,” particularly with regard to the rights of chaplains to refuse to perform homosexual marriage ceremonies on the grounds that they violate biblical principles and moral law.

Ron Crews of the group Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty said in a statement that the Supreme Court decision highlights the need for chaplains to be guaranteed religious liberty protections in the pursuit of their official duties. “Most of the faith groups in our country firmly hold that marriage is the union of one man and one woman,” said Crews, a retired chaplain with the U.S. Army Reserve. “They strongly believe that children deserve to know their mother and father. Chaplains from those faith groups will continue to minister with those convictions.”

Crews noted that since its enactment in 1996, DOMA has provided legal protections to chaplains “as they minister to service members and their families in a manner consistent with those sincerely held beliefs. That freedom is now at significant risk.”

Crews and the Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty submitted an amicus brief to the Supreme Court explaining how the repeal of DOMA could impact the religious liberty of service members and military chaplains. “This ruling makes absolutely clear that Congress must pass comprehensive religious liberty protections,” the brief said of the High Court’s decision. “Chaplains as well as all military personnel must be able to serve our nation without giving up their religious beliefs and convictions.”

On May 15 the Obama administration demonstrated the seriousness of the issue facing chaplains when its Office of Management and Budget (OMB) released a statement saying that the president “strongly objects” to amendments in the 2013 National Defense Authorization Act designed to protect the religious liberties of chaplains. The amendments, crafted in part by U.S Representative Todd Akin (R-Mo.), stipulate that no member of the armed forces may “direct, order, or require a chaplain to perform any duty, rite, ritual, ceremony, service, or function that is contrary to the conscience, moral principles, or religious beliefs of the chaplain, or contrary to the moral principles and religious beliefs of the endorsing faith group of the chaplain” (Section 536), and that “military installation or other property owned or rented by, or otherwise under the jurisdiction or control of, the Department of Defense may not be used to officiate, solemnize, or perform a marriage or marriage-like ceremony involving anything other than the union of one man with one woman” (Section 537).

A statement of the OMB declared that the president “strongly” objected to the provisions because they “adopt unnecessary and ill-advised policies that would inhibit the ability of same-sex couples to marry or enter a recognized relationship under State law.” As for Section 536, the OMB protested that it “would prohibit all personnel-related actions based on certain religious and moral beliefs,” an obstacle “to good order and discipline.” And under Section 537, said the OMB, the Department of Defense would be obligated “to deny Service members, retirees, and their family members access to facilities for religious ceremonies on the basis of sexual orientation, a troublesome and potentially unconstitutional limitation on religious liberty.”

Crews noted that Obama’s aggressive efforts to force the acceptance of homosexuality in the military “has created an environment in the Department of Defense that if you are in favor of same-sex relationships, you may speak. If you are not in favor, you cannot speak.” He said his group had seen examples of the persecution of Christian chaplains, with one chaplain pulled from an assignment and threatened with early retirement after he criticized the repeal of “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell.”

Tony Perkins of the Family Research Council, one of the key conservative Christian groups that has gone to bat for chaplains and service members concerned about religious liberty in the military, called it “shocking that the administration would say this [amendment] would undermine good order and discipline, when in fact, it is the President’s policy that is leading to the undermining of good order and discipline. This measure is a response to the concerns raised by chaplains already as this new experimentation on homosexuality has been thrust upon the military.”

Republished with permission from:: The New American

St. Louis Police Chief Wants Drones, Highlighting Drone Debate

0

St. Louis Police Chief Sam Dotson has called for drones to patrol within a year in an effort to better patrol the city’s highest crime areas. The proposal has drawn ire from privacy advocates.

“I think the technology is there now domestically for law enforcement agencies to rely on unmanned aerial observation platforms to do a variety of things,” said Dotson.

Some of the requested applications include tracking suspicious vehicles and surveying high-crime areas. The use to which these devices would be used would be determined by internal police guidelines.

Dotson contends that the use of the equipment would not differ too significantly from the types of technology that is currently used by law-enforcement officials. “That’s what we use helicopters for now, I think that’s what we use neighborhood cameras (for)…. If you’re in a public space there is no expectation of privacy,” added Dotson.

Dotson is not the only police head to call for the use of drones for surveillance purposes. Last year, the Ogden Police Department filed an application to fly an unmanned surveillance blimp at a height of just 400 feet over the city to monitor criminal activity. That application had been rejected by the FAA as a result of safety concerns.

Following the Boston Marathon bombing, Boston’s Police Commissioner Edward Davis announced that he would like drones to be present during next year’s marathon.

The Alameda County Sheriff’s Office had asked the Alameda County Board of Supervisors to approve a grant in the amount of $31,646 to purchase a drone last year.

However, the Alameda County Sheriff’s office was forced to suspend the purchase of a surveillance drone after mass public outcry indicated fierce opposition to the plan. Privacy advocates criticized the Alameda County Sheriff’s office, voicing concerns that the use of surveillance drones will violate privacy protections.

Similar outrage surrounds the request for drones in St. Louis as well. An ACLU representative called the drones “big brother in the sky all the time,” adding, “before we get too far with this technology I think we as Americans deserve to know the rules that would protect us from that kind of constant surveillance day in and day out everywhere we go.”

But there are clear indications that drones have been used for surveillance purposes throughout the country.

In April of 2011, the EFF filed a Freedom of Information request on the use of the drones, but the DOT failed to release the information requested. The EFF then filed a lawsuit against the United States Department of Transportation in January of 2012 “demanding data on certifications and authorizations the agency has issued for the operation of unmanned aircraft, also known as drones.” Certifications by the Federal Aviation Administration are required for anyone who wishes to operate a drone in the United States over 400 feet.

Jennifer Lynch, the staff attorney for the EFF who filed the suit, said in a statement that the use of drones for non-military purposes is “raising significant privacy concerns.”

“Drones give the government and other unmanned aircraft operators a powerful new surveillance tool to gather extensive and intrusive data on Americans’ movements and activities,” said Lynch in a statement. “As the government begins to make policy decisions about the use of these aircraft, the public needs to know more about how and why these drones are being used to surveil United States citizens.”

Months later, that lawsuit helped to uncover 125 drone certificates. It also revealed all the entities licensed to fly domestic drones, which include police departments from Seattle, Washington, to Little Rock, Kansas, as well as 10 public colleges and universities, and several federal agencies, such as the USDA and the Department of Energy.

The most notable finding, however, is that the majority of drones are being used for the purposes of surveillance. The EFF reports that a cursory glance at the technology of the drones reveals that the prime purpose of the unmanned vehicles is for surveillance:

With some exceptions, drone flights in the U.S. have been all about developing and testing surveillance technology. The North Little Rock Police Department, for instance, wrote that their SR30 helicopter-type drone “can carry day zoom cameras, infrared cameras, or both simultaneously.” Not to be outdone, the Seattle Police Department’s drone comes with four separate cameras, offering thermal infrared video, low light “dusk-dawn” video, and a 1080p HD video camera attachment. The Miami-Dade Police Department and Texas Department of Public Safety have employed drones capable of both daytime and nighttime video cameras, and according to the Texas Department of Public Safety’s Certificate of Authorization (COA) paperwork, their drone was to be employed in support of “critical law enforcement operations.”

While the release of the document is a major step in the right direction, the EFF indicates that there must be more “transparency” around the use of the drones for domestic surveillance. The EFF has teamed up with MuckRock to push Internet users to join in the fight for more transparency.

There is no indication that the use of drones will subside anytime soon.

Earlier this week, Senator Rand Paul asked FEMA’s Timothy Manning to clarify whether the Department of Homeland Security provided local communities with money to buy surveillance drones, to which Manning responded, “There have been some grantees that have purchased remote control low-level aircraft … that have cameras for monitoring.”

The DHS has already provided funding to local police forces for the purpose of purchasing aerial surveillance, including $250,000 to the Montgomery County Sheriff’s office.

And the DHS is reportedly developing drones for “public safety applications” at Fort Sill, Oklahoma.

Likewise, CNet’s Declan McCullagh obtained government documents that detail how the DHS is customizing Predator drones designated for overseas military operations. Some have articulated concerns that the drones will be used for identifying civilians who are carrying guns.

Still, despite the increasingly pervasive use of drones, there are a number of states, including Massachusetts, that are moving to restrict the use of drones by law enforcement, with some even pushing for an outright ban.

Fox News reported in February, “Lawmakers in at least 11 states are proposing various restrictions on the use of drones over their skies amid concerns the unmanned aerial vehicles could be exploited by local authorities to spy on Americans.”

Republished with permission from:: The New American

CIA Manipulation: The Painful Truths Told by Phil Agee

0

Truly objective journalism would value facts and accuracy above all else, but the mainstream U.S. press — while pretending to be “objective” — treasures faux patriotism much more, as is evident with recent whistleblowers as it was with the hostility toward the late Phil Agee who exposed CIA crimes.

Before there was Edward Snowden, William Binney and Thomas Drake … before there was Bradley Manning, Sibel Edmonds and Jesselyn Radack … there was Philip Agee. What Agee revealed is still the most startling and important information about U.S. foreign policy that any American government whistleblower has ever revealed.

Philip Agee spent 12 years (1957-69) as a CIA case officer, most of it in Latin America. His first book, Inside the Company: CIA Diary, published in 1974 — a pioneering work on the Agency’s methods and their devastating consequences — appeared in about 30 languages around the world and was a best seller in many countries; it included a 23-page appendix with the names of hundreds of undercover Agency operatives and organizations.

Photo: Philip Agee, the CIA officer who blew the whistle on U.S. intelligence abuses in Latin America and elsewhere.

Under CIA manipulation, direction and, usually, their payroll, were past and present presidents of Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay and Costa Rica, “our minister of labor”, “our vice-president”, “my police”, journalists, labor leaders, student leaders, diplomats, and many others. If the Agency wished to disseminate anti-communist propaganda, cause dissension in leftist ranks, or have Communist embassy personnel expelled, it need only prepare some phony documents, present them to the appropriate government ministers and journalists, and — presto! — instant scandal.

Agee’s goal in naming all these individuals, quite simply, was to make it as difficult as he could for the CIA to continue doing its dirty work.

A common Agency tactic was writing editorials and phony news stories to be knowingly published by Latin American media with no indication of the CIA authorship or CIA payment to the media. The propaganda value of such a “news” item might be multiplied by being picked up by other CIA stations in Latin America who would disseminate it through a CIA-owned news agency or a CIA-owned radio station. Some of these stories made their way back to the United States to be read or heard by unknowing North Americans.

Wooing the working class came in for special treatment. Labor organizations by the dozen, sometimes hardly more than names on stationery, were created, altered, combined, liquidated, and new ones created again, in an almost frenzied attempt to find the right combination to compete with existing left-oriented unions and take national leadership away from them.

In 1975 these revelations were new and shocking; for many readers it was the first hint that American foreign policy was not quite what their high-school textbooks had told them nor what the New York Times had reported.

“As complete an account of spy work as is likely to be published anywhere, an authentic account of how an ordinary American or British ‘case officer’ operates … All of it … presented with deadly accuracy,” wrote Miles Copeland, a former CIA station chief and ardent foe of Agee. (There’s no former CIA officer more hated by members of the intelligence establishment than Agee; no one’s even close; due in part to his traveling to Cuba and having long-term contact with Cuban intelligence.)

In contrast to Agee, WikiLeaks withheld the names of hundreds of informants from the nearly 400,000 Iraq war documents it released.

In 1969, Agee resigned from the CIA (and colleagues who “long ago ceased to believe in what they are doing”).

While on the run from the CIA as he was writing Inside the Company — at times literally running for his life — Agee was expelled from, or refused admittance to, Italy, Britain, France, West Germany, the Netherlands, and Norway. (West Germany eventually gave him asylum because his wife was a leading ballerina in the country.)

Agee’s account of his period on the run can be found detailed in his book On the Run (1987). It’s an exciting read.

William Blum is the author of Killing Hope: US Military and CIA Interventions Since World War 2; Rogue State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower; West-Bloc Dissident: A Cold War Memoir; Freeing the World to Death: Essays on the American Empire. Portions of the books can be read, and signed copies purchased, at www.killinghope.org. This article was originally published in Blum’s Anti-Empire Report.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Turmeric is one of nature’s greatest gifts

0

P. Simard
Natural News
June 28, 2013

Turmeric has enjoyed a great reputation within India for many generations now. Best known as one of the ingredients used in curry dishes, it’s also responsible for ballpark mustard’s yellow color. It’s been utilized for quite some time in Indian and Chinese societies for the anti-inflammatory results it provides when dealing with a wide array of medical conditions. Turmeric also shows great promise when faced with the task of fighting various forms of cancer or other illnesses such as cystic fibrosis.

Turmeric, also known as curcuma longa, naturally grows in the very warm regions of South Asia. It requires a lot of rain and constant temperatures ranging between 20°C and 30°C in order to bloom and prosper. Its main active component is called curcumin, which has a somewhat bitter, peppery taste combined with a mustard smell.

Turmeric fights cancer and inflammation

Curcumin’s antioxidant properties help contain the free radicals which can damage our cellular DNA if left free to roam. This antioxidant protection is even more evident inside the colon where we see a quick cell turnover, basically more or less every three days. Mutated cancer cells are annihilated which prevents them from spreading to other parts of the body. From a study conducted on mice at the University of Texas, results have led researchers to believe that curcumin enables the body to keep under control the transcription factors within genes which are needed for tumors to appear. The transcription factors may be seen as a main switch and when it’s turned off, certain genes involved in the growth and spread of cancer are simply unable to proceed.

Different studies have shown that curcumin’s anti-inflammatory effects are at least on par with certain prescription drugs or over-the-counter ones such as Motrin. The main difference to consider is that turmeric doesn’t leave toxic products in the body. There are also great reasons to be optimistic based on studies related to inflammatory bowel diseases. Mice that were given curcumin all seemingly had reduced signs of the following: Mucosal ulceration, thickening of the intestinal walls or the emergence of inflammatory cells. Researchers aren’t sure how this process occurs but they suspect curcumin hinders the activity of a cellular inflammatory component named NF kappa-B.

Cystic fibrosis is a life threatening disease in which the lungs are assailed with mucus and the pancreas is impaired, thus inhibiting the mechanism through which nutrients are properly digested and absorbed. Researchers have noticed that the mucus develops because of an abnormally shaped protein, itself being the end result of a defective gene. Some tests were made on mice which had the most familiar kind of protein defect, known as DeltaF508. When the mice were given reasonable doses of curcumin, results showed they were capable to correct the protein’s deficiencies, as it began looking and operating normally.

Sources for this article include :

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turmeric

http://www.whfoods.com/genpage.php?tname=foodspice&dbid=78

http://www.healthdiaries.com

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:19 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Syria war veterans face label of terror

0

Dan Box
The Australian
June 28, 2013

DOZENS of Australians fighting with the radical al-Nusra Front in Syria’s bloody civil war could be labelled terrorists on their return home after the federal government declared the al-Qa’ida offshoot to be a terrorist organisation.

Attorney-General Mark Dreyfus said the group, also known as Jabhat al-Nusra, had a history of suicide attacks and indiscriminate bombings within Syria, and was not recognised as part of the legitimate opposition to the regime of Bashar al-Assad.

Security agencies believe about 200 Australians have travelled to Syria to fight, with dozens joining the ranks of al-Nusra.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:11 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Secret flower planter threatened with arrest if he doesn’t stop planting flowers

0

Lance Devon
Natural News
June 28, 2013

The real estate department from Washington’s Metro Transit system has recently become aware of unauthorized flowers springing up in planter boxes on public property. Along the north side of their Dupont Circle station, hundreds of mysterious morning glories and other flowers have been coming up in planter boxes along the Metro’s north escalators.

Metro found out who the secret flower planter was when they received a polite letter on June 3 written by the flower planter himself, Henry Docter. Henry sent a letter asking permission to continue caring for hundreds of flowers he had planted a week earlier at the Metro transit system.

“Arrests, fines, and imprisonment” for planting flowers

Immediately, the Metro responded to Docter on June 11 with a “cease and desist” letter threatening “arrest, fines and imprisonment” if Docter tried to weed, water, or tend to the flowers. Concerned about public safety, Metro said that they didn’t want Docter or anyone else to be injured caring for flowers that were set in steep, cobblestone inclines.

The 52-year-old garden artist, Henry Docter, who has planted flowers in public places on four continents since 1979, said, “I’ve never gotten in trouble for planting flowers. Never has anyone overreacted with such an absence of common sense.”

Docter, who calls himself the “phantom planter” doesn’t deny that he is “a little nuts,” but planting flowers is something that he loves to do and has been doing for 34 years. “Flowers are nature’s way of affirming how beautiful life can be,” says Docter. He’s more famously known for his clandestine horticulture and the planting of more than 40,000 flowers at the American Embassies in Israel, Argentina, Spain and Cambodia.

A passion to garden — punished

Docter isn’t some freak on the street whose goal is to disrupt the public. Instead, Docter is a husband, father of two, part-time lawyer, author, and collage artist who just has a knack to garden. His friendly public gardening is loved by many.

A man who lives nearby the Metro station, Mike Stirratt, said that Docter’s passion for planting “is fantastic,” as he questioned the Metro’s threats of prosecution, “It seems incredibly unfair that they would prosecute you for doing something to help the neighborhood.”

As the issue gains more public attention, Docter hopes to raise awareness about his predicament with the Metro Station through an online petition. The petition has already drawn more than 2,000 signatures in a week.

Visit http://www.letmyflowersgrow.com/ to support Docter and a fellow team of neighborhood activists who are discussing ways to compromise with the Metro station.

Flower planter willing to compromise

Even though Henry Docter has had little trouble planting flowers at the Metro station since last October, Docter said that he would be up for signing a liability waiver saying he wouldn’t sue Metro if he’s hurt, and that he would be willing to use a harness if Metro required it.

Back in October, Docter went under the radar as he planted 150 daffodils and tulips in the same boxes he’s planting in now. The spokesman for Metro, Dan Stessel, said the public flower planting has slipped under the radar because “It’s sort of beyond the scope of what you would imagine some private citizen would do.”

Should public flower planters be thrown in prison?

Metro is now beginning to back down on their charges, thanks to activist support in the community. Stessel said that the letter they sent to Docter might have gone too far, “The word ‘imprisonment’ is one we probably would have omitted had it originated in our general counsel’s office,” Stessel said.

Metro is now looking for ways to work with the community to find sustainable, safe, and affordable solutions to the predicament, but they declined to clarify if that includes allowing Henry Docter to plant.

Docter responds has responded with, “What could be more “affordable” to Metro than an artist who gives away a garden of a thousand flowers? What could be more “sustainable” than an artist who’s willing to provide the labor this summer and fall to water and care for the garden and then clean up when everything is brown and dead after our first frost?

What do you think? Should public flower planting be a crime?

Visit http://www.letmyflowersgrow.com/ to learn more.

Sources for this article include:

http://www.washingtonpost.com

http://letmyflowersgrow.com/

http://www.democraticunderground.com/10023092366

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:07 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Aspirin and ibuprofen proven to cause heart attacks

0

Eric Zielinksi
Natural Health 365
June 28, 2013

On June 14, a groundbreaking study presented at the Annual Congress of the European League Against Rheumatism provided compelling data proving that non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) like aspirin and ibuprofen can cause heart attacks.

At the conference, Dr. Carl Orr from the Department of Medicine, Royal College of Surgeons, stated:

The side effect profile and safety of NSAIDs has been commonly reported, but little is known about treatment duration and its implications for cardiovascular risk. This data demonstrates an immediate increase in the risk of death and MI [heart attack], challenging the safety of even short-term use. The introduction of physician guidelines to assist safe prescribing of this class of drug is vital, and the only way to keep patient safety at the forefront of disease management.

Shocking statistics from Dr. Orr’s study

Software was used to analyze 10,000 patients registered with a large primary care facility who fit the following profile:

– Over 50 years old.
– Had been prescribed NSAIDs in the past.
– Was previously diagnosed with ischemic heart disease, diabetes mellitus and/or hypertension.

Computer generated data discovered that in late 2012 108 patients were prescribed NSAIDs over a two-month period and 36 percent had established ischemic heart disease or risk factors for cardiovascular disease. It’s also interesting to note that the average treatment prescribed was 265 days, 56 percent were prescribed NSAIDs for longer than one month, and 15 percent for a year or longer. In addition, in 55 percent of cases, diclofenac was the NSAID prescribed.

This last point has caused much concern due to diclofenac’s well-known side effects including heart attacks, strokes and internal bleeding. Disheartened, Dr. Orr subsequently concluded, “We find it disconcerting that diclofenac was prescribed in 55 percent of cases and suggest that recommendations to switch to safer alternatives are a critical component of any physician guidelines.”

Research is mounting against NSAID use

Dr. Orr’s study is not sitting alone on some obsure island. Scores of studies have been and are being published correlating significant health risks to common pain killers. Just this past May 30, for example, the world-renown journal Lancet published the results of the famous Coxib and traditional NSAID Trialists’ (CNT) Collaboration — a study in which data was employed from more than 350,000 randomized patients.

From their research, the authors confidently concluded:

– Heart failure risk was roughly doubled by all NSAIDs.

– All NSAID regimens increased upper gastrointestinal complications.

– Major vascular events were increased by about a third by a coxib [Cox-2 inhibitor], chiefly due to an increase in major coronary events.

– Ibuprofen also significantly increased major coronary events, but not major vascular events.

Ironically, NSAIDs have been heralded by the medical community for their ability to prevent heart attacks and strokes because they supposedly help prevent blood clots from forming in the blood stream. In fact, while waiting for the emergency response team to arrive, it is common practice for physicians to provide patients with aspirin if they are suspected of having a heart attack in their office.

Let’s not forget the biggest issue with taking NSAIDs

NSAIDs are the most prescribed medications in the world and are among the most common pain relievers globally. It is believed that up to 30 million people take NSAID’s every day. Used to reduce arthritis complaints, fever and swelling NSAIDs are Cox-1 and Cox-2 enzyme inhibitors. By blocking these enzymes, the prostaglandin cascade is inhibited and the body’s natural inflammatory response is prohibited; thus keeping pain, swelling and fevers at bay, but not addressing the root cause of the disease process.

Prescription NSAIDs include:

– Daypro
– Indocin
– Lodine
– Naprosyn
– Relafen
– Vimovo
– Voltaren

Over-the-counter NSAIDs include:

– Aspirin (Bufferin, Bayer, and Excedrin)
– Ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin, Nuprin)
– Ketoprofen (Actron, Orudis)
– Naproxen (Aleve)

There are safer alternatives to NSAIDs

A plethora of safe, natural alternatives exist so you don’t need to feel pressured to use NSAIDs. Contact your local natural health provider today to see what works for you. And, don’t overlook the power of natural foods to reduce inflammation — like eating plenty of fruits and veggies — loaded with antioxidants like vitamin C.

Sources:
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2013/06/130614082637.htm
http://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(13)60900-9/abstract
http://www.drugs.com/diclofenac.html

– See more at: http://www.naturalhealth365.com/drug_dangers/aspirin.html#sthash.tQUdO3ln.dpuf

Frances Moore Lappe, Vandana Shiva Blast Award for GMO Scientists

0

Frances Moore Lappé and Vandana Shiva, noted voices in the food sovereignty movement, added their voices to the chorus blasting the 2013 World Food Prize going to GMO scientists with the biotechnology giants Monsanto and Syngenta.

The GMO scientists’ work contributes to hunger and ecological devastation while not advancing nutrition, said the two Right Livelihood Laureates, also Councillors on the World Future Council, and noted the irony of Monsanto being awarded at a time of rising worldwide opposition to the seed giant.

Lappé and Shiva’s remarks echo those of the U.S. Food Sovereignty Alliance, which stated that the prize going to the biotech giants “sends precisely the wrong message about sustainable solutions to hunger and poverty.”

“Never mind that Monsanto is a sponsor of the prize (and that the list of other backers reads like a who’s who of big ag and big food), or that we never get to know the names of either the nominees or the nominators,” New York Times‘ Mark Bittman noted.

Still, the GMO work by the winning scientists “betrays the mandate of the very World Food Prize,” explains Lappé, “which is all about focus on the importance of nutritious food and food for all, whereas GMO seeds, their design and the way they are spread to the world has nothing to do with better nutrition.”

“In fact, to take advantage of these seeds, small farmers who are among the hungriest people in the world, have to take out loans to buy the costly products that are required–the seeds, the fertilizers… and the pesticides that are required” for the GMO seeds.

“So in fact the honorees … are actually contributing the problems that keep us locked… in hundreds of millions of people in a world where there is plenty of food,” concluded Lappe.

The World Food Prize explained that the GMO work by the new winners has “contributed significantly to increasing the quantity and availability of food.” 

Not so, says Shiva.

“The evidence is so clear,” she says, that “GMOs have not increased production, there’s a failure to yield.” In addition, “they have not reduced use of chemicals. Worse, they have increased the use of chemicals because they have created superpests and superweeds.”

To reward this “failed technology… in 2013, at a time when the world is waking up to the scientific evidence that biodiverse systems, ecological systems produce more food. We could be having enough food for two to three times the world’s population by conserving and intensifying our biodiversity, saving our water, rejuvenating our soils. That’s agro-ecology The new science of agriculture, of working with nature, and not against her . It’s also the science that small farmers practice to bring 80% of the food to the world. It’s not the gene giants.”

“In a way,” she continues, “the award being given to Monsanto is attempt to try and divert the public’s attention” away from rising global opposition.

The real future is “GMO-free food, patent-free food, seed freedom, food freedom.”

Therefore, “the award for food security and food sovereignty belongs to the millions of women, the millions of small farmers, the millions of market gardeners” who bring true food security to the world, says Shiva.

* * *

Video of Lappé and Shiva expressing their outrage at the prize was posted by the World Future Council:

__________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

50,000 dead Oregon bees to be honored in memorial service

0

A Portland resident is creating quite the buzz by hosting a memorial ceremony dedicated to the 50,000 bumblebees that died in an Oregon parking lot last week.

Just days before National Pollinator Week, tens of thousands of
bees fell from the trees and were found dead at
a Target parking lot in Wilsonville, Ore. A state investigation
found that an insecticide coined “Safari” was to blame, and
Oregon now has a 180-day ban of 18 pesticides containing the
chemical dinotefuran.

More than 50 poisoned European linden trees have been covered
with netting to prevent further bee deaths, and the Oregon State
Agricultural Department is still investigating whether or not
there was a violation of state or federal pesticide laws.

Meanwhile, Portland resident Rozzell Medina is hosting a memorial
to commemorate the bumblebees. The July 30 event
will take place in the Target parking lot to “memorialize
these fallen lifeforms and talk about the plight of the bees and
their importance to life on Earth,”
Medina wrote on the
event’s Facebook page. There will be food available for
attendees.

“I thought it would be a good opportunity for people to see
that this is not just a news item,”
Medina told The
Oregonian. “With a lot of these ecological catastrophes, they
become so abstract that people become scared to feel them.”

The number of bee deaths marks the world’s largest recorded mass
die-off of bumblebees. Scientists intiailly estimated that 25,000
bees died in Wilsonville, but that figure doubled after a more
accurate assessment, executive director of the Xerces Society
Scott Hoffman Black told the Los Angeles Times.

Last week, a second, but smaller mass die-off occurred in
Hillsboro, Ore. City officials estimated that at least 100 bees
died beneath a linden tree in the downtown area. Investigators
linked the Safari insecticide to both the Hillsboro and the
Wilsonville die-offs.

Bees are crucial pollinators, and their decline is posing a
dangerous threat to the US agriculture industry. The honeybee
population has suffered
annual death rates of 30 percent, and about 10 million bee hives
have been lost since 2006. The US Department of Agriculture coins
this phenomenon the Colony Collapse Disorder, and has warned that
the US may not be able to meet its pollination demands to sustain
its homegrown crops this year.

Medina, who earned his master’s in leadership and sustainability
education from Portland State University, believes that Americans
need to understand what the bee deaths mean in the long run,
particularly for the agriculture industry.

“This isn’t a funeral,” he told the LA Times.
 “We’re not there to bury the bees or build little bee
coffins. We’re going there to talk about what this means.”

Republished with permission from:: RT

Flashback 2009: Rubio says Reagan made a mistake with 1986 amnesty

0

dailycaller.com
June 28, 2013

On Thursday afternoon, Florida Republican Sen. Marco Rubio was one of the GOP “yes” votes in the so-called “Gang of Eight” immigration legislation that he helped craft.

The legislation will give conditional legal status to illegal immigrants that entered the United States unlawfully, should it pass the House and be signed into law by President Barack Obama.

But in 2009, Rubio wasn’t a fan of amnesty, criticizing the 1986 Simpson-Mazoli Act that President Ronald Reagan signed into law.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 3:04 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Anglo Irish Bank Executives Joked About Billion Euro Bail Out Scam

0

Executives at one of Ireland’s biggest banks laughed and joked about how they were going to fool the Central Bank into bailing them out, according to a tape recording obtained by the Irish Independent. The failure of Anglo Irish Bank is eventually expected to cost the taxpayer €30 billion.

“If they (Central Bank) saw the enormity of it up front, they might decide they have a choice. You know what I mean?” John Bowe, a senior negotiator for the bank is heard telling his colleague, Peter Fitzgerald in late September 2008. “They might say the cost to the taxpayer is too high . . . if it doesn’t look too big at the outset . . . if it looks big, big enough to be important, but not too big that it kind of spoils everything, then, then I think you have a chance. So I think it can creep up.”

Bowe and Fitzgerald agreed to ask for €7 billion to start with.

Anglo Irish Bank, a local property finance bank, was founded in 1964 and gained a reputation for lending quickly for risky projects at a higher rate of interest. As one of the younger banks, it took a long time to expand, but when Ireland joined the euro in 1999, Anglo did a roaring trade as investors flocked to the country eager to set up offices to take advantage of the low tax rates.

Dublin was also famous for its light touch financial regulation where officials basically accepted reports at face value. As the building frenzy intensified, with nobody to check the books, Anglo Irish abandoned all caution and started to accept one mortgaged property as collateral for the next.

By 2006, a quarter of Ireland’s working population were working in the construction industry and lending to the sector added up to 28 percent of all lending (compared to eight percent in the rest of Europe). Ireland was building over seven times as many houses as the UK and prices had risen five fold over 1994.

“Competitiveness didn’t matter,” Morgan Kelly, an economist at University College Dublin told Vanity Fair. “From now on we were going to get rich building houses for each other. ”

When Lehman Brothers collapsed in September 2008, banks around the world simply stopped lending. With no speculative money to finance the building spree, the Irish economy went up in smoke.

The new Anglo Irish headquarters that was being built was abandoned as were hundreds of other projects to the tune of 100,000 housing units. The Economist described the “ghost” estates left behind as “an apocalyptic sight … Rubble and rubbish lie everywhere. With wind howling and rain lashing, it is easy to imagine that you are gazing on the ruins of a failed civilisation. And in a way you are.”

The Irish government scrambled to assure the public that they would guarantee the banks but this made people even angrier. “Our Future Killed by Wanker Bankers and Stupid Politicians” screamed a headline in the Irish Daily Star. “Greedy, Rotten, Liars” exclaimed another headline in the Daily Mirror.

Politicians were reluctant to investigate anything at the time. The release of these tapes almost five years later, however, has sparked demands for parliamentary inquiries into what really happened during the boom years.

“(P)eople must be prosecuted for their roles in collapsing the Irish economy,” Pearse Doherty, Sinn Féin finance spokesman, told the Financial Times.

“(T)hese tapes demonstrate very clearly is the need for a comprehensive inquiry into the banking crisis,” added Michael McGrath, finance spokesman for Fianna Fáil, one of the opposition parties. “The government has so far failed to initiate any form of inquiry, but ministers have talked many, many times about their desire to inquire into the ‘night of the bank guarantee’.”

Ironically Fianna Fáil led the coalition governments that ran Ireland from 1994 to 2011, the time period that Anglo Irish Bank boomed exponentially before it went bust.

See also Ireland: Financial Playground for the Global Elites

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

U.S. Park Police lost track of hundreds of guns

0

Jake Miller
CBS News
June 28, 2013

The U.S. Park Police has lost track of hundreds of firearms, according to an advance copy of a report from the Interior Department inspector general’s office obtained by the Washington Post, raising familiar questions about the mismanagement of an agency that is tasked with protecting visitors to Washington’s monuments and parks.

According to the report, investigators discovered 1,400 guns that were supposed to have been destroyed. An additional 198 handguns donated to the Park Police by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms that are not reflected in official records are being housed in a building in Southeast D.C. There is no evidence that the wayward guns have found their ways into the hands of criminals, but the report noted that the Park Police might not be aware if they had.

The report presented “credible evidence of conditions that would allow for theft and misuse of firearms, and the ability to conceal the fact if weapons were missing.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:45 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Snowden’s dad proposes deal for son’s return

0

Doug Stanglin
usatoday.com
June 28, 2013

The father of NSA leaker Edward Snowden has told the Justice Department in a letter that he is “reasonably confident” his son would return to the United States if he was assured he would not be jailed before a trial, would not have a gag order and could choose where he would be tried, CNN reported Friday.

The terms were spelled out in a letter from a lawyer representing Edward’s father, Lonnie Snowden, that was dated Thursday and sent to Attorney General Eric Holder, CNN’s news program Amanpour reported.

The attorney, Bruce Fein, said in the letter that the elder Snowden “is reasonably confident that his son would voluntarily return to the United States if there were ironclad assurances that his constitutional rights would be honored, and he were provided a fair opportunity to explain his motivations and actions to an impartial judge and jury…”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:40 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Revealed: Monsanto unapproved GMO wheat was stored in Colorado until 2011

0

Carey Gillam
Reuters
June 28, 2013

Monsanto Co’s unapproved, experimental genetically engineered wheat, which is feared to have potentially contaminated U.S. wheat supplies after it was found growing in an Oregon field this spring, was kept in a U.S. government storage facility until at least late 2011, according to documents obtained by Reuters.

The revelation that the seed for the controversial genetically engineered wheat was kept viable in a Colorado storage facility as recently as a year and a half ago comes as the U.S. government is investigating how the strain of experimental wheat wound up growing in an Oregon field this spring.

The probe by the U.S. Department of Agriculture includes an examination of the handling of the GMO wheat seed that Monsanto directed be sent to the government-controlled National Center for Genetic Resources Preservation in Fort Collins, Colorado, beginning in late 2004, according to Peter Bretting, who oversees the center for the USDA’s Agricultural Research Service.

David Dierig, research leader at the National Center for Genetic Resources Preservation, also said the matter was “under active investigation.”

The National Center uses high-tech methods to extend the viability of seeds for decades, much longer than their viability in conventional storage. The facility took in at least 43 physical containers of Monsanto’s so-called “Roundup Ready” wheat in late 2004 and early 2005, the documents show. The material represented more than 1,000 different unique varieties or lines, according to the documents that Monsanto provided in a heavily redacted format.

The documents were made up of correspondence between Monsanto and the Colorado facility.

Monsanto was shutting down its work with Roundup Ready wheat, altered to tolerate treatments of Roundup herbicide, when it set up a contract dated Nov. 2, 2004, for the resources preservation center to store its wheat seed. Monsanto said the seed was confirmed incinerated on Jan. 5, 2012.

“At our direction, the seed was destroyed … as it was old material and we had no plans for its future use,” said Monsanto spokesman Thomas Helscher, who provided Reuters with the supporting documents. Monsanto also archived some of the wheat at its facilities in St. Louis, Missouri.

When asked if USDA had accounted for all the supplies sent to the Colorado facility, USDA spokesman Ed Curlett said the government probe is seeking an answer to that question.

A USDA spokesman on Friday said the government does believe that all the seed it received was incinerated, and that it cannot account for seed that might have been sent elsewhere.

The Roundup Ready wheat was never approved for commercial use and was supposed to be tightly controlled. Monsanto has said it suspects someone covertly obtained its wheat seed and planted it in the Oregon field to sabotage Monsanto’s work with biotech crops.

The government and Monsanto have said there is no indication the GMO wheat made it into commercial supplies, but the finding has hit Monsanto and the wheat industry hard.

Monsanto has been named in several lawsuits and over the last month, exports of U.S. western white wheat have been curtailed as foreign buyers shun the U.S. supplies and demand assurances that none of the biotech wheat has contaminated the marketplace.

Wheat growers want the mystery solved.

“Determining how it happened would certainly make it easier for us to make sure … that it doesn’t happen again, regardless of whether it was sabotage or some accident,” said Blake Rowe, chief executive of the Oregon Wheat Commission. “Our customers would like to know how it happened.”

Magpul’s high-capacity magazine giveaway

0

Cheryl K. Chumley
The Washington Times
June 28, 2013

The gun accessories maker Magpul Industries Corp. is giving out 1,500 empty 20- and 30-round magazines at a “Farewell to Arms” festival to mark the company’s departure from Colorado, in protest of the state’s recent legislative clampdown on Second Amendment freedoms.

Colorado recently passed new bans on magazines and expanded background checks on gun buyers. Magpul, a magazines and gun-accessory company located in Colorado, said the new laws will kill its business and in March, announced intent to move shop.

As a farewell of sorts, the company is holding a festival this Saturday – and as part of the event, will give away free magazines to the first 1,500 attendees who are over the age of 18, The Blaze reported.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:38 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Indefinite Detention is Patently Unconstitutional

0

Ronald Martin
tenthamendmentcenter.com
June 28, 2013

In January 2012, New York Times Pulitzer Prize winning reporter Christopher Hedges filed a federal lawsuit against President Obama, challenging detention provisions in the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) of Fiscal Year 2012.

The Act authorized $662 billion in funding, “for defense of the United States and it’s interests abroad.” Central to Hedges’ suit, a controversial provision set forth in subsection 1021 of Title X, Sub-title (d) entitled “Counter-Terrorism,” authorizing indefinite military detention of individuals the government suspects are involved in terrorism, including U.S. citizens arrested on American soil.

Over the last two years, a broad coalition including the Tenth Amendment Center, the American Civil Liberties Union, the Bill of Rights Defense Committee, and many others formed in opposition to indefinite detention provisions, concerned with over-broad language open to wide interpretation and the growing scope of presidential authority. In support of Hedges, many of these individuals and organizations joined together as anAmicus Curiae, otherwise known as a Friend of the Court. The coalition filed an Amicus Brief supporting Hedges’ interpretation of the controversial issues abounding in Hedges v. Obama. The Amicus Curiae states, “Each entity is dedicated, inter alia (among other things), to the correct construction, interpretation, and application of the law.”

For those not familiar with an Amicus Brief, it is a document filed with a court by a person or group not directly involved in the case. The brief often contains information useful to a judge when evaluating the merits of a case and it becomes part of the official record. In addition to filing a brief, Amicus Curiae can involve itself in a case in many ways. It can contribute academic evaluations of subject matters, it can testify in a case, and on rare cases it can help contribute to oral arguments. Many times, state and local governments also join a case as a “Friend” if they believe it will impact them. This happened in Hedges v. Obama. A large number of concerned individuals and advocacy organizations enjoined the case as Amicus Curiae.

The Amicus Brief of this case commences by focusing on the ambiguity of the language in section 1021 of the 2012 NDAA.

“Rarely has a short statute been subject to more radically different interpretations than Section 1021 of the NDAA of 2012.”

The “Friends” contend the verbiage offers diametrically opposite meanings.

”The Framers would be greatly shocked to hear the United States assert that an American President has power to place civilians in the U.S. or citizens abroad into military custody absent status as armed combatants. No President has ever held such power.”

As the Amicus Curiae implies, the language of this law is dangerously vague. Many believe the provisions of Section 1021 grant dictatorial powers to the federal government to arrest any American citizen without a warrant and indefinitely detain them without charge. Detainees can be shipped to the military’s offshore prisons and kept there until “the end of hostilities.”

Read more

Government: Punishing Crime vs. Perpetrating Crime

0

Sklyer Hamilton
Freedom or Bust
June 28, 2013

Government is not reason. It is Force. And since force and coercion necessarily infringe on the freedom of any person whenever it is used, the coercive action will always either be morally right or morally wrong.

There is no way around this. When it becomes apparent that governments operate using the medium of force, the dilemma immediately becomes very clear: When is it moral and legitimate to use force against our fellow human beings via our agents in government?

First, before that question is answered, some basic premises must be remembered.

The principles outlined in the Declaration of Independence answer the questions of “why,” and “what” as far as governments are concerned. It outlines the reasons for having civil government at all. It asserts that the sole legitimate purpose of civil government is the protection of fundamental rights, and the enforcement of fundamental duties, both of which are inherent in man.

Therefore, if we do not clearly understand the bounds of those rights and those rights’ corresponding duties, then we can easily and quickly create a situation where our agents in government are acting contrary to their entire purpose. And if this ever becomes the case, the people have a right and duty to “alter or abolish” that government.

Read More

Dow, S&P 500 slip as second quarter nears close

0

Alison Griswold
reuters.com
June 28, 2013

The Dow and the S&P 500 slipped on Friday as the end of the second quarter approached, with investors finding little reason to push shares higher after a three-day rally.

With less than an hour left in the session, only the Nasdaq was in positive territory.

Stocks opened lower on weakness in technology shares, then fluctuated between steep losses and moderate gains for much of the session before flattening out. Losses in financials and tech weighed on the market, but were partially offset by strength in utilities and consumer discretionary shares.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:44 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

How Meditation Can Physically Reshape Our Brains—TEDx

0

Neuroscientist Sara Lazar’s amazing brain scans show meditation can actually change the size of key regions of our brain, improving our memory and making us more empathetic, compassionate, and resilient under stress.
http://www.tedxcambridge.com/thrive/s…

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

Bloomberg: NYPD officers 'disproportionately stop whites too much and minorities too little'

0

In defending New York City’s controversial stop-and-frisk program, Mayor Michael Bloomberg said Friday that local police officers “disproportionately stop whites too much and minorities too little.”

The comment, made by the mayor to radio host John Gambling during
a Friday morning interview on WOR-NY, comes on the heels of a New
York City Council decision earlier this week to create an
independent inspector general to oversee the police department’s
practices amid allegations that law enforcement wrongfully
targets blacks and Hispanics with its stop-and-frisk program.

Speaking on the air, the mayor dismissed the suggestion that the
New York Police Department needs to have an auditor examine its
stop-and-frisk program. In fact, Mr. Bloomberg defended the
recently released statistics detailing the scope of the stop and
frisk program and damned the notion that law enforcement is
illegally singling in on minorities in the Big Apple.

“One newspaper and one news service, they just keep saying ‘oh
it’s a disproportionate percentage of a particular ethnic group.’
That may be, but it’s not a disproportionate percentage of those
who witnesses and victims describe as committing the
[crime
],” Bloomberg said.

“In that case, incidentally, I think we disproportionately
stop whites too much and minorities too little. It’s exactly the
reverse of what they’re saying. I don’t know where they went to
school, but they certainly didn’t take a math course. Or a logic
course
,” Bloomberg added.

Earlier this year, the NYPD released a report showing that of the
685,724 stops made by the force in 2011, 87 percent of the people
questioned were either black or Latino, while fewer than
one-in-ten of those stopped were white. During that same span,
however, only around half of the city’s total population was
either black or Hispanic, leading many to say the department was
picking and choosing who to stop on the street.

Citing that study, Think Progress acknowledged Friday that
“Young black men between the ages of 14 and 24 were stopped
106 percent of the time – as in, there were more stops of young
black men than the entire population of young black men
.”

When the Public Advocate went over data for the NYPD’s 2012
statistics, it found that while 84 percent of those stopped were
black or Latino, the likelihood that an African American would
yield a weapon during a stop-and-frisk was half that of white New
Yorkers stopped on the street. When it came to discovering
contraband, cops were a third more likely to find illegal items
on the person of a white suspect.

Upon the City Council decision to implement new measures to
ensure the stop-and-frisk program is put under increased
scrutiny, Councilwoman Letitia James (D-Brooklyn) said,
“Today, we are striking a blow against a practice which has
become a perverse rite of passage for all young men of color in
the City of New York
.”

“It will do nothing to handcuff or prevent the Police
Department from ensuring that all of us are safe
,” James
added.

The council also decided this week to more broadly define what
the city constitutes as “racial profiling,” but Mr. Bloomberg
said he plans to veto both that ruling and the movement to
install an inspector general to oversee the stop-and-frisk
program. Shortly after Bloomberg spoke on WOR, the mayor’s office
issued a statement to the website Politicker explaining that
while minorities make up 87 percent of the NYPD’s stop-and-frisk
cases, blacks and Latinos are responsible for more than 90
percent of the murders in the city.

Republished with permission from:: RT

Iran's Peaceful Nuclear Program

0

Iran’s Peaceful Nuclear Program
by Stephen Lendman
Iran complies fully with NPT provisions. Nothing suggests otherwise. It’s program is legal and non-military. Washington, other Western nations and Israel know it. They maliciously claim otherwise.
Iranian President-Elect Hassan Rohani promises transparency and outreach. He prioritizes peace and reconciliation. According to the Tehran Times, Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Araqchi said:
“The Islamic Republic of Iran’s principles and values of foreign policy are unchangeable, and what changes in practice is methods and styles, and as Mr. Rohani said, (the protection of) Iranian nation’s rights is the criterion, and any government in any situation is committed to defending them.”
Iran’s ready for further P5 + 1 talks. On August 3, Rohani’s inaugurated. Resuming them after he takes office is normal diplomatic procedure. 
Araqchi dismissed reports about Iran sending foreign fighters to Syria. “The Syrian government and army do not need such assistance and the sending of troops, and they are able to deal with terrorist groups,” he said.
According to Fars News, Rohani “dismisses nuclear suspension as impossible.” It’ll continue legitimately on his watch. On June 17, he said:
“The era of suspension is gone, and now we are in such special conditions that I do believe we have abundant ways to build (each other’s) confidence.”
“In 2005, we came to a final agreement in talks with (French President) Mr. Jacque Chirac on how to build international confidence in Iran’s enrichment activities and this agreement could be the final solution.”  
“The Germans acquiesced in the agreement, but Britain, under the US pressure, refrained from cooperation and the job was left unfinished.”  
The problem with Iran’s nuclear program is America, not Tehran. Longstanding regime change policy remains unchanged. It’s criminal, malicious and evil. It threatens world peace. Obama’s more belligerent than Bush. Only their tone and body language differ.
Rohani said many ways exist to build international confidence. He hopes principles agreed to when he was Iran’s chief nuclear negotiator can be reinstituted. 
He’ll make every effort to do so. He’ll find no willing partner in Washington. Israel remains maliciously hardline. It wants regional rival Iran removed. It wants Middle East countries redrawn and weakened. So does America. 
Tehran struggles under multiple rounds of lawless sanctions. Rohani wants them lifted. He has every right to insist. So do nearly 80 million Iranians. They’re burdened by US viciousness.
According to Fars News, Iran won’t discontinue what it’s entitled to do. It’s legal and won’t end.
It “ruled out halting or limiting its nuclear work in exchange for trade and other incentives, saying that renouncing its rights under the NPT would encourage the world powers to put further pressure on the country and would not lead to a change in the West’s hardline stance on Tehran.”
On June 18, AP and Reuters published conflicting information. On the one hand, they said Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov says Iran’s willing to halt 20% nuclear enrichment.
He called it an encouraging conflict resolution sign. He gave no details. It’s unclear what he knows. He didn’t say what he’s been told or by whom. His comment differs from Fars News information. 
He said P5 + 1 countries should make “substantial reciprocal steps.” He means lifting sanctions. Given Washington’s longstanding recalcitrance, expect nothing significant enough to matter.
Israel rejects Iranian uranium enrichment to any level. Netanyahu didn’t surprise. On June 18, he said:
“We cannot accept anything less than the total cessation of all enrichment of nuclear materials at all levels, removal from Iran of all enriched nuclear material, closure of Iran’s elicit nuclear facilities.”
“Until Iran meets these demands, pressure must be stepped up and Iranian nuclear program must be stopped. Period.”
Netanyahu responded to Rohani’s election belligerently. It was typical hardline Netanyahu bluster.
“Iran must abide by the demands of the international community to stop its nuclear program and cease the dissemination of terror throughout the world.”
Rohani’s “the author of a document,” he said. “You could call it talk and enrich. Talk and continue to enrich uranium. For nuclear weapons.”
“He wrote this in the book. He said that by calming international community, Iran is able to steadily move forward in its nuclear weapons program. We cannot allow Iran to play this game. We cannot let Iran ride out the clock.”
Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon‘s replicates Netanyahu. They’re a matched set. “In recent days,” said Ya’alon, “the world has again turned is gaze to Tehran.”
“We are examining the new developments in Iran in light of the elections results, but are also sober about the ambitions of the Iranian regime to obtain nuclear weapons.”
He repeated the canard about Iran seeking Israel’s destruction. It’s nuclear program continues, adding:
World leaders aren’t determined enough to stop it. He called for a “significant increase in pressure by Western countries to lead Iran to the dilemma of either having a bomb or surviving.”
“For now, it’s up to Israeli commanders to “prepare (their) subordinates for battle, which may occur at an unknown time, and in unclear circumstances.” 
“They say that war is the kingdom of uncertainty. At this time, the IDF is dealing, both at home and abroad, near and far, with a considerable number of fronts of uncertainty.”
Israel’s only enemies are ones it creates. It’s worst one is itself.
Israeli Lobby pressure in America repeats the Big Lie. It gets Obama and Congress to buy it. Anti-Iranian policy persists. AIPAC maliciously calls Iran “the world’s leading sponsor of terror.” 
America and Israel jointly hold that distinction. AIPAC adds that Tehran’s “racing toward a nuclear weapons capability.” It claims what it knows is false. 
Virtually no one in Washington challenges its viciousness. Doing so risks ending political careers. Going along to get along is demanded.
It applies to IAEA head Yukiya Amano. He does what his Washington bosses say. They installed him. They demand anti-Iranian reports in return.
He claims Tehran’s making “steady (nuclear expansion) progress.” Sanctions haven’t deterred it, he said. 
He’s committed to further dialogue. He salutes and follows Washington’s diktats. He falsified past reports as ordered. He’ll do it again when asked.
It bears repeating. Tehran’s program is peaceful. No evidence whatever suggests otherwise. According to Haaretz, Iran’s new leader “delays Israeli military option for at least another year.”
It’ll “have trouble mustering international support.” It’s gotten little so far. Obama’s on board, but won’t say so. War plans were readied years ago. They’re updated as conditions change.
Perhaps further reassessing follows Rohani’s election. Delay doesn’t mean discontinuance. Regime change remains policy. Sanctions can’t work. Iran’s nuclear program will continue.
Washington and Israel intend using it as pretext for planned belligerence. When and how remains to be seen. A possible wild card is growing international opposition.
Rohani’s outreach will enlist it. He’s had years of political and diplomatic experience. He earned respect from numerous world officials. He’s got trump cards to play.
Few countries want war on Iran. Washington and Israel may be alone on this one. Both nations make more enemies than friends. Expect Rohani to take full advantage. 
Peacemakers are more than ever needed. Rohani’s up to the challenge. Other thoughtful leaders prioritize it. It’s time they take a stand. It’s time they do so publicly. It’s time they do it convincingly. It’s time they denounce Washington and Israeli belligerence.
It’s time to challenge imperial lawlessness. It’s time to do so forthrightly. Equivocating won’t work. Obama and Netanyahu can’t defy strong opposition without enough support. 
It’s ebbing, not increasing. Rohani’s in a position to exploit it. It won’t be easy. He may fail. P 5 + 1 countries include America, Britain, France, Germany, Russia and China.
Moscow and Beijing alone support him. Washington pressures its European partners to bend. They do it when they prefer standing tall. Ending their subservience would be game-changing success. Expect Rohani’s outreach to seek it.
A Final Comment
On June 19, Fars News quoted Vladimir Putin, saying:
“We know that Opposition Fighters were detained on Turkish territory with chemical weapons.”
“We have information out of Iraq that a laboratory was discovered there for the production of chemical weapons by the opposition. All this evidence needs to be studied most seriously.”
Putin and other Russian officials know claims about Assad using chemical weapons are false. Claiming otherwise doesn’t wash.
Insurgents used them multiple times. Clear evidence proves it. On April 6, an “informed source” told Fars News:
“The chemical weapons used in the attack on Khan al-Assal area (weeks earlier) had been prepared by former Iraqi Military Industries Brigadier General Adnan al-Dulaimi and supplied to Ba’ath-affiliated terrorists of the Nusra Front in Aleppo through Turkey’s cooperation and via the Turkish town of Antakya in Hatay Province.”
The source remains anonymous for fear of his life. He was an Izzat Ibrahim aide. His boss was “the most senior member of Saddam Hussein’s inner circle.”
General Adnan al-Bulaimi was involved in Saddam’s chemical weapons production.
“The 80mm mortar shells which landed in Khan al-Assal and killed dozens of people were armed with the latest product of Dulaimi’s hidden laboratories sent to the Nusra members for testing,” the source added.
“Also at his order, several former Iraqi military industries engineers trained the Syrian terrorists on how to use these chemical weapons.”
They include sarin nerve gas. Insurgents used it. Assad was wrongfully blamed for their crimes. Iran’s falsely accused of developing nuclear weapons. Big Lies keep repeating. Countering them matters most.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 

Republished with permission from:: Stephen Lendman

U.S. Army Now Censoring The Guardian

0

Army official refers to censorship as “network hygiene.”

Kit Daniels
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

The U.S. Army admitted Thursday to blocking employees’ access to The Guardian which broke the NSA spy gate scandal.

Credit: Wikimedia Commons

This rampant restriction to truth has been ongoing since June 6 when Glenn Greenwald exposed the NSA for collecting millions of Verizon phone records every day.

The Department of Defense refers to the censorship as “network hygiene” to cleanse military servers of “unauthorized disclosures of classified information,” according to Gordon Van Vleet, a spokesman for U.S. Army NETCOM in an e-mail to the Monterey County Herald.

The California newspaper began investigating after employees of the Presidio of Monterey, an army garrison, started complaining.

“We make every effort to balance the need to preserve information access with operational security,” Van Vleet said in the e-mail. “However there are strict policies and directives in place regarding protecting and handling classified information.”

“The DoD is also not going to block websites from the American public in general, and to do so would violate our highest-held principle of upholding and defending the Constitution and respecting civil liberties and privacy.”

An ironic statement considering the NSA and the behemoth cyber-industrial complex hold no such principle as they betray our Constitution in their attack on our cherished civil liberties and privacy.

But according to army brass, this gross assault on our basic human rights and the foundation of our republic is simply a classified information leak by a foreign media outlet that requires purging through routine, automated maintenance.

According to them, classified information must be protected, even if its evidence of the NSA’s unreasonable search and seizures that are so far reaching, the physical size of the drag net could stretch most of the distance to Mars:

The army blackout of The Guardian has not been the only DoD response to the spy grid scandal. Earlier this month, the U.S. Air Force released a Notice to Airmen, warning service members that reading news stories on the Verizon phone records collection could constitute a punishable offense.

 

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Turkish Officials Threaten Internet Companies With 'Ottoman Slap'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Police fired tear gas during anti-government protests in Taksim Square in Turkey (Photo: Jodi Hilton/NurPhoto / Rex Featu)The Turkish government is going after people who allegedly levied insults against government officials and 'incited riots' on social media, Deputy Prime Minister Bekir Bozdag acknowledge

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

US citizen killed in Egypt clashes

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A US citizen has been killed in the Egyptian city of Alexandria during clashes between opponents and supporters of President Mohamed Morsi, according to Egyptian security and hospital sources.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

California Sheriff Strips Forest Service Agents of Law-enforcement Powers

0

The CBS affiliate in El Dorado County, California, expressed surprise when it reported that County Sheriff John D’Agostini stripped agents of the U.S. Forest Service of their law-enforcement powers in his county. 

Wrote D’Agnostini:

I take the [standard of] service that we provide to the citizens of El Dorado County and the visitors to El Dorado County [which includes Lake Tahoe] very seriously, and the style and manner of service we provide.

The U.S. Forest Service, after many attempts and [having been] given many opportunities, has failed to meet that standard.

The writer covering the story, Laura Cole, asked law professor John Myers if D’Agostini could actually do this. Said Myers: “It looks to me as though the sheriff can do this.”

This isn’t the first time D’Agostini has written such a letter. Back in January, when the Senate was considering bills that would restrict gun ownership, he sent a letter to Vice President Joe Biden, saying:

The purpose of this letter is to go on record of re-affirming my oath of office and making it clear that I and my staff will never violate [our oath of office] by being pressured into enforcing any unconstitutional provision, law or executive order.

It is well-known and proven with facts … that gun control of any kind has no effect on the reduction of crime anywhere.

Don’t pass any laws where you are going to confiscate firearms and turn my law-abiding citizens into criminals.

The same writer for CBS, Laura Cole, quizzed D’Agostini about his intent if any Senate bill were actually signed into law:

Cole: Are you prepared to not follow federal law if it were to pass?

D’Agnostini: If it’s a clear violation of the United States Constitution, absolutely.

The path for D’Agostini has been made easier by another county sheriff, Richard Mack, who took a stand against federal imposition in Printz v. United States, and won. In his own words, Sheriff Mack said:

Soon [after my reelection as Graham County Sheriff in Arizona in 1992] the Brady bill was signed into law by Bill Clinton. Three federal agents showed up at our AZ Sheriffs Association meeting and handed each of us a document from the Department of the Treasury which detailed what our “orders” were to comply with the Brady Bill.

All the sheriffs were shocked and against it. However, each sheriff said there was nothing we could do about it. “You can’t fight city hall” was the frequent comment.

I disagreed and decided to sue my own government. Everybody said I was crazy and that I could not win. Six other sheriffs from various parts of the USA joined the lawsuit. The case went all the way to the U S Supreme Court and miracle of miracles, WE WON! [Emphasis in original.]

In that case the majority opinion was written by Justice Antonin Scalia, who taught a lesson in constitutional law when the decision was handed down in June 1997:

It is the whole object of the [Brady bill] to direct the functioning of the states’ executives, and hence to compromise the structural framework of dual sovereignty….

It is the very principle of separate state sovereignty that such a law offends….

We expressly rejected such an approach in New York, and what we said bears repeating:

Much of the Constitution is concerned with setting forth the form of our government, and the courts have traditionally invalidated measures deviating from that form….

The Constitution protects us from our own best intentions: It divides power among sovereigns and among branches of government precisely so that we may resist the temptation to concentrate power in one location as an expedient solution to the crisis of the day.

We adhere to that principle today, and conclude categorically, as we concluded categorically in New York: “The Federal Government may not compel the States to enact or administer a federal regulatory program.”

As the influence of Sheriff Mack’s organization, the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association (CSPOA), continues to grow, so does not only the understanding of its members about the Constitution and their oaths to uphold it, but their willingness to stand fast, draw the line, and say, “This far and no farther.” Whether he knows it or not, D’Agostini is on the front line of the war for freedom in the country. May both his backbone and that of the members of CSPOA continue to grow.

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

The Antagonists and Defenders of Paula Deen

0

Paula Deen has seen better days.

Over the last couple of weeks the celebrity chef has found herself at the center of a whirlwind of controversy after she stated in a deposition that she had employed the word “nigger” in her past. When asked if she had ever used it, the Southern Deen replied: “Yes, of course. But that’s just not a word that we use.” This remarkably successful Southern woman continued: “I don’t – I don’t know. As time has gone on things have changed since the 60s in the South.”

Deen also explained that the one time that she remembers having used this notorious racial epithet was when she sought to describe a black criminal who placed a gun to her head while he was robbing the bank at which she worked. The incident occurred about 30 years ago or so and it was during an emotionally charged conversation that Deen had with her husband that she supplied this description of her assailant. Of the latter, Deen said in her deposition, “I didn’t feel real favorable towards him.” 

Earlier in June, a former employee of Deen’s, Lisa Jackson, filed a lawsuit against her. Jackson worked for Deen and Deen’s brother, Earl “Bubba” Hiers, in their jointly owned restaurant. Jackson alleges that Deen and Hiers engaged in racially and sexually discriminatory conduct. Jackson is white, but she has two nieces who are the children of a black father and claims that, because of this, she finds Deen’s racially oriented remarks offensive.

Deen as well admitted that she’s sure that she had used “the N word” at other times, but that she and her entire family object to using it in “any cruel or mean behavior.” She testified that while organizing her brother’s Southern plantation-themed wedding, she did indeed plan to hire blacks to portray slaves. Yet Deen denies that she used any racial epithets in reference to that event.

Because of all of this, the distinguished television personality and entrepreneur has been let go from her long-standing position at the Food Network. After her contract expires at the end of this month, the network stated, it will not renew it.

Matters are even worse for Deen, as several of her sponsors have abandoned her. Smithfield Foods, Walmart, Caesar’s Entertainment, Target, QVC, Home Depot, and Novo Nordisk are among those that have dissociated from her within recent days.

Some people, however, have been sympathetic. Interestingly, among their number are none other than Al Sharpton and Jesse Jackson, two well known figures who are no strangers to racial controversy. 

When asked, Sharpton said that “a lot of us have in the past said things that we have regretted saying years ago.” He added: “You can’t deal with what it is fair till we see the outcome of the present circumstances she’s accused of.” What happened “20 years ago” or so is of no consequence to what’s the case today.

Jackson, to whom Deen reached out earlier in the week, insisted that she should not be “a sacrificial lamb” for racial bigotry and should be “reclaimed rather than destroyed” if she is truly contrite and willing to make amends. 

On June 26, Deen appeared with Matt Lauer on the Today Show. The tearful Deen informed her detractors: “If you’ve never committed a sin, please pick up that rock, pick up that boulder, and hit me as hard as you can.” She reiterated that it is only when she had a gun put to her head by a black gunman, a person, as it turned out, whom Deen had “gone on a limb” to help by getting him a loan, that she used the racially inflammatory language that has now come back to haunt her. “It’s just not a part of who we are” to use it otherwise, Deen maintained.

Deen even went so far as to say that the very mention of “the N word” “makes my skin crawl.” Referring to the presumably young blacks who work for her, she said: “It’s very distressing for me to go into my kitchens and I hear what these young people are calling each other.” She continued: “For this problem to be worked on … these young people are gonna to have to take control and start showing respect for each other and not throwing that word at each other. It makes my skin crawl.”         

Lauer asked Deen if she was a racist. She responded: “No, no I am not. As a child, I was raised in a home that my father tolerated bad grades, maybe breaking a curfew, but he said, ‘Girl, if I ever find out that you behaved in a way that is … unkind … your butt is gonna be mine.”

Deen expressed resentment at the “very, very hurtful lies” spread about her. “People who have worked beside me, walked beside me, know what kind of person I am.” Deen insists that she believes that “every creature on this Earth, every one of God’s creatures, was equal. No matter who you choose to go to bed at night with, no matter what church you go to pray. Everybody should be treated equal. That’s how I was raised.” 

There are, though, some people toward whom Deen has an adverse prejudice. “There’s a couple kinds of people that I don’t like, that I am prejudiced against … and that’s thieves and liars.” 

Deen’s teary-eyed plea for mercy on the Today Show received mixed reviews. 

David Johnson is the CEO of Strategic Vision, a public relations and branding agency located in Suwanee, Georgia. Deen “totally bombed,” he said, and referred to her appearance as “the worst celebrity apology in history.” Johnson characterized hers as “crocodile tears.” 

Mark Pasetsky, CEO of the public relations firm Mark Allen and Co. remarked that Deen’s “was really by far the most uncomfortable celebrity interview I have watched in a very long time. She really needed to take full responsibility for what she said, and it appeared to me that the strategy for this interview was to be pointing the fingers rather than to take responsibility.” 

On the other hand, people like Howard Bragman, the vice-chairman of Reputation.com, saw matters quite otherwise. “You couldn’t watch this interview and not feel her pain,” he asserted. 

Bragman was not alone. Allen Adamson, the managing director of Landor Associates, a branding agency, stated that Deen “did a pretty credible job of delivering her message.”

Donald Trump too had some encouraging words for Deen. The business mogul tweeted that while Deen “made a big mistake in using a forbidden word,” still she “must be given some credit for admitting her mistake.” He exclaimed: “She will be back!”

Interestingly, although Deen proved to be ratings gold for the Today Show, its host, Matt Lauer, elicited far more criticism for his treatment of Deen than Deen had received herself. 

Nancy Powell may be just one viewer, but her take on Lauer represents that of legions of others: “Matt Lauer was rude and condescending in his interview with Paula Deen, not to mention he continued to interrupt and cut Paula off during the interview – he was on the attack – no wonder his popularity is dwindling down!”

Photo of Matt Lauer with Paula Deen

Republished with permission from:: The New American

San Diego Judge Puts Unprecedented Gag Order on Sidewalk Chalk Protestor Trial

0

Mark Karlin
Truth-Out.org
June 28, 2013

As reported in a Thursday evening, June 27, BuzzFlash at Truthout update to the chilling San Diego (SD) city attorney prosecution of Jeff Olson, SD Judge placed an unprecedented gag order on a misdemeanor trial – in particular muzzling Olson. But it also apparently included witnesses, the jury and others.

Judge Howard Shore also chastised the Mayor of San Diego, Bob Filner. Filner apparently in the judge’s eyes had the temerity to call the trial of Olson a waste of time and taxpayer money. According to the San Diego Reader, Filner sent out a memorandum on June 20 that read in part:

This young man is being persecuted for thirteen counts of vandalism stemming from an expression of political protest that involved washable children’s chalk on a City sidewalk. It is alleged that he has no previous criminal record. If these assertions are correct, I believe this is a misuse and waste of taxpayer money. It could also be characterized as an abuse of power that infringes on First Amendment particularly when it is arbitrarily applied to some, but not all, similar speech.

Judge Shore, in essence, warned the mayor of San Diego, who happens to be a Democrat in a traditionally conservative city, to keep his comments to himself, and would likely have issued a gag order on the mayor if Judge Shore were able.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:24 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Margaret Sanger’s Eugenic Legacy: Abortion and Planned Parenthood

0

Lauren Enriquez
LifeNews.com
June 28, 2013

Dr. Angela Franks, author of the incredibly well-researched and scholarly book “Margaret Sanger’s Eugenic Legacy,” is perhaps the nation’s foremost authority on the issue of Margaret Sanger’s troubling history of eugenic activism.

Franks spoke to attendees at this year’s NRLC Convention about the eugenic roots of Planned Parenthood’s founder in a talk entitled “Margaret Sanger and Planned Parenthood: The Eugenics Connection.”

Franks draws out and clarifies the image that Planned Parenthood has attempted to create of its infamous founder. The organization has turned a blind eye to her eugenic history, and when challenged on issues such as her support for sterilization, Planned Parenthood has a habit of saying that Sanger did not, in fact, endorse sterilization, or changing the uncomfortable subject to something else to divert attention from Sanger’s troubling views.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:05 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Alec Baldwin Tweets: Military Gunning for Obama

3

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

The ever irascible actor Alec Baldwin recently sent out a tweet musing on the prospect of a military coup d’état aimed at the Obama administration.

Baldwin is a longtime Democrat liberal who has toyed with the idea of ruling New York City. He believes Obama’s ratings plunge is due to racist white people and not his dismal performance as a window dressed mannequin for the ruling elite.

“If we were in another country,” the actor said in 1998, “we would stone Henry Hyde to death and we would go to their homes and kill their wives and their children. We would kill their families, for what they’re doing to this country,” a reference to the impeachment of president Bill Clinton for perjury and obstruction of justice.

Earlier this year, Democrats and other Obama worshippers feared the anointed teleprompter reader would be cast from office after he fired several military bosses, including top brass honcho General Mattis.

Or maybe Baldwin is reading the posts of the shadowy anonymous disinfo operative-blogger Sorcha Faal who last November supposedly quoted the Russian military’s main intelligence directorate as saying Obama removed the Navy’s Rear Admiral Charles M. Gaouette for allegedly refusing to stand down after trusty al-Qaeda operatives attacked the consulate in Benghazi, Libya.

However, according to the official story, Gaouette was part of a large number of senior military officers who were “investigated or fired for poor judgment, malfeasance, sexual improprieties or sexual violence,” the New York Times reported.

Mr. Baldwin may want to limit his public activity to attacking and verbally abusing reporters and the paparazzi. For somebody who has a hankering to lord over New York as Nanny Bloomberg’s successor, paranoid fantasies conjuring up reactionary militarists taking out Obama are anything but helpful.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 2:11 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Gun Control Advocate: Ban Anything With a Sharp Edge *Video*

0


Knives

A video has emerged of a gun control advocate at a Second Amendment rally in Philadelphia arguing that not only guns but knives, nails, forks and anything with a sharp edge should be banned and that the government should develop new kitchen utensils that are unable to harm people in order to keep everybody safe.

The video, published by Story Leak’s Anthony Gucciardi, is a shocking illustration of how vehemently many Americans support the nanny state.

After arguing that countries like England, Holland and Australia are safer because everybody is disarmed (violent crime is actually far higher), the individual makes it clear that he wants to ban all guns, including hunting rifles.

He then erroneously inflates the number of gun-related deaths in America by four times, falsely stating that the figure is 40,000 when in fact it is under 10,000 a year according to the FBI’s statistics, which the gun control fanatic refuses to believe. Gucciardi also adds that many of these gun deaths occur in gun control capitals like Chicago, where lawful citizens cannot own guns to defend themselves.

Gucciardi points out that 900,000 plus potential homicides are prevented each year by the use of legal firearms in self defense. The National Safety Council also notes that guns are used some 2.5 million times a year in self defense against criminals, meaning that firearms are utilized to protect innocent lives in 250 times more cases than they are used to end lives.

Asked, “how many people do you think are killed by knives each year?” the gun control fanatic responds, “We need to ban knives too,” before arguing that government scientific bodies should “create a kitchen utensil that can serve that purpose but not kill or wound a human being.”

Asked if nails should be banned, the fanatic responds, “It’s something to think about.”

Gucciardi then asks, “Do you think we should ban everything with a sharp edge?,” to which the fanatic responds, “Anything that can hurt anybody.”

Gucciardi then lists all the objects that should be banned — glass bottles, nails, knives, even forks — and the fanatic agrees that all of these objects should be banned “if we can find an alternative.”

Raising the point that hands and fists kill more people than rifles every year, Gucciardi asks if they should be banned too, to which the fanatic responds that education is the preferred method of reducing violence.

The fanatic indicates that he is the head of a charity involved in violence prevention in schools.

It is important to stress that this is not a satire skit, this represents the viewpoint of a significant number of Americans.

Previous videos have documented how some Americans would agree with repealing the Second Amendment and allowing the government to go door to door to confiscate guns belonging to “white people” to ensure “only the criminals have the guns and get them out of the hands of law abiding citizens.”

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Paul Joseph Watson
Views:
Read by 1,151 people
Date: June 28th, 2013
Website: http://www.infowars.com/


Copyright Information: This content has been contributed to SHTFplan by a third-party or has been republished with permission from the author. Please contact the author directly for republishing information.

Republished with permission from:: SHTF Plan

Warren's Loan Bill Gets Cold Shoulder as Student Rates Spike

0

Despite the groundswell of support behind Senator Elizabeth Warren’s (D-Mass.) popular student loan proposal, Senate leaders have dismissed the legislation opting instead to let student interest rates double Monday as they pack their bags for a Fourth of July holiday recess.

(Photo: thisisbossi/ Flickr) Because of Congressional inaction, students will be left in the lurch as federal Stafford loans spike to 6.8 percent.

The Warren bill proposes to tie student loan interest rates to the same “discounted rates” given to big banks from the Federal Reserve, lowering student loan rates to 0.75 percent and saving students thousands of dollars.

“We subsidize bankers whose excesses blew up the economy, why not subsidize kids struggling to pay for the education we say they need?” writes Robert Borosage. However, he adds that the legislators “dismiss the Warren proposal out of hand.”

With more support than any other proposal, petitions backing the bill have received over a million signatures and presidents from more than 25 colleges have backed the legislation. A recent poll conducted by Public Policy Polling found that 60 percent of respondents backed Warren’s idea, including 56 percent of Republicans. 

However, despite the widespread popularity, the bill has been systematically ignored by Congress and has not yet come up for a vote.

As the Huffington Post reports, “several other proposals from both sides of the aisle have received a vote, but they all raise the cost for borrowers over time, and many received pushback from advocates for students.”

“The fundamental issue is whether the United States government should be making a profit off students,” charged Warren.

Failing to bring this option to the table, Senate Democrats Thursday effectively conceded to the rate spike and are instead hedging their bets on an upcoming July 10th vote to decide on a temporary solution to freeze interest rates for one year.

In the meantime, the low- and middle-income students who are eligible for the subsidized loans are guaranteed that their interest rates will double Monday promising roughly $2,600 more in costs every ten years, according to US Department of Education budget data.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Week in Review: The Rise of Fascism in Greece and the Secret Heart of the Secret State

0

Political Lessons From Greece: Fake Social Movements and the Role of “Alter-Summits”, Sofiane Ait Chalalet and Chris Jones, June 23, 2013

Edward Snowden Charged Under the Espionage Act, 

Stephen Lendman, June 23, 2013

Snowden Reveals US Secretive Spying Activities: US…

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

NASA’s IRIS Mission Aims to Answer Solar Questions

0

NASA.gov
June 28, 2013

NASA’s Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph (IRIS) solar observatory separated from its Pegasus rocket and is in the proper orbit. This followed a successful launch by the Orbital Sciences Pegasus XL rocket from Vandenberg Air Force Base, Calif. It was the final Pegasus launch currently manifested by NASA. NASA’s Launch Services Program at the agency’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida managed the countdown and launch.

IRIS is a NASA Small Explorer Mission to observe how solar material moves, gathers energy and heats up as it travels through a little-understood region in the sun’s lower atmosphere. This interface region between the sun’s photosphere and corona powers its dynamic million-degree atmosphere and drives the solar wind.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 1:52 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

A Pox on the CDC’s Vaccination Agenda: The Rise of Herpes Zoster (Shingles)

0

A Pox on the CDC's Vaccination Agenda: The Rise of Herpes Zoster (Shingles)

A new systematic review published in PLoS titled, “Herpes Zoster Risk Reduction through Exposure to Chickenpox Patients: A Systematic Multidiscplinary Review,” confirms that the widespread adoption of chickenpox vaccine over the past 30 years, which has resulted in a decline in chickenpox cases associated with infection from the wild-circulating virus, has lead to a concerning increase in the incidence of herpes zoster (shingles), a far more serious expression of chickenpox virus (varicella zoster) infection.

This new review brings to the forefront a few critically important questions: are natural infectious challenges essential for establishing a healthy immune system, and is the chicken pox vaccine doing more harm than good?   

Despite the largely politically- and economically-motivated immunization agenda of the CDC, there is a growing body of clinical research establishing that vaccination does not effectively ‘improve upon’ or ‘replace’ natural immunity in the way that the masses have been made to assume; to the contrary, there are now hundreds of diseases that have been linked to commonly administered childhood and adult vaccines; and when we say “linked” we don’t mean anecdotally, but in the biomedical literature itself [see the data set establishing the dangers of vaccines]. Additionally, the highly respected Cochrane Database Review repeatedly contradicts the CDC’s claims by demonstrating that there is a conspicuous lack of unequivocal scientific evidence supporting their claim that influenza vaccines are safe and effective. Even worse, despite the hundreds of thousands who receive them every year, virtually no research has been performed showing them safe in children under two, the most vulnerable population.

It is therefore no surprise nor secret that the chickenpox vaccine has failed to live up to its promises.  Even the CDC’s Manual for the Surveillance of Vaccine-Preventable Diseases admits that “As vaccination rates have increased, the majority of varicella cases now occur among vaccinated persons.”[1] Wouldn’t an effective chickenpox vaccine result in the majority of varicella cases occurring in non-vaccinated persons?

Indeed, since the introduction of universal chickenpox vaccination in the US in 1995, the vaccine has been found to have only limited effectiveness,[2] with 1 in 5 children receiving the original vaccine experiencing “breakthrough” infections.”[3] This is why, at present, children on the CDC’s immunization schedule receive two doses. But increasing the number of doses isn’t working either. For example, in 2006, a chickenpox outbreak occurred in a population of Arkansas schoolchildren with 97% immunization compliance. When the researchers looked at the difference in outbreak cases between one-dose and two-dose children, none could be found.[4]

Another glaring problem is the fact that the chickenpox vaccine itself is clearly a source of infection. The CDC states “Chickenpox vaccines contain weakened live VZV, which may cause latent (dormant) infection.”[5]  When the goal is to prevent infection, injecting children with the very infectious and communicable pathogen the vaccine is supposed to prevent seems like the very definition of quackery, does it not? We forget that there was a time when injecting infectious disease material into otherwise healthy children was considered a bad idea. And then there were the hundreds of millions of years of bodily evolution where no such option existed, but which nonetheless enabled us through our own well-adapted innate and acquired immune apparatus to survive as a species up unto this point in time, where now we flagrantly cast our biological inheritance to the wind in favor of mass experimentation with 60+ vaccines given to our childen by age 6.

Another problem is the use of euphemisms like  ‘weakened’ or ‘attenuated’ to describe live-virus containing vaccines, implying that they are less virulent. One of the basic methods used to create these ‘weakened’ vaccines is to serially passage the infectious agent through both and/or either animal and human biological fluids (e.g. bovine serum) and cells, giving the vaccine master seed stock an opportunity to become contaminated along the way with hidden disease vectors, including cancer-causing viruses.

Endogenous retroviruses, for instance, are RNA-based ‘fossil viruses’ that incorporated their genetic material into the infected species’ germline DNA many million years ago, and now harmless to that species, make up a significant portion of the total DNA sequences within most animal genomes. For example, the human genome is believed to be 8% endogenous retroviral in origin.[6] These retroviruses are normally not capable of infecting other species, but during the vaccine manufacturing process where viable biological materials from different species are often cultured together, or undergo accidental admixture, they can become reactivated and infectious to another species. One of the most carefully guarded secrets within the history of vaccinology is that the original vaccine master seed stocks, whose components are either still being used to create live vaccines, or which have contaminated oral vaccines still be used today, contain retroviruses and other hidden pathogens. One reason for this terrible fact is that reverse transcriptase was not even discovered until 1970, so there was no way of knowing there was a problem when the original vaccines were being developed. There is also the case of the simian virus known as SV-40 which contaminated the original oral polio vaccines, and which is responsible for the infection of millions around the world with a cancer-causing virus, and which is still being passed down from parent-to-child today. [See the Simian Virus 40 research here]

These problems and controversies drove the vaccine industry to develop presumably “safer” vaccines, such as the “killed,” “toxoid,” “subunit,” “conjugate,” and now DNA-based vaccines. The earnest push towards these latter “improvements” tacitly reveal the original danger behind using the so-called “weakened” vaccines. And nowhere is this problem still more evident today than in India where despite the Global Polio Eradication Initiative’s claims of “mission accomplished” in India, over 45,000 reported vaccine-strain induced cases of polio-like disease have been reported. For the same reason that the wealthier countries like the US already phased them out, Indians are now outraged to learn that the billions of doses of oral polio vaccine given to their children actually contain a live virus twice as lethal as the wild one that has supposedly been eradicated. If only their proponents and active promoters, like the Dalai Lama, knew the harm they are capable of doing.

Chicken pox vaccine is also grown with living cells from aborted fetal tissue. Known as “diploid” vaccines, they carry their own set of biological and obviously moral risks. As far as the precautionary principle stands, injecting virus-infected human cells, alongside powerful immunotoxic adjuvants, into the bodies of healthy children in order to ‘protect’ them from a benign, immune-strengthening bout of chickenpox, sounds like the very definition of insanity. But as it stands today, millions of parents and their pediatricians consider this not only sound practice, but necessary to prevent infecting others.

Instead of looking to the origin of the herpes zoster problem: both the (paradoxical) infectivity and the lack of efficacy of the chickenpox vaccine itself, the vaccine industry and its cheerleading arm, the CDC, are now promoting a new “shingles” vaccine which contains more of the same: another live varicella virus. And already there is indication that the shingles vaccine causes … you guessed it … reactivation of the herpes zoster virus. Read a 2012 case study on this connection here.


[2] Sandra S Chaves, Paul Gargiullo, John X Zhang, Rachel Civen, Dalya Guris, Laurene Mascola, Jane F Seward. Loss of vaccine-induced immunity to varicella over time. N Engl J Med. 2007 Mar 15 ;356(11):1121-9. PMID: 17360990

[3] Sandra S Chaves, John Zhang, Rachel Civen, Barbara M Watson, Tina Carbajal, Dana Perella, Jane F Seward. Varicella disease among vaccinated persons: clinical and epidemiological characteristics, 1997-2005. J Infect Dis. 2008 Mar 1 ;197 Suppl 2:S127-31. PMID: 18419385

[4] Philip L Gould, Jessica Leung, Connie Scott, D Scott Schmid, Helen Deng, Adriana Lopez, Sandra S Chaves, Meredith Reynolds, Linda Gladden, Rafael Harpaz, Sandra Snow. An outbreak of varicella in elementary school children with two-dose varicella vaccine recipients–Arkansas, 2006.Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2009 Aug;28(8):678-81. PMID: 19593254

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

US Park Police admit losing track of gun stocks

0

The US Park Police lost track of hundreds of handguns, rifles, machine guns and shotguns, some of which were being stored in officers’ homes, a new Inspector General’s report found.

Investigators also discovered that 1,400 guns intended for
destruction were instead stored in Park Police facilities, and at
least 198 handguns donated by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and
Firearms had not been properly registered.

The Park Police is responsible for protecting Washington, D.C.’s
national monuments and parks, and the latest example of
mismanagement has caused concern that the weapons may have fallen
into the wrong hands.

Although there is no evidence that criminals obtained any of the
firearms, the Inspector General’s report warns that it is
possible — and that the Park Police might never know if this
happened. Investigators at the US Interior Department’s Inspector
General’s Office initially looked into the matter after receiving
an anonymous complain that Park Police officers were taking
military-style weapons home with them. 

“We found that staff at all levels — from firearms program
managers to their employees — had no clear idea of how many
weapons they maintained due to incomplete and poorly managed
inventory controls,”
investigators told United Press
International. “As a result, we discovered hundreds of
handguns, rifles and shotguns not account for an official USPP
inventory records.”

In one instance, investigators found that an officer working
during President Barack Obama’s second-term inauguration had kept
a semiautomatic rifle stored at his home without permission.

The IG report also noted that it had discovered problems in 2009
and 2011, which persisted despite internal memos. In Oct. 2011,
the Park Police created a list of 18 pistols, shotguns and rifles
that it described as lost or stolen, but never launched an
investigation. In the end, investigators found that the guns had
been destroyed, given to other agencies, or still in the
possession of Park Police.

“This report further underscores the decade long theme of
inaction and indifference of USPP leadership and management at
all levels. Basic tenets of property management and supervisory
oversight are missing in their simplest forms,”
the deputy
IG, Mary Kendall, wrote in a letter accompanying the report.
“Commanders, up to and including the chief of police, have a
lackadaisical attitude toward firearms management. Historical
evidence indicates that this indifference is a product of years
of inattention to administrative detail and management
principles.”

The report claims that the conditions created by the Park Police
allow for “theft and misuse of firearms”. With the ability
to conceal the fact that weapons are missing, employees can
surreptitiously take them home and the firearms could easily end
up in the hands of criminals.

“I have no tolerance for this management failure,” Park
Service Director Jonathan B. Jarvis said in a statement sent to
numerous media sources. “The safety and security of our
visitors and employees remain our highest priority.”

But the Fraternal Order of Police released a response, noting
that the Firearms Custodian has “little to no access” to
the computer system used to track government-owned firearms, and
is therefore unable to add the Park Service’s information.
 But Jeffrey Olson, a spokesman for the National Park
Service, which oversees the Park Police, said the agency has been
ordered to immediately create a weapons inventory of its own.

Republished with permission from:: RT

Facing 13 Years in Prison for Denouncing the Bank Bailouts–Using Kids' Chalk?

0

June 27, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Using kids’ sidewalk chalk, Jeff Olson scrawled his frustration with the Wall Street bailout of big banks outside three Bank of America buildings in his home town of San Diego last year. Bank of America received $45 billion in interest-free loans from the US government in 2008 and 2009–one of many conglamorate megabanks in the U.S. to receive massive government handouts.

Even though the chalk Olson used was water soluble and could easily be washed away, the 40-year-old Calif. resident is now standing trial for 13 counts of vandalism–meaning a potential 13-year jail sentence and $13,000 in fines.

During the first day of the trial on June 25, Superior Court Judge Howard M. Shore ruled out Olson’s First Amendment rights–even though they are fundementally protected under the U.S. Constitution.

The judge prohibited Olson’s attorney from even talking about the First Amendment, free speech, free expression, public forum, expressive conduct, or political speech throughout the trial, citing the fact that the state’s Vandalism Statute does not explicitly mention First Amendment rights.

Outside of the courtroom, Olson’s attorney Tom Tosdal said to The San Diego Reader,  “I’ve never heard that before, that a court can prohibit an argument of first amendment rights.”

Similar to the Occupy Wall Street and Bank Transfer Day movements, Olsen and his partner have actively encouraged people to move their money from big corporate banks to local nonprofit, community credit unions since 2011, reported The Reader, which  first broke news of the case on June 23.

Darrell Freeman–B of A’s Global Corporate Security vice president–accused Olson and his partner of “running a business” outside of Bank of America when they held a protest in support of a Nov. 5, 2012 worldwide Bank Transfer Day effort. Freeman pressured San Diego city attorneys to bring charges against Olson until they announced plans to do so in April, The Reader reports.

When she received a prosecution referral from the city’s gang crimes unit–of all units–Deputy City Attorney Paige Hazard called Olson to inform him of the charges.

Olson told KGTV that one of the Bank of America branches claimes it cost them $6,000 to clean up the water-soluble chalk messages.

San Diego’s mayor, Bob Filner, called the trial “a misuse and waste of taxpayer money” in a June 20 memo to City Attorney Jan Goldsmith.

He wrote: “It could also be characterized as an abuse of power that infringes on First Amendment, particularly when it is arbitrarily applied to some, but not all, similar speech.”

April M. Short is a Bay Area journalist focusing on social justice reporting.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

The Crime of Alleviating Poverty: A Local Community Currency Battles the Central Bank of Kenya

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_crime_of_alleviating_poverty_a_local_community_currency_20130628/

Posted on Jun 28, 2013

Republished with permission from:: TruthDig

Washington Is Driving The World To The Final War – Paul Craig Roberts

Washington Is Driving The World To The Final War

Paul Craig Roberts

“V For Vendetta,” a film that portrays evil in a futuristic England as a proxy for the evil that exists today in America, ends with the defeat of evil. But this is a movie in which the hero has super powers. If you have not seen this film, you should watch it. It might wake you up and give you courage. The excerpts below show that, at least among some filmmakers, the desire for liberty still exists.

Whether the desire for liberty exists in America remains to be seen. If Americans can overcome their gullibility, their lifelong brainwashing, their propensity to believe every lie that “their” government tells them, and if Americans can escape the Matrix in which they live, they can reestablish the morality, justice, peace, freedom, and liberty that “their” government has taken from them. It is not impossible for Americans to again stand with uplifted heads. They only have to recognize that “their” government is the enemy of truth, justice, human rights and life itself.

Can mere ordinary Americans triumph over the evil that is “their” government without the aid of a superhero? If ideas are strong enough and Americans can comprehend them, good can prevail over the evil that is concentrated in Washington. What stands between the American people and their comprehension of evil is their gullibility.

If good fails in its battle with Washington’s evil, our future is a boot stamping on the human face forever.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KKvvOFIHs4k&feature=youtu.be

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_-gHVGOoE48

If you, an American, living in superpower America lack the courage to stand up to the evil that is “your” government, perhaps the courage of Edward Snowden, Bradley Manning, Julian Assange, and tiny Ecuador will give you heart.

A US senator from New Jersey, Robert Menendez, the Democratic chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, told the Ecuadoran government that he would block the import of vegetables and flowers from Ecuador if Ecuador gives asylum to Edward Snowden. The cost to Ecuador would be one billion dollars in lost revenues.

Menendez’s statement–”Our government will not reward countries for bad behavior”–is ironic. It equates bad behavior with protecting a truth-teller and good behavior with betraying a truth-teller. Menendez’s statement is also a lie. The US government only rewards bad behavior. The US government consistently rewards those who conspire against the elected governments of their own countries, setting them up as dictators when Washington overthrows the elected governments.

Menendez’s threat did not work, but the senator did succeed in delivering yet another humiliating blow to Washington’s prestige. The Ecuadoran President, Rafael Correa, beat Menendez to the punch and cancelled the trade pact with the US on the grounds that the pact was a threat to the sovereignty of Ecuador and to moral principles and was being used by Washington to blackmail Ecuador. “Ecuador doesn’t accept pressure or threats from anyone,” added Communications Secretary Fernando Alvarado who then offered Washington foreign aid to provide human rights training to combat torture, illegal executions and attacks on peoples’ privacy.

Washington, exposed with its hand in the cookie jar devouring the privacy of the entire world and prevented by its hubris from acknowledging its illegal behavior and apologizing, has so mishandled the Snowden affair that Washington has done far more damage to itself than occurred from Snowden’s revelations. Washington has proven conclusively that it has no respect for anyone’s human rights, that it has no respect for any country’s sovereignty, that it has no respect for any moral principles, especially those it most often mouths, and that it relies on coercion and violence alone. The rest of the world now knows who its enemy is.

Washington’s presstitutes, by helping Washington demonize Snowden, Glenn Greenwald, Manning, Assange, and Ecuador, have demonstrated to the world that the US media is devoid of integrity and that nothing it reports can be believed. The US print and TV media and NPR comprise a ministry of propaganda for Washington’s immoral agendas.

On June 24, the Stasi State’s favorite whore, the Washington Post, denounced three times democratically-elected Rafael Correa as “the autocratic leader of tiny, impoverished Ecuador,” without realizing that the editorial not only demonstrated the Washington Post’s lack of any ethics whatsoever but also showed the entire world that if “tiny, impoverished Ecuador” can stand up to Washington’s threats, so can the rest of the world.

President Correa replied that the Washington Post “managed to focus attention on Snowden and on the ‘wicked’ countries that support him, making us forget the terrible things against the US people and the whole world that he denounced.” Correa added that Washington’s “world order isn’t only unjust, it’s immoral.”

The reason Washington hates Correa has nothing to do with Snowden. That Ecuador is considering asylum for Snowden is just an excuse. Correa is hated, because in the second year of his first term he repudiated the $3 billion dollar foreign debt that corrupt and despotic prior regimes had been paid to contract with international finance. Correa’s default threat forced the international financial gangsters to write down the debt by 60 percent.

Washington also hates Correa because he has been successful in reducing the high rates of poverty in Ecuador, thus building public support that makes if difficult for Washington to overthrow him from within.

Yet another reason Washington hates Correa is because he took steps against the multinational oil companies’ exploitation of Ecuador’s oil resources and limited the amount of offshore deposits in the country’s banks in order to block Washington’s ability to destabilize Ecuador’s financial system.

Washington also hates Correa for refusing to renew Washington’s lease of the air base in Manta.

Essentially, Correa has fought to take control of Ecuador’s government, media and national resources out of Washington’s hands and the hands of the small rich elite allied with Washington. It is a David vs. Goliath story.

In other words, Correa, like Venezuela’s Chevez, is the rare foreign leader who represents the interests of his own country instead of Washington’s interest.

Washington uses the various corrupt NGOs and the puppet government in Colombia as weapons against Correa and the Ecuadoran government. Many believe that it is only a matter of time before Washington succeeds in assassinating Correa.

American patriots, who feel that they should be on “their” government’s side regardless of the facts, would do well to remember what true patriotism is. For Americans, patriotism has always meant allegiance to the Constitution, not to the government. The oath is to defend the Constitution against enemies domestic and foreign. The Bush and Obama regimes have proven themselves to be the Constitution’s worst enemies. It is not possible for a true patriot to support a government that destroys the Constitution. The United States is the Constitution. Our country is not the Obama regime, the Bush regime, or some other administration. Our country is the Constitution. The Constitution is our country.

Beyond obligations to one’s own country, all humans have a responsibility to human life itself. Washington’s puppet states, such as the NATO countries, Japan, and Colombia, by providing cover and support for Washington’s aggression are enabling Washington to drive the world into World War III.

The temptation of Washington’s money easily overwhelms weak characters such as Tony Blair and David Cameron. But the governments of NATO countries and other accommodating states are not only selling out their own peoples by supporting Washington’s wars of aggression, they are selling out humanity. Washington’s hubris and arrogance grow as Washington bumps off country after country. Sooner or later Russia and China, will realize that they themselves are targets and will draw firmer lines. Arrogance will prevent Washington from acknowledging the lines, and the final war will be launched.

Washington’s hegemonic impulse is driving the world to destruction. The peoples of the world should realize this and force their governments to stop enabling Washington’s aggression.

About Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.

The post Washington Is Driving The World To The Final War — Paul Craig Roberts appeared first on PaulCraigRoberts.org.

Let's Be Clear, say Legal Experts, What NSA Is Doing Is 'Criminal'

1

Despite a vast selection of elected US officials from both parties and an outsized portion of the US media who have accepted the assurances from the Obama administration and the National Security Agency that the domestic spying programs revealed by whistleblower Edward Snowden are someone “legal” under US statute, two legal scholars penned a sharply worded New York Times op-ed on Friday demanding better attention must be paid to the reality of what the disclosures truly show and that the programs be described as what they are: “criminal.” 

Jennifer Stisa Granick, director of civil liberties at the Stanford Center for Internet and Society, and law professor Christopher Jon Sprigman from the University of Virginia contend in their article, The Criminal NSA, that those supportive of government claims are simply “wrong” and that what we know about the programs is that they betray both “the letter and the spirit of federal law” designed to protect US citizens from government snooping of their private communications.

“No statute explicitly authorizes mass surveillance,” they write.

“Through a series of legal contortions, the Obama administration has argued that Congress, since 9/11, intended to implicitly authorize mass surveillance. But this strategy mostly consists of wordplay, fear-mongering and a highly selective reading of the law. Americans deserve better from the White House – and from President Obama, who has seemingly forgotten the constitutional law he once taught.”

Looking specifically at the two most damning revelations reported on by the Guardian newspaper so far–the vast collection of cell phone “metadata” from nearly all US citizens and the Prism program, which allows for vast collection of internet communication data from some of the online platforms most used by Americans–the two legal experts say that in both cases the NSA has employed “shockingly flimsy” legal arguments to defend their practices.

“It’s time to call the N.S.A.’s mass surveillance programs what they are: criminal.”

Discussing the collection of telephone communications, they explain:

The law under which the government collected this data, Section 215 of the Patriot Act, allows the F.B.I. to obtain court orders demanding that a person or company produce “tangible things,” upon showing reasonable grounds that the things sought are “relevant” to an authorized foreign intelligence investigation. The F.B.I. does not need to demonstrate probable cause that a crime has been committed, or any connection to terrorism.

Even in the fearful time when the Patriot Act was enacted, in October 2001, lawmakers never contemplated that Section 215 would be used for phone metadata, or for mass surveillance of any sort. Representative F. James Sensenbrenner Jr., a Wisconsin Republican and one of the architects of the Patriot Act, and a man not known as a civil libertarian, has said that “Congress intended to allow the intelligence communities to access targeted information for specific investigations.” The N.S.A.’s demand for information about every American’s phone calls isn’t “targeted” at all – it’s a dragnet. “How can every call that every American makes or receives be relevant to a specific investigation?” Mr. Sensenbrenner has asked. The answer is simple: It’s not.

And regarding the Prism program, which the NSA has claimed authority to operate under the FISA Amendments Act of 2008, Granick and Sprigman say the NSA has reached out far beyond the already broad authority granted it.

The government knows that it regularly obtains Americans’ protected communications. The Washington Post reported that Prism is designed to produce at least 51 percent confidence in a target’s “foreignness” – as John Oliver of “The Daily Show” put it, “a coin flip plus 1 percent.” By turning a blind eye to the fact that 49-plus percent of the communications might be purely among Americans, the N.S.A. has intentionally acquired information it is not allowed to have, even under the terrifyingly broad auspices of the FISA Amendments Act.

How could vacuuming up Americans’ communications conform with this legal limitation?

The answer again, they write: It doesn’t. Though defended by National Security Director James Clapper, the experts quip that “if there’s a law against torturing the English language,” it’s Clapper who should be in “real trouble.”

Lastly, the pair express how the US government has made a “mockery” of both the Fourth Amendment of the Constitution and Supreme Court rulings designed to protect US privacy.

“The Fourth Amendment obliges the government to demonstrate probable cause before conducting invasive surveillance,” they explain. However, the continue, “There is simply no precedent under the Constitution for the government’s seizing such vast amounts of revealing data on innocent Americans’ communications.”

And conclude:

We may never know all the details of the mass surveillance programs, but we know this: The administration has justified them through abuse of language, intentional evasion of statutory protections, secret, unreviewable investigative procedures and constitutional arguments that make a mockery of the government’s professed concern with protecting Americans’ privacy. It’s time to call the N.S.A.’s mass surveillance programs what they are: criminal.

______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Sparkler Terrorism: Bloomberg Urges Cuomo to Veto Fireworks Bill

0

Says bill would benefit terrorists instead of your average patriotic American

Adan Salazar
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

New York’s Authoritarian Mayor Michael Bloomberg wishes you a happy sparkler-free Fourth of July

New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg is warning Gov. Andrew Cuomo that crafty terrorists will all too eagerly take advantage of a new measure allowing seasonal sales of festive holiday sparklers if the governor doesn’t follow his nanny-state lead and veto the bill.

The bill, A6695A, seeks to amend a section of the penal law by reasonably striking from its definition of ‘Fireworks’ and ‘Dangerous Fireworks’ sparkling devices, novelties, toy caps, and similar devices…” The bill would allow sales of such radical terrorist tools from June 1st through July 5th, as well as between December 26th and January 2nd in counties surrounding New York City’s five boroughs.

But the NYC mayor, famous for attempting to impose such draconian measures as a ban on large soft drinks and even Styrofoam, believes passage of the law will benefit terrorists seeking to “harm innocent lives” instead of your average patriotic American trying to get his First or Fourth celebration on.

On Wednesday, Bloomberg’s state legislative director, Joseph Garba, released a memo citing the example of the failed Time Square bomber as justification for the mayor’s asinine overreaction.

“While this bill excludes New York City, legalizing these devices everywhere else in the state would, as a practical matter, have the same effect in the five boroughs,” Garba said in a memo obtained by the New York Post. “A recent attempt to harm innocent lives provides a frightening example of how legally purchased… fireworks can cause dramatic harm and even kill.”

Garba proceeds to use the example of Faisal Shahzad, the person who failed the 2010 Time Square bombing, as justification for wanting to keep the law as is, prohibiting the sale of the traditional, time-honored and relatively harmless Fourth of July staple.

“Shahzad purchased fireworks at a Pennsylvania chain store, transported the fireworks to Connecticut and created a bomb-like device that he transported into New York City with the intent of killing and causing havoc in a busy tourist area,” Garba said, according to the Post.

New York’s Gothamist correctly highlighted the utter stupidity of Bloomberg’s efforts. “Shahzad had to go out of state to buy consumer-grade M-88 firecrackers for his botched attack, and if the current fireworks bill becomes law, would-be terrorists like Shahzad would… still have to go to another state to buy fireworks.”

In respect to Garba’s reference to the failed Times Square bombing, in 2010 Infowars reported that the Pakistani man arrested in connection to the bombing, Sheik Mohammed Rehan had intelligence connections. Rehan had apparently traveled in a pickup truck with Shahzad throughout Pakistan a year before the bombing took place, and was a member of the terrorist organization Jaish-e-Muhammad, a terror cell controlled by the British MI6 and the CIA.

“Since the CIA has its fingerprints all over almost every Middle Eastern terror group, it’s unsurprising that an Agency connection to the Times Square bomber has come to light,” Paul Watson wrote in 2010. “We’ve never come across a terrorist who wasn’t trained, equipped, radicalized, entrapped, or provocateured by a western intelligence agency or a terror group controlled by a western intelligence agency.”

Despite the fact that the FBI orchestrates virtually every terror plot it foils, frequently entrapping witless patsies by supplying them with arms and coaxing them through agent provocateurs, Bloomberg continues his rule through fear campaign trudging out the same old narrative concerning the fabricated menace of terrorism.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 1:04 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Facing 13 Years in Prison for Denouncing the Bank Bailouts — Using Kids' Chalk?

0

June 27, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Using kids’ sidewalk chalk, Jeff Olson scrawled his frustration with the Wall Street bailout of big banks outside three Bank of America buildings in his home town of San Diego last year. Bank of America received $45 billion in interest-free loans from the US government in 2008 and 2009–one of many conglamorate megabanks in the U.S. to receive massive government handouts.

Even though the chalk Olson used was water soluble and could easily be washed away, the 40-year-old Calif. resident is now standing trial for 13 counts of vandalism–meaning a potential 13-year jail sentence and $13,000 in fines.

During the first day of the trial on June 25, Superior Court Judge Howard M. Shore ruled out Olson’s First Amendment rights–even though they are fundementally protected under the U.S. Constitution.

The judge prohibited Olson’s attorney from even talking about the First Amendment, free speech, free expression, public forum, expressive conduct, or political speech throughout the trial, citing the fact that the state’s Vandalism Statute does not explicitly mention First Amendment rights.

Outside of the courtroom, Olson’s attorney Tom Tosdal said to The San Diego Reader,  “I’ve never heard that before, that a court can prohibit an argument of first amendment rights.”

Similar to the Occupy Wall Street and Bank Transfer Day movements, Olsen and his partner have actively encouraged people to move their money from big corporate banks to local nonprofit, community credit unions since 2011, reported The Reader, which  first broke news of the case on June 23.

Darrell Freeman–B of A’s Global Corporate Security vice president–accused Olson and his partner of “running a business” outside of Bank of America when they held a protest in support of a Nov. 5, 2012 worldwide Bank Transfer Day effort. Freeman pressured San Diego city attorneys to bring charges against Olson until they announced plans to do so in April, The Reader reports.

When she received a prosecution referral from the city’s gang crimes unit–of all units–Deputy City Attorney Paige Hazard called Olson to inform him of the charges.

Olson told KGTV that one of the Bank of America branches claimes it cost them $6,000 to clean up the water-soluble chalk messages.

San Diego’s mayor, Bob Filner, called the trial “a misuse and waste of taxpayer money” in a June 20 memo to City Attorney Jan Goldsmith.

He wrote: “It could also be characterized as an abuse of power that infringes on First Amendment, particularly when it is arbitrarily applied to some, but not all, similar speech.”

April M. Short is a Bay Area journalist focusing on social justice reporting.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Teenager Commits Suicide After Police Launch Social Media Campaign Against Him

0

Nineteen-year-old Pullman, Washington, resident Andrew Cain took his own life on Saturday. Now his sister, Alise Smith, is asking for an apology from the local police department who allegedly cyber-bullied the young man just days beore his death.

Cain was reportedly wanted for controlled substance charges and failure to appear in court. According to local media, a Latoh County, Idaho, Sheriff’s Office deputy assigned to Cain’s case posted a photo of the teenager on the Sheriff’s Office Facebook page, along with this message:

“We have decided that Andrew Cain is no longer the Wanted Person of the Week… he is the Wanted Person of the Month of June. Congratulations!”

Smith, Cain’s sister, says the officer also harassed the teenager with private Facebook messages. Meanwhile, false rumors about Cain began circulating across social media, all sparked by the Sheriff’s Office initial posts.

“It all exploded into people sharing it and rumors starting about other things that Andrew had done, crimes that he has never committed,” Smith told KLEW, “And people started harassing him.”

Smith says Cain texted her earlier in the week, saying he felt like putting a bullet in his head.

“The text came along with a screen shot of a private Facebook conversation from Sergeant Doug Andersen to Andrew saying that if he turned himself in, he would give him a copy of the wanted poster, basically teasing him,” she said.

According to KLEW, Smith stressed that she is not blaming the Latoh County Sheriff’s Office for Cain’s suicide, but “believes the Facebook activity was belittling and she hopes it doesn’t happen to anyone else.”

Latah County Sheriff Wayne Rausch told KLEW that Facebooking wanted posters has helped procure arrests, but understands that this particular post was inappropriate.  “It has never been my policy to include editorializing in media releases pertaining to the location and apprehension of persons wanted by the court,” Rausch said in statement. According to the KLEW, he apologied to Smith personally.

“That he felt necessary to end his life over facing consequences is tragic,” Rausch said in a statement

Smith told the Associated Press she grasps the usefulness of posting wanted posters to Facebook, but felt the “congratulations” comment and the private messages were an ‘abuse of power.’

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Cops Shoot Family Dog Just Because

8

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Police officers in a Chicago suburb sat in front of a home for 20 minutes, then without any provocation shot the family dog, who had been calmly sitting on the front porch, the dog’s owner claims in court.

Randy Green sued the Village of South Holland, police Officer Chad Barden and other unknown officers, in Federal Court.

South Holland, pop. 21,000, is a southern suburb of Chicago.

“On Sunday, July 22, 2012, two South Holland Police Officers arrived in separate vehicles at the home of Randy Green between 9-10 am, to investigate a purported dog off-leash (at large),” the complaint states.

“Upon information and belief, a caller had identified the dog at large as ‘a big old gray dog runnin’ around.’ The caller made no mention of the dog being dangerous, vicious, or aggressive. …

“The two South Holland officers arrived while plaintiff Randy Green and his family were asleep inside of their home, and where Mr. Green’s Cane Corso dog, Grady, was sitting on the front porch.

“Upon information and belief, the chain holding Grady in the Green family backyard had popped, allowing Grady to be off leash on and around Mr. Green’s residence.

“Both South Holland officers were equipped with dog-catching poles in the trunks of their vehicles, but neither attempted to use the dog-catching poles to capture the purported dog at large.

“South Holland officer Chad Barden stood, with his gun drawn, near the Green family home while the dog Grady sat on the front porch.

“The accompanying South Holland officer stood, leaning against his own police vehicle, approximately 100 feet away from Officer Chad Barden.

“The dog Grady walked past both officers on more than one occasion without incident, thereafter lazily returning to the front porch of the Green residence.

“At no time did the dog Grady make physical contact with either officer.

“The South Holland police officers stood outside the Green family home for approximately twenty minutes.

“At this time, the dog Grady approached Officer Barden again as he was standing nearest the Green family home.

“Shortly thereafter, Officer Barden shot the dog Grady three times for no reason.”

Grady, wounded, ran into the back yard and Green “rushed outside” to help him and take him to a vet.

Citing an “Expert Report,” Green claims that “video surveillance footage from the Green family residence revealed the absence of any charging, lunging or showing of teeth by the dog Grady and instead showed the dog Grady seeking ‘greater distance between the officer and himself,’ displaying ‘calming [body] signals’ by ‘looking away from the officers and showing his [Grady’s] flank,’ and moving in a ‘trot.'” (Brackets in complaint.)

The family immediately “took Grady to an emergency veterinary facility where Grady was treated,” the complaint states.

Meanwhile, “South Holland police officers walked onto the residential property of Randy Green, including his backyard and other private areas near his home,” Green claims.

A month later, South Holland police delivered a letter accusing Green of having a dangerous dog.

Green seeks damages for unreasonable seizure, trespass, intentional infliction of emotional distress, violation of the Illinois Humane Care for Animals Act, and malicious prosecution.

He is represented by Anna Morrison-Ricordati.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Minister Seduced Girls with Promise that Sex Would ‘Heal’ STDs and Early Pregnancy

0

Usually the Church is against all forms of sex before marriage, but not this South Carolina minister, who is accused of seducing young girls during private “prayer sessions.” In fact, this holy authority even claimed that sex with him would prevent STDs and early pregnancy–a bit of a change from the church’s usual doctrine of “abstinence only.”

According to the Associated Press, “58-year-old Larry Durant had been arrested and charged with two counts of second-degree criminal sexual conduct with a minor. He also faces four counts of third-degree criminal sexual conduct.”

Court documents say Durant coerced at least three female church members, as young as 11, into sexual intercourse by luring them into “private prayer” sessions. Durant told his targets the sex would heal them from “liking females, contracting sexual diseases or becoming pregnant early.” One 18-year-old survivor says she attended a “private prayer” session at Durant’s home, where she was told to keep it secret and “to not go against God’s will.”

“The manner in which he lured them in, we feel that at some level there’s a strong potential that there may be other victims. We’re talking about a span of, right now, over two year,” Sumter Police Chief Alvin Holston told WLTX. “It appeared that he may have had a routine on gaining the trust and the private company of some of the juveniles.”

Durant is also involved in another case, in which he allegedly forged the signature of a tenant he was trying to evict, also the grandmother of one of the sexual assault victims. The grandmother says she never thought twice about Durant’s “prayer sessions.”

“We thought he was really talking to the children, but find out that wasn’t the case,” she said. “All I want is justice done, that’s all. Justice done.”

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

Wendy Davis Fans Write Amazing Reviews of her Sneakers on Amazon

0

June 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

More and more people across the nation are choosing to #StandWithWendy, the unyielding state senator who on Wednesday became a national icon after she successfully blocked an antiabortion bill in the Texas state senate. Wearing a back brace and Mizuno sneakers, Wendy Davis filibustered for 13 hours straight on the senate floor without breaking to sit, eat or use the bathroom.

Her steadfastness for women’s rights has already spawned an Internet meme , nail art and now people are taking to Amazon to review the shoes made famous during her stand:

Men, do not try these on!, by Joshua Jones

I tried on a pair at the local mall and suddenly Texas Republicans started telling me what to do with my genitals. They started explaining reproduction to me like I was a seventh grader. Unfortunately, being male, I had no way to shut the whole thing down. I’m so confused…

Shoes that never Yield to the Floor, by AmazonianInLove

If you are looking for a shoe that will never yield to the floor, pressure or good ol’ fashioned boy’s club bullying this is the shoe for you. It has been tested for hours, opportunities to yield to oppression were presented yet this shoe stayed firmly in place holding up half the sky for 13 hours.

Highly recommended.

These shoes (and a woman’s body) have a way of shutting the whole thing down, By Stand with Wendy

An essential tool for running down the clock in a state 773 miles wide and 790 miles long! These shoes are perfect for those days when you must spend 13+ hours standing, not lean on your desk or take any breaks — even for meals or to use the bathroom. The snazzy hot pink color brings out your inner badassness and helps you to “humbly give voice to thousands of Texans” and stop a “raw abuse of power” in its tracks. Raise a feminist army and lead the charge when your competitors cheat and change the rules on you. These Mizuno’s are built to protect your feet from mudslinging and add sunshine to the political process. Highly recommended for fierce women and anyone who’s not a Greedy Old Prick (GOP).

Excellent Protection for the Foot and the Womb!, By IV

Whether you’re running for governor or standing up for women’s rights, these shoes really fit the bill! Standing up for 11 hours straight in a room full of men who are telling what to do with your baby-maker is no easy task. Fortunately, the Mizuno Wave Riders are always up to the challenge. They are sturdy enough to kick behind, yet classy enough to look good while doing it. I endorse these shoes!

Prachi Gupta is an Assistant News Editor for Salon, focusing on pop culture. Follow her on Twitter at @prachigu or email her at pgupta@salon.com.

Republished with permission from:: AlterNet

'EvilOlive, Transient Thurible, MoonLightPath…": The NSA's Active Internet Spy Programs

0

The NSA collects and analyzes significant amounts of data from US communications systems in the course of monitoring foreign targets. (Photograph: guardian.co.uk)With bizarre names–including “EvilOlive,” “ShellTrumpet,” “MoonLightPath,” “Transient Thurible,” and “Spinneret”–the existence of a series of internal data-mining programs developed and operated by the National Intelligence Agency, according to documents assessed by the Guardian, indicates that despite assurances from NSA officials, the massive collection of domestic internet data is not only ongoing, but possibly expanding.

As part of the latest revelations based on leaked documents provided by former NSA contractor Edward Snowden on Thursday, journalists Glenn Greenwald and Spencer Ackerman, say the internal communications “indicate that the amount of internet harvested, viewed, processed and overseen by the Special Source Operations (SSO) directorate inside the is extensive.”

“While there is no reference to any specific program currently collecting purely domestic internet in bulk,” they continue, “it is clear that the agency collects and analyzes significant amounts of data from US communications systems in the course of monitoring foreign targets.”

Despite claims by the Obama administration that large “metadata collection” of domestic internet data ceased in 2011, one specific data-mining program–”ShellTrumpet”–was celebrated in the documents for processing “its One Trillionth record” on December 31st, 2012.

Greenwald and Ackerman continue:

It is not clear how much of this collection concerns foreigners’ online records and how much concerns those of Americans. Also unclear is the claimed legal authority for this collection.

Explaining that the five-year old program “began as a near-real-time metadata analyzer … for a classic collection system”, the SSO official noted: “In its five year history, numerous other systems from across the Agency have come to use ShellTrumpet’s processing capabilities for performance monitoring” and other tasks, such as “direct email tip alerting.”

Almost half of those trillion pieces of internet metadata were processed in 2012, the document detailed: “though it took five years to get to the one trillion mark, almost half of this volume was processed in this calendar year”.

Another SSO entry, dated February 6, 2013, described ongoing plans to expand metadata collection. A joint surveillance collection operation with an unnamed partner agency yielded a new program “to query metadata” that was “turned on in the Fall 2012”. Two others, called MoonLightPath and Spinneret, “are planned to be added by September 2013.”

________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

'Bound for Gory': Climate Activists Arrested in Maine for Blocking 'Dirty Oil' Train

0

Members from 350 Maine, who blocked the railroad crossing at Lawrence Avenue in Fairfield Thursday night, to protest the transport of fracked oil. (Staff photo by Michael G. Seamans)Six Maine residents were arrested late Thursday night after a larger group of climate activists blockaded a set of tracks passing through the small town of Fairfield in order to prevent a train carrying 70,000 barrels of “fracked” oil headed to a refinery in neighboring New Brunswick, Canada.

Associating themselves with a growing national campaign of direct action against the fossil fuel industry called “Fearless Summer,” the protesters at the scene erected a large scaffold over the tracks and held signs reading “Trains for people, not for oil” and “This train’s bound for Gory” (pun intended).

Police arrived, and after several warnings for the protesters to disperse, the six who refused were arrested as the scaffolding was destroyed with a chain saw.

Local media reported a surprisingly large law enforcement response with police from numerous towns showing up at the scene, including troopers from the State Police.

350 Maine*, the statewide group associated but independent from international organization 350.org that led the action, said the goal was to draw attention to the “fracked oil” that is quietly passing through the state on a regular basis. Local members of Earth First also participated in the action.

The groups say that the trains running through Maine carry crude from the Bakken oil fields of North Dakota and are especially toxic because “fracked oil” is extracted by blasting a high pressure toxic cocktail deep into the ground to release the oil from shale rock, polluting air and water in surrounding communities.

“People say that this new oil boom in the US will make us energy secure,” said Meaghan LaSala, student at University of Southern Maine and an organzier with 350 Maine. “But there is nothing secure about runaway climate change. This is our moment to change our trajectory before it’s too late.”Authorities approach members from 350 Maine, who blocked the railroad crossing at Lawrence Avenue in Fairfield Thursday night, to protest the transport of fracked oil. (Morning Sentinel Staff photo by Michael G. Seamans)

One of those arrested, 63-year old Read Brugger from the town of Freedom, was clear about his motivations.

“We feel there has not been enough awareness about the millions of gallons of crude shell oil that shipped across Maine each month,” Brugger told the local Bangor Daily News. “We feel need to move beyond fossil fuels and get away from the poisonous ways oil is being extracted.”

The BDN, which reported that many at the scene “said they did not know that fracked oil was being transported through Maine,” made it seem like the action, at least on local level, may have had the desired result.

But the campaigners acknowledged their concerns go beyond even the dire threats faced by Maine communities if one of these trains rerails or a spill occurs.

“We believe the moment we’re in, in terms of climate change, is a dramatic one and it calls for dramatic action,” said LaSala in an interview with the Morning Sentinel.(Maine Media Today photo by Michael G. Seamans)

“We oppose the continued extraction of fossil fuels, but we also oppose its transportation over thousands of miles of environmentally sensitive areas,” added Sarah Linnekin, a student at Maine’s Unity College. “Since my number one job is to protect my children, I feel an obligation to take action.”

[*Full disclosure: This writer is a sometimes volunteer for 350 Maine, though had no involvement with this action.]

______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

South Africans Slam US "Plunder" and "Atrocities" as Obama Arrives

0

Protesters carry placards as they protest against the visit of U.S. President Barack Obama in Pretoria, June 28, 2013.(Photo: Siphiwe Sibeko/ Reuters)“No You Can’t!” was the cry as hundreds of South Africans marched on the US Embassy in the capital city of Pretoria Friday in protest of visiting United States President Barack Obama.

“Their administration’s government is not welcome, and is being received with antagonism,” said campaign coordinator Mbuyiseni Ndlozi.

Demonstrators were organizing to raise public awareness about the gross human rights violations being committed by the Obama administration, including the proliferation of drone warfare and the treatment and indefinite detention of prisoners at Guantanamo.

In a statement released ahead of the visit, Congress of South African Trade Unions (COSATU) denounced the Administration’s “horrifying record of foreign policy in the world,” citing the “militarization of international relations for the multinational companies and their profit-seeking classes in the US,” and the presence of AFRICOM and other Special Operations forces, “which are largely responsible for the destabilization of various countries and communities.”

The embassy rally was staged near the Pretoria Heart Clinic where anti-apartheid revolutionary and former South African president, Nelson Mandela, has been hospitalized with a lung infection for nearly three weeks.

The leader’s family has gathered by his bedside though Mandela’s ex-wife, Winnie Madikizela-Mandela, said he has made “a great improvement” in recent days. However, she added, “But clinically he is still unwell,” BBC reports.

Ahead of the trip, President Obama stated that Mandela was a “personal hero” of his, the irony of which was not lost on the nearby demonstrators.

“Mandela valued human life … Mandela would condemn drone attacks and civilian deaths, Mandela cannot be his hero, he cannot be on that list,” said protester Yousha Tayob.

“Mandela valued human life … Mandela would condemn drone attacks and civilian deaths, Mandela cannot be his hero.” —protester Yousha Tayob

President Obama had initially planned to visit Mandela’s hospital room, but because of Mandela’s recent turn in health is deferring to his family on whether that would be “appropriate.”

Reporting on the protest, Reuters writes:

Nearly 1,000 trade unionists, Muslim activists and South African Communist Party members marched through the capital to the US Embassy where they burned a US flag in protest, calling Obama’s foreign policy “arrogant and oppressive”.

Muslim activists held prayers in a car park outside the embassy. Leader Imam Sayeed Mohammed told the group: “We hope that Mandela feels better and that Obama can learn from him.”

South African critics of Obama have focused in particular on his support for US drone strikes overseas, which they say have killed hundreds of innocent civilians, and his failure to fulfill a pledge to close the US military detention center at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba housing terrorism suspects.

As they marched, protesters carried signs reading “No You Can’t, Obama,” co-opting the infamous 2008 campaign slogan, “Yes We Can.”

According to the Associated Press, demonstrators staged a similar protest outside of the Parliament building in Cape Town.

“He’s coming here to plunder Africa and South Africa,” said protester Abdurahman Khan. “He’s coming for the wealth and resources, for the gold and the diamond mines, while the majority of Africans and South Africans are suffering.”

Additional rallies are planned Saturday at the University of Johannesburg’s Soweto campus–where university students and staff have vowed to boycott the US President’s address and acceptance of an honorary law degree–and on Sunday at the University of Cape Town.

A man carries a placard calling US President Obama “The Kitchen Boy of the White House” and expressing many things he thinks are wrong with US foreign policy, as Protestors demonstrate against the upcoming visit of U.S. President Barack Obama in Pretoria, South Africa, Friday June 28, 2013. (Photo: Jerome Delay/ AP)

Protesters rallying in the South African capital of Pretoria. (Photo via Fars News)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Hope Surges in Egypt's Streets As Millions Gear up for 'Second Revolution'

0

Anti-government protests in Tahrir Square Thursday night (Photo: New York Times)Protests are already underway in cities and towns across Egypt Friday as opponents of Egyptian President Mohammed Morsi gear up for mass demonstrations Sunday in what many hope will be a ‘second revolution‘ of millions.

Yet, Morsi’s supporters, many of them members of the Muslim Brotherhood, as well as Egypt’s powerful army and security forces, are also taking to the streets in what some fear will be a violent attempt to stem the uprising.

The grassroots Tamarod, or “rebel,” movement has breathed new life into Egypt’s ongoing protests against Morsi by collecting over 15 million signatures on a petition demanding a vote of no confidence in Morsi’s rule, and by mobilizing for what are expected to be massive protests Sunday marking the one year anniversary of the ruler’s inauguration

In a march winding through Cairo, demonstrators could be seen distributing “Egyptian flags and red cards to drivers and chanting against the Muslim Brotherhood,” reports Al Ahram.

“We’ve had enough of Morsi,” activist Ghada Naguib told the Global Post. “We don’t need him to do anything anymore. We just need him to leave.”

Protesters are erecting more tents in Tahrir Square, the icononic heart of the revolution that swept Mubarak from power in 2011.

In response to the loud call for Morsi to step down, Muslim Brotherhood supporters are holding counter-rallies, with thousands gathered Friday in the Nasser District of Cairo.

Since Thursday, fighting between Morsi supporters and opponents has led to several deaths, the BBC reports.

Meanwhile, the Egyptian army is being rapidly deployed throughout Egypt, including positions at the Suez canal and in front of government ministries.

After Morsi’s Wednesday speech snubbing anti-regime protesters, and the Sunday threat by Egypt’s Supreme Council of Armed Forces that it would step in to quell unrest, many fear a harsh repression of the mass mobilizations. Amnesty International released a statement Friday urging Egyptian security forces to ‘show restraint.’

Morsi is already moving quickly to consolidate power, purging dissenters from state agencies and court positions.

Yet, Morsi’s powerful U.S. allies appeared to be weighing against the protests. U.S. Ambassador Anne Patterson declared last Friday, “Some say that street action will produce better results than elections. To be honest, my government and I are deeply skeptical. Egypt needs stability to get its economic house in order, and more violence on the streets will do little more than add new names to the lists of martyrs.”

Morsi’s opponents expressed outrage about Patterson’s statement. “The Muslim Brotherhood is ready to offer Egypt on a golden platter to the United States in exchange for Washington’s support. It is no surprise that she would say that,” activist Shady el-Ghazali declared to the AP, referring to the ambassador’s statement.

U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry said Wednesday that he hoped the protests would result in compromise and consensus, viewed as a tacit endorsement of Morsi’s continued rule. He also repeated calls for Egypt to move more quickly on IMF loans and economic reforms that many blame for the poverty, energy, and food crises gripping the country.

The U.S. is a major backer of the Morsi regime and Egypt’s powerful military, giving $1.3 billion in annual military aid. This is despite widespread charges that the regime has systematically violated human rights, steamrolled democracy, and embraced neoliberal economic policies that deepen poverty and inequality.

Since taking office a year ago, the president has faced more than 9,400 protests, marking a world record for that year.

The Tamarod movement, which grew out of the Kefaya movement launched in 2005 in opposition to Mubarak-era abuses, hopes that Sunday’s mass demonstrations will catalyze a revitalization of Egypt’s ongoing protests that have been beaten back by severe police and army crackdown.

“Nine months into the reign of [Morsi] and the control of the Muslim Brotherhood over the state, and Egyptian people [have been] murdered and dragged in the street by group militias before the eyes and ears of the world,” stated the Kefaya movement when it released the petition in April.

However, as Sharif Abdel Kouddous reports, the revitalized movement must navigate Egypt’s complex political landscape:

Organizers view the petition campaign as deriving revolutionary legitimacy from the street, the same source of authority that toppled Mubarak. Yet much of the discourse around the revived protest mobilization has been hijacked by elements tied to the former regime who have openly called for the army to step in and remove the Brotherhood from power. By most accounts, the chances of this president stepping down are slim. Morsi was voted into office for a four-year term in elections that are widely viewed as being free and fair and the petition to withdraw confidence from the president has no constitutional or legal standing to contest his authority. Morsi himself has called the demands for an early presidential vote as “absurd and illegal.”

What’s more, Morsi is backed by millions of his own supporters, with a core constituency made up of members of the Muslim Brotherhood, the group from which he hails, who have launched a counter signature-gathering campaign called Tagarod–or “Impartiality.”

Protesters will also face security forces armed with U.S.-shipped teargas that has been used regularly as an often lethal weapon against Egyptian protests.

Yet, Morsi’s opponents insist that the marches will continue and express hope that this new moment of mobilization can continue the Egyptian revolution.

“We will not leave until the president leaves,” declared activist Hossam Mustafa to the AP. “We will win back Egypt for all Egyptians.”An Egyptian woman signs a Tamarod petition in early June (Photo: AP)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

TD Bank Gets Punked: Yes Men-Style Prank Highlights Bank's Tar Sands Support

0

Photo: Michael Fleshman/cc/flickrIt looks like TD Bank has been punked in a Yes Men-style act on Friday that highlights bank’s support for the Keystone XL pipeline and tar sands.

A press release purportedly from the bank said that the institution was going to begin selling its $1.6 billion stake in the tar sands carrying pipeline and “other oil sands related ventures” following President Obama’s recent climate speech and “increasing controversies and economic difficulties for Alberta’s oil sands.” It continued:

“Divesting from Keystone XL not only makes financial sense given the uncertainties surrounding the project, but it fits with out pledge to be ‘As Green As Our Logo’,” says TD Bank Environmental Director Diana Glassman.

“The short term dictates of the market and the concerns of our shareholders are of course the primary motivation behind the move away from oil sands, but thankfully, doing so will serve to protect other investments in the long term.” says TD Chief Economist Craig Alexander, “Climate change is bad for business and economic stability in general, and the scientific community has been very clear about the climate change impacts of Alberta’s oil sands.”

The release was sent out and posted to yourtdbank.com, a site that appears to mirror the actual tdbank.com site.

Obviously getting some attention–perhaps including some praise for the recognizing the climate change impacts of the tar sands–TD Bank tweeted this morning:

The release duped a few news outlets temporarily, including the International Business Times.

EcoWatch, lamenting that the news turned out to be fake, wrote, “If only this were true…”.

It is not clear at this point who is behind the prank, but it is certain that a bank whose “goal is to be as green as our logo” is clearly off track in its support for the tar sands.

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Deadly Force and Threats Against Peaceful Activists Rise

0

Julie Wilson
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

Peaceful Streets Project (PSP) leader Antonio Buehler has been threatened indirectly by Wayne Vincent, the President of the Austin Police Association (APA), in a June 24th broadcast that aired on Fox 7 news.

In the broadcast, the President of the APA says “We fully are afraid that this thing is going to turn violent before its over because Buehler keeps escalating the harassment.”

“So our officers are out there with absolutely no relief from this kind of harassment. It’s not going to end well. This thing is going to turn violent,”says the APA President.

Contrary to the allegations, Peaceful Streets Project members simply film from afar, acting as by-standers, catching public servants in action hoping to prevent police misconduct.

The Peaceful Streets Project’s attention has been mainly focused on Officer Nathan Wagner, who unjustly shot and killed 20-year old Byron Carter in May of 2011.

According to the American Statesman, the officer opened fire on a car pulling out of an East Austin parking spot. Carter’s family sued for $1.5 million for “the mental anguish and loss of companionship” caused by the tragic shooting.

The American Statesman explained “the 8 jury members were required to determine whether the officer knowingly and intentionally violated Carter’s Fourth Amendment right to be free from excessive force when he fired at a vehicle in which Carter was a passenger.”

On June 11th, the American Statesman reports that the jury found the officer to be innocent of the allegations. “The law allows an officer to use deadly force if there is a threat of imminent death or serious injury,” said U.S. District Judge Lee Yeakel.

The Carter family was not awarded any compensation for the murder of their son.

The Peaceful Streets Project has taken it upon themselves “to keep an eye on Wagner, and just increase the scrutiny on this particular cop,” says Buehler.

Police Association President Wayne Vincent says “there’s not a thing wrong with citizens filming officers. If their intent is to try and catch officers in misconduct, it would seem to me you’d want to film quietly where the police don’t even know you’re there. These folks that we’re talking about, get in our officers faces, follow them around, constantly walk into the scene and start talking to the people we’re trying to deal with.”

Buehler responds saying “We don’t get in the way. We don’t ever interact with the police when they’re engaged in a stop. The only time we interact with them in when they interact with us. We’ve never gotten in between a cop and a suspect.”

As far as the Peaceful Streets Project getting involved and talking to people on the scene, the incident APA President Wayne Vincent is most likely referring to is when Austin Police officers towed a woman’s vehicle was was riding in the passenger seat of her car, while her friend driving was arrested for drunk driving. The passenger and owner of the vehicle was not charged with anything and was free to leave.

PSP volunteers offered to give the woman a ride home, but officer Jason Mistric refused, telling the young woman she had to call a cab. Officer Mistric claimed he called a cab for the young woman, but a cab never arrived. The woman then called the cab herself, but was told that cabs were not being sent out at that time. This statement from the cab company indicated Officer Mistric had lied.

Ironically, after Officer Mistric argued with PSP volunteers for nearly thirty minutes, he finally agreed to allow the woman to be driven home by PSP volunteers.

Even though violence from police has been on the rise, New York has moved to enact a law that would make it illegal to “harass, annoy or threaten an officer on duty,” however, physical contact must be made.

Buehler thinks the law is garbage and believes it’s the people who need protection from police, not the other way around.

Police violence and shootings continue to rise across the country, creating statistics that should leave everyone feeling scared.

WhoWhatWhy.com reports in an article released on June 27, 2013 that the FBI was aware of an organization, possibly a local police department or private security company, that had plans to assassinate peaceful protesters during the Occupy Movement.

A classified document released by the FBI said:

An identified [DELETED] as of October planned to engage in sniper attacks against protestors (sic) in Houston, Texas if deemed necessary. An identified [DELETED] had received intelligence that indicated the protesters in New York and Seattle planned similar protests in Houston, Dallas, San Antonio and Austin,Texas. [DELETED] planned to gather intelligence against the leaders of the protest groups and obtain photographs, then formulate a plan to kill the leadership via suppressed sniper rifles.

The report released by WhoWhatWhy.com also reveals statements by Paul Kennedy, the National Lawyers Guild attorney in Houston who acted as legal counsel for several Occupy Houston activists arrested during the protests, said he hadn’t heard of the sniper plot, but said, “I find it hard to believe that such information would have been known to the FBI and that we would not have been told about it.” He then added darkly, “If it had been some right-wing group plotting such an action, something would have been done. But if it is something law enforcement was planning, then nothing would have been done. It might seem hard to believe that a law enforcement agency would do such a thing, but I wouldn’t put it past them.”

When WhoWhatWhy.com contacted the FBI headquarters asking about the document, the agency confirmed it was authentic. A second government document from the Houston FBI office obtained by a Freedom of Information Request, suggests that the assassination plot could still be used if the Occupy Movement were ever to resume.

The document states:

On 13 October 2011, writer sent via email an excerpt from the daily [DELETED] regarding FBI Houston’s [DELETED] to all IAs, SSRAs and SSA [DELETED] This [DELETED] identified the exploitation of the Occupy Movement by [LENGTHY DELETION] interested in developing a long-term plan to kill local Occupy leaders via sniper fire.

When the Houston FBI office was asked why nobody was ever arrested for planning to assassinate Occupy demonstrators, they refused to answer. When the Houston Police Department (HPD) was questioned regarding the FBI documents, they claimed they had never heard of such a plot. If true, this means the FBI failed to warn the HPD, the entity in charge of policing the movement and maintaining the safety of its participants, of possible terrorist attacks.

You would think this was something the HPD should have been made aware of. If these attacks were planned by Tea Party groups, you can be sure arrests would have been made, and the story plastered across the main stream media.

A Dallas based company called Craft International,LLC has been offering special sniper training to Texas law enforcement agencies for years now.

Government agencies, local police departments and even private security companies have beefed up their efforts in recent years to use excessive and potentially deadly force against activists. Based alone on these specific government documents from the Houston FBI, it’s clear that government agencies are conspiring with local law enforcement entities to train and prepare both physically and mentally for civil unrest.

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Myanmar police kill 2 displaced Muslims

0

Rohingyas are seen at a camp for displaced people in Myanmar’s western Rakhine state (file photo)

At least two people have been killed and six others wounded as government forces opened fire on a refugee camp housing Muslim Rohingyas in western Myanmar.

According to the UN refugee agency, the incident happened when security forces tried to quell a dispute at the camp in the Pauktaw township of the western Rakhine state on Thursday.

The dispute was about how to resettle Rohingya Muslims displaced by deadly sectarian violence in Rakhine.

The UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) called for an investigation into Thursday’s incident.

Å“The agency is appealing to the authorities to handle the matter in a peaceful and calm way to avoid fueling further violence and loss of life,” it said in a statement.

Hundreds of Rohingyas have been killed and thousands displaced in attacks by extremist Buddhists over the past year.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine.

Rohingya Muslims have faced torture, neglect, and repression in Myanmar for many years.

Thousands of Rohingyas in Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights, becoming vulnerable to acts of violence, expulsion, and displacement.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Protester killed in Turkey clashes

0

A medical emergency team carries a wounded person on a stretcher after clashes between Kurdish people and Turkish military officers at Lice in Diyarbakir, on June 28, 2013.

A Kurdish protester has been killed and at least eight others injured in clashes with Turkish security forces in the southeastern province of Diyarbakir.

The clashes broke out on Friday between Turkish police and Kurdish demonstrators protesting the construction work to expand a military station in the town of Lice, situated about 691 kilometers (429 miles) east of the capital, Ankara.

Police fired tear gas and used water cannon to disperse protesters who responded with Molotov cocktails, fireworks, and stones.

The injured were rushed to a nearby hospital for medical treatment.

On January 9, Ankara and the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK) were reported to have reached an agreement on a peace roadmap to end nearly three decades of hostility.

The PKK has been fighting for an autonomous Kurdish region since the 1980s. The conflict has left tens of thousands of people dead.

MAM/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Morsi represents no majority: Critic

0

An Egyptian politician says President Mohamed Morsi has failed to keep his promises of establishing democracy in the post-revolution nation and no longer represents the majority of Egyptians.

In an exclusive interview with Press TV on Thursday, spokesman of the Free Egyptians Party, Shehab Wagih, criticized Morsi for giving far-fetched explanations about the political standoff in the country instead of offering solutions.

Wagih, also a member of the National Salvation Front in Cairo, dismissed Morsiâ„¢s allegation that remnants of the old regime are plotting against his government in cooperation with the opposition. Even if so, he said, Morsi should put the alleged conspirators on trial instead of issuing statements about them.

Å“This is not acceptable. In Egypt, we are supposed to have a democratic country. A democratic country must be ruled by law; this is what we believe in…. But the fact is that Dr. Morsiâ„¢s failure in all the fields is what Egypt is suffering from now. It is not a conspiracy. It is just a simple failure,” he insisted, referring to Egyptâ„¢s struggling economy and poor security among other problems.

Wagih questioned the governmentâ„¢s legitimacy, which he said Å“came from a constitution which came by an illegal way, by just putting the Constitutional Court under siege.”

He explained that Morsiâ„¢s victory in the 2012 presidential election was largely due to the votes of the opposition, which is now withdrawing its support as the president fails to meet his campaign pledges.

Å“He made some very famous promises, saying that he will reform the constitutional assembly in order to be accepted by everyone. He gave us many promises which he did not fulfill.”

Wagih also condemned the United States for defending the Muslim Brotherhood and accused Washington of interfering in the country’s internal affairs.

Å“It is not just a country-country thing. It is something between the United States and the Brotherhood. I am telling you they are defending him…. I can see that there were some cases in which it was not logical that things go this way and then went in a different way.”

Egypt has been experiencing a faceoff between Morsi supporters and his opponents, who accuse the government of being dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters argue that the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution that ousted long-time dictator Hosni Mubarak.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Senate Passes Immigration Bill

0

The Senate voted 68-to-32 to pass the long-debated immigration bill on June 27, with 14 Republicans joining 52 Democrats and two independents. The extraordinary protocol for the vote highlighted its importance, with Vice President Biden presiding and the senators voting from their desks.

The New York Times summarized the bill’s key components as providing a 13-year path to citizenship for the 11 million “unauthorized” immigrants in the country, as well as tough border security provisions that must be put in place before the illegal immigrants can gain legal status.

(For AP’s roll call of the vote, click here.)

The Times reported that the “Gang of Eight” group of senators who drafted the bill’s framework delivered supportive speeches prior to the vote, signaling out Sen. Marco Rubio (R-Fla.). When he finished his speech, the other “Gang of Eight” senators gathered around him on the floor, patting him on the back and praising his oratory. “Good job,” said one. “I’m proud of you,” said another.

Rubio’s highly visible role in the process was seen by many as an attempt by the Republican Party to improve its standing among Hispanic voters.

A report in USA Today described the passage of the bill as “a historic step forward for President Obama on one of the most important planks of his second-term agenda.”

Following the vote, the White House released President Obama’s statement commenting on the bill’s passage. It read, in part:

If enacted, the Senate bill would establish the most aggressive border security plan in our history. It would offer a pathway to earned citizenship for the 11 million individuals who are in this country illegally – a pathway that includes passing a background check, learning English, paying taxes and a penalty, and then going to the back of the line behind everyone who’s playing by the rules and trying to come here legally. It would modernize the legal immigration system so that it once again reflects our values as a nation and addresses the urgent needs of our time. And it would provide a big boost to our recovery, by shrinking our deficits and growing our economy.

Today, the Senate did its job. It’s now up to the House to do the same.…

As this process moves forward, I urge everyone who cares about this issue to keep a watchful eye. Now is the time when opponents will try their hardest to pull this bipartisan effort apart so they can stop commonsense reform from becoming a reality. We cannot let that happen. 

The Washington Post reported that Thursday’s vote was the culmination of more than six months of negotiations led by the “Gang of Eight,” noting that two of the group’s most high-profile members – John McCain (R-Ariz.) and Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) – had worked together as they rarely had in the past.

The Post summarized the bill’s progression through the Senate by noting that following the release of a proposed bill by the “Gang of Eight” in April, the Senate Judiciary Committee spent 37 hours in deliberations spread over three weeks, during which the senators considered almost 300 proposed amendments. Finally, the panel referred the legislation to the full Senate.

However, the reporting on the thoroughness and benefits of the bill seem highly embellished. Though the Congressional Budget Office did claim in a recent report that the immigration law would provide new revenues for government, not a drain on government, the report admits that it did not take into account many costs, such as the future costs of immigrants as they use Social Security and other government benefits. All indications show that the bill will be an economic boondoggle for the country. Also, the CBO reported that, even if the bill works exactly as its sponsors say it will, it will only reduce immigration by 25 percent going forward, hardly a resounding success.

In a recent article, we reported how two of the Senate’s leading opponents to the immigration bill had attempted, without success, to amend it:

A press release sent from [Sen. Ted] Cruz’s office on June 19 noted that the senator had “filed additional amendments to S. 744 [the Border Security, Economic Opportunity, and Immigration Modernization Act introduced by the Gang of Eight] to significantly improve border security measures, fix our immigration system in a manner that champions legal immigration, and uphold the rule of law by ensuring illegal immigrants granted legal status under this bill are not given a path to citizenship.” (Emphasis added.)

“I very much want commonsense immigration reform to pass, but if this bill becomes law as currently written, it will not solve the problem. Instead it will make the problem of illegal immigration worse,” Sen. Cruz said.

The other senator also attempting to put some teeth into the bill was Rand Paul (R-Ky.):

“If [the immigration bill] got stronger, I could consider it, but since they rejected my call to have Congress involved with determining whether the border is secure, I can’t imagine how they can get me back unless they come back to me and say, ‘We’ve changed our mind,’” Paul said. “We would like Congress to be involved in this.”

The Daily Caller reported on Wednesday that the Senate voted 61 to 37 to table Paul’s “Trust but Verify” amendment to the immigration bill that would have required a vote from Congress affirming that border security measures were working before illegal (aka “undocumented”) immigrants could be granted legal status.

Not surprisingly, both Cruz and Paul voted “No” on Thursday.

Following the Senate vote, the immigration bill will go to the Republican-controlled House, where passage is far from assured. 

The Chicago Sun-Times quoted from House Speaker John Boehner’s (R-Ohio) statement:

Apparently, some haven’t gotten the message. The House is not going to take up and vote on whatever the Senate passes. We’re going to do our own bill through regular order, and it’ll be legislation that reflects the will of our majority and the will of the American people. And for any legislation, including a conference report, to pass the House, it’s going to have to be a bill that has the support of the majority of our members.

Despite Boehner’s strongly worded statement, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid (D-Nev.) said Thursday that he was “confident” the House would pass the Senate’s immigration legislation.

House Majority Leader Eric Cantor expressed concern that most legislators – including the senators who voted for the bill – don’t know a great deal about what the bill contains. “I can’t tell you what’s in that big Senate bill, and the well over 1,000 or 1,500 pages that it may be, and that’s my concern,” Cantor said in an interview with Yahoo News. “I don’t know if you could ask a lot of the senators what’s in that bill. And that’s my concern.”

The Senate bill just passed included a provision to spend almost $40 billion over the next decade to improve border enforcement, including adding 20,000 new Border Patrol agents and 700 miles of fencing along the southern border. This addition was the result of an amendment proposed by Senators Bob Corker (R-Tenn.) and John Hoeven (R-N.D.). The New York Times noted that that amendment “helped bring along more than a dozen reluctant Republicans, who were hesitant to support the overall bill without a clear plan to secure the southern border, in order to ward off a future wave of illegal immigration.”

However, as we noted in our article, “Permanent Amnesty, Temporary Border”:

Plans such as those produced by the “Gang of 8” often include the promise of border security, in order to mollify the concerns of those who fear that open borders combined with amnesty and generous government benefits for illegals would produce an uncontrollable wave of illegal immigration….

 “Border security” has been promised in the past in connection with legalizing illegal immigrants who had already crossed the border. But though amnesty has been provided, the promise of border security remains elusive.

Related articles: 

Sen. Ted Cruz Launches Petition Against Gang of Eight

Permanent Amnesty, Temporary Border

Republished with permission from:: The New American

The Harrowing Tale of Ahmed Abu Ali

0

This month commemorates the sad tenth anniversary of the Abu Ali family’s nightmare. Their son’s ordeal began as one of the earliest and ugliest extraordinary rendition cases by the U.S. government.

Ahmed Abu Ali was born to Palestinian parents in Houston, Texas in 1981 and was the valedictorian of his high school class in Alexandria, Virginia. In 2000, he received a scholarship to study at the Islamic University of Medina in Saudi Arabia, so he left the University of Maryland to pursue a degree in Islamic Studies. He was one year away from graduating before his life would change forever.

At the request of the U.S government, two Saudi security agents approached Ahmed in mid June 2003 and arrested him as he was taking his final exam.  According to Abu Ali’s lawyers, the reason he was targeted was because his name appeared in an address book of someone in Saudi Arabia who was associated with Al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula. His family had no idea what happened to him until a week later when their house in Northern Virginia was raided by two-dozen FBI agents. Meanwhile, Ahmed was subjected to brutal torture by the Saudi security agents in Al-Ha’ir Prison in Riyadh, where according to the Saudi internal security service, the Mabahith, FBI agents participated in Ahmed’s interrogation by submitting questions and watching through a one way-mirror.

For the next twenty months, Ahmed was detained without charge or legal representation. During the first month of his incarceration, Ahmed would later testify that on the first day, his interrogators asked him “whether he knew specific people and whether he knew about bombings in Riyadh.” At one point, his blindfold was taken off and he “saw the bruised face of a man through a window in the door to the room. The man was asked if he knew Ahmed, and he shook his head no.” Ahmed was not fed that day. The agents then “hit him, slapped him, punched him in the stomach, and pulled his beard, ears, and hair.” He was not allowed to use the bathroom, even when he asked to wash up for prayers. The following days the agents continued hitting him. At one point, he was taken from the chair in which he was sitting, and, according to court transcripts, he was “handcuffed to a chain in the floor, leaving him with his knees to his chest on the ground, hunched over with his head on his fists, and his feet shackled.” Someone then began to strike him on the back and yell, ‘confess!’

Although he was blindfolded, he stated that “he could hear four different voices in the room” while he thought “he was assaulted by only one person.” He said it was “very painful” and that it was the “first time I felt extreme pain.” When the beating began, he was clad in an undershirt and long underpants. Ultimately, his undershirt was torn off as he was struck on his bareback. Eventually, Ahmed told his torturers he would cooperate. The beating then stopped, and he was taken back to his cell. Later, Ahmed would be seen on a video giving a “confession” to his interrogators and asking them “if they were satisfied with his answers.”

Back in the U.S. Ahmed’s parents became extremely concerned about the fate of their son. They hired a team of lawyers to press the U.S. government to reveal his whereabouts and its role in his unexplained and mysterious detention. In fact, one of the defense lawyers, Salim Ali, filed a sworn affidavit alleging that Gordon Kromberg, a federal prosecutor in the Eastern District of Virginia and infamous for his anti-Muslim bias, heightened the concerns of the family when he said that Ahmed had faced torture during esamhis detention and interrogation. When asked in the fall of 2003 whether Ahmed would be brought to the United States to face charges, Kromberg responded: “He’s no good to us here. He has no fingernails left.”

As the Abu Ali family received conflicting messages from both governments, they filed a writ of habeas corpus in the D.C. District Court. In an attempt to avoid complying with a judge’s order to discover the facts in the case, prosecutors indicted Ahmed in February 2005. He was then transferred to the U.S. after being charged with “material support for terrorism” for having allegedly joined an Al-Qaeda cell in Saudi Arabia and “participated in a plan to assassinate President George Bush.” These charges were entirely based on the information provided in the recorded coerced confession obtained in Al-Ha’ir Prison in the midst of his torture sessions.

Psychiatrist Lynne Gaby from George Washington University Medical Center and an expert on “Survivors of Torture and Severe Trauma,” would later testify in a pretrial hearing that Ahmed suffered post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and that his testimony regarding his torture was credible. In addition, an expert on torture hired by Ahmed’s lawyers, Dr. Allen Keller, the director of the NYU Program for Survivors of Torture, physically examined Ahmed and testified that even two years after the torture, he observed about ten scars on his back which were consistent with the whipping he claimed he suffered during interrogation in Saudi Arabia, proving conclusively that he was physically tortured. The government expert, Dr. Robert Katz, a dermatologist who did not physically examine the victim, but viewed photographs of his back, stated that the marks shown on Ahmed’s back “were not scars, but pigment discolorations.”

Unfortunately the judge sided with the prosecution even though the 2003 U.S. State Department’s Human Rights Country Reports on Saudi Arabia stated that:

There were credible reports that the authorities abused detainees, both citizens and foreigners. Ministry of Interior officials were responsible for most incidents of abuse of prisoners, including beatings, whippings, and sleep deprivation. In addition, there were allegations of torture, including allegations of beatings with sticks and suspension from bars by handcuffs. There were reports that torture and abuse were used to obtain confessions from prisoners.

During the trial, the judge did not allow the torture expert’s report to be presented to the jury, even while admitting Ahmed’s coerced confession into evidence. In November 2005, the jury convicted Ahmed after deliberating for less than two days. Subsequently, Ahmed was sentenced to thirty years in prison.

After observing the trial, Amnesty International issued a report in 2005 calling it “unfair.” It further stated that it was seriously concerned that the trial “may set a precedent in U.S. courts of according unqualified support to the declarations of a foreign government regarding its human rights record as a means of rendering evidence admissible, including statements obtained by torture and ill-treatment. In this case, the statement of officials from Saudi Arabia, a state with a clear record of widespread torture and ill-treatment, flatly denying that such practices existed, appear to have been taken at face value with no serious attempts allowed to challenge the claims presented.” The report also condemned “denying the defense the opportunity to present relevant evidence, including from two UK nationals who were held in al-Ha’ir prison at the same time as Ahmed Abu Ali and claim to have been tortured into confessing to terrorist offences. One of the men, William Sampson, described in detail to Amnesty International the use of torture and torture techniques during his detention in Saudi Arabia similar to Ahmed Abu Ali’s allegations.”

In 2008, an appellate court also completely relied on the coerced confession even though it admitted that “the independent evidence does not prove Abu Ali’s guilt of any crime,” and that “Abu Ali never planted any bombs, shot any weapons, or injured any people, and there is no evidence that he took any steps in the United States with others to further the conspiracy.” Yet it upheld his conviction and incredibly reversed his sentence, advising the district judge to sentence him to life in prison, which he did. Referencing the thirty-year sentence, one of the dissenting judges on the appeals court wrote, “I find the majority’s insistence on refusing to defer to the district court’s considered judgment both inexplicable and deeply troubling.”

Ahmed is currently incarcerated in an isolation cell at the Supermax prison in Colorado. He is being held under Special Administrative Measures (SAMs), which restrict his contact with people, limit certain “privileges,” including, but not limited to: correspondence, visits, media interviews and telephone use, and require screening of his reading material. Under these measures, he was even denied in 2008 permission to read President Obama’s two books, Dreams From My Father and The Audacity of Hope, on the grounds that the books contained material “potentially detrimental to national security.”

Recently Ahmed’s younger sister, Mariam told a magazine that her brother has spent the past six years “in solitary confinement, under 23-hour lockdown, in a 7×12 cell. He has one recreational hour in which he must get strip-searched if he wishes to leave his cell. He gets one unscheduled telephone call a month to his family, and receives the newspaper by the time news becomes history. If I send him a letter wishing him a happy birthday, he gets it 60 days later. When I visit him, once a year, I speak to him from behind a glass window. He is literally in a dungeon, over 20 meters (65 feet) beneath the ground.”

In 2009 Ahmed went through a two-month painful hunger strike to protest his grotesque conditions of confinement. During this ordeal his liver, kidneys, and teeth were critically damaged. Prison officials have routinely refused to provide him with adequate medical care even though the family offered to cover his medical expenses. Moreover, his mental and psychological health have suffered tremendously and deteriorated over his isolation and atrocious conditions. This month the SAMs punitive measures have been renewed yet again for the seventh consecutive year.

One can only compare his sentence with that of Timothy Joiner to see the extreme prejudice and racism in the U.S. criminal justice system against American Muslims. Joiner, an ex-soldier, was also 22 years old when he threatened to assassinate President Barack Obama in 2012 as part of a greater conspiracy. This conspiracy in Georgia even advanced to the point where, according to the government, “The group purchased $87,000 worth of guns and bomb-making materials and plotted to take over Fort Stewart, bomb targets in Savannah and Washington State, and assassinate the president.” Joiner eventually pleaded guilty to more than 30 charges for his involvement with a group of Army soldiers who authorities say planned acts of domestic terrorism. He was sentenced to 5 years in prison without any SAMs, solitary confinement, or restrictions. Moreover, early this month a federal judge sentenced Donte Sims, to six months after he pleaded guilty to one count of knowingly and willfully making a threat to take the life of president Obama.

Meanwhile, Ahmed is condemned to life in solitary confinement for allegedly admitting to someone in a foreign country a plot to assassinate a U.S. president, with the only evidence being a confession coerced under torture. So much for equal justice and equal rights under the law in post 9/11 America.

Esam Al-Amin is the author of The Arab Awakening Unveiled: Understanding Transformations and Revolutions in the Middle East. He can be contacted at alamin1919@gmail.com.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

“Liberated Iraq”: Nuri al-Maliki and Saddam Hussein’s Executioner — A Family Affair?

0

As violence continues to rage across “liberated” Iraq under America’s puppet “Prime Minister” Nuri al- Maliki, a fair amount of it at his instigation as his troops round up and shoot demonstrators (President Jalal Talabani, who had a heart attack early in the year has vanished without trace, Vice President Tarik al-Hashimi has fled to Turkey in fear of his life) one incident arguably of note, has gone un-noticed in the Western media.

On Friday 21st June the Ba’ath Party, in a statement said that: “Party Members” had killed one of Saddam Hussein’s executioners, alleging it was the balaclava masked man who placed the noose round his neck and led him to the trap door, in a videod and multi-mobile recorded death and aftermath of further horror, ushering in the US-UK’s “New Iraq.”

Saddam Hussein’s death on 30th December 2006 took place at dawn on the day of the start of the week-long celebration of the religious festival of Eid al-Adha, which coincided with the great Haj pilgrimage to Mecca. It was thought that this might delay the execution, however, reportedly a late night meeting between Nuri al-Maliki and American officials over-rode any qualms about a lynching on an auspicious religious occasion.

George W. Bush declared an act of sheer barbarism equal to history’s lowest blood-dripping excesses: “A milestone.”

The date of the death of the alleged executioner has not been confirmed, but has been reported as taking place near Yusufiyah, about twenty five miles south west of Baghdad, from a volley of bullets to the head.

All reports are unconfirmed independently, though are fairly detailed. Seemingly, after Saddam Hussein’s death, noose man was rewarded by becoming one of Nuri al-Maliki’s bodyguards and promoted to Captain.

One website (Elaf, arabic) states that before the fall of Saddam he sold vegetables in Torij, in Southern Iraq’s Karbala province, stating it is the birth place of Nuri al-Maliki, whose past is, to say the least, opaque — it further claims that he and al Maliki are relatives.

The name of the alleged executioner? Muhammad Nasif al-Maliki.

See also:

http://english.alarabiya.net/en/News/2013/06/22/Report-Man-who-executed-Saddam-Hussein-killed-in-Iraq.html

http://www.ekurd.net/mismas/articles/misc2013/6/govt2197.htm

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Spain ruling party ex-treasurer jailed

0

A Spanish judge has ordered prison without bail for a former treasurer of the ruling Peopleâ„¢s Party (PP), amid a series of corruption allegations against Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy’s government.

Investigating Judge Pablo Ruz said on Thursday he decided to refuse bail to Luis Barcenas due to a high risk of him fleeing the country.

The ruling came after Switzerland informed Spainâ„¢s High Court that Barcenas had moved money from Swiss accounts to banks in the United States and Uruguay.

Barcenas is being investigated over the so-called Guertel corruption scandal, which allegedly involves dozens of local PP politicians and entrepreneurs.

Investigators believe Barcenas has hid more than 48 million euros (USD 62 million) in foreign bank accounts.

The scandal over the alleged secret payments has threatened to undermine the Spanish government, which is struggling with a long-term financial crisis.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Man shot dead during Egypt clashes

0

Supporters of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi take part in a demonstration at Raba’a Al-Adaweya Square in Nasr City, Cairo on June 28, 2013.

A man has been shot and killed in the Egyptian port city of Alexandria during clashes between supporters and opponents of President Mohamed Morsi, state media says.

Violent clashes broke out between thousands of supporters and opponents of President Morsi in Egypt’s second city of Alexandria on Friday evening.

“One citizen died of his injuries from birdshot,” the official MENA news agency said.

Sources said more than 70 people were also injured in the street protests and clashes across the troubled city.

A large number of demonstrators poured into the streets in Alexandria, in the Nile Delta city of Mansura, and in the canal city of Port Said.

Meanwhile, the opposition protesters and supporters of the ruling Muslim Brotherhood also gathered in Cairo and other towns and cities.

The fresh clashes come as spiraling violence has already claimed several lives across the North African country.

The government has deployed thousands of troops in Cairo and other tense cities, with the ruling party blaming the opposition groups for the ongoing violence across Egypt.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution.

The president’s supporters have also strongly condemned the upcoming opposition rally, which marks Morsiâ„¢s first year in office, as a coup against democracy.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in a landmark election held following the ouster of Mubarak.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Hope Surges in Egypt's Streets As Millions Gear up for 'Second Revolution'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

(Photo: Wael Abed)Protests are already underway in cities and towns across Egypt Friday as anti-Mubarak campaigners gear up for mass demonstrations Sunday in what many hope will be a 'second revolution' of millions.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

FBI sued over secretive facial recognition program

0

Soon the FBI will be done building a database containing the photographs, fingerprints and other biometric data for millions of Americans, but the agency has been far from forthcoming with the details. A new lawsuit filed this week aims to change that.

The Electronic Frontier Foundation, a non-profit digital rights
group based out of California, sued the United States Department
of Justice this week for failing to comply with multiple Freedom
of Information Act requests filed last year by the EFF.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation received no fewer than three
FOIA requests from the EFF last year for details about its
state-of-the-art Next Generation Identification program, or NGI,
a system that will store personally-identifiable data for
millions of Americans and foreign nationals to act as what the
FBI has called a “bigger, faster and better” version of
what law enforcement already uses. But while the bureau has
indeed already been using fingerprint information to track down
potential terrorists and troublemakers for years, the EFF’s main
concern revolves around what sort of space-age face recognition
abilities NGI will be able to employ.

The FBI previously acknowledged that NGI will “house
multimodal biometrics records like palm prints and iris
scans
” in one master system, as well as facial imaging
information and intelligence about scars, marks and tattoos.
Eventually, the agency said, it hopes to incorporate technology
to track down people using only their voice. For now, though, the
EFF is interested in what the facial recognition infrastructure
will be able to do, and is demanding the FBI fesses up.

“NGI will change almost everything about how the FBI treats
photograph submissions
,” the complaint filed this week reads.
Citing government documents, the EFF says that the system will
allow “the increased capacity to retain photographic images,
additional opportunities for agencies to submit photographic
images and additional search capabilities, including automated
searches
.”

“The proposed new system would also allow law enforcement ‘to
collect and retain other images (such as those obtained from
crime scene security cameras’ and from family and friends) and
would allow submission of ‘civil photographs along with civil
fingerprint submissions that were collected for noncriminal
purposes
,’” the EFF continues.

When all is said and done, the FBI will be able to use NGI to
scan millions of entries in a single database to find someone
based off of a single photograph, and the EFF fears that could
send things down a slippery slope.

“Governmental use of face recognition – and the potential for
misuse – raises many privacy concerns
,” the EFF says in the
lawsuit.

AFP Photo / Mandel Ngan

Using statements already made by the FBI about the program, the
EFF presents an argument about why they should be worried that’s
hard to counter.

“The FBI has also stated in a public presentation given at a
national biometrics conference that it wants to use its facial
recognition system to ‘identify unknown persons of interest from
images’ and ‘identify subjects in public datasets
,’” the
complaint continues. “In the same presentation, the FBI
included a graphic image that implied the Bureau wanted to use
facial recognition to be able to track people from one political
rally to another
.”

Another digital watchdog group, the Electronic Privacy
Information Center, previously alleged that NGI system could be
integrated with other surveillance technology in order to enable
“real-time image-matching of live feeds from CCTV surveillance
cameras
.”

Obtaining information about how the FBI will manage and operate
this information has been a priority for the EFF for over a year
now, and the failure to comply with those FOIA requests has
finally prompted the organization to ask a court to intervene.

“NGI will result in a massive expansion of government data
collection for both criminal and noncriminal purposes
,” EFF
Staff Attorney Jennifer Lynch said in a statement this week.
“Biometrics programs present critical threats to civil
liberties and privacy. Face-recognition technology is among the
most alarming new developments, because Americans cannot easily
take precautions against the covert, remote and mass capture of
their images
.”

The EFF is asking the court to enforce the FOIA requests sent
last June and July, which could compel the FBI to disclose
information about the face-recognition program and any plans to
merge civilian and criminal records in a single database. They
are also asking for the total number of face-recognition capable
records currently in the database and an assessment of what
number the agency expects to have when it rolls out the program
in 2014.

“Before the federal government decides to expand its
surveillance powers, there needs to be a public debate
,”
Lynch said. “But there can be no public debate until the
details of the program are presented to the public
.”

In a July 18, 2012 assessment, the FBI reported that the program
was “on scope, on schedule, on cost and 60 percent
deployed
.” The program is being put together by contractors
Lockheed Martin, who are expected to rake in $1 billion from the
government by the time the NGI system is finally up and running.

The FBI previously admitted that they found 7,380 records that
were “potentially responsive” to one of the EFF’s request,
but has yet to deliver actual information pursuant to any of the
three FOIA submissions filed, prompting the nonprofit to allege
the FBI is “dragging its feet.”

“FBI has not explained to the public how NGI or IAFIS’s system
design would ensure that civil submissions are not ‘tainted’ by
criminal submissions or explained why it is necessary to combine
the two types of data,”
the EFF wrote in the complaint.

Republished with permission from:: RT

Manning trial: Judge rules WikiLeaks tweets relevant to ‘aiding the enemy’ charges

0

A military judge overseeing Bradley Manning’s court-martial has found WikiLeaks tweets, claiming possession of encrypted video, are relevant evidence to the “aiding the enemy” charges the whistleblower is facing.

On the 12th day of trial, which resumed at Fort Meade, Maryland,
June 26, military judge Col. Denise Lind weighed the
admissibility of three pieces of evidence suggesting that an Army
private Bradley Manning, 25, accused with leaking more than
700,000 files to WikiLeaks, took his cues from the
whistle-blowing organization in disclosing classified
information.

Read RT’s live updates on the court-martial of
Pfc. Bradley Manning.

Judge Lind has ruled that two WikiLeaks tweets from 2010 — one
claiming to have an encrypted video of US strikes on civilians
and the other seeking military Internet addresses — are
admissible for Identification.

Despite this, there is still no evidence that Private First Class
Bradley Manning, 25, saw either of these tweets, the judge ruled
that they can be admitted as circumstantial evidence, due to
their timing and public availability and the fact that Manning
was known to have searched Intelink (the military’s Google) for
‘WikiLeaks.’

As for another piece of evidence — WikiLeaks’ “Most Wanted” list
of items it was seeking from the public, apparently posted in
November 2009 on its website – the judge ruled that it is
not “properly authenticated”, while it still would be relevant to
show Manning’s knowledge of WikiLeaks and its intentions.

Manning’s defense team has been arguing that Twitter postings
offered by prosecutors did not meet the court’s standards.

“Anyone can create a Web page…that looks like WikiLeaks or
that looks like Twitter,”
attorney Captain Joshua Tooman said
when the government was first considering its case. 

Back then the lawyer insisted a government investigator had
accessed the tweets through Google cache, rather than directly
through Twitter or WikiLeaks. He claimed, the evidence failed to
meet the test of authenticity since there was no way of knowing
what the website looked like when the tweet or page was
published.

Bradley Manning, charged with 22 counts, faces trial more than
three years after his arrest for transmitting 700,000 classified
documents to WikiLeaks, what is said to be the biggest US data
leak in the nation’s history. Manning pleaded guilty to charges
of leaking information to the anti-secrecy website, which alone
could confine him to prison for 20 years, but the US is pursuing
further charges of aiding the enemy, which carries a maximum
sentence of death.

Republished with permission from:: RT

Canadian Mounties Exploit Flood to Confiscate Firearms from Citizens

0

Citizens complain cops seizing guns is something right out of Nazi Germany

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

High River, Calgary, Canada. Image: Google Maps

Canada’s Royal Mounted Police exploited rising flood waters in the town of High River in Calgary as they seized firearms from the homes of evacuated residents. The floods were the result of extremely heavy rain.

On Thursday, according to the Calgary Herald, the RCMP confiscated a “substantial amount” of firearms under the pretext of controlling the weapons and storing them for safekeeping.

“We just want to make sure that all of those things are in a spot that we control, simply because of what they are,” said Sgt. Brian Topham told the newspaper.

Residents are outraged by the high-handed measure.

“I find that absolutely incredible that they have the right to go into a person’s belongings out of their home,” said resident Brenda Lackey. “When people find out about this there’s going to be untold hell to pay.”

“It’s just like Nazi Germany, just taking orders,” another resident yelled as the Mounties prevented residents from entering the town south of Calgary.

“This is the reason the U.S. has the right to bear arms,” another resident, Charles Timpano, said as he pointed at a group of Mounties blockading the town.

The move by the Canadian police is reminiscent of the brazen act of gun confiscation occurring in New Orleans following Hurricane Katrina in 2005. On September 8, New Orleans Police Superintendent Eddie Compass ordered local police, U.S. Army National Guard soldiers, and Deputy U.S. Marshals to confiscate all civilian-held firearms.

“No one will be able to be armed,” Compass declared. “Guns will be taken. Only law enforcement will be allowed to have guns.” Confiscation occurred without court-issued warrants and often with excessive force by police.

One instance of police brutality was captured on video when 58-year old New Orleans resident Patricia Konie was physically assaulted and arrested for refusing to surrender an old revolver to police who had entered her home in violation of the Fourth Amendment. The woman’s shoulder was fractured by police in the incident.

Government is predictably inimical to the concept of natural rights, especially in regard to the Second Amendment and firearms. It will invariably exploit a crisis to disarm the populace, as the incident in Canada once again demonstrates.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 12:04 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

UK govt. to re-term ‘husband’ & ‘wife’

0

A man wearing a wedding dress speaks with other royal supporters during a wedding street party in London.

The British government has decided to re-term the traditional meaning of ˜husband™ and ˜wife™ as part of its new controversial œThe Marriage (Same Sex Couples) Bill, local media reported.

According to new terms being considered by the government a man can be a Å“wife” and a woman can be a Å“husband,” effectively putting an end to the traditional meanings of the words for marriage partners.

Critics have deplored the move as the vocabulary of Å“cloud cuckoo land” and Å“gobbledegook”. They believe that the terms Ëœhusbandâ„¢ and Ëœwifeâ„¢ should preserve their traditional meaning.

œ˜Husbandâ„¢ here will include a man or a woman in a same sex marriage, as well as a man married to a woman. In a similar way, Å“wife” will include a woman married to another woman or a man married to a man,” says updated explanatory notes in the bill.

However, the traditional male-only meaning of husband and female-only understanding of wife could return in some cases – to Å“ensure that gender-specific terms such as Ëœhusbandâ„¢ keep their gender-specific effect.”

Å“The term Ëœhusbandâ„¢ will in future legislation include a man who is married to another man (but not a woman in a marriage with another woman); and Ëœwifeâ„¢ will include a woman who is married to another woman (but not a man married to another man) unless specific alternative provision is made,” declares the drafted legislation.

Critics say they had anticipated the legal confusion the government would run into while trying to eliminate Ëœgender specificâ„¢ terms, which have to be introduced as the UK tries to establish gay marriage laws, meaning marriage terms will be Ëœoutdated.â„¢

Å“We always knew the government would tie itself in knots trying to redefine marriage, and this shows what a ridiculous mess theyâ„¢ve created,” a spokesperson for the Coalition for Marriage, which campaigns against the change, told the Telegraph.

Å“This mangling of the English language shows what happens when politicians meddle with marriage. Theyâ„¢re in cloud cuckoo land,” they said.

MOL/HE

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Protester killed in Turkey clashes

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A Kurdish protester has been killed and at least 6 others injured in clashes with security forces in southeastern Turkey.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

France struggles with youth joblessness

0

France is going through one of its worst recessions in decades with high youth unemployment which many other European countries are also grappling with, Press TV reports.

Franceâ„¢s National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies (INSEE) revealed earlier this month that the country’s overall unemployment rate has reached a 14-year high of 10.8 percent.

However, for the younger generation, the situation is even worse as one in four French youths are jobless and cannot find any source of income.

An estimated 1.9 million French youths aged between 15 to 29 are known as NEETS which means neither in employment, nor in education, or in training.

The overall youth unemployment rate in the European Union stood at 24.4 percent in April, forcing hundreds of thousands of young Europeans to leave the southern parts of the region in the hope of better livelihood.

Many of them have settled in Germany, where there is a need for migrant workers since its own fertility rate of 1.4 children per mother is not enough to keep the countryâ„¢s economy afloat.

In an attempt to curb the worsening youth unemployment, European authorities want southern countries to adopt German policies, a move, which experts warn could seriously backfire.

Å“It is always a difficult and a dangerous thing to copy and paste practices from one country to [another]. Right now everyone is talking about Germany because its unemployment rate for the youth is low between six and seven percent,” said researcher Michele Rescourio-Gilabert.

Å“But countries like Spain and France [have] to understand that the German education system is completely different,” she added.

CAH/KA/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Panorama de Oriente Próximo

0

El economista libanés George Corm es uno de los eminentes especialistas de Oriente Próximo y el Mediterráneo. Además de su estatuto de consultante económico y financiero internacional, es profesor de ciencias políticas desde 2001 en la Universidad Saint-Joseph de Beirut. Sus obras más célebres son L’Europe et l’Orient (La Découverte), La fractura imaginaria (Tusquets), La cuestión religiosa en el siglo XXI (Taurus), El nuevo gobierno del mundo: ideologías, estructuras, contrapoderes (Península), Pour une lecture profane des conflits (La Découverte), Le Proche-Orient éclaté 1956-2012, 2 volúmenes (Folio/histoire). Han sido traducidas a varias lenguas.

-Oriente Próximo está en plena recomposición, ¿cómo explica usted esta evolución? ¿Estaba en germen? ¿Desde cuándo?

-Hay muchos observadores que, en efecto, creen que nos encontramos en la era del final de los acuerdos franco-británicos denominados de Sykes-Picot (1916), que balcanizaron lo que a principios del siglo pasado se denominaban las provincias árabes del imperio Otomano. Y otros que hablan de un periodo de transición desde regímenes autoritarios hacia regímenes de tipo democrático. Creo que en ambos casos nos encontramos lejos de estos escenarios. En efecto, parecía bastante difícil cuestionar unos Estados existentes, a no ser que se generalizaran por todas partes unas situaciones de caos. Si tomamos el modelo sirio o el modelo libio en los que hay un empleo generalizado de armas venidas del exterior, en última instancia se puede decir que hay unas zonas de influencia que se establecen bajo la égida de los grandes actores regionales e internacionales. Pero no veo que unos Estados desaparezcan del mapa y se reconozcan y creen nuevos Estados, como pudo ser el caso con la antigua Yugoslavia. Probablemente, esto hubiera podido ocurrir si estuviéramos en contacto directo con Europa, pero en la otra orilla del Mediterráneo parece mucho más difícil. Por otra parte, en lo que se refiere a la transición a la democracia el problema que se plantea hoy es esencialmente el de la naturaleza de las corrientes islámicas por las que los medios europeos y estadounidenses han apostado desde hace muchos años. Estas corrientes, que con demasiada frecuencia se idealizan, han mostrado ahora su verdadero rostro, el de un autoritarismo y de un deseo de control de las libertades individuales.

Por consiguiente, tenemos un problema grave e importante que va a determinar el futuro: ¿las corrientes de tipo moderno, laicas o respetuosas de las libertades individuales y que rechazan el componente religioso en el funcionamiento de un sistema político se van a poder afirmar frente a las corrientes islámicas? Hay de qué inquietarse si se tiene en cuenta que hasta ahora estas últimas gozan del apoyo total de Occidente y que, además, se benefician de una financiación muy importante en petrodólares procedentes de los reinos y emiratos petroleros aliados de Estados Unidos y de Europa. Así que será una batalla muy larga y muy interesante. Esta batalla es lo que va a decidir la suerte del mundo árabe y la posibilidad de que estos países árabes establezcan no solo unas verdaderas reglas democráticas sino también una verdadera independencia respecto a las fuerzas regionales e internacionales.

-Por lo que se refiere a la crisis siria, hay demasiados actores implicados (Qatar, Arabia Saudí, Turquía, Israel). ¿Por qué?

-¡Olvida usted en esta lista a Francia, Inglaterra y Estados Unidos! En diferentes entrevistas he tenido la ocasión de explicar que desde el principio hay una diferencia fundamental entre la revuelta siria y lo que ocurrió en Túnez, en Egipto y en Yemen. En Siria había un importante malestar rural desde 2007 debida a una serie de años de sequía y después debido a que el gobierno quiso complacer tanto al Fondo Monetario Internacional como a los países occidentales y empezó a suprimir muchas de las subvenciones que había a la agricultura. Los observadores sobre el terreno en Siria sabían que el mundo rural, al que antes había concedido muchos privilegios el régimen y que durante mucho tiempo había constituido la base esencial de este, empezaba a conocer un creciente descontento.

Cuando se observa dónde tuvieron lugar las manifestaciones en Siria, cuál era la composición social de los manifestantes y cuántos eran, se ve bien que eran campesinos pobres en las regiones rurales periféricas pobres situadas en las fronteras con Jordania y Turquía. Además, las imágenes hablaban por sí mismas. Contrastaban con las grandiosas manifestaciones de masas tunecinas, yemeníes o egipcias en las que acudían a la cita todos los grupos sociales y todas las edades. Muy pronto se vio cómo llegaban armas a manos de los grupos de opositores que se constituyeron sobre el terreno. Además, se desencadenó una guerra mediática absolutamente espectacular contra el régimen sirio. Ahora bien, en Siria hubo manifestaciones de masas a favor del régimen y en contra de la oposición armada y en ellas se vio a todas las clases sociales, a todos los grupos de edad y a muchas mujeres…

Por lo tanto, esta es una diferencia absolutamente fundamental respecto a las demás situaciones de revueltas en el mundo árabe. Además, el ejército no se hundió en absoluto y se enfrentó con cada vez mayor determinación y violencia a la llegada desde el exterior de combatientes a los que se ha denominado erróneamente yihadistas, ya que cuando unos musulmanes matan a otros musulmanes, eso no es una yihad. Así pues, en Siria se estableció un escenario que está llevando a la destrucción sistemática de la sociedad siria y de su riqueza material (infraestructuras, viviendas, potencial industrial). Es una repetición de lo que la comunidad internacional hizo sufrir a Iraq y mañana veremos que, como ocurrió en Iraq o antes en Líbano, con el pretexto de la reconstrucción las grandes constructoras árabes, turcas o internacionales saquearán el país. Ya hemos visto esto en Líbano donde al salir de los quince años de violencia entre 1975 y 1990, se sumió al país en una deuda inverosímil y donde tras veintidós años de reconstrucción ¡todavía no funcionan corrientemente el agua o la electricidad! Y en Iraq, a pesar de su enorme riqueza petrolera, no se han reconstruido todavía las grandes infraestructuras de agua y de electricidad. Así pues, es de esperar este mismo escenario en Siria.

Por otra parte, hay que ver que los datos internos sirios son completamente secundarios en el conflicto porque Siria se ha convertido en un colosal campo de enfrentamiento entre, por una parte, tanto las dos potencias ascendentes, China y Rusia, como Irán, y, por otro, los países occidentales, la OTAN, etc., cuyo objetivo es a todas luces hacer saltar los últimos cerrojos antiisraelíes de la región, que están constituidos esencialmente por el eje Irán-Siria-Hizbola, al que se denomina, para denigrarlo y por motivos sensacionalistas, “el arco chií”. Se elaboran muchos análisis a base del sensacionalismo comunitario que se instrumentaliza para hacer creer que es un conflicto entre chiíes y sunníes a escala regional, cuando se trata de un problema de geopolítica muy profano. También entran en juego consideraciones petroleras y de gas.

-¿Cree usted que se podría producir una agitación regional en el contexto de la crisis siria, sobre todo en Líbano?

-Ya en 2007 mencioné en la revista Futurible un escenario de tercera guerra mundial desencadenada en torno a la cuestión del desarrollo de la capacidad nuclear iraní. Y es que las pasiones antiiraníes ya eran de una virulencia poco común que no ha dismunuido. El reproche que se le hacía a Irán era su retórica antiisraelí y, sobre todo, su ayuda al Hizbola libanés pasando por Siria. Así, desde hace años en los medios de la OTAN se considera que hay que abatir el eje Irán, Siria, Hizbola. Ahora bien, hay que tener en cuenta que aunque se reduzca, debilite o desaparezca este eje, se recuperará o se reconstruirá de forma diferente y ello mientras que el Estado de Israel continúa comportándose como se comporta en relación con los palestinos a los que sigue desposeyendo de lo que queda de su tierra, pero también en relación con los libaneses a los que hicieron sufrir enormemente entre 1968 (fecha del primer bombardeo contra el país) y 2000, cuando se obligó al ejército israelí a retirarse del país tras 22 años de ocupación; y después, en 2006, trata de suprimir a Hizbola por medio de una serie de bombardeos masivos que duran 33 días.

Ya se ha asistido en varias ocasiones a la esperanza de haber “librado” a Oriente Próximo de las fuerzas hostiles a la dominación israelo-estadounidense de la región. Siempre ha habido una decepción. Ese fue el caso durante la segunda invasión de Líbano por parte de Israel en 1982, que desembocó en el exilio de la OLP a Túnez y a otros países lejos de las fronteras israelíes. A continuación fue el caso con la Conferencia de Madrid y los acuerdos israelo-palestinos de Oslo en 1993. Por último, volvió a empezar con la invasión de Iraq en 2003 que hizo pensar que Oriente Próximo estaría en paz gracias a la eliminación de Saddam Hussein. Por ello hablo de “pasiones” estadounidenses y europeas a favor de Israel que impiden toda posibilidad razonable de devolver sus derechos a los palestinos. Mientras no se regule esta situación conforme a las leyes internacionales y no por la fuerza, Oriente Medio va a permanecer en ebullición con todos los riesgos de enfrentamientos de los que hablamos y que, efectivamente, se pueden caldear.

Una vez dicho esto, hay que darse cuenta de que la locura no es total en estas pasiones, es decir, que Estados Unidos, después de los despliegues militares que le han costado enormemente (Afganistán e Iraq) y en los que curiosamente no han logrado acabar con Al Qaida, ya no tienen ganas de aventuras militares exteriores, lo cual es bueno. Ahora han encontrado unos intermediarios regionales, sobre todo Turquía, que parecía dispuesto a luchar hasta el final contra Siria, solo cuatro años después de haber firmado unos acuerdos de cooperación, de amistad, de fraternidad y de libre comercio con este país. También han encontrado los petrodólares que financian los ejércitos de los combatientes venidos del exterior.

Se esperaba que con estas intervenciones exteriores el ejército sirio se desmoronara rápidamente y con él todo el régimen. Pero, para sorpresa general de todos aquellos que muy conocían mal el contexto sirio, esto no ocurrió. Y hoy parece que el ejército se recupera militarmente. Sin embargo, los combates y la destrucción de Siria van a continuar mientras el gobierno sirio no pueda controlar sus fronteras, muy extensas, con Turquía, Iraq, Jordania y Líbano. Por lo que se refiere al proyecto de conferencia en Ginebra, no es sino un mal teatro. Me recuerda al de hace cuarenta años cuando los soviéticos reclamaban una conferencia internacional sobre Palestina a la que ellos se asociarían. Ahora bien, solo hubo una sesión huérfana de aparato ya que los estadounidenses y los israelíes no quisieron conceder influencia a la URSS en este conflicto. Así que soy muy escéptico con este proyecto de conferencia. Hasta ahora estamos viendo unos encuentros ruso-estadounidenses sobre Siria para organizar una conferencia entre las parte en conflicto, pero en cuanto acaba la reunión, las declaraciones de las partes en conflicto contradicen la voluntad de paz.

Las consecuencias de todo esto sobre Líbano son muy interesantes. El gobierno libanés ha pretendido inteligentemente permanecer neutro en el conflicto sirio, aplicando la consigna que existe desde hace años, “Líbano primero”. Además, se trata de una consigna que hasta la OLP había adoptado después de su salida de Beirut en 1982 en virtud de la cual afirmaban “Palestina primero”. También se encuentra en Iraq después de la invasión estadounidense y se oye en los medios de la oposición siria. Ahora bien, hemos visto cuánto contribuyó esta consigna tanto a debilitar a los dirigentes de la OLP, impotentes antes la colonización, como a debilitar Iraq.

En Líbano quienes lanzaron esta consigna no la aplican ya que ellos son los primeros en implicarse militarmente enviando combatientes a Siria, lo mismo que hace Hizbola, porque la llegada de su armamento depende en gran medida de la supervivencia del régimen sirio y, por consiguiente, también su propia supervivencia. Por ello creo que va a continuar la inseguridad en todas las zonas geográficas libanesas limítrofes con Siria porque los combates van y vienen. Todo ello mientras el ejército israelí sigue siendo superpoderoso y verdaderamente tiene veleidades de volver a intervenir en Líbano con la esperanza de conseguir hacer desaparecer Hizbola. Sin embrago, no creo que la inseguridad se vaya a propagar a todo el territorio. Es cierto que en Saida está este jeque salafista, radical y anti-Hizbola que quiere disparar contra este partido. Hace un año apareció bruscamente en el escenario libanés, al parecer financiado por petrodólares saudíes o qataríes. Así que la ciudad de Saida está pasando por un periodo turbulento pero la población de la ciudad en su conjunto está tranquila, al contrario de la ciudad de Tripoli, que puede dejarse ganar por el radicalismo islámico. En cambio, es más inquietante la disgregación de las instituciones del Estado. Pero Líbano sabe autogestionarse.

-¿Qué opina usted de la situación del poder hachemita en Jordania?

-Creo que los israelíes deben seguir dilucidando: ¿hay que intentar hacer un Estado palestino en Transjordania, una vieja idea de Ariel Sharon para solucionar el problema palestino, lo que permitiría al mismo tiempo expulsar a los palestinos que permanecieron en lo que se convirtió en territorio de Israel? ¿O bien sería mejor conservar a este aliado fiel de Estados Unidos que es la monarquía jordana, que garantiza la seguridad de la frontera con Israel? Pero como desconozco el secreto del pensamiento estratégico israelí, no tengo respuesta.

-¿Se ve un nuevo planteamiento de la política estadounidense concerniente a Oriente Próximo tras el segundo mandato de Barack Obama?

-No. Cuando se observa a Estados Unidos y se trata de determinar sus objetivos principales, se constata lo siguiente: [que estos objetivos son] uno, la seguridad de Israel y, por consiguiente, que Israel pueda seguir colonizando como desde 1967. Dos, impedir que Irán tenga armamento nuclear. Y, evidentemente, junto con esto desmantelar el eje Irán-Siria-Hizbola y ello siempre por la seguridad de Estados Unidos. Y después, el control de las rutas de aprovisionamiento petrolero y el mantenimiento de la hegemonía que ha tenido Europa, ya que Estados Unidos ha llegado a acuerdos con Europa sobre toda esta zona altamente estratégica para la economía y la geopolítica mundiales. Esto es muy fácil de descifrar. Cuando Barack Obama pronunció su célebre discurso en El Cairo en 2009 seguía estrictamente la política estadounidense tradicional y no ha cambiado un ápice. ¡No se expresa un cambio político por el hecho de citar dos versículos de El Corán en el texto de un discurso, algo que quizá creyeron ingenuamente algunas personas! Lo que ocurre simplemente es que, como decía antes, Estados Unidos es hoy mucho más prudente y este Estado no tiene ganas de nuevas aventuras militares exteriores, lo cual es un factor que calma el juego. En todo caso, se han afirmado las mismas constantes en la política del presidente George W. Bush y la de Barack Obama. Durante su reciente viaje a Israel, Obama pronunció unas palabras incondicionalmente favorables al Estado de Israel y a su política, como han hecho todos los sucesivos presidente estadounidenses, a excepción de Eisenhower y más accesoriamente George Bush padre y su ministro de Exteriores James Baker, que protestó enérgicamente contra la continuación de la colonización y incluso anuló las ayudas estadounidenses al Estado de Israel.

Fuente original: http://www.lesclesdumoyenorient.com/Entretien-avec-Georges-Corm.html

Traducido del francés para Rebelión por Beatriz Morales Bastos.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Total Surveillance

0

Although Edward Snowden’s recent revelations about the breadth and scope of the surveillance-industrial complex didn’t add many facts to the public record of the ongoing post-9/11 security state saga, it certainly brought the issue to the forefront, forcing everyone to confront the stark realities of disappearing privacy and diminishing liberties. Many who defend the government (and corporate) spying argue that the right to privacy and anonymous free speech must be balanced against safety and security.

Many of these defenders are comfortable with government surveillance as long as the government doesn’t abuse its ability to spy and collect citizens’ data. If it will help catch terrorists before they attack, the argument goes, then it’s worth it, even if the idea of total surveillance is kind of creepy and we all wish this wasn’t the trade off we have to make. I agree with this commenter, responding to David Simon’s June 7th blog post in which the former Baltimore Sun journalist and Wire creator defended the NSA near-total surveillance, primarily because, Simon claims, there has been no evidence that the government has abused its surveillance power:

I’m not sure that actually having lived in a totalitarian society, like I have in communist Bulgaria, is a prerequisite to grasping that total surveillance, or the fear of it, kills free expression, and at some point even thinking. Self-censorship becomes way of life. And the power of the secret police that hears and knows everything and can pressure anyone into submission is huge. The Stasi strongmen could have only dreamt of the richness of detail Google and Facebook are providing to the NSA. Not to mention the automated analytical tools that are already available it [sic] are currently being developed. The possibilities of power misuse are just too big to ignore.

True enough in theory, and even scarier when we consider the overwhelming evidence that at least one goal the corporate-state surveillance apparatus is fulfilling is the political repression of activists on both the left and the right who advocate fundamental, democratic change to a badly broken system.

A series of legislative developments since 9/11 have expanded the executive branch’s surveillance and intelligence-gathering functions drastically, under the umbrella of the U.S. Intelligence Community, as it calls itself. These policy changes have loosened restrictions on intelligence gathering, expanded the definition of terrorism, inflated the role of corporations in catching so-called terrorists and protecting “critical infrastructure and key resources,” and created fusion centers (regional information sharing centers) under the direction of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The seventeen agencies that make up the Intelligence Community reported a combined budget of $80 billion in 2010, a figure three times higher than when it was previously disclosed twelve years earlier.

The FISA Court and the Façade of Oversight

Advocates of the surveillance program argue that government abuse of our data is prevented by its exposure to judicial oversight. The vehicle for such oversight is the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which was initially set up by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) of 1978. It was a liberal piece of legislation (introduced by Ted Kennedy and signed into law by Jimmy Carter), and a direct response to the Church Committee findings that Richard Nixon had been spying on political and activist groups in violation of the Constitution and the civil liberties it protects. The original act tightened restrictions on the gathering of the communications of U.S. citizens.

Since 1978, and especially since 2001, however, FISA has been amended many times, each time loosening the protections afforded by the original law, including the Lone Wolf Amendment of 2004 and the Protect America Act of 2007.

The FISA court is notoriously secret and its processes opaque (despite Obama’s recent assertion on Charlie Rose that FISA proceedings are transparent). Located within the Department of Justice building, the eleven judges hear evidence solely from the government lawyers at the Department of Justice about the requisite terrorist or enemy threat, and then the court either accepts or denies the request. The only information ever made public is how many requests were accepted and how many were denied at the end of each year. In the last three years alone, the FISA court rubber stamped a whopping 4,976 government requests, and denied none. (See this Bill Quigley column for more staggering statistics about the FISA court’s deference to the government. Of course, these figures might not mean anything at all, given that we know the Bush administration was wiretapping without warrants and without the knowledge of the FISA court in 2005–resulting in the resignation of one of the FISA court judges, apparently in protest of the secret surveillance.)

What very few people are acknowledging, amidst all the discussion about the Snowden leak and what it reveals, is that a very real purpose of the surveillance programs–and perhaps the entire war on terror–is to target and repress political dissent. “Terrorism” is the new “Communism,” and the war on terror and all its shiny new surveillance technology is the new Cold War and McCarthyism.

Public-Private Partnerships and the Targeting of Occupy Activists

Given the close partnership between government agencies and the private sector, it should come as no surprise that those in power were quick to spy on Occupy encampments and identify anti-Wall Street protestors as terrorist threats. There are three primary public-private intelligence partnerships at work on the federal level: The Domestic Security Alliance Council (DSAC), InfraGard, and the DHS Private Sector Information-Sharing Working Group. All three are vehicles for intelligence sharing between all levels of government and the private sector. Through these groups, often housed in fusion centers, financial institutions and other corporations warn DHS of terrorism threats.

These so-called threats are often peaceful dissenters and activists, although the member corporations and their communications with the government are kept secret. The ACLU has accused InfraGard of “turning private-sector corporations–some of which maybe in a position to observe the activities of millions of individual customers–into surrogate eyes and ears for the FBI.”

Even before many Occupy encampments were in place, banks and private companies in cities across America partnered with federal, state, and local law enforcement to infiltrate, collect intelligence about, and eventually stop the protests. The Partnership for Civil Justice Fund (PCJF), after retrieving FBI documents demonstrating the public and private surveillance of Occupy protestors, reported that such infiltration had been taking place in Virginia, Milwaukee, Memphis, Birmingham, Jackson, Denver, and San Francisco, to name only a few.

The Guardian’s Naomi Klein, in her reporting on the unclassified documents showing the FBI surveillance of Occupiers, wrote: “Why the huge push for counterterrorism ‘fusion centers,’ the DHS militarizing of police departments, and so on? It was never really about ‘the terrorists.’ It was not even about civil unrest. It was always about this moment, when vast crimes might be uncovered by citizens–it was always, that is to say, meant to be about you.”

A groundbreaking new report from the Center for Media and Democracy and DBA Press painstakingly details the web of financial, corporate, municipal, state, and federal interests that collaborated to bring down Occupy Phoenix. You can read that report, and see the documents uncovered through their yearlong investigation, here.

Fracking, Tracking, and Psyops

Several recent exposés have revealed the extent to which corporations and the government have also inappropriately used surveillance against peaceful environmental activists in an attempt to quell dissent and intimidate.

Private security firm The Institute of Terrorism Research and Response (ITRR), for example, was including the activities of a peaceful anti-fracking group in Pennsylvania in the company’s intelligence bulletins, which were then distributed by the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security to local police chiefs, to state, federal, and private intelligence agencies, and to the security directors of the natural gas companies, as well as industry groups and PR firms.

News of this surveillance and intelligence sharing broke when James Powers, the director of the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security, mistakenly sent an email to a retired Air Force officer and anti-fracking activist he believed was sympathetic to the industry. Powers wrote: “We want to continue providing this support to the Marcellus Shale Formation natural gas stakeholders while not feeding those groups fomenting dissent against those same companies.” The surveillance had a chilling effect on the group, causing membership to dwindle when participants worried their phones had been tapped, that their emails were monitored, and that they were being followed on their routes to work as teachers, nurses, and doctors.

The fracking industry has a history of tracking, intimidating, and tricking skeptical landowners who threaten its profitability. At the “Media & Stakeholder Relations: Hydraulic Fracturing Initiative 2011” conference in Houston, Fracking company Range Resources’ public relations chief confirmed that the company had hired Army and Marine veterans with combat experience in psychological warfare to influence communities in which Range drills for gas, saying “We have several former PSYOPs [Psychological Operations] folks that work for us at Range because they’re very comfortable in dealing with localized issues and local governments. Really all they do is spend most of their time helping folks develop local ordinances and things like that. But very much having that understanding of PSYOPs in the Army and in the Middle East has applied very helpfully here for us in Pennsylvania.”

Because corporations conduct much of the government’s surveillance for them (by 2007, seventy percent of the US intelligence budget–or about $38 billion annually–was spent on private contractors), the potential for peaceful anti-corporate activism to be labeled terrorism is huge. And because corporations have state of the art technology and techniques, surveillance has become a sprawling industry of its own outside of government contracts. Overall annual spending on corporate security and intelligence is roughly $100 billion, which is double what it was a decade ago.

Hundreds of private spying organizations (or “para-CIAs”) have popped up in recent years to meet corporate demand, many of them staffed by former spies for agencies like the CIA and MI6. Other corporations, like Wal-Mart, have their own, in-house surveillance and security departments, staffed by former CIA, FBI, and State Department experts.

Domestic Terrorism

Which is not to say the government doesn’t take environmental activism as a serious terrorism threat in its own right. In 2005, John Lewis, an FBI deputy assistant director, said the animal rights and environmental movements were “one of the FBI’s highest domestic terrorism priorities.” The 2006 Animal Enterprise Terrorism Act (AETA) labels anyone a terrorist who causes a “loss of profits” to an animal enterprise. For the first time, in this law, the use of force or violence was removed from the list of criteria for terrorism.

In an FBI “domestic terrorism” training PowerPoint obtained by the ACLU, the trainees are urged to focus on groups such as “black separatists,” anarchists, animal rights activists, and environmentalists. And recently it broke that TransCanada has been training federal and state agents on laws that could be used to specifically target Keystone XL protesters. Specifically, the leaked PowerPoint slides advise officers to arrest protestors on “anti-terrorism statutes,” despite the campaign’s unwavering commitment to nonviolence since its inception almost a year ago.

Recent reports show that many potentially violent “terrorist” plots, including a NATO protest that arose out of Occupy Chicago, are actually concocted by undercover cops who then con other protesters into collaborating. So-called “terrorism-enhancement laws,” written and strengthened since 9/11, ratchet up sentences for criminal acts such as property destruction from months or years into decades or life, even when no people were killed or even injured. And the National Defense Authorization Act of 2013 (NDAA), signed by Obama on New Year’s Eve, allows the government to indefinitely detain, without trial, US citizens for suspicions of ties to terrorism.

The Road to Serfdom

You only need to open your eyes to see the countless ways in which the government and corporations are misusing and abusing surveillance technology. Combined with the ever-expanding definition of terrorism, an all-knowing, all-secret, all-powerful military-corporate state should scare all of us–not just those of us attempting to exercise our right to free speech and assembly on a regular basis. In the absence of good journalism, we need to connect the dots ourselves, from one scandal to the next. Surveillance is creepy and we like our privacy, but the conversation needs to be broader.

In 1952, in a famous Supreme Court case that arose when President Truman attempted to seize control of the steel industry to support the Korean War effort when workers threatened to continue striking, Justice Jackson delivered a cautionary tale about the dangers of suspending constitutionally guaranteed liberties, even in times of emergency, even when national security is at stake:

Germany, after the First World War, framed the Weimar Constitution, designed to secure her liberties in the Western tradition. However, the President of the Republic, without concurrence of the Reichstag, was empowered temporarily to suspend any or all individual rights if public safety and order were seriously disturbed or endangered. This proved a temptation to every government, whatever its shade of opinion, and, in 13 years, suspension of rights was invoked on more than 250 occasions. Finally, Hitler persuaded President Von Hindenberg to suspend all such rights, and they were never restored.

Since 9/11, despite a major recession, we have continued to feed the military-industrial complex whatever it can gobble up, and the trend shows no signs of stopping. The question we are faced with is this: Will we take a stand against the expansion of executive power, the stripping of our civil liberties, and the blatant political repression of our post-9/11 world gone mad, or will we wait passively until, as Justice Jackson warned, it’s too late?

Kate Epstein is National Lawyers Guild activist and a Harvard Law grad. 

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

South Africans Slam US "Plunder" and "Atrocities" as Obama Arrives

0

Protesters carry placards as they protest against the visit of U.S. President Barack Obama in Pretoria, June 28, 2013.(Photo: Siphiwe Sibeko/ Reuters)“No You Can’t!” was the cry as hundreds of South Africans marched on the US Embassy in the capital city of Pretoria Friday in protest of visiting United States President Barack Obama.

“Their administration’s government is not welcome, and is being received with antagonism,” said campaign coordinator Mbuyiseni Ndlozi.

Demonstrators were organizing to raise public awareness about the gross human rights violations being committed by the Obama administration, including the proliferation of drone warfare and the treatment and indefinite detention of prisoners at Guantanamo.

In a statement released ahead of the visit, Congress of South African Trade Unions (COSATU) denounced the Administration’s “horrifying record of foreign policy in the world,” citing the “militarization of international relations for the multinational companies and their profit-seeking classes in the US,” and the presence of AFRICOM and other Special Operations forces, “which are largely responsible for the destabilization of various countries and communities.”

The embassy rally was staged near the Pretoria Heart Clinic where anti-apartheid revolutionary and former South African president, Nelson Mandela, has been hospitalized with a lung infection for nearly three weeks.

The leader’s family has gathered by his bedside though Mandela’s ex-wife, Winnie Madikizela-Mandela, said he has made “a great improvement” in recent days. However, she added, “But clinically he is still unwell,” BBC reports.

Ahead of the trip, President Obama stated that Mandela was a “personal hero” of his, the irony of which was not lost on the nearby demonstrators.

“Mandela valued human life … Mandela would condemn drone attacks and civilian deaths, Mandela cannot be his hero, he cannot be on that list,” said protester Yousha Tayob.

“Mandela valued human life … Mandela would condemn drone attacks and civilian deaths, Mandela cannot be his hero.” —protester Yousha Tayob

President Obama had initially planned to visit Mandela’s hospital room, but because of Mandela’s recent turn in health is deferring to his family on whether that would be “appropriate.”

Reporting on the protest, Reuters writes:

Nearly 1,000 trade unionists, Muslim activists and South African Communist Party members marched through the capital to the US Embassy where they burned a US flag in protest, calling Obama’s foreign policy “arrogant and oppressive”.

Muslim activists held prayers in a car park outside the embassy. Leader Imam Sayeed Mohammed told the group: “We hope that Mandela feels better and that Obama can learn from him.”

South African critics of Obama have focused in particular on his support for US drone strikes overseas, which they say have killed hundreds of innocent civilians, and his failure to fulfill a pledge to close the US military detention center at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba housing terrorism suspects.

As they marched, protesters carried signs reading “No You Can’t, Obama,” co-opting the infamous 2008 campaign slogan, “Yes We Can.”

According to the Associated Press, demonstrators staged a similar protest outside of the Parliament building in Cape Town.

“He’s coming here to plunder Africa and South Africa,” said protester Abdurahman Khan. “He’s coming for the wealth and resources, for the gold and the diamond mines, while the majority of Africans and South Africans are suffering.”

Additional rallies are planned Saturday at the University of Johannesburg’s Soweto campus–where university students and staff have vowed to boycott the US President’s address and acceptance of an honorary law degree–and on Sunday at the University of Cape Town.

A man carries a placard calling US President Obama “The Kitchen Boy of the White House” and expressing many things he thinks are wrong with US foreign policy, as Protestors demonstrate against the upcoming visit of U.S. President Barack Obama in Pretoria, South Africa, Friday June 28, 2013. (Photo: Jerome Delay/ AP)

Protesters rallying in the South African capital of Pretoria. (Photo via Fars News)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

SA commits genocide against protesters

0

Saudi Arabiaâ„¢s violent crackdown on peaceful anti-regime protesters, which has led to the death of number of activists, amounts to genocide, a political analyst tells Press TV.

Å“It’s genocide because the Saudi regime is basically committing atrocities against a group … [and it amounts to genocide] in accordance with the 1948 Genocide Convention …,” Syed Ali Wasif, member of the Society for International Reforms and Research said in an interview with Press TV on Friday.

The analyst noted that anti-regime protests in Saudi Arabia are very important as they reveal the reality of what is going on inside Saudi Arabia especially inside the kingdomâ„¢s Eastern Province.

Wasif pointed out that Saudi opposition must become more united so that they can take the message of the Saudi people to the attention of Western countries, international media and human rights organizations.

Å“So that will lead to a kind of recognition from the international community and to a large scale from the people in general about the fate, about the political scenario inside Saudi Arabia in general …,” he added.

Saudi activist, Morsi Ali Ibrahim al-Rabah, died on Sunday from injuries he sustained in a police shooting in the town of Awamiyah in Eastern Province.

An Interior Ministry spokesman said Rabah was on a list of 23 Shia activists wanted over allegations of involvement in anti-regime protests.

Rabah has been the 18th victim of the Saudi regimeâ„¢s crackdown on protesters in the Qatif region since 2011.

On June 21, Saudi regime forces killed a young man during a raid on the houses of anti-regime activists in the village of al-Tubi in Qatif. Police shot the 19-year-old in the head and shoulder.

Since February 2011, protesters have held demonstrations on an almost regular basis in Saudi Arabia, mainly in Qatif and Awamiyah, primarily calling for the release of all political prisoners, freedom of expression and assembly, and an end to widespread discrimination.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Man shot dead during Egypt clashes

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A man has been shot and killed in the Egyptian port city of Alexandria during clashes between supporters and opponents of President Mohamed Morsi.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Return to Homs

0

Homs, Syria.

Khalid is too frightened of travelling the 100 miles from Homs to Damascus to ask officials if they know what happened to his three sons, who disappeared 16 months ago as government troops over-ran the rebel stronghold of Baba Amr. He has not heard anything from them since and does not know if they are alive or dead, though he has repeatedly asked the authorities in Homs, Syria’s third-largest city, about them.

Khalid, a thick-set man of 60 with grizzled white hair — who used to be a construction worker until he injured his back — says he dare not make the journey to Damascus because “as soon as the soldiers at the checkpoints on the road see I come from a place like Baba Amr, with a reputation for supporting the rebels, they are likely to arrest me”. He explains that he cannot risk being detained because he has a wife and four daughters who rely on him. He is the last man left in his family since his sons went missing.

Syria is full of parents trying to keep their children alive or simply seeking to find out if they are already dead. It is as if both sides in the civil war are in a competition to see who can commit the worst atrocities. A few days before I spoke to Khalid I saw a picture on the internet of a fresh-faced 23-year-old soldier called Youssef Kais Abdin from near the port city of Latakia. He had been kidnapped a week earlier by the al Qa’ida-affiliated Jabhat al-Nusra while serving in the north-east of Syria, close to the Iraqi border. The next his parents heard of Youssef was a call from their son’s mobile at 4am from al-Nusra telling them to look for a picture of their son online. When they did so, they saw his decapitated body in a pool of blood with his severed head placed on top of it.

The Syrian conflict is a civil war with all the horrors traditionally inflicted in such struggles wherever they are fought, be it Syria today or Russia, Spain, Greece, Lebanon or Iraq in the past. For the newly appointed American National Security Adviser Susan Rice, David Cameron or William Hague to pretend that this is a simple battle between a dictatorial government and an oppressed people is to misrepresent or misunderstand what is happening on the ground.

Evidence that both sides have committed supporters prepared to fight to the death is borne out by the estimate of some 100,000 dead published this week by the pro-rebel Syrian Observatory for Human Rights. It concludes that fatal casualties come almost equally from the two sides in the civil war: broadly 25,000 of them government soldiers, 17,000 pro-government militia, 36,000 civilians and 14,000 rebel fighters, though the last two figures in particular are probably understated.

Homs, an ancient city at the centre of a province with a population of two million, is a good place to judge the course of the war. It was an early scene of anti-government action in 2011 in the course of which peaceful protests turned into irregular but devastating warfare. Most of Homs today is controlled by the Syrian army, aside from a few important areas including the Old City in the centre, which is held by rebels. Some 400,000 people have fled from here and are now scattered across the rest of the city. The houses they leave behind are occupied by opposition fighters, a fair number of whom are non-Syrian jihadi volunteers intent on waging holy war. “It is very difficult to talk to the Salafi [Islamic fundamentalists] in the Old City,” says Monsignor Michel Naaman, a Syriac Catholic priest who used to live there and who has sought to mediate and arrange ceasefires between the Free Syrian Army and government forces.

But the political geography of Homs is not just divided between pro- and anti-government forces but has grey areas of uncertain or disputed control, where hundreds of thousands of people are trying to survive pressures from both sides. They live in an atmosphere poisoned by fear of a kind I have not seen since Baghdad at the height of the sectarian civil war in 2006-7. Where else in the world would not just vulnerable refugees but army generals surrounded by armed guards make me promise not to reveal their names for fear that they and their families might be targeted for retaliation?

Homs is full of people who are refugees within their own city. A lowly government civilian employee, who gave his name as Walid but did not want his exact job identified, told me how he had been forced to move twice.

“I was living in al-Khalidiya when I was kidnapped by the Free Syrian Army because I worked for the government,” he said. “Fortunately, I knew somebody in the group who said I was a good man and they let me go, but the shock of my kidnap killed my father who died of a heart attack.” Munir moved to another area on the outskirts of northern Homs call al-Waar, where neither government nor rebels are in full control. He said, “I had to leave again because the rebels would set up checkpoints at night and ask people if they were Sunni or Alawite or they would ask for money or take your car.”

I had some experience of al-Waar, the district from which Munir had to flee a second time. It is a large area in the north of Homs with high-rise buildings and plenty of accommodation with a population that has risen to 700,000 from 150,000 before the crisis. I had asked to visit a military hospital there earlier this week, had received permission and was guided there by security men in a civilian car. We took a highly circuitous route, driving west out of the city and then circling back to avoid “hot areas”. Earth embankments started to appear on roads indicating they were not secure, including the main highway north to Hama. Our guides consulted with soldiers at checkpoints, which were more and more heavily fortified, as to whether it was safe to go ahead and we finally reached the hospital gates, only to be told that the head of the unit would not let us in without a permit from military intelligence.

Some people in Homs flee because they are in areas that support the rebels and others because they are known to work for the government. Most simply want to get to a place of safety. In Homs this is often means taking refuge in a school where the government provides food, water and the basics of life. At one school (again the person in charge asked me not to identify it), where I had met Khalid whose three sons were missing, I talked to Abu Nidal who worked in Homs water and sanitation department. He, too, came from Baba Amr and had left there for two months during the heavy fighting in 2012 when the Syrian army stormed it. “We went back and stayed six or seven months but [in March this year] the rebels came back, the situation was very bad and we had to leave again.” He said Baba Amr was now empty and when I drove past it the entrance to the district was blocked by rubble and there was nobody to be seen on the road beyond.

The policy of the government, as expressed by the Governor Ahmad Munir, is not to storm areas in Homs it does not control unless other options have been exhausted. He said he was trying to deal with each case “without a special military operation”. He had just arranged for the Syrian army to move into the rebel town of Tal Kalakh near the Lebanese border and for 39 local FSA leaders to surrender. He did not expect the same thing to happen in the Old City because “there are lots of gangs and nobody to negotiate with”. The storming of the rebel stronghold of Qusayr earlier this month may have made other communities more determined to avoid similar destruction.

Rickety local ceasefires do not solve the Syrian crisis but they do prevent a lot of people being killed, jailed or driven from their homes. The fact that people in Homs have become inured to living in a constant state of terror does not make their suffering any better. “It must be very dangerous to be a young man of military age here in Syria,” I said to a group of refugees in Homs, leading them to laugh dryly and respond: “No, you are wrong. They kill men in their 60s and 70s as well!” I asked if they expected things to get better and they dolefully shook their heads.

By pledging at a meeting in Qatar last weekend to send more arms and equipment to the rebels, the 11-member so-called “Friends of Syria”, including the US, UK, France, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and Turkey, decided in effect to stoke the civil war in Homs and the rest of Syria. To pretend it is not a civil war or to support the rebel side as somehow uniquely representative of the Syrian people flies in the face of demonstrable facts. West of Homs in the port city of Tartus on the Mediterranean there is a long wall with pictures of many of the 2,000 young men from the city killed fighting as soldiers for the government in the last two years. The Syrian state, in control of most of the country, is not going to implode just because the rebels receive fresh supplies of money and arms.

As for Khalid and his hopeless search for his three missing sons, he says, “I wish the Free Syrian Army and the government would leave ordinary people out of it and go and fight each other.”

PATRICK COCKBURN is the author of “Muqtada: Muqtada Al-Sadr, the Shia Revival, and the Struggle for Iraq.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Myanmar police kill 2 displaced Muslims

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least two people are killed and six others wounded as government forces open fire on a refugee camp housing Muslim Rohingyas in Myanmar.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Tells the Facts, Names the Names

0

In the mid-70s, when de-Nixonification was a national priority, a not yet spineless Congress made it possible for Americans to access the files that their government kept on their activities.  Over the years, Administrations intent on keeping their foul deeds secret did their best to water down that right. But it has never been rescinded, and is therefore still in effect.

All you have to do, if you think you might have been spied on or otherwise investigated, is request your file – and wait. Then, if you are lucky, in the fullness of time, you will be sent some heavily redacted version of what the authorities have on you.

I am sure that I was not the only one who didn’t want to take advantage of this major victory for transparency — not so much because I didn’t want to feel violated, but because I was worried that I might not have been under investigation. If I had not done enough good to warrant the government’s interest, I didn’t want to know about it.

And I didn’t want to find myself in the situation of the writer in Bertolt Brecht’s heart-rending poem, “The Burning of the Books”:

When the Regime commanded that books with harmful knowledge

Should be publicly burned, and on all sides

Oxen were forced to drag cartloads of books

To the bonfires, a banished

Writer, one of the best, scanning the list of the Burned, was shocked to find that his

Books had been passed over.

He rushed to his desk

On wings of wrath, and wrote a letter to those in power,

Burn me! he wrote with flying pen, burn me! Haven’t my books

Always reported the truth? And here you are

Treating me like a liar! I command you!

Burn me!

This would not be a concern for anyone today.

Thanks to the Obama-Holder Justice Department – and to the national security wallahs, corporate moguls and techno nerds they work with – everyone nowadays is under surveillance 24/7.

It is therefore no longer an honor to be spied upon, and no one’s self-esteem can be put in jeopardy by finding out that the honor has been denied. President Obama et. al. accomplished this by cheapening the good to such an extent that it no longer even exists.

On the down side, though, they’ve shot everybody’s privacy to hell.

In Brechtian terms, everybody’s books are now being burned.

Well, not burned exactly because that the government is “only” collecting meta-data; not whole libraries, but the information you’d find in card catalogues and in the records librarians keep behind their desks.

The government isn’t burning the books yet — just getting them ready.

That is the least bad spin the authorities can put on their spying, now that the news is out; and Obama et. al., along with Congressional Democrats like Dianne Feinstein, are spinning it for all it’s worth.

Collecting meta-data doesn’t seem quite as onerous as outright eavesdropping. But if the point is to rid the regime of “harmful knowledge” — harmful, that is, to itself – it may be even more effective, at least in a first run through vast quantities of date. And, when it is not, the bonfire stands ready; it can be lit at any moment.

Book burning, or its functional equivalents, were supposed to be a concern in fascist countries; not in the Land of the Free. Evidently, times have changed — and not for the better.

Without the benefit of hindsight, it would be premature to assign culpability. But enough is sufficiently clear already to make a start.

* * *

Everybody understands that this is no longer the country it was before the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon twelve years ago, or rather before the reaction to those criminal acts set in.

What is much less clear is what the pivotal changes have been.

To add to the mystery: many of the most egregious concessions to the Dark Side happened early on, during George W. Bush’s first term. These would include the establishment through rendition and direct participation of a torture regime, the creation of an extensive gulag of secret prisons, the assault on due process rights and habeas corpus, and (by the standards of the time) the massive extension of foreign and domestic surveillance.

Then there are the countless lesser and greater annoyances initiated by the Department of Homeland Security, a bureaucratic concoction that would have been unthinkable before Bush’s first term, but that quickly became the new normal.

However Bush moderated his depredations in the declining years of his presidency, even before Barack Obama was elected to usher in an age of “hope” and “change.”

Nevertheless there is a sense that things are getting worse, and that they are worse under Obama even than they were before, and worse still this far into his second term than they were, say, a year ago. How can this be?

To his credit, Obama did repackage the larger of the two lost wars Bush started, the one against Iraq. That was not exactly what those who voted for him expected him to do. But it was a step in the right (or less wrong) direction.

Like other “peace” Democrats — Howard Dean, for example — Obama never had any problem with the other lost war, the one in Afghanistan. So he was happy enough to superintend a “surge” there, and then to give the OK to the hapless General Petraeus, that paragon of military genius, to try some of the  “counter-insurgency” nostrums he resurrected from the Vietnam War.

So long as there was still a shred of hope, Obama was determined not to look like a looser. That didn’t quite work out, though the Spin Doctors are still trying.

If instead of a Nobel Prize for Peace, they gave one for Saving Face, and if effort counted more than results, Obama might actually deserve one.

But at least he isn’t initiating too many new wars; not like Bush did. The worst does seem behind us. And yet, things seem only to have become more hopeless.

Part of the problem is that, once Obama became President, a good part of what might otherwise have turned into a (pale) Left opposition took up cheerleading for the Democratic Party and its Commander-in-Chief instead. When that proved too much to bear, even for them, they devoted themselves to finding excuses for why there is nothing to cheer.

They didn’t have far to look — not with a Republican Party hell bent on making Democrats seem the Lesser Evil. There is even an entire cable network, MSNBC, with a nighttime lineup devoted to making fun of Republicans.  It is not a hard sell; Republicans are easy prey.

But the excuses ring hollow, and mocking characters drawn from central casting at Morons Are Us gets old quickly, especially when there is no election in the offing.

It doesn’t help either that the MSNBC pundits are themselves nauseatingly servile not just to the Democratic Party but to the regime both parties serve: witness, for example, how even the most “liberal” of them struggle to join the Obama-led, bipartisan bad-mouthing of Edward Snowden.

In any case, the problem with Obama is not just that because liberals cut him so much slack, he neuters them without even trying.

The bigger problem has to do with how he has helped make things worse.

The change from Bush to Obama and from the inner-circle of the former to the inner circle of the latter — from chicken hawks and neocons to unreconstructed Clintonites and “humanitarian interveners” – clearly marked a change in style.

But it also masked a profound continuity in substance that is bound to become more apparent in the future, when it becomes possible to place the period we are living through in perspective.

In any case, mere weariness with Bush-Obama governance does not explain the sense of doom, of everything becoming worse, which has come to infuse our politics. To account for that, we need a clearer purchase on what has changed since 9/11.

On the face of it, it looks like we have just been living through more of the same. Unjust and counter-productive wars are hardly unknown in our history, and neither are gross violations of the rule of law. To the extent that things now do seem worse, could it just be because qualitative changes sometimes emerge out of a piling on of instances?

No doubt, this is part of the story. But there is also something genuinely new afoot.

* * *

Since the dawn of the new century, American governments have been building up a democracy deficit unprecedented in recent history.

In democracies, the people rule — if not directly, then through elected representatives who, in theory, implement the peoples’ will.  But instead of the American people controlling their state, even to the extent that was the norm just a few years ago, the state increasingly controls the people.

It may not exercise control overtly very often. But it can whenever it wants, to a degree that it could not before – and everyone knows it.

The problem is not just that technologies now exist that enable 24/7 snooping. It is that the government is delighted to avail itself of them.

There is some truth, after all, in the National Rifle Association’s otherwise disingenuous claim that “guns don’t kill people; people kill people.” The problem is not so much that the NSA is awash in the means of surveillance, a situation successive Administrations created. It is that the Bush-Obama administration has been deploying those means against “we, the people.”

In other words, they have been undermining a core condition for democratic governance — that protection from “unreasonable searches,” as the Fourth Amendment calls them, that makes democratic citizenship possible.

* * *

The Obama presidency has played an important role in bringing this sorry situation about. It is not the only factor now working to quash democracy; not by any means. But it has worsened the problem considerably.

The contrast with the past is staggering. Even with George Bush in the running, Richard Nixon was still the most lawless American President ever.  But in his day, democracy was robust enough to correct for some of his major depredations — not in time to stop them, but eventually.

Correcting for what Bush and Obama have done is going to be a lot harder because democracy, what little of it we had, was, from Day One, Casualty Number One in what Bush called the Global War on Terror — that perpetual war regime that Bush and Obama have settled upon us.

Even before there were neocons, it was the Right’s dream to use terrorism as a pretext for ratcheting up state and corporate control of an anxiety-ridden and depoliticized population.

But even Ronald Reagan, the “Great Communicator,” couldn’t quite sell the idea — not enough to fool (nearly) all of the people all of the time.  For that, the Right needed help. For their own warped reasons, Al-Qaeda militants were happy to provide it.

And so, terrorism now haunts our politics — not the reality, but the specter. And, with that specter working its effects, it has become all but impossible, unlike in Nixon’s time, for the political system to correct itself.

There is not enough democracy left for that.

The Bush-Cheney Administration set the process in motion, and they were not subtle about it.  There is nothing remarkable in that: no one can accuse George Bush of subtlety.

After Democrats swept the 2006 Congressional elections, Bush and Cheney could surely have been impeached; had that happened, they would very likely have been removed from office, saving the world enormous grief. But the Pelosiite leadership of the House of Representatives would have none of it.

They didn’t want to impede Hillary Clinton’s bid to lead a Restoration of her husband’s awful Presidency. By the time it became clear that she wouldn’t be their candidate, the Democratic leadership was already too caught up in “hope” and “change” to act as if they had a backbone.

Had Obama been anything like what some of his supporters imagined, he probably could have shut the entire Bush-Cheney operation down early in 2009, when he had  political capital to spare.

He could have said what many thoughtful people were thinking in the Fall of 2001, before the media fell into line with Bush, Cheney and the neocons: that the attacks in New York and Washington were criminal acts, not acts of war; and that they should have been — and could still be — addressed as law enforcement problems that could be engaged through diplomacy, not force of arms.

For a brief moment, Obama could have hit the reset button. But, of course, that was the farthest thing from his mind.

Instead, he assumed stewardship of the empire.

Once that happened, a course reversal was out of the question. A global hegemon, like a mob boss, cannot admit a mistake; that would suggest weakness and vulnerability.  And so, Obama took up where his predecessor left off, adding his own special touches.

What Obama did, in short, was bring the war back home – the war on democracy or, more precisely, on the conditions for its possibility.

Others are doing that too, of course; fortunately, not in concert with the Commander-in-Chief.

The five Republican Justices on the Supreme Court have taken it upon themselves to go after democratic procedures.  In 2010, to the delight of corporate “persons” everywhere, they turned political corruption into constitutionally protected free speech. Then, last week, they eviscerated the 1965 Voting Rights Act, the most important Civil Rights legislation of the twentieth century.

In so doing, they have given states run by Republican legislatures and governors license to keep all but the most determined African Americans and other persons of color from voting. More generally, they have made it easier for Republicans to suppress votes that everyone knows are unlikely to go their way.

To his credit, Obama has voiced opposition to the Supreme Court’s assaults on democracy. But that is all he has done.

A stronger President would now do what Lyndon Johnson did in 1965; he would go before Congress and the American people, using all the resources at his disposal, to demand that they restore the basic rights of democratic citizenship.  Don’t expect anything like that to happen.

All that Obama has in common with LBJ is that he too should be asked, when he appears in public, how many kids he killed today.

Meanwhile, Republicans, with Tea Partiers in the lead, have been acting out in ways that undo another prerequisite of democratic governance, a robust commitment to furthering the public good.

Except where it comes to war making or to feathering their own nests or the nests of their paymasters, Republicans have become the Party of No. The Chamber of Commerce types for whom the GOP exists, and the Country Club barflies who think like them, have so far managed to keep the lunatics from taking over the asylum entirely. But how long can they hold the line?

Getting their man Romney nominated may have been their last gasp. How else to explain the renewed push, in states Republicans control and in the Republican led House of Representatives, to undo abortion rights — in other words, to wage a war on women?

And, with inevitable demographic changes making the need to court Latino voters obvious, how else to explain Republican resistance to immigration reform — even the nativist, corporate-friendly kind proposed by the so-called Gang of Eight?

Evidently, the grownups are losing control.

Of course, this is not Obama’s doing.  But, just by being there, he has played an indirect role in creating the monstrosity the Republican Party has become. Because he was perceived (correctly) as weak, and because he is black, he became a lightning rod for all the vileness that emanates from Republican ranks.

Needless to say, Obama cannot be blamed for the noxiousness of his enemies.  But there are harms to democracy, graver ones, for which he can be blamed – because they are in large part his doing.

The viciousness of his assaults on whistle blowers, especially but not only Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning, is an indication.

The newly revealed “Insider Threat Program” – a recreation, in caricature, of the everybody-is-an-informant ethos associated with the worst days of High Stalinism — is an even more graphic one.

The target is not democratic governance per se; Obama is fine with that, as his opposition to recent Supreme Court and Republican Party antics suggest.

His target is civil society, the kind that is a prerequisite for people, individually and collectively, to function as citizens, not just subjects – as political actors who shape their own collective destiny.

A robust civil society can survive Nixon-style violations of privacy rights, but it can hardly survive Obama-style 24/7 surveillance and related efforts to keep the public quiescent and uninformed.

Surveillance chills deliberation and debate, inhibits political participation, and removes that expectation of privacy without which democratic citizenship cannot survive.

It was because the authors of the U.S. Constitution understood this that they put the First, Fourth and Fifth Amendments in place. By putting the protections those Amendments were intended to safeguard in jeopardy, Obama, the scholar of constitutional law, has posed perhaps as deep a threat to democratic governance as can be.

It hardly matters whether this is his considered view or whether, as seems more likely, he has drifted into it because he lacks the strength and stature to go against the post-9/11 tide.

What matters is that this descent into a public world that is qualitatively worse than anything we have known before is occurring under his guidance and with his support.

ANDREW LEVINE is a Senior Scholar at the Institute for Policy Studies, the author most recently of THE AMERICAN IDEOLOGY (Routledge) and POLITICAL KEY WORDS (Blackwell) as well as of many other books and articles in political philosophy. His most recent book is In Bad Faith: What’s Wrong With the Opium of the People. He was a Professor (philosophy) at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a Research Professor (philosophy) at the University of Maryland-College Park.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press).

 

]]>

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

TD Bank Gets Punked: Yes Men-Style Prank Highlights Bank's Tar Sands Support

0

Photo: Michael Fleshman/cc/flickrIt looks like TD Bank has been punked in a Yes Men-style act on Friday that highlights bank’s support for the Keystone XL pipeline and tar sands.

A press release purportedly from the bank said that the institution was going to begin selling its $1.6 billion stake in the tar sands carrying pipeline and “other oil sands related ventures” following President Obama’s recent climate speech and “increasing controversies and economic difficulties for Alberta’s oil sands.” It continued:

“Divesting from Keystone XL not only makes financial sense given the uncertainties surrounding the project, but it fits with out pledge to be ‘As Green As Our Logo’,” says TD Bank Environmental Director Diana Glassman.

“The short term dictates of the market and the concerns of our shareholders are of course the primary motivation behind the move away from oil sands, but thankfully, doing so will serve to protect other investments in the long term.” says TD Chief Economist Craig Alexander, “Climate change is bad for business and economic stability in general, and the scientific community has been very clear about the climate change impacts of Alberta’s oil sands.”

The release was sent out and posted to yourtdbank.com, a site that appears to mirror the actual tdbank.com site.

Obviously getting some attention–perhaps including some praise for the recognizing the climate change impacts of the tar sands–TD Bank tweeted this morning:

The release duped a few news outlets temporarily, including the International Business Times.

EcoWatch, lamenting that the news turned out to be fake, wrote, “If only this were true…”.

It is not clear at this point who is behind the prank, but it is certain that a bank whose “goal is to be as green as our logo” is clearly off track in its support for the tar sands.

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

10 injured in pro, anti-Morsi clashes

0

Supporters of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi take part in a demonstration at Raba’a Al-Adaweya Square in Nasr City, Cairo on June 28, 2013.

At least 10 people have been injured in clashes between supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi in the port city of Alexandria.

The clashes erupted on Friday after thousands of demonstrators poured into the streets in Alexandria, in the Nile Delta city of Mansura, and in the canal city of Port Said.

A large number of opposition protesters and supporters of the ruling Muslim Brotherhood were also gathering in Cairo and other towns and cities.

The fresh clashes come as spiraling violence has left at least five people dead across the North African country.

The government has deployed thousands of troops in Cairo and other tense cities, with the ruling party blaming the opposition groups for the ongoing violence across Egypt.

The opposition groups have urged President Morsi to step down and hold snap elections. They accuse him of consolidating his power instead of addressing the countryâ„¢s social and economic problems.

Supporters and opponents of the president have been clashing with each other during recent demonstrations across the North African country.

On Thursday, Amr Moussa, a top opposition leader, strongly criticized President Morsi for his failure to offer a detailed roadmap for national reconciliation and economic recovery.

The opposition accuses the government of being dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution

In a separate development, Egyptian clerics and some religious circles have warned against a civil war and called on both sides to be calm.

JR/KA/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Congress to double student loan interest rates

0

Seven million college students will see their student loan costs double on Monday, after a group of bipartisan lawmakers failed to agree on a plan to keep interest rates down.

The Senate adjourned for the July 4 recess on
Thursday
, but failed to keep interest rates on Stafford
loans at the current 3.4 percent rate. The federally subsidized
loans are set to expire on July 1, after which the
interest rate cap will rise to 6.8 percent.

Congress’ Joint Economic Committee estimates that the average
student will be paying $2,600 more starting July 1.
On a $23,000 student loan repaid over 10 years, a student would
be paying about $3,000 total interest.

“At one level it’s modest, but if you have an entry-level
position or can’t find work, it starts to add up,”
Terry
Hartle, senior vice president of the American Council of
Education, told Fox News.

In order to keep interest rates down, lawmakers would have to
extend the cap, set a new one, or find another way to keep rates
low. A bipartisan group of senators introduced the “Bipartisan
Student Loan Certainty Act”, which would have secured a 1.85
percent interest rate on undergraduate Stafford Loans, a 3.4
percent rate on graduate loans, and a 4.4 percent rate on PLUS
loans that are issued to parents of students. But after paying
little attention to the issue for the past 11 months, lawmakers
failed to agree on this proposal and spent the past few weeks
arguing about a solution.

“We’re tired of this being a political football,” Sen.
Richard Burr (R-N.C.) said at a news conference with the
co-sponsors of the bill. “This is a responsible program from
the standpoint of the American taxpayer.”

Senate Democrats on Thursday advocated for a
temporary one-year delay of the current Stafford loan rates, but
Republicans opposed the idea, and the Senate adjourned for
recess.

“Last year we kicked the can down the road and passed a
one-year extension for only a small group of students… Why would
we want to make the same mistake again and just kick the can down
the road another year?”
Burr told AP.

But Sen. Jack Reed (D-R.I.) believes it would be best to extend
current rates until Congress can come up with a better solution,
to avoid the rise in interest rates.

“Students across this country would rather have no deal than a
bad deal,”
Reed said. “We’re at the point where we have to
do our best to extend the 3.4 percent interest rate while we work
on a good deal, not just any deal.”

Sen. Tom Harkin, the chairman of the Senate education panel, said
lawmakers would consider a retroactive fix on July
10
. The US government is already forecast to make a
record $51 billion profit from the federal student loan program
this year at current interest rates, which Sen. Angus King
(I-Maine) described as “billions of dollars off the backs of
our students.”

If lawmakers fail to make a retroactive deal that would undo the
impending spike in interest rates, US college students may find
themselves unable to afford taking out a federal loan. 

Republished with permission from:: RT

Dalton terms rise of Persia ‘a myth’

0

Sir Richard Dalton, British ambassador to Iran from 2003 to 2006 has angrily reacted to a question put to him by The Economist, by attempting desperately to undermine Iranâ„¢s growing influence in the Middle East.

The question was: Å“Do you really think Iran could become a regional hegemon”, to which he answered Å“Iranâ„¢s influence has fluctuated. It is rising in Iraq. Itsâ„¢ help is desperately needed by [President] Bashar al-Assad in Syria. But elsewhere, the Å“rise of Persia” is a myth”.

Dalton said the six Arab countries of the [Persian] Gulf Co-operation Council ([P]GCC), led by Saudi Arabia, tend to exaggerate Iranian influence, including in Bahrain and Yemen, adding that Iran cannot even dominate the [Persian] Gulf.

Å“Only from southern Lebanon does Iran have the ability to project serious power. For sure, it has a strong influence in Iraq, some in Gaza, and a tightening alliance with Syria, but this merely allows Iran to maintain the position it has enjoyed for many years. This still doesnâ„¢t amount to Å“regional hegemony”, he added.

Dalton also referred to Iran™s policy of converting its 20% enriched uranium into oxide, ready for research-reactor fuel-making, adding that œthis puts the material beyond use for bombs (short of a time-consuming, detectable and technically demanding process to turn it back into gas, which can be discounted in the medium term).

That is why the United States and Israel seem relaxed about waiting for the autumn before a new round of negotiations.”

œThe idea that everyone would bow down before Iran if it got nuclear-weapons capability is fanciful. Actions lead to reactions, and one of the reactions to deployed weapons (if there were no immediate war) would be sanctions in perpetuity and possibly an American nuclear umbrella over the West™s friends in the region.

In such circumstances, what power would Iran acquire as a result of having nukes, other than deterrence?”, Dalton to The Economist.

Å“Finally, it should be noted that Iranâ„¢s economy has been floundering, its armed forces out of date. It has minimal stocks of modern air and land weapons and has lost influence in Arab countries as a combined result of sanctions, and the Arab spring. Since the shahâ„¢s day, the balance of power has tilted heavily against Iran, especially as the armies of the [P]GCC have become far stronger. Some experts think the air force of the United Arab Emirates alone could take out the entire Iranian one”, he concluded.

MOL/HE

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Treason

0

U.S. military adventures have historically combined imperial ambition–the acquisition of territory and colonies, limiting the reach of competing empires and ‘acquiring’ economic resources–‘natural’ resources, existing economic infrastructure and labor, under advantageous terms. The U.S. orchestrated coup in Honduras was for United Fruit, in Chile for ITT, Kennecott and Anaconda Copper and the CIA’s ‘war of attrition’ against Nicaragua in the 1980s to undo the nationalization of Coca Cola facilities. The botched war on and occupation of Iraq was a continuation of imperial designs on Middle Eastern oil by the U.S. and Britain dating from the early twentieth century. All of these and many, many more conflated the economic interests of particular U.S. ‘based’ corporations with the ‘national interest.’

Selling wars of economic conquest as ‘democracy’ and / or ‘freedom’ was an open joke amongst Washington elites for the bulk of recent decades. Presidents hired advertising agencies to devise ‘marketing’ schemes to sell their wars. The visible idiocy of these schemes fed on the psychological trauma fear-mongering and regular mass slaughters in the ‘national interest’ caused the purposely-misinformed populace. The Cold War was perpetuated by successive administrations because the contrived bogeyman of ‘communism’ had been so effectively sold in support of Western economic predation. By putting a ‘political’ patina on imperial wars the hoax / fallacy of political morality became a fundamental part of the American story. And the irony of cynical demagogues selling botched foreign policy as ‘they hate us for our freedoms’ meets its match in dim corporate-state fascists selling totalitarian surveillance to ‘protect’ us from the consequences of botched foreign policy.

It is in this historical context recent disclosures of ‘classified’ government documents led to charges of treason against those making them–Edward Snowden, Bradley Manning and others, by ‘official’ Washington. Treason is yet another well-sold term popularly meaning the knowing betrayal of ‘the nation’ as legal construct, historical artifact and broad set of social relations. Those making the charge, President Obama and prominent Senators and Representatives, proclaim themselves empowered to make it as Marketers-in-Chief of imperial power. Deference to unity in ‘nation’ through the charge of treason is a sleight-of-hand to peel-off those the current chair-occupiers of empire wish to exile.

It is no accident the first line of attack against Mr. Snowden was to impugn his credibility by arguing he was a ‘high school dropout’ and a ‘lowly analyst.’ In the first place, this is irrelevant to the disclosures–they in no way depended on Mr. Snowden’s ‘credentials’ because if they did, and the official line was he lacked the credentials to be a credible ‘leaker,’ then he also lacked the credentials to be treasonous. (If what was leaked wasn’t credible then charges of treason are moot). The received wisdom is this attack was to diminish Mr. Snowden’s standing. But the more likely explanation was to separate the right to ‘treason’ into classes of those with and without the right. President Obama and Senator Diane Feinstein claim the right to create law at their whim, break existing laws at their whim and commit ‘treason’ at their whim and they don’t want ‘just anyone’ impinging on their territory.

The American public largely supports this view, but on what basis? Part is no doubt the inculcated premise America is classless, and therefore political-economic power accrues to those who ‘deserve’ it. But as the political and economic catastrophes of recent years amply illustrate–the war on and occupation of Iraq and the financial ‘crisis’ requiring trillions in public largesse to (faux) rectify, fools, liars and thieves are just as likely to inhabit the rarefied environs of power as those who ‘merit’ it. (That this leadership is largely inherited suggests societies ‘winners’ come from a decidedly pedestrian gene pool). And evolving from modern history, the notion of common interests in governance was always a play to American gullibility–Ms. Feinstein and Mr. Obama aren’t arguing they better serve the public interest through acting against the Constitution, they argue they have the power to do so and others (Snowden, Manning) don’t. Only the riff-raff need explain themselves goes the thinking.

The evidence of class bases for laws, policing and incarceration resides in plain sight here in the U.S. In addition to the history of U.S. military power being used in corporate interests, bankers and their representatives wrote the banking laws that led to recent catastrophe and they are writing the laws to ‘rectify’ the laws they previously wrote. The official rationale is they know best how to operate ‘their’ businesses despite the fact they still exist on the public dole from their last catastrophe. Several decades ago the policing of business and the rich was abandoned under ‘deregulation’ while the policing of the poor and social ‘out’ groups was militarized and made increasingly intrusive. And representation in the jails and prisons is overwhelmingly of social ‘out’ groups and those who can’t afford competent legal representation (a/k/a the poor). In claiming their right to decide their own laws and to stand outside of effective policing and incarceration, Barack Obama, Diane Feinstein et al are the political representatives of the ruling class.

So again, it isn’t ‘treason’ or ‘crimes’ Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein are reacting to–it is the impudence of ‘the help’ exposing the workings of the political-economic elite to those who might (correctly) see themselves on the other side of them. Mr. Obama’s and NSA chief Keith Alexander’s attempts to link illegal NSA spying on Americans to ‘thwarted’ terrorist attacks had no content behind them. They do however have the history of cynical insiders using contrived ‘others’ to sell their personal and class agendas behind them. This makes the ‘treason’ charged by official Washington acts against the ruling class, not against ‘the nation.’ To be clear, official Washington sees acts by political and economic elites against the rest of the citizenry–domestic spying, illegal murder of citizens and economic predation, being in the public interest and disclosure of those that might challenge ruling class power as against the ‘public’ interest.

Likewise, there appears eternal mystery on the part of the compassionate right–liberals and progressives, why the corporate media are tools of corporate leaders and their servants in government. It is no accident Andrew Ross Sorkin, Jeffrey Toobin and David Gregory use the royal ‘we’ to conflate their interests as rich, connected, white ‘journalists’ with those of Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein. The received wisdom is ‘access’ to elite sources is behind the ‘affectation,’ but it is no affectation. The strategy to ‘universalize’ narrow interests through the use of totalizing language (‘we’) is class politics 101. These ‘journalists’ are responding to disclosure of class ‘secrets’ that threaten their privilege, not to acts against the public interest. (‘Access’ is to report what elites say, not what they do (a/k/a journalism) and these brave folk have a greater chance of dying from choking on Jell-O than from terrorist attacks).

Western economists and politicians have explained the past several decades in terms of economic policies as if these policies are disconnected from the architecture and actions of ‘government.’ The bank ‘bailouts’ are seen in isolation from the treatment bank ‘customers’ subsequently received through bank-friendly government policies. Much has been made of the vast quantities of public resources handed the banks without meaningful constraints while the astounding misery and economic harm fraudulent foreclosure ‘prevention’ programs (HAMP) caused ‘ordinary’ citizens are treated as accidents caused by poor management. And in fact, dim elites (Timothy Geithner) argued using bailout money to buy down the negative equity resulting from the housing crash risked ‘moral hazard’ while unconstrained handouts to bankers demonstrated to be corrupt and / or incompetent didn’t. The class bases for these claims couldn’t be more obvious.

Likewise, positioning the rich as ‘job creators’ places them as necessary to the functioning of ‘the economy’ just as Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein place their ‘right’ to murder citizens and illegally spy on us as in the public interest. In recent decades the rich–inherited wealth, corporate executives and financiers, have accrued great fortunes through ‘rentier’ income dependent on economically inefficient (in capitalist economics) market power. Market power is contrary to economic democracy the same way totalitarian government is to political democracy. However, as regressive tax cuts, bank bailouts and government policies to diminish the power of labor demonstrate, it is the rich who are driving government policy. This can be seen through the privatization of state functions–a transfer from public to private coffers, and through the merging of state and private law making (ALEC), policing and imprisonment.

Through his ‘Insider Threat’ program to force government workers to turn one another in for the ‘treason’ of unofficial disclosures President Barack Obama is proving himself the most cynical tool of corporate-state interests in recent history. The premise again is it is one’s position in the corporate-state bureaucracy that determines whether actions are in the public interest, not the actions themselves. The practical effect is to shove all power up the ‘chain of command’ because it is only the ruling class that has state sanction to ‘act in the public interest,’ meaning their own. Put another way, the policy is to redefine the public interest as what the ruling class says it is regardless of political-economic effect. L’etat, c’est moi is historically the realm of absolute monarchs and tyrants. I put this to his dwindling supporters where this leaves Mr. Obama (and the rest of imperial Washington).

But again, the government is but a tool of the rich. The anti-statists on the right have the relation of tyranny backwards–capitalism isn’t freedom from the state, it is the crafting of the state to work in ruling class interests. Barack Obama and Diane Feinstein aren’t calling Mitt Romney and Apple Computer treasonous because they avoid paying the taxes on which the government depends. They, like the angry rubes on the corporate-libertarian right, laud inherited wealth, corporate executives and financiers, and all of their actions are toward consolidating their wealth and power while diminishing that of the rest of us. Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning aren’t traitors; they are good citizens who assumed the social responsibility to act in the public interest against ruling class interests. The political framing of their actions as ‘treason’ is an effort at willful misdirection.

What the liberals and progressives still unsure of what to make of the disclosures of ‘kill lists’ and NSA spying on American citizens don’t appear to understand is if you aren’t clearly on the inside you’re on the outside— the declared enemies of Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein, through these programs. Cornel West frames it well as ‘we are all suspects now.’ You can blithely assume you have nothing to hide but that misses the purpose of the murder and spy programs–they are to create terror (and corporate profits), not to destroy it. If you don’t understand how pervasive, intrusive and insidious these programs are, yet still support ‘official’ Washington, you deserve what you get. The rest of us would benefit from joining with our comrades around the globe on the side of imperial power Washington and Wall Street has placed us on.

Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York. His book, Zen Economics, will be published by CP/AK Press in 2014.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

¿Por qué resiste Cuba?

0

A Armando Hart Dávalos

Un día, conversando con un amigo en La Habana, nos preguntamos ¿por qué resiste Cuba cuando el capitalismo ya se restauró en Rusia, China, Vietnam?

Mi amigo dio una respuesta contundente: “Cuba es la mejor prueba de la existencia de Dios”…

Como yo soy lego en argumentaciones teológicas preferí plantear la pregunta con el rigor de un problema científico. En ese sentido quiero recordar algo que dijo Martí: “Hasta aquello de lo que está cierto hasta allí llega la ciencia del hombre”

Yo tengo algunas respuestas en las que estoy cierto; pero necesito expresarlas para que otros me ayuden a resolver un problema que quiero plantear en términos científicos, y en el que busco excluir cualquier intención laudatoria.

En el intento mismo de plantear el problema científico, descubro que mi análisis va a ser necesariamente incompleto. Pienso que otros tendrán que completarlo. También advierto circunstancias concretas por las que el Movimiento 26 de Julio triunfó en Cuba, y por las que Cuba resiste hasta hoy, y que no son generalizables. De hecho corresponden a un tiempo y a una Isla.

Como muchas de esas circunstancias no se dan en todo tiempo y en todo lugar, el movimiento revolucionario cubano ha insistido en que no debe tomársele de ejemplo. Su propuesta resulta razonable si se hace extensiva la famosa expresión  de Mariátegui, y se afirma que ninguna revolución puede ser “calca y copia” de otra.

Eso no quiere decir que todas las experiencias cubanas se limiten a Cuba y que ninguna de ellas tenga carácter universal. Al contrario muchas experiencias de Cuba tienen carácter universal y en ese carácter merecen ser más exploradas.

Cabe otra aclaración y es el peso mayor o menor que algunas de las medidas y circunstancias tienen en el triunfo y la resistencia de Cuba. Pretender calcular el variable peso es imposible. Su alcance corresponde a fenómenos que los matemáticos consideran “extremadamente no lineales”, con lo que quieren decir que en ellos una acción mínima puede producir efectos colosales, incalculables…

…El triunfo de Cuba es incalculable. Cuba es un pequeño país, que cuando inició la Revolución tenía seis y medio millones de habitantes y como todos saben la Isla se encuentra a unas cuantas millas del imperio más poderoso y agresivo en la historia de la especie humana.

Resulta difícil entender cómo esa pequeña Isla y sus habitantes han resistido el inhumano bloqueo y el permanente asedio de más de cincuenta años, que Washington ha acompañado de constantes amenazas, agresiones, conspiraciones e intentos de magnicidio, y otros hechos, entre los que destaca el intento de invasión y el triunfo en Playa Girón donde Cuba puso en derrota a las fuerzas invasoras, armadas y apoyadas por Estados Unidos. También son de recordar la entereza que mostró la Isla, con su gobierno y pueblo, en “la crisis de los cohetes” que llevó el chantaje nuclear a sus extremos, y —para no extenderme más— los indecibles sacrificios del “período especial” en que tras la disolución de la URSS Cuba perdió una inmensa fuente de sus ingresos y la población entera decidió de todos modos continuar en la lucha por la independencia y el socialismo a sabiendas que eso significaría una grave reducción de los niveles de vida y consumo durante largo tiempo.

Semejantes hazañas —y muchas más— obligan a plantearse con la mayor seriedad el problema de saber. ¿Cómo se explica la resistencia de Cuba?

Y evocando a Martí enuncio otros “hechos ciertos” que también caen en el orden del conocimiento científico y que incluyen la herencia del propio Martí, muerto en batalla por su pueblo y su Patria en 1895 a la edad de 42 años: Es más, en estas palabras, me voy a limitar a algunas reflexiones con que Martí contribuyó a esa capacidad de revolución y de resistencia.

José Martí es considerado como “el autor intelectual de la Revolución Cubana” por quienes al mismo tiempo se identifican como marxista-leninistas. La aparente contradicción entraña relaciones muy precisas entre un pensamiento, un sentimiento y una expresión que enriquecen al liberalismo radical y al marxismo desde la perspectiva de los pueblos coloniales y sus luchas por la independencia. Liberalismo y luchas por la independencia se expresaron desde Martí como luchas contra el antiguo colonialismo y contra el imperialismo, es decir contra un capitalismo que se rehizo al impulso de los monopolios y que hizo suya “la renta colonial”.

Expresión de las luchas humanistas del liberalismo radical de su tiempo, Martí es admirador de la gran corriente de la Ilustración que en Cuba tuvo a notables filósofos cristianos impulsores del pensamiento ético y crítico y del humanismo más avanzado de fines del siglo XVIII y principios del XIX. Martí logró ser una de las más altas expresiones de quienes en el siglo XIX latinoamericano forjaron los espacios laicos de la pregunta, los espacios laicos del diálogo, de la discusión y el consenso y una capacidad reflexiva y poética capaz de comprender y expresar el mundo propio y el ajeno.

En la múltiple lucha por nuestra expresión como expresión universal, Martí no sólo vivió en las entrañas del imperialismo como colonialismo, sino como reestructuración monopólica de un capitalismo al que se enfrentaban los trabajadores encabezados por Marx… Martí no sólo anunció que “se viene encima amasado por los trabajadores un universo nuevo”, ni sólo hizo ver que Marx “merece honor…por haberse puesto del lado de los débiles”, ni nada más citó en el homenaje póstumo a Marx, una bella frase que dice “La libertad ha caído muchas veces; pero se ha levantado más hermosa de cada caída…”, sino que también hizo otro llamado plenamente válido hoy, en que dijo: “Indigna el forzoso abestiamiento de unos hombres en provecho de otros. Mas se ha de hallar la salida a la indignación, de modo que la bestia cese, sin que se desborde y espante”. (Parece como si estuviera hablando de hoy en que se quiere abestiar al hombre, en que la bestia se desborda y espanta y en que todos estamos buscando salida a la indignación).

Martí no expresó sus afirmaciones sobre la lucha de clases y la lucha por la independencia de las naciones en frías formas filosóficas o en tratados o sistemas teóricos. Las expresó en formas a la vez racionales y emocionales buscando de manera profunda, y con una pasión intensa, la “claridad” y la “sinceridad”, muy fuertes ambas en su vida, y muy vinculadas a su lucha por “la vida nueva” en esa forma a la vez emocional y práctica que expresó con su “fe en el mejoramiento humano” y… en lo que llamó “la utilidad de la virtud”, expresiones ambas que ensamblan los motivos de una pasión intensa y las preocupaciones de una lucha en que se piensa cómo ganar, cómo lograr lo que se quiere.

El rico legado de Martí corresponde a una estrecha vinculación entre el concepto, la palabra y la acción. Sin esa vinculación, lo que Martí dice no s entiende bien, se entiende a medias, se entiende mal. El legado, en su versión escrita y vivida, no sólo alcanza una gran belleza sino una gran fuerza. El pensamiento estrechamente vinculado a la acción le da otro sentido a la palabra. Funde la palabra con la cosa. Quien escucha la palabra sabe quien la dice. Y por quien la dice entiende que como promesa va a ser cumplida, y que como descripción o explicación de lo que pasa corresponde a hechos ciertos sobre lo que ocurre y sobre lo que es necesario hacer para lograr un objetivo. Y si la validez de lo que dice depende tanto de la moral de quien lo dice como de su saber y experiencia, el que oye entiende que lo que dice es en principio válido y confiable. Y esta junta de moral en la lucha y de la experiencia en el luchar y pensar es base de una fuerza especial: de confianza que integra las acciones colectivas por metas comunes y que se enriquece todavía más con la invitación de quien se expresa a que lo corrijan quienes lo oyen si tienen otra visión o información…

Martí como fuente de una cultura más que de una ideología, hoy se enfrenta mejor que nadie a seguir luchando en plena crisis de las ideologías tras los procesos de restauración y recolonización del capitalismo. El gran triunfo de los neoconservadores no sólo consistió en la restauración mundial del capitalismo —con excepción de Cuba- sino en la eliminación de la lucha ideológica (como quería Daniel Bell) y en su sustitución por luchas de grupos de interés y grupos de presión, grupos de corrupción y grupos de intimidación dentro de la llamada “clase política”. Al ver cómo todos los partidos políticos votan por la misma política del saqueo y la represión neoliberal, ya sean comunistas, socialistas, populistas, demócratas o conservadores… Al ver tan inusitado espectáculo se da una fuerte crisis de las luchas ideológicas. Y en ese momento la “utilidad de la virtud” y todo el realismo político-moral de la lucha por “la nueva vida” adquieren una importancia enorme.

Es más: “que la palabra sea la cosa” y que se reconozca “la utilidad de la virtud” permiten redefinir y recuperar el pensamiento profundo de Marx y de su crítica creadora. Llevan a vincular esa otra fuente del pensamiento y la acción con la cultura de un pueblo en el que se difunde el poder de la virtud como base de la cooperación y la confianza y de la creación histórica. Desde la vida misma de Martí se enriqueció la profunda intuición de lo que en forma sistemática proviene del marxismo. En el Partido Revolucionario del Pueblo Cubano se incluyó a quienes serían fundadores del primer partido comunista, quienes por su parte contarían entre sus herederos con algunos de los teóricos más brillantes del comunismo latinoamericano, y entre ellos, con Julio Antonio Mella.

El éxito de la Revolución Cubana y su inmensa capacidad de resistencia serían inexplicables sin la fuerza que significan la moral de lucha y el valor en el combate para la construcción de un mundo que se encamine a la justicia y la libertad, practicándolas al andar. Martí planteó la posibilidad de convencer “con el valor sencillo y la palabra franca” a quienes tienen valor y de suyo respetan la franqueza. Anunció así que: “del valor oculto crecen los ejércitos del mañana”. Pero no se quedó en eso: hizo el elogio de Marx como “organizador incansable.”

Y esta es otra razón por la que resiste y triunfa la revolución cubana: el mito del foco guerrillero en que veinte jóvenes valientes pueden cambiar la historia, nada tiene que ver con el carácter de “organizadores incansables” que tuvieron los dirigentes del “26 de Julio” con las organizaciones de base en Santiago a cargo de Frank País, la de La Habana que originalmente promovió y articuló Armando Hart, o las de la sierra y las playas, éstas últimas a cargo de Celia Sánchez, que fueron quienes descubrieron y salvaron a los náufragos del Granma, y entre otros a Fidel.

En la lucha actual, “vaciada de ideologías” por el imperialismo norteamericano con la política preconizada por Teodoro Roosevelt de “la zanahoria y el garrote”, hoy en todo su apogeo, la moral es arma vital contra la corrupción. Y el valor y entereza son valiosos recursos contra la intimidación y el terror. Que moral y valor aparezcan entre contradicciones de corrupción y traición no es la característica general de la revolución. Si lo fuera ya habría sido derrocada La característica general es la valentía reflexiva y la honestidad incorruptible de los líderes del proceso revolucionario, y de la inmensa mayoría del pueblo cubano, moral, política y militarmente organizado para defender la justicia social y la independencia nacional en una fusión o “complejo” del pueblo que gobierna mediante un inmenso entramado de colectivos y agrupaciones donde el diálogo, la discusión y el consenso convalidan, corrigen, practican y enriquecen las decisiones fundamentales del poder popular nacional y social con su partido y su gobierno, hechos difíciles de entender en el discurso a que estamos acostumbrados. Y si bien “el hombre nuevo” sigue siendo un hombre con contradicciones, se trata sin embargo de un hombre que aprende a encauzar o contener sus contradicciones y a confluir en los consensos y las acciones concertadas.

Dicho de otro modo: Cuba ha podido resistir porque su población sabe muy bien lo que significaría perder la independencia y la justicia social que defiende como poder del gobierno-pueblo, un poder que se enfrenta con éxito al poder articulado del“complejo” militar-empresarial-y-político del imperialismo, con sus asociados y subordinados…

La democracia en Cuba consiste en que el pueblo sabe que si no defiende a su propio gobierno pierde la soberanía y la justicia social que con los servicios de educación, salud, vivienda y trabajo sigue impulsando el pueblo-gobierno día a día, no sin verse obligado a hacer algunas concesiones como la zona de turismo destinada a allegarse divisas, o el incremento de la propiedad privada y los empleos comerciales que buscan disminuir el peso de una excesiva burocracia, reforma en parte limitada y corregida tras una inmensa auscultación que en este año del 2012 frenó en gran medida los proyectos privatizadores excesivos y desestabilizadores, aunque no haya todavía dado el peso y la importancia necesaria a las cooperativas, y más que nada a los sistemas de cooperativas de actividades múltiples: agrícolas, industriales y de servicios, horno y escuela de culturas solidarias, y freno de la cultura individualista del mercado… Y como de contradicciones se trata, ¿por qué no señalar la redoblada lucha, contra la corrupción que genera la economía informal, o en que han caído algunos altos funcionarios hoy encauzados judicialmente, e incluso aprisionados, medidas que sin dar fin a esos graves problemas frenan su peso y el peligro que representan por débiles que sean… Reconocer y enfrentar a las necesarias contradicciones de toda lucha de los pueblos por la independencia y la justicia social forma parte también del legado martiano y explica por qué resiste y avanza Cuba.

Es indudable que en las condiciones señaladas la lectura de los clásicos del pensamiento emancipador cobra una inmensa originalidad y supera la simple perspectiva del mundo y el capitalismo global visto desde las metrópolis. Las experiencias y percepciones que se dan en el mundo colonial o recolonizado siguen reformulando conceptos y viviendo experiencias que enriquecen la lucha ideológica por la independencia, la democracia, la justicia social y el socialismo. Entre las aportaciones más significativas a nivel mundial destacan con las de Cuba, los planteamientos que “desde abajo y a la izquierda” hacen los pueblos mayas del sureste mexicano, conocidos como zapatistas, con sus aportaciones universales a las autonomías de los pueblos discriminados y oprimidos, a la pérdida del miedo como un elemento epistemológico fundamental, al enaltecimiento de la dignidad y la autoestima frente a las “acciones cívicas” de la guerra contrainsurgente que se ha convertido en guerra de recolonización al servicio del capital corporativo. También destacan las aportaciones de los pueblos indios descendientes de los Incas y su rica filosofía del “buen vivir”, y a ellas se añaden las experiencias y reflexiones que desde fuera y desde dentro del Estado se dan en Bolivia y Venezuela, y cuyo futuro sólo es viable si entre contradicción y contradicción los pueblos van adquiriendo un creciente poder en los gobiernos, que les permita como “complejo de poder popular-gubernamental” resistir al asedio de las corporaciones y sus apoyos del imperio y de las oligarquías.

En la imposibilidad de referirme en este breve espacio a las reestructuraciones de la lucha de clases y las luchas por la independencia y la democracia que se dan en nuestro tiempo, termino con otro legado de Martí que explica la sorprendente capacidad de resistencia y revolución que muestra Cuba; me refiero al nivel cultural y educacional de su población. Escojo uno entre los muchos pensamientos de Martí sobre la educación y la cultura:”Se debe enseñar conversando, como Sócrates, de aldea en aldea, de campo en campo, de casa en casa”. Así dijo. Y eso es lo que hace la Revolución Cubana a lo largo de su historia, no sólo en Cuba, sino en África, en América Latina… Sólo que en Cuba la organización de las conversaciones para enseñar y aprender, para preguntarse y responderse, para informar e informarse se realiza en colectivos de aldeas, de ciudades, campos, fincas, fábricas, casas, y es parte de la compleja trama para la toma de decisiones en el ir y venir de las líneas de mando del pueblo–gobierno. Con un añadido a lo prescrito por Martí, que desde los primeros discursos al triunfo de la Revolución —y aun antes- Fidel Castro le enseña al pueblo a gobernar, le enseña a tomar decisiones para gobernar, y él por su parte aprende y aprende como construir el sistema de actividades varias y de estrategias para una resistencia de “espectro amplio” que hacen de Cuba hoy—con la impresionante participación de su pueblo— el país más avanzado del mundo en la difícil lucha por la soberanía nacional, por la democracia y por el socialismo.

Estos son algunos de los “conocimientos ciertos” que permiten comprender por qué resiste Cuba. Muchas gracias.

Pablo González Casanova

Movimiento Mexicano de Solidaridad con Cuba
web: mmsc.org.mx
correo: solidaridad.cuba@gmail.com
facebook: facebook.com/mmsc1996/

síguenos en twitter: @_mms

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

¿Por qué resiste Cuba?

0

A Armando Hart Dávalos

Un día, conversando con un amigo en La Habana, nos preguntamos ¿por qué resiste Cuba cuando el capitalismo ya se restauró en Rusia, China, Vietnam?

Mi amigo dio una respuesta contundente: “Cuba es la mejor prueba de la existencia de Dios”…

Como yo soy lego en argumentaciones teológicas preferí plantear la pregunta con el rigor de un problema científico. En ese sentido quiero recordar algo que dijo Martí: “Hasta aquello de lo que está cierto hasta allí llega la ciencia del hombre”

Yo tengo algunas respuestas en las que estoy cierto; pero necesito expresarlas para que otros me ayuden a resolver un problema que quiero plantear en términos científicos, y en el que busco excluir cualquier intención laudatoria.

En el intento mismo de plantear el problema científico, descubro que mi análisis va a ser necesariamente incompleto. Pienso que otros tendrán que completarlo. También advierto circunstancias concretas por las que el Movimiento 26 de Julio triunfó en Cuba, y por las que Cuba resiste hasta hoy, y que no son generalizables. De hecho corresponden a un tiempo y a una Isla.

Como muchas de esas circunstancias no se dan en todo tiempo y en todo lugar, el movimiento revolucionario cubano ha insistido en que no debe tomársele de ejemplo. Su propuesta resulta razonable si se hace extensiva la famosa expresión  de Mariátegui, y se afirma que ninguna revolución puede ser “calca y copia” de otra.

Eso no quiere decir que todas las experiencias cubanas se limiten a Cuba y que ninguna de ellas tenga carácter universal. Al contrario muchas experiencias de Cuba tienen carácter universal y en ese carácter merecen ser más exploradas.

Cabe otra aclaración y es el peso mayor o menor que algunas de las medidas y circunstancias tienen en el triunfo y la resistencia de Cuba. Pretender calcular el variable peso es imposible. Su alcance corresponde a fenómenos que los matemáticos consideran “extremadamente no lineales”, con lo que quieren decir que en ellos una acción mínima puede producir efectos colosales, incalculables…

…El triunfo de Cuba es incalculable. Cuba es un pequeño país, que cuando inició la Revolución tenía seis y medio millones de habitantes y como todos saben la Isla se encuentra a unas cuantas millas del imperio más poderoso y agresivo en la historia de la especie humana.

Resulta difícil entender cómo esa pequeña Isla y sus habitantes han resistido el inhumano bloqueo y el permanente asedio de más de cincuenta años, que Washington ha acompañado de constantes amenazas, agresiones, conspiraciones e intentos de magnicidio, y otros hechos, entre los que destaca el intento de invasión y el triunfo en Playa Girón donde Cuba puso en derrota a las fuerzas invasoras, armadas y apoyadas por Estados Unidos. También son de recordar la entereza que mostró la Isla, con su gobierno y pueblo, en “la crisis de los cohetes” que llevó el chantaje nuclear a sus extremos, y —para no extenderme más— los indecibles sacrificios del “período especial” en que tras la disolución de la URSS Cuba perdió una inmensa fuente de sus ingresos y la población entera decidió de todos modos continuar en la lucha por la independencia y el socialismo a sabiendas que eso significaría una grave reducción de los niveles de vida y consumo durante largo tiempo.

Semejantes hazañas —y muchas más— obligan a plantearse con la mayor seriedad el problema de saber. ¿Cómo se explica la resistencia de Cuba?

Y evocando a Martí enuncio otros “hechos ciertos” que también caen en el orden del conocimiento científico y que incluyen la herencia del propio Martí, muerto en batalla por su pueblo y su Patria en 1895 a la edad de 42 años: Es más, en estas palabras, me voy a limitar a algunas reflexiones con que Martí contribuyó a esa capacidad de revolución y de resistencia.

José Martí es considerado como “el autor intelectual de la Revolución Cubana” por quienes al mismo tiempo se identifican como marxista-leninistas. La aparente contradicción entraña relaciones muy precisas entre un pensamiento, un sentimiento y una expresión que enriquecen al liberalismo radical y al marxismo desde la perspectiva de los pueblos coloniales y sus luchas por la independencia. Liberalismo y luchas por la independencia se expresaron desde Martí como luchas contra el antiguo colonialismo y contra el imperialismo, es decir contra un capitalismo que se rehizo al impulso de los monopolios y que hizo suya “la renta colonial”.

Expresión de las luchas humanistas del liberalismo radical de su tiempo, Martí es admirador de la gran corriente de la Ilustración que en Cuba tuvo a notables filósofos cristianos impulsores del pensamiento ético y crítico y del humanismo más avanzado de fines del siglo XVIII y principios del XIX. Martí logró ser una de las más altas expresiones de quienes en el siglo XIX latinoamericano forjaron los espacios laicos de la pregunta, los espacios laicos del diálogo, de la discusión y el consenso y una capacidad reflexiva y poética capaz de comprender y expresar el mundo propio y el ajeno.

En la múltiple lucha por nuestra expresión como expresión universal, Martí no sólo vivió en las entrañas del imperialismo como colonialismo, sino como reestructuración monopólica de un capitalismo al que se enfrentaban los trabajadores encabezados por Marx… Martí no sólo anunció que “se viene encima amasado por los trabajadores un universo nuevo”, ni sólo hizo ver que Marx “merece honor…por haberse puesto del lado de los débiles”, ni nada más citó en el homenaje póstumo a Marx, una bella frase que dice “La libertad ha caído muchas veces; pero se ha levantado más hermosa de cada caída…”, sino que también hizo otro llamado plenamente válido hoy, en que dijo: “Indigna el forzoso abestiamiento de unos hombres en provecho de otros. Mas se ha de hallar la salida a la indignación, de modo que la bestia cese, sin que se desborde y espante”. (Parece como si estuviera hablando de hoy en que se quiere abestiar al hombre, en que la bestia se desborda y espanta y en que todos estamos buscando salida a la indignación).

Martí no expresó sus afirmaciones sobre la lucha de clases y la lucha por la independencia de las naciones en frías formas filosóficas o en tratados o sistemas teóricos. Las expresó en formas a la vez racionales y emocionales buscando de manera profunda, y con una pasión intensa, la “claridad” y la “sinceridad”, muy fuertes ambas en su vida, y muy vinculadas a su lucha por “la vida nueva” en esa forma a la vez emocional y práctica que expresó con su “fe en el mejoramiento humano” y… en lo que llamó “la utilidad de la virtud”, expresiones ambas que ensamblan los motivos de una pasión intensa y las preocupaciones de una lucha en que se piensa cómo ganar, cómo lograr lo que se quiere.

El rico legado de Martí corresponde a una estrecha vinculación entre el concepto, la palabra y la acción. Sin esa vinculación, lo que Martí dice no s entiende bien, se entiende a medias, se entiende mal. El legado, en su versión escrita y vivida, no sólo alcanza una gran belleza sino una gran fuerza. El pensamiento estrechamente vinculado a la acción le da otro sentido a la palabra. Funde la palabra con la cosa. Quien escucha la palabra sabe quien la dice. Y por quien la dice entiende que como promesa va a ser cumplida, y que como descripción o explicación de lo que pasa corresponde a hechos ciertos sobre lo que ocurre y sobre lo que es necesario hacer para lograr un objetivo. Y si la validez de lo que dice depende tanto de la moral de quien lo dice como de su saber y experiencia, el que oye entiende que lo que dice es en principio válido y confiable. Y esta junta de moral en la lucha y de la experiencia en el luchar y pensar es base de una fuerza especial: de confianza que integra las acciones colectivas por metas comunes y que se enriquece todavía más con la invitación de quien se expresa a que lo corrijan quienes lo oyen si tienen otra visión o información…

Martí como fuente de una cultura más que de una ideología, hoy se enfrenta mejor que nadie a seguir luchando en plena crisis de las ideologías tras los procesos de restauración y recolonización del capitalismo. El gran triunfo de los neoconservadores no sólo consistió en la restauración mundial del capitalismo —con excepción de Cuba- sino en la eliminación de la lucha ideológica (como quería Daniel Bell) y en su sustitución por luchas de grupos de interés y grupos de presión, grupos de corrupción y grupos de intimidación dentro de la llamada “clase política”. Al ver cómo todos los partidos políticos votan por la misma política del saqueo y la represión neoliberal, ya sean comunistas, socialistas, populistas, demócratas o conservadores… Al ver tan inusitado espectáculo se da una fuerte crisis de las luchas ideológicas. Y en ese momento la “utilidad de la virtud” y todo el realismo político-moral de la lucha por “la nueva vida” adquieren una importancia enorme.

Es más: “que la palabra sea la cosa” y que se reconozca “la utilidad de la virtud” permiten redefinir y recuperar el pensamiento profundo de Marx y de su crítica creadora. Llevan a vincular esa otra fuente del pensamiento y la acción con la cultura de un pueblo en el que se difunde el poder de la virtud como base de la cooperación y la confianza y de la creación histórica. Desde la vida misma de Martí se enriqueció la profunda intuición de lo que en forma sistemática proviene del marxismo. En el Partido Revolucionario del Pueblo Cubano se incluyó a quienes serían fundadores del primer partido comunista, quienes por su parte contarían entre sus herederos con algunos de los teóricos más brillantes del comunismo latinoamericano, y entre ellos, con Julio Antonio Mella.

El éxito de la Revolución Cubana y su inmensa capacidad de resistencia serían inexplicables sin la fuerza que significan la moral de lucha y el valor en el combate para la construcción de un mundo que se encamine a la justicia y la libertad, practicándolas al andar. Martí planteó la posibilidad de convencer “con el valor sencillo y la palabra franca” a quienes tienen valor y de suyo respetan la franqueza. Anunció así que: “del valor oculto crecen los ejércitos del mañana”. Pero no se quedó en eso: hizo el elogio de Marx como “organizador incansable.”

Y esta es otra razón por la que resiste y triunfa la revolución cubana: el mito del foco guerrillero en que veinte jóvenes valientes pueden cambiar la historia, nada tiene que ver con el carácter de “organizadores incansables” que tuvieron los dirigentes del “26 de Julio” con las organizaciones de base en Santiago a cargo de Frank País, la de La Habana que originalmente promovió y articuló Armando Hart, o las de la sierra y las playas, éstas últimas a cargo de Celia Sánchez, que fueron quienes descubrieron y salvaron a los náufragos del Granma, y entre otros a Fidel.

En la lucha actual, “vaciada de ideologías” por el imperialismo norteamericano con la política preconizada por Teodoro Roosevelt de “la zanahoria y el garrote”, hoy en todo su apogeo, la moral es arma vital contra la corrupción. Y el valor y entereza son valiosos recursos contra la intimidación y el terror. Que moral y valor aparezcan entre contradicciones de corrupción y traición no es la característica general de la revolución. Si lo fuera ya habría sido derrocada La característica general es la valentía reflexiva y la honestidad incorruptible de los líderes del proceso revolucionario, y de la inmensa mayoría del pueblo cubano, moral, política y militarmente organizado para defender la justicia social y la independencia nacional en una fusión o “complejo” del pueblo que gobierna mediante un inmenso entramado de colectivos y agrupaciones donde el diálogo, la discusión y el consenso convalidan, corrigen, practican y enriquecen las decisiones fundamentales del poder popular nacional y social con su partido y su gobierno, hechos difíciles de entender en el discurso a que estamos acostumbrados. Y si bien “el hombre nuevo” sigue siendo un hombre con contradicciones, se trata sin embargo de un hombre que aprende a encauzar o contener sus contradicciones y a confluir en los consensos y las acciones concertadas.

Dicho de otro modo: Cuba ha podido resistir porque su población sabe muy bien lo que significaría perder la independencia y la justicia social que defiende como poder del gobierno-pueblo, un poder que se enfrenta con éxito al poder articulado del“complejo” militar-empresarial-y-político del imperialismo, con sus asociados y subordinados…

La democracia en Cuba consiste en que el pueblo sabe que si no defiende a su propio gobierno pierde la soberanía y la justicia social que con los servicios de educación, salud, vivienda y trabajo sigue impulsando el pueblo-gobierno día a día, no sin verse obligado a hacer algunas concesiones como la zona de turismo destinada a allegarse divisas, o el incremento de la propiedad privada y los empleos comerciales que buscan disminuir el peso de una excesiva burocracia, reforma en parte limitada y corregida tras una inmensa auscultación que en este año del 2012 frenó en gran medida los proyectos privatizadores excesivos y desestabilizadores, aunque no haya todavía dado el peso y la importancia necesaria a las cooperativas, y más que nada a los sistemas de cooperativas de actividades múltiples: agrícolas, industriales y de servicios, horno y escuela de culturas solidarias, y freno de la cultura individualista del mercado… Y como de contradicciones se trata, ¿por qué no señalar la redoblada lucha, contra la corrupción que genera la economía informal, o en que han caído algunos altos funcionarios hoy encauzados judicialmente, e incluso aprisionados, medidas que sin dar fin a esos graves problemas frenan su peso y el peligro que representan por débiles que sean… Reconocer y enfrentar a las necesarias contradicciones de toda lucha de los pueblos por la independencia y la justicia social forma parte también del legado martiano y explica por qué resiste y avanza Cuba.

Es indudable que en las condiciones señaladas la lectura de los clásicos del pensamiento emancipador cobra una inmensa originalidad y supera la simple perspectiva del mundo y el capitalismo global visto desde las metrópolis. Las experiencias y percepciones que se dan en el mundo colonial o recolonizado siguen reformulando conceptos y viviendo experiencias que enriquecen la lucha ideológica por la independencia, la democracia, la justicia social y el socialismo. Entre las aportaciones más significativas a nivel mundial destacan con las de Cuba, los planteamientos que “desde abajo y a la izquierda” hacen los pueblos mayas del sureste mexicano, conocidos como zapatistas, con sus aportaciones universales a las autonomías de los pueblos discriminados y oprimidos, a la pérdida del miedo como un elemento epistemológico fundamental, al enaltecimiento de la dignidad y la autoestima frente a las “acciones cívicas” de la guerra contrainsurgente que se ha convertido en guerra de recolonización al servicio del capital corporativo. También destacan las aportaciones de los pueblos indios descendientes de los Incas y su rica filosofía del “buen vivir”, y a ellas se añaden las experiencias y reflexiones que desde fuera y desde dentro del Estado se dan en Bolivia y Venezuela, y cuyo futuro sólo es viable si entre contradicción y contradicción los pueblos van adquiriendo un creciente poder en los gobiernos, que les permita como “complejo de poder popular-gubernamental” resistir al asedio de las corporaciones y sus apoyos del imperio y de las oligarquías.

En la imposibilidad de referirme en este breve espacio a las reestructuraciones de la lucha de clases y las luchas por la independencia y la democracia que se dan en nuestro tiempo, termino con otro legado de Martí que explica la sorprendente capacidad de resistencia y revolución que muestra Cuba; me refiero al nivel cultural y educacional de su población. Escojo uno entre los muchos pensamientos de Martí sobre la educación y la cultura:”Se debe enseñar conversando, como Sócrates, de aldea en aldea, de campo en campo, de casa en casa”. Así dijo. Y eso es lo que hace la Revolución Cubana a lo largo de su historia, no sólo en Cuba, sino en África, en América Latina… Sólo que en Cuba la organización de las conversaciones para enseñar y aprender, para preguntarse y responderse, para informar e informarse se realiza en colectivos de aldeas, de ciudades, campos, fincas, fábricas, casas, y es parte de la compleja trama para la toma de decisiones en el ir y venir de las líneas de mando del pueblo–gobierno. Con un añadido a lo prescrito por Martí, que desde los primeros discursos al triunfo de la Revolución —y aun antes- Fidel Castro le enseña al pueblo a gobernar, le enseña a tomar decisiones para gobernar, y él por su parte aprende y aprende como construir el sistema de actividades varias y de estrategias para una resistencia de “espectro amplio” que hacen de Cuba hoy—con la impresionante participación de su pueblo— el país más avanzado del mundo en la difícil lucha por la soberanía nacional, por la democracia y por el socialismo.

Estos son algunos de los “conocimientos ciertos” que permiten comprender por qué resiste Cuba. Muchas gracias.

Pablo González Casanova

Movimiento Mexicano de Solidaridad con Cuba
web: mmsc.org.mx
correo: solidaridad.cuba@gmail.com
facebook: facebook.com/mmsc1996/

síguenos en twitter: @_mms

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Treason

0

U.S. military adventures have historically combined imperial ambition–the acquisition of territory and colonies, limiting the reach of competing empires and ‘acquiring’ economic resources–‘natural’ resources, existing economic infrastructure and labor, under advantageous terms. The U.S. orchestrated coup in Honduras was for United Fruit, in Chile for ITT, Kennecott and Anaconda Copper and the CIA’s ‘war of attrition’ against Nicaragua in the 1980s to undo the nationalization of Coca Cola facilities. The botched war on and occupation of Iraq was a continuation of imperial designs on Middle Eastern oil by the U.S. and Britain dating from the early twentieth century. All of these and many, many more conflated the economic interests of particular U.S. ‘based’ corporations with the ‘national interest.’

Selling wars of economic conquest as ‘democracy’ and / or ‘freedom’ was an open joke amongst Washington elites for the bulk of recent decades. Presidents hired advertising agencies to devise ‘marketing’ schemes to sell their wars. The visible idiocy of these schemes fed on the psychological trauma fear-mongering and regular mass slaughters in the ‘national interest’ caused the purposely-misinformed populace. The Cold War was perpetuated by successive administrations because the contrived bogeyman of ‘communism’ had been so effectively sold in support of Western economic predation. By putting a ‘political’ patina on imperial wars the hoax / fallacy of political morality became a fundamental part of the American story. And the irony of cynical demagogues selling botched foreign policy as ‘they hate us for our freedoms’ meets its match in dim corporate-state fascists selling totalitarian surveillance to ‘protect’ us from the consequences of botched foreign policy.

It is in this historical context recent disclosures of ‘classified’ government documents led to charges of treason against those making them–Edward Snowden, Bradley Manning and others, by ‘official’ Washington. Treason is yet another well-sold term popularly meaning the knowing betrayal of ‘the nation’ as legal construct, historical artifact and broad set of social relations. Those making the charge, President Obama and prominent Senators and Representatives, proclaim themselves empowered to make it as Marketers-in-Chief of imperial power. Deference to unity in ‘nation’ through the charge of treason is a sleight-of-hand to peel-off those the current chair-occupiers of empire wish to exile.

It is no accident the first line of attack against Mr. Snowden was to impugn his credibility by arguing he was a ‘high school dropout’ and a ‘lowly analyst.’ In the first place, this is irrelevant to the disclosures–they in no way depended on Mr. Snowden’s ‘credentials’ because if they did, and the official line was he lacked the credentials to be a credible ‘leaker,’ then he also lacked the credentials to be treasonous. (If what was leaked wasn’t credible then charges of treason are moot). The received wisdom is this attack was to diminish Mr. Snowden’s standing. But the more likely explanation was to separate the right to ‘treason’ into classes of those with and without the right. President Obama and Senator Diane Feinstein claim the right to create law at their whim, break existing laws at their whim and commit ‘treason’ at their whim and they don’t want ‘just anyone’ impinging on their territory.

The American public largely supports this view, but on what basis? Part is no doubt the inculcated premise America is classless, and therefore political-economic power accrues to those who ‘deserve’ it. But as the political and economic catastrophes of recent years amply illustrate–the war on and occupation of Iraq and the financial ‘crisis’ requiring trillions in public largesse to (faux) rectify, fools, liars and thieves are just as likely to inhabit the rarefied environs of power as those who ‘merit’ it. (That this leadership is largely inherited suggests societies ‘winners’ come from a decidedly pedestrian gene pool). And evolving from modern history, the notion of common interests in governance was always a play to American gullibility–Ms. Feinstein and Mr. Obama aren’t arguing they better serve the public interest through acting against the Constitution, they argue they have the power to do so and others (Snowden, Manning) don’t. Only the riff-raff need explain themselves goes the thinking.

The evidence of class bases for laws, policing and incarceration resides in plain sight here in the U.S. In addition to the history of U.S. military power being used in corporate interests, bankers and their representatives wrote the banking laws that led to recent catastrophe and they are writing the laws to ‘rectify’ the laws they previously wrote. The official rationale is they know best how to operate ‘their’ businesses despite the fact they still exist on the public dole from their last catastrophe. Several decades ago the policing of business and the rich was abandoned under ‘deregulation’ while the policing of the poor and social ‘out’ groups was militarized and made increasingly intrusive. And representation in the jails and prisons is overwhelmingly of social ‘out’ groups and those who can’t afford competent legal representation (a/k/a the poor). In claiming their right to decide their own laws and to stand outside of effective policing and incarceration, Barack Obama, Diane Feinstein et al are the political representatives of the ruling class.

So again, it isn’t ‘treason’ or ‘crimes’ Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein are reacting to–it is the impudence of ‘the help’ exposing the workings of the political-economic elite to those who might (correctly) see themselves on the other side of them. Mr. Obama’s and NSA chief Keith Alexander’s attempts to link illegal NSA spying on Americans to ‘thwarted’ terrorist attacks had no content behind them. They do however have the history of cynical insiders using contrived ‘others’ to sell their personal and class agendas behind them. This makes the ‘treason’ charged by official Washington acts against the ruling class, not against ‘the nation.’ To be clear, official Washington sees acts by political and economic elites against the rest of the citizenry–domestic spying, illegal murder of citizens and economic predation, being in the public interest and disclosure of those that might challenge ruling class power as against the ‘public’ interest.

Likewise, there appears eternal mystery on the part of the compassionate right–liberals and progressives, why the corporate media are tools of corporate leaders and their servants in government. It is no accident Andrew Ross Sorkin, Jeffrey Toobin and David Gregory use the royal ‘we’ to conflate their interests as rich, connected, white ‘journalists’ with those of Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein. The received wisdom is ‘access’ to elite sources is behind the ‘affectation,’ but it is no affectation. The strategy to ‘universalize’ narrow interests through the use of totalizing language (‘we’) is class politics 101. These ‘journalists’ are responding to disclosure of class ‘secrets’ that threaten their privilege, not to acts against the public interest. (‘Access’ is to report what elites say, not what they do (a/k/a journalism) and these brave folk have a greater chance of dying from choking on Jell-O than from terrorist attacks).

Western economists and politicians have explained the past several decades in terms of economic policies as if these policies are disconnected from the architecture and actions of ‘government.’ The bank ‘bailouts’ are seen in isolation from the treatment bank ‘customers’ subsequently received through bank-friendly government policies. Much has been made of the vast quantities of public resources handed the banks without meaningful constraints while the astounding misery and economic harm fraudulent foreclosure ‘prevention’ programs (HAMP) caused ‘ordinary’ citizens are treated as accidents caused by poor management. And in fact, dim elites (Timothy Geithner) argued using bailout money to buy down the negative equity resulting from the housing crash risked ‘moral hazard’ while unconstrained handouts to bankers demonstrated to be corrupt and / or incompetent didn’t. The class bases for these claims couldn’t be more obvious.

Likewise, positioning the rich as ‘job creators’ places them as necessary to the functioning of ‘the economy’ just as Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein place their ‘right’ to murder citizens and illegally spy on us as in the public interest. In recent decades the rich–inherited wealth, corporate executives and financiers, have accrued great fortunes through ‘rentier’ income dependent on economically inefficient (in capitalist economics) market power. Market power is contrary to economic democracy the same way totalitarian government is to political democracy. However, as regressive tax cuts, bank bailouts and government policies to diminish the power of labor demonstrate, it is the rich who are driving government policy. This can be seen through the privatization of state functions–a transfer from public to private coffers, and through the merging of state and private law making (ALEC), policing and imprisonment.

Through his ‘Insider Threat’ program to force government workers to turn one another in for the ‘treason’ of unofficial disclosures President Barack Obama is proving himself the most cynical tool of corporate-state interests in recent history. The premise again is it is one’s position in the corporate-state bureaucracy that determines whether actions are in the public interest, not the actions themselves. The practical effect is to shove all power up the ‘chain of command’ because it is only the ruling class that has state sanction to ‘act in the public interest,’ meaning their own. Put another way, the policy is to redefine the public interest as what the ruling class says it is regardless of political-economic effect. L’etat, c’est moi is historically the realm of absolute monarchs and tyrants. I put this to his dwindling supporters where this leaves Mr. Obama (and the rest of imperial Washington).

But again, the government is but a tool of the rich. The anti-statists on the right have the relation of tyranny backwards–capitalism isn’t freedom from the state, it is the crafting of the state to work in ruling class interests. Barack Obama and Diane Feinstein aren’t calling Mitt Romney and Apple Computer treasonous because they avoid paying the taxes on which the government depends. They, like the angry rubes on the corporate-libertarian right, laud inherited wealth, corporate executives and financiers, and all of their actions are toward consolidating their wealth and power while diminishing that of the rest of us. Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning aren’t traitors; they are good citizens who assumed the social responsibility to act in the public interest against ruling class interests. The political framing of their actions as ‘treason’ is an effort at willful misdirection.

What the liberals and progressives still unsure of what to make of the disclosures of ‘kill lists’ and NSA spying on American citizens don’t appear to understand is if you aren’t clearly on the inside you’re on the outside— the declared enemies of Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein, through these programs. Cornel West frames it well as ‘we are all suspects now.’ You can blithely assume you have nothing to hide but that misses the purpose of the murder and spy programs–they are to create terror (and corporate profits), not to destroy it. If you don’t understand how pervasive, intrusive and insidious these programs are, yet still support ‘official’ Washington, you deserve what you get. The rest of us would benefit from joining with our comrades around the globe on the side of imperial power Washington and Wall Street has placed us on.

Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York. His book, Zen Economics, will be published by CP/AK Press in 2014.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Treason

0

U.S. military adventures have historically combined imperial ambition–the acquisition of territory and colonies, limiting the reach of competing empires and ‘acquiring’ economic resources–‘natural’ resources, existing economic infrastructure and labor, under advantageous terms. The U.S. orchestrated coup in Honduras was for United Fruit, in Chile for ITT, Kennecott and Anaconda Copper and the CIA’s ‘war of attrition’ against Nicaragua in the 1980s to undo the nationalization of Coca Cola facilities. The botched war on and occupation of Iraq was a continuation of imperial designs on Middle Eastern oil by the U.S. and Britain dating from the early twentieth century. All of these and many, many more conflated the economic interests of particular U.S. ‘based’ corporations with the ‘national interest.’

Selling wars of economic conquest as ‘democracy’ and / or ‘freedom’ was an open joke amongst Washington elites for the bulk of recent decades. Presidents hired advertising agencies to devise ‘marketing’ schemes to sell their wars. The visible idiocy of these schemes fed on the psychological trauma fear-mongering and regular mass slaughters in the ‘national interest’ caused the purposely-misinformed populace. The Cold War was perpetuated by successive administrations because the contrived bogeyman of ‘communism’ had been so effectively sold in support of Western economic predation. By putting a ‘political’ patina on imperial wars the hoax / fallacy of political morality became a fundamental part of the American story. And the irony of cynical demagogues selling botched foreign policy as ‘they hate us for our freedoms’ meets its match in dim corporate-state fascists selling totalitarian surveillance to ‘protect’ us from the consequences of botched foreign policy.

It is in this historical context recent disclosures of ‘classified’ government documents led to charges of treason against those making them–Edward Snowden, Bradley Manning and others, by ‘official’ Washington. Treason is yet another well-sold term popularly meaning the knowing betrayal of ‘the nation’ as legal construct, historical artifact and broad set of social relations. Those making the charge, President Obama and prominent Senators and Representatives, proclaim themselves empowered to make it as Marketers-in-Chief of imperial power. Deference to unity in ‘nation’ through the charge of treason is a sleight-of-hand to peel-off those the current chair-occupiers of empire wish to exile.

It is no accident the first line of attack against Mr. Snowden was to impugn his credibility by arguing he was a ‘high school dropout’ and a ‘lowly analyst.’ In the first place, this is irrelevant to the disclosures–they in no way depended on Mr. Snowden’s ‘credentials’ because if they did, and the official line was he lacked the credentials to be a credible ‘leaker,’ then he also lacked the credentials to be treasonous. (If what was leaked wasn’t credible then charges of treason are moot). The received wisdom is this attack was to diminish Mr. Snowden’s standing. But the more likely explanation was to separate the right to ‘treason’ into classes of those with and without the right. President Obama and Senator Diane Feinstein claim the right to create law at their whim, break existing laws at their whim and commit ‘treason’ at their whim and they don’t want ‘just anyone’ impinging on their territory.

The American public largely supports this view, but on what basis? Part is no doubt the inculcated premise America is classless, and therefore political-economic power accrues to those who ‘deserve’ it. But as the political and economic catastrophes of recent years amply illustrate–the war on and occupation of Iraq and the financial ‘crisis’ requiring trillions in public largesse to (faux) rectify, fools, liars and thieves are just as likely to inhabit the rarefied environs of power as those who ‘merit’ it. (That this leadership is largely inherited suggests societies ‘winners’ come from a decidedly pedestrian gene pool). And evolving from modern history, the notion of common interests in governance was always a play to American gullibility–Ms. Feinstein and Mr. Obama aren’t arguing they better serve the public interest through acting against the Constitution, they argue they have the power to do so and others (Snowden, Manning) don’t. Only the riff-raff need explain themselves goes the thinking.

The evidence of class bases for laws, policing and incarceration resides in plain sight here in the U.S. In addition to the history of U.S. military power being used in corporate interests, bankers and their representatives wrote the banking laws that led to recent catastrophe and they are writing the laws to ‘rectify’ the laws they previously wrote. The official rationale is they know best how to operate ‘their’ businesses despite the fact they still exist on the public dole from their last catastrophe. Several decades ago the policing of business and the rich was abandoned under ‘deregulation’ while the policing of the poor and social ‘out’ groups was militarized and made increasingly intrusive. And representation in the jails and prisons is overwhelmingly of social ‘out’ groups and those who can’t afford competent legal representation (a/k/a the poor). In claiming their right to decide their own laws and to stand outside of effective policing and incarceration, Barack Obama, Diane Feinstein et al are the political representatives of the ruling class.

So again, it isn’t ‘treason’ or ‘crimes’ Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein are reacting to–it is the impudence of ‘the help’ exposing the workings of the political-economic elite to those who might (correctly) see themselves on the other side of them. Mr. Obama’s and NSA chief Keith Alexander’s attempts to link illegal NSA spying on Americans to ‘thwarted’ terrorist attacks had no content behind them. They do however have the history of cynical insiders using contrived ‘others’ to sell their personal and class agendas behind them. This makes the ‘treason’ charged by official Washington acts against the ruling class, not against ‘the nation.’ To be clear, official Washington sees acts by political and economic elites against the rest of the citizenry–domestic spying, illegal murder of citizens and economic predation, being in the public interest and disclosure of those that might challenge ruling class power as against the ‘public’ interest.

Likewise, there appears eternal mystery on the part of the compassionate right–liberals and progressives, why the corporate media are tools of corporate leaders and their servants in government. It is no accident Andrew Ross Sorkin, Jeffrey Toobin and David Gregory use the royal ‘we’ to conflate their interests as rich, connected, white ‘journalists’ with those of Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein. The received wisdom is ‘access’ to elite sources is behind the ‘affectation,’ but it is no affectation. The strategy to ‘universalize’ narrow interests through the use of totalizing language (‘we’) is class politics 101. These ‘journalists’ are responding to disclosure of class ‘secrets’ that threaten their privilege, not to acts against the public interest. (‘Access’ is to report what elites say, not what they do (a/k/a journalism) and these brave folk have a greater chance of dying from choking on Jell-O than from terrorist attacks).

Western economists and politicians have explained the past several decades in terms of economic policies as if these policies are disconnected from the architecture and actions of ‘government.’ The bank ‘bailouts’ are seen in isolation from the treatment bank ‘customers’ subsequently received through bank-friendly government policies. Much has been made of the vast quantities of public resources handed the banks without meaningful constraints while the astounding misery and economic harm fraudulent foreclosure ‘prevention’ programs (HAMP) caused ‘ordinary’ citizens are treated as accidents caused by poor management. And in fact, dim elites (Timothy Geithner) argued using bailout money to buy down the negative equity resulting from the housing crash risked ‘moral hazard’ while unconstrained handouts to bankers demonstrated to be corrupt and / or incompetent didn’t. The class bases for these claims couldn’t be more obvious.

Likewise, positioning the rich as ‘job creators’ places them as necessary to the functioning of ‘the economy’ just as Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein place their ‘right’ to murder citizens and illegally spy on us as in the public interest. In recent decades the rich–inherited wealth, corporate executives and financiers, have accrued great fortunes through ‘rentier’ income dependent on economically inefficient (in capitalist economics) market power. Market power is contrary to economic democracy the same way totalitarian government is to political democracy. However, as regressive tax cuts, bank bailouts and government policies to diminish the power of labor demonstrate, it is the rich who are driving government policy. This can be seen through the privatization of state functions–a transfer from public to private coffers, and through the merging of state and private law making (ALEC), policing and imprisonment.

Through his ‘Insider Threat’ program to force government workers to turn one another in for the ‘treason’ of unofficial disclosures President Barack Obama is proving himself the most cynical tool of corporate-state interests in recent history. The premise again is it is one’s position in the corporate-state bureaucracy that determines whether actions are in the public interest, not the actions themselves. The practical effect is to shove all power up the ‘chain of command’ because it is only the ruling class that has state sanction to ‘act in the public interest,’ meaning their own. Put another way, the policy is to redefine the public interest as what the ruling class says it is regardless of political-economic effect. L’etat, c’est moi is historically the realm of absolute monarchs and tyrants. I put this to his dwindling supporters where this leaves Mr. Obama (and the rest of imperial Washington).

But again, the government is but a tool of the rich. The anti-statists on the right have the relation of tyranny backwards–capitalism isn’t freedom from the state, it is the crafting of the state to work in ruling class interests. Barack Obama and Diane Feinstein aren’t calling Mitt Romney and Apple Computer treasonous because they avoid paying the taxes on which the government depends. They, like the angry rubes on the corporate-libertarian right, laud inherited wealth, corporate executives and financiers, and all of their actions are toward consolidating their wealth and power while diminishing that of the rest of us. Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning aren’t traitors; they are good citizens who assumed the social responsibility to act in the public interest against ruling class interests. The political framing of their actions as ‘treason’ is an effort at willful misdirection.

What the liberals and progressives still unsure of what to make of the disclosures of ‘kill lists’ and NSA spying on American citizens don’t appear to understand is if you aren’t clearly on the inside you’re on the outside— the declared enemies of Mr. Obama and Ms. Feinstein, through these programs. Cornel West frames it well as ‘we are all suspects now.’ You can blithely assume you have nothing to hide but that misses the purpose of the murder and spy programs–they are to create terror (and corporate profits), not to destroy it. If you don’t understand how pervasive, intrusive and insidious these programs are, yet still support ‘official’ Washington, you deserve what you get. The rest of us would benefit from joining with our comrades around the globe on the side of imperial power Washington and Wall Street has placed us on.

Rob Urie is an artist and political economist in New York. His book, Zen Economics, will be published by CP/AK Press in 2014.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

'Iran can meet its need for N-plants'

0

Iran says it can fully meet its need for nuclear power plants through cooperation with foreign companies while employing Iranian experts to complete and equip the facilities.

Å“By signing contracts with major constructors of nuclear power plants and creating the potential for manufacturing equipment and completing power plants among domestic specialists, Iran will meet its need for nuclear power plants,” head of the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran (AEOI) Fereydoun Abbasi said on Thursday.

Speaking at the International Ministerial Conference on Nuclear Power in the 21st Century in Saint Petersburg, Russia, Abbasi added that Iran plans to increase its nuclear power output to 20,000 megawatts in the future.

Referring to the operations of Iranâ„¢s Russian-built Bushehr nuclear power plant, the official noted that Iranian scientists are designing and taking preliminary steps to build high- and medium-power nuclear power stations.

Abbasi stressed Tehranâ„¢s commitment to observing safety standards in the construction of nuclear facilities as one of the basic and unchangeable principles followed by the Islamic Republic in this regard.

Abbasi stated that all nations must be provided with safe nuclear technology as an essential source of clean energy.

Abbasi said there are necessary international bodies which monitor observance of nuclear standards by countries, adding, Å“Future accidents can be prevented while protecting the trade interests of companies with different nationalities, and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) should play its pivotal role in this regard more than before.”

Heading a high-ranking Iranian delegation, Abbasi arrived in Saint Petersburg on Monday to attend the International Ministerial Conference on Nuclear Power in the 21st Century, which opened on June 27 and will wrap up on June 29.

The meeting is organized by the IAEA in cooperation with the Nuclear Energy Agency of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

Russian President Vladimir Putin opened the conference. The head of the IAEA, Yukiya Amano, and the General Director of Russia’s Rosatom State Nuclear Energy Corporation, Sergey Kiriyenk, also addressed the opening ceremony.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

'Iran can meet its need for N-plants'

0

Iran says it can fully meet its need for nuclear power plants through cooperation with foreign companies while employing Iranian experts to complete and equip the facilities.

Å“By signing contracts with major constructors of nuclear power plants and creating the potential for manufacturing equipment and completing power plants among domestic specialists, Iran will meet its need for nuclear power plants,” head of the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran (AEOI) Fereydoun Abbasi said on Thursday.

Speaking at the International Ministerial Conference on Nuclear Power in the 21st Century in Saint Petersburg, Russia, Abbasi added that Iran plans to increase its nuclear power output to 20,000 megawatts in the future.

Referring to the operations of Iranâ„¢s Russian-built Bushehr nuclear power plant, the official noted that Iranian scientists are designing and taking preliminary steps to build high- and medium-power nuclear power stations.

Abbasi stressed Tehranâ„¢s commitment to observing safety standards in the construction of nuclear facilities as one of the basic and unchangeable principles followed by the Islamic Republic in this regard.

Abbasi stated that all nations must be provided with safe nuclear technology as an essential source of clean energy.

Abbasi said there are necessary international bodies which monitor observance of nuclear standards by countries, adding, Å“Future accidents can be prevented while protecting the trade interests of companies with different nationalities, and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) should play its pivotal role in this regard more than before.”

Heading a high-ranking Iranian delegation, Abbasi arrived in Saint Petersburg on Monday to attend the International Ministerial Conference on Nuclear Power in the 21st Century, which opened on June 27 and will wrap up on June 29.

The meeting is organized by the IAEA in cooperation with the Nuclear Energy Agency of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

Russian President Vladimir Putin opened the conference. The head of the IAEA, Yukiya Amano, and the General Director of Russia’s Rosatom State Nuclear Energy Corporation, Sergey Kiriyenk, also addressed the opening ceremony.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Teenager in jail since March for sarcastic Internet comment faces 8 years in prison

0

A teenager from Texas could spend the next eight years in prison if a court decides that the sarcastic comment he made during an online argument is enough to convict him of issuing a terroristic threat.

Justin Carter was only 18 years old when he and a friend got into
an online spat over Facebook back in February with another
person. They were arguing about the computer game “League of
Legends,” his dad told a local ABC affiliate, but one snarky
remark made by the teen was apparently enough to raise suspicion
in one woman who was watching the conversation unfold all the way
up in Canada.

“Someone had said something to the effect of ‘Oh you’re
insane, you’re crazy, you’re messed up in the head
,’” father
Jack Carter told KKVUE News, “to which he replied ‘Oh yeah,
I’m real messed up in the head, I’m going to go shoot up a school
full of kids and eat their still, beating hearts
.’”

According to the parent, the teenager from Texas followed up that
remark with the phrases “LOL” and “JK”– Internet
shorthand for “Laugh out Loud” and “Just Kidding.” The Canadian
witness wasn’t amused, however, and reportedly conducted a
cursory Google search to find out more about the sarcastic gamer.
That information led her to learn that the Carter household is
located close to a local elementary school, prompting her to
alert the police.

Carter, who has since turned 19, was arrested in late March and
has so far spent three months and one day behind bars. His trial
is slated to begin in July, and if convicted of “making a
terroristic threat
” he could spend most of his twenties in
federal prison.

Under Texas law, a person could be charged with a misdemeanor if
he or she “threatens to commit any offense involving violence
to any person or property
” with the intent to prompt a
reaction, cause fear in another or interrupt the occupation of a
public place. If the defendant is thought to have made a threat
to cause impairment or interruption of a public service, it’s a
felony in the Lone Star State.

“These people are serious. They really want my son to go away
to jail for a sarcastic comment that he made
,” Jack Carter
told KVUE.

It’s likely that the timing of the teenager’s quip – only two
months after the tragic Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting
left 26 people dead in Connecticut – didn’t discourage
authorities from launching an investigation. His father said his
son didn’t mean anything of it, though, and was just being
behaving like an average teenager.

“Justin was the kind of kid who didn’t read the newspaper. He
didn’t watch television. He wasn’t aware of current events. These
kids, they don’t realize what they’re doing. They don’t
understand the implications. They don’t understand public
space
,” said Jack Carter.

“If I can just help one person to understand that social media
is not a playground, that when you go out there into social
media, when you use Facebook, when you use Twitter, when you go
out there and make comments on news articles, and the things you
are saying can and will be used against you
,” he said.

Cameron B. D’Ambrosio.(Photo from facebook.com @camerond4)

Carter’s trial is expected to begin July 1 in Texas. Earlier this
month, a grand jury in Massachusetts declined to indict an
18-year-old aspiring rapper who was accused of making terrorist
threats after posting prose on his Facebook page that referenced
the Boston Marathon bombing. Cameron B. D’Ambrosio was detained
for one month in jail and stood to serve as much as two decades
if convicted.

Republished with permission from:: RT

Mayor Linda versus Mandela

0

The unprecedented coverage of Nelson and Winnie Mandela’s New York City tour displayed the power of the mass media and showed that it can be used to promote progressive causes.
–People’s Daily World, June 30th

There are not many true statements to be found in the pages of the U.S. Communist Party’s official newspaper; but, given that in the communist lexicon “progressive” always has been synonymous with “socialist/communist,” perhaps no truer statement has been written concerning the recent Mandela media orgy. Visiting presidents, popes, and potentates have not come close to receiving the extensive adulatory coverage lavished on the terrorist duo. Even Comrade Gorbachev, another media darling, suffered by comparison.

As the People’s Daily World put it, it was “unprecedented” – not only for New York City, but for the nation as well. Day after day as they traversed the country, the smiling Mandelas, usually with arms raised in the communist clenched-fist salute, dominated the front pages of the press and the television news programming. It was Winnie on Donahue being heralded by tearful, adoring fans as a “messenger from God”; Nelson on the cover of Time under the title “A Hero in America”; Nelson and Winnie at star-studded soirees in Manhattan and Beverly Hills where show-biz celebrities, politicians, and radical-chic business executives scrambled over one another to pay up to $50,000 apiece to bask in the Mandela media glow; a special ABC-TV “town hall” meeting with the Mandelas on The Koppel Report, with a continuation on Nightline; the Mandela ticker tape parade; Mandela addressing a joint session of Congress; the Mandelas appearing before worshipful multitudes at football stadiums. And on and on.

It did not take long for the image-makers to elevate Mandela from the heroic to the mythic to the messianic. At one of his first stops in New York, at a gathering of left-wing clergymen at the radical Riverside Church, he was declared to be “the moral leader of the world.” From much of the reverential media treatment that followed, it’s probably safe to assume that many of the media pundits share that view of Mandela the god-man.

Targeted for Assassination
Into the midst of this media-created Mandela love-fest stepped a black man from South Africa virtually unknown in America, but widely known, respected, and admired in his native land. He is particularly well-known by Nelson Mandela and his comrades in the African National Congress, and hated and feared by them. He is Tomsanqa Linda, former mayor of Ibhayi township, a municipality of over 400,000 black South Africans. He has been a forceful and unyielding foe of the ANC and the South African Communist Party.

The ANC targeted Mayor Linda for assassination five years ago, and their terrorist squads have made many attempts on his life. His home was petrol-bombed and burned to the ground. So was his business. And the homes of his parents, his sister, and other friends and relatives. The ANC, on their radio propaganda program broadcast from Lusaka, Zambia, took credit for these actions and have repeatedly issued death threats against Linda.

With violence and death threats escalating, Mayor Linda was forced to take his family into “exile” in another part of the country where they would be safe. Unable to carry out his official functions under these circumstances, Linda resigned as mayor of Ibhayi in 1987. He continues, however, as the president of the Eastern Province Council Association, an organization of councilors and mayors representing 74 townships with a total population of nearly 14 million. He is also co-president of the United Christian Conciliation Party.

Exploding the Myth
Fully aware of the danger to himself, the intrepid mayor came to the United States for a national media tour, preceding Nelson Mandela by one or two days in every city on the Mandela tour schedule. “I decided that, regardless of the danger, I must tell the American people the truth about this man and the movement he represents,” said Tomsanqa Linda. “We are fighting for our lives and our freedom in South Africa, but, contrary to what you may hear, it is not the government that is the main threat to black people, but Mandela and his communist, terrorist ANC.”

Mayor Linda was sponsored by the American Opinion Speakers Bureau of The John Birch Society. According to Don Fotheringham, manager of the speakers bureau, the Birch Society decided that Mandela must not go unchallenged on his triumphal tour. “The stakes are just too high – for the people of America, South Africa, and the Free World – to allow Mandela and the terrorist ANC to be treated as royalty and to be imposed on South Africa as the legitimate rulers by our government,” said Fotheringham. Finding a black leader from South Africa who was willing to risk the wrath of the ANC by exposing Mandela on a U.S. tour was no easy task. “The police in Soweto said that the ANC had let it be known that to do so was to automatically sign one’s own death sentence,” said Fotheringham. Another black South African who originally was scheduled for the tour backed out after reconsidering the risks. So much for the “freedom to speak of freedom” that Mandela professed to champion in his address to Congress.

Mayor Linda is more than passing familiar with the ANC’s terrorism. In 1984, his friend Councilor Kinikini was dragged from his funeral parlor, where he was working, by a mob of ANC thugs. Together with four of his children, he was “necklaced” and butchered. Then pieces of their flesh were torn off and eaten by the terrorists. Kinikini’s “crime” had been his refusal to resign as Councilor, a position to which the black people of his township had elected him. In 1985, Mayor Linda brought Mrs. Kinikini to the United States to tell the American people the truth about what was happening in their country. They spoke primarily at churches and appeared on Christian television programs. It was on his return from that first U.S. trip that the ANC marked him for extermination. He had proven he was definitely a threat to their designs.

It was two o’clock in the morning and the Linda family was fast asleep, when a petrol-bomb crashed through their living room window and engulfed the home in flames. “The carpets and everything became an instant inferno,” Linda recalled. The terrorists threw hand grenades and opened fire on the home with automatic weapons before fleeing in their vehicles. The mayor, his wife, and their four children escaped fiery death, as if by miracle. “I don’t know how we got out alive. My youngest child, now five years old, was only four months then. We just thank God for protecting us, and our friends and neighbors who aided us.”

Truth Will Out
It was not expected that the insider-controlled national network television news and big-city dailies would jump at the opportunity to tell Mayor Linda’s side of the story. And, true to form, they did not. As with so many other important stories, they spiked it completely. But Linda got his message out to millions of Americans nonetheless. Although Jennings, Rather, Brokaw, and fraternity decided that his tour was not “news,” other reporters and talk-show hosts recognized it as a real story. At press conferences and follow-up interviews in New York City, Philadelphia, Boston, Washington D.C., Chicago, Atlanta, Miami, Los Angeles, and San Francisco, Linda appeared on local network affiliates and independent television and radio stations. Over 100 radio stations nationwide – including more than a dozen 50,000-watt, clear-channel stations – broadcast interviews with the former mayor. A major victory for cable-TV viewers nationwide was scored when, with the help of Accuracy in Media’s Reed Irvine and Howard Phillips of the Conservative Caucus, Linda appeared on C-SPAN.

Starting with the Bob Grant Show, the most popular radio talk show in New York, Linda saw what he was up against, as vicious ANC supporters called in to denounce him on the air as a “traitor” deserving of “lynching” and “necklacing.” These shrill, threatening calls would continue throughout his tour. He was exhausted at the end of his tour in San Francisco, but encouraged and optimistic. “Despite all the abusive calls, the vast majority of Americans I talked to were very supportive, and they thanked me for coming here to tell the truth about South Africa,” said the mayor. “Most of the callers and people I met said either that I had provided them with an entirely different perspective that they had never heard before, or that I had confirmed the deep suspicions they had about Mandela and the ANC. I am confident that the American people will make the right decisions when they are given the facts, the truth. The challenge is to get it to them.” Mayor Linda was interviewed by Senior Editor William F. Jasper.

Q. Mayor Linda are you surprised at the tremendous reception Nelson Mandela has received during his tour of this country?
A. It is incredible to me, and pathetic, really, to see an unrepentant communist like Nelson Mandela, the leader of a communist terrorist organization that has carried out unspeakable acts of barbarism against the people of South Africa – both black and white, but mostly black – be welcomed with such enthusiasm in the United States of America. This is a terrible thing when your president and your Congress and your other political leaders put the honor and prestige of their offices behind this man and the movement he represents.

To present Mandela as the voice of, or the leader of, the black people of South Africa is laughable because it has no basis in reality. Unfortunately, we cannot just laugh this off, because there are very serious consequences to this foolishness. But Mandela and the ANC have no significant support from black South Africans. I know that may be hard to believe for Americans who have been subjected to this enormous propaganda over the past decade and particularly these past few weeks and days, but it is true. The vast majority of black South Africans fear and dread any future prospect of a South Africa under the rule of Mandela or the ANC. Because we know what they stand for, what they have done, and continue to do, in the name of “liberation.” They would bring economic ruin and a reign of terror to our country. We don’t want that.

Q. The ANC and its champions here insist that their political objective for South Africa is “democracy” and “one man, one vote.” If fair, open elections were held tomorrow, or sometime in the near future, could Nelson Mandela be elected president?
A. It would not even be close. Even if the whites were excluded, Mandela could not come close to securing a significant plurality, not to mention a majority. As for other offices, there would be very, very few that the ANC could hope to win. People overseas just don’t understand that the black people of South Africa have already voted many times in local elections, and have always repudiated the ANC and the candidates in its front groups like the UDF [United Democratic Front]. The black leaders elected by the black people have almost universally denounced and opposed the ANC and its communist aims.

Q. When you ran for mayor of Ibhayi, you were opposed by the UDF candidate, correct?
A. Yes, there were two candidates, one who was UDF. The UDF knew they couldn’t win, so they tried to sabotage the election by intimidating voters. Their thugs blocked the entrances to voting areas, but the voters were determined to vote and pushed their way through. It’s this kind of activity, repeated many times, that points up the lie of the ANC claim that it is for democratic rule. They know that the only way they could possibly be “elected” to office is through a campaign of terror, intimidation, and foul play. I am proud of the black voters of South Africa – of all tribes – because over and over they have faced this kind of danger and intimidation, and have refused to bow to these bully tactics. 

Q. The only black South Africans whom Americans see or hear on our news are the Mandelas, Bishop Tutu, Reverend Boesak, and other ANC spokesmen. You have been here before, as has Bishop Isaac Mokoena, Chief Buthelezi, Reverend Elijah Maswanganyi, Mayor Nelson Botile of Soweto, and other black moderate leaders who oppose the ANC – yet your voices are not heard.
A. It is not because we have not tried. There are many, many black leaders – not just Mayor Linda – who say these things. You mentioned Mangosuthu Gatsha Buthelezi, chief of the Zulus, the largest of the black tribes, numbering some 7 million. He is also president of Inkatha, with 1.5 million members one of the largest political parties. Bishop Isaac Mokoena pastors a congregation of over 2.5 million followers. Bishop Lekganyane of the Zionist Christian Church leads some 3 to 4 million believers and has had outdoor prayer services of over 1 million gathered in one place. Bishop Isaiah Shembe heads the Nazareth Baptist Church, another enormous independent church.

These are just a few of the church shepherds who oppose the ANC’s violent revolution and whose flocks dwarf Bishop Tutu’s, “Reverend” Boesak’s, and the other radical churchmen’s congregations. And, it should be added, these radical clergy do not even represent the faithful in their own churches. All of these radical clerics have alienated large segments of those they claim to pastor because they are promoting hatred and policies that are anti-Christian. It is incomprehensible to black Christians in South Africa that the World Council of Churches and other supposedly Christian groups over-seas would send huge sums of money to the ANC/UDF. These are the terrorist groups that are burning down churches and murdering pastors and churchgoers. Just last month, a young pastor was shot dead in the middle of a funeral service, the coffin fell, and parishioners ran for their lives. This is the kind of thing we live with and it follows the classic textbook example of how the communists have attacked the churches in other countries.

And there are elected black political leaders too numerous to name. But let me tell you, when Ted Koppel, your famous interviewer, came to South Africa to film Mandela, there were many black people who called his offices to say, “Will you please also interview Linda, Buthelezi, Mokoena, etc.?” And we should have been most happy to offer some balanced perspective. But Mr. Koppel and his network were not interested in the truth then, and, it seems, that hasn’t changed. Apparently, it is the same with much of the other major media here. They appear to sympathize with the militant communist elements, and are determined to present these elements as representatives of the black people of South Africa.

Q. The ANC militants and their supporters here accuse elected leaders like yourself of being traitors and collaborators with apartheid.
A. They call everyone who disagrees with them “traitors” and “collaborators.” It is rubbish. Nonsense. Every black man and every black leader wants to see an end to apartheid, and full social, political, and economic rights for black people, All black political groupings are committed to that end. But we will not allow apartheid and racism to be replaced with communism.

You must remember, most black moderate leaders were ANC members long ago, before it was taken over by the SACP [South African Communist Party]. I was a member of ANC, as were my parents. Chief Buthelezi was a member. His uncle, Dr. Pixley Seme, was the founder of the ANC back in 1912. It began as a good organization but was targeted for infiltration by the communists in the late 1920s, and was completely taken over by the communists in the late 1950s. After that it became simply a tool for the communists, merely a controlled arm of the SACP. So all decent people left the ANC. Twenty-three of the ANC’s 30-member ruling politburo are disciplined members of the South African Communist Party.

It is no secret to us in South Africa that the ANC is completely run by Joe Slovo, head of the SACP. As you know, when Mandela was released from prison, one of the first people he greeted was Joe Slovo. He praised Slovo and the Communist Party, and they in turn praised him, called him “comrade,” and affirmed that ANC and SACP are one. This same Joe Slovo – a white man, Lithuanian-born – is a colonel in the KGB and one of the Soviet Union’s most dedicated agents. He is working for his white masters in Russia to impose the same kind of totalitarian communist system that we now have in the so-called “Front-line States” – Zambia, Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Angola – where brutal black puppets like Santos and Kaunda impose Marxist dictatorships on the black populations, under the supervision of their Cuban and Soviet rulers. So, you see, it is the ANC and their allies who are the real traitors to the black people of South Africa and the real collaborators with the enemy.

Q. The ANC says that progress can only come through armed struggle. How can you demonstrate that your way of non-violence produces results?
A. That is easy for anyone to answer who visited South Africa several years ago and then came to visit now. There have been enormous positive changes, and I do not hesitate to commend the dedicated black councilors and officials who are responsible for these many advances. We have seen the repeal of the Mixed Marriages Act [which prohibited mixed racial marriages]; repeal of the Jobs Reservation Act [which reserved many of the best jobs for whites only]; repeal of the Influx Control Act [which prohibited blacks from working and living in white areas]; repeal of the Separate Amenities Act [which provided for segregated public amenities]; and many other changes. There is a large and growing black middle class, the largest in Africa, and many black millionaires, many prosperous black businesses.

A few days ago on one of your national television channels, I saw a pathetic example of disinformation. The news program purported to show segregated elevators today in South Africa. There were signs next to the elevators designating them for whites or coloreds. That is nonsense, out-right lying. Segregated elevators were abolished almost 20 years ago. You cannot find any today. Those signs were either put there by the television people, or they used old footage – obviously to agitate the American people against South Africa. It is no wonder that your people here have so many misconceptions about our country. They are not aware, for instance, that beaches, hotels, restaurants, universities, transportation, and most other facilities and services are fully open to all races.

The ANC would now like to take credit for these advances, when, in truth, all along they have tried to sabotage these advances. They have stated publicly many times that they do not want reform and peaceful evolution, but violent revolution. Their whole program since 1984 has been to try to make the black townships “ungovernable” – they have said so themselves. So they have waged this campaign of terror against the black people and against the black leaders whom the people have elected. They call for school boycotts and threaten school children and their parents if they go to school. Then, when they have large masses of children out of school, they agitate them and pay them to carry out mob actions, like the stonings and “necklacings” of “collaborators.”

This “necklacing,” which your public over here appears to be unfamiliar with, is a hideous torture and terror method devised by the ANC communists in which an automobile tire filled with gasoline or diesel is placed around the neck of the victim, whose hands have been either chopped off or wired behind their backs. The necklace is then set aflame, and, as the poor victim writhes in pain, the mob dances the toyi toyi and stabs, stones, and kicks him or her. The ANC is publicly on record, in their radio broadcasts and their literature, endorsing this barbaric practice. Over the last several years around a thousand black men, women, and young children even have suffered this horrible death at the hands of ANC mobs.

ANC propagandists over here tell you that thousands of black people are being shot down by the white government and white extremists. And I am not here to say that that never happens, but, if you put it in context, you will see that the ANC terrorists have killed far more blacks than the government has. And I will tell you for certain that, when these ANC terrorist actions are going on, most black people are thankful when the police and security forces come in and shoot these terrorists.

You see, the ANC cannot tolerate that real progress is being made through peaceful means, because it discredits them and their policies, so they try to make black areas “ungovernable.” They destroy black businesses and kill black entrepreneurs, which are our hope for black economic development. They kill black policemen, black elected officials, black teachers, black government workers – the people who represent our hope for the future, who are gaining the experience necessary for self-government. Then, when they have frightened all black people out of participation in the local government, the white government will have to step in and they can then agitate against more white “oppression.”

Yes, there still are vestiges of apartheid that must go, but the enormous strides we have made in the last few years are undeniable, and there is no question in my mind that, if this momentum is allowed to continue, within two years apartheid will be completely gone. What we find extremely frustrating is that we have come so far, and are so close to success, and now your government is threatening to undermine all the progress we have made.

Q. Which brings as to sanctions, the primary political objective of the Mandela tour.
A. This is where it is very obvious that the ANC position is totally out of line with the feelings of the overwhelming majority of black South Africans. There are almost no black elected officials in South Africa who endorse sanctions. In fact, the mayors and councilors and their associations have repeatedly sent declarations to your Congress and the president urging an end to economic sanctions against South Africa. We have had huge demonstrations, with millions of black people calling for an end to sanctions and divestment. Sanctions are not hurting the white government, but they are hurting tens of thousands of black families. Sanctions undermine the black economic empowerment that is essential to black political empowerment. We do not want to inherit a wrecked economy.

I cannot emphasize enough to black Americans, and all Americans, that you are not helping black South Africans with sanctions; you are hurting us. If Nelson Mandela has the support and mandate he claims from the South African black people, he can call for a nationwide work stoppage, a strike, and paralyze the country, bring the government to its knees. But he knows he doesn’t have that support, so he wants the American people and your government to do his dirty work for him, through sanctions and other political and economic pressures.

Q. To get back to necklacing for a moment, Winnie Mandela, on the Donahue show, denied that she had made that infamous statement endorsing the terror method.
A. It is incredible to me that your news media people allowed her to get away with that, when it is so easy for them to document that she did indeed say in 1986, “With our boxes of matches and our necklaces, we will liberate this country.” It was widely quoted in the press in our country and even overseas. Further, she was captured on news cameras making the statement, and it is easily available even on videotapes I have seen in this country.

It is amazing to see her so uncritically accepted here, when a year ago in South Africa she was rejected even by the ANC; because of her violent methods and lavish lifestyle, she had become an embarrassment to the movement.

Q. What about her involvement in the murder of Stomple Seipei?
A. Yes. Stomple Seipei was a 14-year-old boy, a militant ANC follower who was beaten to death in the Mandela home. Several of Winnie’s “body guards” – thugs, really – were indicted, and her top man, Mr. Richardson, was convicted of murder just recently. During the trial, three other black youths who were beaten and tortured along with Seipei, but who survived, testified that Winnie herself initiated the torture, hitting them with her fists and a whip. The government should not allow her husband’s notoriety to prevent her from being indicted and brought to trial in this matter.

Q. Are you optimistic for the future of South Africa?
A. As I have said, we have come so far and are so close to our goal. And we have done this not through the ANC’s methods of terror and revolution, but by peaceful confrontation and negotiation, as civilized men and women who have worked and negotiated in a Christian way, a mannerly way. And we cannot understand why your government and others in the West seem determined to force on us the same Marxist system that has caused such wide-spread death, destruction, and misery throughout southern Africa. We have the potential to be a peaceful, productive, prosperous, democratic, multi-racial country much like yours, and that is what we want. We need the whites, and they need us. The same for the Indians and coloreds. It is only a small minority of both black and white extremists who are thwarting progress. We are asking you, the American people, not to allow your government to undermine our hopes and aspirations for a peaceful and free South Africa. 

Photo of Nelson Mandela

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Fluoridation Revisited

0

Yes, I confess: I’m a veteran anti-fluoridationist, thereby – not for the first time – risking placing myself in the camp of “rightwing kooks and fanatics.” It has always been a bit of a mystery to me why left-environmentalists, who shriek in horror at a bit of Alar on apples, who cry “cancer!” even more absurdly than the boy cried “Wolf! “, who hate every chemical additive known to man, still cast their benign approval upon fluoride, a highly toxic and probably carcinogenic substance. Not only do they let fluoride emissions off the hook, but they endorse uncritically the massive and continuing dumping of fluoride into the nation’s water supply.

The Pros and Cons

First the generalized case for and against fluoridation of water. The case for is almost incredibly thin, boiling down to the alleged fact of substantial reductions in dental cavities in kids aged five to nine. Period. There are no claimed benefits for anyone older than nine! For this the entire adult population of a fluoridated area must be subjected to mass medication!

The case against, even apart from the specific evils of fluoride, is powerful and overwhelming. Compulsory mass medication is medically evil, as well as socialistic. It is starkly clear that one key to any medication is control of the dose: Different people, at different stages of risk, need individual dosages tailored to their needs. And yet with water compulsorily fluoridated, the dose applies to everyone, and is necessarily proportionate to the amount of water one drinks.

What is the medical justification for a guy who drinks ten glasses of water a day receiving ten times the fluoride dose of a guy who drinks only one glass? The whole process is monstrous as well as idiotic.

Adults – in fact children over nine – get no benefits from their compulsory medication, yet they imbibe fluorides proportionately to their water intake.

In addition, studies have shown that while kids aged five to nine may have their cavities reduced by fluoridation, the same kids at ages nine to 12 have more cavities, so that after 12 years of age the cavity benefits disappear. At best, then, the question boils down to: Are we to subject ourselves to the possible dangers of fluoridation solely to save dentists the irritation of dealing with squirming kids aged five to nine?

Any parents who want to give their kids the dubious benefits of fluoridation can do so individually by giving their kids fluoride pills, with doses regulated instead of haphazardly proportionate to the kid’s thirst. Or they can get their kids to brush their teeth with fluoride-added toothpaste. How about freedom of individual choice?

Let us not omit the long-suffering taxpayer who has to pay for the hundreds of thousands of tons of fluorides poured into the nation’s socialized water supply every year. The days of private water companies, once flourishing in the United States, are long gone, although the market in recent years has popped up in the form of increasingly popular private bottled water (even though this option is far more expensive than socialized free water).

There is certainly nothing loony or kooky about any of these arguments, is there? So much for the general case for and against fluoridation. When we get to the specific ills of fluoridation, the case against becomes even more overpowering, as well as grisly.

During the 1940s and ’50s, when the successful push for fluoridation was underway, fluoridation proponents touted the controlled experiment of Newburgh and Kingston, two neighboring small cities in upstate New York, with much the same demographics. Newburgh had been fluoridated and Kingston had not, and the powerful pro-fluoridation establishment trumpeted the fact that ten years later, dental cavities in five- to nine-year-old kids in Newburgh were considerably lower than in Kingston (originally, the rates of every disease had been about the same in the two places).

OK, but fluoride opponents raised the disquieting fact that, after ten years, both the cancer and the heart disease rates were now significantly higher in Newburgh. How did the Establishment treat this criticism? By dismissing it as irrelevant, as kooky scare tactics.

Why were these and later problems and charges ignored and overridden, and why the rush to inflict fluoridation on America? Who was behind this drive, and how did the opponents acquire the “right-wing kook” image?

The Drive for Fluoridation

The official drive began abruptly just before the end of World War II, pushed by the U.S. Public Health Service, then in the Treasury Department. In 1945, the federal government selected two Michigan cities to conduct an official “15-year” study; one city, Grand Rapids, was fluoridated, a control city was left unfluoridated. (I am indebted to a recent revisionist article on fluoridation by medical writer Joel Griffiths, in the left-wing muckraking journal Covert Action Information Bulletin.) Yet, before five years were up, the government killed its own “scientific study” by fluoridating the water in the control city in Michigan. Why? Under the excuse that its action was caused by “popular demand” for fluoridation. As we shall see, the “popular demand’ was generated by the government and the Establishment itself. Indeed, as early as 1946, under the federal campaign, six American cities fluoridated their water, and 87 more joined the bandwagon by 1950.

A key figure in the successful drive for fluoridation was Oscar R. Ewing, who was appointed by President Truman in 1947 to head the Federal Security Agency, which encompassed the Public Health Service (PHS) and which later blossomed into our beloved cabinet office of Health, Education and Welfare. One reason for the Left’s backing of fluoridation – in addition to its being socialized medicine, for them a good in itself – was that Ewing was a certified Truman Fair Dealer and leftist, and an avowed proponent of socialized medicine. He was also a high official in the then-powerful Americans for Democratic Action, the nation’s central organization of “anti-communist liberals” (read: Social Democrats or Mensheviks). Ewing mobilized not only the respectable Left, but also the Establishment center. The powerful drive for compulsory fluoridation was spearheaded by the PHS, which soon mobilized the nation’s establishment organizations of dentists and physicians.

PR Drive

The mobilization, the national clamor for fluoridation, and the stamping of fluoridation opponents with the right-wing kook image, was all generated by the public relations man hired by Oscar Ewing to direct the drive. For Ewing hired none other than Edward L. Bernays, who had the dubious honor of being called the “father of public relations.” Bernays, the nephew of Sigmund Freud, was called “The Original Spin Doctor” in an admiring article in the Washington Post on the occasion of the old manipulator’s 100th birthday in late 1991.

As a retrospective scientific article pointed out about the fluoridation movement, one of its widely distributed dossiers listed as opponents of fluoridation “in alphabetical order reputable scientists, convicted felons, food faddists, scientific organizations, and the Ku Klux Klan.” In his 1928 book Propaganda, Bernays laid bare the devices he would use. Speaking of the “mechanism which controls the public mind,” which people like himself could manipulate, Bernays explained, “Those who manipulate the unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country … our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of.” And the process of manipulating leaders of groups, “either with or without their conscious cooperation,” will “automatically influence” the members of such groups.

In describing his practices as PR man for Beech-Nut Bacon, Bernays related how he would suggest to physicians to say publicly that “it is wholesome to eat bacon.” For, Bernays added, he “knows as a mathematical certainty that large numbers of persons will follow the advice of their doctors because he [the PR man] understands the psychological relationship of dependence of men on their physicians.” Add “dentists” to the equation, and substitute “fluoride” for “bacon,” and we have the essence of the Bernays propaganda campaign.

Before the Bernays campaign, fluoride was largely known in the public mind as the chief ingredient of bug and rat poison; after the campaign, it was widely hailed as a safe provider of healthy teeth and gleaming smiles.

After the 1950s, it was all mopping up – the fluoridation forces had triumphed, and two-thirds of the nation’s reservoirs were fluoridated. There are still benighted areas of the country left, however (California is less than 16 percent fluoridated) and the goal of the federal government and its PHS remains “universal fluoridation.”

Doubts Accumulate

Despite the blitzkrieg victory, however, doubts have surfaced and gathered in the scientific community. Fluoride is a non-biodegradable substance, which, in people, accumulates in teeth and bone – perhaps strengthening kiddies teeth; but what about human bones? Two crucial bone problems of fluorides – brittleness and cancer – began to appear in studies, only to be systematically blocked by governmental agencies. As early as 1956, a federal study found nearly twice as many premalignant bone defects in young males in Newburgh as in unfluoridated Kingston; but this finding was quickly dismissed as “spurious.”

Oddly enough, despite the 1956 study and carcinogenic evidence popping up since the 1940s, the federal government never conducted its own animal carcinogenicity test on fluorides. Finally, in 1975, biochemist John Yiamouyiannis and Dean Berk, a retired official of the federal government’s own National Cancer Institute (NCI), presented a paper before the annual meeting of the American Society of Biological Chemists. The paper reported a five to ten percent increase in total cancer rates in those U.S. cities which had fluoridated their water. The findings were disputed, but triggered congressional hearings two years later, where the government revealed to shocked congressmen that it had never tested fluoride for cancer. Congress ordered the NCI to conduct such tests.

Incredibly, it took the NCI 12 years to finish its tests, finding “equivocal evidence” that fluoride causes bone cancer in male rats. Under further direction of Congress, the NCI studied cancer trends in the United States, and found nationwide evidence of “a rising rate of bone and joint cancer at all ages,” especially in youth, in counties that had fluoridated their water, but no such rise was seen in “non-fluoridated” counties.

In more detailed studies, for areas of Washington state and Iowa, NCI found that from the 1970s to the 1980s bone cancer for males under 20 had increased by 70 percent in the fluoridated areas of these states, but had decreased by four percent in the non-fluoridated areas. All of this sounds pretty conclusive, but the NCI set some fancy statisticians to work on the data, who concluded that these findings, too, were “spurious.” Dispute over this report drove the federal government to one of its favorite ploys in virtually every area: the allegedly expert, bipartisan, “value-free” commission.

“World-Class” Review

The government had already done the commission bit in 1983, when disturbing studies on fluoridation drove our old friend the PHS to form a commission of “world-class experts” to review safety data on fluorides in water. Interestingly, the panel found to its grave concern that most of the alleged evidence of fluoride’s safety scarcely existed. The 1983 panel recommended caution on fluoridation, especially for fluoride exposure for children. Interestingly, the panel strongly recommended that the fluoride content of drinking water be no greater than two parts per million for children up to nine, because of worries about the fluoride effect on children’s skeletons, and potential heart damage.

The chairman of the panel, Jay R. Shapiro of the National Institute of Health, warned the members, however, that the PHS might “modify” the findings, since “the report deals with sensitive political issues.” Sure enough, when Surgeon General Everett Koop released the official report a month later, the federal government had thrown out the panel’s most important conclusions and recommendations without consulting the panel. Indeed, the panel never received copies of the final, doctored, version. The government’s alterations were all in a pro-fluoride direction, claiming that there was no “scientific documentation” of any problems at fluoride levels below eight parts per million.

In addition to the bone cancer studies for the late 1980s, evidence is piling up that fluorides lead to increased bone fractures. In the past two years, no less than eight epidemiological studies have indicated that fluoridation has increased the rate of bone fractures in males and females of all ages. Indeed, since 1957 the bone fracture rate among male youth has increased sharply in the United States, and the U.S. hip fracture rate is now the highest in the world. In fact, a study in the traditionally pro-fluoride Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA), August 12, 1992, found that even “low levels of fluoride may increase the risk of hip fracture in the elderly.” JAMA concluded that “it is now appropriate to revisit the issue of water fluoridation.”

Predictable Conclusion

Clearly, it was high time for another federal commission. During 1990-91, a new commission, chaired by veteran PHS official and longtime pro-fluoridationist Frank E. Young, predictably concluded that “no evidence” was found associating fluoride and cancer. On bone fractures, the commission blandly stated that “further studies are required.” But no further studies or soul-searching were needed for its conclusion: “The U.S. Public Health Service should continue to support optimal fluoridation of drinking water.” Presumably, they did not conclude that “optimal” meant zero.

Despite the Young whitewash, doubts are piling up even within the federal government. James Huff, a director of the U.S. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, concluded in 1992 that animals in the government’s study developed cancer, especially bone cancer, from being given fluoride – and there was nothing “equivocal” about his conclusion.

Various scientists for the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) have turned anti-fluoridation, toxicologist William Marcus warning that fluoride causes not just cancer, but also bone fractures, arthritis, and other diseases. Marcus mentions, too, that an unreleased study by the New Jersey Health Department (a state where only 15 percent of the population is fluoridated) shows that the bone cancer rate among young males is no less than six times higher in fluoridated than in nonfluoridated areas.

Even coming into question is the long-sacred idea that fluoridated water at least lowers cavities in children aged five to nine. Various top pro-fluoridationists highly touted for their expertise were suddenly and bitterly condemned when further study led them to the conclusion that the dental benefits are really negligible.

In the early 1980s, New Zealand’s most prominent pro-fluoridationist was the country’s top dental officer, Dr. John Colquhoun. As chairman of the Fluoridation Promotion Committee, Colquhoun decided to gather statistics to show doubters the great merits of fluoridation. To his shock, he found that the percentage of children free of dental decay was higher in the non-fluoridated part than in the fluoridated part of New Zealand. The national health department refused to allow Colquhoun to publish these findings, and kicked him out as dental director. Similarly, a top pro-fluoridationist in British Columbia, Richard G. Foulkes, concluded that fluoridation is not only dangerous, but that it is not even effective in reducing tooth decay. Foulkes was denounced by former colleagues as a propagandist “promoting the quackery of anti-fluoridationists.”

Why the Fluoridation Drive?

Since the case for compulsory fluoridation is so flimsy, and the case against so overwhelming, the final step is to ask: Why? Why did the Public Health Service get involved in the first place? How did this thing get started? Here we must keep our eye on the pivotal roll of Oscar R. Ewing, for Ewing was far more than just a Social Democrat Fair Dealer.

Fluoride has long been recognized as one of the most toxic elements found in the earth’s crust. Fluorides are byproducts of many industrial processes, being emitted in the air and water, and probably the major source of this byproduct is the aluminum industry. By the 1920s and 1930s, fluoride was increasingly being subjected to lawsuits and regulations. In particular, by 1938 the important, relatively new aluminum industry was being placed on a wartime footing. What to do if its major byproduct is a dangerous poison?

The time had come for damage control, or even to reverse the public image of this menacing substance. The Public Health Service, remember, was under the jurisdiction of the Treasury Department, and the Treasury Secretary during the 1920s and until 1931 was none other than billionaire Andrew J. Mellon, head of the powerful Mellon interests, and founder and virtual ruler of the Aluminum Corporation of America (ALCOA), the dominant firm in the aluminum industry,

In 1931, the PHS sent a dentist named H. Trendley Dean to the West to study the effect of concentrations of naturally fluoridated water on people’s teeth. Dean found that towns high in natural fluoride seemed to have fewer cavities. This news galvanized various Mellon scientists into action. In particular, the Mellon Institute, ALCOA’s research lab in Pittsburgh, sponsored a study in which biochemist Gerald J. Cox fluoridated some lab rats, decided that cavities in those rats had been reduced, and immediately concluded that “the case [that fluoride reduces cavities] should be regarded as proved.”

The following year, 1939, Cox, the ALCOA scientist working for a company beset by fluoride damage claims, made the first public proposal for mandatory fluoridation of water. Cox proceeded to stump the country urging fluoridation. Meanwhile, other ALCOA-funded scientists trumpeted the alleged safety of fluorides, in particular the Kettering Laboratory of the University of Cincinnati.

During World War II, damage claims for fluoride emissions piled up as expected, in proportion to the great expansion of aluminum production during the war. But attention from these claims was diverted when, just before the end of the war, the PHS began to push hard for compulsory fluoridation of water. Thus the drive for compulsory fluoridation of water accomplished two goals in one shot: It transformed the image of fluoride from a curse to a blessing that will strengthen every kid’s teeth, and it provided a steady and substantial monetary demand for fluorides to dump annually into the nation’s water.

Suspicious Connection

One interesting footnote to this story is that whereas fluorine in naturally fluoridated water comes in the form of calcium fluoride, the substance dumped into every locality is instead sodium fluoride. The Establishment defense that “fluoride is fluoride” becomes unconvincing when we consider two points: (a) calcium is notoriously good for bones and teeth, so the anti-cavity effect in naturally fluoridated water might well be due to the calcium and not the fluorine; and (b) sodium fluoride happens to be the major by-product of the manufacture of aluminum.

Which brings us to Oscar R. Ewing. Ewing arrived in Washington in 1946, shortly after the initial PHS push began, arriving there as longtime counsel, now chief counsel, for ALCOA, making what was then an astronomical legal fee of $750,000 a year (something like $7,000,000 a year in present dollars.) A year later, Ewing took charge of the Federal Security Agency, which included the PHS, and waged the successful national drive for water fluoridation. After a few years, having succeeded in his campaign, Ewing stepped down from public service, and returned to private life, including his chief counselship of the Aluminum Corporation of America.

There is an instructive lesson in this little saga, a lesson of how and why the Welfare State came to America. It came as an alliance of three major forces: ideological Social Democrats, ambitious technocratic bureaucrats, and Big Businessmen seeking privileges from the State. In the fluoridation saga, we might call the whole process “ALCOA Socialism.” The Welfare State redounds to the welfare not of most of society, but of these particular venal and exploitative groups.

Dr. Murray N. Rothbard, who heads academic affairs for the Ludwig von Mises Institute, Auburn, Alabama 36849-5301, is professor of economics at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. He also co-edits the Rothbard-Rockwell Report. For a free copy, phone 1-800-325-7257.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

FBI Covering for Criminals

0

The Massachusetts State Police “wanted” poster describes James J. “Whitey” Bulger (shown) as a “major organized crime figure in the Boston area” who “has served time at Alcatraz for bank robbery and is alleged to be involved in several murders.” The President’s Commission on Organized Crime identifies the 69-year-old fugitive as a bank robber and suspected killer and drug trafficker. Apparently, he was also – throughout most of his notorious career – a protected federal informant. Three years ago, when Bulger, the reputed leader of the Winter Hill Gang (Boston’s Irish Mafia) was about to be arrested, he escaped, thanks to an inside tip about the sealed indictments and arrest warrants for him and his top lieutenant, Stephen “The Rifleman” Flemmi. Flemmi did not light out fast enough and is now a prisoner in the Plymouth County House of Correction, charged with racketeering, extortion, murder, and illegal gambling. During pretrial hearings in May 1997, Flemmi dropped a bombshell, claiming immunity from the criminal charges due to his status as a confidential informant for the FBI.

Explosive Findings
According to Flemmi, he and Bulger had been cooperating with the FBI for decades and had been told by their FBI handlers they could do anything short of “clipping someone” without fear of prosecution. It was the FBI, says Flemmi, who tipped him and Bulger about the imminent arrest plans by state authorities in 1995. Reportedly, the same FBI sources had earlier tipped the duo about bugging and wiretap efforts of the Boston police in 1980 and the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) in 1984. More serious are the revelations and charges that the FBI officials involved may have winked at – if not actually assisted beforehand, or covered up afterwards – more than one of the Winter Hill Gang’s “clippings.”

These and other explosive findings have been coming out of the long pretrial hearings that have continued up to the present in the Boston courtroom of federal Judge Mark L. Wolf. On June 3, 1997, federal prosecutors disclosed, under an order by Judge Wolf, that Bulger was indeed an FBI informant for much of the time period relating to the indictment which charges Bulger and four other defendants – Flemmi, Francis “Cadillac Frank” Salemme, James Martorano, and Robert DeLuca – with coordinating the criminal activities of the Winter Hill Gang and the Patriarca Family of the New England branch of La Cosa Nostra – the Mafia. However, the prosecution, on the authority of Acting Deputy Attorney General Seth P. Waxman, “respectfully” declined to confirm or deny the informant status of Flemmi or anyone other than Bulger.

Judge Wolf responded that continued refusal by the government to disclose the ordered information could result in “adverse consequences to its case,” including: 1) the exclusion at trial of evidence obtained through three contested wiretaps; or 2) dismissal of the indictment for extreme government misconduct. The judge also warned that Waxman himself – not one of his subordinates – would have to appear to respond to the defendants’ motion that he be held in contempt.

One of the most damaging witnesses to be put on the stand thus far is John Morris, former chief of the FBI’s organized crime unit in Boston. Under questioning, Morris admitted that he had exchanged Christmas gifts of books and liquor with Bulger and Flemmi. He also confessed to taking upwards of $6,000 from Bulger. And yes, Morris testified, he and other agents had shielded the mobster duo from prosecution for 20 years.

Murder Probe
One of the most sensational stories to come out of the hearings thus far centers on the 1981 murder of Roger Wheeler, a prominent businessman from Tulsa, Oklahoma. Wheeler was the chairman of Telex Corporation and the owner of World Jai Alai, which ran legalized gambling in Florida and Connecticut. Apparently, unbeknownst to Wheeler, his jai alai concern had been infiltrated by Bulger’s Winter Hill Gang. When Wheeler discovered that money was being skimmed from World Jai Alai, he was executed, mob style. He was found in his car in the parking lot of a Tulsa country club – shot between the eyes.

Within a few months of Wheeler’s murder, Brian Halloran, a hit man for the Winter Hill Gang, went to the FBI with stunning information: John B. Callahan, the mob-connected former president of World Jai Alai, together with Bulger and Flemmi, had offered him the contract on Wheeler. What’s more, said Halloran, the mob hit was likely assisted by Paul Rico, a former FBI agent in Boston who had gone to work at World Jai Alai after retiring from the Bureau. Halloran said he had turned down the murder contract on Wheeler himself and was willing to provide evidence to the FBI on Bulger’s and Flemmi’s roles. But the feds decided Halloran was “unreliable” and rejected his offer.

Someone then leaked word that Halloran had tried to snitch. A few weeks after having gone to the FBI, Halloran and a friend were gunned down while sitting in a car outside a Boston pub.

In July 1982, two months after Halloran’s murder, detectives from Tulsa and the Connecticut and Massachusetts state police descended on Boston in a search for John Callahan, in connection with the Wheeler murder. In meetings with Jeremiah O’Sullivan, the federal organized crime strike force prosecutor, they expressed their distrust of the FBI. Their suspicions were confirmed when O’Sullivan admitted that Halloran had tried to join the federal witness protection program and testify against Callahan, Bulger, and Flemmi.

But Callahan had disappeared. Perhaps he too had been tipped off by the FBI. Or, more likely, Bulger and Flemmi were tipped that Callahan had become a major liability. In August, a few weeks after the multi-state police task force arrived in Boston, Callahan’s bullet-riddled, decomposing body was found stuffed in the trunk of his Cadillac in a Miami airport parking garage. It was another gangland execution.

Obstruction of Justice
In a segment of its 60 Minutes program on May 10 of this year, CBS veteran Ed Bradley interviewed several police detectives from Oklahoma, Florida, and Connecticut who had worked on the Wheeler-World Jai Alai case. They were understandably angry. Sergeant Mike Huff, a detective with the Tulsa Police Department, was the first detective at the scene of the Wheeler murder. “We checked out thousands of other leads, but it all comes back to Boston and the Winter Hill Gang,” Huff told Bradley.

“And Flemmi and Bulger?” Bradley asked. “Yes,” answered Huff, “and as time progresses and more information comes out on Flemmi and Bulger, they’re more – more of a suspect now than they have been before.” Particularly galling to Huff and other law enforcement officers working the case is that the FBI did not share Halloran’s information with them, but apparently did allow it to be leaked to the gangsters.

“Do you think that this was obstruction of justice by the FBI?” Bradley queried. “I don’t know what else to call it. Yes sir, I do,” the detective replied. Bradley reminded him that he was making “a serious charge,” to which Huff responded, “It’s a serious charge, and I don’t feel real great sitting here saying that 17 years later, but I don’t think there’s any other answer to that question.”

Roger Wheeler’s son David is even more emphatic about the government’s culpability. “We’ve discovered that all along the FBI has been in bed with the prime suspects in my father’s murder,” he told 60 Minutes. “They not only protected my father’s killers, they, to this day, are protecting my father’s killers. And they are, to this day, withholding information from the police. This is 18 years of covering up a crime. This is 18 years of being an accessory to murder.”

Detective David Green, who investigated organized crime cases for the state of Florida, called the FBI’s handling of Bulger and Flemmi “a violation of all police ethics, professionalism, and not to mention some criminal statutes.”

Miami homicide detective Ram Nyberg says his department was also exasperated by the FBI’s malfeasance in the case. “When you work an organized crime case, any case related to organized crime, you expect a certain amount of frustration, but you expect it from the bad guys,” he told Bradley. “You don’t expect it from the people that you assume to be the good guys.”

As a result of the revelations coming out of the pretrial hearings in Boston, dozens of mobsters now in prison are demanding new trials, claiming that evidence used against them was “tainted” by the improper FBI/Bulger/Flemmi relationship.

Widespread Corruption
Unfortunately, the FBI/Winter Hill Gang affair is not an isolated incident of localized abuse, corruption, and criminality by a few low-level members of the bureau. Revelations over the past five years indicate a systemic problem that has drastically escalated during the tenures of President Clinton, Attorney General Janet Reno, and FBI Director Louis Freeh. Evidence of obstruction of justice, destruction of evidence, fabrication of evidence, perjury, intimidation of witnesses, intentional negligence of duty, abuse of confidential file information, and other serious criminal offenses by members of the FBI has mushroomed alarmingly. This has been especially apparent in the Oklahoma City bombing case. Yet the FBI has been given vast new resources and powers.

Last year an internal investigation of the FBI crime laboratories by the Justice Department’s Office of the Inspector General (IG) was finally conducted, after decorated FBI Agent Frederick Whitehurst made repeated charges about serious misconduct regarding falsification of evidence and false testimony by lab personnel. The IG report, although obviously softened by pressure from the Clinton Justice Department, nonetheless revealed a host of appalling abuses. However, that probe examined only three of the FBI lab’s 23 units and did not even concern itself with alleged criminal actions. As Senator Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) noted, “The IG’s charter was not to investigate for criminal actions. It was only a management study.”

“The IG said he didn’t find any evidence of crimes, as alleged by Whitehurst – like perjury, or tampering with evidence by lab personnel,” said Grassley. “But that’s because he didn’t do a criminal-type investigation. That’s a methodology that would detect patterns of questionable activity.”

A senior congressional staffer who closely monitored the IG investigation told THE NEW AMERICAN at the time, “We had to push hard to get him [the Inspector General] to go as far as he went [in the report]. He did a pretty good job considering he is a Clinton appointee and was under considerable pressure from the Administration.” Besides, the staffer noted, “this is about as strong as investigations get here in Washington.” But there is compelling prima facie evidence of criminal activity at the lab, said this staff member, and “a criminal investigation is clearly in order and that’s what we will continue to push for.”

The ongoing revelations concerning the FBI and the Winter Hill Gang show clearly and compellingly why such an investigation is absolutely imperative. 

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Hot Topics, Cold Truth

0

Dr. S. Fred Singer interviewed by John F. McManus

 

Q. Do you have a position regarding global warming?

A. I certainly do. The climate warms and cools naturally all the time. It changes from day to day, month to month, season to season, year to year, and so on. At times, there is global warming; at other times there is global cooling. Some climate changes are predictable and some are not. We can predict that the winters are colder than the summers because we understand the mechanism. We cannot predict the climate from year to year, however, because we do not know why it fluctuates. When the climate warms, there could be a number of reasons for it doing so, including the sun. Another possibility is that human activities are adding greenhouse gases to the atmosphere, and this could produce some warming.

The important question then is: How important is the effect of human activities? And that we cannot tell. We know the theory, which says that human activity could be important, but the theory cannot be trusted until it has been verified. Until now, this theory, which is based largely on a mathematical model, has not been validated against observations. If the theory becomes validated against observations, then we can be more confident about using it to predict the future. But we’re not there yet, and nobody should be basing conclusions and remedies on an unverified theory.

Q. What do the scientific data really show about global warming?

A. Data from earth satellites in use since 1979 do not show any warming. But, eventually, they probably will because carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases are increasing in the atmosphere. My personal guess, and I stress that this is only my guess, is that there is a greenhouse effect and that it is very small in comparison to natural fluctuations of the climate. We don’t see this effect yet, but we may notice it in the next century. Even if we do notice it, it will be extremely small and actually inconsequential. It will be an interesting scientific curiosity but it won’t be of any practical importance.

Q. If we experience a couple of warmer years, is it possible that the next year will be cooler?

A. Of course. Climate fluctuates all the time, and we aren’t always able to know why. During the period 1940 until 1975, the climate actually cooled. There was real fear that we were entering another ice age. But the climate suddenly warmed and these fears disappeared.

Q. We repeatedly hear mention of the “greenhouse effect” in which heat is supposedly trapped in the atmosphere because of the presence of carbon dioxide and other gases. Is there such an effect?

A. Yes, there is a greenhouse effect. But the problem here is that high government officials have declared that climate science is “settled” and “compelling.” The clear implication is that enough is known about it to act, and that any further research findings would be “policy-irrelevant” and not important to international deliberations that have led to a climate treaty. My published conclusions state otherwise, that any warming from the growth of greenhouse gases is likely to be minor, difficult to detect above the natural fluctuations of the climate, and therefore inconsequential. In addition, the impacts of warming and the higher carbon dioxide levels are likely to be beneficial for human activities, especially for agriculture that thrives on carbon dioxide.

But, again, the greenhouse effect is real. The emissions of carbon dioxide that we are putting into the atmosphere will make it more pronounced. But that doesn’t mean that the climate is going to warm perceptibly. The atmosphere is very complicated, and there are negative feedbacks that cancel some of the warming. The easiest way to understand what I mean by “negative feedback” is to consider clouds. If you warm the ocean, you get more water vapor, more evaporation, and more clouds that will keep sunlight from entering the earth’s surfaces. This results in a cooling effect – a negative feedback.

Q. Reports about global warming repeatedly cite the 1990 report produced by the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Is this a reliable document?

A. The IPCC modified its own report after it had been approved, taking out key phrases to make it appear certain that human activities were affecting the climate. A few key individuals even removed much of the phraseology that discussed the uncertainties of such an opinion. Numerous scientists have pointed out that this document is unreliable.

Q. Were the scientists who produced the initial IPCC report aware that changes had been made after they approved it?

A. No, the changes were done quietly by just a few individuals. Two thousand persons worked on this UN project and more than 1,000 of them were scientists. Approximately 80 saw and approved what they thought was the final report and then just a handful altered it. The newer version (in 1996) included a “Summary for Policymakers” containing a previously unmentioned factor involving human activity’s effect on climate. This led to a conclusion that “the balance of evidence suggests there is a discernible human influence on global climate.” Those who are skeptical about this IPCC conclusion have viewed the statement about “discernible human influence” as trivial and meaningless. But, on the other hand, the media and many policy experts have welcomed its convenient formula as scientific proof of a coming climate catastrophe.

Q. Did any of the scientists involved in this UN study balk at the alterations?

A. Yes, and perhaps the most noteworthy was the highly respected Dr. Frederick Seitz, the former president of the National Academy of Sciences whose objection was published in the Wall Street Journal. He became aware of what had been done and considered it a very grave breach of scientific protocol and ethics. He’s been maligned ever since by individuals from the UN group and by others who decided to throw in their fortune with the UN. These people actually altered a graph and some of the text in the IPCC report.

Q. There have been several articles about an increase in the number and size of icebergs that have broken off from Antarctica. Is the increase in icebergs due to global warming?

A. The climate did warm over the last 100 years and that’s why icebergs are breaking off. There’s no question about that. But the warming took place between 1880 and 1940 so that it is a bit warmer now than it was 100 years ago.

Q. Does it take that long for an iceberg to break off?

A. Yes, it takes a long time for portions of the ice to break off. The melting has been going on for thousands of years and the West Antarctic ice sheet is still melting. The ice sheet may even disappear in 7,000 years. But the real point is that there’s nothing we can do about it. The reason it’s melting is because it’s warmer now than when the ice formed a long time ago.

Q. You mentioned the “climate treaty” and I assume you mean the 1997 Kyoto Protocol that called for industrial nations to cut emissions of “greenhouse gases” in order to deal with global warming. What is your response to this proposal?

A. The Kyoto proposal, even if fully implemented, won’t accomplish anything as far as climate is concerned. It certainly won’t stop the Antarctic ice sheet from melting. The only thing that will stop that is another ice age.

Q. Won’t it accomplish a great deal as far as industry is concerned?

A. Oh, yes. But the announced purpose of the proposal is to prevent global warming and stabilize the climate. It won’t do anything of the sort. If you obey it punctiliously, and all the countries that are supposed to cut back their industrial activity do exactly as called for, even the UN group has calculated that it will reduce the temperature during the next century by 0.05 degrees. No one can even measure that! It is admittedly completely ineffective, so now they’re saying that it’s an important first step.

Q. Do you see this as far more political than scientific?

A. Yes I do. Even a UN report says that we have to reduce emissions by between 60 and 80 percent worldwide. The Kyoto Protocol, if implemented, reduces emissions by a mere five percent among industrialized nations only. But this would have a devastating effect on the economy of our nation. It’s part of the anti-technology, anti-energy, anti-growth philosophy of the extreme “greens.”

Q. Have you seen or heard about the rash of television ads stressing the threat of global warming?

A. These campaigns are being underwritten by a few foundations. The National Environmental Trust has received $11 million to run ads. The government is doing its share by bleeding off money from research and putting it into town meetings and other gatherings to get people upset about this issue. Recently, there was a campaign in Minneapolis called “The Heat is On” to alert people in Minnesota to the danger of slightly warmer winters. That really takes the cake, doesn’t it? I would think the people in Minnesota would be pleased if the climate warmed. The Canadian government has another program entitled “Environment Canada” to get the Canadian people to worry about slightly warmer winters.

Q. Would it be harmful if the climate does become warmer?

A. If it does warm, there will be numerous benefits. Agriculture will be aided because crops will grow faster and sturdier. There will be slightly warmer winters with no effect on summers. Sea level will be hardly affected or perhaps it will rise slightly. This is because of the melting of the ice from the Ice Age and there’s nothing we can do about it. Kyoto’s proposals certainly won’t help.

Q. Do you think a change in our own national leaders will help to calm the fears that have been generated by environmental doomsayers?

A. I’m hoping that the election in 2000 will settle many things. Should George W. Bush be elected president, we have to remember that he subscribed to the science of global warming but he added that he’s opposed to the Kyoto protocol. To be perfectly honest, I don’t know where he stands. But I don’t think the climate issue will surface during the presidential campaign. I don’t think people care that much about it and maybe that’s a good thing. They’re not reacting to the doomsayers as they were expected to do.

Q. Doesn’t Vice President Al Gore contend that the global warming threat is real?

A. He’s not a scientist. He likes to believe the theory because it predicts strong warming and helps to advance his agenda.

Q. Have you read his book, Earth in the Balance, where he actually calls for an end to the internal combustion engine, the guts of our automobiles?

A. No, I haven’t read the book but I’ve read numerous reviews. I understand that he did call for the end of the internal combustion engine. But, by itself, that would not be so serious if there were a substitute that works. I’m ready to substitute something for the internal combustion engine, something like a fuel cell that works, is cost effective, and economical for consumers. There are people working on this, but they haven’t produced one yet.

Q. Other than your own Science and Environmental Policy group, are you part of any scientific groups?

A. Yes, I signed the Oregon petition, which has been signed by 20,000 persons, 18,000 of whom have scientific degrees, many with advanced degrees. This project, begun in response to Kyoto, was launched by Dr. Arthur B. Robinson. He received important help from Dr. Fred Seitz, who sent a letter to scientists across the nation containing eight pages about global warming. In his letter, he stated that the Kyoto agreement was “based on flawed ideas” and that “data on climate change do not show that human use of hydrocarbons is harmful.” And he urged recipients to sign the petition, which stated simply:

We urge the United States government to reject the global warming agreement that was written in Kyoto, Japan in December 1997, and any other similar proposals. The proposed limits on greenhouse gases would harm the environment, hinder the advance of science and technology, and damage the health and welfare of mankind.

There is no convincing scientific evidence that human release of carbon dioxide, methane, or other greenhouse gases is causing or will, in the foreseeable future, cause catastrophic heating of the Earth’s atmosphere and disruption of the Earth’s climate. Moreover, there is substantial scientific evidence that increases in atmospheric carbon dioxide produce many beneficial effects upon the natural plant and animal environments of the Earth.

The Oregon petition was never altered and has 20,000 signatories. The doctored IPCC statement has only 2,000 signatories. But the media seem to focus only on the IPPC statement.

Q. What about the ozone layer and the claims that it is being depleted because of human activity?

A. The ozone layer depletion stopped about 1992. No more depletion has occurred. The total depletion that took place according to a thick United Nations report is about four percent. That’s negligible. Ozone varies from day to day by about 100 percent, and from season to season – if you average it – by about 40-50 percent. The World Meteorological Organization and the United Nations Environment Program together produced figures stating that there has been no ozone depletion since 1992.

Q. If there are no problems associated with global warming or ozone depletion, is there any environmental problem?

A. The big problem, in my view, is disposing of solid waste, a nice way of referring to garbage. Many areas of the country are finding it difficult to locate suitable places for landfills. Some states are trying to ship their waste to other states. Officials are trying to prohibit the dumping of sludge in the ocean. And if you put waste underground, it may pollute the ground water. This is a real problem. But nobody seems to be getting excited about it. It doesn’t appeal to politicians because politicians seem to love global problems that are more glamorous than garbage.

Q. Do you have an answer to the garbage problem?

A. Incineration is a good answer. But it’s frowned on because it might create a little bit of dioxin. Yet this is the solution that’s being used in Europe. Taking care of the problem this way also generates some energy, so it has some additional advantages.

Q. What is your attitude about nuclear power?

A. Nuclear power is a perfectly reasonable solution to our energy problem. It may or may not be cheaper depending on how the generating stations are built and maintained. The degree of regulation now in place makes it rather expensive, particularly if you force power companies to rebuild their plants while they’re being built in order to satisfy newer regulations. But in many countries, generating electricity with nuclear power is cheaper than any other method. It is tragic that there have been no new nuclear power stations built in this country for many years. In countries such as Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, and now China, they are building these stations rapidly. I hope they are using American technology because it is the safest.

Q. Any final comments?

A. Ten to twenty years from now, younger people will look at their parents and grandparents in disbelief and ask, “Gosh, were you really worried about global warming and ozone depletion?”

Dr. S. Fred Singer is an atmospheric physicist who leads the Washington-based Science and Environmental Policy Project. He is also a distinguished research professor at George Mason University in Virginia and the Institute for Space Science and Technology in Florida. He was the first director of the U.S. Weather Satellite Service, now a branch of the Department of Commerce. He is the author of numerous books, the latest of which is Hot Talk, Cold Science: Global Warming’s Unfinished Debate.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Obama Sending U.S. Troops to Egypt

0

As Egyptians prepare for massive protests against the U.S. government-backed Muslim Brotherhood regime of Mohamed Morsi, the Obama administration is set to deploy hundreds of American troops to Egypt. While more than a few analysts have argued that U.S. forces will be used to continue propping up “Islamofascists” in the Middle East, authorities from both governments claim the soldiers are merely being sent as part of a nine-month international “peacekeeping” scheme.

According to official accounts, the so-called “Multinational Force and Observers” (MFO) mission, composed of troops serving 13 governments, is aimed at controlling riots and violence. Another primary purpose, government spokesmen claimed, is enforcing the 1979 peace treaty between Israeli and Egyptian authorities. News reports and official statements suggest the American troops, serving under MFO command, will be operating security checkpoints and responding to threats.

The exact date of deployment has not been announced yet, but U.S. troops spent some six months training at Fort Hood and Fort Irwin for the mission and will reportedly be ready to go in the “near future.” Local U.S. media reports, citing military officials, said American forces had been trained for riot control featuring exercises with Molotov cocktails and other “dangerous items” in anticipation of violent protests. Another possibility would be protecting the border with Israel, according to reports.

Two soldiers quoted in a KCEN-TV report offered few details as video of U.S. troops wearing police riot gear flashed on the screen. “Just what I’ve seen over the course of the past week, this unit is already far more ready for this type of threat than we were a week ago,” said Lt. Matthew Wilkinson without elaborating on the nature of the threat. Another, PFC Perez Alexander, explained: “We want to be as professional as possible so that, whatever situation we encounter, the opposing force knows that we mean business and we know what we’re doing.” 

The American soldiers, whose training ended last week, are set to be deployed in the dangerous and volatile Sinai Peninsula. Security has continued to deteriorate throughout the region following the uprising that swept longtime dictator Hosni Mubarak from power, with some analysts suggesting the escalating unrest could spark problems for both Israel and the increasingly hardline Muslim Brotherhood regime in Cairo.

In a June 19 press release, the U.S. Army 1st Cavalry Division confirmed that a battalion “task force” from the 3rd Brigade Combat Team would indeed be heading to the Sinai this summer to participate in the international “peacekeeping force.” According to the statement, the more than 400 troops will be based on the southern end of the Sinai Peninsula, near Sharm-el-Sheikh, manning “observation posts” and checkpoints along the southeast coast.

Egyptian officials, meanwhile, were quick to downplay the American deployment. “The 400 U.S. soldiers coming to Egypt as mentioned in the media are part of the periodical renewal routine for the U.S. faction of the 13-state multinational force deployed in Sinai since the peace treaty. They are not armed with military operations gear,” Egyptian military spokesman Ahmed Ali was quoted as saying. “We are providing this clarification as we respect the right of the great Egyptian people to know the truth from its original sources and to prevent distortion of information by any instigators.”

The timing of the news, however, has made analysts and commentators suspicious. An Egyptian group known as “Rebels” or “Rebellion,” described in media reports as “secular” and “liberal,” announced over the weekend that it had gathered some 15 million signatures to impeach Morsi, who was elected after Mubarak was forced out. The petition cites a number of grievances including lack of security, widespread poverty, shortages of basic goods, and more.

“We’ve had enough of Morsi… He has done nothing, he’s only helped his own people,” said Ghada Naguib, a member of the organization’s coordinating committee, in an interview with the Global Post. “We don’t need him to do anything anymore. We just need him to leave… We will finish our revolution.” The group is calling for massive, nation-wide protests against the elected government on June 30, and counter-demonstrations are expected.

Writing in FrontPage magazine, analyst Arnold Ahlert blasted the deployment of U.S. troops to Egypt as “yet another remarkable display of Obama’s determination to secure the Middle East for Islamofascists.” Ahlert also slammed the “spectacular absurdity” of using American forces to augment Egyptian police and defend Morsi’s “thuggish” Islamist Muslim Brotherhood regime from popular protests calling for its ouster.

An editorial in Investor’s Business Daily, entitled “Now Obama Using Troops To Prop Up Cairo’s Islamofascists,” came to similar conclusions, saying the president was sending U.S. forces to “protect a regime that supports terrorists.” Citing news reports, the editorial said Obama’s effort was meant to help the “Islamofascist regime there repel its own citizens protesting increasing human-rights violations.”

More than a few analysts have also highlighted what they perceive as problems with Morsi’s Islamist rule. Among the most serious: media censorship, increasing attacks on the Coptic Christian minority, packing government organs with Islamic extremists, cracking down on protesters, issuing lawless “decrees” that critics call dictatorial, ramming through an Islamist constitution, prosecuting foreign government-funded “democracy” groups, and more.

Because of those issues, U.S. lawmakers tried to make American aid to the Egyptian government contingent on political reforms. Despite federal law, however, the Obama administration waived the human-rights requirements and continued to shower billions of U.S. taxpayer money on the Muslim Brotherhood regime, providing everything from “economic assistance” to advanced military weaponry – not to mention the latest deployment of American troops. Of course, the U.S. Constitution does not authorize any of it.

“With this action, the Obama Administration reinforces the Muslim Brotherhood even as it steps up its blasphemy prosecutions against Egypt’s Christians and even as Egypt’s president appointed an actual terrorist leader as governor of an important region,” Chief Counsel Jay Sekulow with the American Center for Law and Justice said in an e-mail blasting the new $1.3 billion “cash stimulus” for the Muslim Brotherhood supplied by Secretary of State John Kerry. “Speak up. Tell the Administration, tell Congress, there should be no taxpayer money for jihad.”

In quietly skirting the restrictions on foreign military aid to Egypt imposed by Congress, Kerry claimed doling out the taxpayer money was necessary to maintain a channel to Egyptian military leaders. Critics in Congress and among commentators, however, blasted the decision, saying the assistance would be used to protect the regime while advancing the goals of the Muslim Brotherhood in the region. So far, the administration has remained quiet about the troop deployment. 

Egyptian officials, though, rebuffed widespread reports suggesting that U.S. forces were being sent to protect the regime from an uprising. “They are only training as a precautionary measure,” Major Ahmed Shaaban told Daily News Egypt, adding that it was routine. “They are only training to protect themselves as a matter of high-level security. I don’t think these trainings are necessary because the peacekeeping force is not even authorized to conduct any military operations; they are only there to observe and report.”

The 1979 agreement between the governments of Israel and Egypt, brokered with help from U.S. President Jimmy Carter, saw Israeli troops withdraw from the Sinai in exchange for peace, official recognition, demilitarization of the peninsula, navigation rights, and more. When the United Nations refused to provide “peacekeeping” troops, the Rome-based MFO was created to help monitor compliance, with the U.S. government among the foreign powers agreeing to provide military forces.

It remains unclear what provision of the Constitution the U.S. government believes authorizes the deployment of troops to Egypt and the provision of billions in aid to foreign governments. Details of the American mission in Sinai remain murky, as well. What is apparent to analysts, though, is that putting supposedly unarmed U.S. troops in such a volatile area could easily and quickly result in disaster.      

Photo of U.S. troops training at Ft. Irwin

 

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Obama Prepares Huge Bailout for Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt

U.S. Troops to be in up to 35 African Countries

Obama-backed Egypt Forging “One Nation” With Sudan Terror Regime

Obama Paves Way to Arm Muslim Brotherhood-linked Regime in Somalia

Lawmakers Seek to Stop Obama Arming Terrorists in Syria

Senate Rejects Paul Amendment to Prevent Arms Sales to Egypt

Christian Massacres: A Result of U.S. Foreign Policy

Egypt’s Coptic Christians Brace for Life Under the Muslim Brotherhood

Beck Is Correct on the Islamo-Communist Connection

President Obama’s Militant Muslim Connections

Obama-backed War Making Syria a Jihad Haven; Europe Threatened

Coptic Christians Under Siege at Egyptian Cathedral

After Arab Spring, Fears of Islamist Tyranny Grow in Egypt

Islamist Wins Presidency of Egypt

Egyptian President Calls for Terrorist’s Release

Clinton Fends off Shoes, Tomatoes & Charges of Collusion with Muslim Brotherhood

George Soros Allies With the Muslim Brotherhood

Egypt Islamists Win Big in Election, Sparking Fears

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Investigator Reaffirms That Conservatives, Not Liberals, Targeted by IRS

0

According to the Treasury Department’s Inspector General J. Russell George, there is no evidence that the Internal Revenue Service targeted liberal organizations. The assertion comes as a striking blow to Democrats who have defended the agency in recent weeks asserting that conservative groups were not the only ones being targeted by the IRS.

The IRS scandal involves the Tax Exempt and Government Entities Division of the IRS openly targeting Tea Party and other conservative groups that applied for tax-exempt 501(c)(4) “social welfare” organization status between 2010 and 2012. Those groups faced additional audits and scrutiny by the agency. The audits cost the organizations tens of thousands of dollars and countless employee hours, and ultimately delayed the groups from receiving tax-exempt status.

Treasury Inspector General George has been conducting an investigation into IRS activities in this matter and determined that the IRS was using inappropriate criteria to identify tax-exempt applications for review by a team of specialists, including applications from organizations with “Tea Party,” “Patriots,” or “9/12” in the name.

Inspector General George told Congress that the IRS had asked illegal questions of the target Tea Party organizations in the process of the audits, “including requests for donor information, position on issues, and whether officers have run for public office.”

The investigation reveals that the IRS targeted 292 conservative groups.  

The Washington Examiner reported:

The letter from the Treasury Department Inspector General for Tax Administration revealed that there just weren’t many progressive groups who even sought special tax exempt status. A total of 20 sought it, and six were probed. All 292 Tea Party groups, meanwhile, were part of the IRS witchhunt.

Democrats seized upon the information that six progressive groups were probed, and declared that the IG investigation was flawed and not entirely “forthright” with its information. The Democrats claimed that by leaving out the information regarding the progressive details, it gave Republicans the opportunity to make the scandal appear politically motivated.

“Half of the story has been told for I think for a very political reason and that is to make conservative groups feel as though they are the only ones receiving this heightened scrutiny and treatment and that somehow it must be orchestrated by the White House,” Rep. Linda Sanchez (D-Calif.) said. “And we believe that that’s completely false.” 

But according to the IRS inspector general, the only groups that were systemically targeted by the IRS are conservative ones.

In a letter to Democrats, George wrote, “We found no indication in any of these materials that ‘Progressives’ was a term used to refer cases for scrutiny for political campaign intervention.”

“TIGTA [U.S. Treasury inspector general for tax administration] concluded that inappropriate criteria were used to identify potential political cases for extra scrutiny – specifically, the criteria listed in our audit report. From our audit work, we did not find evidence that the criteria you identified, labeled ‘Progressives,’ were used by the IRS to select potential political cases during the 2010 to 2012 timeframe we audited,” Inspector General J. Russell George said.

George clarified that while 30 percent of the groups with the word “progressive” in their name received additional scrutiny, 100 percent of the groups with “tea party,” or “patriot”, or “9/12” in their names received extra scrutiny:

Based on the information you flagged regarding the existence of a “Progressives” entry on BOLO lists, TIGTA performed additional research which determined that six tax-exempt applications filed between May 2010 and May 2012 having the words “progress” or “progressive” in their names were included in the 298 cases the IRS identified as potential political cases. We also determined that 14 tax-exempt applications filed between May 2010 and May 2012 using the words “progress” or “progressive” in their names were not referred for added scrutiny as potential political cases. In total, 30 percent of the organizations we identified with the words “progress” or “progressive” in their names were processed as potential political cases. In comparison, our audit found that 100 percent of the tax-exempt applications with Tea Party, Patriots, or 9/12 in their names were processed as potential political cases during the timeframe of our audit.

George’s letter undermines assertions by the Democrats that the additional scrutiny was not politically motivated but was simply a result of the changes made to the campaign finance rules following the Supreme Court’s Citizens United case.

“While we have multiple sources of information corroborating the use of tea party and other related criteria we described in our report, including employee interviews, e-mails, and other documents, we found no indication in any of these other materials that ‘progressives’ was a term used to refer cases for scrutiny for political campaign intervention,” George wrote.

Meanwhile, the White House has repeatedly issued statements that it had nothing to do with the IRS’ deliberate targeting of conservative groups.

President Obama asserted in a press statement the following day, “I can assure you that I certainly did not know anything about the IG report before the IG report had been leaked through the press.” 

But a recently constructed Forbes timeline on the events involved in the scandal seems to imply there is evidence that the White House was more involved than it has admitted.

Forbes reported:

President Obama, White House, and the Democratic National Committee publicly and repeatedly warn about nefarious and illicit activities of conservative groups, starting in August of 2010. There are eleven public warnings, nine of which are issued by President Obama himself in public speeches.

Higher ups in the IRS learn about targeting on June 29, 2011 but have three follow up meetings to define and expand the categories of targeted groups, the latest being January 25, 2012.

Forbes goes on to list each publicly issued warning, wherein Obama and others use terms such as “front groups,” “right-wing shadow groups,” and “groups with harmless sounding names.”

Several months after the warnings, on June 29, 2011, IRS director of exempt organizations Lois Lerner learns that the IRS flagged the groups with the aforementioned titles for deeper review.

On August 4, 2011, the IRS’s Rulings and Agreements staff met with the chief counsel “so that everyone would have the latest information on the issue,” a TIGTA report states.

By January 25, 2012, the IRS had expanded the categories of the groups it would scrutinize to include those that are “political action type organizations involved in limiting/expanding Government, educating on the Constitution and Bill of Rights, [and] social economic reform movement.”

Could it be that higher-ups may have been involved in the scandal, despite assertions that they were not?

With multiple investigations into this scandal in full swing, it’s anyone’s guess just how much more may be revealed.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Federal Regulations Cut Standard of Living by 75 Percent Over 56 Years

0

The 20th annual snapshot of the federal regulatory state published by the Competitive Enterprise Institute (CEI) last month announced the arrival of an unhappy milestone: Regulatory costs now equal more than half of all federal spending. Put another way, the real cost of government in the United States is half-again as much as the federal budget. It is approaching a third of the country’s economic output. Said CEI in its Ten Thousand Commandments 2013 report: “Federal environmental, safety and health, and economic regulations cost hundreds of billions – perhaps trillions – of dollars every year over and above the costs of the official federal outlays that dominate the [current] policy debate.”

Just how many billions and trillions the regulatory state costs, and has cost, the American economy has been put into perspective by two economists in their paper, “Federal Regulation and Aggregate Economic Growth,” published in the June issue of the Journal of Economic Growth. Rather than count the cost in dollars, the authors, John W. Dawson and John J. Seater, take a unique approach and attempt to measure how much lower Americans’ standard of living is today compared to what it would be if regulations had stayed at the level they were in 1949, the starting point of their study. Their conclusion? The average American household’s income would be $27,500 a month instead of the $4,400 a month that it is currently.

In their study they count the pages of federal regulations from 1949 through 2005 and discover that they have grown by 600 percent, slowing the economy by an estimated two percent every year. In simple terms, today’s economy, which produces about $17 trillion in goods and services every year, would instead be producing almost $55 trillion. And the authors apologize that their study doesn’t reflect state and local regulations during that period as the effort that would have been required to collect and analyze them as well would have greatly exceeded their time and resources.

In a word, incomes and standard of living for the average American family would be even higher than they estimate, had that data been available. They also note that the avalanche of regulations under the Bush and Obama administrations were not included as part of their study.

There were only four years in that 56-year span when federal regulations declined: once under Reagan, and three under Clinton. In every other year, regulations increased, moving from 19,335 pages in 1949 to 134,261 in 2005.

Ronald Bailey, the science correspondent for Reason magazine and the author of “Global Warming and Other Eco-Myths,” evaluated the loss in standard of living in a different way but came to same conclusion. By adding two percent to the real historical 3.2 percent annual rate of growth in America’s economy from 1949 through 2011 – and then doing the math – he found that America’s economic output would be $49 trillion, just slightly below the $53.9 trillion estimated by Dawson and Seater. Bailey notes coyly:

Whatever the benefits of regulation [may be], an average household income of $330,000 per year would buy a lot in the way of health care, art, housing, environmental protection, and other amenities.

Bailey then speculated as to why governments do this to their citizens. He came up with three theories: politicians attempting to improve social welfare by correcting “market failures”; companies capturing control of the agencies regulating them in order to exclude competitors and increase their profits; and politicians seeking to increase their power.

There is, of course, a fourth theory not mentioned by Bailey but supported by the political reality of the emerging totalitarianism extant in the country. David Horowitz, in his explosive pamphlet “From Shadow Party to Shadow Government,” tracks the intents, purposes, and actions of a primary driver behind the current political scene, George Soros, and concludes that his agenda could essentially be distilled down to three overriding themes: the diminution of American power, the subjugation of American sovereignty in favor of one world government, and the implementation of a socialist redistribution of wealth.

This has been a common theme for decades, first exposed to light when a committee of Congress, the Reece Committee, investigated tax-exempt foundations in the early 1950s. Norman Dodd, the chief investigator for the committee, talked with Rowan Gaither, then-president of the Ford Foundation, who explained:

Mr. Dodd, all of us here at the policy-making level of the foundation have at one time or another served in the OSS (the Office of Strategic Services, the forerunner of the CIA) or [in] the European Economic Administration, operating under directives from the White House.

We operate under those same directives….

The substance of [those directives] is that we shall use our grant-making power to so alter life in the United States that we can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union [in a one-world government].

All that the authors of the report published by the Journal of Economic Growth and the analysis by Bailey have done is to show just how successful those directives have been, and what they have cost Americans in unattained standards of living far beyond those being enjoyed today.

 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

The Carpet-Bombing of the American Mind

0

USG (we have become a nation of acronyms, my sentimental favorites being NSA, CIA, JSOC, POTUS, the more acronymic the more sinister, dangerous, anonymous, lacking in accountability) thinks–and acts–big, no selective application of surveillance to individuals under well-defined principles and regulations, but total saturation so that the exercise becomes more than itself, more than information-gathering to detect real and potential subversion, as problematic as that may be, and instead, an exercise in thought control, intimidation, a process of internalized restraint to achieve an acquiescent citizenry, willing to accept, and thereby cementing its complicity in, the illegal application of force and power on those who have been declared enemies, domestic and foreign, of the State. This saturation of surveillance (in many ways analogous to the Big Lie technique, the greater the scope and practice, the more receding from view, as though, wrapped in secrecy, until now, standing on its head traditional concepts of liberty and freedom growing more distant and difficult to recognize) insidiously erodes the foundation of social justice by raising the individual’s fear of detection of his/her thoughts, the moment they even border on political-social criticism, as somehow unworthy of a now self-imposed standard of patriotism. We jump through hoops, apparently satisfied that we have made peace with an all-powerful government whose mantra is, “we have struck a balance between security and privacy,” all with knowing-wink that security is fully intended to trump privacy, the latter merely a liberal rhetorical convenience to ease the way to abject conformity disguised as the normalization of consumerism and identification with the purposes of the nation’s political-economic-military leadership. Exceptionalism filtering down, on condition of good behavior.

The Snowden Revelations, highly deserving of capitalization, tear the cover away of incipient American totalitarianism, a structural-ideological condition seemingly unstoppable of actualization in light of the prevailing and historically developing configuration of power-interests centered on the militarization of an advanced-capitalist formation merging wealth concentration and, for its security (the security that really counts on the part of elite groups!), an aggressive foreign-policy design featuring the acquisition of markets, investments, raw materials on advantageous terms in a global order in which capitalism itself as a universal system is meant to flourish, free from the threats of alternative modes of modernization, including socialism, and in which the US maintains supremacy as the single world leader enforcing the ground rules of international conduct and domestic tranquility (i.e., nonrevolutionary, nay, nonradical behavior). By that token, surveillance at home (and abroad) is inextricably bound up with intervention, both driving forces for making American capitalism work, and integral to that, giving permanence to an hierarchical social system organized according to class-differentiations of wealth, status, and power, in the name of market fundamentalism.

Jump, Fido, jump, and the biscuit is yours. Swooshing up metadata is the operant formula of achieving “security,” deserving of quotation marks because its opposite is true, not freedom from fear or anxiety, but fear and anxiety writ large, with personal knowledge of the self an open book to government agents, inspectors, officials, all custodians of public virtue and therefore, social control. Our leadership is time-tested, having gone through an educational process of pleasing, and satisfying the concerns of, Vested Interests (thank you, Veblen, a century ago, for delineating the structure of power and its ideological complexion), so that in climbing the political ladder their respectability is assured, especially a thorough disconnect from the people they are presumed to serve. Surveillance bespeaks not simply contempt for privacy, but contempt for the human identity individuals seek to fashion, the one chance they have, in their lives, the act of living, before they die. Taking this away, in the name of a Greater Good, whether the promise of protection or the invitation to cheer on military triumphs, reeks of duplicity, the double-talk of freedom and servitude, one as cover for the other.

Obama is skilled at that. He has fine-tuned the machinery of government to assure that secrecy is the shield behind which Executive Power continuously expands, chiefly in the construction of the military and intelligence communities’ growing integration of purpose and operation, yes, the National-Security State, to become institutionalized on a permanent basis, the armed drone for targeted assassination as, according to the planning of he and John Brennan, the type form for binding future administrations to an acceptance of the doctrine of permanent war. There will always be enemies, always be terrorists, even if they happen to be ourselves, dissidents at home, whom, through surveillance, find themselves on hit lists constantly updated as standard procedure for legitimating the climate of fear and acceptance of war. That eventuality may seem far off, yet can be, and is being, done with impunity abroad, which augers poorly for erecting civil-liberties defenses at the water’s edge. Lawless conduct and norms have a way of metastasizing, precedents for barbarism (whether Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan, multiple cases in Latin America) established in one place spread as malignant growth reaching all the way to, here, the US body politic. Surveillance, secrecy, deceit, punitive treatment of whistleblowers, are the rational steps of incipient totalitarianism on-the-march, to hide its sins of commission (war) and omission (failure to address poverty, unemployment, climate change, business and banking regulation), a combination of failed, indeed, treacherous, leadership, unbeatable, so long as surveillance continues. Snowden is our David, in the fight against Goliath, where the overwhelming preponderance of force, subterfuge, the machinery and practice of thought control lie all to one side.

However, to be intimidated by that, is to hand the victory over to quite disreputable figures, with the military and big capital guarding their back, without a fight, nothing which would please them more and the System over which they preside. Surveillance is no ordinary stratagem of control, but a pathological desire (what I term elsewhere, “voyeuristic fascism”), sadistic in inspiration, to terrorize all with whom one disagrees, seeks to exercise superiority over, or, worse still and above all, derives pleasure in the hurt and depersonalization of others–usually, though not recognized by the perpetrator, as hatred of the self. In this case, an almost structural-historical self-hatred, compounded of the emptiness of life under consumerism, and the buried guilt of atrocities committed in the name of freedom. No wonder the official attitude toward Snowden; the Augean stable needs a thorough cleaning out, from POTUS to Pentagon to so-called regulatory agencies to Congress to the judicial system to paramilitary operations, to all the beneficiaries of surveillance and secrecy.

Norman Pollack is the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University. His new book, Eichmann on the Potomac, will be published by CounterPunch/AK Press in the fall of 2013.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

State Department Condemns China, Russia Over Human Trafficking

0

The U.S. State Department released its annual global human trafficking report June 20, and two countries – China and Russia – are angry with the United States for being downgraded from Tier 2 two to Tier 3 status, joining Iran, North Korea, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, and nearly a score of other nations noted for their severe human trafficking issues. The annual Trafficking in Persons (TIP) report ranks nearly 200 countries on their record of combatting various forms of human trafficking, and promises over the last nine years from China and Russia to improve their records have kept them precariously in the Tier 2 slot.

“Now, the State Department has dropped the two countries, along with Uzbekistan, to Tier 3,” reported World News, accusing “China of state-sponsored forced labor under the name ‘re-education through labor,’ as well as widespread sex trafficking,” and Russia of “using forced labor for projects related to the upcoming Winter Olympic Games in Sochi and forcing North Koreans to work in logging camps, under an agreement with the North Korean government.”

China’s notorious one-child policy – along with the resulting sex ratio of 118 males to 100 females – has dramatically increased the demand for “trafficking of foreign women as brides for Chinese men and for forced prostitution,” the report states. As for Russia, the report cited research from the Migration Research Center, which has estimated that one million people suffer under “exploitative” labor conditions in the former Soviet nation.

BBC News reported on the angry response from the two governments, with Russia expressing its “indignation” over the report, and one Chinese official calling the findings an example of “arbitrary judgment.” Hua Chunying, a spokeswoman for China’s foreign ministry, insisted that her country places “great importance to fighting all crimes of trafficking,” and said that the United States “should take an objective and impartial view of China’s efforts and stop making unilateral or arbitrary judgements of China.”

Similarly, Russia’s foreign ministry human rights envoy, Konstantin Dolgov, accused the United States of using “unacceptable methodology” in its latest TIP report, slotting countries in certain groups according to their supposed friendliness to the U.S. government. “In fighting organized crime, including countering trafficking,” Dolgov said in a statement, “Russian authorities will never follow instructions worked out in another country, let alone fulfill conditions presented nearly in the form of an ultimatum.”

The report charges that while Russian officials made “ad hoc” attempts to stem human trafficking, they had not “established any concrete system for the identification or care of trafficking victims.” As for China, the report acknowledges that although Beijing made steps toward raising the awareness of trafficking and to partner with some international efforts, it had failed to tackle extensive cases of both child and adult forced labor, and the ongoing problem of sex trafficking involving girls and women. “Despite … modest signs of interest in anti-trafficking reforms,” the report stated, “the Chinese government did not demonstrate significant efforts to comprehensively prohibit and punish all forms of trafficking and to prosecute traffickers.”

Bloomberg News reported that, according to the U.S. report, an estimated “27 million men, women, and children worldwide are trapped in some form of slavery – South Asian maids confined in Qatari homes against their will, children taken from school to work in Uzbek cotton fields, and Paraguayans forced into labor in Argentine sweatshops. Millions of women and children are trafficked for sex. Very few are even identified, a focus of this year’s report.”

Luis CdeBaca, who heads up the State Department’s Office to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons, insisted that everything his department does “is driven by finding and identifying these people.” He claimed to reporters that in 2012 those efforts resulted in the identification of at least 46,500 victims of human trafficking.

As for specifically targeting two nations with which the United Sates has had increasingly strained relations over the past year, CdeBaca said: “We trust that the relationship with these countries is a mature relationship. This is one of many issues with which we deal with these governments. While sometimes these truths can be hard to tell and hard to hear, at the same time we need to have an accurate and respectful dialogue with them on what can be done and what needs to be done.”

World News reported that “President Barack Obama has 90 days to determine whether to apply sanctions against the 21 countries currently on the Tier 3 list. Sanctions could range from restricting aid to removing U.S. backing for loans from the World Bank and International Monetary Fund.”

Among those offering guarded optimism about the latest annual report was David Abramowitz, director of the U.S.-based Alliance to End Slavery and Trafficking. “Frankly, we expected a number of these countries to be upgraded for geopolitical reasons,” he commented. “The Trafficking in Persons report is only effective when it’s honest.”

Photo: From the cover of the “Trafficking in Persons” report

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Star Witness Against Zimmerman Flops Big Time

0

The prosecution’s “star witness” against former neighborhood watchman George Zimmerman, accused of murder in the shooting death of Trayvon Martin, endured an embarrassing grilling both inside the Florida courtroom and in the national media. From potentially incriminating social-media posts publicized by reporters to major gaffes during her testimony, Rachel Jeantel, 19 (shown), has sparked even more criticism of what legal experts say appears to be an overzealous bid to convict Zimmerman regardless of the evidence supporting his claims of self-defense.

First, reporters uncovered a Twitter account used by Jeantel, who was on the phone with Martin shortly before he was killed and has been repeatedly described as prosecutors’ “star” witness in the case. While dozens of the expletive-laced and potentially incriminating messages were deleted or “scrubbed” in recent days, the controversial posts were captured by journalists before being taken down. Jeantel tweeted about everything from “getting high” and drug use to underage drinking and apparent drunk driving.

Inside the courtroom, matters went even worse for prosecutors. Among other controversies, the key witness was forced to admit in cross-examination that she could not understand the handwriting in a letter that she supposedly “wrote” about the killing. “I don’t read cursive,” she responded when Zimmerman’s defense attorney asked Jeantel if she could read the document. The witness claimed that a friend had helped her write it, but media accounts said the explosive revelation sent a “hush” through the courtroom.

Jeantel’s testimony also revealed other major holes in the prosecution’s case. For example, while the establishment media and race-profiteers have been fiendishly trying to paint Zimmerman, who is Hispanic, as a racist, Jeantel said that Martin had in fact made a racist comment about Zimmerman over the phone. According to the witness, Martin told her there was a “creepy-a** cracker” following him. Cracker, of course, is generally considered a racist term used to describe whites.     

There were also some apparent contradictions in Jeantel’s story – major ones. During her testimony, for instance, she claimed that shortly before the shooting, she heard Martin ask Zimmerman “why are you following me?” After that, Jeantel claimed she heard Martin tell Zimmerman to “get off!” Under cross-examination by the defense, however, Jeantel alleged that she had not mentioned the supposed remarks in earlier statements because she did not think they were important. In a taped interview with prosecutors before the trial, Jeantel had also said she “couldn’t hear” Martin tell Zimmerman to get off. 

While on the witness stand, Jeantel even admitted to telling several lies under oath. Defense attorney Don West pointed out that the witness, who had known Martin since elementary school, lied to Martin’s mother about her age, claiming she was 16 when she was in fact two years older than that. Jeantel also told Martin’s mother that she did not attend the funeral due to hospitalization, which was untrue as well. The witness claimed the lies were told because of how she felt.

Unsurprisingly, defense attorneys seized on the testimony to argue that Jeantel was an unreliable witness. West, co-counsel for Zimmerman, also suggested that Jeantel did not call the police after hearing the confrontation “because Trayvon Martin started the fight, and you knew that.” Jeantel responded by denying the accusation and saying she did not know what West was talking about. Eventually, Jeantel was finally forced to admit under oath that she did not know who started the fight. 

In the court of public opinion, meanwhile, the “star” witness was being grilled as well. The Smoking Gun, an online service that publicizes “exclusive documents,” managed to track down Jeantel’s profiles on social media services. In a series of explosive reports, the site exposed numerous Twitter posts by the witness that were embarrassing at the very least – and incriminating at worst. The account was promptly scrubbed, but the damage was done.

“Party time let get high,” one of the posts read. Another said: “Omg everybody high” followed by “Lol we going to hell for smoke on Sunday I need some more drink.” Separate tweets apparently referring to driving while under the influence were also deleted. “I hope I dnt hit no one tonight lord plz watch my driving,” Jeantel reportedly wrote. “Just got home thank u lord good night,” she added later. Numerous pictures and expletive-filled comments were deleted as well.

Legal experts have been blasting the prosecution and its alleged ethical violations since long before the trial began. In the wake of Jeantel’s embarrassing testimony, however, more than a few analysts even suggested the witness and her statements may have actually benefited Zimmerman. Kevin Martin, a member of the conservative-leaning Project 21 black leadership network, which was formed after the L.A. riots, was among the commentators suggesting that Jeantel could have hurt the prosecution.

“To say that Miss Jeantel’s testimony was anything other than a fiasco would be an understatement,” Martin said in statement distributed by the National Center for Public Policy Research. “The prosecution did a real disservice to the memory of Trayvon Martin in apparently not preparing Rachel Jeantel well enough to testify. To the casual observer, it seems that Miss Jeantel did not have any understanding of the gravity of testifying in this trial.”

Meanwhile, Jeantel’s demeanor in court – described in media reports as “annoyed,” “confused,” “combative,” “hostile,” and more – was probably not helpful to prosecutors either. Among the more controversial comments: referring to the defense attorney as “the bald man” and answering questions with remarks like “that’s retarded.”

“Her seeming contempt for the proceedings of the court itself was detrimental,” Project 21’s Martin continued. “While some outside observers were very critical of the defense’s tactics early on, it must be remembered that the burden is not really on the defense here as much as it is on the prosecution to prepare their star witness. It seems that did not happen here.”

Some legal analysts suggested that West may have been too hard on Jeantel during cross examination – especially considering the controversial selection of an all-female jury, which might sympathize with her. At one point, for example, the defense asked the witness whether she was feeling OK after the previous day’s testimony. In a question that might have sounded like it was aimed at making Jeantel sound ridiculous, West asked her “what wet grass sounds like,” a question based on her previous statements.

The defendant has argued from the start that Martin brutally attacked him and bashed his head on the ground on February 26, 2012, leading Zimmerman, 29, to shoot in self-defense. Photographs of the injuries and other evidence appear to corroborate those claims, legal experts have said. Zimmerman was not even arrested until more than 40 days after the incident – not until race-profiteers and deceptive media coverage tried to inject alleged racism into the case.

The prosecution, meanwhile, is trying to prove that Zimmerman profiled the unarmed 17-year-old, followed him, and then murdered him with a “depraved mind showing no regard for human life.” With much of the key evidence now out in the open – Jeantel’s testimony, the 911 call, and more – the trial is expected to last at least another week, possibly more.

The judge ruled that defense attorneys cannot talk about Martin’s history of drug use, school suspensions, and more. Also not admissible: testimony based on novel techniques that could supposedly identify Martin as the person screaming that night. If convicted by the jury on charges of second-degree murder, Zimmerman could face life in prison.

Photo of Rachel Jeantel: AP Images

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Amid Controversy, Zimmerman Murder Trial Begins

Judge in Trayvon Martin Case Rules Some Evidence Off Limits

First Anniversary of Florida Shooting Still Raises Questions

Zimmerman Injury Photo Raises Questions About Prosecution, Media

Racists Prepare for “Race War” Over Florida Shooting

Experts Weigh in After Four Witnesses in Trayvon Martin Case Change Story

Medical Report Shows Martin Attacked Zimmerman

Dershowitz: Prosecutor Should Drop Charges Against Zimmerman

Democrat Anti-Self-Defense “Trayvon Amendment” on Hold, For Now

“Stand Your Ground” and Self Defense

Florida “Stand Your Ground” Task Force Meets, Democrat Wants Changes

Anti-Gun Zealots Exploit Florida Tragedy

UN “Human Rights” Boss Questions Fla. Law, Demands Justice for Trayvon

Prosecutors In Zimmerman Case Release Affidavit, But Face Trouble Getting Conviction

Zimmerman Charged With Second-Degree Murder

Republished with permission from:: The New American

House and Senate Bills Would Block Military Aid to Syria

0

As the Obama administration rushes to deploy the U.S. military in Egypt in defiance of Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution, Representative Thomas Massie (R-Ky.) and Senator Tom Udall (D-N.M.) have offered bills that would block the pipeline of U.S. military aid flowing to al-Qaeda in Syria.

Joined by Republican Representatives Justin Amash (Mich.), Walter Jones (N.C.), Ted Yoho (Fla.), Phil Roe (Tenn.), Mo Brooks (Ala.), Joe Pitts (Penn.), Mark Meadows (N.C.), Scott DesJarlais (Tenn.), and Louie Gohmert (Texas), Representative Massie introduced H.R. 2507, a measure that points out the president’s violation of the separation of powers – particularly regarding the authority to declare war – in the supplying of military arms and funds to Syrian forces opposing the al-Assad government.

As Massie explained in a statement announcing the bill:

Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution gives Congress – not the President – the power to declare war. But the President recently announced his intention to send arms to the rebels in Syria fighting President Bashar al-Assad’s regime. H.R. 2507, the War Powers Protection Act of 2013, prohibits any military assistance to Syrian opposition forces unless Congress issues a formal declaration of war pursuant to Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution.

Since our national security interests in Syria are unclear, we risk giving money and military assistance to our enemies. Additionally, all military action must be authorized by Congress. The American people deserve open debate by their elected officials.

Justin Amash, one of the bill’s cosponsors, echoed Massie’s understanding of the Constitution and the power to declare war:

The Constitution empowers Congress – and only Congress – to declare war. Congress has not declared war against Syria or otherwise authorized force in that country, yet the President unilaterally has decided to arm the Syrian rebels. His action is unconstitutional and must be stopped.

Massie’s bill is particularly timely given President Obama’s announcement that he will authorize the shipment of U.S. military material to “rebels” in Syria.

Another of the bill’s cosponsors recognizes a departure from the principles followed by our Founding Fathers and worries that such deviations will have predictable results. “We should follow the advice of our Founders and pursue honest and open trade with all nations, while avoiding entanglement in their conflicts. By arming Syria, we are escalating a problem that is not our fight,” Representative Ted Yoho (R-Fla.) told The New American. “When we interfered in the war between Iraq and Iran, we ended up helping create the Saddam Hussein regime that we then spent precious American blood and treasure to topple. When we chose Afghanistan over Russia, we started a process that ended up creating al-Qaeda,” explained Yoho.

There is the rub.

As part of the National Defense Authorization Act of 2012, Congress declared that anyone suspected of aiding or supporting al-Qaeda, the Taliban, and associated forces was subject to indefinite detention. Apparently, this law applies to journalists, but not to members of Congress.

If the law did apply to the lawmakers, there would be hundreds of members of Congress voting in absentia from federal prisons.

The effort to enforce the Constitution’s separation of powers and prevent the president from unilaterally sending troops and military aid to foreign forces is underway on the Senate side, as well.

Less than a week before Massie offered his bill, Senators Tom Udall (D-N.M.), Mike Lee (R-Utah), Chris Murphy (D-Conn.), and Rand Paul (R-Ky.) introduced a bipartisan measure that would prohibit the president from using any funds on activities that would escalate U.S. involvement in the Syrian civil war.

Specifically, the bill would ban the Department of Defense, the CIA, and all other intelligence agencies from “funding any military, paramilitary or covert operations in Syria.” 

According to a press release issued by one of the bill’s cosponsors, Senator Rand Paul:

All four Senators have spoken out strongly in opposition to President Obama’s decision to arm rebel groups in Syria. Udall, Murphy and Paul, all members of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, cast the lone votes in Committee against authorizing the President to arm and train rebels fighting the forces of President Bashar al-Assad in an ongoing civil war.

Senator Udall explained his opposition to the president’s arming of Syrian rebels:

I am deeply disturbed by the current situation in Syria and atrocities committed by President Assad’s regime and other militant groups inside Syria. The ongoing humanitarian tragedy deserves the attention of the international community.

But there are too many questions about how the president’s decision to arm the Syrian rebels will be handled, and unfortunately many of those answers are being kept secret. We don’t know where the money is coming from, who the arms are going to, and whether the arms are going to individuals who have the capabilities to maintain a chain of custody of those weapons. This would not be acceptable in any standard sale of weapons to another government and should definitely not be acceptable for sales to rebel groups we know little about.

We need to place a check on the President’s unilateral decision to arm the rebels, while still preserving humanitarian aid and assistance to the Syrian people, and that is why I’m introducing this bill.

Bottom line: We should not get involved in another civil war in the Middle East without a clear national security interest.

Senator Mike Lee worries that these arms will flow directly into the hands of those elements of the Syrian opposition that are associated with al-Qaeda:

The conflict in Syria has been going on for over two years, yet there are many questions surrounding the composition and goals of Syrian opposition groups and the interests of U.S. national security that need answers. Any military involvement in Syria, including the arming of Syrian rebels, needs to be authorized through Congress, where concerns can be publicly debated and the American people can have a say. We have to ensure that we are not arming extremist groups who seek to cause chaos in the region and harm the United States and our allies. The long-term objectives of increased involvement in Syria are vague, as are the necessary commitments and costs. The United States cannot be involved in more nation building in the Middle East.

Senator Paul echoed his colleagues’ concerns.

The president’s unilateral decision to arm Syrian rebels is incredibly disturbing, considering what little we know about whom we are arming. Engaging in yet another conflict in the Middle East with no vote or Congressional oversight compounds the severity of this situation. The American people deserve real deliberation by their elected officials before we send arms to a region rife with extremists who seek to threaten the U.S. and her allies.

In an exclusive interview with The New American in May, Senator Paul pointed out the irony in the fact that the original Authorization for the Use of Military Force (AUMF) enacted after September 11, 2001 called for finding and destroying al-Qaeda, while the legislation passed on May 21 by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee would arm known associates of that very organization. “These people [Syrian rebels] will say they love America knowing that that’s how to get weapons. They lie to us and then shoot us in the back,” Paul explained.

Representative Massie’s bill is currently pending before the House Foreign Affairs, Armed Services, and Intelligence committees for consideration of such provisions as fall within the jurisdiction of the committee concerned.

Senator Udall’s legislation – the Protecting Americans From the Proliferation of Weapons to Terrorists Act of 2013 – is awaiting consideration by the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence.

Americans interested in restoring the balance and the separation of power as set forth in the Constitution, should contact their representatives and senators and encourage them to vote in favor of the Massie or Udall bills.

 Photo is of cutaway hand grenades

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Turkey police nab four protesters

0

Riot police gather in front of anti-government protesters in central Ankara, on June 28, 2013.

Turkish police have arrested four protesters as anti-government rallies continue in the capital, Ankara.

On Friday, police also used tear gas and water cannons to disperse hundreds of protesters in the Dikmen residential district of the capital.

Å“Several hundred people had gathered and booed the government and they did not want to leave until late in the night,” said a protester.

Local media said the protesters set up barricades to block the traffic in the area.

On Thursday, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bekir Bozdag said authorities were questioning people who allegedly insulted government officials or provoked violence on social media.

On the same day, Turkeyâ„¢s Aksam newspaper reported that the police had provided to Istanbul prosecutors a list of 35 names of people who had allegedly insulted the countryâ„¢s Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan or other officials on Twitter or Facebook.

On Wednesday, Turkish riot police nabbed 16 anti-government protesters, who had congregated in the Dikmen district.

The unrest in Turkey began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at the Taksim Square to protest against the proposal to demolish Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

Four people, including a police officer, have died in the clashes and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been injured.

MAM/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Obama Administration Misleads Citizens About Exact Keystone XL Tar Sands Pipeline Route

0

The precise route of TransCanada’s Keystone XL tar sands pipeline remains shrouded in mystery.

Of course, both TransCanada and the U.S. State Department have revealed basic Keystone XL route maps. And those who follow the issue closely know the pipeline would carry Alberta’s tar sands diluted bitumen or “dilbit” southward to Port Arthur, TX refineries and then be exported to the global market.

But the real path is still a secret: the actual route of KXL is still cloaked in secrecy. Case in point: the travails of Thomas Bachand, Founder and Director of the Keystone Mapping Project.

“I started out wanting to scout the route for a potential photography project. So I went looking for a map, and discovered there wasn’t one,” Bachand explained in a Nov. 2012 interview with National Public Radio. ”I went over to the State Department website, and found some great information, but then I discovered there wasn’t any route information.”

His experience with TransCanada was even worse.

“TransCanada [also gave me] the runaround. Their excuse was that [releasing the information] was a national security risk, which is just a joke.”

Due to lack of transparency on the part of President Barack Obama’s State Department and TransCanada, what was once merely an ambitous photo-journalism project has morphed into a full-fledged muckraking effort — and a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request battle royale — that’s now lasted about a year and a half for Bachand. The State Department still has yet to give him the goods.

“I was initially told that 8-12 months was a typical turn around time for a FOIA,” Bachand explained to DeSmogBlog in an interview. ”Keep in mind that many FOIA requests to the State Dept. require extensive searches through years of diplomatic cables. My request deals with a single project handled by a single department.”

Why the long delay on such a seemingly straight-forward request?

“I have been told that the main obstacle to my FOIA request with the Dept. of State for the…Keystone XL is that the information is ‘politically sensitive,’” Bachand explained of the situation in a June 26, 2012 blog post.

Missing the Forest for the Trees?

Bachand believes even the most ardent advocates fending off KXL are missing the forest for the trees on the State Dept. KXL Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS).

The SEIS was penned by Environmental Resources Management (ERM Group), a dues-paying member of the American Petroleum Institute (API) which said KXL will have negligible climate change impacts, along with two other industry-tied contractors. API has spent $22 million lobbying on behalf of its members on KXL and tar sands since its initial June 2008 proposal, on top of the cash it has spent on its relentless public relations and advertising efforts. 

“What’s been lost in the debate over the Keystone is that, as written, the EIS makes it impossible to determine the project’s environmental impacts,” Bachand told DeSmogBlog in an interview. ”As all key features and landmarks are referenced to the nearest pipeline milepost marker, without milepost marker longitude and latitude data, one cannot make sense of the report.”

As of now, U.S. citizens aren’t even privy to information as basic as what water bodies the pipeline crosses, Bachand says. As seen in Mayflower, AR — when tens of thousands of gallons of tar sands crude from ExxonMobil’s Pegasus Pipeline spilled into Lake Conway from a pipeline few even knew existed until the latest “dilbit disaster” — knowledge is power and lack of it vice versa. Not knowing the exact route of the pipeline leaves impacted communities unable to anticipate threats to waterways where their local knowledge would be invaluable.

“Waterbody crossings are another key feature that is largely missing,” Bachand explained to DeSmog. “If the pipeline crossed a mile upstream from one’s property, or neighborhood, or community park, or aquifer, most people would want to know about it. Keep in mind that I am only looking at GIS data. One has to wonder what else is missing from the EIS.”

Bachand also believes that President Obama’s statement about deciding the fate of KXL exclusively on its climate change impact — at the expense of numerous significant ecological impacts — is foolhardy.

“Obama said that the KXL would only be approved if it did not contribute to climate change in his Climate Action Plan speech,” Bachand said. “Yet, one cannot determine global impacts without first giving due diligence to the immediate environmental impacts. Also, by focusing strictly on the impact of tar sands on the climate, pipeline opponents largely disassociate the debate from the pipeline’s ecological impacts.”

Next Steps for Bachand on Keystone Mapping Project

Although FOIA battles over basic KXL details were never the initial intention of Bachand’s project, he is now committed to work on the project for months, if not years to come.

“The project remains a work in progress. Of course I would like to see the mapping component completed, but as it is, it communicates the ‘incompleteness’ of both the Keystone concept and our policies on land and energy use,” he said in discussing his next steps. “If I can secure funding I would like to travel the pipeline route with the goal of producing a book and gallery exhibit.”

Bachand sees KXL as a climate change symbol — and as he’s learned, a symbol of broken democracy — with much significance beyond the immediate pipeline itself.

“KXL has become emblematic of our inability to reconcile world demand for fossil fuels and the environmental imperatives imposed upon modern civilization,” he said. “I’m glad TransCanada chose to name it the Keystone. It’s a perfect metaphor in so many ways.”

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Wesley Clark Says American People Like NSA Stasi State Spying On Them

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

On Thursday, CNN’s Erin Burnett continued the establishment’s propaganda onslaught against the “leaker” Edward Snowden. After fatuously mischaracterizing Snowden as a “hacker,” Brown introduced former General Wesley Clark and Peter Brookes of the Heritage Foundation, the lobbying outfit that takes money from the neocon Scaife Foundations run by the CIA operative and Operation Mockingbird asset Richard Mellon Scaife.

Clark, a notorious war criminal who used cluster bombs and depleted uranium on civilians during his rein as the Supreme Commander of NATO forces, said the American people love the idea of the government illegally and unconstitutionally spying on them. Clark told Burnett the “American people are solidly behind the prism program and all that’s going on,” never mind numerous polls indicating the American people are steadfastly opposed to the government’s surveillance programs.

Brookes underscored the establishment’s claim that Snowden is a spy guilty of espionage despite the fact he is not accused of working for a foreign government. “He’s a 30-year-old spy. He’s been charged with espionage,” Brookes insisted.

Clark and Brookes are part of the establishment media echo chamber declaring Edward Snowden is a traitor for revealing the unconstitutional behavior of government and its Stasi state apparatus. From The New Yorker to MSNBC and Politico and beyond, the corporate media is focusing on Snowden — his idiosyncrasies, his girlfriend, even the fact he did not finish high school — while ignoring the serial criminality of the NSA, the Obama administration and Congress.

“Only because of Snowden do we know that our government is storing records of our phone data that can be mined for God only knows how long,” writes Kirsten Powers for The Daily Beast.

In fact, we have known for a long time about the government — more specifically, the national security state — spying on the American people, commencing soon after its inception in 1947 and mushrooming under quaintly named programs such as Project SHAMROCK and sister program Project MINARET. Enough evidence was revealed by the Senate’s Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities back in 1976 to implicate the government in this sort of elicit behavior, but thanks to the establishment media and the public miseducation system millions of Americans are blissfully unaware of the crimes of the national security state.

As a side note, the above linked Senate report is flagged as a “badware” website by Google. “Many kinds of badware aren’t visible or obvious, and they can install silently as soon as you visit an infected page. Google’s detection systems are VERY accurate. We suggest you don’t visit the site again until the owner resolves the problem!”

In other words, Google thinks it is very accurate at steering folks away from the truth, in this instance documentary evidence that the government has long spied on the American people.

Google, as a trusted appendage of the national security state, has a vested interest in diverting the unsuspecting away from the truth the same as CNN, the consistently featherbrained Erin Burnett and government apologists Wesley Clark and Peter Brookes.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 10:17 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Is Edward Snowden a Lawbreaker?

0

Most people believe that Edward Snowden, who has confirmed that the U.S. government spies on us, broke the law. Even many of his defenders concede this.

While in one sense the statement “Snowden broke the law” may be trivially true, in another, deeper sense it is untrue. He may  have violated the terms of legislation passed by Congress and signed by a president (criminal intent would have to be proved), but a venerable line of thought says legislation is not the same thing as law. (F.A. Hayek drew the distinction, obviously, in Law, Legislation, and Liberty, volume 1: “Unlike law itself, which has never been ‘invented’ in the same sense, the invention of legislation came relatively late in the history of mankind.”) Legislation may reflect the law, but it may also contradict it. In this line of thought, which dates back to antiquity, “law” refers to natural law. Any legislative product that conflicts with the natural law, so this philosophical tradition holds, is no law at all.

Auburn University philosopher Roderick Long points out that the principle lex injusta non est lex– an unjust law is not a law –

was once, and indeed for over two millennia, the dominant position in western philosophy of law.… This doctrine was upheld by Socrates, Plato, and Xenophon, by the Stoics and by Cicero, by Augustine and Aquinas, and by Blackstone as well. The traditional idea was that law must be distinguished from mere force by its authority, and that nothing unjust could have genuine authority. [“Inside and Outside Spooner’s Jurisprudence”; link will download an unpublished paper in Word format.]

The great American libertarian political philosopher Lysander Spooner (1808—1887) applied this principle in his characteristically consistent and rigorous manner. Indeed, Long notes that Spooner took the principle further than his predecessors “because traditional natural law theory recognises positive law as an additional source of obligation,” while Spooner’s post-Civil War writing “maintains that legislators cannot add any new obligations to the body of law.” (In his paper, Long distinguishes between Spooner’s prewar and postwar thinking on the relationship between natural law and positive law, but says “the difference … is not as great as it might appear.” See the paper for details.)

In 1882 Spooner defined natural law as “the science of justice” discoverable by reason:

the science of all human rights; of all a man’s rights of person and property; of all his rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

It is the science which alone can tell any man what he can, and cannot, do; what he can, and cannot, have; what he can, and cannot, say, without infringing the rights of any other person.

It is the science of peace; and the only science of peace; since it is the science which alone can tell us on what conditions mankind can live in peace, or ought to live in peace, with each other.

In his 1886 “A Letter to Grover Cleveland,” Spooner elaborated on what natural law is:

Let me then remind you that justice is an immutable, natural principle; and not anything that can be made, unmade, or altered by any human power.

It is also a subject of science, and is to be learned, like mathematics, or any other science. It does not derive its authority from the commands, will, pleasure, or discretion of any possible combination of men, whether calling themselves a government, or by any other name.

It is also, at all times, and in all places, the supreme law. And being everywhere and always the supreme law, it is necessarily everywhere and always the only law.

But if that is so, where does it leave the so-called “lawmakers,” the people who solemnly issue decrees from their exalted seats in Congress, state legislatures, and city councils?

Lawmakers, as they call themselves, can add nothing to it, nor take anything from it. Therefore all their laws, as they call them, – that is, all the laws of their own making, – have no color of authority or obligation. It is a falsehood to call them laws; for there is nothing in them that either creates men’s duties or rights, or enlightens them as to their duties or rights. There is consequently nothing binding or obligatory about them. And nobody is bound to take the least notice of them, unless it be to trample them under foot, as usurpations.

Nothing binding or obligatory can be found in those decrees as such, Spooner said. In other words, the obligations of natural law – essentially not to trespass on the person and property of others – preexist and are not the result of anything that legislators say.

And if perchance Congress should pass a law that coincides with the natural law?

If they command men to do justice, they add nothing to men’s obligation to do it, or to any man’s right to enforce it. They are therefore mere idle wind, such as would be commands to consider the day as day, and the night as night.

Statutes forbidding murder, rape, torture, and theft, then, are redundant, adding nothing to our natural obligations as human beings. But legislation consistent with justice is the exception, not the rule. What, then, is the status of “laws” that contravene the natural law? Spooner answered,

If they command or license any man to do injustice, they are criminal on their face. If they command any man to do anything which justice does not require him to do, they are simple, naked usurpations and tyrannies. If they forbid any man to do anything, which justice could permit him to do, they are criminal invasions of his natural and rightful liberty. In whatever light, therefore, they are viewed, they are utterly destitute of everything like authority or obligation. They are all necessarily either the impudent, fraudulent, and criminal usurpations of tyrants, robbers, and murderers, or the senseless work of ignorant or thoughtless men, who do not know, or certainly do not realize, what they are doing.…

It is intrinsically just as false, absurd, ludicrous, and ridiculous to say that lawmakers, so-called, can invent and make any laws, of their own, authoritatively fixing, or declaring, the rights of individuals, or that shall be in any manner authoritative or obligatory upon individuals, or that individuals may rightfully be compelled to obey, as it would be to say that they can invent and make such mathematics, chemistry, physiology, or other sciences, as they see fit, and rightfully compel individuals to conform all their actions to them, instead of conforming them to the mathematics, chemistry, physiology, or other sciences of nature.

The “laws” that prohibit Edward Snowden (or anyone else) from telling us that the NSA routinely collects our telephone data and has access to our Internet records are decrees of the kind that “forbid any man to do anything, which justice could permit him to do.” They are therefore “criminal invasions of his natural and rightful liberty.”

Snowden should be left free, and those responsible for the spy programs should face justice.

Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation (www.fff.org) in Fairfax, Va. He can be reached through his blog, Free Association.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

The Dishonesties of Isaiah Berlin

0

David Caute, author of Isaac and Isaiah: the Covert Punishment of a Cold War Heretic, has long been a historian of ideas and a novelist. I always preferred the latter persona, in particular Comrade Jacob, a generally sympathetic account of Winstanley and the Diggers during the English Revolution (his history tutor at Oxford was Christopher Hill). Caute was alienated by fanaticism of any sort. Passions paralyzed reason. The need for certainties often meant the abandonment of truth. The logic of all this is that opinions are preferable to convictions. But opinions, even if slyly expressed, are never built on air. Some of these characteristics are on display again in his new, fascinating account of a spat between two intellectuals–conservative and marxist— in the early Sixties. The debate is an old one. A French friend who died a few years ago used to tell me that a great deal revolved on one’s attitude to ‘the masses’: what his great-grandfather called the ‘rabble’, his grandfather referred to as ‘Communards’ and his children were being taught was ‘terrorism’.

Caute has expanded a cold war footnote has been expanded into an entire volume and has performed a valuable service for all students of the period. The work is essentially a portrait of the late Sir Isaiah Berlin with whom the author shared a perch at All Souls College, Oxford and where they occasionally engaged in lofty conversations. One of the less elevated talks concerned Isaac Deutscher. It troubled Caute at the time.

The liberal political philosopher, Isaiah Berlin and the Marxist historian, Isaac Deutscher were both asylum seekers, given refuge and residence in Britain during the early decades of the last century. That was about all they had in common. Their intellectual trajectories pointed in opposite directions. Berlin was escaping the Russian Revolution. Deutscher was in flight from the armies of the Third Reich, poised to take Poland. Both of them were Jews, the first a Zionist, who annoyed Chaim Weizmann by refusing all his requests to shift to Tel Aviv as an adviser, the second famously defined himself as a ‘non-Jewish Jew’, and despite arguing with Ben Gurion, remained sympathetic to Israel till the 1967 war. His next-of-kin had perished in the camps. His surviving relations lived in Israel. He died later that year at 60. His last interview in the New Left Review took the form of a prescient warning to Israel, comparing its intransigence to that of old Prussia:

“To justify or condone Israel’s wars against the Arabs is to render Israel a very bad service indeed and harm its own long-term interest…The Germans have summed up their own experience in the bitter phrase ‘Man kann sich totseigen!’ ‘You can triumph yourself to death’.”

Sir Isaiah Berlin became an influential figure in British and American public life. To this day he is worshipped by Silvers et al at the NYRB. His packed early morning lectures on Marx that one attended at Oxford were bracing. He was a witty raconteur, intelligent and not averse to replying to hostile questions. His speaking style was confected, a parody of an upper class English voice replete with stutter and a disjointed laugh. Even his loyal biographer, Michael Ignatieff, was compelled to remark on his over-the-top Anglophilia. He was a liberal fanatic, a staunch empire loyalist, gliding effortlessly from Britain to the United States when the time came. He was at his happiest when close to power, an berlininstinctive courtier, unless insulted or ignored. During the 1970’s he was invited to Iran, then under the iron heel of the Shah, when dissidents were being hung naked or toasted on racks by the hated secret police. He accepted. His fee was never disclosed, but the subject of his talk, ‘On the Rise of Cultural Pluralism’ irritated the Empress Farah Dibah, no doubt after she realized that Vico and Herder were not brand names of the latest nail polish from Paris. He was barely halfway through his talk when the Empress signalled a courtier to bring her torture to an end. Berlin later confided to a friend that it was as ‘if stung by several wasps.’ Why did he go in the first place?

Berlin has been much written about. Michael Ignatieff’s 1998 biography was itself the subject of a savage assault by Christopher Hitchens in the London Review of Books, probably the finest essay he ever wrote, underlining all that Ignatieff had left out. This included justifications of the 1965 massacre of over a million Communists and other leftists in Indonesia as well as the horrors of the Vietnam war, a conflict planned and carried through by the liberal technocrats of the Democratic Party who Berlin adored. Isaac Deutscher has yet to find a biographer. Deeply hostile to American imperialism, he was never uncritical of the Soviet Union and, as a consequence, was often slandered in the Stalinist press. He had a visceral dislike of ex-Marxists who supposedly saw the light and became cold war pawns, subsidized by the CIA via the Congress for Cultural Freedom. Encounter was a particular bête-noire. Forced to live off free-lance earnings writing for The Economist and The Observer, Deutscher sometimes cut corners to meet a deadline, but the prose was always meticulous. His Trotsky trilogy is beautifully written, leading to comparisons with Joseph Conrad.

The everyday journalism detracted from his research. His disabled young boy needed specialist care and Deutscher had to write continuously to earn the money. That is one reason why he wanted the stability of a university post. He was offered one by the University of Sussex, but as I wrote at the time in The Black Dwarf, Berlin blackballed him. And as Caute reveals, consistently denied the accusation. His detailed excavation of the archives leaves no doubt whatsoever that Berlin lied. He was guilty as charged. When the Vice-Chancellor of Sussex consulted him on Deutscher, he let the guillotine drop without any hesitation: ‘The candidate of whom you speak is the only man whose presence in the same academic community as myself I should find morally intolerable.’ But he wanted to be helpful: he would not object to Eric Hobsbawm or C.Wright Mills. End of story. But why? It was not just the politics. Caute suggests, plausibly, that the reason for the bile was personal. Despite the mask and self-denigration, Berlin was insecure and vain. His first book, Historical Inevitabilty, was critically reviewed by Deutscher in the Observer. The insult would never be forgiven.

Caute’s account of Berlin’s earlier vendetta against Hannah Arendt is a real eye-opener. She and Albert Einstein had in 1948, together with other prominent Jewish intellectuals, criticized Israel for its encouragement of ‘fascist’ style nationalists who had carried out massacres in Deir Yassin and elsewhere. Berlin was a loyal Zionist from afar, Arendt was anything. But that could not be the only reason. She was never impressed by his intellect and may well have made this clear at some private gathering. Consulted by Faber and Faber as to whether they should publish The Human Condition, her book on political theory, Berlin responded: ‘I could recommend no publisher to buy the UK rights of this book. There are two objections to it: it will not sell and it is no good.’ The book was never published in the UK. Later when Eichmann in Jerusalem, created a storm in US literary circles, Berlin stoked his close friend John Sparrow (the Warden of All Souls) to rubbish it in the TLS (all reviews were at that time anonymous). Arendt and Mary McCarthy did some detective work, and discovered the identity of the reviewer. McCarthy wrote later that ‘Hannah was convinced that several passages could not be the work of a gentile.’

In Caute’s words, Berlin regarded Deutscher as a ‘specious, dishonest, arrogant charlatan and an enemy of Israel.’ He should have come clean, but ‘such was his high standing that the effect of the frankness might have been no less fatal.’ Readers of the book will judge for themselves which of them was the specious, dishonest, arrogant charlatan.

Tariq Ali is the author of The Obama Syndrome (Verso).

 This review originally appeared in the Guardian.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Venezuela renews asylum offer to Snowden

0

Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro has renewed his offer to grant asylum to American whistleblower Edward Snowden, who he hails as a Å“brave youth.”

Maduro also described Snowden’s actions as “the rebellion of truth,” and representative of “something that is happening among US youth.”

“If that young man needs humanitarian protection and believes that he can come to Venezuela,” then Venezuela “is prepared to protect this brave youth in a humanitarian way and so that humanity can learn the truth,” and his ordeal can end, Maduro said on Thursday.

In addition, Maduro threw his weight behind Ecuadorâ„¢s President Rafael Correa for his pullout of a trade pact with the United States on Thursday.

According to Correa, the decision was made after Ecuador became an instrument of Å“blackmail” by the United States.

Ecuadorâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino reported on June 26 that Snowdenâ„¢s asylum request could take months before his government could make a decision.

Snowden is currently in a transit zone at Moscowâ„¢s Sheremetyevo Airport where he arrived after leaving Hong Kong on June 23.

In the beginning of June, Snowden leaked two top secret US government spying programs under which the National Security Agency (NSA) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) are eavesdropping on millions of American and European phone records and the Internet data from major Internet companies such as Facebook, Yahoo, Google, Apple, and Microsoft.

Several US government officials including President Obama and FBI director Robert Mueller have defended the secret spying programs claiming that they are essential to the fight against terrorism.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Berlin Caute

0

berlin

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

FBI Document–“[DELETED]” Plots to Kill Occupy Leaders “If Deemed Necessary”

0

whowhatwhy.com
June 28, 2013

Would you be shocked to learn that the FBI apparently knew that some organization, perhaps even a law enforcement agency or private security outfit, had contingency plans to assassinate peaceful protestors in a major American city – and did nothing to intervene?

Would you be surprised to learn that this intelligence comes not from a shadowy whistle-blower but from the FBI itself — specifically, from a document obtained from Houston FBI office last December, as part of a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request filed by the Washington, DC-based Partnership for Civil Justice Fund?

To repeat: this comes from the FBI itself. The question, then, is: What did the FBI do about it?

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 10:05 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Congressman Walter Jones Introduces Resolution to Prohibit Use of War Power in Syria without Congressional Approval

0
WASHINGTON, D.C. — Yesterday, Congressman Walter B. Jones (NC-3) introduced a resolution to prohibit the use of war power against Syria without congressional authorization. H. Con. Res 40 emphasizes that declaring and appropriating funds for war is a power of the legislative — not executive — branch. Should the president choose to implement military force against Syria without congressional approval, that decision would constitute an impeachable offense under Article 2, Section 4 of the Constitution.

“We cannot continue to spend American money and risk American lives overseas without a vote of approval from Congress,” said Jones. “For too long, the legislature’s responsibility to authorize military force has been overlooked. It is time that we uphold the Constitution, which makes it clear in Article 1, Section 8 that Congress alone holds the power to declare war. A breach of that principle by the president would unquestionably be considered an impeachable offense.”

See the full text of the resolution at the link below.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Top Ten Most Ridiculous Items Purchased with IRS Credit Cards

0

Americans Tax Reform
June 28, 2013

Nerf Footballs, Plush Animals, $140 Dinners and the “World’s Largest Crossword Puzzle”

The Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA) released a review of the IRS employee credit card program this week. Many of the items that were purchased and approved may astound you. Taken directly from the report, Americans for Tax Reform has compiled a list of the ten most ridiculous items purchased with IRS credit cards:

Item #1: “Nerf Footballs”

IRS employees used their credit card to purchase $119 worth of Nerf footballs that were intended to be used for a “team-building exercise.” As if that wasn’t bad enough, they never used the balls, which are “currently stored in a filing cabinet” somewhere in the bowels of the IRS.
Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 9:48 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Gold slumps to three-year low, South Africa hit most

0

RT
June 28, 2013

Gold has slumped to a near three-year low as investors continue to sell off assets traditionally used as hedge against inflation. The steep price drop hit leading gold producer South Africa most of all.

Gold fell 2.3 percent to $1,229 an ounce and silver dropped as well, having lost 4 percent. Both metals reached their lowest levels since September 2010.

The slump in gold was fuelled by the strong economic data released in the US on Thursday. The US data showed strong gains in business spending plans. Also US home prices posted record gains, indicating that recovery may be on track in the key sector of economy. These factors boosted stock markets and supported the US Fed’s plan to scale back the extreme monetary easing in the coming months.

Gold has been on a downward slide since last Wednesday, after Ben Bernanke, Federal Reserve chairman spoke on the US central bank’s intention to begin pulling out of the $85 billion per month bond-buying later this year.

Today the metal slipped to as low as $1,245 an ounce, having demonstrated a record quarterly drop. The metal has lost 10 percent of its value, or about $140 an ounce, since the beginning of last week.

South African producers suffer most.

Major price falls and sell offs in gold mostly hit South African producers, Bloomberg reports. Miners are being paid twice as much as current market prices and producers can afford. Strikes over pay put producers in South Africa in a complicated situation.

“The cost of production for South African miners has been propelled much faster than for other producers, due to labor intensive mining practices combined with sharply rising wages,” analysts of Fitch Ratings wrote in a report. The result is that the country’s mining companies “are the most exposed to the risk of falling gold prices.”

South African strikes and wage protests sometimes end in violence. Last year’s strikes at mines left 44 people dead and led to pay gains for some of about double the pace of inflation, Bloomberg says. Violence continued into 2013, as in the past month and a half three workers including members of the rival National Union of Mineworkers and Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union were killed.

“Anything below $1,400 an ounce is sort of a red line” for South African gold producers, David Davis, a Johannesburg-based analyst at SBG Securities told Bloomberg. “There’s a vast difference between what labor unions are demanding and what South African mines can afford. It points towards long drawn out negotiations that could end in dispute.”

The six-member FTSE/JSE Africa Gold Mining Index dropped 3.6 percent in Wednesday’s early trade in London, extending losses into the seventh consecutive day. Over the past year the index has already lost more than 50 percent.

The MSCI World Metals and Mining Index compared to Africa’s indicator lost much less, having dropped by as much as 19 percent.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 9:30 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Ex-Chicago Cop: Zimmerman Acquittal to Cause Race Riots

0

Social unrest will “dwarf the Rodney King and the Martin Luther King riots”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

Following a number of tweets making threats to kill white people if George Zimmerman is acquitted of murdering Trayvon Martin, a former Chicago police officer warns that the outcome of the case could spark race riots in cities across America.

George Zimmerman. Image: Wikimedia Commons

As Infowars reported yesterday, following the woeful performance of Rachel Jeantel, the state’s so-called “star witness,” a number of Twitter users took to the social network to express their intention to kill white people in retaliation for Zimmerman going free.

Tweets included remarks such as “If Zimmerman get off ima shoot the first #hispanic/white I see,” and “If they don’t kill Zimmerman Ima kill me a cracka.”

In an article entitled, America Will See Its Worst Race Riot Yet This Summer, Crime File News’ Paul Huebl remarks that the case against Zimmerman should never have been filed in the first place and that when the trial inevitably collapses with Zimmerman’s acquittal, “I fully expect organized race rioting to begin in every major city to dwarf the Rodney King and the Martin Luther King riots of past decades.”

Huebl is a licensed private detective and a former Chicago police officer.

“If you live in a large city be prepared to evacuate or put up a fight to win. You will need firearms, fire suppression equipment along with lots of food and water. Police resources will be slow and outgunned everywhere,” writes Huebl, adding, “America may see some combat related population control like we’ve not seen since the Civil War. Martial Law can’t be far behind complete with major efforts at gun grabbing.”

Huebl is not the only prominent voice to express fears that the outcome of the trial could lead to widespread social disorder.

Columnist and former senior presidential advisor Pat Buchanan warned last month that, “The public mind has been so poisoned that an acquittal of George Zimmerman could ignite a reaction similar to that, 20 years ago, when the Simi Valley jury acquitted the LAPD cops in the Rodney King beating case.”

Political Strategist Charles D. Ellison also warns that, “There is the risk of a flashpoint as intense as the aftermath of that fateful Los Angeles police brutality verdict in 1992,” if Zimmerman walks free.

“At that time, many underestimated the potential for social unrest. And a bit over 20 years to the date, many could be making the same miscalculation at this very moment. The ingredients are there in Sanford and they loom large nationally, from an economy barely managing its own recovery to an unemployment rate that’s much higher than it should be, particularly for African-Americans,” adds Ellison.

Some are even asking whether the law should be ignored and Zimmerman convicted simply to avoid race riots.

“Regardless of whether or not Zimmerman acted in self defense, a large segment of the population, particularly the black population, are demanding Zimmerman be punished. And if they don’t have their demands satisfied, it is possible they might riot,” writes a poster at the Aesops Retreat forum. “So would it be appropriate to consider potential riots when deciding on whether or not to prosecute Zimmerman? Or should justice be blind and follow the rule of law?”

Critics of the attempt to convict Zimmerman have cited numerous points of evidence which clearly suggest Zimmerman acted in self-defense and that the case against him was built largely on the back of contrived racial politics.

– Photos taken after the incident show Zimmerman with a bloody nose and lacerations to the head, suggesting he had been physically attacked by Martin;

– NBC News edited a 911 tape of Zimmerman’s call to the police to falsely depict him as a racist;

– Prominent black figures like Spike Lee and Jesse Jackson immediately portrayed the incident as an assault on the black community, stirring racial tension;

– President Barack Obama got involved in the case on the side of Trayvon Martin by stating, “If I had a son, he’d look like Trayvon.”

– A police report suggested Zimmerman had been flat on his back during the altercation and an eyewitness said that Martin was sat on top of Zimmerman beating and pushing him down;

– A responder at the scene said Martin’s knuckles were bloodied, suggesting he had injured Zimmerman with a punch;

– The lead investigator on the scene, Officer Christopher Serino, wrote that Zimmerman could be heard “yelling for help as he was being battered by Trayvon Martin.”

If some form of social disorder, be it limited or widespread, does ensue should Zimmerman walk free, authorities will be well prepared. TheDepartment of Homeland Security recently put out another order for hundreds of items of riot gear in order to prepare for “riot control situations.” The federal agency has also committed to buying around 2 billion rounds of ammunition over the course of the last year.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 9:42 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

10 injured in pro, anti-Morsi clashes

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 10 people have been injured in clashes between supporters and opponents of the Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi in the port city of Alexandria.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Arrest Barack Obama, says Muslim Lawyers Association in South Africa

2

JOHANNESBURG: The Muslim Lawyers’ Association in South Africa has called for the arrest of US President Barack Obama on war crime and genocide charges when he visits the country from Friday.

The Association has called for Obama’s arrest because they believe he has ordered the deaths of numerous suspects overseas, citing this as “reason en

It is one of fifteen civil society organisations that have banded together as the ‘NO-Bama Coalition’ to object to his first visit to the country as President.

The organisations include various trades unions and student’s associations as well ruling African National Congress tripartite alliance partners — the South African Communist Party and the Congress of South African Trade Unions.

The South African government is undeterred by the planned protests, saying that it might even be good for the country because allowing the protests would show the level of freedom of expression in South Africa.

“(The protests) might have a positive effect. It is a tangible demonstration of the healthy democracy we enjoy,” Clayson Monyela, spokesman for the Ministry of International Relations and Cooperation told the media.

Mbuyiseni Ndlozi, national co-ordinator of the NO-Bama Coalition said, “The USA under Obama’s leadership has escalated its assault on human rights, militarisation of international relations and continuing guzzling of world resources at the expense of the environment and oppressed peoples of the world”.

Other reasons cited by the coalition included allegations of active support and defence of colonial and oppressive regimes by the US and its alleged role in maintaining the underdevelopment of the African continent.

A National Day of Action against Obama’s visit will see a march on June 28, when he is due to arrive.

A demonstration against the University of Johannesburg awarding an honorary doctorate to Obama will take place on Saturday in Soweto

Copyright Economic Times, 2013

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

“Stuxnet” and “Flame”: With New Malware Virus, Israel Fans A Virtual Flame Against Iran

0

The IPS article below originally posted by Global Research on May 31, 2012 sheds light on what is now “official” following the alleged leak of classified information about a covert cyberattack on Iran’s nuclear facilities.

Retired Marine Gen. James “Hoss” Cartwright has been told he is a target of the probe, NBC News and The Washington Post reported Thursday. A “target” is someone a prosecutor or grand jury has substantial evidence linking to a crime and who is likely to be charged.

The Justice Department referred questions to the U.S. attorney’s office in Baltimore, where a spokeswoman, Marcia Murphy, declined to comment.


Pierre Klochender

IPS, May 31, 2012

A new super-weapon has entered the Mideast cyber arena. First detected on Monday by a Moscow-based security company, ‘Worm.Win32.Flame’ — just call it ‘Flame’ — might be “the most sophisticated cyber weapon yet unleashed” on Iran’s secret nuclear networks.

“Flame can easily be described as one of the most complex threats ever discovered. Big and incredibly sophisticated, it redefines the notion of cyber-war and cyber-espionage,” Alexander Gostev posted on the ‘Securelist’ blog of Kaspersky Labs, the company that uncovered the worm. Gostev is head of the firm’s Global Research and Analysis Team.

The newly-discovered multi-task device sniffs network traffic, takes screenshots when certain applications of interest are run, records audio conversations, intercepts keyboards — the web seems to be the limit.

From an initial analysis performed by Kaspersky Labs, the ‘Flame’ creators gather highly sensitive intelligence on highly sensitive operations of states, principally in the Middle East — e-mails, documents, messages, or discussions inside sensitive locations — and can “target SCADA (supervisory control and data acquisition) devices, ICS (industrial control systems), critical infrastructure and so on.”

The hijacked data is then retrieved by operators through links to command-and-control (C&C) servers. “Key here is Flame’s completeness — the ability to steal data in so many different ways,” Gostev notes.

Kaspersky Labs discovered ‘Flame’ following a request from the United Nations. The world body’s International Telecommunication Union suspected the existence of an unknown malware — codenamed ‘Wiper’ — whose task would be to delete sensitive information across the Middle East.

Iran is the top target, with the worm ‘crawling’ in at least 189 of its computers. The West Bank comes second with 89 infected computers.

Sudan comes third with 32 damaged computers. Then almost in a tie, stands Syria with the worm identified in 30 computers. Eighteen computers were targeted in Lebanon; ten in Saudi Arabia. Next but not last is Egypt, with five contaminated computers. All, except the latter, are considered enemy states of Israel.

In its blog, the security software maker Symantec said ‘Flame’ was also uncovered in computers in Hungary, Austria, Russia, Hong Kong and the United Arab Emirates.

Though no trace in the code ties the latest malware to any specific copyrighter, author or state, Iran indirectly blamed Israel for ‘Flame’.

“Some countries and illegitimate regimes are used to producing viruses,” Foreign Ministry Spokesman Ramin Mehman-Parast was quoted on Tuesday in the semi-official Iranian news agency Fars.

Tehran often refers to Israel as “the illegitimate Zionist regime”. The allegation was based on an interview given on Monday by Israeli Vice Prime Minister Moshe Ya’alon to Israel Army Radio.

“Anyone who sees the Iranian (nuclear) threat as a significant threat — it’s reasonable (to assume) that he’ll take various steps, including these, to harm it,” Ya’alon declared. He said “Israel is blessed as a country rich with high-tech; these tools that we take pride in open up all kinds of opportunities for us.”

According to a New York Times investigation published in January, ‘Stuxnet’, the cyber villain discovered in 2010 which attacked Iranian centrifuges, specifically in the Natanz uranium enrichment facility, was tested within the premises of the Dimona nuclear complex located in southern Israel.

According to Gostev, links could indicate that the ‘Flame’ wizards accessed technology used in ‘Stuxnet’. Indeed, the worm seems to have run in parallel to the ‘Stuxnet’ project as preliminary analyses show it’s been disseminated since February 2010.

Kaspersky Labs points at certain characteristics shared by ‘Flame’ and ‘Stuxnet’, but unlike ‘Stuxnet’ which damages computerized equipment, ‘Flame’ is meant to collect information.

‘Duqu’, another information-gathering malware useful in targeting ICS systems and attached to ‘Stuxnet’ was first uncovered in 2011 by the Laboratory of Cryptography and System Security (CrySyS) of the Budapest University of Technology and Economics.

In April, news came out from Iran that Tehran disconnected servers from the Internet as a cyber outbreak stroke at the Kharg island oil terminal (from which Iran exports some 80 percent of its crude oil). The attack is now thought to have been provoked by ‘Flame’.

The major difference between ‘Flame’ and the ‘Stuxnet/Duqu’ project lies in the fact that the ‘Flame’ code is 20 times larger, and targets thousands of systems worldwide, including computers in academia, private companies and of specific individuals.

What’s more, operators “can conduct analysis of the data of the victim systems and uninstall ‘Flame’ from systems that aren’t interesting, leaving the most important ones in place. After which they start a new series of infections,” Gostev emphasized.

Ilan Proimovich, Kaspersky’s representative in Israel, told Army Radio that the worm “is operated by remote control. It’s not always active, thus it’s so difficult to detect.”

Though the common assumption is that a small code like the one of ‘Stuxnet’ is easier to hide, the large size of the ‘Flame’ code (over 20MB) is precisely why it wasn’t discovered for so long, notes Gostev.

While the analysis of the ‘Stuxnet’ code (500K) took months, it’s estimated that deciphering the more complex ‘Flame’ code will last at least a year.

Israeli Information Security analysts say the worm highlights the Iranian nuclear program’s Achilles heel — its inability to ward off cyber attacks.

Assaf Turner, CEO of the Israeli-based Maya Security company, believes that “’Flame’ likely penetrated highly secure computer systems” in Iran.

“Iran’s brush with ‘Duqu’ and disastrous encounter with ‘Stuxnet’ prove that the Islamic Republic is, indeed, lacking in the field of cyber security,” he asserted on the Israeli news site YNet.

One could entertain the euphoric dream that the current cyber-espionage war would provide an elegant, virtual, way to put an end to the alarming suspicion that Iran is developing the capability to master the doomsday weapon. This, before other far more mortal means are employed to try to destroy the nuclear threat once and for all.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Star Witness Against Zimmerman Flops Big Time

0

The prosecution’s “star witness” against former neighborhood watchman George Zimmerman, accused of murder in the shooting death of Trayvon Martin, endured an embarrassing grilling both inside the Florida courtroom and in the national media. From potentially incriminating social-media posts publicized by reporters to major gaffes during her testimony, Rachel Jeantel, 19 (shown), has sparked even more criticism of what legal experts say appears to be an overzealous bid to convict Zimmerman regardless of the evidence supporting his claims of self-defense.

First, reporters uncovered a Twitter account used by Jeantel, who was on the phone with Martin shortly before he was killed and has been repeatedly described as prosecutors’ “star” witness in the case. While dozens of the expletive-laced and potentially incriminating messages were deleted or “scrubbed” in recent days, the controversial posts were captured by journalists before being taken down. Jeantel tweeted about everything from “getting high” and drug use to underage drinking and apparent drunk driving.

Inside the courtroom, matters went even worse for prosecutors. Among other controversies, the key witness was forced to admit in cross-examination that she could not understand the handwriting in a letter that she supposedly “wrote” about the killing. “I don’t read cursive,” she responded when Zimmerman’s defense attorney asked Jeantel if she could read the document. The witness claimed that a friend had helped her write it, but media accounts said the explosive revelation sent a “hush” through the courtroom.

Jeantel’s testimony also revealed other major holes in the prosecution’s case. For example, while the establishment media and race-profiteers have been fiendishly trying to paint Zimmerman, who is Hispanic, as a racist, Jeantel said that Martin had in fact made a racist comment about Zimmerman over the phone. According to the witness, Martin told her there was a “creepy-a** cracker” following him. Cracker, of course, is generally considered a racist term used to describe whites.     

There were also some apparent contradictions in Jeantel’s story – major ones. During her testimony, for instance, she claimed that shortly before the shooting, she heard Martin ask Zimmerman “why are you following me?” After that, Jeantel claimed she heard Martin tell Zimmerman to “get off!” Under cross-examination by the defense, however, Jeantel alleged that she had not mentioned the supposed remarks in earlier statements because she did not think they were important. In a taped interview with prosecutors before the trial, Jeantel had also said she “couldn’t hear” Martin tell Zimmerman to get off. 

While on the witness stand, Jeantel even admitted to telling several lies under oath. Defense attorney Don West pointed out that the witness, who had known Martin since elementary school, lied to Martin’s mother about her age, claiming she was 16 when she was in fact two years older than that. Jeantel also told Martin’s mother that she did not attend the funeral due to hospitalization, which was untrue as well. The witness claimed the lies were told because of how she felt.

Unsurprisingly, defense attorneys seized on the testimony to argue that Jeantel was an unreliable witness. West, co-counsel for Zimmerman, also suggested that Jeantel did not call the police after hearing the confrontation “because Trayvon Martin started the fight, and you knew that.” Jeantel responded by denying the accusation and saying she did not know what West was talking about. Eventually, Jeantel was finally forced to admit under oath that she did not know who started the fight. 

In the court of public opinion, meanwhile, the “star” witness was being grilled as well. The Smoking Gun, an online service that publicizes “exclusive documents,” managed to track down Jeantel’s profiles on social media services. In a series of explosive reports, the site exposed numerous Twitter posts by the witness that were embarrassing at the very least – and incriminating at worst. The account was promptly scrubbed, but the damage was done.

“Party time let get high,” one of the posts read. Another said: “Omg everybody high” followed by “Lol we going to hell for smoke on Sunday I need some more drink.” Separate tweets apparently referring to driving while under the influence were also deleted. “I hope I dnt hit no one tonight lord plz watch my driving,” Jeantel reportedly wrote. “Just got home thank u lord good night,” she added later. Numerous pictures and expletive-filled comments were deleted as well.

Legal experts have been blasting the prosecution and its alleged ethical violations since long before the trial began. In the wake of Jeantel’s embarrassing testimony, however, more than a few analysts even suggested the witness and her statements may have actually benefited Zimmerman. Kevin Martin, a member of the conservative-leaning Project 21 black leadership network, which was formed after the L.A. riots, was among the commentators suggesting that Jeantel could have hurt the prosecution.

“To say that Miss Jeantel’s testimony was anything other than a fiasco would be an understatement,” Martin said in statement distributed by the National Center for Public Policy Research. “The prosecution did a real disservice to the memory of Trayvon Martin in apparently not preparing Rachel Jeantel well enough to testify. To the casual observer, it seems that Miss Jeantel did not have any understanding of the gravity of testifying in this trial.”

Meanwhile, Jeantel’s demeanor in court – described in media reports as “annoyed,” “confused,” “combative,” “hostile,” and more – was probably not helpful to prosecutors either. Among the more controversial comments: referring to the defense attorney as “the bald man” and answering questions with remarks like “that’s retarded.”

“Her seeming contempt for the proceedings of the court itself was detrimental,” Project 21’s Martin continued. “While some outside observers were very critical of the defense’s tactics early on, it must be remembered that the burden is not really on the defense here as much as it is on the prosecution to prepare their star witness. It seems that did not happen here.”

Some legal analysts suggested that West may have been too hard on Jeantel during cross examination – especially considering the controversial selection of an all-female jury, which might sympathize with her. At one point, for example, the defense asked the witness whether she was feeling OK after the previous day’s testimony. In a question that might have sounded like it was aimed at making Jeantel sound ridiculous, West asked her “what wet grass sounds like,” a question based on her previous statements.

The defendant has argued from the start that Martin brutally attacked him and bashed his head on the ground on February 26, 2012, leading Zimmerman, 29, to shoot in self-defense. Photographs of the injuries and other evidence appear to corroborate those claims, legal experts have said. Zimmerman was not even arrested until more than 40 days after the incident – not until race-profiteers and deceptive media coverage tried to inject alleged racism into the case.

The prosecution, meanwhile, is trying to prove that Zimmerman profiled the unarmed 17-year-old, followed him, and then murdered him with a “depraved mind showing no regard for human life.” With much of the key evidence now out in the open – Jeantel’s testimony, the 911 call, and more – the trial is expected to last at least another week, possibly more.

The judge ruled that defense attorneys cannot talk about Martin’s history of drug use, school suspensions, and more. Also not admissible: testimony based on novel techniques that could supposedly identify Martin as the person screaming that night. If convicted by the jury on charges of second-degree murder, Zimmerman could face life in prison.

Photo of Rachel Jeantel: AP Images

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Amid Controversy, Zimmerman Murder Trial Begins

Judge in Trayvon Martin Case Rules Some Evidence Off Limits

First Anniversary of Florida Shooting Still Raises Questions

Zimmerman Injury Photo Raises Questions About Prosecution, Media

Racists Prepare for “Race War” Over Florida Shooting

Experts Weigh in After Four Witnesses in Trayvon Martin Case Change Story

Medical Report Shows Martin Attacked Zimmerman

Dershowitz: Prosecutor Should Drop Charges Against Zimmerman

Democrat Anti-Self-Defense “Trayvon Amendment” on Hold, For Now

“Stand Your Ground” and Self Defense

Florida “Stand Your Ground” Task Force Meets, Democrat Wants Changes

Anti-Gun Zealots Exploit Florida Tragedy

UN “Human Rights” Boss Questions Fla. Law, Demands Justice for Trayvon

Prosecutors In Zimmerman Case Release Affidavit, But Face Trouble Getting Conviction

Zimmerman Charged With Second-Degree Murder

Republished with permission from:: The New American

House and Senate Bills Would Block Military Aid to Syria

0

As the Obama administration rushes to deploy the U.S. military in Egypt in defiance of Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution, Representative Thomas Massie (R-Ky.) and Senator Tom Udall (D-N.M.) have offered bills that would block the pipeline of U.S. military aid flowing to al-Qaeda in Syria.

Joined by Republican Representatives Justin Amash (Mich.), Walter Jones (N.C.), Ted Yoho (Fla.), Phil Roe (Tenn.), Mo Brooks (Ala.), Joe Pitts (Penn.), Mark Meadows (N.C.), Scott DesJarlais (Tenn.), and Louie Gohmert (Texas), Representative Massie introduced H.R. 2507, a measure that points out the president’s violation of the separation of powers – particularly regarding the authority to declare war – in the supplying of military arms and funds to Syrian forces opposing the al-Assad government.

As Massie explained in a statement announcing the bill:

Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution gives Congress – not the President – the power to declare war. But the President recently announced his intention to send arms to the rebels in Syria fighting President Bashar al-Assad’s regime. H.R. 2507, the War Powers Protection Act of 2013, prohibits any military assistance to Syrian opposition forces unless Congress issues a formal declaration of war pursuant to Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution.

Since our national security interests in Syria are unclear, we risk giving money and military assistance to our enemies. Additionally, all military action must be authorized by Congress. The American people deserve open debate by their elected officials.

Justin Amash, one of the bill’s cosponsors, echoed Massie’s understanding of the Constitution and the power to declare war:

The Constitution empowers Congress – and only Congress – to declare war. Congress has not declared war against Syria or otherwise authorized force in that country, yet the President unilaterally has decided to arm the Syrian rebels. His action is unconstitutional and must be stopped.

Massie’s bill is particularly timely given President Obama’s announcement that he will authorize the shipment of U.S. military material to “rebels” in Syria.

Another of the bill’s cosponsors recognizes a departure from the principles followed by our Founding Fathers and worries that such deviations will have predictable results. “We should follow the advice of our Founders and pursue honest and open trade with all nations, while avoiding entanglement in their conflicts. By arming Syria, we are escalating a problem that is not our fight,” Representative Ted Yoho (R-Fla.) told The New American. “When we interfered in the war between Iraq and Iran, we ended up helping create the Saddam Hussein regime that we then spent precious American blood and treasure to topple. When we chose Afghanistan over Russia, we started a process that ended up creating al-Qaeda,” explained Yoho.

There is the rub.

As part of the National Defense Authorization Act of 2012, Congress declared that anyone suspected of aiding or supporting al-Qaeda, the Taliban, and associated forces was subject to indefinite detention. Apparently, this law applies to journalists, but not to members of Congress.

If the law did apply to the lawmakers, there would be hundreds of members of Congress voting in absentia from federal prisons.

The effort to enforce the Constitution’s separation of powers and prevent the president from unilaterally sending troops and military aid to foreign forces is underway on the Senate side, as well.

Less than a week before Massie offered his bill, Senators Tom Udall (D-N.M.), Mike Lee (R-Utah), Chris Murphy (D-Conn.), and Rand Paul (R-Ky.) introduced a bipartisan measure that would prohibit the president from using any funds on activities that would escalate U.S. involvement in the Syrian civil war.

Specifically, the bill would ban the Department of Defense, the CIA, and all other intelligence agencies from “funding any military, paramilitary or covert operations in Syria.” 

According to a press release issued by one of the bill’s cosponsors, Senator Rand Paul:

All four Senators have spoken out strongly in opposition to President Obama’s decision to arm rebel groups in Syria. Udall, Murphy and Paul, all members of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, cast the lone votes in Committee against authorizing the President to arm and train rebels fighting the forces of President Bashar al-Assad in an ongoing civil war.

Senator Udall explained his opposition to the president’s arming of Syrian rebels:

I am deeply disturbed by the current situation in Syria and atrocities committed by President Assad’s regime and other militant groups inside Syria. The ongoing humanitarian tragedy deserves the attention of the international community.

But there are too many questions about how the president’s decision to arm the Syrian rebels will be handled, and unfortunately many of those answers are being kept secret. We don’t know where the money is coming from, who the arms are going to, and whether the arms are going to individuals who have the capabilities to maintain a chain of custody of those weapons. This would not be acceptable in any standard sale of weapons to another government and should definitely not be acceptable for sales to rebel groups we know little about.

We need to place a check on the President’s unilateral decision to arm the rebels, while still preserving humanitarian aid and assistance to the Syrian people, and that is why I’m introducing this bill.

Bottom line: We should not get involved in another civil war in the Middle East without a clear national security interest.

Senator Mike Lee worries that these arms will flow directly into the hands of those elements of the Syrian opposition that are associated with al-Qaeda:

The conflict in Syria has been going on for over two years, yet there are many questions surrounding the composition and goals of Syrian opposition groups and the interests of U.S. national security that need answers. Any military involvement in Syria, including the arming of Syrian rebels, needs to be authorized through Congress, where concerns can be publicly debated and the American people can have a say. We have to ensure that we are not arming extremist groups who seek to cause chaos in the region and harm the United States and our allies. The long-term objectives of increased involvement in Syria are vague, as are the necessary commitments and costs. The United States cannot be involved in more nation building in the Middle East.

Senator Paul echoed his colleagues’ concerns.

The president’s unilateral decision to arm Syrian rebels is incredibly disturbing, considering what little we know about whom we are arming. Engaging in yet another conflict in the Middle East with no vote or Congressional oversight compounds the severity of this situation. The American people deserve real deliberation by their elected officials before we send arms to a region rife with extremists who seek to threaten the U.S. and her allies.

In an exclusive interview with The New American in May, Senator Paul pointed out the irony in the fact that the original Authorization for the Use of Military Force (AUMF) enacted after September 11, 2001 called for finding and destroying al-Qaeda, while the legislation passed on May 21 by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee would arm known associates of that very organization. “These people [Syrian rebels] will say they love America knowing that that’s how to get weapons. They lie to us and then shoot us in the back,” Paul explained.

Representative Massie’s bill is currently pending before the House Foreign Affairs, Armed Services, and Intelligence committees for consideration of such provisions as fall within the jurisdiction of the committee concerned.

Senator Udall’s legislation – the Protecting Americans From the Proliferation of Weapons to Terrorists Act of 2013 – is awaiting consideration by the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence.

Americans interested in restoring the balance and the separation of power as set forth in the Constitution, should contact their representatives and senators and encourage them to vote in favor of the Massie or Udall bills.

 Photo is of cutaway hand grenades

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Republished with permission from:: The New American

Snowden asked to brief Russian parliament on US espionage

0

Press TV
June 28, 2013

Russia’s parliament has invited former US National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden to assist Moscow in investigation whether US Internet firms gave information about Russian citizens to Washington.

“We invite Edward Snowden to work with us and hope that as soon as he settles his legal status, he will collaborate with our working group and provide us with proof of US intelligence agencies’ access to the servers of Internet firms,” Russia’s Ria Novosti news agency quoted Senator Ruslan Gattarov as saying on Thursday.

Snowden is wanted by the United States on charges that are based on his extraction of classified documents from servers of the NSA — a move that led to revelations about the spy agency’s espionage programs, targeting millions of people.

Gattarov’s remarks come a day after Russia’s upper house of parliament decided to establish a special working group to launch a probe into Snowden’s claims. Gattarov will lead the group.

He told RIA Novosti that the group will include legislators, diplomats, prosecutors and communications officials. The preliminary results of its investigation are expected to be released in October.

Meanwhile, Kirill Kabanov, who is a member of Russian President Vladimir Putin’s Human Rights Council, has said that he had asked his colleagues to consider asking the Russian government to give Snowden political asylum.

The council’s chairman, Mikhail Fedotov, said the request would be considered and put to a vote.

Snowden, whose passport is revoked by Washington, has asked Ecuador for asylum. On June 24, the Ecuadorian foreign minister said his country is considering his request.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 9:23 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Loss of vaccine-induced immunity to varicella over time.

0

BACKGROUND: The introduction of universal varicella vaccination in 1995 has substantially reduced varicella-related morbidity and mortality in the United States. However, it remains unclear whether vaccine-induced immunity wanes over time, a condition that may result in increased susceptibility later in life, when the risk of serious complications may be greater than in childhood.

METHODS: We examined 10 years (1995 to 2004) of active surveillance data from a sentinel population of 350,000 subjects to determine whether the severity and incidence of breakthrough varicella (with an onset of rash>42 days after vaccination) increased with the time since vaccination. We used multivariate logistic regression to adjust for the year of disease onset (calendar year) and the subject’s age at both disease onset and vaccination.

RESULTS: A total of 11,356 subjects were reported to have varicella during the surveillance period, of whom 1080 (9.5%) had breakthrough disease. Children between the ages of 8 and 12 years who had been vaccinated at least 5 years previously were significantly more likely to have moderate or severe disease than were those who had been vaccinated less than 5 years previously (risk ratio, 2.6; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.2 to 5.8). The annual rate of breakthrough varicella significantly increased with the time since vaccination, from 1.6 cases per 1000 person-years (95% CI, 1.2 to 2.0) within 1 year after vaccination to 9.0 per 1000 person-years (95% CI, 6.9 to 11.7) at 5 years and 58.2 per 1000 person-years (95% CI, 36.0 to 94.0) at 9 years.

CONCLUSIONS: A second dose of varicella vaccine, now recommended for all children, could improve protection from both primary vaccine failure and waning vaccine-induced immunity.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

Mass Protest Movement in Chile

0

 by Olivia Page-Pollard

Thousands of students, labor groups and activists march in Santiago as fires and violence run rampant during citywide demonstration.

More than 100,000 gathered throughout various locations in Santiago on Wednesday afternoon to march for sweeping social changes aimed at improving education and working conditions.

Nation_Strike_1

More than 100,000 marched in Santiago alone in Wednesday’s nationwide protest. Photo by Sam Edwards / The Santiago Times

The mobilization was part of a nationwide strike organized by the Confederation of Chilean Students (Confech), an umbrella student group, and was accompanied by other marches in key cities throughout the country as well as a massive halt to the country’s port operations.

Participants in the Santiago march included university and high school students, the National Teacher’s Union, port workers, copper workers and The National Confederation of Municipal Health Workers, among others.

But despite the color and cheer of marching bands and costumed protesters, hooded vandals known as “encapuchados,” wasted no time in dragging the city into violence.

Carabineros, Chile’s uniformed police force, were deployed to the streets early in the morning as various barricades and garbage piles were set ablaze throughout the city just before sunrise.

Interior Minister Andrés Chadwick quickly sent out a press release labeling those starting the fires as “delinquents” and calling on student leaders to condemn the violence.

“I am calling on organizers to condemn the violence without looking for excuses, to condemn the ‘encapuchados,’ the subversives, the extremists involved in the march which we know are going to infiltrate it and provoke disorder,” said Chadwick.

Confech member and leader of the Student Federation of Universidad de Concepción (FEC) Javier Miranda, however, remained ambivalent about the violence associated with the march.

“Today we’ve organized a national protest to bring together many different organizations,” Miranda told The Santiago Times. “Each advances the struggle in the ways they see fit.”

Carabineros tweeted that two officers were hospitalized in the process of containing the fires in Santiago, one in serious condition with a broken wrist.

The violence and injuries to Carabineros continued throughout the commencement of the march, with fires and vandalism taking place at the Universidad de Santiago de Chile (Usach) starting point.

Much of the pandemonium was quelled as attendees from the copper, health, political and education sectors marched peacefully toward the final convocation at Plaza Los Héroes.

Characteristic of previous Confech marches, various drummers, dance groups, costumed actors and musical groups came out to lighten the mood and provide diversions from the early morning violence.

Copper, ports and education

Social leaders of all sectors also took to the stage after protesters from all three of the routes united on Alameda, the capital’s main thoroughfare.

Diego Vela, leader of the Student Federation of the Universidad Católica (FEUC), highlighted the diversity of the mobilization.

“Today the focus is not [just] on Santiago or education, it’s on the precarious situations that continue to occur in all regions,” said Vela. “[This is why] port workers are on strike and copper workers have disrupted productivity.”

“It’s a reminder that we’re not alone and also that there is a reinvigoration of social rights and the hope for a better Chile,” said Vela, noting the different sectors of the Chilean economy which participated in the day’s protest.

Among the various issues discussed, copper took center stage with multiple leaders mentioning the intertwining of the red metal and education sectors.

Andrés Fielbaum, Confech member and president of the Student Federation of Universidad de Chile (FECH), spoke about the necessity of nationalizing the copper industry in order to pay for education reforms.

“Recovering our natural resources is the way in which we will fund our basic human rights,” said Fielbaum.

A violent ending

Shortly after leaders cleared the stage, “encapuchados” began throwing rocks and garbage at Carabineros, prompting the first of many water cannon blasts toward protesters.

Confrontations continued down Alameda, reaching a standoff in front of the presidential palace La Moneda and Casa Central of Universidad de Chile, which currently remains occupied by students, or in “toma.”

FECH claimed that at least six students received medical treatment inside Casa Central by student paramedics.

Four more Carabineros were taken to the police force’s hospital, bringing the total of injured officers to at least six.

Despite multiple fires and injuries, leaders remained pleased with the results of the nationwide strike, claiming that 90 percent of the country’s ports were brought to a standstill and 100,000 people united for the march in Santiago.

Confech members called for two “cacerolazos,” or a traditional form of protest involving the banging of pots and pans, on Wednesday evening as the final conclusion to the day’s festivities. The first was scheduled for 7 p.m. in Plaza Italia with a later one at 9 p.m. in Plaza Ñuñoa.

The march also marks the 105th anniversary of the birth of Marxist former President Salvador Allende.

By Olivia Page-Pollard (olivia@santiagotimes.cl)
Copyright 2013 — The Santiago Times

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Saudis hold anti-regime demo in Qatif

0

Saudi protesters chant slogans during a demonstration in the Qatif region of Eastern Province. (File photo)

Saudis have held an anti-regime demonstration in the eastern region of Qatif to express solidarity with political prisoners and those arrested in earlier protests against the ruling Al Saud regime.

On Thursday, the demonstrators called on Saudi authorities to release jailed opposition activists and prisoners of conscience including prominent Shia cleric Sheikh Nimr Baqir al-Nimr, who has long been held in custody without trial.

The Saudi protesters denounced the regimeâ„¢s deadly crackdown on rallies and chanted slogans against Al Saud family.

The protest comes a day after massive funeral processions were held in the town of Awamiyah and the Qatif region for two activists killed by regime forces

More than 40,000 political prisoners, mostly prisoners of conscience, are in jails across Saudi Arabia.

According to the activists, most of the detained political thinkers are being held by the government without trial or legitimate charges and have been arrested for merely looking suspicious.

Some of the detainees are reported to be held without trial for more than 16 years. Attempting to incite the public against the government and the allegiance to foreign entities are usually the ready-made charges against dissidents.

In Saudi Arabia, protests and political gatherings of any kind are prohibited.

Since February 2011, protesters have held demonstrations on an almost regular basis in Saudi Arabia, mainly in Qatif and Awamiyah, primarily calling for the release of all political prisoners, freedom of expression and assembly, and an end to widespread discrimination.

MAM/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Syria: the Art of Standing on the Right Side of History

0

The ongoing Syrian crisis will be certainly viewed by future generations as a classic example of how a completely false reality, as presented by the dominant Western political class and corporate media, has inscrutably resulted in the moral and political reinforcement of the opposing party, which was desperately defending the principles of law and justice under unprecedented pressure from a transnational party of war.

Despite the undisguised skepticism voiced on the eve of the summit in Lough-Erne by some of the G8 leaders toward the Russian stance on the Syrian crisis, the talks turned to be a diplomatic victory of Putin. He stood firm in his position on Syria, while the Western leaders had to accept the obvious: there is no way to oust President Assad from his post by legal means. The G8 summit in Lough-Erne failed to put political pressure on Bashar al-Assad for his alleged use of chemical weapons against the rebels, nor was it able to obtain Russia’s consent to additional UN Security Council actions in favor of the Syrian opposition.

The tough Russian position on Syria is increasingly in step with the approaches of some sober-minded politicians in the West. Zbignew Brzezinski, a well-known US political analyst and statesman of Polish descent, who can hardly be suspected of supporting Russian policies elsewhere, literally said in an interview with MSNBC right on the eve of the G8 summit:

The West is absolutely engaging in mass propaganda by portraying the Syrian conflict as a fight for democracy when many of the rebels want anything but. They pledge allegiance to Al-Qaeda, explicitly call for Sharia law, kill thousands of Christians, use terrorist tactics yet our corrupt media and political class pretend arming them will produce democracy.

It’s no wonder that Putin’s commitment to bringing all parties of the conflict to the negotiating table in Geneva without any preliminary conditions as well as his straightforward replies during a memorable press-conference with the British PM David Cameron, got a positive response from a wide spectrum of Western civil society. Boris Johnson, a British Conservative and the incumbent major of London, specifically stated in an article for the Telegraph:

This is the moment for a total ceasefire, an end to the madness. It is time for the US, Russia, the EU, Turkey, Iran, Saudi and all the players to convene an intergovernmental conference to try to halt the carnage. We can’t use Syria as an arena for geopolitical point-scoring or muscle-flexing, and we won’t get a ceasefire by pressing weapons into the hands of maniacs.

His viewpoint is shared by a large number of British parliamentarians, both Conservatives and Labourites, who urge Cameron not to initiate any arm deliveries to the Syrian opposition without approval from parliament.

Gerald Warner from the Scotsman wrote last Sunday that Putin is increasingly admired in the West for his firm attitude in defense of the principles of international law in general and on the Syrian issue in particular:

The new-found admiration for Putin is rooted in an appreciation of the contrast he presents to the politically correct wimps running the European Union and the United States. Last week’s G8 photographs said it all. The posturing “statesmen” who had been ordered by PR advisers to take off their ties in a pathetic effort to appear “relevant” — a bunch of dads dancing at the school disco — invited the mockery and contempt they duly received. Putin went along with the charade; but when it came to the substance — the demand for his endorsement of the Obama/Cameron/Hollande ambition to arm al-Qaeda in Syria — the response was an uncompromising, Molotov-style “Nyet!”

Repeated references in the Western mainstream press that Al-Qaeda-linked networks are dominating anti-Assad insurgency have been further substantiated in recent weeks. For instance, a few days ago Hans–Georg Maassen, the head of the German counter-intelligence bureau, told the Rheinische Post about 20 suspected jihadists who had recently returned to Germany from Syria. He said it was worrying that in the past eight months more than 60 self-proclaimed “holy warriors” had left Germany to take part in jihad in Syria. “When they return, they are celebrated as heroes by their circle. In a worst-case scenario, they come back with a direct combat mission,” — stressed the chief of the BFF.

A number of jihadist web-sites including Kavkaz Centre, which is operated from Finland, have recently praised two Chechen “syahids” liquidated by Syrian governmental forces near Aleppo several day ago. Those interested in understanding the real motivation of the “pro-democratic forces” in Syria can read the English translation of their “martyrology”, which is far from the aims proclaimed by the West.

The number of atrocities and cruelties against the Syrian civil population committed by such “holy warriors” is unprecedented. YouTube is full of video footage of these crimes, with evidence enough to convene a special international tribunal for the investigation and prosecution of the perpetrators. But instead the self-proclaimed “Friends of Syria” are engaged in a political cover-up of the FSA and are channelling weapons to jihadists. Obama’s administration is obviously hoping to retain control over the “moderate” FSA command of Salem Idris, but the futility of such expectations was proved as far back as the war in Vietnam (e.g. Ngo Dinh Diem scandal). They stepped on the same rake in Afghanistan.

The White House is placing stakes on a renegade who has no tangible support of any notable group in the Syrian society. Persisting in blind ambition for regime change in Syria, the US administration will yield no result but another war-torn area with the US Marines protecting a stooge in Damascus.

The echo of the Syrian conflict is already fuelling religious tensions in Lebanon and other countries in the region. The prolonged sectarian showdown in Iraq has gained new momentum. It is very likely that a new Sunni-Shia war has been designed by the global elites who triggered the conflict in Syria more than two years ago. The impact it would have in Europe and the United States itself was no doubt foreseen and will be used to further tighten the grip of electronic surveillance on these societies.

The public reaction in the West on Putin’s performance at the G8 suggests that there exists a conscious or perhaps unconscious awareness of this here. Putin has successfully adopted the trend to reformat the matrix imposed on the minds in the West. Western politicians are so entangled in their web of lies, particularly on the Syrian issue, that a reasonable and straightforward speech by the Russian leader based on irrefutable facts and common sense could leave them dumb, curious, and stunned. And the people are able to sense who is standing on the right side of history.

Copyright Oriental Review, 2013

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Radiation Levels Skyrocket at Fukushima: After More than Two Years, the Accident Is NOT Contained.

0

Record high levels of radioactive tritium have been observed in the harbor at Fukushima.

Japan Times notes:

The density of radioactive tritium in samples of seawater from near the Fukushima No. 1 nuclear plant doubled over 10 days to hit a record 1,100 becquerels per liter, possibly indicating contaminated groundwater is seeping into the Pacific, Tokyo Electric Power Co. said.

***

Tepco said late Monday it was still analyzing the water for strontium-90, which would pose a greater danger than tritium to human health if absorbed via the food chain. The level of cesium did not show any significant change between the two sample dates, according to the embattled utility.

On June 19, Tepco revealed that a groundwater sample taken from a nearby monitoring well was contaminated with both tritium and strontium-90.

***

During a news conference Monday in Tokyo, Masayuki Ono, a Tepco executive and spokesman, this time did not deny the possibility of leakage into the sea, while he said Tepco is still trying to determine the cause of the spike.

Painting by Jonathan Raddatz

Kyoto reports:

A sample collected Friday contained around 1,100 becquerels of tritium per liter, the highest level detected in seawater since the nuclear crisis at the plant started in March 2011, the utility said Monday.

***

The latest announcement was made after Tepco detected high levels of radioactive tritium and strontium in groundwater from an observation well at the plant.

Indeed, the amount of radioactive strontium has skyrocketed over the last couple of months at Fukushima.

The New York Times writes:

Tokyo Electric Power, the operator of the stricken nuclear power plant at Fukushima, said Wednesday that it had detected high levels of radioactive strontium in groundwater at the plant, raising concerns that its storage tanks are leaking contaminated water, possibly into the ocean.

***

The company has struggled to store growing amounts of contaminated runoff at the plant, but had previously denied that the site’s groundwater was highly toxic….

Xinhua reports:

Very high radioactivity levels were detected in groundwater from an observation well at the crippled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear plant, said the plant operator Tokyo Electric Power Co. (TEPCO) Wednesday.

***

The observation well was set up on the Pacific side of the plant’s No. 2 reactor turbine building last December to find out the reasons why radioactivity levels in seawater near the plant remained high. The company said the sampled water could be from the contaminated water that seeped into the ground.

Reuters points out:

Testing of groundwater showed the reading for strontium-90 increased from 8.6 becquerels to 1,000 becquerels per litre between Dec. 8, 2012 and May 24.

BBC notes:

High levels of a toxic radioactive isotope have been found in groundwater at Japan’s Fukushima nuclear plant, its operator says.

***

Strontium-90 is formed as a by-product of nuclear fission. Tests showed that levels of strontium in groundwater at the Fukushima plant had increased 100-fold since the end of last year, Toshihiko Fukuda, a Tepco official, told media.

Other types of radioactive materials will continue to pose a hazard for decades. As nuclear engineer Arnie Gundersen explains:

The radiation exposures are going up. What you’re seeing is a lot of this stuff is getting revolitalized. It’s in the first couple of inches of dust, and when the wind blows it moves into areas that have been previously cleaned.

***

This will go on for decades, as the cesium goes down in to the soil, the roots bring it back up and into the plant structures and the leaves fall on the ground and the cycle continues.

(Some portion of this radiation will hit the West Coast of North America … which may end up with even higher radioactive cesium levels than Japan.)

The bigger picture is that the Fukushima reactors are wholly uncontained … and radiation will continue to spew for decades … or centuries.

Japan Times reports:

A U.N. nuclear watchdog team said Japan may need longer than the projected 40 years to decommission the Fukushima power plant and urged Tepco to improve stability at the facility.

The head of the International Atomic Energy Agency team, Juan Carlos Lentijo, said Monday that damage at the nuclear plant is so complex that it is impossible to predict how long the cleanup may last.

“As for the duration of the decommissioning project, this is something that you can define in your plans. But in my view, it will be nearly impossible to ensure the time for decommissioning such a complex facility in less than 30 to 40 years as it is currently established in the road map,” Lentijo said.

The government and Tokyo Electric Power Co. have predicted the cleanup would take up to 40 years. They still have to develop technology and equipment that can operate under fatally high radiation levels to locate and remove melted fuel. The reactors must be kept cool and the plant must stay safe and stable, and those efforts to ensure safety could slow the process down.

The plant still runs on makeshift equipment and frequently suffers glitches.

***

The problems have raised concerns about whether the plant … can stay intact throughout a decommissioning process. The problems have prompted officials to compile risk-reduction measures and review decommissioning plans.

***

“It is expectable in such a complex site, additional incidents will occur as it happened in the nuclear plants under normal operations,” Lentijo said.

***

The IAEA team urged the utility to “improve the reliability of essential systems to assess the structural integrity of site facilities, and to enhance protection against external hazards” and promptly replace temporary equipment with a reliable, permanent system.

Indeed, the locations and condition of melted Fukushima fuel is still totally unknown. Shimbun reports:

The workers have yet to gain a grasp of the locations and condition of the fuel debris. They have yet to develop extraction equipment and determine removal methods.

Mainichi notes:

Uncertainty over the location of melted fuel inside the crisis-hit Fukushima No. 1 Nuclear Power Plant continues to cast a shadow over plans to remove the fuel at an early date…. Reactor Nos. 1-3 at the plant contained a total of 1,496 rods of nuclear fuel in their cores…. Each fuel rod weighs about 300 kilograms, and a high level of technical expertise would be required when undertaking a remote control operation to cut up and retrieve clumps of scattered radioactive materials weighing a combined 450 tons or thereabouts…. the cores of reactors at the Fukushima plant have holes, and the task at hand is finding which parts have been damaged.

Indeed, the technology doesn’t yet exist to contain — let alone clean up — Fukushima.

Mainichi notes:

In a news conference on June 10, a representative of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry’s Agency for Natural Resources and Energy said that bringing forward the plans would be dependent on developing technology, and suggested that the plans might even end up being delayed.

Scientists are considering freezing the ground around the Fukushima reactors. Australian Broadcasting Corporation reports:

The Japanese government has ordered the operator of the Fukushima nuclear plant to freeze the soil around its crippled reactor buildings to stop groundwater seeping in and becoming contaminated…. According to a report compiled by a government panel on Thursday, there are no previous examples of using walls created from frozen soil to isolate groundwater being used for longer than a few years. This means the project at the Fukushima plant poses “an unprecedented challenge in the world”.

Japan Times reports:

The panel’s draft report said the government and Tepco hope to create the frozen-soil walls between April and September 2015…. A rough estimate suggests that groundwater seepage into the basements would be reduced from 400 tons [every day] to 100 tons once the frozen-soil walls are built.

Another high-tech solution being proposed: injecting cement into the Fukushima reactors.

And then there are the spent fuel pools, which continue to be one of the main threats to Japan, the United States … and all of humanity.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Egyptians stage rival rallies in Cairo

0

Supporters of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi take part in a demonstration at Raba’a Al-Adaweya Square in Nasr City, Cairo on June 28, 2013.

Several thousand supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi have staged rival rallies across Cairo.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters rallied on Friday outside the main mosque in the Nasr City district. For their part, a large number of opponents were also reported to have gathered in different parts of the volatile capital.

Meanwhile, followers of Egyptâ„¢s opposition set up tents in the cityâ„¢s iconic Liberation Square. They plan to march toward the presidential palace.

The opposition groups have urged Morsi to step down and hold snap election. They accuse him of consolidating his power instead of addressing the countryâ„¢s social and economic problems.

The main opposition coalition known as the National Salvation Front has rejected President Morsi’s offer for dialogue.

“We are confident the Egyptian people will come out in their millions to hold peaceful demonstrations on all of Egypt’s squares and streets to realize their aspirations and to put the 25 January revolution back on track,” the opposition coalition said in a statement on Thursday.

The government has deployed thousands of troops in Cairo and other tense cities across the country. At least one person was killed and dozens more injured in violent clashes in northern Egypt late on Thursday.

Supporters and opponents of the president have been clashing with each other during recent demonstrations across the North African country.

The opposition accuses the government of being dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Iran oil min. in Russia for GECF meeting

0

Iranian Oil Minister Rostam Qasemi has arrived in Moscow to take part in the ministerial meeting of the Gas Exporting Countries Forum (GECF) in the Russian capital, Moscow.

Heading a high-ranking delegation, Qasemi arrived in Moscow on Friday to attend the meeting, which will be held on June 29 prior to the 2nd summit of the GECF.

The forum, scheduled to be held in Moscow on July 1-2, will be attended by Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.

National Iranian Oil Companyâ„¢s Director for International Affairs Seyyed Mohammad Ali Khatibi said ministers will discuss the summitâ„¢s final declaration and agenda on Saturday.

Earlier, Iranâ„¢s Embassy in Moscow said that the Iranian president Å“will hold one-on-one meetings with President of the Russian Federation [Vladimir Putin] and some other senior officials attending the conference,” in addition to delivering a speech at the summit.

Å“The [2nd] summit of the Gas Exporting Countries Forum will be an opportunity to strengthen cooperation among member countries and exchange views at the highest level on the current and future situation of the gas market and gas industry,” the statement read.

The Gas Exporting Countries Forum is an intergovernmental organization comprising 11 of the world’s leading natural gas producers, including Algeria, Bolivia, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Iran, Libya, Nigeria, Qatar, Russia, Trinidad and Tobago and Venezuela.

The GECF was founded in 2001 in the Iranian capital, Tehran, and its members control over 70 percent of the world’s natural gas reserves, 38 percent of the pipeline trade and 85 percent of the liquefied natural gas (LNG) production.

The three largest reserve-holders in the GECF – Russia, Iran and Qatar – together hold about 57 percent of global gas reserves.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

War criminal Blair ramps up anti-Syria pressure

1
Former British Prime Minister Tony Blair has used a podium in the Occupied Palestinian Territories to call for the establishment of no-fly zones over Syria.

At a speech to the 2013 Presidential Conference hosted by Shimon Peres, head of the Israeli regime, Tony Blair condemned what he called the “predominant emotion in the West today…..to stay out of Syria; indeed to stay out of the region’s politics.”

Blair insisted, just as he once did back in 2002 and 2003 in a different context, that “as every day passes shows, the cost of staying out may be paid in a higher price later”.

The former British premier linked his call for urgent action against Syria to Iran, where he moaned: “We have to be prepared to be strong in defence of our values. It is why Iran’s nuclear weapons ambitions and export of terrorism round the region are a threat. We must be determined to confront and overcome that threat. Those that truly hold the power in Tehran must know of our determination and feel its vigour. Of course any choice involving military action is fraught. No one wants it. But a nuclear armed Iran is the worst choice and we shouldn’t make it.”

These are not thoughts or analysis, because Blair does not think or analyse; he only ever utters militarist slogans. His pious insistence that ‘ no one wants’ military action is a lie, because the mindless and unrelenting promotion of war and violence is precisely what has earned this vacuous shill the wealth and prestige that he possesses, according to editor.

Blair may talk about preventing ‘catastrophic consequences’, but the dirty and disgusting game that is being played out in Syria now threatens to bring about the most catastrophic military confrontation in the history of the modern Middle East. It will not bring peace, but death, chaos and destruction on a scale that will dwarf previous ‘interventions’ in Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya, as it sucks in Lebanon, Iraq, Jordan, Iran, Turkey, and Israel.

Whenever the so-called Quartet’s ‘Peace Envoy’ makes any pronouncement on the great issues in the Middle East, you can always guarantee that the missile silos are being readied for action.

The West’s escalation of the war will not bring peace in Syria but death, chaos and destruction on a scale that will dwarf previous ‘interventions’ in Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya.

MOL/HE

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Urban Protests in Brazil: Unions Follow in the Wake of Popular Demonstrations.

0
Since 2001 it has become common to speak of a group of “rising powers”, rapidly developing countries which will overtake the established powers of Europe and the USA. This BRICS group, composed of Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa, have been heralded as the new drivers of the global political economy. Recent protests in Brazil have cast doubts on such a narrative. In this guest post, Phil Robertsanalyses the underlying dynamics as well as key agents in these mass demonstrations in cities throughout the country.

Alongside this new economic primacy, the BRICS group has become the setting for the mega-events which dominate the symbolic national rivalries played out through sports. India recently held the Commonwealth Games, whilst in 2010 South Africa hosted the first World Cup ever to take place on that continent. China’s hosting of the 2008 Olympic games was fêted as a resounding success, and likewise Russia will host its own World Cup in 2018.
World Cup, for whom?

The 2013 Confederations Cup was intended to be the first in a series of triumphal mega-events to be held in Brazil. Using the facilities being developed for the 2014 World Cup, itself a stepping stone to Brazil’s hosting of the 2016 Olympics, this event would demonstrate that Brazil had the structural and economic capacity to host the most celebrated international sporting occasions. This would herald Brazil’s arrival at the top table of developed nations, possessing wealth enough to satisfy its population and produce wonders besides.   

The reality of the last few weeks has been rather different. From the outset, the Confederations Cup games have taken place in a context of social unrest and mass protest, as Brazilians took to the streets and lambasted their government. The initial protests in Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo took place under the banner of revolt against increased public transport fees. However, subsequent mobilizations have been quick to assert that the problem “Não é só 20 centavos” (is not just 20 cents.) Middle-class, and especially young, Brazilians gathered together to condemn government corruption, high taxes and poor public services and to demand “FIFA standard” investment in health and education. In order to understand this sudden eruption of popular protest, it is necessary to examine the underlying economic, political and geographical processes involved in Brazil’s rise to “great power” status.
Aerial photo of Sao Paolo demonstration


To say that these protests are specifically urban in nature is not just to speak of their location. The protests reflect how the urban environment is shaped by processes of capitalist development. As David Harvey points out in his recent book Rebel Cities: From the Right to the City to the Urban Revolution (2012), recreating the built environment through successive waves of urbanization has always been central to the absorption and accumulation of capital. This is visible right now in cities of the rising powers, as slums in India, South Africa and Brazil suddenly become valuable properties via financial speculation. Poor and middle class populations are driven out of urban centres, either by state intervention or private violence, and communities are broken up and relocated in the urban peripheries.  Brazil’s hosting of the World Cup and Olympic Games has only exacerbated this process, as flows of national and international capital enter urban communities in search of high returns on investment yielded from the spectacle of these mega-events. Brazil’s growing importance on the international level has distorted local geographies. Mega-events have further accentuated the inequalities and contradictions embedded in the capitalist economies of rising powers. This increased peripheralization of poor and middle class communities has given rise to other detrimental effects, distancing them from public services such as health and education, and burdening them with higher transport costs.

Although it quickly recovered from the global financial crisis of 2008, Brazil has recently experienced slowing growth and faces rising inflation, particularly in the prices of basic foodstuffs. The population is thus faced with a rising cost of living coupled with diminishing prospects for economic growth and investment.  If this general condition was the powder that would ignite in popular protest, the 20 centavos rise in the cost of transport was the fuse, and the Confederations Cup provided the spark.
People united need no party!

The character of the protests has to some extent resisted analysis, offering no clear and coherent vision of their purpose and duration. Part of the reason for this is that the demands set out have been both piecemeal and apparently heterogeneous – from the specific demand of a reversal of a price hike, to general demands over corruption and investment. Some protesters have even called for the impeachment of President Dilma Rousseff. This last demand is indicative of the heterogeneous makeup of the movement: whilst there is common cause for complaint against specific issues, the political opponents of the ruling Workers Party (PT) are seeking to direct the force of public discontent against Rousseff’s bid for re-election in 2014. The popular mobilizations have not taken place under the banner of a single leading group, but contain a plethora of groups each of which have failed to extend their hegemony over the rest. Strikingly, activists carrying the banners of various left-wing parties have been forcibly ejected by the protesters, as those directly involved in the struggle have resisted subordination to the leadership of those involved in formal politics.  

The Passe Livre (Free Pass) organization has stood as the figurehead, though not the actual directive force, of the protests. Their manifesto very acutely summarizes the experience of those disadvantaged by Brazil’s urban development, linking public transport to accessing other goods such as healthcare and education. If transport is unaffordable, these goods are lost as well (http://saopaulo.mpl.org.br/tarifa-zero/). Passe Livre is an overwhelmingly student-led and middle-class group, and its basic proposals centre on free public transport for those in education, although this has been broadened more recently to encompass free transport for all. The social benefits of their campaign are therefore strongly skewed towards the aspirant middle class rather than the worst off who possess little time or opportunity to study.
Organized labour is yet to take a prominent role in the protests. Whilst youth activists from the Central Único dos Trabalhadores (CUT, Central Labour Union) have undoubtedly been present, the unions have not exercised any leadership or directive force over the mobilizations. Although the CUT, together with other unions and movements, sent an open letter to Dilma Rousseff during the most tumultuous period of protest, it is only now as mobilizations are diminishing that strikes are being discussed. A coalition of unions and social movements including the CUT, Força Sindical, and CONLUTAS is now calling for strikes on the 11th of July, centred on much the same demands as raised by the popular protests. However, far from guiding and organizing the popular mobilizations, these actors have followed in their wake and seem now locked in a struggle to demonstrate their relevance and power. Still more disturbing, these groups have not succeeded in mobilizing the very poorest in Brazilian society. Those living in the favelas have been only a minor presence in the urban protests, and have only recently begun to mobilize in significant numbers. Given that these are the groups most affected by rising transport prices and poor public services, unions and other movements appear to be failing in their role of enlarging struggles to include those most vulnerable.

Cleaning the city for the games!


The victories won by those who took to the streets have been considerable and rapid. Within a week of the first demonstration, the mayors of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo agreed to reverse the price hike in public transport. Shortly thereafter, President Dilma met with representatives of the Passe Livre movement before issuing a message of support and a 5 part plan which will focus on more state investment into education and healthcare. On the 25th of June, the Brazilian Congress struck down the proposed PEC-37 legislation which had been vilified by the movement: its provisions would have afforded greater protection to politicians involved in corruption and increased police powers. PEC-37 was widely expected to become law before the popular demonstrations began, but the Brazilian legislature effectively backed down in the face of popular dissent, voting 430 to 9 against its passing.

It is tempting to conclude that we are witnessing the birth of a new phase of Brazilian politics. Here an educated and militant middle-class wins popular victories without submitting to the schemas of more traditional, and therefore more compromised, political organizations. However, it should be borne in mind that although the protests have forced concessions which lessen the impact of capitalism’s urban process upon the middle classes, they have done nothing to undermine that process over the long term. No group has succeeded in convincing the masses that peripheralization, poor access to services and rising transportation costs are merely the immediate and visible aspects of the underlying dynamics of capitalist development. Without collective organizations capable of extending popular protests into struggles for political transformation, the labouring classes of Brazil will continue to cede the initiative to the capitalist class.


Bibliography:

Harvey, David (2012) Rebel Cities: From the Right to the City to the Urban Revolution. London: Verso.



About the author:

Phil Roberts is a 3rd year PhD student in Politics and International Relations at the University of Nottingham. His research focuses on the potential of the Brazilian Landless Workers Movement to form  a counter-hegemonic project, and engages with Marxist theorists including Antonio Gramsci and Henri Lefebvre. He is a fellow of the Centre for the Study of Social and Global Justice, and is supervised by Dr. Adam Morton and Professor Andreas Bieler.

For a follow-up to this analysis see Salad Revolution but no Passive Revolution: The Continuation of Hegemony in Brazil by Phil Roberts!

Italian priest arrested in bank probe

0

Italian authorities have arrested a senior priest on suspicion of fraud and corruption throughout an investigation into the scandal-plagued Vaticanâ„¢s central bank.

Nunzio Scarano was taken into custody on Friday after a probe of the Institute for Works of Religion (IOR) revealed a suspected international fraud scheme.

Scarano was arrested along with Giovanni Maria Zito, a former member of the Italian secret services and Giovanni Carinzo, a financial broker.

Prosecutors say Scarano paid Zito 400,000 euros (USD 523,000) to transport 20 million euros in cash from Switzerland to Italy onboard Zitoâ„¢s private jet.

Vatican spokesman Federico Lombardi said Scarano was suspended from his accounting post at the Vaticanâ„¢s central bank Administration of the Patrimony of the Apostolic See (APSA) nearly a month ago Å“after his superiors learnt about an investigation into his activities.”

Italian daily newspaper La Repubblica reported that Scaranao is also under investigation by in the city Salerno on suspicion of money laundering.

Only priests, religious, Catholic institutions, employees of Vatican City State and diplomats accredited to the Holy See are allowed to have accounts at the IOR, but the bank reportedly also hosts accounts for Italian politicians and organized crime.

During its 71-year history, the bank has been linked to fraud and money laundering, including a scandal in the 1990s over allegedly laundering heroin profits for the Gambino crime family.

In 2012, the Vatican was criticized by the Moneyval committee of the Council of Europe for its lack of independent supervision over the IOR, which employs over 100 personnel.

Cardinal Jorge Mario Bergoglio of Argentina, named the new pope on March 13, has embarked on a mission to surmount a range of problems in the Church including sex abuse allegations, squabbling within the Vatican and the threat of secularism.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

The White House Threatens To End Aid if Palestine Joins the ICC

2

Beirut

Fatou Bom Bensouda, the Gambian-born deputy prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC), was never Washington’s first choice to succeed the inveterately self-promoting elitist ICC prosecutor Luis Moreno-Ocampo.

And it is doubtful that key Obama administration officials have changed their minds this week given Ms. Bensouda’s impassioned invitation on 6/27/13 to Palestine, urging its accession to the Rome Statute and the ICC, the former signed and ratified, as of this month, by 122 states with 31 additional countries, including Russia, having signed with ratification pending in their legislatures.

Visiting Al Jalil UNWRA high school across from Shatila camp here in Beirut recently, this observer was asked several questions by students and staff and the most frequent inquiry, which came as no surprise,  concerned why the Lebanese government, even those who claim to support the Palestinian cause, still have not acted in Parliament to grant Palestinian refugees the same elementary civil right to work and to own a home that every refugee everywhere, even in Zionist occupied Palestine, have long enjoyed.

The second most commonly asked question, did surprise me a bit and it was why the Palestinian leaders in Ramallah have not joined the International Criminal Court (ICC) in order to challenge the criminal, apartheid regime in occupied Tel Aviv and hold it accountable under international humanitarian law for crimes against Palestinian prisoners and more than a dozen equally brutal campaigns that target the indigenous population increasingly being condemned internationally.

From my time visiting Al Jalil School, it became clear that the students and faculty want their country, Palestine, to join the ICC.  One is advised that this sentiment is the same in all 54 Palestinian refugees’ schools in Lebanon and this insistence mirrors virtually all Palestinian, camps, groups and NGO’s with whom I have discussed the subject.

The new ICC Prosecutor Bensouda is also encouraging Palestine  to join the International Criminal Court, as she prepares for the cases that are likely to be filed with the ICC in the coming months.   Addressing this week’s Transitional Justice and International Justice the Arab World conference, she declared that her office believes Palestine qualifies to join the ICC after the UN General Assembly voted to admit Palestine as a non-member state last November.

The ICC prosecutor’s office is rumored in The Hague to be particularly impassioned and focused on those areas in which their chief, Ms. Bensouda, has particular international legal expertise. With the main area being international crimes comprising the category of continuous crimes against humanity, which, arguably, since 1948, have been most egregiously committed by the last 19th century colonial enterprise that still brutally occupies Palestine.

Prosecutor Bensouda and her ICC staff is reported to be particularly intent on investigating continuing violations of basic humanitarian principles, standards and rules and both have spoken about the case  of Palestinian Maysara Abu Hamdiyeh, a cancer-sufferer who died in Israeli custody on 6/25/13  after the  Israeli government rejected repeated international calls and protests for his release. This, even as its officials conceded that Mr. Abu Hamidiyeh was no threat to society and could likely be successfully treated if allowed medical treatment for his life threatening condition.  One ICC investigator, who asked for anonymity, stated that she and her colleagues considered the actions of the Netanyahu government with respect to the Abu Hamidiyeh, and similar cases, to be “sick!”

The White House and its allies are not pleased by prospects for an eventful  next few years at the ICC. What have particularly unnerved outgoing UN Ambassador, Susan Rice and Israeli PM Netanyahu, are the 5/23/13 comments of Ms. Bensouda during the 38th FIDH Congress in Istanbul which celebrated the 15th anniversary of the Rome Statute which created the ICC.

“Gone are the days when those who commit international crimes, could be cleansed of their atrocities through a mere hand shake and a scribble of their initials on a piece of paper which purports to bind them to conditions that they have no intention of ever observing.”  She added: “My challenge is to consolidate what has been achieved, to build on from it, and to answer victims’ calls for justice. That is the promise made in Rome and that is the promise we cannot fail to fulfill”.

One the several “going out the door” comments Ms. Rice made on cleaning out her UN office on her way to become President Obama’s National Security Adviser, was basically a reiteration of her livid expressions made following last fall’s UN General Assembly vote giving Palestine its new international status. When asked if she considered the UN vote a repudiation of the Obama administration and her personally, Ms. Rice scolded:

“That resolution is not going to take them closer to statehood, or to the ICC!  It may actually make the environment more difficult for them and public references to the “State of Palestine” do not make it a sovereign state. Any reference to the ‘State of Palestine’ in the United Nations, including the use of the term ‘State of Palestine’ on the placard in the Security Council or the use of the term ‘State of Palestine’ in the invitation  do not reflect acquiescence that ‘Palestine’ is a state,” she said.

It may be recalled that in a letter addressed to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the President of the UN Security Council immediately following the 11/29/12  General Assembly vote, the permanent UN observer of Palestine reiterated his delegation’s position that ”all Israeli settlement activities are illegal, constituting grave breaches of article 49 (6) of the Fourth Geneva Convention and thus constituting war crimes, as further determined in accordance with article 8 (2) (b) (viii) of the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court. Israel, the occupying Power, must be held accountable for all of the war crimes it is committing against the Palestinian people.”

This letter was cited by the most recent UN Human Rights Council (UNHRC) report of February 2013, which also found Israel, as an occupying power, in violation of Article 49 of the Fourth Geneva Convention for ”transferring parts of its civilian population into territory that it occupies.”

Adding to all its currents problems, is this week’s announcement that President Obama’s “favorite general,”  Retired Gen. James “Hoss” Cartwright will likely cause yet more serious problems for the administration when details of his suspected leaks of information about a covert U.S.-Israeli cyber-attack on the Islamic Republic of Iran’s nuclear program, for which he is expected to soon be arrested and indicted. Coming on the heels of the Edward Snowden’s NSA leaks case, Washington is said to have no patience whatsoever, for Palestine making more problems and opening an ICC Pandora’s box.

Ramallah is being flooded with threats this month from Middle East envoy, Tony Blair,  US Secretary of State, John Kerry, now on his 5th visit to the Middle East in as many months, Jordan’s King Hussein and reportedly, several others.  The message for Mahmoud Abbas is that the Palestinian Authority risks a cut-off of funds and US dis-engagement from any “peace process” as well as the scrapping of the rumored “mega economic & development  package” which Kerry aids are currently finalizing, if Palestine goes anywhere near the International Criminal Court.

It’s a tough call for President Mahmoud Abbas and his supporters because Hamas wants Palestine to immediately file cases against Israel at the ICC and so it appears, do a large majority of Palestinians, in Lebanon and internationally.

Franklin Lamb is doing research in Syria and Lebanon and can be reached c/o fplamb@gmail.com

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Twin bomb blasts kill 10 in central Iraq

0

An Iraqi policeman inspects the damage outside a supermarket following a bomb blast in central Baghdad on June 25, 2013.

At least 10 people have been killed and 21 others injured after two bomb blasts rocked the central Iraqi city of Ramadi.

The explosions targeted a group of anti-al-Qaeda militiamen in Ramadi, the largest city in Anbar Province, on Friday.

Security officials said the first bomb was planted in a car belonging to the militia and the second one was placed on the roadside.

No one has yet claimed responsibility for the attack.

There has been recently an upsurge in violence across Iraq, and the authorities say Qatar and Saudi Arabia have had a hand in some of the deadly incidents.

The United Nations says a total of 1,045 people were killed and nearly 2,400 were injured in violent incidents across Iraq in May.

Earlier this month, UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moonâ„¢s Special Representative for Iraq Martin Kobler called on the Iraqi leaders to Å“sit together” and address the countryâ„¢s problems, including car bomb attacks throughout Iraq.

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has said that militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime are responsible for the latest wave of violence in the country.

MAM/KA/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Surveillance and the Police State: Let Us Hold It to Account

0

 ”If you are a law-abiding citizen of this country, going about your business and your personal life, you have nothing to fear.” British Foreign Secretary William Hague, responding to the revelations of mass surveillance in the US and the UK (BBC’s The Andrew Marr Show on 9 June).

What does William Hague take the British public for?

This bureaucrat politician stands in front of the cameras time and again setting out to mislead with his self righteous platitudes. He did it over Libya and tens of thousands lost their lives. His is doing it over Syria with similar results. And he is doing it over mass surveillance by the state.

Do not believe we have nothing to fear. We have much to fear.

Take the case of Stephen Lawrence, for example, who was lawfully ‘going about his business’ in April 1993, when white racists murdered him while he was waiting for a bus. It has now emerged that, after the murder, four London Metropolitan police officers were deployed to spy on the Lawrence family and Stephen’s friends. The Lawrences were just ‘law-abiding citizens going about their business’. But undercover police were used to smear the Lawrence family’s fight for justice (1). One of those the spies says he job was to hunt for disinformation and dirt in order to stop the Lawrence’s justice campaign in its tracks. Nothing to fear from the state Mr Hague.

And then there are the numerous well-documented cases of the police and/or intelligence agencies infiltrating legitimate campaign and protest groups (2) and ‘investigating’ political parties or prominent figures (3)(4) in order to subvert or discredit them. Let us not forget too (how could we?) the massive police cover ups, none more prominent than the Hillsborough case (5). Still nothing to fear Mr Hague?

But let’s not be too harsh on Hague. The same ‘terror threat/nothing to fear’ script is being read out to the public in the US. Politicians elsewhere are using ‘terror’ as an excuse for spying on the public at large as well. German Chancellor Angela Merkel is convinced that Germany has to protect itself against potential terrorist attacks by using mass surveillance:

“We are dependent on being able to act and not being entirely at the mercy of the terrorists. And today, it’s on the Internet that communication takes place.” (6)

Alexander Dix, data protection commissioner for the city of Berlin, is a lot more sceptical. He calls for more restraint in the collection of data:

“You don’t have to follow conspiracy theories in order to suspect that data collected for fighting terrorism will also be used in other areas.” (6)

It’s all very convenient for politicians to pull out the magic phrase ‘war on terror’ in a futile attempt to stop any discussion on surveillance in its tracks. If the US-led alliance really wanted to stop or drastically reduce terrorism, it should listen to journalist Nir Rosen’s advice: stop committing it (7).

We need more monitoring and surveillance

The likes of Obama, Kerry, Hague or Cameron have become experts in churning out their fear-mongering platitudes by using some abstract notion of ‘we’ to imply ‘the nation’ or the ‘national interest’. But ‘we’ — the ordinary folk — need to hold power to account, to question its legitimacy and to challenge it when it is illegitimate.

We need to do this to help guarantee our safety, our common interests, our freedoms and threats to democracy. How about more but bottom-up monitoring and surveillance in terms of transparency within government and accountability to ensure decisions are properly scrutinized and genuinely open to pubic debate. In the absence of this, we have corruption, profiteering and the revolving door between government and big business, which all ensure that the powerful and wealthy get away with murder, quite literally when it comes to their illegal wars and mass killing.

In the absence of real democracy, we have food safety/regulation authorities being hijacked by corporate interests in order to feather their own nests. We have armaments companies using politicians as their sales lackeys. We have police and intelligence agencies infiltrating, harassing or subverting legitimate groups that have every right to protest, dissent and oppose. We have a wide range of powerful corporate players that lobby, threaten or buy their way towards casting the world in their own self-serving nuclear, retail, biotech, petro-chemical or pharmaceutical image. And we have banks, industries and whole economies that are undemocratically owned and controlled.

We also have ‘stuff’ being sprayed onto us without our consent (or very often knowledge) and have no power to stop ‘stuff’ from being sprayed onto us (8).

But we are told all this top-down surveillance and all of the increasing unfreedoms are for our own good. We are told that public servants serve us by bowing down to elite interests. We are told that an incredible mass media is credible even though it serves a corporate agenda.

Based on his research for the book Who Killed Diana?, the late journalist Simon Regan stated that it is (paraphrased):

Whitehall that really runs the country with a close-knit Mafia-like clique… made up of a handful of powerful, but low-key, City brokers and financiers; the top brains at the Foreign Office, the Treasury, the Ministry of Defence and the Trade Department. Key figures in the security forces… and…at least one key member of the prime minister’s secretariat… the police and judiciary… through the Home Office… can certainly be manipulated. The Super-Establishment’s power is based upon its ability to manipulate the level below it — the individuals that most people believe are governing our country. The elected government is almost irrelevant… The world in which the Super-Establishment exists is a grey and murky world in which sensitive matters of state are planned and executed in gentlemen’s clubs. It is where manipulation plots are hatched, whether it is manipulation of a certain minister towards a certain viewpoint, or the wholesale orchestration of a Foreign Office ploy to bring down a foreign government… It is almost the divine mission of the secret services to protect the status quo, and hitherto it has been their full intention to thwart anyone who tried to disrupt it. The actual existence of the Super-Establishment is not a flight of fancy. It is entirely manipulative and exercises a great deal of power behind the scenes. (9)

The elite, the oligarchs, the ruling class, the one percent — call it how you will. Yet it is we, the people, who are spied on and monitored by them for their good, to serve their interests and to feather their highly privileged and secretive world, a world built on the stolen wealth of both past and present deeds.

But don’t worry about any of this. There is no need. If that nice Mr Hague says we’ve nothing to fear, he must be right.

Notes

1)      http://www.guardian.co.uk/uk/video/2013/jun/24/undercover-police-stephen-lawrence-video

2)      http://towardfreedom.com/europe/2337-the-political-policing-of-dissent-in-the-uk

3)      http://www.lobster-magazine.co.uk/articles/rrtalk.htm

4)      http://www.guardian.co.uk/uk/2009/oct/06/mi5-union-leaders-surveillance

5)      http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hillsborough_disaster

6)      http://www.dw.de/how-much-surveillance-do-we-need/a-16888265

7)      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dW0eiPiuUuk

8)      http://www.countercurrents.org/todhunter260613.htm

9)      http://shoestring911.blogspot.co.uk/2007/08/british-establishment-revealed.html

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Approximately 1 in every 5 children who receives 1 dose of varicella vaccine may develop varicella disease

0

Abstract Source:

J Infect Dis. 2008 Mar 1 ;197 Suppl 2:S127-31. PMID: 18419385

Approximately 1 in every 5 children who receives 1 dose of varicella vaccine may develop varicella disease, also known as breakthrough disease, if exposed to varicella-zoster virus.

Currently, in communities with high vaccination coverage, varicella cases mostly occur in vaccinated individuals. We report on the first population-based description of the clinical and epidemiological characteristics of varicella in populations with increasing vaccine coverage between 1997 and 2005.

In vaccinated children 1-14 years of age, varicella was most often mild and modified; the atypical disease presentation may result in diagnostic challenges to health care providers.

However, despite the generally mild nature of these cases, approximately 25% caused>50 lesions, and some resulted in serious complications similar to those occurring in unvaccinated individuals. Continued surveillance of the risk and characteristics of breakthrough disease will be needed, to monitor the effect of the new 2-dose vaccine recommendation for children.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

Cuban Democracy and the Twenty-First Century Latin American Left

0

Arnold August presented a paper entitled “Cuban Democracy and the Twenty-First Century Latin American Left” on the New York June 2013 Left Forum panel: The Twenty-First Century Latin American Left.

21st century socialism is a banner that socialists in many countries of Latin American have been lifting again and in some cases have done so from positions of state power (Venezuela, Ecuador, Bolivia). What does this mean for socialism, looking back on the past 14 years since the start of the recent wave of leftist governments in Latin America and comparing these experiences with 20th century socialism?

Chair, Speakers: Fred Rosen – NACLA, Steve Ellner – Universidad del Oriente, George Cicariello-Maher – Drexel University, Arnold August, author of Cuba and Its Neighbours: Democracy in Motion.

Credit for video: Jennifer Wager, Film Maker, USA

Left Forum is the largest annual conference of the broad Left in the United States. Each spring thousands of conference participants come together to discuss pressing local, national and global issues; to better understand commonalities and differences, and alternatives to current predicaments; or to share ideas to help build social movements to transform the world.

Arnold August, Fred Rosen and Steve Ellner

George Cicariello-Maher, Arnold August, Fred Rosen and Steve Ellner

Fred Rosen has been affiliated with NACLA (North American Congress on Latin America) the early 1990s, variously as editor, director, correspondent/blogger, and board member. He has worked as a writer and reporter in Mexico City and has taught economics at the Central University of Venezuela. He has been a regular correspondent and or columnist for a number of publications including NACLA Report on the Americas, El Financiero International, Mexican Labor News and Analysis, and the Mexico edition of The Miami Herald.

Steve Ellner is one of the foremost authorities on Venezuela. He began teaching at the Universidad de Oriente in Venezuela in 1977. His book “Rethinking Venezuelan Politics: Class, Conflict and the Chavez Phenomenon” is a classic reference. He also contributes regularly to www.venezuelanalysis.com

George Cicariello-Maher, Drexel University, has just published “We Created Chavez: A People’s History of the Venezuelan Revolution.”

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Military Scared of Itself: Army-Wide Block on NSA Stories

0

(Photo: Flickr/Wikimedia Commons)The U.S. Army is blocking all internet access to press coverage of the NSA spying scandal to prevent service members and military employees from leaking out more information, the Monterey Herald revealed Thursday.

The censorship at Army bases across the U.S. is in place to ward off further leaks and ensure ‘network hygiene,’ said Gordon Van Vleet, spokesman for the Army’s NETCOM network. He told the Monterey Herald:

“We make every effort to balance the need to preserve information access with operational security, however, there are strict policies and directives in place regarding protecting and handling classified information.”

Yet, supporters of whistleblower rights argue that no amount of media filtering from the Army command can stop a soldier or other military employee from acting on his or her own concience.

“The Army is scared of its own soldiers finding out what groups like the army are up to,” said Ryan Harvey of the Bradley Manning Support Network. “If anyone has information about the actions of the u.s. government it is the soldiers themselves. Society has this distorted mythology of what the U.S. does in the world. Members of the military, who are put through hell in the name of U.S. interests, know what’s going on.”

“Bradley manning is part of the army, and there are other Bradley Mannings out there,” continued Harvey. That is what Snowden is showing us now. The military is filled with people upset with what’s going on. The more those service members see people taking meaningful action on these injustices, the more they will want to take action themselves.”

The broad censorship was exposed by the Monterey Herald when people at the Presidio of Monterey Army public affairs base in California were unable to access Guardian articles about the NSA leaks.

While the blocks were at first believed to just shut out The Guardian, Army officials confirmed that the ban is Army-wide.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

'Wahhabism, Israel behind Shia killing'

0

A mob of Takfiri extremists drag the body of the Shia cleric Sheikh Hassan Shehata through the streets of a village in Egyptâ„¢s Giza Province on 23 June 2013.

A senior Iranian cleric says Israel and extremist Wahhabi muftis are to blame for the recent murder of a Shia cleric and three of his followers in Egypt.

Å“Such crimes have always existed and will continue to exist, but today we are faced with a criminal phenomenon which kills people in the name of Islam and … in the form of Takfiri Wahhabism,” Ayatollah Seyyed Ahmad Khatami said in the holy city of Qom on Thursday.

He also described the perpetrators of such crimes as Å“simple-minded people who have been brainwashed” and believe that their murderous acts are service to God.

The cleric also denounced Wahhabi muftis for ordering Shia Muslims killed by calling them infidels, while the Holy Qurâ„¢an has clearly noted that those who believe in the essentials of Islam cannot be considered infidels.

Ayatollah Khatami, however, made a distinction between Wahhabism and Sunni Islam, pointing out efforts made by Sunni scholars to shed light on the nature of the extremists.

Å“Wahhabism started with murder and crime from day one and is a brainchild of the British colonialism,” he noted.

Ayatollah Khatami further condemned Israel for sowing discord among Muslims in order to tarnish the image of Islam and portray it as cruel and violent.

On June 23, several hundred Takfiris attacked and surrounded the house of Shia cleric, Sheikh Hassan Shehata, in the village of Abu Mussalam in Giza Province near the capital Cairo. The Takfiris killed the cleric and three of his followers and dragged their bodies on the streets.

The grisly murder drew strong criticism from Egyptian politicians and promoted Amnesty International to demand Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi to address the violence against Shias in the country.

Amnestyâ„¢s Deputy Director for Middle East Programs Hassiba Hadj Sahraoui called on Cairo to immediately order an independent and impartial probe into the incident.

Å“Egyptian authorities must … send a clear message that carrying out attacks and inciting violence against Shia Muslims will not be tolerated,” Sahraoui urged.

MRS/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

US Marine’s murder conviction overturned in Iraq killing

1

By
Naomi Spencer

28 June 2013

A Marine sergeant found guilty of killing an unarmed civilian in Hamdania, Iraq in 2006 is set to be freed from prison, after the highest US military court overturned his conviction Wednesday.

Sergeant Lawrence Hutchins was convicted of unpremeditated murder in 2007 and sentenced to 15 years in military prison, a term subsequently reduced to 11 years. Hutchins, now 26, was the leader of a combat patrol deployed to Hamdania, a village near the infamous Abu Ghraib prison.

In the early morning of April 26, 2006, the 1st Squad, 2nd Platoon of the Kilo Company abducted Hashim Ibrahim Awad from his home. Members of the eight-man squad testified that they had planned in advance to select a random Iraqi male for ambush.

The Marines captured Awad, a 52-year-old father of 11 children, at around 2 a.m. They bound and gagged him, and brought him to a roadside ditch prepared by the squad to look like the site of an attempted IED bomb placement. Half an hour after Awad was abducted, the squad opened fire on the man and killed him.

Afterward, the squad removed the bindings from their victim, and positioned his body with a shovel, an AK-47, and empty bullet casings, to make the scene resemble that of a firefight. Afterward, Hutchins and his comrades described the incident as an ambush and a “good shoot.” Afterward, the squad filed a formal report that asserted Awad had been caught digging a hole for a roadside bomb and had engaged them in a firefight.

Family members said that Awad was disfigured beyond recognition and that he had been shot in the mouth. The Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) charged that Hutchins approached Awad and shot him multiple times in the face at point-blank range.

The murder took place at the height of the violence in the US occupation of Iraq, and the court-martial at which Hutchins was convicted was one of several conducted at Camp Pendleton, California into war crimes committed by Marines. The most notorious case was that of the 2005 massacre of 24 civilians in Haditha, Iraq. The Kilo Company was also involved in the brutal invasion and razing of Fallujah in November of 2004. Several Marines were implicated in the murder of unarmed Iraqi prisoners during the siege.

The NCIS investigation into the Hamdania incident resulted in charges of murder, kidnapping, housebreaking, larceny, obstruction of justice, and conspiracy to cover up the crimes. By 2007, however, the NCIS had scaled back or dropped many of the charges.

Hutchins, who has served only half of his 11-year sentence, was the only Marine on the squad that was involved in the kidnapping and killing of Awad who was sentenced to more than a few months behind bars. Five of the defendants accepted plea deals and were handed maximum sentences of 15 months in the brig at Camp Pendleton, California. Two others were released.

The US Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces found that Hutchins gave a statement to a Navy investigator while in custody at Camp Fallujah that should have been ruled inadmissible. Issuing the decision, Judge Charles Erdmann said that after his detention Hutchins was not allowed to call a lawyer and was given no attorney. After a week in a trailer, the Navy investigator entered and initiated a conversation with Hutchins. The following day, the sergeant voluntarily wrote a confession.

During his court martial proceedings, Hutchins maintained that he was not with his squad at the time of the killing.

“It was an error for the military judge to admit the statement made by Hutchins,” the court found. “Therefore, notwithstanding the other evidence of Hutchins’ guilt, there is a reasonable likelihood that the statement contributed to the verdict.”

The ruling describes Hutchins’ pre-trial detention as “essentially in solitary confinement,” where the Navy investigator violated “the integrity of an accused’s choice to communicate with police only through counsel.”

Significantly, Erdmann’s decision notes that during the 2007 court martial, the Navy investigator testified his purpose in interacting with Hutchins was to request permission to search the sergeant’s belongings that he had brought with him from Abu Ghraib, to confiscate any media that might contain photographs of the abuse being committed in the prison.

Republished with permission from:: World Socialist Web Site

'Bound for Gory': Climate Activists Arrested in Maine for Blocking 'Dirty Oil' Train

0

Members from 350 Maine, who blocked the railroad crossing at Lawrence Avenue in Fairfield Thursday night, to protest the transport of fracked oil. (Staff photo by Michael G. Seamans)Six Maine residents were arrested late Thursday night after a larger group of climate activists blockaded a set of tracks passing through the small town of Fairfield in order to prevent a train carrying 70,000 gallons “fracked” oil headed to a refinery in neighboring New Brunswick, Canada.

Associating themselves with a growing national campaign of direct action against the fossil fuel industry called “Fearless Summer,” the protesters at the scene erected a large scaffold over the tracks and held signs reading “Trains for people, not for oil” and “This train’s bound for Gory” (pun intended).

Police arrived, and after several warnings for the protesters to disperse, the six who refused were arrested as the scaffolding was destroyed with a chain saw.

Local media reported a surprisingly large law enforcement response with police from numerous towns showing up at the scene, including troopers from the State Police.

350 Maine*, the statewide group associated but independent from international organization 350.org that led the action, said the goal was to draw attention to the “fracked oil” that is quietly passing through the state on a regular basis. Local members of Earth First also participated in the action.

The groups say that the trains running through Maine carry crude from the Bakken oil fields of North Dakota and are especially toxic because “fracked oil” is extracted by blasting a high pressure toxic cocktail deep into the ground to release the oil from shale rock, polluting air and water in surrounding communities.

“People say that this new oil boom in the US will make us energy secure,” said Meaghan LaSala, student at University of Southern Maine and an organzier with 350 Maine. “But there is nothing secure about runaway climate change. This is our moment to change our trajectory before it’s too late.”Authorities approach members from 350 Maine, who blocked the railroad crossing at Lawrence Avenue in Fairfield Thursday night, to protest the transport of fracked oil. (Morning Sentinel Staff photo by Michael G. Seamans)

One of those arrested, 63-year old Read Brugger from the town of Freedom, was clear about his motivations.

“We feel there has not been enough awareness about the millions of gallons of crude shell oil that shipped across Maine each month,” Brugger told the local Bangor Daily News. “We feel need to move beyond fossil fuels and get away from the poisonous ways oil is being extracted.”

The BDN, which reported that many at the scene “said they did not know that fracked oil was being transported through Maine,” made it seem like the action, at least on local level, may have had the desired result.

But the campaigners acknowledged their concerns go beyond even the dire threats faced by Maine communities if one of these trains rerails or a spill occurs.

“We believe the moment we’re in, in terms of climate change, is a dramatic one and it calls for dramatic action,” said LaSala in an interview with the Morning Sentinel.(Maine Media Today photo by Michael G. Seamans)

“We oppose the continued extraction of fossil fuels, but we also oppose its transportation over thousands of miles of environmentally sensitive areas,” added Sarah Linnekin, a student at Maine’s Unity College. “Since my number one job is to protect my children, I feel an obligation to take action.”

[*Full disclosure: This writer is a sometimes volunteer for 350 Maine, though had no involvement with this action.]

______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

Takfiris behead priest in Homs

0

A shocking video has emerged on the Internet showing US-backed Takfiri militants in Syria brutally beheading two Christians including a priest in the western city of Homs.

In the gruesome footage recently posted online, the militants who are said to be members of the terrorist al-Nusra Front, cut off the heads of two handcuffed men, including Father Francois Murad, with a small knife in front of a crowd of people.

This is not the first time that the US-backed terrorist who are fighting against the Syrian government commit such grizzly crimes against innocent civilians in the war-torn country.

In March, a Muslim cleric was beheaded in Syriaâ„¢s northern city of Aleppo by militants, who decapitated Sheikh Hassan Saif al-Deen before dragging his lifeless body on the streets.

Local media blamed the beheading on the al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra.

Foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has claimed the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

The al-Nusra Front has been behind many of the deadly bombings targeting both civilians and government institutions across Syria since the beginning of the violence.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

MAM/KA/SS

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

9 killed in bomb blast in W Iraq

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 9 people have been killed and 21 others injured after a bomb blast rocked the western Iraqi city of Ramadi.

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

France public debt hits 91.7% of GDP

0

Franceâ„¢s national debt has risen to 91.7 percent of the country’s gross domestic product (GDP) in the first quarter of this year, according to official data.

The figure was revealed by Franceâ„¢s National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies (INSEE) on Friday.

The figure is far higher than the maximum 60 percent of output set by European Union.

INSEE said the debt rose by 36.5 billion euros (USD 47.6 billion) to 1.8703 trillion euros from the final quarter in 2012 to the end of the first quarter of this year.

The latest data from INSEE is another blow to the Socialist government, which is struggling to control the deficit for this year.

On June 26, the agency confirmed that France is in recession after the countryâ„¢s economy contracted by 0.2 percent in the first quarter of 2013, similar drop in the final quarter of last year.

In March, French President Francois Hollande acknowledged that his Socialist government will not be able meet its deficit target of 3.0 percent of output in 2013 instead it is now targeting 3.7 percent.

France has received a two-year extension by the European Commission to meet a three-percent deficit target on condition that the government would pursue structural reforms of the economy.

However, the countryâ„¢s public accounting office warned on June 27 that the deficit this year would likely reach 3.8 to 4.1 percent, mainly due to weak tax revenues owing to slow growth.

The auditing body also urged the government to act quickly to reform pensions and cut social spending in a bid to contain the deficit.

The country has not only been struggling with a worsened economy but it has also been hit by a record high number of 3.26 million jobseekers in April, despite campaign promises by Hollande to curb the rise in unemployment by the end of 2013.

CAH/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

State Department Condemns China, Russia Over Human Trafficking

0

The U.S. State Department released its annual global human trafficking report June 20, and two countries – China and Russia – are angry with the United States for being downgraded from Tier 2 two to Tier 3 status, joining Iran, North Korea, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, and nearly a score of other nations noted for their severe human trafficking issues. The annual Trafficking in Persons (TIP) report ranks nearly 200 countries on their record of combatting various forms of human trafficking, and promises over the last nine years from China and Russia to improve their records have kept them precariously in the Tier 2 slot.

“Now, the State Department has dropped the two countries, along with Uzbekistan, to Tier 3,” reported World News, accusing “China of state-sponsored forced labor under the name ‘re-education through labor,’ as well as widespread sex trafficking,” and Russia of “using forced labor for projects related to the upcoming Winter Olympic Games in Sochi and forcing North Koreans to work in logging camps, under an agreement with the North Korean government.”

China’s notorious one-child policy – along with the resulting sex ratio of 118 males to 100 females – has dramatically increased the demand for “trafficking of foreign women as brides for Chinese men and for forced prostitution,” the report states. As for Russia, the report cited research from the Migration Research Center, which has estimated that one million people suffer under “exploitative” labor conditions in the former Soviet nation.

BBC News reported on the angry response from the two governments, with Russia expressing its “indignation” over the report, and one Chinese official calling the findings an example of “arbitrary judgment.” Hua Chunying, a spokeswoman for China’s foreign ministry, insisted that her country places “great importance to fighting all crimes of trafficking,” and said that the United States “should take an objective and impartial view of China’s efforts and stop making unilateral or arbitrary judgements of China.”

Similarly, Russia’s foreign ministry human rights envoy, Konstantin Dolgov, accused the United States of using “unacceptable methodology” in its latest TIP report, slotting countries in certain groups according to their supposed friendliness to the U.S. government. “In fighting organized crime, including countering trafficking,” Dolgov said in a statement, “Russian authorities will never follow instructions worked out in another country, let alone fulfill conditions presented nearly in the form of an ultimatum.”

The report charges that while Russian officials made “ad hoc” attempts to stem human trafficking, they had not “established any concrete system for the identification or care of trafficking victims.” As for China, the report acknowledges that although Beijing made steps toward raising the awareness of trafficking and to partner with some international efforts, it had failed to tackle extensive cases of both child and adult forced labor, and the ongoing problem of sex trafficking involving girls and women. “Despite … modest signs of interest in anti-trafficking reforms,” the report stated, “the Chinese government did not demonstrate significant efforts to comprehensively prohibit and punish all forms of trafficking and to prosecute traffickers.”

Bloomberg News reported that, according to the U.S. report, an estimated “27 million men, women, and children worldwide are trapped in some form of slavery – South Asian maids confined in Qatari homes against their will, children taken from school to work in Uzbek cotton fields, and Paraguayans forced into labor in Argentine sweatshops. Millions of women and children are trafficked for sex. Very few are even identified, a focus of this year’s report.”

Luis CdeBaca, who heads up the State Department’s Office to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons, insisted that everything his department does “is driven by finding and identifying these people.” He claimed to reporters that in 2012 those efforts resulted in the identification of at least 46,500 victims of human trafficking.

As for specifically targeting two nations with which the United Sates has had increasingly strained relations over the past year, CdeBaca said: “We trust that the relationship with these countries is a mature relationship. This is one of many issues with which we deal with these governments. While sometimes these truths can be hard to tell and hard to hear, at the same time we need to have an accurate and respectful dialogue with them on what can be done and what needs to be done.”

World News reported that “President Barack Obama has 90 days to determine whether to apply sanctions against the 21 countries currently on the Tier 3 list. Sanctions could range from restricting aid to removing U.S. backing for loans from the World Bank and International Monetary Fund.”

Among those offering guarded optimism about the latest annual report was David Abramowitz, director of the U.S.-based Alliance to End Slavery and Trafficking. “Frankly, we expected a number of these countries to be upgraded for geopolitical reasons,” he commented. “The Trafficking in Persons report is only effective when it’s honest.”

Photo: From the cover of the “Trafficking in Persons” report

Republished with permission from:: The New American

'Pakistan facilitated US-Taliban talks'

0

This photo, taken on June 20, 2013, shows the new office of the Afghan Taliban in Doha.

A senior Pakistani official says the Islamabad government has facilitated the ongoing controversial peace talks between the Taliban militants and the United States in Qatar.

According to the unnamed official, Pakistani negotiators have been persuading the Taliban leadership in recent weeks to embark on peace talks with the Americans and the Afghan government.

Å“The process is continuing. In fact it is in everyoneâ„¢s interest that the process remains alive,” the Pakistani Dawn newspaper quoted the official as saying.

President Barack Obama’s administration has supported peace talks with the Taliban after the US-led forces lost ground against the militants in recent months across Afghanistan.

Senior Pakistani officials have welcomed the dialogue between Taliban and the United States in Doha, but the Afghan government has expressed serious concerns about the ongoing US-led peace process with Taliban in Qatar.

Senior Afghan officials say the move contradicts the US security guarantees, noting that the Taliban militants will be able to use their Doha office to raise funds for their campaign in Afghanistan.

The Kabul government has suspended strategic talks with Washington to discuss the nature of US presence after foreign troops withdraw in 2014.

Meanwhile, Afghanistanâ„¢s High Peace Council stated that none of its members will travel to Qatar to sit at talks with the Taliban.

The council has been making efforts to initiate dialogue with discontented Afghans and militants who have engaged in warfare with the US-led forces and Kabul’s Western-backed government.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after more than 11 years, insecurity remains across the country.

JR/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Labour Union in Colombia Battles Canadian Oil Company: Pacific Rubiales is Linked to Attacks on Union Activists

0

In May 2012, the third edition of my report Profiting from Repression: Canadian Investment in and Trade with Colombia was published and released by the Canadian Union of Postal Workers (CUPW) in Ottawa.  The report links ten Canadian companies in Colombia to the genocide of indigenous Colombians, to complicity in eight murders and one attempted murder, to other significant military/paramilitary repression, to large-scale displacement, and to environmental destruction on a massive scale, as well as to union-busting, strike-breaking, and worker exploitation.

These corporations are the four oil companies Talisman, Gran Tierra, Pacific Rubiales, and Petrominerales, and the six mining companies Gran Colombia Gold, Eco Oro Minerals, Cosigo Resources, B2Gold, Midasco Capital, and Antioquia Gold. Never before have Canadian companies in Colombia been so destructive. They are now open to criminal charges of genocide, murder, complicity in murder, environmental damage, displacement of indigenous populations, and the violation of labour rights.

Toronto-based Pacific Rubiales (PR) is the leading private oil and gas company in Colombia and produces 40% of the country’s oil. The company’s major producing properties are the Rubiales, Piriri and Quifa oil fields in Colombia’s Llanos Basin which is located in Meta department in the center of the country. Rubiales is the largest oil field in Colombia. My report linked Pacific Rubiales to paramilitaries (state-affiliated death squads responsible for most of the human rights violations in Colombia), to the destruction of indigenous homes and to strike-breaking, union-busting, and related military repression. 

Last month, I was part of a speakers’ panel in Toronto where I had the honour of introducing Rodolfo Vecino and Cesar Loza, President and International Relations Secretary, respectively, of the Petroleum Workers’ Union (USO) in Colombia. Vecino and Loza were on a speaking tour of Canada to raise awareness of the negative impact of Pacific Rubiales oil operations on Colombians. USO has been in the forefront of the struggle for workers’ rights in Colombia, and more than 100 of its members have been killed by state death squads. More unionists are murdered in Colombia than in any other country.

I interviewed Vecino and Loza after they spoke. Both thanked me for my report, with Loza telling me “I use your report to denounce Canadian corporations in Colombia. The report confirms the negative impact of mining and energy extractive Canadian multinational corporations in Colombia.” Vecino added: “I want to emphasize the importance of this type of research which we need in Colombia to understand all the connections between different multinational corporations, and in our case particularly, the role of Pacific Rubiales.” 

Q: Tell us about the background of USO.

Vecino: USO is an industrial union representing workers in the petroleum sector. We have 11,000 members nationally. Eighty per cent of our members are sub-contractors under precarious employment contracts. USO was born 90 years ago in the city of Barrancabermeja when we were struggling against a multinational corporation called Tropical Oil, a subsidiary of Standard Oil Company, a U.S. multinational.  

    The first aspect of our campaign was to defend national sovereignty, and we called for the nationalization of petroleum resources and the defence of workers’ rights and of their communities. These are the principles that our union is still defending. In this struggle during our history, we have carried out 22 strikes. One of our most important strikes was in 1948, and out of this was created the national petroleum company called Ecopetrol. This is a public company that we are still defending in order to ensure that it stays public. 

Q: What kind of official repression has been directed at USO?

Vecino: All known repressive practices have been unleashed against our union. One hundred and eight members of our union have been killed. Many of us have often been jailed. Five hundred of our union leaders and activists have been displaced currently in Colombia. Last night (May 7), assassins fired several bullets at Rafael Rodriguez, one of our activists. Fortunately, Rafael’s life was saved by the quick reaction of his bodyguard. Rafael is today recuperating in a clinic from the emotional and psychological impact of surviving this assassination attempt.

Q: What has been USO’s experience with Pacific Rubiales?

Loza: Pacific Rubiales is responsible for violating human rights, labour rights, and indigenous rights in Colombia. This company is also destroying our environment, especially our water resources.

 Vecino: Millions of barrels of water contaminated with oil are being dumped into water sources, many of which are now devoid of life. There are no fish left there. The company cannot manage the waste created by its oil production, so the contaminated water is poured onto roads, exposing people to disease.

Q: How does Pacific Rubiales treat Colombian workers?

Vecino: Currently 60% of Colombia’s oil production comes out of Meta Department (province). Pacific Rubiales (PR) is based in Meta. In July 2011, PR acted against 12,000 workers that were camped in the oil fields producing about 240,000 barrels of oil. The conditions of these workers I would characterize as living in a labour concentration camp. Their contracts were for 28 days, which are garbage contracts. These workers were paid very low wages (about the minimum) even though they were working in the petroleum industry. This low pay is insufficient to sustain a decent living, especially in an inhospitable jungle region like Meta.                    

These 12,000 workers had no guarantees in terms of health and safety. They had deficient food and nutrition, and their sleeping quarters were totally inadequate. Six hundred workers were sleeping in huge tents in extremely unsanitary conditions. These workers laboured up to 18 hours a day. Such harsh working conditions led to our labour conflict with Pacific Rubiales. The company has also displaced an indigenous community in Meta, and these people now have to ask Pacific Rubiales for permission to move around in their own territory.

Q: How do Colombian security forces support Pacific Rubiales?

Vecino: All kinds of Colombian security forces are present in the Pacific Rubiales oil production area, including the army which is protecting PR’s oil installations. About 5,000 members of the Military Police and riot squads are also stationed in the area. These forces have eight different contracts for security with Pacific Rubiales, and act like mercenaries at the service of the company. Any attempt by our union to exercise our labour rights of free association and organization have been attacked by these armed police and military forces.

    They stop us from organizing and mobilizing the workers. In 2012, USO tried to go to the oilfields where the workers were, and the army erected a barricade to stop us from entering. Pacific Rubiales has also erected a fence to prevent USO from going to the oilfields to talk to the workers. That is why I say that the Pacific Rubiales oilfields are in effect a labour concentration camp. The riot squad is in the oil fields 24 hours a day to block our union activities. The National Police follow us and film our activists. Workers have also been arbitrarily detained by security forces which have assaulted and injured our union members during demonstrations.     

Q: Tell us about the relations between Pacific Rubiales and the paramilitaries.

Vecino: We know that there is a relationship between Pacific Rubiales and the paramilitaries. There is open presence of paramilitaries in an area called Cristalinas, which adjoins the oil fields of Pacific Rubiales. A thousand families live in that area. About 400 workers there work for a company called Hocol, which is a subsidiary of Ecopetrol. All these workers and their communities have to pay a tax to the paramilitaries. We have evidence of the connections between Pacific Rubiales, the Colombian government, and the paramilitaries. Some of this evidence has been made public in judicial proceedings.

 One of our offices is in Puerto Gaitan, where Pacific Rubiales is located. We had to close that office last December after one of our activists, Milton Rivas Para, was murdered there. We regard this as a political assassination, and the responsibility lies with the Colombian government and the multinational mining companies that want to crush our union. Both the government and the corporations are also associated with the paramilitaries that are present in the Puerto Gaitan area. Ironically, these paramilitary death squads call themselves the “Freedom Fighters of the Vichada Area.”

Q: Tell us more about Pacific Rubiales’ union-busting.

Vecino: Pacific Rubiales has joined with the Colombian state in refusing to recognize accords that we have achieved as part of collective bargaining negotiations. Pacific Rubiales threatened to fire 4,000 workers who had joined our union at the end of 2011. These workers were forced to resign from our union and provide proof that they had done so. Only then were they permitted to continue working in the oil fields. About 200 workers refused to resign from our union in spite of these threats, so they were fired and put on a blacklist. They are still unable to find work in the petroleum industry anywhere in the country.

Q: Who are the executives of Pacific Rubiales?

Vecino: Most of the Chief Executive Officers (CEOs) of Pacific Rubiales were ministers in the former government of Alvaro Uribe (2002–2010), including his former ministers of foreign affairs and mining. This government was perhaps the most corrupt and one of the most criminal that Colombia has ever seen. The former functionaries of this government are today spread throughout the oil industry in CEO positions. Ronald Pantin, the CEO of Pacific Rubiales, is a Venezuelan. He was very active in the oil strike that tried to bring down the Chavez government in Venezuela and was also involved in the military coup launched against Chavez in 2002.

Q: What can Canadians do to support USO’s struggle against Pacific Rubiales? 

Loza: The fight against this multinational is not an easy one, and USO cannot win it singlehanded. We need solidarity in Canada as well as in Colombia, since Pacific Rubiales and many other companies operating in Colombia are based in Canada. We’re asking all of Canadian civil society, labour unions, and community organizations, academics, and Members of Parliament to oppose the activities of Pacific Rubiales. 

    We met with the members of the Ontario Secondary School Teachers’ Federation (OSSTF) and asked them to publicly make a statement about the impact of Pacific Rubiales because OSSTF has investments in the company. We also ask for the support of Canadians for a public tribunal we are holding in Meta in Colombia on July 13, which will judge the crimes of Pacific Rubiales. We invite Canadians to attend this tribunal.

    Our solidarity with Canadians will strengthen our struggle against Canadian-based multinational corporations. Together we need to demand from the Canadian and Colombian governments respect for human rights, labour rights, and for our communities and the environment. And if we become strong enough to kick these multinationals out of our country, that’s what we are going to do.

    Asad Ismi is the CCPA Monitor’s international affairs correspondent. He is author of the book Profiting from Repression: Canadian Investment in and Trade with Colombia (which contains more about Pacific Rubiales) and the radio documentary The Latin American Revolution. Both are available on his website www.asadismi.ws.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Federal Judge Throws Out Abu Ghraib Torture Lawsuit: Torture by US Company Working for US Government Not a US Concern

2

US District Court Judge Gerald Bruce Lee has thrown out the lawsuit brought by four Iraqi torture victims against CACI International, the company that tortured them, saying the US courts lacked jurisdiction over the matter.

The four detainees were tortured by CACI employees at the notorious Abu Ghraib, while the company was working for the US government. Despite this, Lee insisted that previous court rulings saying foreign violations must “touch and concern” the US were not sufficient to allow the case to continue.

Lee went on to reject the notion of lawsuits based on things that happened during the US occupation of Iraq in general, saying that there was “inconclusive” evidence to conclude that the US had “de facto sovereignty.”

CACI cheered the ruling, saying they hoped this would be the end of the “baseless” lawsuits aimed at holding them accountable for the torture their employees were involved in.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Will US General Find Immunity from Obama's Selective Wrath for Leakers?

0

Could the latest target of President Obama’s aggressive war against leakers of government secrets be a recent, and very high-level, member of the country’s military power structure?

James Cartwright as vice-chairman of the joint chiefs of staff in 2011. (Photograph: Pablo Martinez Monsivais/AP) Reporting by NBC News indicates that (Ret.) US Marine Gen. James Cartwright, who served as vice chairman on Obama’s Joint Chiefs of Staff, has been named as the focus of Justice Department investigation ordered by the White House to determine which officials may have been the source for revealing details about a US cyber-attack against Iran in 2010.

According to NBC,

[Cartwright has] received a target letter informing him that he’s under investigation for allegedly leaking information about a massive attack using a computer virus named Stuxnet on Iran’s nuclear facilities. Gen. Cartwright, 63, becomes the latest individual targeted over alleged leaks by the Obama administration, which has already prosecuted or charged eight individuals under the Espionage Act.

Cartwright has refused to comment and DOJ officials have yet to indicate whether or not the retired four-star general could possibly be charged.

Detailing the controversy surrounding the Stuxnet program, the Guardian reports:

The New York Times published a detailed account of the Stuxnet program in June last year, in which it said President Barack Obama had decided to accelerate US cyber attacks, which began under George W Bush.

The story was based on 18 months of interviews with “current and former American, European and Israeli officials involved in the program, as well as a range of outside experts”, the Times said in its story.

Cartwright, a four-star general who is now retired, was vice-chairman of the joint chiefs of staff from 2007 to 2011. The Times reported that he was a crucial player in the cyber operation called Olympic Games, started under Bush.

Bush reportedly advised Obama to preserve Olympic Games. According to the Times, Obama ordered the cyberattacks to be accelerated, and in 2010 an attack using a computer virus called Stuxnet temporarily disabled 1,000 centrifuges that the Iranians were using to enrich uranium.

News about the Justice Department’s investigation against Cartwright comes as the Obama faces heightened criticism for both how his country conducts itself relative to cyber-surveillance abroad and specifically for a seemingly double-standard when it comes to government leaks of classified information.

As many have pointed out, the Obama administration has proven itself very adept at taking advantage of anonymous leaks of classified information that reflect positively on the White House, but have been by far the most aggressive prosecutors when it comes to going after those who leak information unfavorable to government policies.

____________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from:: Common Dreams

An innate bactericidal oleic acid effective against skin infection of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.

0

Article Publish Status: FREE

Abstract Title:

An innate bactericidal oleic acid effective against skin infection of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus: a therapy concordant with evolutionary medicine.

Abstract Source:

J Microbiol Biotechnol. 2011 Apr ;21(4):391-9. PMID: 21532323

Abstract Author(s):

Chao-Hsuan Chen, Yanhan Wang, Teruaki Nakatsuji, Yu-Tuseng Liu, Christos Zouboulis, Richard Gallo, Liangfang Zhang, Ming-Fa Hsieh, Chun-Ming Huang

Article Affiliation:

Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, CA 92093-0671, USA.

Abstract:

Free fatty acids (FFAs) are known to have bacteriocidal activity and are important components of the innate immune system. Many FFAs are naturally present in human and animal skin, breast milk, and in the bloodstream. Here, the therapeutic potential of FFAs against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) is demonstrated in cultures and in mice. Among a series of FFAs, only oleic acid (OA) (C18:1, cis-9) can effectively eliminate Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) through cell wall disruption. Lauric acid (LA, C12:0) and palmitic acid (PA, C16:0) do not have this ability. OA can inhibit growth of a number of Gram-positive bacteria, including hospital and community-associated MRSA at a dose that did not show any toxicity to human sebocytes. The bacteriocidal activities of FFAs were also demonstrated in vivo through injection of OA into mouse skin lesions previously infected with a strain of MRSA. In conclusion, our results suggest a promising therapeutic approach against MRSA through boosting the bacteriocidal activities of native FFAs, which may have been co-evolved during the interactions between microbes and their hosts.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

Antimicrobial activity of saturated fatty acids and fatty amines against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.

0

Article Publish Status: FREE

Abstract Title:

Antimicrobial activity of saturated fatty acids and fatty amines against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.

Abstract Source:

Biol Pharm Bull. 2004 Sep ;27(9):1321-6. PMID: 15340213

Abstract Author(s):

Takashi Kitahara, Nao Koyama, Junichi Matsuda, Yuko Aoyama, Yoichi Hirakata, Shimeru Kamihira, Shigeru Kohno, Mikiro Nakashima, Hitoshi Sasaki

Article Affiliation:

Department of Hospital Pharmacy, Nagasaki University Hospital of Medicine and Dentistry, 1-7-1 Sakamoto, Nagasaki 852-8501, Japan. kitappy@net2.nagasaki-u.ac.jp

Abstract:

The objective of this study was to investigate the antimicrobial activities of saturated fatty acids and fatty amines against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). The antimicrobial activity of saturated fatty acids and fatty amines was determined by oxygen meters with multi-channels and disposable oxygen electrode sensors (DOX-96). Lauric acid, the most effective among the saturated fatty acids, showed antimicrobial activity at 400 microg/ml against methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA) and MRSA. The minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) of fatty amines depended on each hydrophobic chain length. The MIC of myristylamine was 1.56 microg/ml; most effective of the fatty amines. In time-kill curves, lauric acid and myristylamine produced a bactericidal effect and a bacteriostatic effect at 4-fold the MIC, respectively. The antimicrobial activities of lauric acid and myristylamine were decreased by human plasma. Cytotoxicity of 3 saturated fatty acids and 3 fatty amines was examined in cultured endothelial cells. Although cytotoxicity of fatty amines was severer than that of saturated fatty acids, myristylamine showed the highest value of apparent therapeutic index among them. DOX-96 was useful for screening antimicrobial substances, especially in the case of insoluble substances. We found that myristylamine showed anti-MRSA activity comparable to that of vancomycin and teicoplanin.

Republished with permission from:: Green Med Info

Gezi Protests in Turkey: A Historic Milestone

0

The Gezi Park protests in Istanbul have been the center of attention not only in Turkey but the whole world during the last few weeks. This has been a revolt unforeseeable in terms of its scale, influence, the intensity of its resentment, and the courage, determination, and self-confidence of masses of people, many with no previous political affiliation and experience. It is commonplace to say now that the movement was not just about the initial problem: the destruction of a ‘couple of trees’ to make space for a shopping mall or a kitsch Ottoman style caserne. It was essentially about demanding basic human rights or the right to demand rights.

But what were the big issues? Which developments led to these riots? Why does Taksim Square matter so much to Turkish people? And will this revolt be a factor to cease Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan’s unfinished transformation?

Hamilton University Professor of Economics Erol Balkan and Sabanci University Professor of Sociology Ahmet Öncü, have been asking these questions for years. In the book they are working on with Hamilton University Professor of Economics Nesecan Balkan, entitled The Neoliberal Landscape and the Rise of Islamic Capital, they analyze the economic and social context that gave rise to this movement. According to Balkan and Öncü, the Gezi Park protests will have to develop into a new, stronger and more inclusive movement in the future. They were interviewed by Kivanç Özvardar, a Turkish journalist writing regularly for Ekonomist weekly and on politics as a freelance reporter.

Kivanç Özvardar (KÖ): Could you explain the factors that led to the Gezi protests?

Erol Balkan (EB): Turkey is a country that has extensively implemented neoliberal policies since the early 1980s starting with the Turgut Özal government. The AKP continued with these policies and put into effect additional privatization policies that resulted in huge amounts of capital accumulation. This was a very typical case of “accumulation by dispossession.” Furthermore, the AKP government has recently started to narrow the public sphere of the middle classes through the so-called “urban transformation process.”

KÖ: Has this capital accumulation process created its own social class?

EB: Yes, this accumulation by dispossession has created an Islamic bourgeoisie and middle class who benefitted immensely from these policies. When the government started to interfere with the lifestyle of the urban middle class with restrictions on individual freedoms (such as regulations on the consumption of alcohol), it was met with strong reaction. This is different from the Occupy Wall Street movement which emerged as an anti-system reaction.

Ahmet Öncü: The split within the Turkish bourgeoisie can be seen in the competition between MÜSIAD and TÜSIAD [both are business associations]. If we consider the global context, international capital has been searching new investment opportunities. AKP has ensured stability for global capital flows while also boosting the growth of small and medium enterprises in Anatolia. It has been able to transform its economic power into a strong political force. The AKP was opposed to Kemalism and it supported liberalism. It also supported EU membership and adopted neoliberal policies that promote growth rather than full employment.

KÖ: Do you think the protests exposed vulnerabilities within the economy? Did the political tensions affect the economy which has so far been described as stable and booming?

EB: The engine of economic growth for the last ten years was not increases in industrial production and technology or the rise in the competitiveness of the economy, but rather a growth in the influx of short term capital flows (hot money). Capital accumulation based on dispossession during the last ten years was so enormous in magnitude that it surpassed the total accumulation of previous decades.

But today a discussion has started on the fragility of the Turkish economy. Last week credit rating agencies declared that the protest would not affect Turkey’s credit rating. In the meantime foreign capital was urged not to leave. The government is concerned about increasing economic fragility and a possible capital outflow which can lead to economic crisis.

AÖ: For years the neoliberal ideology of privatization remained unchallenged in the society at large, despite some serious efforts to counter it on the part of professional associations and labour unions. In such a political and ideological milieu huge benefits were created for foreign capital. The AKP made use of this environment to its advantage. The Islamic bourgeoisie and middle class emerged out of this conjuncture. Also the AKP governments were ideologically supported by the media, either directly or through passive consent.

KÖ: Do you think the AKP understood the message from this movement?

AÖ: I think AKP’s base has understood the message, but Erdogan and his circle have not. Erdogan’s personal characteristics play an important role at this conjuncture. He has an autocratic approach inspired by the neoliberal mantra “There is no alternative.” A certain fanaticism is apparent in this situation. Fanatics do not care what others think; if a fanatic has the political power s/he tends to ignore the others.

KÖ: As shown by recent research protestors belong to very different segments, political groups and NGOs, but most interestingly there are many unaffiliated ones. How do you explain this structure as a sociologist?

AÖ: We see the emergence of two new poles in the Turkish politics: anti fanaticism versus fanaticism. There is no place for fanaticism in democracy. In political theory one can speak of two different forms of politics: Politics of friend and enemy, and the one among friends. Where there is fanaticism, we can talk about the politics of friend and enemy. But in a democracy, even if you do not agree with “the other,” you have to recognize the rights and freedoms of “the other.” You are called on to treat “the other” as a “friend”; mutual respect is essential. People in Gezi Park understand what this democratic friendship is all about. In my opinion, this is a historical milestone in Turkey.

EB: This reminds me of one of the best slogans of the Occupy Movement: “Let’s agree to disagree.”

KÖ: In your opinion, how will this process evolve?

AÖ: I think now is the time to discuss whether it is possible to build a more democratic government as opposed to this unquestionably autocratic one. The economic aspect of this process will be a more important determinant. Recent political debates around the world, and especially the one in the EU countries, have mostly been on whether democracy and capitalism can be reconciled. Turkish capitalism has survived the challenges of the global economic downturn with relative success compared to the EU. So what we see in Turkey today is not an anti-capitalist protest; it is rather a protest against anti-democratic implementations of an increasingly autocratic government.

KÖ: Do you think international reactions will be effective? What will be the economic implications of the Occupy Gezi movement?

EB: International capital flows avoid political instabilities. If political and social tensions accelerate, foreign investors will lose confidence and exit the Turkish market. The survival of this government depends on a strong and stable economy which in turn is contingent upon foreign capital inflows. It is in the government’s best interest to act in a restrained manner and allow democratic rights and individual freedoms.

KÖ: Large numbers of protestors are women. Can these protests be described as a women’s movement?

AÖ: During the AKP government, women’s labour force participation has declined. Turkey is among the lowest scoring countries in terms of female labour force participation. Turkey has lost ground in terms of equality of women and men. Women were suppressed under the AKP governments. Therefore, I call the current movement the “Hanimeli” Movement. [Hanimeli is honeysuckle in English and it literally means “hand of the woman”].

KÖ: Is there any turning back from this movement? Do you think it is early to say that a new Turkey is emerging?

AÖ: This is a significant political moment for Turkey and it will probably be the most discussed milestone. But it is also a very serious conjuncture for the economy. I think there are groups within the AKP that are not in favour of instability and this is significant.

EB: Market economies cannot survive without a middle class. Therefore governments must pay attention to the economic and political demands of the middle class. The middle class does not like social tensions, economic instability and regional uncertainties. At this conjuncture, the rhetoric of “we have 50 per cent of the vote, so we can regulate everyone’s life style” is anti-democratic. It is clearly the dictatorship of the majority.

AÖ: Secular and conservative segments of the society came together during this movement; they learned how to stand side by side. A muezzin did not only help a group of protestors by letting them into his mosque but also defended them when these people were accused for blasphemy by the Prime Minister. This is of crucial importance and it will decide Turkey’s future. Democracy is not a theory; it is a practice. It means producing norms that are continuously evolving. As Wallerstein states, anti-systemic movements evolve gradually to show their true essence. We will see the real impact of the Occupy Gezi movement in three to four years. –

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Obama in Africa

0

On June 26, it said Obama “arrived in Senegal, the first stop of a three-nation African trip, focused on supporting democratic progress, and increasing US trade and investment.”

It’s his second African trip. He visited earlier as a freshman Illinois senator. He told Kenyans, “I want you all to know that as your ally, your friend and your brother, I will be there in every way I can.”

He lied. America comes to exploit. At issue is controlling Africa’s rich resources.

Obama’s visiting Senegal, South Africa and Tanzania. He’ll return July 3. Why these countries? More on this below.

Controversy accompanies Obama. His one-week trip costs an estimated $100 million. At the same time, force-fed austerity harms growing millions at home. Poverty, high unemployment, hunger, and homelessness go unaddressed.

Obamanomics enriches corporate favorites and wealthy elites. Popular needs go begging to do so. Obama demands sacrifice. It’s forced on America’s most disadvantaged, unwanted and uncared for.

Foreign travel costs plenty. Hundreds of secret service, staff and others accompany Obama. Travel, accommodations, security and other costs are enormous.

Military cargo planes brought 56 vehicles. They include 14 limousines and three trucks. They’re specially built for security.

Bulletproof glass will replace hotel windows where Obama and his family stay. Entire floors are needed to accommodate security and staff traveling with him.

US fighter jets provide round-the-clock air cover. In 2011, estimated White House expenses were around $1.4 billion. They include staff, housing, travel, entertainment and perks.

Expenses rise annually. They’ve increased exponentially during Obama’s tenure. Perhaps they’ll approach $2 billion this year. Estimates exclude classified amounts.

What’s spent on Air Force One is secret. So are many other security related categories. Perhaps real White House expenses are double or more estimated amounts.

Americans pay plenty for presidents who betray them. Imagine what presidential largese could buy. America’s hungry could be fed. The nation’s homeless could be sheltered. Needy families could get free healthcare. Students hungry for knowledge could be educated.

Obama’s trip might have cost more. Initial plans included a Tanzania safari. Counterassault team protection against wild animals doesn’t come cheap.

Other Obama trips were criticized. Conservative estimates for his Hawaii vacations exceed $20 million. Perhaps they cost double or triple that amount. Air Force One’s estimated hourly rate is about $180,000.

Obama’s African visit reflects America’s scramble for its resources. They’re vast. They’re some of the world’s largest and richest.

They include oil, gas, gold, silver, diamonds, uranium, iron, copper, tin, lead, nickel, coal, timber, cobalt, bauxite, wood, coltan, manganese, chromium, vanadium-bearing titanium, and much more.

Continental agricultural lands are valued. So is offshore fishing. Senegal’s strategically important. It’s a regional hub. It borders Mali.

Washington provides military aid. The Pentagon trains Senegalese armed forces. America has an economic presence. Senegal’s eligible for preferential trade benefits. The African Growth and Opportunity Act provides them.

US exports include vehicles, machinery, plastic, rice, and textile goods. Senegalese resources are extensive. They include oil, phosphate, gold, iron, copper, uranium, chromium, nickel, zircon, titanium, limestone, salts, barytine and fish.

South Africa’s one of five BRICS countries. Others include Brazil, Russia, India and China. They comprise a significant economic and political block. They account for over 20% of world GDP.

They’re on three continents. They cover more than one-fourth of the world’s land mass. Their population exceeds 2.8 billion. It’s 40% of the world total.

They have their own Joint Business Council. It encourages free trade and investment. China and Brazil agreed to a bilateral currency swap line. It involves trading up to $30 billion annually in their own currencies.

Doing so moves almost half their trade out of US dollars. Other BRICS partners may make similar moves. They endorsed plans to create a joint foreign exchange reserves pool. Initially it’ll include $100 billion. It’s called a self-managed contingent reserve arrangement (CRA).

They plan their own Development Bank. Initial capital will be substantial. Each country may contribute $10 billion for starters. It’s to fund infrastructure and other development projects.

It’ll operate separately from Western international lending agencies. It’ll challenge their global dominance. BRICS prioritize multipolarity. Achieving it perhaps can end Western debt bondage.

BRICS have more global trade than America. They’re too important to ignore. They challenge US dominance. They trade increasingly in their own currencies. They may eventually end dollar supremacy.

Perhaps a supranational one or basket of alternatives will do so. BRICS prioritize political and economic solutions. They reject military ones.

China’s the world’s largest exporter. India’s an information technology powerhouse. Brazil’s a dominant agricultural exporter. It’s highly competitive. It has vast amounts of fertile land. It’s known as “the world’s biggest farm.” Russia is oil and gas rich.

South Africa’s the continent’s largest economy. Its resources are worth an estimated $2.5 trillion. It’s rich in gold, platinum, uranium, chrome and manganese ore, zirconium, vanadium, and titanium.

It trades extensively with America. It’s second only to China. The PRC is Africa’s largest trading partner. It’s growing at the expense of America. President Xi Jinping prioritizes increasing strong economic relations.

African nations see China as a healthy counterbalance. It challenges traditional American and other Western dominance.

China’s rapid growth requires increasing amounts of many resources. Oil, gas, copper and others are needed.

Getting them creates competition and friction with America. Washington wants unchallenged global control.

AFRICOM was established to exploit the continent’s riches. Resource/mineral control defines America’s agenda. Securing them at China’s expense is prioritized.

Tanzania’s strategically important. It’s a regional hub. It borders eight countries. They include Kenya and Uganda to the north, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Rwanda and Burundi to the west, and Mozambique, Zambia and Malawi to the south.

It borders the Indian Ocean. It’s south of the oil rich Horn of Africa. Its natural resources include hydropower, oil, gas, uranium, tin, phosphates, iron, coal, diamonds, gold, nickel land, rivers, lakes, wetlands, ocean waters, forest/woodlands, wildlife, and fish.

America’s interest throughout Africa is exploitation and dominance. It seeks it through the barrel of a gun. It prioritizes excluding China. It pressures nations to comply. It threatens, inveigles, and bullies. It relies more on muscle than diplomacy.

Beijing seeks strategic relations. It does so diplomatically. It seeks mutually beneficially economic ties. It offers lucrative no-strings investments. They’re too beneficial to refuse.

Obama likely plans more African visits. Others representing him come often. China’s omnipresent on the continent. In 2012, its trade totaled about $200 billion. It’s double America’s amount. Its investments are welcome.

They benefit countries receiving them. Beijing gets increasing access to vital African resources. Mutually beneficial relations assure them. China’s a welcome economic partner.

Washington has other objectives in mind. Brand Obama doesn’t sell well. “Hope and change” reflects unilateralism, bullying and conflict.

Global spying shows how America operates. China takes full advantage. It’s a reliable partner. It’s representatives are welcome when they arrive.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 

http://www.dailycensored.com/obama-in-africa/

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Obama in Africa to Defend US Strategic and Profit Interests

0

US President Barack Obama met with the president of Senegal, Macky Sall, and judges and lawyers of the country’s supreme court Thursday at the start of a three-nation, week-long African tour aimed at promoting US strategic and profit interests on the continent. A key goal is to counter China in what amounts to a new scramble for markets and the substantial energy, mineral and other resources of the continent.

The tour marks the first time that Obama has set foot in Africa since a 20-hour stopover in Ghana en route back to the US from a summit conference in Europe four years ago. Then, the new president declared, “I have the blood of Africa within me.”

This rhetorical flourish made explicit the central importance to US imperialism of Obama’s presidency: to present a new face to the world, while pursuing the same predatory and criminal policies that had provoked international anger and hatred under his predecessor, George W. Bush.

Four years later, the novelty of the first African-American US president has substantially faded, and, according to media reports from Africa, there is widespread cynicism about Obama’s attempts to use his family history to claim some special affinity for the continent. In point of fact, US aid to Africa has declined under Obama, falling from $8.24 billion during the last year of the Bush presidency to less than $7 billion today.

His own presidency is even more deeply mired in international criminality than that of Bush, from drone assassinations to the massive NSA spying on the people of the US and the world and the manhunt being mounted against Edward Snowden for exposing this crime. These issues have followed Obama to Africa, rendering a key stated theme of his trip–the promotion of “democracy”–absurd and hypocritical.

According to a White House press release on Obama’s Africa tour: “The President will reinforce the importance that the United States places on our deep and growing ties with countries in sub-Saharan Africa, including through expanding economic growth, investment, and trade; strengthening democratic institutions; and investing in the next generation of African leaders.”

US Trade Representative Michael Froman, who is accompanying Obama, said before the trip that, “Africa wants investors, especially American investors.” He and other US officials stressed that the emphasis of the trip was on promoting deals for US corporations rather than aid, which has always been employed by Washington as an instrument for subordinating former colonial countries to its interests. While several business executives are accompanying Obama on the tour, it was by no means clear what the US concretely was offering.

Obama’s trip is following in the footsteps of a tour made three months ago by China’s new president Xi Jinping, who visited the two countries where the US president is going after Senegal–South Africa and Tanzania. In what was his first overseas tour after taking office in Beijing, Xi also visited the Republic of Congo.

During his tour, Xi offered African countries a $20 billion line of credit and signed major deals that included a $10 billion port project in Bagamoyo, Tanzania.

China has eclipsed the US in terms of African trade and investment. It is Africa’s largest trading partner, with two-way trade nearly doubling in the last five years alone to nearly $200 billion, twice that of the US with the continent.

Much of Chinese investment involves mining and infrastructure to facilitate the extraction of raw materials and their shipment to China.

Washington’s “democracy” mantra is aimed at compelling African governments to carry out free market reforms, including privatizations and the abolition of subsidies and import controls demanded by transnational capital. It is also directed at countering Chinese influence with the charge that Beijing, supposedly unlike Washington, is uninterested in “democracy” and “human rights.”

Such ideological claims appear to be falling on deaf ears in Africa. On the eve of Obama’s visit, Foreign Affairs, a US journal that is closely connected to the foreign policy establishment, asked Senegalese President Macky Sall whether increased Chinese investment was “not good for the prospects of African democracy.”

Sall replied: “Well, I can’t see why the development of Chinese investment would constitute a danger for democracy. The cooperation with China is much more direct and faster than the cooperation we have with Western countries–the United States, European countries, and other bilateral donors. There are a lot of criteria on governance, on this and that, and a lot of procedures … I’m not saying that what China is doing is better, but at least it’s faster.”

As for Washington’s “democracy” agenda, Obama’s itinerary belies his administration’s claims. It has been widely noted that the US president is not including visits to Washington’s closest African allies: Ethiopia, Nigeria, Uganda and Kenya.

The first country, which provided its army as a proxy force for US intervention in Somalia, is notorious for internal repression. And in the second, the US is supporting a counterinsurgency campaign against the Boko Haram armed Islamist movement in the northeast of Nigeria, which has seen massacres, summary executions and disappearances.

Uganda, which has also provided proxy troops for the war in Somalia, has violently repressed political opposition, closed down newspapers for criticizing the government and pursued a vicious campaign against gays. And Kenya, the homeland of Obama’s father, while a close ally, is led by a president and vice president who are wanted by the International Criminal Court for crimes against humanity for their role in orchestrating violence that left more than 1,000 people dead following the 2007-2008 elections. Such are US imperialism’s “democratic” partners.

US imperialism is resorting ever more openly to its residual military superiority to counter China’s rising influence in Africa. The US-NATO war in Libya served to deprive China of billions of dollars’ worth of investments and forced it to evacuate thousands of its citizens. Two years later, however, the Chinese state oil firms Sinopec and PetroChina are aggressively bidding for Libyan petroleum concessions.

The US military’s AFRICOM has set up a drone base in Niger, backing French imperialism intervention in Mali. It has deployed troops in Central Africa, ostensibly in the hunt for militia leader Joseph Kony, and has dispatched special-forces training teams across the continent to solidify US relations with African militaries. In Somalia, meanwhile, it has carried out repeated deadly air strikes.

The growing US militarism on the continent has aroused widespread hostility. US officials had expressed concern that Obama’s trip to South Africa, the second leg of his tour, would be overshadowed by the approaching death of former president and African National Congress leader Nelson Mandela, with whom the US president had hoped to stage a photo op.

However, the visit will also face protests over his administration’s policies. While the ANC government of President Jacob Zuma has hailed the visit as a boon to the South African economy, the ruling party’s two political partners, the COSATU union federation and the South African Communist Party, are participating in a “NObama” protest march in Pretoria on June 28, the day of the US president’s arrival.

And two organizations have gone to court seeking to have Obama arrested for war crimes.

South Africa’s Muslim Lawyers Association filed a motion for the Pretoria High Court to order Obama’s arrest, but their application was dismissed.

And the Society for the Protection of our Constitution filed an affidavit charging the US president with “war crimes and crimes against humanity.”

Mohamed Hussain Vawda of the society said that the affidavit accused Obama of responsibility for the killing of thousands of people, including women and children, in Pakistan, Syria and other countries that “have been no threat to the US.”

The document also indicted Obama for the drone assassinations of people deemed hostile to the US government. “These attacks are not authorized in terms of orders issued in a court of law,” said Vawda.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

US-China Tensions Flare over Snowden’s Revelations

0

The supposedly cooperative “new model of great power relations” proposed by Chinese President Xi Jinping during his informal summit with US President Barack Obama in California earlier this month has quickly broken apart following Edward Snowden’s revelations about the extensive and intrusive US cyber operations directed against China.

The anger and concern in Beijing over the cyber warfare implications of the American hacking and surveillance has been compounded by the US accusations against China for allowing Snowden to leave Hong Kong last weekend.

The former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor has revealed to the world, the NSA’s massive cyber hacking and electronic data collection in China, as well as the US and internationally. His revelations have dealt a blow to the Obama administration’s propaganda offensive branding China as the main threat to global cyber security.

Hong Kong, a Chinese territory, not only defended its actions in allowing Snowden to leave as “lawful”, despite a US request to detain him. Moreover, it requested an “explanation” from Washington about the NSA’s hacking of the city’s computers since 2009. According to Snowden, this cyber intervention included the Hong Kong Internet Exchange, which handles all the territory’s Internet traffic.

Washington openly attacked Beijing for letting Snowden leave Hong Kong. White House spokesman Jay Carney dismissed the Hong Kong government’s explanation and accused China of being behind the decision to allow Snowden to fly out. In what amounted to a threat, he warned: “That decision unquestionably has a negative impact on the US-China relationship.”

Chinese foreign ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying replied on Tuesday: “The accusation that the US side made against the central government of China fell short of proof. The Chinese side will absolutely not accept it.” Hua added: “The US side’s doubt about the lawful operation by the government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region is totally unreasonable.”

China’s state-owned media voiced stronger criticisms of Washington’s rank hypocrisy. The Xinhua news agency declared in an editorial that the US, which “has long been trying to play innocent as a victim of cyber attacks, has turned out to be the biggest villain in our age.”

A front-page commentary in the Chinese Communist Party’s People’s Daily on Tuesday praised Snowden for “tearing off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.” Wang Xinjung of the Academy of Military Science wrote: “Not only did the US authorities not give us an explanation and apology [over the exposed US hackings into Chinese networks], it instead expressed dissatisfaction at the Hong Kong special administrative region for handling things in accordance with law.”

The US, Wang declared, “has gone from a ‘model of human rights’ to ‘an eavesdropper on personal privacy’, the ‘manipulator’ of the centralised power over the international Internet, and the mad ‘invader’ of other countries’ networks.”

There are real fears within China’s academic and government circles over the implications of the US cyber operations against China. Jia Xiudong of the China Institute of International Studies told China Daily on Monday that the scale of the US hacking against China “is shocking, it is beyond expectations.” He added: “Snowden’s claims show that many such attacks may be backed by the US government.”

In an interview with the English-language Hong Kong-based South China Morning Post on June 12, Snowden revealed intensive US hacking into Hong Kong and mainland Chinese computer networks. (See: “Edward Snowden reveals US computer hacking aimed at China”)

Just before Snowden’s departure from Hong Kong, the Post published more details of US surveillance operations to collect the data of Chinese mobile phone companies and the NSA’s hacking at Tsinghua University in Beijing and the Hong Kong headquarters of Pacnet, one of the largest undersea fiber optic cable operators in Asia.

In particular, Snowden disclosed the collection of vast mobile phone messaging data in China. He said: “The NSA does all kinds of things like hack Chinese cell phone companies to steal all your SMS data.”

Text messaging is used widely in China, not only by ordinary people, but government officials. In 2012, Chinese users exchanged nearly 900 billion SMS messages. China Mobile is the world’s largest mobile network carrier, with 735 million subscribers, followed by China Unicom’s 258 million and China Telecom’s 172 million.

Equally significant was Snowden’s revelation of the NSA’s hacking of the networks of Tsinghua University–one of the most prestigious educational institutes in China. In a single day in January alone, there were 63 intrusions. The university is home to one of China’s six major backbone networks that manage the entire country’s Internet traffic–the China Education and Research Network (CERNER). This means that the NSA could have mined the data of millions of users.

The NSA hacking into Pacnet also has immense implications. Pacnet is the hub for 46,000 kilometres of fiber-optic cables, connecting regional data centres across the Asia-Pacific, including China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Japan, South Korea and Singapore.

Snowden’s exposure of the extent of US cyber operations has raised concerns in the Chinese military and security establishment that the country is vulnerable not only to surveillance, but US cyberware aimed at disrupting or destroying Chinese infrastructure including electronic networks, phone systems and the power grid.

The Obama administration is already restructuring and boosting its military capacities in the region as part of its aggressive “pivot to Asia” aimed at containing China. The NSA revelations have made clear that the US is also building up its cyber warfare capacities along with military hardware and bases throughout the region.

The state-owned Global Time s interviewed five security experts last Friday. They agreed that “China’s cyber security is already in grave danger” and called on Beijing to respond accordingly by establishing cyber warfare capabilities.

Qin An of the Cyber Space Strategic Institute warned that China faced threats “not only from the sea and air, but also the Internet.” He stated: “Some Americans have already changed the ‘Air/Sea Battle’ for containing China to ‘Air/Sea/Cyber Battle’. As a result, we must establish a comprehensive perspective of security and cyber defence.”

“Air/Sea Battle” is a key military doctrine developed by the Pentagon, outlining preparations for a massive air and missile assault on Chinese military command and communications systems.

The debate within China’s strategic circles underscores the fact that, Snowden’s disclosures have intensified the tensions produced by the relentless US campaign to undermine China in every strategic arena.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Syria: How far will Obama go to Save the Insurgency?

0

The Obama administration has yet to publicly reveal any of its ‘evidence’ to prove the Syrian Government or armed forces have used Sarin, or any other chemical weapon. This can simply be put down to the administration not having have any credible evidence.

Sarin, or a similarly abhorrent chemical weapon may have been used to some extent inside Syria, but by whom, why and how is most definitely undetermined. Indeed, the UN itself has pointed the finger directly at the Gulf proxies fighting on behalf of Obama and his Gulf allies, and several leading chemical weapons experts, along with the Russian Government have immediately cast doubt upon the claims. If the Obama administration had the physical evidence they derive their “belief” from, it would have been on the front page of every newspaper by now.

Yet Obama seems determined to hold his line of intransigence against the Syrian Government, this could be explained because the US has no way back without ‘losing face’ within the ‘International Community’, Obama declaring ‘red-lines’ has effectively backed himself into a corner. The US is the world’s arbiter after all, once lines are set, the pride of Empire and the need to uphold the false image of the world’s ‘moral’ judiciary take hold, and any relinquishing of geo-political dictate is a sign of weakness. The paranoid war-careerists within the Pentagon and State Department establishment cannot allow this to happen, and are eager to continue to attempt to inflict damage on Iran and Hezbollah (whether this is even attainable or true remains to be seen). It seems to US militarists and their many allies, defeat and concession to the Syrian government and their respective allies; would be far worse a blow than dragging Syria through yet more years of warfare and death.

The US Governments militaristic hubris knows no bounds, they shall not be defeated, even if the whole Levant is destroyed; The US image of strength and unbeatable military power must not be shown for the self-perpetuating hollow monolith it has become. No doubt Obama wants out; but only from self-interest and on the terms that appease the rest of the US political and military establishment (after all, his public decision to arm rebels came immediately after Bill Clinton called him a wimp). His ‘legacy’ is almost in tatters; another overt US war in the middle east is off the cards until Obama’s presidency comes to an end. Or so we are led to believe; lets not forget, almost every overt, large-scale war the US has engaged in over the past 60 years have all been predicated on outright lies. Do the ‘Presidents’ incumbent at the time of these murderous lies ever suffer as a consequence? Does anyone?

In essence, Obama’s recent rhetoric and statements of intent to directly arm extremist dominated militants could be seen as self-serving and outright obscurantism. In efforts to salvage his ‘dove’ persona and Nobel Peace Prize image; Obama must uphold the illusion of the US coming to the aid of “freedom fighters” and “good rebels” in order to justify the fact that the US has been arming and funding the “freedom fighters” for nigh on two years. Current public opinion, along with the mass of public evidence and reportage that reveals the true nature of the ‘rebels’ is making this task more and more difficult. The Recent build-up of US patriot batteries, a new fleet of F-16 fighter-jets, along with increased military manoeuvres in Jordan and Turkey suggests muscle-flexing for the benefit of Russia, and also alludes to the US working on new proxy forces; minus the extremists. The sectarian and extremist core of the militant dynamic of the ‘revolution’ has been acknowledged by the world. This nuance can no longer be hidden by false declarations of freedom and democracy.

Towards and during the recent G8 summit, Vladimir Putin’s rhetoric has become increasingly disparaging toward the ‘rebel’ movement. But his remarks are not mere hyperbole. As David Cameron found out to his horror and embarrassment (which many a Brit took delight in watching), Putin is not about to let the West and its propaganda war walk over Russia’s only foothold in the Middle East. Putin was quick to question Cameron’s false intent, and did it in spectacular and public fashion. Cameron, the PR man, was lost, bewildered and knee-deep in his own Orwellian mindset. There was no answer ready for Putin’s straightforward question: “Do you want to arm those that eat the organs of their enemy on camera?”

The US has been ‘in’ Syria from the start, obfuscation and media narratives have done much to subvert the US, and its Gulf clients’ leading role in the creation and vital support of the plethora of militants fighting the Syrian Government. This policy is not an anomaly, it is a recurrence of a tried and tested US tactic across the globe. From early on we learnt of who, and exactly what, the Syrian ‘opposition’ was. Its multiple diplomatic creations have formed nothing more than Chalabi-esque outfits engaged in fractious power-struggles in five-star hotels. Furthermore, in what proves to be an ominous precedent, previous US/GCC covert escalation’s during the crisis have been synonymous with drastic increases in both death toll and displacement. When based upon this logic, Obama’s policy directly contradicts the reasoning he professes. Indeed, the age-old war for peace oxymoron springs to mind. The blatant relationship between death toll and increased militarism has been noted by several major observers during the Syrian crisis, including the UN, who call for a cessation of all arms being sent into to the conflict. Yet this causality seems to evade the highest echelons of Western diplomacy.

Obama’s current policy seems to be to continue the proxy insurgency at a steady rate in order to keep what pressure it can on the Syrian Government, appearing to be a dove is obviously important to Obama’s image. But, Obama has also taken the decision knowing that Putin will react in kind and aim to shore up his ally in Syria and avert a US attack, so is Obama playing a false hand? Diplomatic brinkmanship with Putin is one thing, but if Putin is openly being resilient towards the West, Obama could be retroactively declaring he will provide arms, simply to cover the now almost two-year old policy of doing exactly that. These public declarations of military plans also come at a time when Obama is under increased domestic pressure. Some analysts have suggested this could be the perfect time for a US war, insofar as to say that certain domestic pressures may be being put upon the Obama administration to force its hand and avert the publics attention; nothing like a war and the rallying cry of ‘patriotic’ Generals and Senators repeating falsehoods about ‘chemical weapons’ and ‘evil dictators’ to subvert public scrutiny.

The state of Israel is again suspiciously quiet, considering they are the closest western ally to have overtly attacked Syria several times — all acts of war and illegal under international law — there has been rare mention of Israeli Government policy within Western media. Investigative journalist Jonathan Cook recently noted that the Israeli military put forward an “optimal scenario” of Syria breaking up into three separate states. An effective ‘balkanization’ of Syria, who at times, though not consistently, nor through entirely altruistic intention, has been a key bulwark in the face of Israeli expansion, and a crucial ally to the resistance movements of Lebanon and Palestine. Moreover, the Israeli leadership will see the benefit of Hezbollah and Iran becoming enveloped in a long, protracted war, depleting morale and Hezbollah’s capabilities to defend any future Israeli aggression. None of this is to suggest that Israel particularly want an outright loss for Assad. Broadly speaking, the ultimate Israeli objective is to weaken any opposition to Israeli dominance in the region, by whatever means necessary.

The UK and France are now isolated within the EU, if arms are sent to ‘rebels’ in Syria, or if they already have been and evidence is found; the UK will be in breach of International Law. Cameron has pledged a vote in the Commons to determine whether any future shipments of weapons are to be sent to the rebels; the British public, aswell as the majority of British MP’s, including the Mayor of London and the Deputy Prime Minister, are firmly against arming Cameron’s idea of ‘freedom fighters’. Boris Johnson, in an article titled “Don’t arm Syria’s maniacs” vehemently rejected the idea of the UK arming so-called ‘rebels’, and seemed to be calling on his old chum to call off the charade.

Just last week, a former French foreign minister, who has a penchant for being liberal in the press with certain snippets of information, claimed the UK Government was plotting a ‘rebel’ insurgency in Syria two years before the so-called “Arab Spring”. This may well be true, and it coincides directly with US/GCC/Israeli covert plans of the same nature that have been covered and reported on thoroughly. To suggest the UK would not be involved or ‘in the loop’ in such a covert policy with such close allies is naive in the extreme. But the same caveat applies to France, during the former ministers employment or not; it is also highly doubtful that the French Government or intelligence services would choose to be ‘out of the loop’ in taking apart their former colony. Particularly considering their direct role in recent colonial-era ‘humanitarian intervention’s’ in Mali and Libya.

It remains to be seen if Obama has truly swayed toward overt US intervention, or whether other regional or international actors will act without the US, this seems highly unlikely. It is also highly doubtful the current President would be foolish enough to deploy US troops into Syria. But many other willing players — including influential members of the US Government — are heavily involved, and have much vested interest in seeing both Syria and its allies at least partially weakened, and otherwise occupied for at least some time to come. But, the SAA, along with Hezbollah, are on the offensive and winning, as that trend continues and Russian support solidifies, there will be nothing left for Obama to bargain with; without the extremist dominated insurgency there is no longer a US stake remaining in Syria, how far will Obama go to save it?

Phil Greaves is a UK based writer/analyst, focusing on UK/US Foreign Policy and conflict analysis in the Middle East post WWII. http://notthemsmdotcom.wordpress.com/

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Escalation of Syria War: Ahmed Al-Assir, America’s Pawn in Lebanon

0

This weeks conflagration near Sidon, a majority Sunni city in the South of Lebanon has been on the cards for some time. Sheikh Al Assir, the instigator of the street battle’s with the Lebanese Armed Forces, (LAF) has been on a concerted campaign to incite sectarian strife and division between the Sunni and Shi’a sects in Lebanon, with one major goal; to draw Hezbollah into a sectarian-based conflict.

Many commentators on Lebanon have pointed out that contrary to his overt actions and rhetoric, Al-Assir does not enjoy a wide following or support base in Lebanon; he is a pawn that is being fomented and most likely funded by outside actors. These actors share the common goal of removing or weakening Hezbollah; a goal that is also synonymous with certain global actors’ — F.UK.US/GCC/Israel/Turkey- desires and covert policies in the region, the results of which have been ongoing in Syria for the best part of two years.

The street battles that occurred in Saida were planned in advance. There have been several attempts in the last few weeks by Al-Assir and his armed Salafist followers to deploy in the streets of Saida, this can be seen as a test of reactions and capabilities to withstand an armed uprising of sorts; a reaction from both the Lebanese Army, and from Hezbollah. In public speeches and rallies, Al-Assir and his followers have been actively attempting to incite a reaction from Hezbollah, who to the time of writing have refrained from openly hostile retaliation against Al-Assir. In Nassrallah’s latest speeches, he specifically called upon his followers and the people of Lebanon to refrain from sectarian language, indeed, in many of his latest statements, Nasrallah has made efforts to rally against any sectarian reference.

The usual suspects: Western corporate journalists and think-tankers alike, immediately jumped at the opportunity when the fighting occurred to spout totally baseless claims such as: “hundreds of Hezbollah fighters attacking Al-Assirs mosque” and “Hezbollah ‘leading the battle’”. Again these ‘reporters’ and ‘analysts’ relay false declarations with no evidence to hand, and no possible way of verifying them. Their claims have since (two days later) been thoroughly debunked, and it appears Hezbollah played no major role in the fighting in Sidon. Both the LAF and several leading Lebanese political figures — including those hostile to Hezbollah — have denied any Hezbollah involvement. There are many reasons (that even the occasional observer could point out in almost real-time) to refute these dubious claims. If Hezbollah’s own media outlets are not privy to their military objectives, why would Hezbollah fighters, or “sources” relay military manouvers to reporters that work for outlets that are hostile toward them?

Sheikh Al-Assir has made his name in Lebanon through being directly and openly hostile to Hezbollah Secretary General Hassan Nasrallah. This direct and public targetting is what sets him apart from other Salafi clerics in Lebanon. There is undoubtedly a rising current of such ideologues that have been bolstered in recent years in several areas of Lebanon, and this proliferation can be explained by a myriad of factors, but the militant aspect, and specific sectarian and anti-Shi’a/anti-Hezbollah rhetoric, can be explained primarily due to outside actors such as Saudi Arabia and Qatar trying to assert dominance over political bodies that are tied to Iran’s sphere of influence, as opposed to their own.

It is no coincidence the Syrian insurgency, or, ‘revolution’ was fomented and is still backed primarily by the same actors that support radical clerics in Lebanon. The proliferation of such ideologues inciting sectarian hatred and division; in order to create chaos, strife and destabilization to marginalise the targets of their paymasters is synonymous because it is part of an overriding GCC policy in the Levant. Needless to say, this policy is fully backed by the United States and the western nations in their ‘special relationship’ with the Gulf autocrats of Saudi Arabia, and new kid on the block Qatar.

This joint “Redirection” policy and its desired outcome upon Hezbollah and Lebanon are specifically cited by anonymous US intelligence officials in Seymour Hersh’s oft-referenced piece from 2007, the results of which can be seen on the streets of Sidon today: (my emphasis)

The United States has also given clandestine support to the Siniora government, according to the former senior intelligence official and the U.S. government consultant. “We are in a program to enhance the Sunni capability to resist Shiite influence, and we’re spreading the money around as much as we can,” the former senior intelligence official said. The problem was that such money “always gets in more pockets than you think it will,” he said. “In this process, we’re financing a lot of bad guys with some serious potential unintended consequences. We don’t have the ability to determine and get pay vouchers signed by the people we like and avoid the people we don’t like. It’s a very high-risk venture.”

American, European, and Arab officials I spoke to told me that the Siniora government and its allies had allowed some aid to end up in the hands of emerging Sunni radical groups in northern Lebanon, the Bekaa Valley, and around Palestinian refugee camps in the south. These groups, though small, are seen as a buffer to Hezbollah; at the same time, their ideological ties are with Al Qaeda.

As we have found since the battles in Sidon ceased, the majority of the militants that attacked the LAF were of this very type; small radical Sunni groups, aligned to the Syrian insurgency, including Jabhat al Nusra (Al Qaeda). From McClatchy: (my emphasis)

The worst fighting in Lebanon in years, which wracked this coastal city one hour south of Beirut this week, was touched off by an influx of foreign fighters from Syria, Palestinian camps and other Arab countries into the compound of a radical Sunni cleric, according to knowledgeable people on both sides of the conflict. The foreign fighters included members of Jabhat al Nusra, a Syrian rebel group also known as the Nusra Front, which is affiliated with al Qaida, according to the accounts, including that of a Lebanese military official. Nusra is considered the most effective rebel group fighting to topple Syrian President Bashar Assad, and its presence inside Lebanon, if confirmed, would provide evidence not just that the Syrian conflict has spread, but that Nusra fighters have extended their influence outside Syria and Iraq.

The Salafi militants causing the current strife in Lebanon are a direct result of the above “Redirection” policy, as former MI6 officer Alistair Crooke pointed out in Hersh’s piece back in 2007, it would be a dangerous and risky strategy to foment and enable such ideologues, and would result in what we are seeing in Lebanon today: (my emphasis)

Alastair Crooke, who spent nearly thirty years in MI6, the British intelligence service, and now works for Conflicts Forum, a think tank in Beirut, told me, “The Lebanese government is opening space for these people to come in. It could be very dangerous.” Crooke said that one Sunni extremist group, Fatah al-Islam, had splintered from its pro-Syrian parent group, Fatah al-Intifada, in the Nahr al-Bared refugee camp, in northern Lebanon. Its membership at the time was less than two hundred. “I was told that within twenty-four hours they were being offered weapons and money by people presenting themselves as representatives of the Lebanese government’s interests–presumably to take on Hezbollah,” Crooke said.

The largest of the groups, Asbat al-Ansar, is situated in the Ain al-Hilweh Palestinian refugee camp. Asbat al-Ansar has received arms and supplies from Lebanese internal-security forces and militias associated with the Siniora government.

Al-Assir was joined in his camp in Sidon by up to 60 members of Jabhat al Nusra (Al Qaeda), and up to 30 members of Jund al-Sham, another radical group from the Ain el Hilweh refugee camp. Some reports suggested up to 300 militants were encamped in Al-Assir’s compound. This undoubtedly accounts for the heavy losses the LAF incurred during the first hours of their attempts to storm the stronghold. As the Syrian Arab Army have found to their detriment for the best part of two years; these radical militant groups are well armed, well funded, and above all, trained in paramilitary expertise. Such battle experience is not gained in a classroom, they are the product of the Syrian insurgency and its supporters. According to the above McClatchy report, it was Jabhat al Nusra members that were leading Assir’s men, and enabled him to escape once the LAF had overcome his compound. Assir’s current whereabouts are yet to be verified, but various reports have suggested he has fled to his fellow ideologues inside Syria.

The proliferation of radical Sunni clerics in Lebanon should be seen in a much wider context than domestic Lebanese politics alone. Saad Hariri’s Future Movement camp is inextricably tied to Saudi Arabia’s regional policy and their efforts to assert Saudi dominance and curb Iranian expansion, and through Hariri and the Future Movement the joint US/GCC/Israeli “Redirection” policy finds its prominent outlet in Lebanon. Hariri’s Future Movement stance against Hezbollah in Lebanon is an extension of the policies of Washington and Riyadh.

Furthermore, recent developments in Lebanon also shed light on at least part of the motivation behind Hezbollah’s ‘intervention’ in the Syrian/Lebanese border town of Qusair, and their growing alliance with the Syrian government. The incitement from radical clerics and ideologues tied to, and facilitating the Syrian insurgency from within Lebanon and the border regions have posed both a strategic, and ideological threat since the start of the Syrian insurgency; a threat that Hezbollah could no longer ignore, nor Syria fight alone.

The toll that small groups of militants inflicted upon the Lebanese Army in Sidon within two days, and the tens of thousands of Syrian soldiers that have been killed in the last two years; are a testament to the reality of the monster the GCC has unleashed upon the Levant. The “Redirection” is upon Hezbollah’s doorstep.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Digital Warfare: Stuxnet and Flame Viruses could have Three “Sister Viruses”

0

This article originally published by Global Research in September 2o12 sheds light on recent revelations concerning the Stuxnet virus

Two major security firms say the people behind the Flame virus may have already developed three similar viruses that haven’t yet been discovered in action. The claims will raise more questions about the involvement of the US government in cyber-warfare. Flame shared code with the Stuxnet virus, which appeared to have been developed specifically to physically damage equipment used in Iran’s controversial nuclear program. That, and the sheer complexity of the viruses, has often prompted speculation that the US was behind them. Major US newspapers and news agencies have since quoted anonymous sources suggesting the viruses were part of an operation authorized at the highest level.

Now both Russia’s Kaspersky and the US-based Symantec have produced reports suggesting similar viruses created by the same hands (though they don’t say who the responsible party is.) The two security firms worked separately on their research but appear to have coordinated the releases. The key is “Newsforyou”, a piece of software that appears to be a website content management tool but is actually a way of managing the command and control servers that issue instructions to infected machines. That’s particularly important as Flame worked in a sophisticated modular manner, such that each infected machine could have a particular combination of spying tools, making detection and cleaning more difficult. According to Kaspersky and Symantec, Newsforyou dealt with four programs. One is known to be Flame, while the others are simply codenamed IP, SP and SPE. At least one of the programs is already active on infected machines in Iran and Lebanon and is trying to communicate with the command and control servers.

To add to the intrigue, the researchers say they can access some data on one of the command and control servers but cannot read it because its encryption is simply too tough to crack. That’s yet another hint to military or government involvement.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

US-Israeli Stuxnet Cyber-attacks against Iran: “Act of War”

0

Originally posted on Global Research on March 26, 2013

A group of 20 law and technology experts has unanimously agreed that the Stuxnet worm used against Iran in 2009-2010 was a cyberattack. The US and Israel have long been accused of collaborating on the virus in a bid to damage Iran’s nuclear program.

While that accusations against Washington and Tel Aviv have never been confirmed by either government, a NATO Commission has now confirmed it as an “act of force.”

Last year anonymous government officials came forward to tell The New York Times that researchers at the Idaho National Laboratory, which is overseen by the US Department of Energy, passed technical information to Israel regarding vulnerabilities in cascades and centrifuges at Iran’s Natanz uranium enrichment plant.

That information, it is believed, was used to design the Stuxnet worm that set Iran’s nuclear program back an estimated two years.

“Acts that kill or injure persons or destroy or damage objects are unambiguously uses of force,” according to the Tallinn Manual on the International Law Applicable to Cyber Warfare, which lead author Michael N. Schmitt said was written to outline “how does existing law apply to cyberspace.”

Schmitt told The Washington Times that “according to the UN charter, the use of force is prohibited, except in self-defense.” Under the guidelines detailed in the Manual, the concept of self-defense could include “anticipatory self-defense,” which would allow a nation an act of aggression in the event that it perceives a threat as imminent.

The 20 experts were drawn from around the world and took three years to complete the 300-page manuscript, which they were careful to note was not an official policy decision by NATO.

They disagreed over whether the Stuxnet attack qualified as an “armed attack,” which would constitute the beginning of wartime aggression that, under the Geneva Convention, could be followed by the use of force.

“We wrote it as an aid to legal advisers to governments and militaries, almost a textbook,” Schmitt told The New York Times. “We wanted to create a product that would be useful to states to help them decide what their position is. We were not making recommendations, we did not define best practice, we did not want to get into policy.”

US officials have continued to deny American involvement in the attack, but the timing specified by the anonymous sources coincides with an order from President Bush authorizing an increased information exchange with Israel over Iranian nuclear facilities.

During a 2009 conversation with The New York Times, an American official said any secret action against Iran would classify officially as “science experiments.”

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Teen Arrested Over Sarcastic Comment on Video Game

0

Sourcefednews.com
June 28, 2013

Justin Carter and his buddies were having a sarcastic argument in the third person and, according to his father, went something like this:

“Someone had said something to the effect of ‘Oh you’re insane, you’re crazy, you’re messed up in the head,’ to which he replied ‘Oh yeah, I’m real messed up in the head, I’m going to go shoot up a school full of kids and eat their still, beating hearts,’” recalled Justin’s dad Jack. “The next two lines were lol and jk.”

A woman in Canada saw the comment, took it literally, and tracked down Carter’s address through Google. Noticing that Carter’s home was near an elementary school, she immediately notified the police.

Justin was arrested and charged with making a terrorist threats.

Justin’s parents have started a petition raise awareness of Justin’s situation.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 6:26 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Over $30M spent last year on lobbying to keep GMOs hidden in foods

0

Mike Adams
NaturalNews
June 28, 2013

Guess who spends the most money lobbying on agricultural lobbying? If you answered, “Monsanto,” you’re correct. Most of their efforts, of course, are focused on lobbying for GMOs – to keep them legal and keep them hidden in foods.

Do you know how much money Monsanto spent on lobbying in 2012?

The answer is nearly $6 million!

And in a close second, the American Farm Bureau spent $5.7 million on lobbying in 2012.

The Natural News infographic shown below reveals even more details about who’s spending the most money lobbying for GMOs and other conventional agriculture “favors” from Washington.

In 2012 alone, companies spent over $30 million ”influencing” Congress on agricultural issues, including making sure they didn’t pass legislation that would label GMOs or outlaw them altogether. Is it any wonder that the United States of America is one of the very last nations in the world to either ban GMOs outright or require their labeling on foods?

As the second infographic below shows, 64 countries require GMO labeling.

And so far, fifty percent of U.S. states have introduced GMO labeling bills of one kind or another. So the states want it, but the federal government keeps blocking it.

Why is the USA the big holdout on honest food labeling? Could it be because the biotech industry keeps paying off all the politicians?

Share and enjoy these powerful infographics, all created by the Natural News art department:

(Click here for the full-sized image.)

See more amazing infographics at:
http://www.naturalnews.com/Index-Infographics.html

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 6:28 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

New EU Plan Will Make Every Bank Account In Europe Vulnerable To Cyprus-Style Wealth Confiscation

0

Michael Snyder
The Economic Collapse
June 28, 2013

Did you actually believe that they were not going to use the precedent that they set in Cyprus? On Thursday, EU finance ministers agreed to a shocking new plan that will make every bank account in Europe vulnerable to Cyprus-style bail-ins. In other words, the wealth confiscation that we just witnessed in Cyprus will now be used as a template for future bank failures all over Europe. That means that if you have a bank account in Europe, you could wake up some morning and every penny in that account over 100,000 euros could be gone.

That is exactly what happened in Cyprus, and now EU officials plan to do the same thing all over Europe. For quite a while EU officials insisted that Cyprus was a “special case”, but now we see that was a lie. International outrage over what happened in Cyprus has died down, and now they are pushing forward with what they probably had planned all along. But why have they chosen this specific moment to implement such a plan? Are they anticipating that we will see a wave of bank failures soon? Do they know something that they aren’t telling us?

Amazingly, this announcement received very little notice in the international media. The fact that bank account confiscation will now be a permanent part of the plan to bail out troubled banks in Europe should have made headline news all over the globe. The following is how CNNdescribed the plan…

European Union finance ministers approved a plan Thursday for dealing with future bank bailouts, forcing bondholders and shareholders to take the hit for bank rescues ahead of taxpayers.

The new framework requires bondholders, shareholders and large depositors with over 100,000 euros to be first to suffer losses when banks fail. Depositors with less than 100,000 euros will be protected. Taxpayer funds would be used only as a last resort.

According to this new plan, bondholders will be the first to be required to “contribute” when a bank bailout is necessary.

Do you want to guess what that is going to do to the price of European bank bonds?

Shareholders of the bank will be the next in line to get hit when a bank bailout happens.

After that, they will go after those that have more than 100,000 euros in their bank accounts.

EU officials say that such a plan is needed because bailing out banks with taxpayer money was creating too many problems…

The European Union spent the equivalent of a third of its economic output on saving its banks between 2008 and 2011, using taxpayer cash but struggling to contain the crisis and — in the case of Ireland — almost bankrupting the country.

But a bailout of Cyprus in March that forced losses on depositors marked a harsher approach that can now, following Thursday’s agreement, be replicated elsewhere.

Oh wonderful — the “Cyprus solution” can now be “replicated” everywhere in Europe.

This plan will now be submitted to the European Parliament for final approval. The goal is to have this plan finalized by the end of this year.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

If you have a bank account in Europe with over 100,000 euros in it, get your money out now.

I am not sure how else to say it.

In Cyprus, there were retirees and small businesses that lost hundreds of thousands of euros overnight.

Do not let that happen to you.

And without a doubt, we are going to see a lot of banks fail in Europe over the next few years. This will especially be true once the next great financial crisis strikes.

But even though we haven’t even gotten to the next great financial crisis yet, the economic depression in Europe just continues to get even worse. Just consider these facts…

-Car sales in Europe have hit a 20 year low.

-Overall, the unemployment rate in the eurozone is sitting at 12.2 percent. That is a brand new all-time record high.

-An average of 134 retail outlets are shutting down in Italy every single day. Overall, 224,000 retail establishments have closed down in Italy since 2008.

-It is being projected that Italy will need to ask for an EU bailout within 6 months.

-Consumer confidence in France has dropped to an all-time low.

-The unemployment rate in France is up to 10.4 percent. That is the highest that it has been in 15 years.

-Government is now responsible for 57 percent of all economic output in France.

-In May, household lending in Europe declined at the fastest pace in 11 months.

-During the first quarter, disposable income in the UK declined at the fastest pace in 25 years.

-It is being projected that the unemployment rate in Spain will hit 28.5 percent next year.

-Just a few years ago, the percentage of bad loans in Spain was under 2 percent. Now it is sitting at 10.87 percent.

-The national debt in Spain has grown by 19.1 percent over the past 12 months alone.

-The Greek government says that the Greek economy will shrink by 4.5 percent this year.

-It is being projected that the unemployment rate in Greece will rise to30 percent in 2014.

And it certainly does not help that China has essentially declared a trade war on Europe. That is not going to help struggling European industries at all.

I hope that more Americans will start paying attention to what is happening in Europe. The crippling economic problems that are sweeping across that continent will come here too.

And at some point there is a very good chance that we will also see Cyprus-style bank account confiscation in this country.

So don’t put all of your eggs in one basket. It is good to have your assets spread around a bunch of different places. That makes it much harder for them to be wiped out all at once.

What we are watching in Europe right now is really unprecedented in modern times. They are declaring open season on large bank deposits. In the end, a lot of people in Europe are going to lose a lot of money.

Make sure that you are not one of them.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 6:32 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Laws You Didn’t Know Existed

0

Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

Lee Ann McAdoo asks Americans about obscure laws they have broken.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 6:30 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Full Disclosure: What the Media Isn’t Telling You About War in Syria

0

Ben Swann
Youtube

Ben Swann uncovers what the media refuses to explain.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 6:31 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

19 Surveys Which Prove That A Large Chunk Of The Population Is Made Up Of Totally Clueless Sheeple

0

Michael Snyder
The American Dream

Are we too stupid to continue as a nation? That may seem like a harsh question, but I think that it is one that we need to ask. Even though we have more access to information today than ever before, it seems like the U.S. population just keeps becoming more ignorant. So at what point does a society become so “dumbed-down” that it can no longer function effectively? We like to complain about our leaders, but the truth is that we are the ones that elected them. They are a reflection of who we are as a society.

And when you compare Barack Obama, Harry Reid, Nancy Pelosi and John Boehner to men like George Washington, John Adams, Thomas Jefferson and Andrew Jackson, they don’t fare too well. Sadly, the truth is that most of our founding fathers would not have a prayer of being elected today. Instead, they would be labeled as crazy “extremists” for insisting that we follow the U.S. Constitution. In our entertainment-addicted society, Lady Gaga would have a much greater chance of being elected president today than George Washington would. That is how far we have fallen.

Perhaps you think that I am being overly pessimistic.

Perhaps you think that I should have more faith in the American people.

Well, just consider the evidence. The following are 19 surveys which prove that a large chunk of the population is made up of totally clueless sheeple…

#1 One survey found that 56 percent of Americans believe that it is okay for the government to track “the telephone records of millions of Americans” in order to keep us safe. Apparently those people have never heard of the Fourth Amendment.

#2 When Bush was president, 61 percent of Democrats considered NSA surveillance to be “unacceptable”, but now that Obama is in the White House, only 34 percent of them consider it to be “unacceptable”.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

#3 67 percent of Americans support the use of unmanned drones in “homeland security missions” inside the United States. What’s next? Will there be “security robots” that stand in the corner and watch us as we eat dinner with our families?

#4 Close to one-third of all Americans would be willing to submit to a “TSA body cavity search” in order to fly.

#5 20 percent of all government workers and 26 percent of all Obama supporters consider the Tea Party to be “the biggest terror threat” that America is facing.

#6 89.7 percent of Americans believe that they are eating a healthy diet. Meanwhile, approximately 36 percent of all Americans are obese.

#7 29 percent of Americans believe that “cloud computing” involves an actual cloud.

#8 One survey found that 42 percent of all Americans are unaware that Obamacare is law.

#9 The average American watches 28 hours of television every week.

#10 According to a survey conducted by the National Geographic Society, only37 percent of all Americans between the ages of 18 and 24 can find the nation of Iraq on a map.

#11 Close to 25 percent of all Americans do not know that the United States declared independence from Great Britain.

#12 We are the most doped up nation in the history of the planet. As I wrote about recently, a survey conducted by the Mayo Clinic found that 70 percent of all Americans are on at least one prescription drug. An astounding 20 percent of all Americans are on at least five prescription drugs.

#13 According to one survey, 24 percent of all U.S. teens that have a sexually-transmitted disease say that they still have unprotected sex.

#14 Approximately one out of every five teenage girls in the United States actually wants to be a teenage mother.

#15 As I noted the other day, 48 percent of all Americans do not have any emergency supplies stored up at all.

#16 One survey found that 51 percent of all Americans agree with this statement: “it is necessary to give up some civil liberties in order to make the country safe from terrorism.”

#17 According to a Bloomberg survey, only 16 percent of Americans believe that the Federal Reserve should be abolished.

#18 29 percent of all Americans cannot recall the name of the vice-president of the country.

#19 In 2008, the American people voted to send Barack Obama to the White House. After four years of watching everything that he did during his first term, the American people turned around and gave him another four years.

As a nation, we no longer seem to care much about what the U.S. Constitution actually says. When our politicians tell us that they want to ignore large sections of the Constitution, we just shrug and go along with it.

And we have completely abandoned the values and the principles that this country was founded on. Our society bears very little resemblance to 18th century America, and we like it that way. We like to think that we have “progressed” far beyond where they were at, but the truth is that our country is coming apart at the seams all around us.

In this day and age, it is imperative that Americans learn to think for themselves. Way too many Americans are just like sheep — they just blindly follow the herd.

It is time to break out of “the matrix” and to start seeing things for how they really are. Our nation is crumbling and our leaders are taking us down a path toward oblivion. We need to wake up our fellow Americans while there is still time.

Sheeple - Photo by Andrew R Tester

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 6:29 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Snowden's father says NSA leaker may return to US if certain conditions are met – reports

0
 
 

 Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for . Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


Edward Snowden’s father says his son could return to back to the US if certain conditions are met, NBC reports. Snowden wants to remain at large before trial and choose where it would take place. The father insists his NSA-leaker son was manipulated.

Edward Snowden also would like prosecutors not to file a
so-called gag order, which bans information or any comments from
being made public, Lonnie Snowden said.

The channel reports the father intends to send a letter to the US
Justice Department.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

Republished with permission from:: RT

George W. Bush “Guilty of War Crimes”, Lawyers Attempt to File for Obama’s Arrest in South Africa

0

“We’ll get Bush in the US” the world’s top war crimes prosecutor tells The Truthseeker after Dubya’s deputies warn him against travel,

Lawyers file for Obama’s arrest tomorrow when he hits South Africa, huge secret wars in America’s name being masked from the folks funding them.

Seek truth from facts with Yousha Tayob of the Muslim Lawyers Association, leading war crimes prosecutor Francis Boyle, Senior Staff Attorney Katherine Gallagher of New York’s Center for Constitutional Rights which stopped Bush’s first trip after his waterboarding admission, Marjorie Cohn, author of Cowboy Republic: Six Ways the Bush Gang Has Defied the Law, and former NSA intelligence officer Scott Rickard.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Lavrov slams arming Syrian rebels

0

Russian Foreign Minister has slammed Western efforts to supply more arms to Syrian insurgents as a bid to regain lost ground before the Geneva Conference, saying the scheme contradicts the very essence of the peace talks.

Speaking at a Friday press conference in the Moroccan Capital of Rabat, Sergei Lavrov said, “The activities aimed at providing weapons to the opposition, which have recently intensified, only means that the precondition [set by the foreign-backed militants to restore a balance of power on the battle ground] is supported by the West and other countries which are going to supply such weapons, this contradicting the very concept of the conference, which is to begin without any preconditions.”

The remarks came following Lavrovâ„¢s talks with his Moroccan counterpart Saad-Eddine al-Othmani when he also called on the United Nations to probe US media reports about arms contraband from Libya for Syrian insurgents, Voice of Russia reports Friday.

“If this is true, this is a gross violation of the UN Security Council ban on arms deliveries to and from Libya,” Lavrov further emphasized.

“The Security Council committee authorized to observe the compliance with this embargo should naturally pay attention to the reports and make an inquiry,” he added.

Speaking about the situation in Syria, Sergei Lavrov said that Å“Russia and Morocco constructively cooperate in UN and other organizations on Syria and many other international issues.”

Further addressing the Geneva-2 talks on Syria, Lavrov is cited in the report as saying, “Initially Russia and the US agreed on holding Geneva-2 talks without any preconditions, but now the opposition claims to observe Å“the military balance.”

“Russia insists on holding a conference in the parameters that were discussed initially, and the fact that the Western countries are now supplying weapons may mean that they support the existence of pre-conditions. I will ask US Secretary of State John Kerry about the emerging issues on the subject during my visit to Brunei next week,” Lavrov said.

According to the report, Lavrov also denied report by the UK-based Guardian newspaper that the Russian embassy in Damascus would close on July 1. Å“These are rumors and speculations,” he emphasized.

The top Russian diplomat also denied reports that the Russian military base in Tartus is shutting down. Å“The embassy and the base are working in routine mode,” he was cited in the report as saying.

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

McDonald’s not to operate in West Bank

0

File photo shows a McDonald’s restaurant.

The US-based food giant McDonald’s has turned down an offer to open a branch in an Israeli settlement in the occupied West Bank, in yet another backlash to the regimeâ„¢s illegal settlement activities.

On Thursday, Irina Shalmor, spokeswoman for McDonald’s Israel, said the chain has declined a demand by the owners of a mall under construction in the Ariel settlement to start a restaurant there according to its policy of staying out of the occupied Palestinian territories.

Omri Padan, owner of McDonaldâ„¢s Israel, is a founder of the Israeli watchdog Peace Now, which has voiced opposition to all illegal settlement activities. The group considers the Tel Aviv regimeâ„¢s settlement constructions as an obstacle to peace.

The decision by the multinational food franchise has irked Israeli officials and settlers.

Yigal Delmonti, an Israeli settlement activist, said, Å“McDonald’s has gone from being a for-profit company to an organization with an anti-Israeli political agenda.”

Rafeef Ziadah, a Palestinian activist, also stated that the chainâ„¢s decision Å“will encourage other corporations to end their complicity in Israel’s occupation.”

Many countries, including some of Tel Avivâ„¢s allies, have condemned the Israeli plans to construct illegal settler units in the occupied Palestinian territories.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds (Jerusalem) in 1967.

On Wednesday, the Israeli regime approved the construction of 69 new illegal settler units in East al-Quds despite widespread international criticism of illegal settlement constructions.

On June 13, an Israeli regime spokesman said that Tel-Aviv would build more than 1,000 new illegal units in two West Bank settlements namely Itamar and Bruchin.

Secretary-General of the United Nations Ban Ki-moon criticized the settlement expansion in the occupied West Bank on June 15, calling the move a Å“violation of international law.”

MKA/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Gun Control Advocate: Ban Anything With a Sharp Edge

0

Ban knives, nails, glass bottles, forks

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 28, 2013

A video has emerged of a gun control advocate at a Second Amendment rally in Philadelphia arguing that not only guns but knives, nails, forks and anything with a sharp edge should be banned and that the government should develop new kitchen utensils that are unable to harm people in order to keep everybody safe.

The video, published by Story Leak’s Anthony Gucciardi, is a shocking illustration of how vehemently many Americans support the nanny state.

After arguing that countries like England, Holland and Australia are safer because everybody is disarmed (violent crime is actually far higher), the individual makes it clear that he wants to ban all guns, including hunting rifles.

He then erroneously inflates the number of gun-related deaths in America by four times, falsely stating that the figure is 40,000 when in fact it is under 10,000 a year according to the FBI’s statistics, which the gun control fanatic refuses to believe. Gucciardi also adds that many of these gun deaths occur in gun control capitals like Chicago, where lawful citizens cannot own guns to defend themselves.

Gucciardi points out that 900,000 plus potential homicides are prevented each year by the use of legal firearms in self defense. The National Safety Council also notes that guns are used some 2.5 million times a year in self defense against criminals, meaning that firearms are utilized to protect innocent lives in 250 times more cases than they are used to end lives.

Asked, “how many people do you think are killed by knives each year?” the gun control fanatic responds, “We need to ban knives too,” before arguing that government scientific bodies should “create a kitchen utensil that can serve that purpose but not kill or wound a human being.”

Asked if nails should be banned, the fanatic responds, “It’s something to think about.”

Gucciardi then asks, “Do you think we should ban everything with a sharp edge?,” to which the fanatic responds, “Anything that can hurt anybody.”

Gucciardi then lists all the objects that should be banned — glass bottles, nails, knives, even forks — and the fanatic agrees that all of these objects should be banned “if we can find an alternative.”

Raising the point that hands and fists kill more people than rifles every year, Gucciardi asks if they should be banned too, to which the fanatic responds that education is the preferred method of reducing violence.

The fanatic indicates that he is the head of a charity involved in violence prevention in schools.

It is important to stress that this is not a satire skit, this represents the viewpoint of a significant number of Americans.

Previous videos have documented how some Americans would agree with repealing the Second Amendment and allowing the government to go door to door to confiscate guns belonging to “white people” to ensure “only the criminals have the guns and get them out of the hands of law abiding citizens.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Friday, June 28, 2013 at 5:57 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from:: Infowars

Russia hosts nuclear energy conference

0

The International Ministerial Conference on Nuclear Power in the 21st Century, organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), has got underway in St Petersburg, Russia.

The conference takes place every four years, and has been held in Paris and Beijing before. The 3rd conference is held in collaboration with the Russian government from June 27 to June 29.

Å“Itâ„¢s important to discuss the contribution of nuclear power to sustainable development of current status and prospects for the future. Furthermore, this conference will make it possible to draw peopleâ„¢s attention everywhere to the key role played by international cooperation and the IAEA,” said Sergey Kirienko, the director general of ROSATAOM, Russiaâ„¢s State Atomic Energy Corporation.

The main goal of the IAEA conference is to exchange international experiences and to address issues affecting nuclear energy sector such as safety, environment considerations, security and development.

Addressing the conference, IAEA chief Yukia Amano underlined the need to ensure the safety of energy obtained from nuclear technology.

Å“We need to ensure the stable supply of energy, in particular electricity. At the same time, safety must be on the first. Without safety, we cannot maintain, we cannot keep the supply of electricity by nuclear sustainable,” Amano said.

Almost 600 participants from at least 80 countries are taking part in the conference. The Iranian delegation is led by the countryâ„¢s head of the Atomic Energy Organization Fereydoun Abbasi.

Å“Our expectations from this conference are to hear different opinions and to learn about nuclear energy programs in different countries. We would like to learn about nuclear energy safety practices around the world,” Abbasi told Press TV correspondent.

On the sidelines of the conference, some participating nations have also organized stands to explore many uses of nuclear energy, including in medicine.

AR/KA

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Ahmadinejad due in Moscow for summit

0

Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad is to visit Russia at the head of a delegation to participate in the 2nd summit of the Gas Exporting Countries Forum (GECF), Iranâ„¢s Embassy in Moscow says.

The forum is scheduled to be held in Moscow on July 1-2.

Å“In addition to delivering a speech at the summit, the president of the Islamic Republic of Iran will hold one-on-one meetings with President of the Russian Federation [Vladimir Putin] and some other senior officials attending the conference,” the Embassy said in a statement on Friday.

President Ahmadinejad is also scheduled to meet Russian elite and Iranian expatriates, attend a press conference and give exclusive interviews to leading Russian media.

”The [2nd] summit of the Gas Exporting Countries Forum will be an opportunity to strengthen cooperation among member countries and exchange views at the highest level on the current and future situation of the gas market and gas industry,” the statement read.

The 1st GECF summit was held in the Qatari capital, Doha, in 2011, bringing together 12 permanent members and three observer countries.

The GECF was founded in 2001 in the Iranian capital, Tehran, and its member states control over 70 percent of the worldâ„¢s natural gas reserves as well as more than 80 percent of the Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) production.

The legal establishment of the forum took place on December 2008 in Moscow, where energy ministers of member states adopted the forumâ„¢s charter and signed an intergovernmental agreement.

SF/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

UK to approve mitocondrial transfer

0

Britain plans to allow the controversial in vitro fertilization technique.

Britain plans to allow the controversial in vitro fertilization technique, that would enable patients with mitochondrial diseases to avoid passing the condition to their children.

The controversial technique involves replacing defective DNA from the sperm and egg of the potential parents with a healthy donor egg.

According to reports,if the controversial genetic treatment gets green light from the parliament, the UK becomes the first country to create babies with three genetic parents.

Å“Heart disease, liver disease, blindness, loss of muscle coordination, muscular dystrophy, and death are included as mitochondrial disease,” said chief medical officer Prof Dame Sally Davies.

Critics, however, slammed the method as unethical and said t the procedure involves introducing new DNA into a human embryo.

MOS/HE

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

‘UAE detainees systematically tortured’

0

Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International and Alkarama organization say detainees in the United Arab Emirates have been subjected to Ëœsystematic torture.â„¢

On Thursday, the three rights groups said in a joint statement that they had received 22 handwritten letters sent by some of the detainees, citing Å“systematic mistreatment and torture.”

Å“The mistreatment described in the letters is consistent with other allegations of torture at UAE state security facilities, and indicates that torture is a systematic practice at these facilities,” the groups stated.

A group of 94 Emirati nationals are awaiting trial over charges of plotting to overthrow the government. They are reportedly members or supporters of Al-Islah group, which is linked to Egyptâ„¢s Muslim Brotherhood.

On March 4, some defendants told the judge during their first trial hearing that they had been Å“seriously ill-treated during months in detention,” the rights groups said, urging Emirati officials to Å“ensure prompt, independent, and impartial investigations into allegations of torture and other ill-treatment, enforced disappearances and other serious human rights violations.”

The detainees are expecting a court ruling on July 2. They were arrested between March and December 2012 on charges of belonging to an Å“illegal secret group plotting to take power.”

On June 19, Emirati authorities announced that they would put on trial a group of 30 Egyptian and Emiratis on charges of running an illegal branch of Egyptâ„¢s Muslim Brotherhood.

In this regard, prosecutor Ahmed al-Danhani said the group had attempted to recruit new members and received financial assistance from a Å“secret organization that had sought to seize power in the country,” apparently referring to the group of 94 Emirati detainees.

MKA/HSN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

US-Mexico border likened to Berlin Wall

0

A US senator has boasted that a new American border security Å“surge” plan at its border with Mexico would turn the boundary line between the two neighbors into Ëœthe most militarized border since the fall of the Berlin Wall.â„¢

The remarks were made this week by hawkish Republican Senator John McCain of Arizona in an effort to win support for a newly-approved package of an Å“immigration legislation” that would place additional federal patrols and hundreds of miles of new wall and fences along the US-Mexico border, prompting strong reaction among Mexicans.

Coming nearly two months after US President Barack Obama praised Mexicoâ„¢s progress and its significance as a top trading partner, the Senate debate on the Thursday-approved bill and the military buildup proposed by the amendment Å“has reminded Mexicans that much of the United States views their country warily,” The Washington Post reports Friday.

Mexicans have reacted strongly to the debate among US lawmakers regarding their joint border, heavily focusing on building new walls along the border rather than facilitating wider doors for legitimate trade and migration to get through.

This is while the government of Mexican President Enrique Peña Nieto had largely kept quiet on the US debate, saying merely that his administration supports the reform effort.

However, the USD46 billion in additional security spending provided by the legislative amendment eventually prompted Mexican officials to break their silence this week, when Foreign Minister Jose Antonio Meade told reporters in Mexico City that Å“fences don’t unite.”

Å“Fences are not a solution to the migration phenomenon, and they are not congruent with a safe and modern border,” Meade said. Å“They donâ„¢t contribute to the development of a competitive region that both countries are trying to build.”

Texas Congressman Henry Cuellar, whose district includes the busy border crossing of Laredo, also states he has heard similar criticisms from Mexican business leaders disappointed by the Å“negative connotations” of more barriers between two nations that are doing over one billion dollars in trade per day.

Å“You tell Mexicans that we need a border Ëœsurgeâ„¢ and everyone thinks of the surge in Iraq, as if weâ„¢re saying theyâ„¢re an enemy to overcome,” Cuellar said. Å“Iâ„¢m for strong border security, but a fence is a 14th-century solution to a 21st-century problem.”

Moreover, Jorge Castañeda, Mexicoâ„¢s foreign minister during the administration of former president Vicente Fox, has censured the current government for keeping on the sidelines, describing the recent criticism of the fence as Å“weak” and Å“tepid.”

Å“They should say, ËœThis is an important issue for Mexico, and you should take our views into consideration,â„¢­ ” said Castañeda, who is currently a professor at New York University.

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Hezbollah fighting in Syria to Defend Lebanon from Bloodbath

0

Mainstream media fail to mention that key anti-government forces in Syria swore to kill all the Shiite Muslims and to march straight into Lebanon after Syria.

Sheikh Hassan Nasrallah, Hezbollah’s secretary-general, announced his party’s entry into the Syrian conflict on May 25, 2013. The Syrian National Coalition immediately denounced Hezbollah while the US Department of State reacted to Nasrallah’s announcement on May 29 by demanding an immediate withdrawal of Hezbollah’s fighters from Syria. The rubber stamp Arab League would eventually, and very predictability, condemn Hezbollah’s entry into the Syrian conflict, whereas it has ignored the involvement of Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and their allies.

Qusayr, situated on the road between Damascus and the Mediterranean coastline of Syria in the northwestern portion of the Syrian Governate of Homs, would become a central focus of Hezbollah’s involvement inside Syria. After the victory in Qusayr, the war hawk Charles Krauthammer would embarrassingly proclaim that the US was hesitating too much while Russia and Iran were taking charge of the situation in Syria with Hezbollah.

The US had not hesitated in reality, but had failed to topple the government in Damascus. Most probably prompted by the pressure of their Saudi and Qatari paymasters, Egypt’s Muslim Brotherhood government would react to the victory in Qusayr by cutting its ties with Syria, calling for a no-fly zone, and attacking Hezbollah for its involvement in the Syrian conflict. As an indicator of the failure of its regime change project, the Obama Administration would leak to the press that it was considering a no-fly zone too. Ironically, Egypt’s President Morsi and many of the same people that criticize Hezbollah, Iran, and Russia for their involvement in Syria refuse to criticize Turkish, Saudi, Qatari, British, French, Jordanian, Israeli, and American involvement.

Hezbollah is also a Target of the Syrian Conflict

Undoubtedly Hezbollah did discuss its intentions to enter the Syrian conflict with its patrons in Tehran and coordinated with Iran and then, to a lesser extent, with Russia through Iranian officials and through consultations with Aleksandr Zasypkin, Russia’s ambassador to Lebanon, and then Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov during his April 2013 visit to Beirut. The involvement of Hezbollah in Syria, however, is purely defensive. Moreover, Hezbollah is one of the last external players to be involved in Syria.

It is the same type of reports that constantly claim there is a substantial Iranian military presence in Syria, but can never manage to give solid proof or any form of confirmation about their claims, that are the ones that simplistically de-contextualize Hezbollah’s involvement in Syria. For example, rockets were launched into Dahiyeh, the working class southern suburb of Beirut that is the political stronghold of Hezbollah in Lebanon’s capital district, and the town of Hermel, in Bekaa, hours after Nasrallah announced his party would enter the Syrian conflict.

Most reports about this failed to recognize the nature of the rocket attacks. The rocket strikes were more than a mere warning from the anti-government forces inside Syria, in fact they were part of a steady stream of escalation that deliberately aimed at expanding the war into Lebanon and spreading the fires of sedition. Attacks were being conducted in areas inhabited by Hezbollah supporters much earlier and before Hezbollah even intervened in Syria. Whether it is done intentionally or unintentionally, this type of reporting conceals the fact that Hezbollah intervened in Syria mainly to protect itself and Lebanon’s diverse population, and it fails to identify who the real perpetrators of the violence are. The mainstream media in places like the US and UK also fails to mention that key divisions of the anti-government forces inside Syria have sworn to kill all the Shiite Muslims they get their hands on, and to march straight into Lebanon after Syria.

From the beginning of the Syrian conflict Hezbollah agreed that the Syrian people should have the democratic freedoms that Hezbollah itself enjoys in Lebanon and it has agreed that Syria is in need of political reforms. Its entry into the Syrian conflict is aimed at preventing the takfiri death squads that have amassed in Syria from marching against Lebanon and committing the same type of crimes in the towns and homes of the Lebanese people they have been committing against the Syrian people. Because the takfiris have announced that they will purge the Levant of the Shiite Muslims and all others that they do not accept, the conflict was unavoidable. Rather than wait, Hezbollah chose to act in a war that the anti-government forces in Syria deliberately initiated against Hezbollah through a stream of assaults on the Shiites living on the Lebanese-Syrian border. As a preview of what is in store for the Shiites, after their defeat in Qusayr, the anti-government militias marched into Hatla and massacred many of its residents, including old people and young children who all had their throats slit. One video of the massacre titled “The storming and cleansing of Hatla” surfaced with the man filming it stating that all the Shia Muslims would suffer the same fate. What happened in Hatla, including stories about vicious rapes and mutilations, has only strengthened the support in Lebanon for Hezbollah’s intervention.

Hezbollah is protecting Lebanon and the Levant’s minority groups

On July 14, Nasrallah went on Lebanese television to say that Hezbollah was fighting to defend both the people of Lebanon and Syria from the abominations of “an American, Israeli and takfiri project to destroy not only Syria but the entire region.” Speaking on Al-Manar, he told his supporters and allies that the entire world had gone to Syria to fight in one way or another using their money or shipping weapons or through media warfare. It was only natural for Hezbollah as one of the main targets of the war to get involved. He added that the Lebanese government had unfortunately failed to protect the 30,000 Lebanese Christians and Muslims that have been attacked by the Syrian anti-government forces on their borders. Hezbollah acted to protect them.

Nasrallah’s sentiments are widely shared inside and outside Lebanon. According to Mohsen Saleh, a professor of political philosophy at the Lebanese University and an expert on Hezbollah, the threat of“takfirism” is now working to terminate all diversity in the region in league with Israel and the US. The Muslim Brotherhood is tied to this project too, but “it is now collapsing and in a state of decay” according to Saleh. “The Brotherhood came into power a hundred years too late,” he told me. While visiting him at his office, he explained that all of Lebanon’s different communities are afraid of the takfiris as they have witnessed their crimes in Syria. This is why the Maronite Catholic Church and the multitude of Christian denominations in Lebanon are increasingly standing behind Hezbollah. He confidently said that all of Lebanon’s different sects will improve their relations with Hezbollah due to the mutual threat they all face. When I asked Saleh about Lebanon’s Prime Minister-designate, who is linked to Hezbollah’s rivals in Lebanon, he pointed out that Tamman Saeb Salam is not a puppet. In a discreet gesture of support distinguishing him from the Hariri camp, Tamman has said that Hezbollah will remain a resistance group no matter what happens due to its intervention in Syria.

The Druze community, which is the Lebanese group that is the most vulnerable to a takfiri attack on the country, is reconsidering its relationship with Hezbollah. The Druze community is also unhappy about the statements of Walid Jumblatt, its prime chieftain, which have been supportive of anti-government activities in Syria. Trying to please his Saudi paymaster in Riyadh, Jumblatt has gone as far as to say that he personally supports the Saudi-backed Jubhat Al-Nusra. Well aware of the dangers to their community, the Druze of Syria have shunned Jumblatt and continued to support the Syrian government.

Russian officials have also supported Hezbollah’s stance, Moscow views Hezbollah’s position as one that aims to protect the different people of Lebanon and Syria. Moscow does not want the takfiri brigades to enter the North Caucasus or to attack any of its sister-republics and allies in Central Asia. As opposed to the United States and its allies, Russian foreign policy in the Middle East openly promotes diversity and the protection of Christians and minority groups.

Unlike Hezbollah, the US Does Not Give a Damn about Arab Christians

Dr. Naji Hayek, a Lebanese Christian, sums it all up by stating: “Hezbollah is fighting for us, for me!” He made the statement after we watched Michel Aoun live on Orange TV declaring that he supported Hezbollah after fighting erupted in the Lebanese city of Sidon. If the takfiris make inroads into Lebanon, he assured me that he would pick up his gun and fight too. Hayek, a surgeon, a professor at the Lebanese American University, and an advisor to Michel Aoun–the leader of the Free Patriotic Movement, the largest Christian political party in Lebanon–helped draft the Syria Accountability and Lebanese Sovereignty Restoration Act and used to submit intelligence reports about Syrian activities in Lebanon to the US Senate. He was once a member of Lebanon’s National Liberal Party and a close friend of Samir Geagea, the Christian warlord extraordinaire allied to the US and Saudi Arabia. Hayek was even injured while fighting against the Syrians for Michel Aoun.

Things have changed since then and new alliances have formed. Syria is an enemy no longer and Samir Geagea is no longer a friend. Hayek told me bitterly that the US has never hesitated to manipulate and then drop the Christians in Lebanon. He even showed me a heated email exchange between him and Jeffrey Feltman, while Feltman was serving as a US assistant-secretary in the US State Department, where Feltman in reference to Hezbollah accused the Free Patriotic Movement of being aligned with“evil.” In retrospect, Hayek realizes that the US had different motives when the Syria Accountability and Lebanese Sovereignty Restoration Act was drafted. Furiously, he talked about “the twenty-five year old kids working at the Lebanon Desk in the [US] State Department with [Bachelor of Arts] in history” that are disconnected from reality in the Middle East which he has had to deal with.

“I am not a fan of Bashar Al-Assad, but I support him one hundred percent, because the alternative in Syria is an extremist government,” Hayek emphasized. Should the Syrian government fall, Hayek’s fear was that the corrupt Hariri family and the March 14 Alliance would invite a Muslim Brotherhood government in Damascus to invade and occupy Lebanon. As a key interlocutor between Michel Aoun and the United States, he explained to me that the Hariri family had no problem with the Syrian presence in Lebanon and in fact they were opposed to a Syrian withdrawal from Lebanon and would obstruct his work in the United States. He explained that the reason for this was that the Hariris used the Syrian military to enforce their hegemony in Lebanon. “Hariri corrupted the Syrians,” he explained. The Hariri clan would bribe all the high ranking Syrian officers in Lebanon by paying them millions of dollars. The problems between the Hariris and Syria began when Bashar Al-Assad wanted to put an end to corruption in Syria and refused to let the Hariris continue with their game.

This article was originally published on RT Op-Edge.

Republished with permission from:: Global Research

Egypt braces for pro-, anti-Morsi rallies

0

Egypt police confront people during a speech by President Mohammed Morsi in Cairoâ„¢s Tahrir square, June 26, 2013.

Egypt braces for major rival demonstrations by thousands of supporters and opponents of President Mohammed Morsi.

The supporters and opponents of the Egyptian president began gathering in Cairoâ„¢s Liberation Square on Friday, one side calling for the presidentâ„¢s resignation and the other demanding more time for the fledgling government.

On Thursday, one person died and 230 others were injured during clashes between pro and anti-Morsi camps in the Nile Delta city of Mansura, some 120 kilometers (74 miles) north of the capital, Cairo.

Several political groups say the Egyptian government is dominated by the Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses President Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the revolution.

On June 26, the Egyptian president warned that a polarized state of the countryâ„¢s politics will Å“threaten our democratic experience and paralyze the nation.” Morsi also promised to introduce Å“radical and quick” reforms in state institutions.

Meanwhile, Egyptian troops have been deployed across the country ahead of protests planned by the opposition for June 30 to demand the resignation of Morsi.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in a landmark election held following the ouster of Mubarak.

GMA/HSN/HMV

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

A Spiritual Way of Seeing

6

Most of the theories and narratives we use to understand social reality assume that the material world is the main shaping influence over that reality–economics with its emphasis on goods; evolution with its emphasis on physical survival; or think even of the recent presidential campaign with its emphasis on jobs as the defining issue in determining how people will vote. I don’t deny the obvious importance of the material dimension of existence, but I find that theories such as these are often blind to the spiritual dimension of social life: by focusing wholly on humans’ desire for things, they fail to perceive the power of humans’ desire for love, community, solidarity, and connection with others, or as I will explain shortly, for “mutual recognition” of our common humanity as authentic Presence.

Where we place our emphasis in interpreting the world is critical to being able to act together to influence historical events in a positive way and help to create a better world–a world more capable of realizing the yearnings of the human soul. Or in other words, our “social theory” is central to our capacity for effective and meaningful social action, in the sense that social theory is really nothing more than a way of seeing, and in order to do the right thing, to devote our energies in the time that we are here to worthwhile projects that are most likely to improve our collective lives and the world that we collectively inhabit, we must learn to see what is going on in front of us in a way that allows us to interpret its social meaning as accurately as possible.

Freud and Melancholia

The stakes involved in choosing between different social theories and narratives can be illustrated by a discussion of Lars von Trier’s Melancholia–a movie that has received a great deal of attention from critics and moviegoers. In this remarkable film, a woman named Justine, played by Kirsten Dunst, gets married in a wedding ceremony that is both extraordinarily opulent (vast sums of money are spent by her brother-in-law to assure that this is the happiest day of her life) and yet profoundly alienating in the sense that virtually all the characters, including Justine’s parents and other family members, are represented as unhappy, selfish, and preoccupied with the details of the wedding ritual over the substance of any profound human bond.

Meanwhile, unbeknownst to most of the guests but somewhat mystically understood by Justine and less mystically and more scientifically so by her brother-in-law, a planet that has been hidden behind the sun has somehow shifted in its alignment and is rapidly heading toward earth. Although Justine is obviously deeply disturbed and disengaged while enduring the experience of her own wedding, she becomes more centered and present in the days following the wedding as the danger of collision with the errant planet–named Melancholia–becomes more likely. In the final scene, as Justine sits holding hands with her frightened sister and innocent young nephew in a hastily constructed “magic cave” that Justine has told the boy will protect them all, it is Justine who seems spiritually prepared for the apocalyptic end that awaits them and all of the world. While during the early part of the film, Justine appeared to be the one doomed to disorientation and debilitating melancholia, at the end it is she who becomes at one with the profound and sudden ending of both the collective life and the collective history and culture of the human experience, of human existence itself.

The theory that has informed most of the reviews ofMelancholia has been quite explicitly Freudian, perhaps because Freud wrote a very famous book called Mourning and Melancholia that addressed the way that loss–in particular unmourned loss–can create a pathological attachment to the lost object that leads one to become in-dwelling and withdrawn, to lose all interest in life, and to become quite literally vitiated of human vitality. This meaning of the word “melancholia,” drawn from Freud’s good work on the subject, has then been projected into the movie, so that Justine is identified as deeply “depressed” by the disturbed nature of her conditioned upbringing, which reaches a kind of apotheosis in the dysfunctional and dysphoric wedding ceremony. This depression is interpreted as a manifestation of her melancholia, her loss of vitality and interest in life. In Freud’s analysis, the failure to work through the experience of loss through the process of mourning both expresses and reinforces an infantile belief on the part of the sufferer that he or she is responsible for the loss of the loved object, and this guilt not only becomes a primary cause of the sufferer’s unrelenting attachment to the lost object, but also engenders an unconscious need for punishment to partially expiate the guilt, or better, to satisfy the guilt fixation.

For the critics who adapt the Freudian way of seeing to the movie, Justine improves at the movie’s climactic ending because that long-deserved punishment has finally arrived in the form of the planetary collision. While the brother-in-law commits suicide and the sister cries, Justine is fully present emotionally and awaits the end with equanimity and perhaps even joy. While not all critics adopt all of the components of the Freudian theory in analyzing the film, there is a consensus that the film is “depressing,” that the characters are dreadful human beings, that Justine is a deeply disturbed woman, and that it portends one eccentric but talented director’s vision of the end of the world.

While the Freudian interpretation is true to the facts of the movie in the sense that the existing facts can be “seen” in a way that makes them consistent with the theory, the interpretation is in my opinion completely wrong. To my way of seeing, Justine’s reactions to the alienation and dehumanization of her social environment are understandable and even courageous, although because she is presented to us as socially absorbed into this world–as a kind of passively willing participant in her dreadful wedding ceremony–she is far more isolated and far crazier as a result than she would have been had she instead, say, joined the women’s movement or Occupy Wall Street. But considering the pathological social place in which she found herself as a thoroughly isolated woman, it was obvious to me that she was throwing all of herself into her resistance to what was being made of her from the outside. Her recovery during the course of the movie as a result of the approach of the planet, to my eyes, manifested her emergence into mental health, because the arrival of the errant planet would liberate both her and also all of humanity from the social alienation, brutality, and inauthenticity into which our world had fallen. In a beautiful final scene, it is Justine who can reassure her little nephew of his security in the magic cave they construct out of sticks, because this magic cave, in which Justine, her nephew, and her sister hold hands as the end approaches, is a new little world of authenticity and love and spiritual recovery of their simple common humanity. I left the theater with a full heart and a smile that I could not get off of my face, and I felt that my true self–the authentic longings of my soul–had been recognized and confirmed by Justine’s final beauty and presence in the face of death and of the limits of existence itself. We really are here together if only we will embrace one another.

Now, as I say, there is nothing wrong with the Freudian theory, or the related “the movie-is-depressing” theory, on its use of the facts. Exactly the problem of all mistaken but well-articulated theories about the meaning of social events is that they express a way of seeing that fits the facts. What is wrong with these theories is not that they cannot explain things, but rather that they can explain them and that they do so incorrectly. The error in these incorrect or faulty or too-limited ways of seeing is that rather than illuminate the meaning of social events as they actually are, they impose upon these events an order that renders this true meaning invisible.

Marxism as a Way of Seeing

For example, Marxism does a brilliant job of presenting historical events through a theory, a way of seeing, that fits the facts of these events. In Marx’s own works and the many works that have followed in his tradition, we see the myths of various historical periods penetrated by a critical way of seeing that shows the shaping power of underlying economic factors, the hidden organization of society adapted in each epoch to the production and distribution of material goods under conditions of material scarcity. As soon as this organization produces a surplus, it is appropriated by the class of people that has gained power within a particular means of production, generating a struggle for survival between classes that is obscured by universal myths and rationalizations–ideologies–that legitimize the status quo and cover up what’s really going on. In the Marxist framework, its way of seeing, everything is accounted for: economics, law, religion, culture, gender roles, racism, conquest and domination of other cultures, everything.

But Marxism is nevertheless wrong, not because it cannot explain events, but because the superimposition of this way of seeing on historical events is not true to what we might call the social being of the events as they really are, in their being. Yes, there is a formation of classes, there is a competitive division of labor, there is appropriation of the economic surplus in unjust ways, there are masking ideologies that rationalize unjust social relations and transform might into right… but this turns out not to be taking place because of the material struggle for survival but because of a Fear of the Other that has been injected into history and reproduced across generations in ways not reducible to material factors alone, or even primarily. Yet if you come to believe in the Marxist way of seeing, if you are understandably seduced by how brilliantly it fits the facts while appealing to your instinctive sense that the world, as it is, is profoundly unjust, then you will be led in wrong directions by it–for example, you may think that an economic revolution that reorganizes productive relations is the key element to overcoming injustice and fulfilling human possibilities. Since coercion may be involved in such a process, that mistaken way of seeing–adopted with the best of intentions–may lead to tragic and even terrible consequences.

Nothing that I say should be understood to minimize the human suffering manifested in the history of class society–the suffering from poverty, material inequality, exploitation of economic resources and human labor, and the illegitimate hierarchies through which rulers in each historical period have dominated the ruled. Nor do I mean to minimize the human need for food, shelter, and other elements of basic material survival which continue to cause suffering for much of the world’s population–for example, the 2.5 billion people who cannot obtain enough food to receive adequate nutrition each day, according to United Nations estimates. Rather what I am saying is that these forms of material suffering and injustice are manifestations of our historical legacy of our alienation from one another–that the “cause” is to be found in the social-spiritual separation expressive of an underlying failure of mutual recognition that expresses itself existentially as Fear of the Other.

The Worldview of Liberal Democracy

Or consider Marxism’s main historical competitor in the last two hundred years and its at least temporary conqueror on the historical stage, liberal individualism and its political corollary, liberal democracy. In liberalism, we are given a way of seeing in which the social world in front of us is perceived as a vast collection of individuals, each pursuing his or her own chosen destiny, each free and equal to all the others, who combine to form collective life through private agreements and through one great public agreement, the social contract that is formed and realized through the act of voting in public elections. Within the liberal worldview, it’s acknowledged that we are each born into families and must be nurtured properly through contact with others in order to achieve our individuation, our unique and sane and mature stature as individual participants in the liberal social order; but the outcome of good-enough child-rearing is self-evidently the production of the separate and free actor, who can believe whatever he or she wishes and do whatever he or she wants, as long as this free action does not involve improper interference with others through improper deception or duress or other forms of coercion. Material inequalities are explained by variations in ability or the luck of the draw, but the main point here is that whatever aspects of social life might be considered unfulfilling or unjust in liberal society can eventually be solved by the system itself: because it is the free choice of the collection of individuals themselves that will determine the existence of this lack of fulfillment or injustice, if they want to they will eventually–actually as soon as possible considering the commonsense challenges that confront human life with limited knowledge–do something about it. If we destroy the planet through nuclear war or environmental destruction, this would not invalidate the liberal worldview–it would simply reveal, with pathos, that human individuals are too burdened with inherent limitations, understood as expressions of evil or ignorance or simply biological or psychological frailties, to make a success of our own destiny as individual beings. The result of the liberal calculus would be simply that we tried and failed, but not that we had the wrong theory, that we were blinded by an incorrect way of seeing what has been going on.

Like Marxism, liberalism fits the facts perfectly; it can account for the feeling of personhood, social formations, economic life, the existence of law and government, the justifications for collective actions of all kinds, including war and environmental destruction, criminal conduct, personal unhappiness, and so on ad infinitum. The problem with liberalism is not that it doesn’t fit the facts, but rather that it does fit the facts, and by doing just this obscures the true reality of the totality of phenomena that it projects itself onto.

We are not actually each individuals thrown amidst a vast collection of other individuals that as a mere collection comprise the social world, the world of social existence, but are rather mutually constituting social beings perpetually knitting each other together through the inter-experience of mutual recognition into a fabric of interrelatedness that is social through and through. The reason that we feel so much like individualized entities is that we have inherited from prior generations a Fear of the Other, a fear of one another, that envelops us in the illusion of separation at a distance. While we can be grateful to liberalism and those who helped to build a world based on it for helping us to overcome the limitations of other earlier ways of seeing that caused often terrible human suffering and social injustice–ways of seeing such as the Divine Right of Kings, the natural superiority of the aristocracy, the superiority of the white race, the superiority of men over women, or of straights over gays–it is important to see that its very completeness as a social theory functions to render invisible the cause of our isolation and despair, our pathological destruction of the natural world, our infliction of starvation on the 25,000 people (many of them children) who die on the planet from lack of food every day, our imminent danger of obliterating each other with nuclear weapons that persists each day, all as if these were inevitable consequences of the way things are and have to be.

A Social-Spiritual Way of Seeing

In this article, as well as in my new book, Another Way of Seeing: Essays on Transforming Law, Politics, and Culture (Quid Pro Books), from which this piece is adapted, I am offering one expression of a worldwide effort now taking place to bring another theory, another way of seeing, to the forefront of human life. The central aspect of this new postliberal, post-Marxist way of seeing is to begin from the interior of our awareness to grasp the “within” of the intersubjective life-world into which we have been thrown and into which we are, in the words of philosopher Martin Heidegger, always already in-mixed. What we find by this interior-to-interior method–from beginning inside ourselves and from that interior self-transparency going forward by intuition and understanding to the inside of the world we are trying to see–is that human beings actually exist in a psycho-spiritual world in which they seek not primarily food, shelter, or the satisfaction of material needs, but rather the love and recognition of other human beings, and the sense of elevated meaning and purpose that comes from bringing that world of intersubjective connection into being. Of course the satisfaction of material needs is indispensable to our physical survival, but please see that our survival is different from our existence–our survival is the background, the indispensable precondition of our existence, and if it is threatened we can be driven to whatever extreme is necessary to preserve this existence. But our existence itself is a manifestation of our social being that a) is fully present to itself and others, and b) exists only by virtue of our relation to the presence of others as the source of our completion. When I say that we are social beings, therefore, I mean that we do not really exist as individuals except to the extent that our individuality is one pole of our existence in relation to others, and the central longing of our life, immanent within our very existence as social beings, is to be fully recognized by the other in an embrace of love and to recognize that other with the same grace. Insofar as we must maintain the preconditions of our existence, we are motivated by the material need for survival, but our existence itself is animated by the desire to realize ourselves as social beings through connection with others, through the grace of love and mutual recognition.

Taken to the level of an overall social theory, this way of seeing­–a way of seeing that bridges the interior of the social person to the interior of that person’s surrounding (or historical) group–produces some core insights about social life that shape the perspective in the essays in Another Way of Seeing on law, politics, public policy, and culture. Let me summarize the first two of these insights here.

First, we are all animated by the desire for mutual recognition, for a transparent connection to others in which we become fully present to each other, anchored in each other’s gaze in much the way that the German theologian Martin Buber described in his book I and Thou. I aspire to see you and to exist in relation to you not as a mere “you over there,” as a mere passing or glancing presence going by, but as a full presence both there and here, the very completion of myself insofar as we emerge into a We that is neither fleeting nor in danger of dissolving back into reciprocal solitudes corroded by mistrust and fear. The We is not a fusion or erasure of the individual person, but a realization or completion of the social person in authentic reciprocity.

Second, the world that we have been born into and have inherited is primarily characterized by the denial of this desire for mutual recognition, in the sense that we are primarily in flight from each other and experience each other as a threat. But the threat that we experience is not of “destruction” in the Darwinian or even Marxist sense of a struggle for material resources, but rather the threat of nonrecognition or ontological humiliation. When we pass each other with blank gazes on the street, punctuated by furtive steals of a passing look, our entire existential state as social beings is revealed to us–namely, that we are each, or both, encapsulated in solitude because we are pulled outward and toward each other by the desire for mutual recognition (the furtive glances toward each other that we each experience as compulsory), and at the same time feel compelled to deny this desire and look away, “keep our distance,” because of the immanent anxiety that the other will not reciprocate this desire for mutual recognition. This denial of our core need and desire as social beings for essential authentic reciprocity, for love in its deepest sense of essential affirmation and sight, is actually what creates the massive material injustice that Marxism and its allied ways of seeing correctly name and analyze–it is our social alienation taken as a collective totality that creates and reproduces the worldwide socioeconomic system.

Were the populations of the world not infected with this legacy of fear of nonrecognition and humiliation by the Other, we would really without great difficulty solve the material problems that generate so much unnecessary suffering and pain. In other words, the world is the way it is not because people want power or wealth or control over material things, but because they cannot experience their deeper longing for love, for authentic vulnerability and recognition, and for the coming-into-presence that would be the healing of this legacy and the transcendence of it. It is our alienation that causes material injustice rather than the converse, and it is in giving birth to a new politics that overcomes our alienation that we will overcome material inequality and injustice. But such a new form of politics can emerge only from a new way of seeing that makes our social-spiritual alienation visible in perception, thought, and reflection.

The Divided Self

Take a moment to consider the roles and masks that we feel compelled first to don and then to permanently inhabit–think of the newscaster, the weatherman, the president of the United States, this man dressed in one uniform or that woman dressed in another, the father, the therapist, the lawyer, and so forth. Although of course we can embody these roles in a way that is infused with our authentic presence, insofar as we are alienated from each other, or in a kind of flight from each other’s recognition, these roles become artificial holograms of being, pseudo-manifestations of our sociality in which we seek to master and deflect the other’s presence by “playing the role” from a conditioned outside that we are continually monitoring from within with an anxiety signal when we veer from it. In this mode of what the psychiatrist R.D. Laing called the “divided self,” we deny our own desire for authentic intersubjective connection by throwing up the role or mask that we have been over a lifetime coerced into identifying with on pain of loss of what social connection there is, while threatening the other with a comparable erasure should he or she seek to become present as a Thou. Why do we constantly threaten each other so? Because any other course of action requires a vulnerability to the other that risks the ontological humiliation of not being recognized, of not being loved and accepted and affirmed in our existence when we are utterly laid bare as longing for that recognition and love and affirmation before the other’s power to grant it or withhold it.

This leads me to five additional core insights produced by the spiritual way of seeing that I am proposing:

1) The denial of the desire for mutual recognition is not merely something that is transmitted between two persons–between you and me as we pass each other on the street–but is rather a vast, rotating social field, in which every furtive glance and blank gaze and nonpresent (elusive) role-performance is taken as what’s real by each of us as we experience it. Or to put this slightly differently, every such act of flight from each other, every false way of being designed to conceal our true longing, is coupled with an implicit meta-statement that “this is who I really am” and “this is who you must recognize me as and who you really should and must be yourself.” Pre-reflectively and more or less instantly, we are each perpetually internalizing the social reality and necessity of what the other is transmitting to us, and we then–in what I am calling a “rotating” fashion–re-externalize toward others as real what we have internalized from the others passing us or surrounding us emerging in and out of our social field, from infancy forward, because the social field of the whole of existence, of the life-world in which we coexist, forms a mutually influencing circle that is our conditioning. I call this aspect of our social reality the “circle of collective denial” that keeps us spiritually imprisoned in our separation, a circle that each of us co-creates because as social beings actually constituted by each other, we cannot but externalize what we have internalized even as we long to and struggle to transcend it.

2) Seen in this light, all of social life as we have inherited it thus far is a legacy of social alienation that separates us, rotating through the circle of collective denial and manifested in an infinite number of historical forms, but that we are constantly simultaneously seeking to transcend in the fullness of mutual recognition, in the simple completion of love that every newborn child anticipates at birth and manifests in the pure joyful, anticipatory presence in his or her eyes. History is, therefore, not a straight developmental process, but rather a spiral of social being, in which up to this time the desire for mutual recognition has occasionally broken through the constraints of denial of that desire that seek to contain it, erupting into social movements that ricochet across the globe often very rapidly in a great spirit of hope and optimism. At these moments the spiral whirls upward and forward and a true revolution of our social existence becomes possible, the word “revolve” referring in reality to the turning outward of our withdrawn state toward finally grounding each other in the fullness of our reciprocal presence. And at every moment, in every interaction and social encounter, this breakthrough subtends the moment as a potentiality. But the weight of the past, and its claim on our loyalty to past patterns of safer and more impoverished forms of recognition, also at every moment work to keep us sealed in what I elsewhere have called “The Pact of the Withdrawn Selves.” We have formed vast hierarchies of disciplinary control of our social presence that we call the class system, or the legal system, or family values, or an infinity of other macro and micro examples from the schools to corporations, whose limiting, unconscious spiritual aim is to contain the impulse toward the social fulfillment of mutual recognition and the vulnerability and threat of humiliation attendant to it.

3) Insofar as we each experience this internal conflict between the desire for mutual recognition and the need to deny this very desire, for fear of nonrecognition by the other and the vulnerability attendant to it, we collectively conspire to form imaginary group identities that simultaneously provide us with a sense of substitute connection or community and serve to reinforce our collective denial–or better, to seal off our longing for the authentic mutuality of I and Thou in community by an allegiance to an imaginary community that both substitutes for and encloses/represses that authentic longing. Here I am speaking of the “inflated balloon” variety of patriotism, nationalism, ethnic purity, sexual or gender identity, profession-ism–really any form of imaginary group cohesion that conceals–or more accurately, reveals by concealing–an inner absence of presence, a hole at the center of the imaginary group’s collective being.

In my book The Bank Teller and Other Essays on the Politics of Meaning, in the essay entitled “The Meaning of the Holocaust: Social Alienation and the Infliction of Human Suffering,” I show the way this type of imaginary identity emerged within Nazi Germany as an inflation of an illusory imago of community concealing an inner terror of humiliation, the goal of which was precisely to conceal the vulnerability to that anticipated threat that existedinside the puffed-up, grandiose Nazi imago of unity and connection. And I show in historical context how each person given over to the illusory bond of the imago makes allegiance to this false unity compulsory on all others, in the service of sealing off the deeper longing for and fear of true recognition–in such a manner that no one is allowed to see the bond’s illusory nature because it is manifested as “real.” Even more, when the collective imago is inflated to this extent, it is also manifested as “perfect” to prevent any challenge to it–not to maintain the validity of the imago as such, but to seal off the vulnerability to the longing that underlies it. While the Nazi situation was the extreme and perhaps limiting example of what I am describing, this impoverishment of social being is manifested also in the way, say, boys in my childhood behaved in the locker room in aspiring to their male identities, or the way the corporate lawyer carries his briefcase and speaks too loud at the meeting (“We lawyers” speak as if we’re in charge)–in other words, in all forms of false social unity in which we as social persons co-construct a carapace or shell of ungrounded or artificial social connection that both covers over and seals off the true being that underlies and also unconsciously observes and monitors it.

4) Accompanying the giving over of our social being, in alienation, to the false group is always what is commonly called the demonization of the Other, in which the always-experienced threat of dissolution of the false group, which is at every moment unstable because it is in fact illusory and sustained by the requirement of compulsory allegiance only, is channeled into a projection out on to some Other that supposedly is the true source of the threat to the group’s artificial unity. Whether it is the Jews, the gays, the blacks, the women, the students, the unions, or, to use the Dr. Seuss example that I use in one of the essays in my book, the people who butter their toast on the bottom instead of the top, these Others are sacrificed not because they are actual human beings who are rejected and expelled for their true nature, but because they are turned into carriers of the threat that inhabits and corrodes the false group itself, the threat of its own unmasking. The false group, an illusory unity of communion, always defends itself against exposure by pretending that some projected Other is a threat to its solidity and infinite continuation, when the true threat is exposure of the underlying vulnerability to a longing too painful to acknowledge. The choice of the particular carrier of this threat is always shaped by historical conditions–like the legacy of anti-Semitism in Germany in the case of the Nazis–but the underlying dynamic is a characteristic of social alienation itself: an imaginary group cannot sustain itself without a demonized Other because it must by its very nature as imaginary, as illusory, as false, have a projected outlet to enable it to continually master and conceal its own artificiality.

5) Finally, and this is of central importance to the optimism and moral direction–let me call it the moral optimism–that I hope comes through in what I write here, this entire description of the process of social alienation that accounts for so much human suffering is at every moment countered by the desire to transcend it, by the inherent goodness of every human being that codetermines and transcends the way each of us manifests our presence in every moment of our existence. Here again please recall the presence of every newborn child during the first years of life, the full presence of the child’s radiance and life-force as it is manifested in the child’s whole way of being, in the full eyes, in the spontaneity of its gestures and reaching out, in the search for the other’s loving gaze and embrace and its willingness to make whatever meaningful sounds we make (“language”) to be with us. This new-born being we always remain, underneath the legacy of our alienated conditioning. What my friend Michael Lerner and I (and now many others) call “spiritual activism” is collective activism for social change that seeks through practical, present-day actions to make manifest our deep longing for spiritual connection and to partially realize that connection through a new form of spiritual politics. For example, the Network of Spiritual Progressives that I am a part of aspires to and presses for universal health care not simply because we need doctors to care for our bodies, but because universal health care is a necessary manifestation of our universal longing to recognize and care for each other’s well-being and that of each other’s families and loved ones, as well as to be similarly cared for ourselves: health care means caring about each other’s health. Social Security is important not simply because older people need financial help as they age, but as a manifestation of intergenerational love and solidarity that elevates the communal self-presence of the entire society. In these senses, as I say in the early essays on law in Another Way of Seeing, I embrace Martin Luther King’s definition of justice as “love correcting that which revolts against love.”

As I hope the last two brief examples demonstrate, the theory of social being and social existence that I am summarizing here is therefore not a theory that is “merely psychological” and divorced from the real world’s problems and struggles. It is as fully engaged with the socio-economic and political struggles of the world as, say, Marxism itself. What is different about it is that it is based on a way of seeing human reality–in every social interaction between two people and in the unfolding and development of human groups as a whole–that places the spiritual dimension of social existence at the center of our understanding of social phenomena and at the center of our effort to transcend the problems that continue to limit and constrain us. While these problems certainly also have a material and economic dimension to them–the reality of children dying of starvation around the world, the lack of adequate food and housing for so many in the United States and around the world, and the vulnerability of the large majority of the world’s population to having to face such material and economic difficulties mean that it is obvious that the material dimension of existence and the risk of scarcity impinges immensely on human life–this material, economic dimension is a context of the body rather than an essence of the consciousness-in-action that is social-being-in-the-world. Social existence is constituted out of the spirituality of social consciousness-in-the world, within the intersubjective flow of recognition, of love and the denial of love; and as much as the survival and well-being of the physical body is central to the context of the unfolding of this social inter-experience, across history and in the present moment, any theory or way of seeing that focuses primarily on this material element as the central descriptive or explanatory factor is missing the essence of social being itself as a manifestation of the human spirit and its struggle to fully realize itself, always in social form.

 

Real-Life Applications of Spiritual-Political Theory

In my upcoming book, which will be published this May, I expand on how the theories I have just laid out can be applied to particular circumstances: law and justice; politics as the human co-creation of the world through elections and other forms of group formation; public policy in the context of how to think about war and peace, gay rights and sexual identity, the labor movement and social change, and the spiritual foundations of science; and finally the meaning of cultural phenomena, from the work of one great philosopher influential to me (Jean-Paul Sartre), to baseball, to photography, to living with illness as a cultural reality. The essays, in other words, are applications of the theory to a wide variety of real-life examples rather than explications of the theory itself. It is in the nature of the intersubjective, spiritual-political theory that I am proposing that its truth-value to you depends upon whether you can recognize it as true rather than any analytical proof or capacity to explain diverse facts that is the measure of the truth of more scientific ways of seeing and thinking.

All phenomenological or descriptive theory depends not upon a theory’s ability to explain facts from premises or theoretical postulates, but rather upon its self-evidence, upon its capacity to produce an experience of recognition in the reader. Since the theory itself begins with a social-spiritual understanding of the very thing that the theory is addressing and talking about, the only claim to validity that it can make upon the reader is the extent to which the reader can recognize it as adequate to fullyreveal what is being described. While a descriptive theory can be true even if nobody understands it or recognizes it as true, it can become a valid form of social knowledge only through its capacity to generate an experience of recognition in a reader who him- or herself shares the very being of the “object of the investigation,” of the thing being talked about.

That is why, in both The Bank Teller and Other Essays on the Politics of Meaning and Another Way of Seeing: Essays on Transforming Law, Politics, and Culture, I have written essays about very practical matters like (in the former) a bank teller caught in a corporate hierarchy, the relationship between imaginary forms of community and the holocaust, the limitations of Darwin’s theory of evolution, the relationship of the 60s to the rise of Ronald Reagan, the meaning of a Maalox commercial–and in Spiritual Activism, the constitution and the legal system, John Kerry’s and Barack Obama’s “presence” (or the lack of it), the war in Iraq, sexual fear and gay marriage, opening day at a Giants-Dodgers game. Each essay is meant to illuminate a world that I “see” through the lens of the theory–the way of perceiving and then thinking and describing–that I have presented in summary form above.

In the two books taken together, I am seeking to trace the historical development of the vicissitudes of mutual recognition–its social flow and blockage in the context of a quite volatile, ongoing, historically specific struggle of hope against fear–as this struggle has unfolded from the 1950s through the present moment in 2012, from JFK through Barack Obama as embodied expressions of precisely these spiritual-political flows-in-tension as they have been manifested through political leaders, and in the area of public policy from, for example, the rise of creationism as part of the New Right to the emergence of other more emancipatory spiritual approaches to science some twenty years later and the relationship of both (as reaction-formation in the case of creationism, as continuation of the liberatory impulse in the case of the sacred biologists) to the breakthrough of recognition that actually was the 1960s.

In my lifetime, it has been primarily the movements of the 1960s that have generated the upward spiral of hope and authentic mutual recognition in the historical process, just as the 1930s did so for the generation that preceded mine. During the period from roughly 1965-1974, a parallel awareness emerged in the United States and ricocheted across the world very rapidly, a propulsion of spiritual presence that provided people like me with a new ground to stand our lives on. For precisely this reason, because of the threat posed to traditional and more alienated forms of connection that nevertheless were also conditions of social membership and spiritual safety, the 1960s and the parallel ontological universe it gave birth to also have generated a powerful defensive social reaction–in Freudian terms, the reaction that the superego, in defense of the ego, always has to the transcendent longings of the id. Within the social-spiritual way of seeing the world, the upward movement of history is carried forward by such breakthroughs, or to recall the Doors, by breaking on through to the other side of the system of blocked connection. And these breakthroughs are never fully forgotten in historical consciousness, even as they are resisted through coerced deference to artificial conditioning, disciplinary observation, cooptation, flight into irony, and direct violence, among other expressions of the legacy of our alienation from our true loving selves.

My work is an effort to help preserve the spiritual insight afforded to my generation by an upsurge of the human spirit more powerful than the force, existing not in Them but within each of us, that is trying to contain it. One expression of that spiritual upsurge, that outbreak of social connection, is the way of seeing social being and historical social life that I try to give voice to here. Like Marxism and liberalism, I believe that the descriptions in my work fit the facts of the realities they describe, but in a way that I hope is truer to the social reality that they describe because of the inclusion of the spiritual-political dimension that the 1960s made visible in my lifetime and that may prefigure the kind of seeing and thinking that will provide a basis for the next movement upward to change the world.

Peter Gabel, “A Spiritual Way of Seeing,” in Tikkun, Volume 28, no. 2, pp. 17-22. Copyright, 2013, Tikkun Magazine. All rights reserved. Republished by permission of the copyrightholder, and the present publisher, Duke University Press. 

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

Supreme Court Guts Voting Rights Act, Sparking Fears of Rollback for Minorities Long After Jim Crow

0

In a major blow for voting rights, the U.S. Supreme Court has invalidated an integral part of the landmark 1965 Voting Rights Act, the crowning achievement of the 1960s civil rights movement. In a 5-to-4 decision, justices ruled Congress has used obsolete information in continuing to require nine states with a history of racial discrimination to obtain federal approval for changes to voting rules. In recent years, Democrats have accused Republicans at the state level of enacting measures including congressional redistricting and voter identification laws to suppress the vote of minority groups likely to support Democratic candidates. We get reaction from three guests: Rev. Jesse Jackson, veteran civil rights leader and founder of the RainbowPUSH Coalition; Thomas Saenz, president of the Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund; and Ari Berman, a reporter who covers voting rights for The Nation. “This cuts at the heart of the whole idea of a broad American social fabric,” Rev. Jackson says. Berman adds that the challenge came before the high court out of “a determined movement by conservatives to gut the most important civil rights law in the past 50 years.”

TRANSCRIPT

This is a rush transcript. Copy may not be in its final form.

Nermeen Shaikh: In a major blow for voting rights, the Supreme Court has gutted an integral part of the landmark 1965 Voting Rights Act. The act was a crowning achievement of the civil rights movement and helped transform the South. On Tuesday, in a five-to-four decision, the justices ruled that Congress had used obsolete information in continuing to require nine states, mainly in the South, to obtain federal approval for voting rule changes affecting minority voters. The Voting Rights Act was challenged by Shelby County, Alabama, which argued the preclearance requirement has outlived its usefulness.

Congressman John Lewis of Georgia reacted to Tuesday’s ruling onMSNBC. He was nearly killed when he participated in the 1965 Bloody Sunday march to Selma, Alabama, to demand the right to vote.

Rep. John Lewis: I was disappointed, because I think what the court did today is stab the Voting Rights Act of 1965 in its very heart. It is a major setback. We may not have people being beaten today. Maybe they’re not being denied the right to participate or to register to vote. They’re not being chased by police dogs or trampled by horses. But in the 11 states of the Old Confederacy, and even in some of the states outside of the South, there’s been a systematic, deliberate attempt to take us back to another period. And these men that voted to strip the Voting Rights Act of its power, they never stood in unmovable lines. They never had to pass a so-called literacy test. It took us almost a hundred years to get where we are today. So will it take another hundred years to fix it, to change it?

Nermeen Shaikh: That was Congressman Lewis reacting to Tuesday’s Supreme Court ruling on the landmark 1965 Voting Rights Act.

Chief Justice John Roberts wrote for the majority, quote, “Our country has changed, and while any racial discrimination in voting is too much, Congress must ensure that the legislation it passes to remedy that problem speaks to current conditions.”

Meanwhile, Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg wrote in her dissent, quote, “The Voting Rights Act became one of the most consequential, efficacious, and amply justified exercises of federal legislative power in our Nation’s history.” President Barack Obama reacted to the ruling with disappointment and asked Congress to pass legislation, quote, “to ensure every American has equal access to the polls.”

In recent years, Democrats have accused Republicans at the state level of enacting measures intended to suppress the vote of minority groups likely to support Democratic candidates. These measures include congressional redistricting and voter identification laws. Just two hours after the ruling, Texas began advancing a voter ID law and redistricting map that were blocked last year for discriminating against African-American and Latino residents.

Amy Goodman: For more, we go to Chicago, where we’re joined by Reverend Jesse Jackson, civil rights leader, president and founder of Rainbow PUSH Coalition, and by Thomas Saenz, president of MALDEF, the Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund. His organization submitted a brief in the Shelby case and brought the other major voting rights case the Supreme Court decided last week, in which it ruled that an Arizona law requiring proof of citizenship from residents as they register to vote is invalid because it violates the National Voter Registration Act. And here in New York, we’re joined by Ari Berman, who covers voting rights for The Nation magazine, his recent article headlined “What the Supreme Court Doesn’t Understand About the Voting Rights Act.”

We welcome you all to Democracy Now! Reverend Jesse Jackson, let’s begin with you. Your reaction to the Supreme Court decision?

Rev. Jesse Jackson: Well, first–good morning–a source of deep pain. My father came from World War II, had to sit behind lots of POWs on American military bases and did not have the right to vote. I’ve grown up with this all of my life. I marched in Selma, Alabama, for the right to vote; went to jail trying to get Mandela his right to vote. We’ve been fighting the struggle to democratize our nation and our nations for a long time, and so it hurt at that level. On the other hand, the shift from federal oversight to states’ rights abuses is a radical shift, and the impact will be devastating unless President Barack Obama, I think, moves quickly and goes to Congress, as President Johnson did, and speaks to the nation about the significance of the integrity of our democracy having been stripped on yesterday.

Nermeen Shaikh: Ari Berman, can you explain the significance of what happened and the importance, in particular, of Section 5 and Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act?

Ari Berman: Sure. Well, Section 5 is really the most important part of the Voting Rights Act. That’s what’s given the law its teeth historically, because it forced states with the worst history of voting discrimination to have to clear their changes with the federal government, and it shifted the burden of proof onto the discriminators as opposed to those who had been discriminated against for so many years. What Justice Roberts said is that the way that states are covered under Section 5 of the Voting Rights Act, Section 4 is unconstitutional. So, right now Section 5 is a ghost. There are no states covered under Section 5. Congress would have to rewrite the law in some way that would satisfy the justices to actually give Section 5 some teeth again, because right now it really doesn’t exist.

Amy Goodman: I want to turn to comments made by Justice Antonin Scalia during oral arguments for the case. He suggested certain provisions of the Voting Rights Act were a form of, quote, “racial entitlement.”

Justice Antonin Scalia: I think it is attributable, very likely attributable, to a phenomenon that is called perpetuation of racial entitlement. It’s been written about. Whenever a society adopts racial entitlements, it is very difficult to get out of them through the normal political processes.

Amy Goodman: That is Antonin Scalia. Thomas Saenz of the MALDEF, your response to what happened yesterday and to what Scalia said?

Thomas Saenz: Well, I think that the justice’s comments and, indeed, yesterday’s decision really demonstrate how out of touch the Supreme Court majority is with the reality of life in America today. The simple fact is that this very powerful tool to enforce voting rights against some very recalcitrant, egregious violators through history of the rights of minorities to vote is very important and vital today. We saw in 2012, through the season leading up to the election, that there were efforts in covered jurisdictions, and indeed in other jurisdictions, to restrict the vote, to impose voter ID requirements that would deter participation, that would prevent participation, of thousands and thousands of voters. This measure, that was basically disabled by the court yesterday, prevented many of those measures from taking effect. And even in the jurisdictions that are not covered by Section 5, they saw what happened in Section 5 jurisdictions, and it was a clear demonstration that those laws needed to be stopped because they were violative of voting rights. So this is a vital tool that’s been disabled because the court majority is simply out of touch with what’s going on in communities across the country.

Rev. Jesse Jackson: Amy.

Amy Goodman: Yes, Reverend Jackson?

Rev. Jesse Jackson: Amy? May I hasten to say, it’s black and Latino, but not just that. With [inaudible] in ’65, blacks could not vote, but white women could not serve on juries in much of the South. That was eight-one on the Supreme Court. Eighteen-year-olds were serving in Vietnam; they could not vote. Students could not vote on campuses; they either had to vote absentee or go home to vote. You could not vote bilingual until 1975. So we democratized democracy. This cuts at the heart of the whole idea of a broadened American social fabric.

And what these states will do during that 25 years, from ’65 to 1990, they used gerrymandering, as they’re now doing in Texas to cut down Latino officials, or the case of Cleo Fields in Louisiana, they used gerrymandering, annexation and laws [inaudible]. All these schemes will now become fashionable again. It will take very expensive lawsuits to defeat them. That’s why I hope President Obama will take the lead, in fact, as President Johnson did ultimately, and go to the Congress and to the nation and make the case for the nation on our–protect the right to vote for all Americans.

Amy Goodman: I want to play a clip of President Lyndon Johnson speaking just as he’s about to sign the Voting Rights Act in 1965. His comments are followed by remarks from Dr. Martin Luther King.

President Lyndon Johnson: Today is a triumph for freedom, as huge as any victory that’s ever been won on any battlefield. This law covers many pages, but the heart of the act is plain. Wherever, by clear and objective standards, states and counties are using regulations or laws or tests to deny the right to vote, then they will be struck down. If it is clear that state officials still intend to discriminate, then federal examiners will be sent in to register all eligible voters. This good Congress, the 89th Congress, acted swiftly in passing this act. And I intend to act with equal dispatch in enforcing this act.

Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.: I think the greatest victory of this period was not in terms of an external factor or an external development, but it was something internal. The real victory was what this period did to the psyche of the black man. And the greatness of this period was that we armed ourselves with dignity and self-respect. The greatness of this period was that we straightened our backs up. And a man can’t ride your back unless it’s bent.

Amy Goodman: That’s a clip of Dr. Martin Luther King, and, before him, President Lyndon Johnson, handing him the pen he used to sign the Voting Rights Act of 1965. It’s from the documentary King: A Filmed Record…From Montgomery to Memphis. I wanted to ask you, Reverend Jackson, where were you on that day?

Rev. Jesse Jackson: Well, I was in Chicago by that time and just celebrating the greatest August 6, really, 1965. And what a joyful moment it was. Reminds me again of just how much–how underappreciated is Lyndon Baines Johnson. Only Lincoln stands as tall as Lyndon Johnson in this quest to make America America for all of its people. He does not get the credit he really deserves.

Amy Goodman: And this is the 50th anniversary–we’re coming up in August–of the March on Washington, so significant, Jesse Jackson and Thomas Saenz. I wanted to ask Thomas Saenz ofMALDEF what this specifically means for the Latino community. If you can talk about the states that we’re referring to here?

Thomas Saenz: Well, for the Latino community, the two critical states, in particular, are Texas and Arizona, which are covered by Section 5. And, indeed, in this last round of redistricting, as you’ve heard and stated, the Texas Legislature adopted maps for Congress and for its state House that basically prevented Latinos from electing candidates of their choice. And it was through the intervention of Section 5 that that map was prevented from taking effect. Similarly, a voter ID provision that Texas sought to implement in 2012, that would have made it even more difficult to vote in that state for those without readily at hand the kind of limited documents required under that law, was barred from taking effect because of a lack of preclearance under the very provision that was essentially disabled yesterday by the Supreme Court. And in Arizona 10 years ago, in its redistricting process, Section 5 served to prevent the implementation of maps that would have, again, prevented the Latino community from electing candidates that they chose. So, this has been a critically important tool in ensuring that the rights to vote of Latinos across the country, but particularly in Texas and Arizona, have been protected and preserved.

Nermeen Shaikh: Ari Berman, how is it, could you explain, that this–the Voting Rights Act, which has been in place for almost five decades and was recently renewed for another 25 years–what accounts for this decision taking place now? And could you talk about, specifically, Chief Justice Roberts’ role in this ruling?

Ari Berman: Sure. Well, there’s really been a long war in the conservative movement against the Voting Rights Act. John Roberts, when he was a young lawyer in the Reagan Justice Department, led the fight against another part of the Voting Rights Act. He lost that fight. But it’s clear that when Roberts got on the court, this was going to be an issue that he wanted to deal with. He wanted to be able to undo what he couldn’t do in the 1980s.

And you look at inside the conservative movement today. There is a group called the Project on Fair Representation, which brought this case, which found the plaintiff, which paid for the lawyers. They are funded by the largest members in the conservative movement, by a group called Donors Trust, which receives money from the Koch brothers and so many other large conservative funders. That allowed the Project on Fair Representation and other conservative groups to have the resources to find these challenges, to bring them to the court, to get them before a receptive audience. We don’t know–if it wasn’t for this one group, the Project on Fair Representation, this challenge may never have even come to the court. So, really, this is not an accident. It’s really a determined movement by conservatives to gut the most important civil rights law in the last 50 years.

Nermeen Shaikh: Can you speak specifically–the group that you’re talking about–the role of Ed Blum?

Ari Berman: Ed Blum runs the Project on Fair Representation. He is a conservative who lost a seat for Congress in the 1990s. He believed he was the victim of unfair racial gerrymandering that was mandated by the Voting Rights Act, so he then devoted his life to basically lessening the use of race in public policy, as he said. He founded the Project on Fair Representation with the help of the American Enterprise Institute in 2005 to challenge a 2006 reauthorization of the Voting Rights Act. He lost that battle overwhelmingly. Congress reauthorized the Voting Rights Act 390 to 33 in the House and 98 to zero in the Senate–margins that we just don’t see on anything today. And when Blum lost in Congress, he decided to go for the courts. And when John Roberts became chief justice, he knew he had an ideological ally on the court.

Amy Goodman: Let’s go to the exchange between Chief Justice John Roberts and Solicitor General Donald Verrilli. Roberts questions Verrilli on voter turnout statistics during the oral arguments.

Chief Justice John Roberts:Do you know which state has the worst ratio of white voter turnout to African-American voter turnout?

Solicitor General Donald Verrilli Jr.: I do not.

Chief Justice John Roberts:Massachusetts. Do you know what has the best?

Solicitor General Donald Verrilli Jr.: As to–

Chief Justice John Roberts:Where African-American turnout actually exceeds white turnout? Mississippi.

Solicitor General Donald Verrilli Jr.: Yes, Mr. Chief Justice, but Congress recognized that expressly in the findings when it reauthorized the act in 2006. It said that the first-generation problems had been largely dealt with, but there persisted significant–

Chief Justice John Roberts:Which state has the greatest disparity in registration between white and African American?

Solicitor General Donald Verrilli Jr.: I do not know that. But–

Chief Justice John Roberts:Massachusetts. Third is Mississippi, where, again, the African-American registration rate is higher than the white registration rate.

Amy Goodman: That was Chief Justice Roberts. Ari Berman?

Ari Berman: Well, number one, the chief justice is wrong in his use of statistics. But the second thing is it’s very misleading just to look at registration. You look at Mississippi versus Massachusetts. Massachusetts has an African-American governor, Deval Patrick. Mississippi has never elected an African-American candidate to any statewide office, despite having among, if not the largest African-American percentage of any state. So, it’s very misleading. What the Voting Rights Act did is it allowed people to register to vote. But then what happened, as the solicitor general said, a whole host of second- and third-generation barriers started coming out. And we’ve seen, through redistricting, through different laws, an attempt to stop that movement in the electorate.

And one of the big stories–I think the biggest story–in the South right now is the tension between demographic change and voter suppression. A third of the country lives in the South right now. One of the consequences of the Voting Rights Act was that it turned the South from Democratic to Republican. It’s shifting back now Democratic. If you look at Barack Obama, he won three states of the Old Confederacy. Republicans are aware of that. That’s why they’ve redistricted so aggressively since the 2010 election, and that’s why states like North Carolina, Virginia, Arkansas, etc., are rushing to pass new voting restrictions now. And without Section 5, it’s going to be open season in the South to try to pass new laws that can thwart the impact of demographic changes.

Nermeen Shaikh: Reverend Jesse Jackson, I’d like to ask you what you think the Obama administration can do now? The administration has been extremely critical of the Supreme Court ruling. What kind of steps can the administration now take?

Rev. Jesse Jackson: I didn’t hear you.

Nermeen Shaikh: Sorry. Reverend Jackson, I’m asking you what steps the Obama administration can now take in light of this ruling? They’ve been very critical.

Rev. Jesse Jackson: This is the time to convene this bipartisan meeting of leadership in the White House. He can do that, number one. The next step, of course, is for the president to go to the Congress, as President Johnson did, and make his case to the Congress and to the nation, because there is a–seems to me to be a kind of a period here where people, like some of the Republicans, are a bit caught off-guard by the devastating impact and the reaction to this. This is the time for him to move rather immediately to the Congress and to the American public. If there ever were a time to make a case to the American public about the advantages of a broad-based democracy, it is now. When Mr. Roberts says we’ve done well over these years–well, you know, just watch the spine-tingling game between the Spurs and the Miami Heat. But this integrity was protected by referees. Referees and oversighters matter. If you remove oversight, all you get what you’re getting in Texas already. I was in South Carolina last week. They sent back $11 billion of Medicaid money. They didn’t want federal intervention. And sent back a billion dollars of education money. This Confederate ideology is very–tea party, is 150 years old. The ideology of turning back the clock and removing federal intervention is their preoccupation.

Amy Goodman: In a victory for voting rights, just last week the Supreme Court struck down an Arizona law that requires people to provide proof of citizenship when they complete their voter registration form. In his majority opinion, Justice Antonin Scalia wrote, quote, “We conclude that the fairest reading of the statute is that a state-imposed requirement of evidence of citizenship not required by the Federal Form is ‘inconsistent with’ the [National Voting Rights Act’s] mandate that States ‘accept and use’ the Federal Form.” Thomas Saenz, you’re the president of MALDEF, which brought the challenge to the court. Can you talk about this case and how it relates to the taking down of the Voting Rights Act?

Thomas Saenz: Well, I think that that case indicates that Congress does have the power and authority under the Constitution to step in and prevent specific practices, like requiring documentary proof of citizenship before being allowed to register, as Arizona attempted to do. The motor voter law, also better known as the National Voter Registration Act, clearly establishes one form to register to vote in federal elections. That form requires you to sign, under penalty of perjury, a claim–stating that you are a citizen. It does not require you to come forward with any document to prove your citizenship. Arizona tried to add that additional requirement to register in its state, and the Supreme Court majority, seven to two, concluded that the NVRA did not permit that.

What that case demonstrates is that Congress can act, needs to act to prevent the most egregious attempts to limit voting rights. It can act, more specifically in reaction to yesterday’s decision, to include that certain practices are covered by a preclearance mechanism. Certain jurisdictions, again, are covered by a preclearance mechanism. But it can also affirmatively act and say, “We are going to establish across the country a uniform voter registration procedure,” as it did with the motor voter law, as the Supreme Court concluded a week ago.

Amy Goodman: I wanted to wrap up by moving to another subject, Reverend Jesse Jackson. It’s the health of former South African President Nelson Mandela. He’s in critical condition. He’s 94 years old, suffering from a lung infection. Can you give us final words today about Mandela, a man you certainly knew well?

Rev. Jesse Jackson: Well, I talked with his grandson yesterday. He is gravely ill. But death cannot take from us what Mandela has already given to us, which will last beyond his death. His strength–he tried to fight to end apartheid legislatively, with litigation, as a militarist. Finally, he out-suffered the system. He not only is an historical figure, but as a transformative, he came up with the power to retaliate: He chose reconciliation and reconstruction. So his stature in the world community will outlast whatever season he’s in now of grave illness and of death. We pray for his continued recovery. He is not dead yet. We pray for him and for his family during this hour of challenge.

Amy Goodman: Reverend Jesse Jackson; Thomas Saenz of MALDEF, the Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund; and Ari Berman of The Nation, we thank you all for being with us.

This is Democracy Now! When we come back, we’re going to the Texas state House, where it was high drama into the early hours around abortion rights. Stay with us.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

Obama on Climate Is Mixed Bag of Surprises & Status Quo

0

JESSICA DESVARIEUX, TRNN PRODUCER: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Jessica Desvarieux in Baltimore.

President Obama delivered a climate change speech on Tuesday at Georgetown University. Many analysts, as well as former vice president Al Gore, are applauding this speech.

Here to discuss some of the highlights is Daphne Wysham. Daphne is the founder and director of the Sustainable Energy and Economy Network and is a fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies.

Thank for joining us, Stephanie Daphne.

DAPHNE WYSHAM, FELLOW, INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES: You’re welcome.

Desvarieux: So, Daphne, let’s discuss some of the highlights of this speech. Primarily, let’s take a listen at what the president had to say about climate change.

BARACK OBAMA, U.S. PRESIDENT: So today for the sake of our children and the health and safety of all Americans, I’m directing the Environmental Protection Agency to put an end to the limitless dumping of carbon pollution from our power plants and complete new pollution standards for both new and existing power plants.

Desvarieux: So, Daphne, what do you make of the president’s plan to reduce carbon emissions?

Wysham: We’ve known for quite some time that he has this target of 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020. We also know that it bears no resemblance to what the international community agreed to in Kyoto, which was far more ambitious. And so what he’s trying to do in this speech is say, look, I’m living up to my promises, we will reach this goal of reducing our emissions by 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020.

But more significant to me than that was that what I saw today was a feisty Obama and an Obama who’s not afraid of a fight on coal, on the Keystone XL pipeline, and specifically is willing to take very bold positions when it comes to climate change.

Not everything was positive. He’s still very much the fracker-in-chief. He loves to frack his way to a so-called clean-energy future. He’s also very much a proponent of nuclear power. And those are two–what I would say, the two single–the two largest negatives in his speech.

But overall I think people were surprised at–well, they–I know they were surprised on the Keystone XL announcement, whereby he basically said, we are now linking our national interest with whether or not the Keystone XL pipeline will significantly increase the net emissions for the planet. And of course they will.

Desvarieux: Well, Daphne, let’s actually take a listen to what the president had to say about Keystone XL pipeline.

~~~

OBAMA: But I do want to be clear: Allowing the Keystone pipeline to be built requires a finding that doing so would be in our nation’s interest. And our national interest will be served only if this project does not significantly exacerbate the problem of carbon pollution. The net effects of the pipeline’s impact on our climate will be absolutely critical to determining whether this project is allowed to go forward.

~~~

Desvarieux: So, Daphne, what is the significance of relating the Keystone XL pipeline to national interests?

Wysham: Well, it’s the first time in my memory that a president has linked our national interest to greenhouse gas emissions and a project, a particular project, in this case the very controversial Keystone XL pipeline project, with the issue of climate change. Up until now, the debate has been around jobs–would it increase jobs, would it result in very many jobs–or around energy security. And, of course, on both scores, you could say, well, the jobs would be maybe 35 jobs. On energy security a lot of this is for export. But that’s where the focus of the conversation had been, that it was going to increase jobs and it would increase our energy security.

What Obama did today was he pivoted away from those two arguments and said, no, our national interest is now focused on climate change. And if this contributes significantly to the problem, then he will reject it. So that was a surprise. No one was expecting that today. We were waiting to hear from him after the State Department had released its final assessment of the pipeline, and that’s not for quite some time. So this signals that he’s hearing the protesters and he’s paying attention to the criticisms based on the climate science, which is–I would call it a major win for climate activists.

Desvarieux: Okay. The president also mentioned that he doesn’t plan on stopping the production of fossil fuels, but he did mention that there would be restrictions on coal to reduce carbon emissions. Let’s take a listen to what the president had to say.

~~~

OBAMA: Today I’m calling for an end of public financing for new coal plants overseas, unless they deploy carbon capture technologies or there’s no other viable way for the poorest countries to generate electricity.

~~~

Desvarieux:Daphne, what’s new about the president’s proposed plan?

Wysham: Well, you know, there isn’t a huge amount that’s new in terms of, yes, he is moving forward on what is essentially an order from the Supreme Court to restrict CO2 from coal-fired power plants. This signals that he’s going to move forward on a faster timeline than people had expected by 2014 to put in place new rules on both new and existing coal-fired power plants. So that’s significant.

But the other thing that’s really significant that emerged from this speech was that Obama is signaling that he wants to end support for coal, the U.S. government agencies like the U.S. Export Credit–U.S. Export-Import Bank, the U.S. Overseas Private Investment Corporation, and other government agencies that are essentially subsidizing coal and other fossil fuels with our taxpayer dollars.

He also mentioned that he wants to move multilateral development banks like the World Bank away from coal. And this is an issue that the Institute for Policy Studies, where I work, has been working on for, gosh, about 17 years. So we were heartened to hear that if not all fossil fuels, at least what Obama has done is signaled his support for a campaign, global campaign that it has been going on for over 15 years to get these institutions out of coal and eventually out of all fossil fuels.

Desvarieux: I’m hearing a lot of the things that you did like about the speech, but you mentioned earlier that there were some disappointments as well. Can you elaborate a little bit about those disappointments?

Wysham: Well, as I said earlier, I think, you know, Obama is enamored with natural gas, which is largely–in this country, we get a good share of our natural gas from the process of hydrofracking, which not only results in fugitive methane emissions, which–and, of course, methane is a very potent greenhouse gas–but also contamination of our water supply. And while he did mention in his speech that he wants to better track and restrict methane emissions, the truth of the matter is that with fracking you are going to continue to have fugitive methane emissions, you know, unless there’s some new scientific approach of capturing all of these fugitive methane emissions that are coming out from the earth’s surface all over around these fracking sites. So that’s a concern, that he’s signaling that natural gas is the solution to the climate crisis when actually it’s a major contributor to the climate crisis.

And in addition, because fracking has become so popular in this country, we are driving–we’re making renewable energy, renewable forms of energy like solar and wind less competitive both at home and abroad, and that’s not good for those of us who are concerned about a long-term solution to the climate crisis as soon as possible, which is really–I mean, we’re running out of time. And although he, you know, suggests this is a bridge fuel, by continuing to exploit fracked natural gas, we’re delaying the transition to a truly clean energy future with clean renewable forms of energy, because natural gas is making these forms of energy less competitive economically, both at home and abroad.

Desvarieux: Do you see the president actually having the ability to pass any of these rules into law? Can he just have executive orders? Or is he going to have to go through Congress?

Wysham: Well, that’s what this new phase is all about. Essentially what Obama’s announced today is that he’s going to be using his executive authority and bypassing Congress on a number of levels.

Now, of course, he can’t bypass Congress on everything, you know, for example, fossil fuel subsidies that will have to–that will require the support of Congress. But by pushing forward on these rules under the EPA, he’s definitely able to do that, using his executive authority, advancing this goal of getting public agencies to end their support for coal overseas. My understanding is that he is able to do that using an executive authority. And, of course, his signal that the Keystone XL pipeline will not be approved, that’s of course up to the State Department. But he’s hinting that his State Department will be weighing very strongly the climate impacts of that pipeline. And, you know, again, that’s not going to Congress. It’s up to State Department and EPA to essentially determine whether or not that pipeline to go forward.

Desvarieux: Well, thank you so much for joining us, Daphne.

Wysham: Thanks for having me.

Desvarieux: Thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

Texas Showdown: Anti-Abortion Bill Fails After Protesters Fill Capitol to Cheer Marathon Filibuster

0

Democratic lawmakers and pro-choice demonstrators in Texas battled into the early hours of this morning to successfully block a bill that would have shuttered nearly all the state’s abortion clinics. Senate Bill 5 would have banned abortion after 20 weeks post-fertilization and imposed harsh regulations forcing all but five Texas clinics to close down. On Tuesday morning, State Senator Wendy Davis donned a pair of pink tennis shoes and rose to her feet to launch a filibuster of the bill that lasted nearly 11 hours before Republican senators interrupted it. As the midnight deadline for the special session drew near, hundreds of protesters in the gallery erupted into cheers that drowned out the proceedings, but Republican lawmakers attempted to claim they had passed the bill anyway. Hours later, Lieutenant Gov. David Dewhurst conceded the vote had not followed legislative procedures, blaming what he called an “unruly mob using Occupy Wall Street tactics.” Describing the raucous scene at the Capitol, Andrea Grimes, a freelance journalist who writes for RH Reality Check, says: “Once people at that filibuster began telling their stories and sharing them with others, that galvanized the pro-choice base and radicalized some people who hadn’t realized how our rights were under threat.” We also speak with Brandi Grissom of The Texas Tribune, who hosted the live stream of the Senate proceeding that drew more than 100,000 viewers. Planned Parenthood President Cecile Richards tells Democracy Now!: “With the thousands of people who were mobilized this time around, they will be doubly that way if in fact Gov. [Rick Perry] tries to push [the bill] through again in another special session. And if he does, we’ll be ready.”

TRANSCRIPT

This is a rush transcript. Copy may not be in its final form.

Nermeen Shaikh: We go now to Texas, where Democratic lawmakers and pro-choice demonstrators battled into the early hours of this morning to successfully block a bill that would have shuttered nearly all the state’s abortion clinics. Planned Parenthood President Cecile Richards delivered the news about Senate Bill 5 to protesters in the Capitol Rotunda shortly after 3:00 a.m.

Cecile Richards: The lieutenant governor has agreed that SB5 is dead.

Nermeen Shaikh: Senate Bill 5 would have banned abortion after 20 weeks post-fertilization and imposed harsh regulations forcing all but five Texas clinics to close down. On Tuesday morning, Texas State Senator Wendy Davis donned a pair of pink tennis shoes and rose to her feet to launch a filibuster of the bill that lasted nearly 11 hours before Republican senators interrupted it. Her Democratic colleagues continued to raise objections in a bid to prevent a vote. As the midnight deadline for the special session drew near, hundreds of protesters in the gallery erupted into cheers that drowned out the proceedings.

Amy Goodman: While the cheers overwhelmed any attempts to proceed, Republican lawmakers later attempted to claim they had passed Senate Bill 5 anyway. In fact, AP reported that they passed the bill. But around 3:00 a.m., Lieutenant Governor David Dewhurst conceded the vote had not followed legislative procedures, blaming what he termed a, quote, “unruly mob using Occupy Wall Street tactics.” Pro-choice advocates are celebrating the victory, but Texas Governor Rick Perry could still call a second special session and tell lawmakers to consider Senate Bill 5 again.

For more, we’re joined by two people who were there at the State Capitol early this morning: Andrea Grimes, freelance reporter who writes for RH Reality Check, and Brandi Grissom in–managing editor ofThe Texas Tribune, part of their team covering the session. President Obama tweeted their coverage, and they hosted a live stream that more than 100,000 people tuned into from around the country and the world as the midnight hour passed into the early morning hours.

We welcome you both to Democracy Now! Brandi, just describe the scene. We just heard Cecile Richards. She’s not just the head of Planned Parenthood; she is the daughter of Ann Richards, who was the governor of Texas.

Brandi Grissom: The scene last night was unlike anything I have ever seen at the Texas Capitol, or experienced there, and I’ve been covering the Legislature since 2005. Protesters lined the halls of the Capitol, from the rotunda on the bottom floor all the way to the third floor, where the Senate was. And they really, as the debate came to a crescendo at midnight, created this deafening noise within the Senate chamber, which is such a place of decorum, typically quiet and staid, sort of steady debate. And it just completely erupted. You could hear nothing that was happening on the Senate floor, and the leaders in the Senate were really just at a complete loss for how to move forward.

Amy Goodman: Andrea Grimes, can you explain how this happened? Talk–I mean, this didn’t just happen last night. I mean, in the last few days, the momentum has been building. But how did this Bill 5–how was it formed, and what was the activism that led to early today?

Andrea Grimes: So, of course, Senate Bill 5 is kind of a monster bill, a creation that is an amalgamation of legislation that failed to pass in the regular session. Last week on Thursday, a House version of that bill came to a committee hearing. Committee hearings tend to be really small, kind of no-frills affairs. They can go on a little bit, but they don’t really tend to be the focus of a lot of activism. But on Thursday, activists rallied and packed the Capitol, an extension of the Capitol building, and created a citizens’ filibuster that went on until nearly 4:00 a.m. And once people who were at that filibuster began telling their stories and sharing them with others, I think that really galvanized the pro-choice base and really kind of radicalized some people that hadn’t realized really what the situation was at the Capitol and how our rights really were under threat directly. And so, I think that really brought, you know, probably a thousand people out to the Capitol on Sunday and the same or more late last night.

Nermeen Shaikh: Could you talk about, Andrea Grimes, who Senator Wendy Davis is?

Andrea Grimes: Senator Wendy Davis is a representative from Fort Worth, Texas. And she is an up-and-comer, really, in the Democratic Party, but I don’t think anyone really realized the power and professionalism that she had inside her until last night, when we saw her stand and testify for, I think, over 11 hours. She has been a real advocate not only for women’s rights, but for education reform in Texas, smart education reform. And I think we may be looking at a gubernatorial candidate, as well.

Amy Goodman: I mean, after this filibuster that lasted nearly 11 hours, State Senator Wendy Davis was cut off by a colleague, who accused her of straying from the topic because she brought up another piece of anti-abortion legislation, an ultrasound bill that was enacted in 2011 that requires women to undergo an ultrasound, have the fetus described to them in detail, then wait 24 hours before an abortion. Davis defended herself, saying her comments on the ultrasound bill were relevant to SB5.

SEN. WENDY DAVIS: What I’m talking about is this bill layered upon a previous law that this Legislature enacted and the further hardships that are created for women, and it’s important in order for me to describe the impact of this particular bill. And that’s what I’m clearly talking about, is the impact of this particular bill. I think it’s perfectly reasonable to talk about it in the context of what women in Texas today will face if this provision goes in place. And that’s why, of course, I was referring to the existing visit requirement.

Amy Goodman: That’s State Senator Wendy Davis. Understand, she was there on her pink–in her pink sneakers for close to 11 hours. [Andrea] Grimes, so they tried to stop her by saying, when she raised this bill or other legislation or talked about the Planned Parenthood budget, she was out of line, she was off topic, and they could stop the filibuster. But explain exactly then what happened at midnight, how AP reported the vote had passed, but it hadn’t.

Andrea Grimes: I think there was a lot of confusion at midnight, because at about 10 ’til midnight, Senator Leticia Van de Putte called a parliamentary inquiry and asked what she had to do or say to be heard over her male colleagues. And at that point, the Senate gallery–I think it holds about 500 people–just absolutely erupted in yelling and screaming. So, for about 10 minutes, no one could hear anything. The senators on the floor couldn’t hear anything. David Dewhurst, the lieutenant governor and the president of the Senate, said he couldn’t hear anything. And the protesters really just would not stop clapping. They were chanting. They chanted, “Let her speak! Let her speak!” And so, as the clock ran down into midnight, it became very hard to tell what precisely was happening. It looked as though the–it looked as though the lieutenant governor had called a roll call to take a vote on a SB5, but in fact that vote ended up being taken after midnight. But again, it was so hard to hear over the din of the outrage of the protesters, and at that point many people being ushered out of the chamber, to know exactly what happened. So, at that point, the AP did preliminarily report that SB5 had passed. Of course, that turned out to be untrue.

Nermeen Shaikh: Brandi Grissom, can you talk about the role of The Texas Tribune and social media, in general? Twitter, the live stream–how many people tuned in?

Brandi Grissom: I think at one point last night or early this morning, there were somewhere upwards of 100,000 viewers who were watching a live stream of the video directly from the Senate that was streaming on our website. At one point in the evening, President Obama tweeted out a link to that live stream, saying that something special was happening in Texas. Apparently he was even paying attention to this moment that turned out to be, I think, probably quite historic here in the Texas Capitol. In addition, we tweeted all night long, well into the morning. Our reporters started tweeting the action in the Senate as soon as they got convened at 10:00 yesterday morning and continued, you know, well after the debate and this decision, which finally happened about 3:00 this morning, from Lieutenant Governor Dewhurst, when he finally came off the dais and said that in fact they had passed–they had passed the bill after midnight, and it wouldn’t be able to become law. So–and I think what we also saw as part of this was really the role of social media in drawing people to the Capitol to become involved. Many of the people who our reporters spoke to said that they heard about what was going on at the Capitol via Twitter or via the live stream.

Amy Goodman: Well, it certainly was an absolutely amazing scene. And we’re going to end with, again, Planned Parenthood President Cecile Richards, at the Capitol until, oh, 3:00 in the morning, delivering the news to the protesters that Senate Bill 5 was dead. In fact, she was delivering the news in the area where the portrait of her mother, Governor Ann Richards, hung. Democracy Now!’s Amy Littlefield spoke to her just minutes before our broadcast as she was boarding a plane this morning and asked what comes next, since Governor Rick Perry could potentially choose to call a second special session to revive and pass Senate Bill 5.

Cecile Richards: They control the calendar, and they could certainly do that. You know, it’s an extremely expensive proposition for them to start the bill over again, and I think they saw last night just exactly what kind of response they’re going to get if they do try to push this bill through again. The only reason it was even being–had a possibility of passing is because they suspended the rules of the Senate and–you know, that usually require two-thirds of the senators to agree to bring a bill up. And so, I just will say I think if there’s thousands of people who were mobilized this time around, they will be doubly that way if in fact the governor tries to push it through again in another special session. So we’ll see. And if he does, we’ll be ready.

Amy Goodman: That was Planned Parenthood Federation of America President Cecile Richards. We want to thank Brandi Grissom of The Texas Tribune and Andrea Grimes of RH Reality Check.

This is Democracy Now!, democracynow.org, The War and Peace Report. When we come back, a debate on President Obama’s climate change address. Stay with us.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

President Correa, Put Your Shield Over Edward Snowden

0

Truthout combats corporatization by bringing you trustworthy news: click here to join the fight!

President Correa.President of Ecuador Rafael Correa. (Photo: James Rea / Flickr)When Daniel Ellsberg leaked the Pentagon Papers, exposing the fact that senior US officials had long privately believed that the Vietnam War was unwinnable even as they ordered more American soldiers to their deaths, the Nixon Administration set out to “convict Ellsberg in the media.”

Can there be any reasonable dispute that this is what the Obama administration and its allies in Congress and the corporate media have been trying to do to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden – “convict him in the media”?

The Obama Administration’s unprecedented crackdown on government whistleblowers is a direct threat to Americans’ efforts to reform US foreign policy to make it more just. If we don’t know for sure what the US government is doing, we can’t have an effective democratic debate about what US policy should be.

Recently, as part of a CodePink peace delegation to Yemen, I met with the US Ambassador to Yemen, Gerald Feierstein. I delivered a petition signed by over 18,000 Americans urging Ambassador Feierstein to work quickly to transfer the Yemenis at Guantanamo who have been cleared for release and to work quickly to curtail US drone strikes in Yemen, as President Obama has promised.

In the course of our conversation, Ambassador Feierstein claimed that there are no “signature strikes” in Yemen – no drone strikes in which the United States doesn’t know who it is targeting. This claim is completely at odds with press reports. When I told a Western journalist working in Yemen that Ambassador Feierstein had said this, she replied: “He wouldn’t dare say that to me, because he knows I’d laugh in his face.”

This disconnect between what US government officials say about the drone strikes and the record of independent reporting is only possible because of official government secrecy around the drone strikes. This secrecy is enabled by the unprecedented crackdown on whistleblowers. This secrecy is a key obstacle to our efforts to reform US foreign policy.

At this writing, according to press reports, former NSA contractor EdwardSnowden is trapped in the transit area of the Moscow airport as a result of his efforts to expose the unprecedented sweep of the NSA’s spying on Americans and foreigners. He has applied to Ecuador for political asylum. Meanwhile, there has been a fierce government-media campaign in the US to discredit Snowden, to portray him as an enemy of the United States, ignoring the fact that he’s taken a great personal risk to expose information about US government policy that the American people have the right to know.

To counter this government-media campaign to “convict Snowden in the media,” we’ve worked with Oliver Stone, Noam Chomsky, Tom Hayden and Daniel Ellsberg to initiate a letter from Americans to Ecuador’s President Correa, urging him to grant Snowden’s application for asylum. At this writing, more than 9,000 Americans have signed.

Whistleblowers should be able to expose government wrongdoing without getting the Bradley Manning treatment. If you care about effective democratic control of US foreign policy, please sign our appeal to President Correa.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

Protecting Mainstream Journalists Only?

0

Truthout combats corporatization by bringing you trustworthy news: click here to join the fight!

Journalist.(Photo: Internews Network / Flickr)New details are emerging on a daily basis about President Obama’s vast domestic spying network. Agents spy on journalists. Government computers track our phone calls. Drones watch us from the sky.

In response to these revelations, our corporately owned “watchdogs of democracy” are barking in protest. Mainstream journalists demand special protections against government intrusion. Big Media is colluding with U.S. Senators to craft legislation that protects less than 1% of the populace and further ensures Obama’s ability to “plug” citizen leaks.

Within the editorial pages of mainstream newspapers, columnists are voicing their opposition. The same day The Guardian in London revealed that the NSA was scooping up the phone records of millions of Americans, The San Gabriel Valley Tribune ran an editorial calling the spying “an outrageous assault on our civil liberties.” After the Associated Press announced that the Department of Justice seized reporters’ phone records, the Milwaukee Wisconsin Journal Sentinel wrote, “Government can’t be trusted to always tell the truth or to always do what’s right.”

Also within these columns, writers are proposing a well-worn solution: passage of a federal media shield law that protects “professional” journalists. The St. Cloud Times in Central Minnesota wrote that a shield law “would give greater protections to journalists asked to reveal confidential sources or hand over unpublished information to federal authorities.” California’s Modesto Bee described a law that “would require law enforcement to try every other avenue to obtain (confidential information from reporters) before seeking judicial approval to seize records from journalists. Reporters could appeal to federal judges, who would have to balance the government’s need for information against the public interest in newsgathering.”

What these columns are advocating for is The Free Flow of Information Act of 2013. Senator Charles Schumer (D-NY) introduced the legislation in May after learning that the Department of Justice covertly obtained AP reporters’ emails and phone records. The law is modeled after Senators Diane Feinstein (D-CA) and Dick Durbin’s (D-IL) 2009 proposal, and would shield journalists from revealing their confidential sources in most circumstances. But both the Feinstein-Durbin law and Schumer’s current bill suffer the same two flaws because they fail to address: Who is a journalist? And what is legitimate news?

Granted, coming up with a universal definition of “journalist” is no easy task. Scholars, practitioners and politicians haven’t yet agreed on a contemporary definition of the word. Before the widespread use of the Internet, a journalist was typically recognized as an individual who compiled information to be presented as news through a medium (newspaper, television or radio). But in the era of citizen journalism, everyone fits the definition. With an Internet connection and small digital device, anyone can compile information and publish it through a medium.

One question that comes to mind: Would Schumer’s law protect someone like Wikileaks founder Julian Assange? Assange published leaked information from Army Private Bradley Manning that revealed American war crimes abroad. Manning is currently being tried and faces life in prison for leaking the information to Assange.

But a press release from Schumer’s office states explicitly: “WikiLeaks doesn’t quality for protection … [because] the site does not fit the bill’s definition of a journalist, which requires that the covered party regularly engage in legitimate newsgathering activities.” According to the press release, senators are also working with media conglomerates to craft “new language that will explicitly exclude organizations like WikiLeaks, whose sole or primary purpose is to publish unauthorized disclosures of documents…”

This law should invoke fear. It only protects Big Media. Citizen journalists are still exposed to government persecution and prosecution. The bill, in the end, empowers the government to define who is a journalist and to silence “illegitimate newsgathering.”

America should not waste time debating laws that benefit the 1%. Big Media have not been the “watchdogs” they sell themselves as.They were silent as George W. Bush dragged us into two wars with fictitious intelligence. They largely ignored and continue to ignore climate change. Mainstream reporters were complacent as Obama hunted down Assange for publishing proof that the U.S. violated international law.

The debate around shield laws quickly falls into a rabbit hole over “who” is covered. So instead of focusing on the individual, let’s focus on the action. I propose a national Protecting Democracy Through Information Act. The idea is simple: whoever exposes government lies and crimes is protected from prosecution.

I can already hear the naysayers. Sure, the idea may not be perfect. But some of this country’s landmark legislation started with simple, grand ideals (women must have the right to vote, discrimination is intolerable, all citizens should access the polls). Let’s do the same in the current spying debate and agree: Obama’s spying was only revealed through leaks from everyday citizens who possessed earth-shattering proof. Without those leaks, we would remain blind to the covert tactics that are imperiling the U.S. Constitution and our privacy.

It isn’t the 1% that requires more protection. It’s journalists and the rest of us: the 99%. This country needs laws encouraging the free flow of information to foster a healthy democracy.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

Munching Away on the "Public Good"

0

Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel.Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel. (Photo: Stephen Crowley / The New York Times)About a decade ago, chatting with a friend about the corporatization of Chicago’s schools, I joked, “Soon they’ll be privatizing the streets! And the squirrels!” Five years later, at least half of that forecast came true; our former mayor sold off the city’s parking meters to a private company. And a few weeks ago, now-Mayor Rahm Emanuel locked in the deal, ensuring that Chicago parkers will remain servants of that company for the next seven decades.

The epidemic of privatization spreads way beyond Chicago, and way, way beyond parking meters. It’s seeping quickly into things like airports, health clinics and, of course, education. The corporatization of everything is squeezing the life out of crucial institutions, chewing up the concept of the “public good” and spitting it into a privatized water fountain.

This process is painful to witness. But we at Truthout are sticking with the story and telling you the truth about its devastating effects – the ways in which it’s impacting your lives and the lives of your fellow humans. No corporation will ever fund this vital work. That’s OK; we don’t want them to! But this means you’re the ones we count on in order to keep bringing the truth to light.

We need your support to continue this mission. Stay informed: Please donate today!

Click here
to donate.
Click here to donate.
(Truthout is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit. EIN: 20-0031641)

You can also donate by check, made payable to:
Truthout, P.O. Box 276414, Sacramento, CA 95827
(Please include your email address on your check.)

 

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

The Evolution of Human Capital

0

Princeton University’s Firestone Library in Princeton, New Jersey.Princeton University’s Firestone Library in Princeton, New Jersey. When the university was founded in 1746, it offered training for ministers. (Photo: David Hunsinger / The New York Times)Nancy Folbre, an economics professor at the University of Massachusetts at Amherst, suggested in recent commentary for The New York Times that the golden age of human capital – roughly speaking, the era in which the economy strongly demanded the kinds of skills we teach in liberal-arts colleges and universities – is already behind us.

She may well be right: after a long stretch when both technology and trade seemed to be undermining only manual labor, it does look as if many skilled occupations are now under threat by Big Data, Bangalore, or both.

I’d just like to add a sort of footnote, inspired by a conversation I had the other day with a Congressional aide. Has there ever before, he asked, been a time when technology undermined skilled labor, instead of making it more necessary than ever?

The answer is, of course, yes, once you realize that there are many kinds of skills, and that book learning hasn’t always been the kind that mattered.

As it happens, I’m in my Princeton office as I write this – and it’s worth thinking about why Princeton University was founded. It wasn’t as a prep school for investment bankers, even though that’s largely what the school became, for a while anyway. It was to train ministers. In the 18th century, there really weren’t that many positions where anything even vaguely resembling a modern college education was valuable, and surely many, if not most, of them involved preaching.

Yet there were skilled laborers, who were paid much more than their peers; it’s just that those skills tended to involve craftsmanship rather than pushing around words and other symbols.

And crucially, the truth is that quite a few of those skills did indeed end up being devalued by technology. Remember, the Luddites weren’t unskilled manual workers; they were skilled weavers and others who found themselves displaced by such technologies as the power loom.

After that, by the way, institutions like Princeton evolved into something more like finishing schools, where the elite acquired manners and connections. (Yes, there’s still more than a bit of that aspect today).

The role of higher education as a creator of human capital came along quite late. And maybe, as Ms. Folbre wrote, this role is already waning.

And you know what? I wrote about this way back in 1996, when The New York Times Magazine, on its 100th birthday, asked various people to write articles as if looking back from the year 2096.

Some of it looks dated, but not too bad, I’d say.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

Time To Move Away from the Reagan Revolution

0

Truthout combats corporatization by bringing you trustworthy news: click here to join the fight!

Reagan.(Photo: Max Whittaker / The New York Times)In the 48 hours since the Supreme Court gutted Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act, six of the nine states that had been subject to the law’s “preclearance” formula have already taken steps to restrict voting.

In Texas, just two hours after Tuesday’s Supreme Court decision came down, that state’s attorney general issued a statement saying that Texas’ voter ID law and gerrymandering plan could go into effect immediately.

And, similar actions are being taken in Mississippi, Alabama, Arkansas, South Carolina and Virginia.

But this war against voters didn’t begin on Tuesday, or last week, or last month, or even last year.

The war against voters started in 1980, when Ronald Reagan took over the presidency.

In fact, it started before he even stepped foot inside of the White House.

Reagan’s first speech during his campaign for the presidency took place at the Neshoba County Fair in Neshoba County, Mississippi, that at the time was a white-supremacist stronghold.

Reagan’s campaign chose the event, and the area, for his first campaign speech because it was a way to gather votes from racists.

Neshoba County was the same county where several activists and civil rights advocates had been murdered in 1964. They were shot to death by racists who were enraged by the idea of African Americans having not only equal rights, but the right to vote.

During his presidency, Reagan opposed the Voting Rights Act of 1965, and said that the Voting Rights Act was “humiliating to the South.”

In the years since Reagan took office and the Reagan Revolution swept across America, Americans have lost their faith in the notion that everyone has a voice in the American democracy.

But besides losing faith in the very foundations on which our nation was built, what else has America lost since the not-so-good-old-days of Reagan?

To start, we’ve lost our ability to keep corporations in check, and to prevent them from stealing millions from the working class.

Thanks to Reagan, corporate theft and illegal behaviors have skyrocketed, because he did away with government oversight and regulation of corporate America. As a result, since the Reagan Revolution, corporations have run roughshod over the America economy and our democracy.

Reagan’s policies led to one of the greatest financial scandal in American history: the Savings & Loan debacle which cost taxpayers billions of dollars and set the stage for the weak banking regulations of today.

And, if people like Senator Phil Graham, following Reagan’s philosophies hadn’t done away with regulation and oversight of America’s big banks, the financial scandals that have taken place over the last decade could have been largely prevented.

Meanwhile, as Reagan was helping out corporate America, he was waging an all-out war on labor in America.

His attacks on organized labor in America and the NLRB drove down employee wages. His all-out assault on labor, and his staunch opposition towards the minimum wage helped contribute to three decades of flat wages, while CEO and executive pay went through the roof.

Between 1983 and 1988, Reagan’s policies led to 10 million Americans losing their jobs through an epidemic of plant closings and layoffs. And of those 10 million who lost their jobs, many were forced to take lower paying jobs.

Under Reagan, the number of families living below the poverty line exploded by one-third, and these same families were then hit by Reagan’s cuts to social-welfare programs like Medicaid and food stamps.

And, since Reagan took office, the share of total before-tax income flowing to top 1 percent of Americans has doubled.

The destruction of our economy since Reagan took office is largely thanks to his failed theory of trickle-down economics, that has been debunked over and over and over again. And, since Reagan was so obsessed with this notion, he did nothing to reduce the levels of poverty, and the growing income gap in America.

But a strong economy and government oversight of corporate America aren’t the only things America has lost since Reagan stepped foot inside of the White House.

America has lost its trust in government, and continues to struggle to get it back.

After all, The Reagan administration was one of the most corrupt in American history, including by one estimate 31 Reagan-era convictions, including 14 convictions in the Iran-Contra affair and 16 in the Department of Housing & Urban Development scandal.

As David R. Simon and D. Stanley Eitzen write in Elite Deviance, 138 appointees of the Reagan administration either resigned under an ethical cloud or were indicted criminally.

Reagan’s “government isn’t the solution, it’s the problem” mantra continues to cause record levels of distrust and dislike in the American government. As a result, civic participation has fallen, and Americans are skeptical at best about participating in public service.

Meanwhile, how can Americans trust a government that threw hundreds of thousands of citizens onto the streets?

In the early 1980’s, in an attempt to cut costs, the Reagan administration directed the Social Security Administration to pare the SSI and SSDI rolls.

Social Security administrators responded by conjuring up definitions of mental illness that were different from those used in the past and from those used by mental health professionals in America.

And, in 1981, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act repealed the provisions of the National Mental Health Systems Act, cut federal mental health and substance abuse funding by twenty-five percent, and converted them to block grants disbursed with few strings attached, and fewer dollars going to the states.

As a result, states had to cut a number of mental health programs since they couldn’t afford them, and thousands of mentally ill Americans were forced onto the streets, causing the homeless population in America to soar.

Make no mistake about it.

From devastating the economy, to gutting social welfare programs, and helping to send thousands of Americans to the streets, the Reagan Revolution was a complete disaster for this nation, no matter what Conservatives will try to tell you.

It’s time to move away from the days of the Reagan Revolution once and for all, because those days represent a giant failure, and some of the darkest days in this nation’s history. 

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

On the News With Thom Hartmann: Republican Sequester Wreaks Havoc on Our Economy, and More

0

In today’s On the News segment: Yesterday, the Bureau of Economic Analysis announced a huge revision to previous estimates of economic growth; Tennessee Senator Lamar Alexander wants to abolish the minimum wage; one lawmaker is already calling on Congress to restore the Voting Rights Act; and more.

Jim Javinsky here — in for Thom Hartmann — on the news…

You need to know this. The Republican sequester is wreaking havoc on our economy. Yesterday, the Bureau of Economic Analysis announced a huge revision to previous estimates of economic growth. Initially, the BEA estimated our economy grew by 2.5 percent during the first three months of this year. Now they say our GDP only increased by 1.8 percent. The original growth estimate was already too low to provide much relief to our struggling economy, but the revised number shows we’re now reversing our modest recovery. It was Republicans who demanded huge spending cuts, and who pushed destructive austerity measures on our nation. However, that hasn’t stopped the GOP from blaming President Obama for the decline in economic growth. House Speaker John Boehner is using the revised growth rate to criticize the President’s economic policy, and to advocate for the GOP’s plan to implement even more extreme austerity. Despite the fact that similar spending cuts have destroyed economies in the European nations of Spain, Greece, and Italy, Republicans refuse to accept that we can’t cut our way to prosperity. Millions of Americans are feeling the pain of cuts to healthcare, education, housing, and more, and they are angry that the GOP continues to play political games while our economy suffers. Americans want Republicans to spend less time on so-called scandals, and more time repairing the damage that their austerity measures have inflicted on our nation.

In screwed news… As workers throughout our nation continue protest, demanding a living wage, one Republican Senator thinks they may be being paid too much already. Tennessee Senator Lamar Alexander wants to abolish the minimum wage. During a meeting of the Health Education Labor and Pensions Committee marking the 75th anniversary of our nation’s first minimum wage — Senator Alexander said he thinks low-wage workers would be better off with tax cuts. At the current level, a minimum-wage, full-time worker makes only $15,000 dollars a year, and brings home even less after taxes. Many of these workers struggle to survive on an income that’s less than the poverty line. Yet, Republicans think that’s just fine. Alexander, and other Republican Senators, oppose Democratic proposals to raise the minimum wage to $10.10 per hour. However, low-wage workers have begun to organize throughout our country, and one way or another, they will eventually get the living wages they deserve.

In the best of the rest of the news…

Just a day after the Supreme Court struck down a vital provision in the Voting Rights Act, one lawmaker is already calling on Congress to restore the law. Representative James Sensenbrenner — a Republican — is urging his colleagues from both parties to stand up for minority voting rights. Congressman Sensenbrennar was influential during the 2006 reauthorization of the Voting Rights Act, and many are hoping he can achieve the same bipartisan unity to restore the law this time around. In a statement released yesterday, Sensenbrennar said, “The Voting Rights Act is vital to America’s commitment to never again permit racial prejudices in the electoral process.” He said that members of both sides of the aisle must work together to “ensure Americans’ most sacred right is protected.” With many Red states already enacting laws that the VRA previously found discriminatory, Congress must act fast to prevent serious damage to our democratic process. Congressman James Sensenbrenner was successful in 2006, and Americans hope he can lead the fight to restore the Voting Rights Act now.

Only hours after the Supreme Court struck down the Defense of Marriage Act, the Pentagon announced it will act fast to extend all military benefits to the same-sex spouses of gay and lesbian service members. The Defense Department will now provide these family members with medical and dental coverage, housing allowances, and all other benefits that opposite sex spouses have been receiving for decades. According to the Pentagon, same-sex spouses will be issued official identification cards within six to twelve weeks, which will ensure their access to military bases, child care programs, commissaries, and all other facilities open to military families. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel said, “We think it’s the right decision, and we’re looking forward to taking that decision and implementing the required next steps.”

And finally… Since Google introduced “Street View” maps, we’ve heard about many strange images ending up on the internet mapping service. But, a few pranksters in Western Tokyo recently added one more hilarious image. The writers of a Japanese comedy website got word that a Street View camera was coming through the Mitaka Station area, so they flocked to the location and donned pigeon masks they’ve been using to stage photos throughout the neighborhood. The image was captured by a Street View backpacker, who indexes the city by sidewalk rather than moving vehicle, and the picture is just as strange as you might expect. You can re-live the backpacker’s experience by visiting the Mitaka Station area, and clicking your way down the same path the camera followed. You can judge for yourself as to whether the pigeon-prank is just a joke, or an attempt to please the overlords of planet Xenu.

And that’s the way it is today — Thursday, June 27, 2013. I’m Jim Javinsky — in for Thom Hartmann — on the news.

Republished with permission from:: Truth Out

'Syria beset by West, not sectarianism'

0

A senior Iranian cleric has condemned crimes by extremist groups in Syria, stressing the need for a peaceful solution to the ongoing crisis in the Arab country.

The best solution for the crisis in Syria is one that is “logical and without violence and that safeguards the lives of Muslims,” Grand Ayatollah Nasser Makarem Shirazi said in a letter to Grand Sheikh of Egyptâ„¢s Al-Azhar Mosque Ahmed Al-Tayeb.

The top Iranian cleric said the crisis in Syria is not a sectarian conflict between Sunnis and Shias, but a politically-motivated plot hatched by the West and the Israeli regime.

Å“Syria clashes are not a religious rift between Shias and Sunnis, but rather a politically-motivated conflict between a deviant sect supported by the West and Israel on the one hand, and Muslims, both Sunnis and Shias, on the other,” the Ayatollah said.

The senior religious figure stated that Takfiris seek to drive a wedge between Muslims and stir divisive sentiments among them, adding that the enemies seek to paint Islam as a religion of violence and terror.

Ayatollah Makarem Shirazi also condemned an earlier attack on a mosque in Damascus that killed a top Sunni cleric as well as the recent murder of a Shia cleric near the Egyptian capital of Cairo.

The US, European countries and the Israeli regime were behind the crimes, he said, adding that the atrocities were part of a plot to serve the interests of the Zionist regime and its allies.

Foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has claimed the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

AR/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

The Surveillance State: Let US hold IT To Account

0

The 4th Media, Countercurrents and Global Research 28/6/2013

“If you are a law-abiding citizen of this country, going about your business and your personal life, you have nothing to fear.” British Foreign Secretary William Hague, responding to the revelations of mass surveillance in the US and the UK (BBC’s The Andrew Marr Show on 9 June). 

What does William Hague take the British public for? This bureaucrat politician stands in front of the cameras time and again setting out to mislead with his self righteous platitudes. He did it over Libya and tens of thousands lost their lives. His is doing it over Syria with similar results. And he is doing it over mass surveillance by the state.
Do not believe we have nothing to fear. We have much to fear. Take the case of Stephen Lawrence, for example, who was lawfully ‘going about his business’ in April 1993, when white racists murdered him while he was waiting for a bus. It has now emerged that, after the murder, four London Metropolitan police officers were deployed to spy on the Lawrence family and Stephen’s friends.
The Lawrences were just ‘law-abiding citizens going about their business’. But undercover police were used to smear the Lawrence family’s fight for justice (1). One of those the spies says he job was to hunt for disinformation and dirt in order to stop the Lawrence’s justice campaign in its tracks. Nothing to fear from the state Mr Hague?
And then there are the numerous well-documented cases of the police and/or intelligence agencies infiltrating legitimate campaign and protest groups (2) and ‘investigating’ political parties or prominent figures (3)(4) in order to subvert or discredit them. Let us not forget too (how could we?) the massive police cover ups, none more prominent than the Hillsborough case (5). Still nothing to fear Mr Hague?
But let’s not be too harsh on Hague. The same ‘terror threat/nothing to fear’ script is being read out to the public in the US. Politicians elsewhere are using ‘terror’ as an excuse for spying on the public at large as well. German Chancellor Angela Merkel is convinced that Germany has to protect itself against potential terrorist attacks by using mass surveillance:

“We are dependent on being able to act and not being entirely at the mercy of the terrorists. And today, it’s on the Internet that communication takes place.” (6)

Alexander Dix, data protection commissioner for the city of Berlin, is a lot more sceptical. He calls for more restraint in the collection of data:

“You don’t have to follow conspiracy theories in order to suspect that data collected for fighting terrorism will also be used in other areas.” (6)

It’s all very convenient for politicians to pull out the magic phrase ‘war on terror’ in a futile attempt to stop any discussion on surveillance in its tracks. If the US-led alliance really wanted to stop or drastically reduce terrorism, it should listen to journalist Nir Rosen’s advice: stop committing it (7).
We need more monitoring and surveillance
The likes of Obama, Kerry, Hague or Cameron have become experts in churning out their fear-mongering platitudes by using some abstract notion of ‘we’ to imply ‘the nation’ or the ‘national interest’. But ‘we’ — the ordinary folk — need to hold power to account, to question its legitimacy and to challenge it when it is illegitimate.
We need to do this to help guarantee our safety, our common interests, our freedoms and threats to democracy. How about more but bottom-up monitoring and surveillance in terms of transparency within government and accountability to ensure decisions are properly scrutinized and genuinely open to pubic debate. In the absence of this, we have corruption, profiteering and the revolving door between government and big business, which all ensure that the powerful and wealthy get away with murder, quite literally when it comes to their illegal wars and mass killing.

In the absence of real democracy, we have food safety/regulation authorities being hijacked by corporate interests in order to feather their own nests. We have armaments companies using politicians as their sales lackeys.
We have police and intelligence agencies infiltrating, harassing or subverting legitimate groups that have every right to protest, dissent and oppose. We have a wide range of powerful corporate players that lobby, threaten or buy their way towards casting the world in their own self-serving nuclear, retail, biotech, petro-chemical or pharmaceutical image. And we have banks, industries and whole economies that are undemocratically owned and controlled.
We also have ‘stuff’ being sprayed onto us without our consent (or very often knowledge) and have no power to stop ‘stuff’ from being sprayed onto us (8).
But we are told all this top-down surveillance and all of the increasing unfreedoms are for our own good. We are told that public servants serve us by bowing down to elite interests. We are told that an incredible mass media is credible even though it serves a corporate agenda.

Based on his research for the book Who Killed Diana?, the late journalist Simon Regan stated that it is (paraphrased):

Whitehall that really runs the country with a close-knit Mafia-like clique… made up of a handful of powerful, but low-key, City brokers and financiers; the top brains at the Foreign Office, the Treasury, the Ministry of Defence and the Trade Department. Key figures in the security forces… and…at least one key member of the prime minister’s secretariat… the police and judiciary… through the Home Office… can certainly be manipulated. The Super-Establishment’s power is based upon its ability to manipulate the level below it — the individuals that most people believe are governing our country. The elected government is almost irrelevant… The world in which the Super-Establishment exists is a grey and murky world in which sensitive matters of state are planned and executed in gentlemen’s clubs. It is where manipulation plots are hatched, whether it is manipulation of a certain minister towards a certain viewpoint, or the wholesale orchestration of a Foreign Office ploy to bring down a foreign government… It is almost the divine “mission of the secret services to protect the status quo, and hitherto it has been their full intention to thwart anyone who tried to disrupt it. The actual existence of the Super-Establishment is not a flight of fancy. It is entirely manipulative and exercises a great deal of power behind the scenes. (9)


The elite, the oligarchs, the ruling class, the one percent — call it how you will. Yet it is we, the people, who are spied on and monitored by them for their good, to serve their interests and to feather their highly privileged and secretive world, a world built on the stolen wealth of both past and present deeds.

But don’t worry about any of this. There is no need. If that nice Mr Hague says we’ve nothing to fear, he must be right.

Notes

An Epidemic of Military Suicides

0

Box me up and ship me home

Pin my medals upon my chest

Tell my mom I’ve done my best

– Marine Corps Cadence

Rennes, France.

On June 10th of this year, Daniel Somers, a veteran of more than 400 combat missions in Iraq, killed himself. One more name to be added to the list of US veterans who have committed suicide.

It’s a very long list.  And it is growing at an astonishing rate. Just about every single hour, of every single day, another name gets added to it. What America’s enemies could not accomplish in hostile zones, American society appears to be able to do with complete abandon; facilitate the death of US soldiers.

It’s quite an impressive accomplishment when one thinks about it, really. In 2012, the number of active duty soldiers who killed themselves was greater than the number killed in combat (about every other day a US soldier committed suicide). The same was true for 2011.

The family of Daniel Somers agreed to make his suicide note public. It can be found here.

In his final letter Mr. Somers says that he “was made to participate in things, the enormity of which is hard to describe. War crimes, crimes against humanity.” He says that to return to society and to “move on in life after being part of such a thing would be the mark of a sociopath” in his mind.

He goes on to talk of being sick and injured, and of having been abandoned by his government in his time of need. Furthermore, he tells us that he is fully aware of the crisis currently going on in the US with regards to veteran suicides, citing the statistic that the number of veterans who kill themselves per day is greater than the number of children killed at Sandy Hook in Connecticut.

Think about that for a minute. The suicide epidemic among US soldiers and veterans is the equivalent of one Sandy Hook massacre every single day.

Finally, Mr. Somers talks of the freedom and peace that suicide will bring him, no longer having to be subjected to the pain, nightmares, flashbacks or hallucinations caused by what he saw and took part in Iraq.

It has been estimated that 655,000 Iraqis have died as a direct result of the US led invasion of 2003. According to the principles put forth at the Nüremberg War Crimes Tribunal and the founding charter of the United Nations this is clearly a war crime that borders on being a crime against humanity. The war in Afghanistan and America’s use of targeted drone strikes (in what can only be described as a terror campaign) can also be considered as war crimes.

One lowly US soldier found it impossible to live with himself due to his perceived complicity in America’s war crimes.

How President George Bush and President Barack Obama can unapologetically live their lives knowing the deeds they have engineered, committed and are responsible for is unconscionable.

Tonight President Bush and President Obama will sleep quietly in their beds. If we lived in a correct and just society they would be on trial.

For murder.

Tom McNamara is an Assistant Professor at the ESC Rennes School of Business, France, and a former Visiting Lecturer at the French National Military Academy at Saint-Cyr Coëtquidan, France.

Notes

“655,000 Iraqis killed since invasion” by Sarah Boseley, October 11th, 2006, The Guardian.

“I am sorry that it has come to this: A soldier’s last words” Suicide note of Daniel Somers, Published in Gawker. Accessed at: http://gawker.com/i-am-sorry-that-it-has-come-to-this-a-soldiers-last-534538357

“More U.S. soldiers on active duty committed suicide than died in combat last year, shocking new figures reveal” January 4th, 2013, The Daily Mail. Accessed at: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2256924/More-U-S-soldiers-active-duty-committed-suicide-died-combat-year-shocking-new-figures-reveal.html#ixzz2XJi6Nz7P 

“Principles of International Law Recognized in the Charter of the Nüremberg Tribunal and in the Judgment of the Tribunal, 1950” Report of the International Law Commission covering its Second Session, 5 June — 29 July 1950, Document A/1316. Accessed at: http://www.icrc.org/ihl.nsf/full/390

“Suicide Rate Among Vets and Active Duty Military Jumps” — Now 22 A Day by Melanie Haiken, February 5th, 2013, Forbes. Accessed at: http://www.forbes.com/sites/melaniehaiken/2013/02/05/22-the-number-of-veterans-who-now-commit-suicide-every-day/

“The Charter of the United Nations” June 26, 1945. Accessed at:  http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/intro.shtml

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Why Stocks Rise on Bad News

0

Now there’s something you don’t see every day.

On Wednesday, the Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reported that the world’s biggest economy grew at a measly 1.8 percent, far-below analysts most pessimistic predictions. The news that the US economy had “slowed to a crawl” was immediately felt on Wall Street where jubilant traders loaded up on equities sending all three indices up sharply led by the Dow Jones which logged 149 points on the session.

Huh? So why did the bad news on growth send stocks higher?

Let’s call it the QE conundrum, although it’s really not a mystery, not to the folks who watch the markets at least. You see, bad is good and good is bad. When the economic data comes in below expectations, stocks rise because traders know the Fed’s trillion dollar stimulus program will continue ad infinitum. And when the data comes in above expectations, then—watch out— because markets will tumble as traders worry that the $85 billion per month liquidity injections will be curtailed or terminated altogether. So bad is good and good is bad. Simple, eh?

This is how Bernanke has turned the equities markets on their head. In this Bizarro world of zero rates and easy money, fundamentals and earnings don’t matter any more, what matters is regular injections of liquidity-meth provided gratis by our friends at the Central Bank. That’s what pushes stock prices higher.

Last week, Bernanke surprised the markets by announcing that he wants to end QE sometime in 2014 to avoid emerging asset bubbles and to return the financial markets to normal. Here’s what he said on May 22 following the meeting of the FOMC:

“We’re trying to make an assessment of whether or not we have seen real and sustainable progress in the labor market outlook. If we see continued improvement and we have confidence that that is going to be sustained, then we could in – in the next few meetings – we could take a step down in our pace of purchases.”

Freakout! That’s all it took to send stocks off a cliff. And while the ructions in the equities markets were impressive, to say the least, the carnage in the bond market was flat-out shocking. As journalist Mark Gongloff pointed out, “The bond market.. suffered its worst selloff in 50 years….Heckuva job, Bernanke!” (Mark Gongloff) Here’s a short blurb from Gongloff’s piece at Huffington Post:

“Since early May, the yield on the benchmark 10-year Treasury note has jumped one full percentage point, from 1.62 percent to 2.62 percent on Monday morning. This represents a 62 percent increase in borrowing costs for the Federal government – and also for mortgage borrowers, because mortgage rates are directly tied to the 10-year note rate – in just a month.

It is the biggest single move in interest rates since at least 1962, according to Dan Greenhaus, chief global strategist at the New York brokerage firm BTIG.

Thanks to this rise in the 10-year note yield, the average going rate for a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage has also risen by a full percentage point, to about 4.4 percent, according to Walter Schmidt, a mortgage strategist at FTN Financial in Chicago.

The surge in rates will likely squeeze mortgage refinancing and borrowing and could smother the recent rebound in the housing market, which has largely been driven by investors taking out cheap loans to buy cheap houses. Regular borrowers were already having a hard time finding loans, and they’ll have an even harder time now.”

And it’s not just the housing market that’s going to be blind-sided by Bernanke’s sudden volte-face, bank balance sheets are also on the chopping block as this article in the Financial Times  points out:

“The recovery in global banks’ balance sheets is under threat from a surge in bond yields, according to senior bank executives and analysts preparing for quarterly earnings season.

Banks have built giant portfolios of liquid securities, partly at the behest of regulators and also because they have not found better opportunities to lend a flood of deposits….

The composition of the balance sheets leaves banks vulnerable to the spike in interest rates. For example, Bank of America has a $315 billion securities portfolio, 90 percent of which is invested in mortgage-backed securities and Treasurys. As yields rise, prices fall….

“I would think most institutions are going to have a fairly sizeable hit to their equity,” said a senior executive of a top U.S. bank. “You’ve really had this concentrated one-to-two week period where all hell is breaking loose.”

Indeed, there could be some “nasty losses” for Bernanke’s favorite constituents, the banks, which is why he must have breathed a sigh of relief when Q1 GDP came in below expectations on Wednesday because—as we said earlier—the crappier the data, the better the chance Maestro Ben will keep the QE-flywheel cranking out more greenbacks. Here’s a little more background on the bond market mayhem from the Gray Lady:

“Wall Street never thought it would be this bad.

Over the last two months, and particularly over the last two weeks, investors have been exiting their bond investments with unexpected ferocity, moves that continued through Monday.

A bond sell-off has been anticipated for years, given the long run of popularity that corporate and government bonds have enjoyed. But most strategists expected that investors would slowly transfer out of bonds, allowing interest rates to slowly drift up….

The recent pain has spilled over into stock markets, pushing the Standard & Poor’s 500-stock index down an additional 1.2 percent on Monday. But the real pressure has been felt in the bigger and more closely watched bond market….

“The feeling you are getting out there is that people are selling first and asking questions later,” said Hans Humes, chief executive of the hedge fund Greylock Capital.”

Sounds serious, doesn’t it? Sounds like the world’s biggest and most liquid market (USTs) could be facing some ferocious headwinds in the near future thanks to Uncle Ben’s grandiose “pump-priming” experiment.

So how is Bernanke going end QE? What’s the so called “exit strategy”?

No one really knows for sure, because nothing like this has ever been attempted before. We’re in uncharted water. But, one thing is certain, the days of smooth sailing where stocks march in lockstep with the Fed’s monthly injections are probably over. Investors no longer believe in the “Bernanke Put”, that is, that the Fed will intervene to support stock prices. They know now that the Fed wants to scale back on its asset purchases and to wind down the program. That’s going make traders antsy, which will lead to more volatility, more selloffs, more capitulation.

So, there’s no free lunch after all. Bernanke thought he could keep stocks levitating while the real economy languished in a long-term slump, but he was wrong. Volatility is baaack with a vengeance, and serious stock and bond wackage lies dead-ahead.

Eventually, the piper will be paid.

MIKE WHITNEY lives in Washington state. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition. Whitney’s story on how the banks targeted blacks for toxic subprime mortgages appears in the May issue of CounterPunch magazine. He can be reached at fergiewhitney@msn.com.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

The Unrelenting Economic War on Cuba

0

If it weren’t bad enough that the U.S. has imposed an illegal embargo against Cuba for over 50 years, it has also tried to prevent those interested in learning about this embargo (more accurately termed ablockade because the U.S. aggressively enforces it against third countries to stop them from trading with the island) from reading Salim Lamrani’s new book, The Economic War Against Cuba. Thus, according to Opera Mundi, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Office Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) — the government agency tasked with enforcing the blockade against Cuba — seized the funds aBritish NGO, the Cuba Solidarity Campaign, attempted to wire to purchase 100 copies of this book from Monthly Review Press. (1) OFAC also demanded that this same NGO describe its relationship with Cuba in detail.  This episode is emblematic of the absurd lengths to which the U.S. government will go to stop the world from dealing with Cuba.

As an initial matter, author Salim Lamrani, a professor at the Sorbonne in Paris, explains that the U.S. war against post-revolutionary Cuba began on March 17, 1960 — one month before Cuba established relations with Moscow.  Lamrani relates that this war, declared by President Eisenhower, was “built on several pillars: the cancellation of the Cuban sugar quota, an end to the deliveries of energy resources such as oil, the continuation of the arms embargo imposed in March 1958, the establishment of a campaign of terrorism and sabotage, and the organization of a paramilitary force designed to invade the island overthrow Fidel Castro.”  This war would then be expanded by President Kennedy in 1962 to include the unprecedented economic blockade against Cuba — a blockade which continues to this day, over 20 years after the collapse of the Soviet Union.

This is important, for it demonstrates what Noam Chomsky has argued numerous times before: that during the Cold War the U.S. intentionally pushed Third World countries guilty of declaring their independence from U.S. hegemony towards the Soviet Union so as to manufacture a convenient pretext for U.S. belligerence. And, the blockade initially imposed by Kennedy did just that.  As Lamrani explains, “[o]n September 16, 1962, Kennedy developed a blacklist that included all ships having commercial relations with Cuba, regardless of their country of origin, and banned them from docking in a U.S. port.  These measures drastically reduced the links between Cuba and the Western World and increased the island’s dependence upon the USSR.”

Lamrani concludes that the results of this relentless 50-year blockade have cost Cuba more than $751 billion, and has “affected all sectors of Cuban society and all categories of the population, especially the most vulnerable: children, the elderly, and women.  Over 70 percent of all Cubans have lived in a climate of permanent economic hostility.”

Indeed, the stated purpose of the blockade all along has been to inflict suffering on the Cuban people to achieve the U.S.’s political objective of regime — the sine a qua non of terrorism. Thus, Lamrani quotes Lester D. Mallory, U.S. Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-American Affairs, who wrote on August 6, 1960:

The majority of the Cuban people support Castro. There is no effective political opposition. . . . The only foreseeable means of alienating internal support is through disenchantment and disaffection and hardship.  . . .  every possible means should be undertaken promptly to weaken the economic life of Cuba . . . a line of action which . . . makes the greatest inroads in denying money and supplies to Cuba, to decrease monetary and real wages, to bring about hunger, desperation and overthrow of government.

According to this plan, which continues to this day, the blockade has caused immense suffering amongst the Cuban civilian population.  Nowhere is this more evident than in the field of medicine where Cubans are denied critical U.S. pharmaceuticals and other medical supplies — a huge deprivation given that the U.S., according to Lamrani, holds 80% of the patents in the medical sector.

And so, Lamrani sets forth a laundry list of examples in which Cubans have been deprived critical medical aid due to the blockade:

*Cuban children suffering from cancer of the retina cannot receive effective treatment because the surgical microscopes and other equipment needed for this treatment are sold exclusively by the U.S. company, Iris Medical Instruments.

*The National Institute of Oncology and Radiobiology in Havana cannot use radioactive isotope plaques for the treatment of retinal cancer as they are sold exclusively by U.S. companies, thereby requiring doctors to remove the affected eyes of children altogether rather than treat and preserve them.

*Nearly 1600 Cubans a year are denied effective diagnosis of cancerous tumors because Cuba cannot obtain the necessary German-made optical coherence tomography — an item prohibited by the embargo because it contains some American-made components.

*Cubans are denied the drug temozolomide (Temodar) necessary for the effective treatment of tumors of the central nervous system.

*Cuban children are denied the benefit of the U.S.-made Amplatzer device which could help them to avoid open heart surgery.

*Cubans were denied $4.1 million for treating AIDS, Tuberulosis and Malaria when these monies were seized by the U.S. from an NGO which had earmarked those monies for Cuba.

*Cubans were denied the funds designated by the United Nations Program for Development for Cuba’s health care system when those monies were seized by the U.S.

*Cubans are denied critical drugs for treating bone cancer and HIV AIDS.

According to the New England Journal of Medicine, as cited by Lamrani, “The Cuban and Iraqi instances make it abundantly clear that economic sanctions are, at their core, a war against public health.” And still, as the Journal goes on to explain, Cuba has, against the formidable obstacles set up by the embargo, managed to maintain one of the best health systems in the world. As the Journal notes,

The Cuban health care system . . . is exceptional for a poor country and represents an important political accomplishment of the Castro government. Since 1959, Cuba has invested heavily in health care and now has twice as many physicians per capita as the United States and health indicators on a par with those in most developed nations — despite the U.S. embargo that severely reduces the availability of medications and medical technology.

And indeed, Cuba, despite the blockade, continues to give unprecedented assistance to other poor nations through its medical internationalism, economic-war-against-cuba-final-300x450sending doctors to 70 different countries throughout the world, including to Haiti where, according to The New York Times, it has been on the forefront in the fight against cholera since the 2010 earthquake. In addition, for the past 21 years, Cuba has been treating 26,000 Ukrainian citizens, mostly children, affected by the Chernobyl nuclear accident at its Tarara international medical center in Havana.

Imagine then, what Cuba could do if the U.S. blockade were lifted.  It is clear that the rulers of the U.S. have imagined this, and with terror in their hearts.

Indeed, Lamrani quotes former Cuban Minister of Foreign Affairs, Felipe Perez Roque, as quite rightly asserting:

Why does the U.S. government not lift the blockade against Cuba? I will answer: because it is afraid. It fears our example. It knows that if the blockade were lifted, Cuba’s economic and social development would be dizzying.  It knows that we would demonstrate even more so than now, the possibilities of Cuban socialism, all the potential not yet fully deployed of a country without discrimination of any kind, with social justice and human rights for all citizens, and not just for the few. It is the government of a great and powerful empire, but it fears the example of this small insurgent island.

The next critical question is how can those of good will help and support the good example of Cuba in the face of the U.S. blockade.   Obviously, the first answer is to organize and agitate for an end the blockade.  As a young Senator, Barack Obama said that the blockade was obsolete and should end, and yet, while loosening the screws just a bit, President Obama has continued to aggressively enforce the blockade.  He must be called to task on this.  In addition, Congress must be lobbied to end the legal regime which keeps the embargo in place.

In addition, we must support Venezuela and its new President, Nicolas Maduro, as Venezuela has been quite critical in supporting Cuba in its international medical mission.  And indeed, one of the first things President Maduro did once elected in April was to travel to Cuba to reaffirm his support for these efforts.  It should be noted that Maduro’s electoral rival, Henrique Capriles — who led an attack against the Cuban Embassy in Caracas during the 2002 coup – vowed to end support for, and joint work, with Cuba.

Furthermore, to help Cuba and its domestic and international medical programs, one can donate to Global Links (www.globallinks.org) which provides medical supplies which benefit both of these programs.

Finally, order a copy of The Economic War Against Cuba from Monthly Review.

Daniel Kovalik is a labor and human rights attorney, and teaches International Human Rights at the University of Pittsburgh School of Law.

Notes. 

(1)  http://operamundi.uol.com.br/conteudo/opiniao/29149/ong+britanica+e+vitima+das+sancoes+economicas+dos+estados+unidos+contra+cuba.shtml

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Obama’s Grave Threat to Democratic Governance

0

In the mid-70s, when de-Nixonification was a national priority, a not yet spineless Congress made it possible for Americans to access the files that their government kept on their activities.  Over the years, Administrations intent on keeping their foul deeds secret did their best to water down that right. But it has never been rescinded, and is therefore still in effect.

All you have to do, if you think you might have been spied on or otherwise investigated, is request your file – and wait. Then, if you are lucky, in the fullness of time, you will be sent some heavily redacted version of what the authorities have on you.

I am sure that I was not the only one who didn’t want to take advantage of this major victory for transparency — not so much because I didn’t want to feel violated, but because I was worried that I might not have been under investigation. If I had not done enough good to warrant the government’s interest, I didn’t want to know about it.

And I didn’t want to find myself in the situation of the writer in Bertolt Brecht’s heart-rending poem, “The Burning of the Books”:

When the Regime commanded that books with harmful knowledge

Should be publicly burned, and on all sides

Oxen were forced to drag cartloads of books

To the bonfires, a banished

Writer, one of the best, scanning the list of the Burned, was shocked to find that his

Books had been passed over.

He rushed to his desk

On wings of wrath, and wrote a letter to those in power,

Burn me! he wrote with flying pen, burn me! Haven’t my books

Always reported the truth? And here you are

Treating me like a liar! I command you!

Burn me!

This would not be a concern for anyone today.

Thanks to the Obama-Holder Justice Department – and to the national security wallahs, corporate moguls and techno nerds they work with – everyone nowadays is under surveillance 24/7.

It is therefore no longer an honor to be spied upon, and no one’s self-esteem can be put in jeopardy by finding out that the honor has been denied. President Obama et. al. accomplished this by cheapening the good to such an extent that it no longer even exists.

On the down side, though, they’ve shot everybody’s privacy to hell.

In Brechtian terms, everybody’s books are now being burned.

Well, not burned exactly because that the government is “only” collecting meta-data; not whole libraries, but the information you’d find in card catalogues and in the records librarians keep behind their desks.

The government isn’t burning the books yet — just getting them ready.

That is the least bad spin the authorities can put on their spying, now that the news is out; and Obama et. al., along with Congressional Democrats like Dianne Feinstein, are spinning it for all it’s worth.

Collecting meta-data doesn’t seem quite as onerous as outright eavesdropping. But if the point is to rid the regime of “harmful knowledge” — harmful, that is, to itself – it may be even more effective, at least in a first run through vast quantities of date. And, when it is not, the bonfire stands ready; it can be lit at any moment.

Book burning, or its functional equivalents, were supposed to be a concern in fascist countries; not in the Land of the Free. Evidently, times have changed — and not for the better.

Without the benefit of hindsight, it would be premature to assign culpability. But enough is sufficiently clear already to make a start.

* * *

Everybody understands that this is no longer the country it was before the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon twelve years ago, or rather before the reaction to those criminal acts set in.

What is much less clear is what the pivotal changes have been.

To add to the mystery: many of the most egregious concessions to the Dark Side happened early on, during George W. Bush’s first term. These would include the establishment through rendition and direct participation of a torture regime, the creation of an extensive gulag of secret prisons, the assault on due process rights and habeas corpus, and (by the standards of the time) the massive extension of foreign and domestic surveillance.

Then there are the countless lesser and greater annoyances initiated by the Department of Homeland Security, a bureaucratic concoction that would have been unthinkable before Bush’s first term, but that quickly became the new normal.

However Bush moderated his depredations in the declining years of his presidency, even before Barack Obama was elected to usher in an age of “hope” and “change.”

Nevertheless there is a sense that things are getting worse, and that they are worse under Obama even than they were before, and worse still this far into his second term than they were, say, a year ago. How can this be?

To his credit, Obama did repackage the larger of the two lost wars Bush started, the one against Iraq. That was not exactly what those who voted for him expected him to do. But it was a step in the right (or less wrong) direction.

Like other “peace” Democrats — Howard Dean, for example — Obama never had any problem with the other lost war, the one in Afghanistan. So he was happy enough to superintend a “surge” there, and then to give the OK to the hapless General Petraeus, that paragon of military genius, to try some of the  “counter-insurgency” nostrums he resurrected from the Vietnam War.

So long as there was still a shred of hope, Obama was determined not to look like a looser. That didn’t quite work out, though the Spin Doctors are still trying.

If instead of a Nobel Prize for Peace, they gave one for Saving Face, and if effort counted more than results, Obama might actually deserve one.

But at least he isn’t initiating too many new wars; not like Bush did. The worst does seem behind us. And yet, things seem only to have become more hopeless.

Part of the problem is that, once Obama became President, a good part of what might otherwise have turned into a (pale) Left opposition took up cheerleading for the Democratic Party and its Commander-in-Chief instead. When that proved too much to bear, even for them, they devoted themselves to finding excuses for why there is nothing to cheer.

They didn’t have far to look — not with a Republican Party hell bent on making Democrats seem the Lesser Evil. There is even an entire cable network, MSNBC, with a nighttime lineup devoted to making fun of Republicans.  It is not a hard sell; Republicans are easy prey.

But the excuses ring hollow, and mocking characters drawn from central casting at Morons Are Us gets old quickly, especially when there is no election in the offing.

It doesn’t help either that the MSNBC pundits are themselves nauseatingly servile not just to the Democratic Party but to the regime both parties serve: witness, for example, how even the most “liberal” of them struggle to join the Obama-led, bipartisan bad-mouthing of Edward Snowden.

In any case, the problem with Obama is not just that because liberals cut him so much slack, he neuters them without even trying.

The bigger problem has to do with how he has helped make things worse.

The change from Bush to Obama and from the inner-circle of the former to the inner circle of the latter — from chicken hawks and neocons to unreconstructed Clintonites and “humanitarian interveners” – clearly marked a change in style.

But it also masked a profound continuity in substance that is bound to become more apparent in the future, when it becomes possible to place the period we are living through in perspective.

In any case, mere weariness with Bush-Obama governance does not explain the sense of doom, of everything becoming worse, which has come to infuse our politics. To account for that, we need a clearer purchase on what has changed since 9/11.

On the face of it, it looks like we have just been living through more of the same. Unjust and counter-productive wars are hardly unknown in our history, and neither are gross violations of the rule of law. To the extent that things now do seem worse, could it just be because qualitative changes sometimes emerge out of a piling on of instances?

No doubt, this is part of the story. But there is also something genuinely new afoot.

* * *

Since the dawn of the new century, American governments have been building up a democracy deficit unprecedented in recent history.

In democracies, the people rule — if not directly, then through elected representatives who, in theory, implement the peoples’ will.  But instead of the American people controlling their state, even to the extent that was the norm just a few years ago, the state increasingly controls the people.

It may not exercise control overtly very often. But it can whenever it wants, to a degree that it could not before – and everyone knows it.

The problem is not just that technologies now exist that enable 24/7 snooping. It is that the government is delighted to avail itself of them.

There is some truth, after all, in the National Rifle Association’s otherwise disingenuous claim that “guns don’t kill people; people kill people.” The problem is not so much that the NSA is awash in the means of surveillance, a situation successive Administrations created. It is that the Bush-Obama administration has been deploying those means against “we, the people.”

In other words, they have been undermining a core condition for democratic governance — that protection from “unreasonable searches,” as the Fourth Amendment calls them, that makes democratic citizenship possible.

* * *

The Obama presidency has played an important role in bringing this sorry situation about. It is not the only factor now working to quash democracy; not by any means. But it has worsened the problem considerably.

The contrast with the past is staggering. Even with George Bush in the running, Richard Nixon was still the most lawless American President ever.  But in his day, democracy was robust enough to correct for some of his major depredations — not in time to stop them, but eventually.

Correcting for what Bush and Obama have done is going to be a lot harder because democracy, what little of it we had, was, from Day One, Casualty Number One in what Bush called the Global War on Terror — that perpetual war regime that Bush and Obama have settled upon us.

Even before there were neocons, it was the Right’s dream to use terrorism as a pretext for ratcheting up state and corporate control of an anxiety-ridden and depoliticized population.

But even Ronald Reagan, the “Great Communicator,” couldn’t quite sell the idea — not enough to fool (nearly) all of the people all of the time.  For that, the Right needed help. For their own warped reasons, Al-Qaeda militants were happy to provide it.

And so, terrorism now haunts our politics — not the reality, but the specter. And, with that specter working its effects, it has become all but impossible, unlike in Nixon’s time, for the political system to correct itself.

There is not enough democracy left for that.

The Bush-Cheney Administration set the process in motion, and they were not subtle about it.  There is nothing remarkable in that: no one can accuse George Bush of subtlety.

After Democrats swept the 2006 Congressional elections, Bush and Cheney could surely have been impeached; had that happened, they would very likely have been removed from office, saving the world enormous grief. But the Pelosiite leadership of the House of Representatives would have none of it.

They didn’t want to impede Hillary Clinton’s bid to lead a Restoration of her husband’s awful Presidency. By the time it became clear that she wouldn’t be their candidate, the Democratic leadership was already too caught up in “hope” and “change” to act as if they had a backbone.

Had Obama been anything like what some of his supporters imagined, he probably could have shut the entire Bush-Cheney operation down early in 2009, when he had  political capital to spare.

He could have said what many thoughtful people were thinking in the Fall of 2001, before the media fell into line with Bush, Cheney and the neocons: that the attacks in New York and Washington were criminal acts, not acts of war; and that they should have been — and could still be — addressed as law enforcement problems that could be engaged through diplomacy, not force of arms.

For a brief moment, Obama could have hit the reset button. But, of course, that was the farthest thing from his mind.

Instead, he assumed stewardship of the empire.

Once that happened, a course reversal was out of the question. A global hegemon, like a mob boss, cannot admit a mistake; that would suggest weakness and vulnerability.  And so, Obama took up where his predecessor left off, adding his own special touches.

What Obama did, in short, was bring the war back home – the war on democracy or, more precisely, on the conditions for its possibility.

Others are doing that too, of course; fortunately, not in concert with the Commander-in-Chief.

The five Republican Justices on the Supreme Court have taken it upon themselves to go after democratic procedures.  In 2010, to the delight of corporate “persons” everywhere, they turned political corruption into constitutionally protected free speech. Then, last week, they eviscerated the 1965 Voting Rights Act, the most important Civil Rights legislation of the twentieth century.

In so doing, they have given states run by Republican legislatures and governors license to keep all but the most determined African Americans and other persons of color from voting. More generally, they have made it easier for Republicans to suppress votes that everyone knows are unlikely to go their way.

To his credit, Obama has voiced opposition to the Supreme Court’s assaults on democracy. But that is all he has done.

A stronger President would now do what Lyndon Johnson did in 1965; he would go before Congress and the American people, using all the resources at his disposal, to demand that they restore the basic rights of democratic citizenship.  Don’t expect anything like that to happen.

All that Obama has in common with LBJ is that he too should be asked, when he appears in public, how many kids he killed today.

Meanwhile, Republicans, with Tea Partiers in the lead, have been acting out in ways that undo another prerequisite of democratic governance, a robust commitment to furthering the public good.

Except where it comes to war making or to feathering their own nests or the nests of their paymasters, Republicans have become the Party of No. The Chamber of Commerce types for whom the GOP exists, and the Country Club barflies who think like them, have so far managed to keep the lunatics from taking over the asylum entirely. But how long can they hold the line?

Getting their man Romney nominated may have been their last gasp. How else to explain the renewed push, in states Republicans control and in the Republican led House of Representatives, to undo abortion rights — in other words, to wage a war on women?

And, with inevitable demographic changes making the need to court Latino voters obvious, how else to explain Republican resistance to immigration reform — even the nativist, corporate-friendly kind proposed by the so-called Gang of Eight?

Evidently, the grownups are losing control.

Of course, this is not Obama’s doing.  But, just by being there, he has played an indirect role in creating the monstrosity the Republican Party has become. Because he was perceived (correctly) as weak, and because he is black, he became a lightning rod for all the vileness that emanates from Republican ranks.

Needless to say, Obama cannot be blamed for the noxiousness of his enemies.  But there are harms to democracy, graver ones, for which he can be blamed – because they are in large part his doing.

The viciousness of his assaults on whistle blowers, especially but not only Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning, is an indication.

The newly revealed “Insider Threat Program” – a recreation, in caricature, of the everybody-is-an-informant ethos associated with the worst days of High Stalinism — is an even more graphic one.

The target is not democratic governance per se; Obama is fine with that, as his opposition to recent Supreme Court and Republican Party antics suggest.

His target is civil society, the kind that is a prerequisite for people, individually and collectively, to function as citizens, not just subjects – as political actors who shape their own collective destiny.

A robust civil society can survive Nixon-style violations of privacy rights, but it can hardly survive Obama-style 24/7 surveillance and related efforts to keep the public quiescent and uninformed.

Surveillance chills deliberation and debate, inhibits political participation, and removes that expectation of privacy without which democratic citizenship cannot survive.

It was because the authors of the U.S. Constitution understood this that they put the First, Fourth and Fifth Amendments in place. By putting the protections those Amendments were intended to safeguard in jeopardy, Obama, the scholar of constitutional law, has posed perhaps as deep a threat to democratic governance as can be.

It hardly matters whether this is his considered view or whether, as seems more likely, he has drifted into it because he lacks the strength and stature to go against the post-9/11 tide.

What matters is that this descent into a public world that is qualitatively worse than anything we have known before is occurring under his guidance and with his support.

ANDREW LEVINE is a Senior Scholar at the Institute for Policy Studies, the author most recently of THE AMERICAN IDEOLOGY (Routledge) and POLITICAL KEY WORDS (Blackwell) as well as of many other books and articles in political philosophy. His most recent book is In Bad Faith: What’s Wrong With the Opium of the People. He was a Professor (philosophy) at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a Research Professor (philosophy) at the University of Maryland-College Park.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press).

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Horror at the Top of the World

0

Among the many casualties of the War on Terror, one of the most unmourned is the human impulse to revere beauty. Where does it come from, that sense of wonder upon witnessing the migration of butterflies, or a vast, kaleidoscopic sea, or a mountain too tall and steep for snow to stick, giving it the name of Nanga Parbat, Naked Mountain? The sense is a gift, perhaps from God: a reminder that we are tiny, so tiny.

Nanga Parbat is, at 8,126 metres, the ninth tallest mountain in the world. In Pakistan it is also known as King of the Mountains, and as Killer Mountain, for the number of climbers to perish while trying to summit the peak. In the Gilgit-Baltistan region and beyond, the mountain is absolutely revered, as indeed are all the mountains of the north. Many are graced by multiple names and personalities, folkloric tales, and spiritual devotion. Their presence dominates the physical and imaginary landscape of the tough and tolerant men and women who inhabit the valleys, and this relationship is monumentally old. Older than Pakistan, the United States, or any nation-state.

On the night of Saturday, June 22, 11 men were slaughtered on Nanga Parbat’s base camp by a group of militants. In order to reach the camp at 4300m, the militants forced two local men to guide them. Even the trek to the camp is a treacherous one; it has one of the fastest elevation gains in the world, is encased in melting glaciers that hide deep crevices, requires crossing streams that can be high and bitterly cold, and maneuvering narrow paths bordered by giant boulders and ice walls. It is not a walk that can be taken without somber awareness of the smallness of human size. Unless you think your mission is greater. So great that local men with a level of skill and expertise that is in fact a kind of greatness should be threatened into playing a part in it. Before Saturday night, never had a murder been committed against foreigners here, let alone one in which local inhabitants had been made complicit. In bloodying their mountain, and their hands, an entire history and culture has been defiled.

According to most sources, one of the two local guides, Sawal Faqir, was able to hide a satellite phone and eventually call the police. The other guide and 10 climbers were blindfolded and shot, in the lap of the insurmountable mountain. A few steps away lay a monument in honour of the first foreigners to die here: four climbers and six guides in 1934 of altitude sickness and frostbite, and seven climbers and nine guides buried under an avalanche in 1937.

A faction of the Pakistani Taliban called Jundul Hafsa says it carried out the attack to avenge the death of their deputy leader, Waliur Rehman, in a U.S. drone attack on May 29. It is threatening to continue targeting foreigners unless the drone attacks stop.

What it is not saying — and what no self-appointed avenger of the US-led war has ever said — is that these attacks primarily hurt Pakistanis. And on every level: through murder, the sacrilege of a land, the dishonoring of a culture that for centuries has survived peacefully on the land, as well as through the destruction of a tenuous economy. The mountains of the north dominate not only the physical and imaginary panorama of the valleys, but also the financial one. Many families in Gilgit-Baltistan depend largely on the summer tourist trade to survive during the rest of the
thinner-than-skin year. The trade had already been suffering since 9/11, due both to the violence spreading elsewhere in the country, as well as the earthquake of 2005, which killed 100,000 people, and displaced over 3 million. Many of the displaced families have still not returned; those who have, or those who stayed, had very gingerly been recreating a home, and a sense of hope. This year 50 groups had applied for climbing permits; a modest improvement. After Saturday’s attack, most groups have cancelled. Local families will be forced to look elsewhere, further jeopardizing their relationship to each other, and to their land.

Add to this the toll the war has taken on other parts of the country, and the numbers look like this. Upward of 49,000 Pakistanis have died in the past decade, a figure that includes attacks by the Pakistan army in the seven Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) and in Swat, includes bomb blasts by militants across the country, and includes suicide attacks. It does not include deaths caused by US drone strikes. Both Pakistani and American newspapers have reported that the drone war is resulting in 50 civilian deaths for every 1 “suspected terrorist” killed. Though the total number of civilian deaths since the start of the drone war is never reported, estimates are anywhere from 1,000-3,000. So we are looking at around 52,000 Pakistanis killed since 3,000 Americans were killed on 9/11.

Or 17. 3 Pakistani corpses for every 1 American corpse.

The Jundul Hafsa has not only created itself to avenge the death of one man by US drone attacks, but also to further imbalance the above ratio. To them, everyone else is as worthless as “bug splats,” a phrase coined by those who activate the drones, “since viewing the body through a grainy-green video image gives the sense of an insect being crushed.” In the words of President Obama’s counterterrorism adviser Bruce Riedel, “You’ve got to mow the lawn all the time. The minute you stop mowing, the grass is going to grow back.”

How many more have to die before the lawn is mowed enough? Of those who survive, how many more must leave their homes, their work, and their mountains? And for how many more will reverence of the beautiful and ancient become as rare as life itself?

While the Taliban use the strikes as a pretext to kill, the US uses the killings as a pretext to conduct more strikes, into more parts of the country,
and into more countries. There are more Taliban factions today than in 2001, or in 2008 when President Obama first expanded the use of drones. (Bush ordered 50 drone strikes in eight years; in only his fifth year, Obama has already ordered 400.) If the purpose is to kill militants, it can’t be said enough: the strategy isn’t working. If it is to ensure the war never ends, it is. But just how far will the war expand? One wonders if even the naked slopes of Nanga Parbat have got to be mowed.

Uzma Aslam Khan is the author of four novels, including Trespassing, The Geometry of God, and, most recently, Thinner Than Skin, which is partly set in the Gilgit-Baltistan region of Pakistan and was longlisted for the Man Asian Literary Prize 2012. Khan has also contributed articles to various journals around the world, such as to Drawbridge UK, First City India, Dawn Pakistan, and Counterpunch. Visit her at http://uzmaaslamkhan.blogspot.com/

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

The Clintons and the Rich Women

0

Hillary Clinton, presidential aspirant, has never addressed her role in the midnight pardon of billionaire fugitive Marc Rich, who died this week. In fact, she’s rarely been asked her opinion on the free pass given to one of the world’s most wanted fugitives, a man who violated embargoes against Iran and South Africa and fled the country rather than face trial in what was billed as “the biggest tax evasion case in history.” The senator has variously said that she was “unaware” of the decision and “surprised” by it. When pressed, she merely cackles.

Even though 300 pages of core documents relating to the pardon decision remain under seal at the Clinton Library, a review of the available record tells a much different story. In fact, the Rich legal team viewed Hillary as a secret weapon, and as one door after another closed on their search for a pardon they focused more and more on invoking what Rich lawyer Robert Fink called the “HRC option.”

Who is Marc Rich? And why did he need a presidential pardon?

Born in Belgium to Jewish parents, Marc Rich moved with his family to the United States to escape Hitler. Young Marc soon went to work for a commodity firm in New York called Phillip Bros, later acquired by Salomon Brothers. He soon made his mark as an oil trader and, along with his friend Pincus “Pinky” Green, he is credited with inventing spot market trading in oil, ferrous metals and sugar. Billions flowed into the firm, and the European press took to calling Rich “the Aluminum Finger.”

But Rich and “Pinky” Green felt underappreciated and underpaid. They bolted the firm, and Rich angrily vowed to “grind Phillip Bros. into oblivion.” In 1974, the pair started their own holding company, eventually known as the Marc Rich Group, and began making oil deals with Iran, Iraq and wildcatters in Texas. He and Pinky were soon billionaires and big shots in the global petrochemical trade.

Around this time, Rich courted a buxom young Jewish singer/songwriter from Worchester, Massachusetts, named Denise. He whisked her off to his seaside villa in Marbella, Spain, where the couple were married and rapidly assumed the life of international jet-setters and art collectors. It is said that Rich owns one of the largest private collections of Picasso paintings and sculptures in the world. Rich began referring to himself as a “business machine.” The years passed. Denise bore Rich three daughters and honed her songwriting skills on transcontinental flights on the family’s private jet. Saccharine pop flowed off her micro recorder , including minor hit “Frankie.” The bank accounts swelled.

Then in 1983 crisis hit the Rich family. The U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York notified Rich and Pinky that they were under investigation for fraud, illegal oil deals with Iran and the apartheid regime in South Africa, and tax evasion. Documents were subpoenaed. Indictments were in the works. Rich hired D.C. heavy-hitter Edward Bennett Williams to fend off assaults of a vicious young prosecutor — none other than Rudy Giuliani.

When Giuliani requested that Pinkyand Rich turn over their passports and post a large bond, Williams acted indignant and personally avowed to the federal judge overseeing the case that his client was not a flight risk. Two days later, Pinky and Rich were on a plane bound for Europe. As expected, the indictments came: a 65-count charge alleging fraud, trading with the enemy (Iran), and tax evasion.

Humiliated, Williams resigned in a huff, and Rich found a succession of new lawyers over the next decade, including former Nixon attorney Leonard Garment and Lewis Scooter Libby, who would later find refuge in the awesome power of presidential privilege.

Rich’s escape from Giuliani’s clutches is the stuff of spy novels, made even more thrilling due to the fact that he almost certainly had several moles inside Giuliani’s office, U.S. law enforcement and intelligence agencies who kept him apprised of the schemes to nab him. He evaded the U.S. marshals on his tail at Heathrow Airport in England, and then later his plane bound for Finland mysteriously turned at the last moment for Sweden, once again narrowly avoiding landing in custody. Years later, Rich would also escape his captors in Germany and Jamaica, courtesy of anonymous tips to the fugitive billionaire.

The tycoon’s eventual passage to safe harbor in Switzerland went from Sweden through East Germany, aided by the notorious Wolfgang Vogel, an East German lawyer who specialized in shuttling spies into and out of Eastern Europe.

Rich dropped millions at every stop, especially in Switzerland. He and “Pinky” Green choose the town of Zuq to establish their new headquarters in a blueberry-colored office tower. Entreaties were made to Swiss officials, and money liberally dispensed.

“He bought Swiss loyalty,” says Shawn Tulley, a financial crimes reporter for Fortune magazine, who covered the Rich case. “He really put out the charm and the money.” When the U.S. Marshals finally tracked Rich down in Switzerland, they immediately petitioned the Swiss government for his extradition. Request denied. As far as the Swiss were concerned, financial crimes, especially involving taxation, were trifling concerns unworthy of governmental consideration.

When the Swiss refused to turn Rich over, the Marshals tried to kidnap the world’s most famous tax evader under the extraordinary rendition program, which has since become a staple of the Bush regime.

The Marshals set up a team outside of Rich’s mansion and his offices. But again, there was a fortuitous leak. The Swiss police approached the would-be kidnappers and told them to shut down their operation or they would be the ones sitting in jail. The Marshals retreated. Rich had found his sanctuary. He summoned Denise and the children to join him in sprawling mansion near Lucerne and then renounced his U.S. citizenship. This freed him from the nagging obligation of ever again having to worry about entanglements with the IRS over tax obligations. But it also threw the validity of his eventual pardon into question.

The exile of Marc Rich was not an idle one. Indeed, from 1983 to 1996 Rich’s fortune ballooned from a mere billion dollars to more than $7 billion. He and Pinky struck oil deals in Russia and Bulgaria (prompting accusations of fraud and thievery in both countries) and mining operations in central Asia, Africa and South America. Along the way, he sharpened the art of the political bribe. Rudy Giuliani alleges that during this period Rich tried to bribe the state of New York, offering millions to the State Department of Education in exchange for a withdrawal of the pending charges.

In order to buy alumina from the new leftist government of Jamaica for less than half the market price, Rich wired $50 million to Jamaican President Michael Manley in an hour of acute distress for the embattled ruler.

Even as he neared the top of the FBI’s Ten Most Wanted list, Rich also didn’t see any reason to abandon his operations in the United States. In fact, his hand is seen orchestrating one of the most savage crackdowns on organized labor in recent decades. In 1989, Rich secretly acquired the controlling interest in a West Virginia-based company called Ravenswood Aluminum. Ravenswood was embroiled in a tumultuous battle between management and workers at the plant when in 1990, under Rich’s long-distance orders, the company tried to bust the union. On a bitterly cold night, a private security force arrived at the plant, set up armed guards at the gates and surveillance cameras around the perimeter of the facility, and locked out 1,700 workers, all members of the Steelworkers Union. Over the ensuing weeks, the armed guards repeatedly clashed with picketing union members, fogging the air with tear gas and beating skulls with their police clubs. Soon Rich made the call to hire permanent replacement workers, for less pay and reduced benefits. The lockout went on for two more years. “It was a brutal affair,” says Dan Stidham, president of the Ravenswood union local at the time of the lockout. “I’m still pretty upset with Clinton for pardoning that guy after all we went through.”

Meanwhile, back in Lucerne, Rich was beginning to cultivate the Israeli government. He established the Rich Foundation in Tel Aviv, which would distribute more than $100 million to Israeli causes over the next decade. To oversee the foundation, Rich selected a former high-ranking Mossad official named Avner Azulay, whose ties to the intelligence agency probably never totally evaporated. Azulay was a useful conduit to Israel’s political elite. He was close to Yitzak Rabin, Ehud Barak, Shimon Peres and Ehud Olmert. A decade later, Azulay would play a key role in securing Rich’s pardon from the Clintons.

Through Azulay, Rich offered his services to the Israeli government, especially the Mossad. Indeed, according to letters from Israeli officials, Rich played the role of a “Say-Ayon,” or unpaid asset of the Mossad. In fact, Rich was subsidizing Israeli intelligence operations. He financed numerous covert missions and allowed Mossad operatives to work covertly in his offices around the world.

With experience as an international spook now added to his C.V., Rich reached out through intermediaries to both the FBI and the CIA. He offered his services to both agencies in exchange for dropping the charges against him. The CIA’s response is unknown, but the FBI was intrigued and sent the request to the Justice Department, where it was quashed.

Around this time, Rich launched into a public liaison with a glamorous Italian widow by the name of Gisela Rossi. He flaunted the affair in front of Denise, the tycoon’s wife who had followed him into his luxurious life on the lam. Denise filed for divorce and prepared to return to New York. But Rich, whose net worth now neared $10 billion, was offering her only a tiny settlement. So Denise took matters into her own hands. She removed a Van Gogh painting from the wall of their palace in Lucerne and warned her estranged husband that unless he ponied up more money, she would take the masterpiece with her. Ultimately, Rich offered her a settlement of $200 million. Although the amount is far less than she would have gotten in most U.S. courts, Denise signed the papers and took her daughters with her back to Manhattan.

Rossi and Rich soon married and now divide their time between St. Moritz and Marbella, Spain.

A year after the Rich’s divorce, their oldest daughter, Gabriella, was diagnosed with a rare and terminal form of leukemia. She died within the year. Marc Rich made no effort to visit Gabriella in her final months. Denise Rich seethed.

Pardon Me

The machinations to secure a pardon from Bill Clinton for Marc Rich began in earnest in the fall of 1998, when Rich’s public relations flack in the U.S., Gershon Kekst, squirmed his way into a seat next to Eric Holder, the number two in the Clinton Justice Department, at a gauche D.C. party thrown by Daimler/Chrysler. Without mentioning Rich by name, Kekst asked Holder how a man of considerable resources might be relieved of the burden of being “unproperly indicted by an overzealous prosecutor.”

Holder took a sip of wine and told Kekst that such a man would need to hire a D.C. lawyer who knows the ropes and has deep connections inside the Clinton administration. “He comes to me and we work it out,” confided Holder.Hopeless-Barack-Obama-and-the-Politics-of-Illusion-Book-Jacket-photo

“Can you recommend such a person?” Kekst inquired.

Holder pointed to a man sitting at a nearby table. “There’s Jack Quinn,” Holder whispered. “He’s a perfect example.”

Kekst dutifully wrote down Quinn’s name, did some research on the former lawyer for the Clintons, and transmitted the joyful news to the Rich camp.

There is every indication that Holder was trying to drum up business for Quinn, a partner at the powerhouse firm of Arnold and Porter, as well as a top advisor for Al Gore’s presidential campaign. Holder was desperate to have Quinn’s backing in his doomed bid to become attorney general.

Back in Switzerland, Rich ordered up a dossier on Quinn. His initial response was not favorable. Rich believed Quinn to be merely a “pretty boy” with little experience and “more connections than clout.” He decided to stick with Scooter Libby’s team. But Scooter, who had represented Rich since 1985, produced no results, and in the summer of 1999, with the clock ticking down on Clinton time, the desperate tycoon reached out to Jack Quinn.

Quinn formally became Rich’s lawyer on July 21, 1999. His fees were stiff: an initial retainer of $355,000, plus a minimum payment of $55,000 each month. Quinn’s firm, Arnold and Porter, reserved the right to represent clients suing Rich on matters. Rich consented.

Initially, Quinn intimated to the Rich team that securing the pardon would be a relatively easy matter. A few calls to his good friend Eric Holder, and that would be that. Quinn was wrong. When Holder contacted the prosecutors in Manhattan about the Rich case, they vowed to oppose any deal until Rich returned to the U.S. and entered a plea in the case. Rich refused.

From that point on, the Rich team, including his sympathizers inside the Clinton administration, hid their maneuvers from federal prosecutors. After discussions with White House aides Bruce Lindsey and Beth Nolan, Quinn sent out an email calling for a new approach: “It’s time to move on the GOI [Government of Israel] front but we have to get the calls initiated over there.”

Letters and calls soon flooded the White House from Israeli officials and high profile Jews, including Shimon Peres, Ehud Barak, Ehud Olmert and Elie Weisel. In one way or another, each had received benefits from Rich or one of his foundations. A problem soon developed. When presented the opportunity to discuss presidential pardons with Clinton, many of these leaders, anxious perhaps to legitimize Israeli penetration of the U.S. government, choose to plead the case of convicted spy Jonathan Pollard instead of Rich.

Quinn scrambled comically for a solution. Quinn sends an urgent email to Robert Fink, Rich’s longtime New York lawyer.

From: Jack Quinn. To: Fink, Robert, NY.

“Hope you’re checking email; I don’t have access here to avner’s email address, or marc’s, and wonder if you can inquire whether there is a possibility of persuading Mrs Rabin to make a call to POTUS [President of the United States].He had a deep affection for her husband. “

Fink leaps into action with an email to Avner Azulay, the former Mossad officer, now heading the Rich Foundation in Tel Aviv.

From: Fink, Robert, NY. Sent: Saturday. To: Avner Azulay

“… Jack asks if you could get Leah Rabin to call the President; Jack said he was a real big supporter of her husband…”

Azulay writes back with distressing news.

From: Avner. To: Fink, Robert, NY.

“Bob, having Leah Rabin call is not a bad idea. The problem is how do we contact her? She died last November … ’’

Eventually, Quinn secures a letter and congenial phone call to Clinton from Rabin’s daughter, who doesn’t really know Rich. Their best hopes seem to be evaporating. Perhaps Rich was right about Quinn, after all.

First Catch Your Foxman

The scene shifts to a crowded restaurant in Paris. It’s Valentine’s Day. Two men are having dinner and drinking wine. They know each other well. One man has just received a $100,000 contribution from the other man’s boss. The man on the receiving end of the money is Abe Foxman, and the financial gift was for his group the Anti-Defamation League. The man picking up the hefty dinner tab is Avner Azulay — though Marc Rich will soon reimburse him.

Rich has one last shot, Foxman advises. They need to get directly to Bill and Hillary. And the key to unlocking the inner doors of the White House, Foxman told Azulay, is Denise Rich. Foxman confided that he and Denise had flown together on Air Force II to the funeral of Yitzak Rabin.
There was just one problem. Denise Rich still loathed her husband.
Entreaties are made to Denise, now a New York socialite and successful songwriter, by Quinn and others on the Rich teams. Three times “Denise Rich declines to come to the rescue of her former husband.

Then suddenly, in November 2000, she agrees to help. What made her change her mind?

That remains open to speculation, but given Marc Rich’s history and Denise’s view that she was shortchanged in the divorce, it may well have involved a financial offering. This much is known. On November 16, Avner Azulay flies to New York and takes Denise to dinner. He pleads for her to back Rich’s pardon to her friends Bill and Hillary. Two days later Denise consents.

Denise calls her close friend Beth Dozoretz for help in the best way to handle the matter. Another rich Manhattan socialite, Dozoretz had been the finance chair of the Democratic National Committee (DNC). Dozoretz had contributed more than $1 million to Democratic coffers. Bill Clinton was the godfather of her daughter.

Dozoretz who, like Denise Rich, would later plead the Fifth at a Senate hearing in the matter, helped Rich craft her strategy. Almost immediately, a check for $25,000 was sent from Denise Rich’s account to the DNC. This was soon followed by Denise Rich’s first letter to the Clintons, imploring them to pardon her ex-husband. Dozoretz also helped Rich bundle a $450,000 contribution to the Clinton library fund. (A Democratic fundraiser told the New York Times in 2001 that Denise had also pledged another million in four installments over the next two years. This figure was disputed by Denise Rich. But the donor lists to the Clinton Foundation are kept secret.) In all, Denise Rich made at least $1.1 million in contributions to Democratic causes, including $70,000 to Hillary’s Senate campaign and PACs, and at least $450,000 to the Clinton foundation.

For her part, Dozoretz kicked in another million of her own money to the fund. This is the same library that now refuses to release more than 300 pages of Clinton’s records relating to the pardon. She later lavished gifts on the Clintons as they left the White House, including antique furniture for the new home and golf clubs for Bill.

As Dozoretz and Denise Rich plotted their strategy, Quinn and Azulay sought another opening. In a December 19, 2000, email to Quinn, Azulay emphasizes the importance of Hillary’s role in the affair. She has just been elected senator from New York, where Rich was indicted. If there was to be fallout, it might backfire on Hillary. She would need reassurance. Dozoretz and Denise would provide financial aid, but she might also need political cover. Azulay recommends Abraham Burg, former speaker of the Knesset. “Burg is on very friendly terms with Hilary (sic) and knows POTUS from previous contacts.”

The next night there’s a party at the White House honoring Barbra Streisand, Quincy Jones and Maya Angelou. Dozoretz and Denise are invited, and Denise lands a plum seat at the presidential table. Denise is wearing a burgundy ball gown trimmed in fox fur. She eats little and talks less. After dinner, Denise espies Bill having an intimate conversation with Streisand. She rushes across the room, cuts in on Babs and whisks Bill away. She makes an impassioned plea for the ex-husband , who had humiliated her, stuffs a letter into Bill’s hand and whispers, “I could not bear it were I to learn you did not see my letter.”
When Denise arrives home, she makes a call to Lucerne. It’s the first time she has talked to Marc Rich since the divorce. She describes her meeting with Clinton. Her friends say she ended the conversation by telling Rich: “You owe me.”

A week later the Rich team is getting antsy. There’s still been no word on how Hillary feels. Rich’s New York attorney Robert Fink sends an email to Quinn: “Of all the options we discussed, the only one that seems to have real potential for making a difference is the Hillary option.”

Quinn, Dozoretz, Burg and, perhaps, Denise call Hillary’s people. They are told that the senator needs cover. According to a December 26 email from Azulay titled “Chuck Schumer”: “Hillary shall feel more at ease if she is joined by her elder sen. of NY, who also represents the Jewish population.”

Gershon Kekst leaps at the opportunity, firing an email to Fink looking for Schumer’s pressure points:

“Can Quinn tell us who is close enough to lean on Schumer?? I am willing to call him but have no real clout. Jack might be able to tell us who the top contributors are … maybe Bernard Schwartz??”

Bernard Schwartz was a good guess. The former CEO of Loral (a Friend of Bill and Marc Rich) was a top DNC contributor and had lavished money on both Schumer and Hillary. Schwartz also donated $1 million to the Clinton library fund.

But Quinn had been around Washington a long time. He knew enough not to trust Schumer, a famous media hog who was already showing signs of being jealous of the attention Hillary was getting. Quinn notes: “I have to believe that the contact with HRC can happen w/o him after all, we are not looking for a public show of support from her.”

Calls continue to flood the Clinton White House. The King of Spain. Sandy Berger. Ehud Barak.

Meanwhile, Denise and Beth are skiing in Aspen. Beth’s phone rings. It’s Bill Clinton. Clinton tells Dozoretz, “I want to do it and am trying to get around the White House counsel.” Keep praying, Bill told the women. He also let them know that Michael Milken wasn’t getting a pardon.

A few days later, the two women are back in Washington. It’s now January 19, 2001. Jack Quinn is sitting at a board meeting of Fanny Mae. He quietly types a message to Denise on his Blackberry. (It’s not known if he bills both clients for this hour of his time.) The text message urges Denise to make one last call to Bill. Quinn tells her not to “argue merits” but merely to explain to Clinton that “it is important to me personally.”

Though both women will later dispute it, the Secret Service logs show that the next afternoon at 5:30, Beth and Denise were admitted to the private quarters of the White House. This was Denise’s nineteenth visit to the White House. Beth had visited the White House 76 times in merely the last two years. The logs do not record when the women departed. This is the encounter that appears to have consummated the pardon.

At 2:30 in the morning on January 20, Clinton gets a call from his National Security Advisor. Marc Rich’s name has surfaced in an intelligence file in connection with an international arms smuggling network. Clinton calls Quinn. Quinn says the allegations are bogus. Bill turns to his staff, all of whom oppose the pardon that is now being signed. “Take Jack’s word,” Clinton snapped. Later Clinton will claim to have been “sleep deprived” when he signed the pardon, an excuse that his wife would resurrect to explain her fabulation of her landing under sniper fire in Bosnia.

Marc Rich bought his pardon and now flies freely in his private jet, while Leonard Peltier languishes in prison with no hope of release. That pretty much sums up Clintonism.

This article is adapted from a piece that ran in the March 2008 edition of CounterPunch magazine.

JEFFREY ST. CLAIR is the author of Been Brown So Long It Looked Like Green to Me: the Politics of Nature, Grand Theft Pentagon and Born Under a Bad Sky. His latest book is Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion. He can be reached at: sitka@comcast.net. 

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

The West Reserves the Right to Interfere

0

The distance between Cairo’s Tahrir Square and Istanbul’s Taksim Square is impossibly long. There can be no roadmap sufficient enough to use the popular experience of the first in order to explicate the circumstances that lead to the other.

Many have tried to insist on the similarities between the two since it is fashionable these days to link news worthy events, however worlds apart, to other events. Following the popular revolt that gripped Egypt in early 2011, deemed with the ever inclusive title ‘the Arab Spring’, intellectual jugglers began envisaging ‘springs’ popping up all over the region and beyond. In recent weeks, when protesters took to the streets of several Turkish cities, comparisons ensued once again.

Intellectual opportunism however is not a distinct phenomenon, but a reflection of a wider western conception of political opportunism. Once the ‘Arab Spring’ was recognized as an opportunity of sorts, the US, Britain and France were quick to capitalize on it, either to politically reshape the Middle East region or to ensure that the outcome of the revolutionary fervor was to their liking.

Ramzy Baroud is editor of PalestineChronicle.com. He is the author of The Second Palestinian Intifada: A Chronicle of a People’s Struggle  and  “My Father Was a Freedom Fighter: Gaza’s Untold Story” (Pluto Press, London).

While Arab dictators brutalized mostly peaceful protesters, wars, in the full sense of the word, didn’t actualize until the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) countries began meddling. In Libya, they guided an uprising with a limited armed component to a full-fledged war that resulted in the death, wounding and disappearance of thousands. The war in Libya had changed the very demographic landscape of parts of the country. Entire communities have been ethnically cleansed. Benghazi, whose fate British Prime Minister David Cameron seemed particularly worried about, is now savaged by numerous militias vying for influence. Following recent clashes in the city, the interim head of the Libyan army, Salem Konidi, warned on state Television on June 15, of a ‘bloodbath’. But this time, such a warning barely registered on NATO’s radar.

While selective ‘humanitarian interventions’ is a well-known western political style, the recent protests in Turkey demonstrate that western countries’ appetite to exploit any country’s misfortunes to its advantage is insatiable. The Turkish government however has itself to blame for providing such an opportunity in the first place.

When confronted with the Middle East high-stakes political game resulting from the violent upheaval in the last two years or so, Turkish Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan, hesitant at first, adopted a political style that was consistent with NATO’s, of which Turkey is a member. For nearly a decade, Turkey had angled for a different role in the Arab and Muslim worlds, a choice that was compelled by the European Union’s refusal to grant Turkey a membership. Germany and France led the crusade against Turkey’s determined efforts to join the growing union.

As the bloodletting reached Syria, the so-called Arab Spring posed a threat to Turkey’s own southern regions and thus forced a hurried Turkish policy realignment, back to the very western camp that precluded Turkey for so long.

It was a peculiar position in which Turkey placed itself, posing as a champion of ‘awakened’ Arabs, yet operating with the traditional NATO paradigm, itself grounded in interventionist agendas. The inconsistencies of Turkish policies are too palpable and growing: as it settled its dispute with Israel over the latter’s murder of nine Turkish activists on their way to Gaza in May 2010, it was hosting top Hamas leaders for high level talks. It is facilitating the work of Syrian opposition that are operating both politically and militarily from Turkish territories, while warning against any plots to destabilize Turkey. At the same time it is paying little heed to the sovereignty of northern Iraq, as it chased after its own armed opposition in the war-torn Arab country for years.

Turkish behavior was ignored, justified or sanctioned by western powers as long as Ankara did so in tandem with the existing NATO policies. European countries however become particularly charged if Turkey stepped over its boundaries, as was the case during the Turkish-Israeli dispute. And it appears that no matter how hard Turkish leaders try to impress, they will always fall short from fulfilling Europe’s selective definition of democracy, human rights and other useful concepts.

NATO’s hypocrisy even among its own members is too obvious. Compare for example European responses to the police crackdown on the Occupy Wall Street (OWS) movement protests starting September 17, 2011 and the massive campaign of arrests, beatings and humiliation of protesters. It turned out that both the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security monitored the movement jointly through their terrorism task forces. This is what Naomi Wolf revealed in the Guardian newspaper on December 29 of last year.

Where was the outcry by the US European ally over such unwarranted practices including the most recent scandal of US National Security Agency (NSA) spying on millions of people using social media and internet technology in the name of trying to catch terrorists? Such practices have become so routine that they rarely compel outrage or serious calls for accountability, aside from such inane concerns as Bloomberg Business Week headlines: “Spying for the NSA Is Bad for U.S. Business.” (June 18)

While Arab nations are the most affected parties by the wars and upheavals that have destabilized the region, destroyed Syria and threaten the future of entire generations, they seem to stand as cheerleaders on the sidelines as David Cameron, François Hollande of France and Barack Obama, among others, illustrate the path by which Syria’s future is determined, in ways consistent with their interests, and of course, that of Israel’s ‘security’.

But the response of some EU leaders to the anti-government protests in Istanbul, Ankara and Izmir in recent weeks was most sobering. Even Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan’s best efforts are simply not enough to sway Europe from capitalizing on Turkey’s misfortunes. German Chancellor Angela Merkel quickly took a stance to block “moves to open a new chapter in Ankara’s EU membership talks”, reported Reuters on June 20, supposedly because of her concern regarding the Turkish police crackdown on protesters. Of course the Chancellor is often forgiving when extreme violence is applied by Israel against Palestinians, since no political capital can be attained from such unwise moves.

Meanwhile, western powers will continue to play a most detrimental role in the Middle East, engendering and exploiting further chaos with the help of various regional powers, in the most brazen of ways in order to serve their interests. Not even Turkey, despite proving an irreplaceable asset in NATO’s political and military drive, is invulnerable.

Perhaps, Europe’s double face will compel a rethink among Turkey’s political circles as they calculate their next move. Will Turkey end its role as an outlet for NATO’s policies in the Middle East? This is a question that Turkey must address before they too are engulfed by endless turmoil and inundated by western intervention, as the results are always lethal. Always.

– Ramzy Baroud (www.ramzybaroud.net) is an internationally-syndicated columnist and the editor of PalestineChronicle.com. His latest book is: My Father was A Freedom Fighter: Gaza’s Untold Story (Pluto Press).

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Gezi Park to reopen: Istanbul governor

0

Turkish protesters clash with police at Taksim Square, Istanbul, June 22, 2013.

The governor of Turkeyâ„¢s Istanbul says Gezi Park, which is the heart of anti-government protests, will reopen in a few days.

Å“The work will be completed within a few days, and the park will be open to public use,” the Turkish daily Hurriyet quoted Governor Huseyin Avni Mutlu as saying on Thursday.

Unrest in Turkey erupted on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at Istanbulâ„¢s iconic Taksim Square to protest against a government redevelopment plan for Gezi.

The Turkish protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is one of Istanbulâ„¢s last green public spaces.

Four people, including a police officer, have died in clashes between protesters and police, and more than 5,000 demonstrators and 600 police officers have also been injured.

On Friday, Turkish police fired tear gas and used water cannon to disperse hundreds of anti-government demonstrators in the capital, Ankara.

The demonstrators, who were chanting slogans against the government of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan, gathered at a square in central Ankara during the early hours of the day.

On June 25, Erdogan praised the Å“legendary heroism” of police forces in quelling the anti-government protests.

MR/HSN

Republished with permission from:: Press TV

Will the Real Traitors Please Stand Up?

0

It is hard to understand the fuss that Washington and its media whores are making over Edward Snowden. We have known for a long time that the National Security Agency (NSA) has been spying for years without warrants on the communications of Americans and people throughout the world. Photographs of the massive NSA building in Utah built for the purpose of storing the intercepted communications of the world have been published many times.

It is not clear to an ordinary person what Snowden has revealed that William Binney and other whistleblowers have not already revealed. Perhaps the difference is that Snowden has provided documents that prove it, thereby negating Washington’s ability to deny the facts with its usual lies.

Whatever the reason for Washington’s blather, it certainly is not doing the US government any good. Far more interesting than Snowden’s revelations is the decision by governments of other countries to protect a truth-teller from the Stasi in Washington.

Hong Kong kept Snowden’s whereabouts secret so that an amerikan black-op strike or a drone could not be sent to murder him. Hong Kong told Washington that its extradition papers for Snowden were not in order and permitted Snowden to leave for Moscow.

The Chinese government did not interfere with Snowden’s departure.

The Russian government says it has no objection to Snowden having a connecting flight in Moscow.

Ecuador’s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino responded to Washington’s threats with a statement that the Ecuadorian government puts human rights above Washington’s interests. Foreign Minister Patino said that Snowden served humanity by revealing that the Washington Stasi was violating the rights of “every citizen in the world.” Snowden merely betrayed “some elites that are in power in a certain country,” whereas Washington betrayed the entire world.

With Hong Kong, China, Russia, Ecuador, and Cuba refusing to obey the Stasi’s orders, Washington is flailing around making a total fool of itself and its media prostitutes.

Secretary of State John Kerry has been issuing warnings hand over fist. He has threatened Russia, China, Ecuador, and every country that aids
howeconand abets Snowden’s escape from the Washington Stasi. Those who don’t do Washington’s bidding, Kerry declared, will suffer adverse impacts on their relationship with the US.

What a stupid thing for Kerry to say. Here is a guy who once was for peace but who has been turned by NSA spying on his personal affairs into an asset for the NSA. Try to realize the extraordinary arrogance and hubris in Kerry’s threat that China, Russia, and other countries will suffer bad relations with the US. Kerry is saying that amerika doesn’t have to care whether “the indispensable people” have bad relations with other countries, but those countries have to be concerned if they have bad relations with the “indispensable country.” What an arrogant posture for the US government to present to the world.

Here we have a US Secretary of State lost in delusion along with the rest of Washington. A country that is bankrupt, a country that has allowed its corporations to destroy its economy by moving the best jobs offshore, a country whose future is in the hands of the printing press, a country that after eleven years of combat has been unable to defeat a few thousand lightly armed Taliban is now threatening Russia and China.

God save us from the utter fools who comprise our government.

The world is enjoying Washington’s humiliation at the hands of Hong Kong. A mere city state gave Washington the bird. In its official statement, Hong Kong shifted the focus from Snowden to his message and asked the US government to explain its illegal hacking of Hong Kong’s information systems.

China’s state newspaper, The People’s Daily, wrote: “The United States has gone from a model of human rights to an eavesdropper on personal privacy, the manipulator of the centralized power over the international internet, and the mad invader of other countries’ networks. . . The world will remember Edward Snowden. It was his fearlessness that tore off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.”

China’s Global Times, a subsidiary of The People’s Daily, accused Washington of attacking “a young idealist who has exposed the sinister scandals of the US government.” Instead of apologizing “Washington is showing off its muscle by attempting to control the whole situation.”

China’s official Xinhua news agency reported that Snowden’s revelations had placed “Washington in a really awkward situation. They demonstrate that the United States, which has long been trying to play innocent as a victim of cyber attacks, has turned out to be the biggest villain in our age.”

The Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov made it clear that Russia’s sympathy is with Snowden, not with the amerikan Stasi state. Human rights ombudsman Vladimir Lukin said that it was unrealistic to expect the Russian government to violate law to seize a transit passenger who had not entered Russia and was not on Russian soil. RT’s Gayane Chichakyan reported that Washington is doing everything it can to shift attention away from Snowden’s revelations that “show that the US has lied and has been doing the same as they accuse China of doing.”

Ecuador says the traitor is Washington, not Snowden.

The stuck pig squeals from the NSA director—”Edward Snowden has caused irreversible damage to US”—are matched by the obliging squeals from members of the House and Senate, themselves victims of the NSA spying, as was the Director of the CIA who was forced to resign because of a love affair. The NSA is in position to blackmail everyone in the House and Senate, in the White House itself, in all the corporations, the universities, the media, every organization at home and abroad, who has anything to hide. You can tell who is being blackmailed by the intensity of the squeals, such as those of Dianne Feinstein (D, CA) and Mike Rogers (R, MI). With any luck, a patriot will leak what the NSA has on Feinstein and Rogers, neither of whom could possibly scrape any lower before the NSA.

The gangster government in Washington that has everything to hide is now in NSA’s hands and will follow orders. The pretense that amerika is a democracy responsible to the people has been exposed. The US is run by and for the NSA. Congress and the White House are NSA puppets.

Let’s quit calling the NSA the National Security Agency. Clearly, NSA is a threat to the security of every person in the entire world. Let’s call the NSA what it really is—the National Stasi Agency, the largest collection of Gestapo in human history. You can take for granted that every media whore, every government prostitute, every ignorant flag-waver who declares Snowden to be a traitor is either brainwashed or blackmailed. They are the protectors of NSA tyranny. They are our enemies.

The world has been growing increasingly sick of Washington for a long time. The bullying, the constant stream of lies, the gratuitous wars and destruction have destroyed the image hyped by Washington of the US as a “light unto the world.” The world sees the US as a plague upon the world.

Following Snowden’s revelations, Germany’s most important magazine, Der Spiegal, had the headline: “Obama’s Soft Totalitarianism: Europe Must Protect Itself From America.” The first sentence of the article asks: “Is Barack Obama a friend? Revelations about his government’s vast spying program call that into doubt. The European Union must protect the Continent from America’s reach for omnipotence.”

Der Spiegal continues: “We are being watched. All the time and everywhere. And it is the Americans who are doing the watching. On Tuesday, the head of the largest and most all-encompassing surveillance system ever invented is coming for a visit. If Barack Obama is our friend then we really don’t need to be terribly worried about our enemies.”

There is little doubt that German Interior Minister Hans Peter Friedrich has lost his secrets to NSA spies. Friedrich rushed to NSA’s defense, declaring: ”that’s not how you treat friends.” As Der Spiegal made clear, the minister was not referring “to the fact that our trans-Atlantic friends were spying on us. Rather, he meant the criticism of that spying. Friedrich’s reaction is only paradoxical on the surface and can be explained by looking at geopolitical realities. The US is, for the time being, the only global power—and as such it is the only truly sovereign state in existence. All others are dependent—either as enemies or allies. And because most prefer to be allies, politicians—Germany’s included—prefer to grin and bear it.”

It is extraordinary that the most important publication in Germany has acknowledged that the German government is Washington’s puppet state.

Der Spiegel says: “German citizens should be able to expect that their government will protect them from spying by foreign governments. But the German interior minister says instead: ‘We are grateful for the excellent cooperation with US secret services.’ Friedrich didn’t even try to cover up his own incompetence on the surveillance issue. ‘Everything we know about it, we have learned from the media,’ he said. The head of the country’s domestic intelligence agency, Hans-Georg Maassen, was not any more enlightened. ‘I didn’t know anything about it,’ he said. And Justice Minister Sabine Leutheusser-Schnarrenberger was also apparently in the dark. ‘These reports are extremely unsettling,’ she said. With all due respect: These are the people who are supposed to be protecting our rights? If it wasn’t so frightening, it would be absurd.”

For those moronic amerikans who say, “I’m not doing anything wrong, I don’t care if they spy,”

Der Spiegal writes that a “monitored human being is not a free one.” We have reached the point where we “free americans” have to learn from our German puppets that we are not free.

Here, read it for yourself.

Present day Germany is a new country, flushed of its past by war and defeat. Russia is also a new country that has emerged from the ashes of an unrealistic ideology. Hope always resides with those countries that have most experienced evil in government. If Germany were to throw off its amerikan overlord and depart NATO, amerikan power in Europe would collapse. If Germany and Russia were to unite in defense of truth and human rights, Europe and the world would have a new beginning.

A new beginning is desperately needed. Chris Floyd explains precisely what is going on, which is something you will never hear from the presstitutes.

There would be hope if Americans could throw off their brainwashing, follow the lead of Debra Sweet and others, and stand up for Edward Snowden and against the Stasi State.

Paul Craig Roberts is a former Assistant Secretary of the US Treasury and Associate Editor of the Wall Street Journal. His latest book The Failure of Laissez-Faire Capitalism. Roberts’ How the Economy Was Lost is now available from CounterPunch in electronic format.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Power Grab by the Roberts Five

0

Bravo Greg Palast [“Ku Klux Kourt Kills King’s Dream Law, Replaces Voting Rights Act With Katherine Harris Acts“]. The Roberts 5 richly deserves the label of Ku Klux Kourt. The black robed five are as much vigilantes running roughshod over law and the Constitution on behalf of the money power who would enslave us all, as those white robed characters who served the slave power of another time.

These legislators in robes no longer deserve the dignity of caling themselves a “court” because it in not judicial power that they are exercising.

The 15th Amendment did very little after Reconstruction to expand democracy to all citizens. The 1965 Voting Rights Act, King’s Dream, and arguably the most important and effective law in American history, did what the Constitution could not. But on June 25 Chief Justice John Roberts and his gang in their 5-4 decision in Shelby County v. Holder gutted the key feature of the VRA which gave it such amazing efficacy for quickly enfranchising the oppressed then living under Jim Crow. See A. Blackmon, Slavery by Another Name: The Re-Enslavement of Black Americans from the Civil War to World War II (2009).

The Shelby County case is only one in a series of cases in which members of the Roberts 5 abandoned their role as judges to assume legislative powers on profoundly important political questions without effective response from the country or its institutions. This is just the latest and, unless strongly checked, will not be the last case in which the Roberts 5 have fulfilled James Madison‘s warning that “the judicial department also may exercise or sanction dangerous powers beyond the grant of the Constitution.”

After five justices (3 of them members of the Roberts 5) blatantly stole the 2000 election, the most prominent prosecutor in the country wrote a book that amounted to an indictment of those justices for the high crime that “none dare call treason.” Vincent Bugliosi, The Betrayal of America: How the Supreme Court Undermined the Constitution and Chose Our President (2001). But liberals in Congress did nothing to strip the Court of authority to intervene in elections because of their belief in the ideology of judicial supremacy, the ideology that delegates to 5 justices the power to amend and deface theConstitution at will. They worried what would happen to Brown v. Board, the seminal school desegration decision, if we attack judges for their wrongdoing? As if we would have more segregated schools in the 21st century if it were not for the Supreme Court

Then when the Court undermined Brown itself in Parents Involved, 551 U.S. 701 (2007), Justice Stevens’ wrote, dissenting, “no member of the Court I joined in 1975 [which also had a Republican majority] would have agreed with today’s decision.” Not one. But liberal judicial supremacists still dreamed that the Supreme Court that started in the New Deal and lasted about four decades was the norm, and the current aberration will pass if the liberals just have enough patience and uphold the undemocratic ideology of judicial supremacy.

Then came Citizens United, one of six decisions since 2006 (a seventh is coming next term) by which the Roberts 5 have overthrown democracy itself on behalf of the money power by extending its mandate for corrupt elections. But still, the liberals who believe in judicial supremacy have done nothing, except play into the hands of the Court. They politely divert energies to the futile and counterproductive advocacy of a Constitutional Amendment, their judicial supremacy ideology preventing them from seeing the obvious. It is not the Constitution that is wrong and needs changing. It is five justices on the Court that are themselves acting in blatant and unrestrained violation of the Constitution, over and over again, that need correcting. Such lawless judges will predictably give any amendment of the Constitution the same cavalier treatment they are giving to the current Constitution.

These liberals refuse to use the power contained in the Constitution as a check and balance on the Court because of their adherence to the logical fallacy of the slippery slope. Article III, Sec, 2, Clause 2 Sentence 2 which gives Congress control over the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court is frequently invoked by Republicans seeking to overturn Supreme Court decisions. But it scares the liberal judicial supremacists who remember only those four decades when the Court served as guardian of democracy as though that era defines the fundamental nature of the Supreme Court, rather than understanding that period as being an exception in American History.  Without judicial supremacy, they worry: What would happen to Brown v Board?

It was the Supreme Court under that servant of the slave power, Chief Justice Roger Taney, that can be said to have been most responsible for causing the Civil War as a result of its very first decision that exercised judicial supremacy over Congress. Dred Scott (1857) declared Congress’s carefully negotiated 1820 Missouri Compromise that banned slavery from northerwestern terrritories unconstitutional. This power to declare territories to be free states had been exercised from the time the Constitution was drafted, in the 1787 Northwest Ordinance. That law banned slavery from Ohio to Minnesota.

This power of Congress to exclude slavery from the territories and from newly admitted states was the premise for the long-game by which slavery would be first contained in the cotton-growing South and then abolished by law once the slave states were outnumbered.

The Taney Court upset 70 years of sensitive political negotiations and compromises on this defining issue of whether the promises of the Declaration of Independence could eventually be realized in the United States. Taney redefined the Constitution as being a racist document, which imposed the most extreme view upon an ongoing debate over the still enormously respected Constitution.

Two years later in Abelman v Booth (1859) the Roger Taney Supreme Court again struck against the Constitution.  Abelman  was the first case where the Supreme Court exercised judicial supremacy over states in order to overturn a state Supreme Court decision refusing to enforce an Act of Congress as unconstitutional. The Wisconsin Supreme Court made a thorough analysis of the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850 and the Constitution in reaching its conclusion that the 1850 law violated the Constitution. By asserting judicial supremacy over Wisconsin and the right of any state to make its own interpretation of the Constitution,Taney again overturned 70 years of intricate sustained jousting with the slave states over this complicity with evil, as the free states increasingly came to see the fugitive slave issue.

These two cases in the final years before the War attempted to impose the Court’s pro-slavery opinions on the meaning of the Constitution with respect to these two issues upon which there had been intensive sectional debate from the very beginning: the authority of federal legislation to abolish slavery in the territories and in newly admitted states, and the federal authority to catch fugitive slaves and to deny due process in doing so.

Strangely, the Civil War South has become identified with state’s rights. But up to the outbreak of the Civil War it was the slave power South through its control of the Supreme Court, the Presidency and the Senate that denied Wisconsin’s rights and sought to impose a centralized pro-slavery version of the Constitution on the states. It was abolitionist William Lloyd Garrison who advocated secession in those years.

By seeking to terminate further political debate over the proper interpretation of the Constitution, the Court certainly hastened and probably itself caused the Civil War. The side which could best convince its adherents that it was the proper defender of the Constitution won a moral victory that directly yielded political, including potential military, power. Americans in the early 19th century loved their Constitution and were prepared to fight for it. The War was in effect fought over the proper meaning of the Constitution with regard to slavery, an intricate and pervasive debate over the Constitution that had its champions like Salmon Chase and Charles Sumner in the North, and their counterparts in the South.

For example, Sumner strongly supported the Wisconsin Supreme Court decision in his Senate speech on February 23, 1855, reasoning with powerful and extended legal argument that the 1850 Act was “an assumption by Congress of power not delegated to it under the Constitution, and an infraction of rights secured to the States.”  In the case of Sumner, he was such an effective expounder of the proposition that the Constitution did not support slavery that the slave power attempted to assassinate him on the floor of the Senate on May 22, 1856. The control of the judiciary by the slave power resulted in a mere slap on the wrist for the would-be assassin who was only thwarted in the act by witnesses as he continued beating an unconscious Sumner with his gutta percha cane.  Southern apologists have explained away this assassination attempt as a manifestation of southern “honor,” rather than as a deliberate tactic to win the constitutional argument by removing the most effective advocate of an anti-slavery Constitution.

Dred Scott was an appallingly written and reasoned decision that drew the well-reasoned oppostition of lawyer Abraham Lincoln. T. Roosevelt explained that “Lincoln’s … great public career began, and was throughout conditioned by, his insistence, in the Dred Scott case, upon the fact that the American people were the masters and not the servants of even the highest court in the land, and were thereby the final interpreters of the Constitution. If the courts have the final say so on all legislative acts, and if no appeal can lie from them to the people, then they are the irresponsible masters of the people.”

These cases in which the slave power used its control over the Supreme Court to win what they could not get from Congress alone are the origins of the two-fold judicial supremacy doctrine that claims for the Court authority to override both the separation of powers and also federalism. Since Lincoln won the war over this question of judicial supremacy, while Taney died a widely reviled bankrupt insulted by Sumner and ignored by Lincoln, one would have expected the judicial supremacy ideology to have died with Taney during the Civil War. But the dotrine was revived to convert the 14th Amendment to empower railroads and other robber barons during the long Gilded Age of the late 19th and early 20th century.

This historical context for the 15th Amendment’s guarantee of the right to vote is important for understanding exactly how the Supreme Court violated the Constitution in Shelby County v. Holder. The Court invalidated a law specifically authorized by the 15th Amendment on “federalism” grounds that a state has power over its own election laws. In another case last term where federalist concerns were presented to the Court as a reason to uphold Montana’s right to enact its own election laws that would safeguard the integrity of its elections, the Court totally ignored those concerms and summarily forced Montana to accept the corruption for state elections mandated by Citizens United for federal elections If Citizens United is the Dred Scott of the overthrow of democracy by the money power, then Montana’s case was its Abelman v Booth.

The Montana case shows the Supreme Court’s concern with federalism to be opportunistic, willing to turn the Constitution on its head. In election matters, as Justice Ginsburg’s dissent in Shelby County points out, it is Congress generally that has been expressly given the power to enact legislation on the manner of holding federal elections and protecting constitutional voting rights. id. note 2. The Constitution gives the Court no role in these matters whether in federal or state elections, even reserving in Articel I, Sec. 5 the power to “judge” elections to Congress. This clause makes the only grant of the judicial power to Congress. other than for impeachments where the Court ackowledges it has no role to play. The Constitution thus shows a wise intent to keep the judiciary out of elections.

Unlike Montana’s case where federalism concerns added to the elections clauses of the Constitution should have precluded any Supreme Court review of the Montana Supreme Court’s decision, Shelby County was decided under the Civil War Amendments (CWA). Within the ambit of their application to the abolition of slavery, enforcement of civil rights and safeguarding voting rights, the CWA’s expressly abrogated states rights, or “federalism.”  It became the justification for the enormous cost in blood and resources of the Civil War to end “federalism” in these areas of national concern.

More importantly, in formulating these amendments and other election related amendments Congress expressly gave itself the power to enforce them by enactment of necessary legislation.  Lincoln had won the battle with the pernicious Supreme Court. Congress had learned the Lincoln’s lesson to keep the Court out of reconstruction by taking the full power unto itself to decide what was necessary to enforce the CWA rights without interference of bogus constitutional objections coming from the direction of a biased and unelected Supreme Court. Justice Ginsburg quotes a scholar in pointing out that the remedy for the Civil War “amendments was expressly not left to the courts.”

Chief Justice Roberts’ decision in Shelby County thus violates two fundamental consitutional principles in overturning a law the Congress enacted pursuant to its CWA powers. First it breaches the separation of powers principles embedded into those amendments by Congress in deliberate response to the irresponsible and fatal claims to judicial supremacy of the Taney Court.

Second, the Roberts’ decision attempts to undo the very outcome of the Civil War by reviving federalism concerns as a touchtone of validity on a subject matter where such concerns were expressly abrogated by the Constitution. The racist and political motivations of the Roberts Court are clear because the Court paradoxicially denied only a year ago in the Montana case actual federalism concerns regarding state elections in a context where they had not been abolished by Congress and should therefore have been respected. The common feature of these doctrinally inconsistent decisions is that the Montana case also served the interests of plutocrats in disenfranchising citizens from exercising the fundamental right of exercising “the consent of the governed” in fair uncorrupted elections.

Beyond those two fundamental constitutional violations, Justice Ginsburg points out the failure of the Court to even state the standard to which it was holding Congress — that is, the law under which unelected judges presume to second guess the elected representatives of the people. Though the historical record would suggest that the Court has no proper role to play at all in this matter, history since that time has given the Court a minor role of determining whether what Congress has done in excercing its plenary CWA powers was, under the circumstances, “rational.” Since Justice Ginsburg goes into great length with regard to the factual circumstanes considered by Congress and upon which the rationality of Congress’ reauthorization of the VRA could not remotely be questioned, the Court instead says it is not even interested in this extensive record proving the rationality by Congress. This is further evidence that in this decision the Roberts 5 were not acting as a court confining itself to the exercise of judical powers. It refuses to state the rule under which it is exercising authority, and then refuses to assess the facts to which such a rule would apply. This is the very definition of the judicial process which was rejected by Roberts.

Beyond those violations, Justice Ginsburg shows that since the reauthorization of VRA’s preclearance authority would be uncontestably needed and rational with respect specifically to Shelby County and Alabama generally, due to their “sorry history” of violations, there was no basis for the Court to rule about the application ot the preauthorizaton requirements to other possible plaintiffs or contexts. That is, if the Roberts 5 were acting within their judicial authority to decide actual cases of parties before them as is required under Article III they would have no occasion to extend their inquiry generally to parties not before the court who might have a claim of unfair or irrational treatment.

Justice Ginsburg labels as “hubris” the Court’s venture into giving advisory opinions about the application of the law to parties not before the Court.  Interestingly this is an approach that has been limited exclusively to First Amendment litigation because of “chiling effects” of restraints on free speech. This technique of deciding cases of parties not before it was therefore used in Citizens United  for justifying that advisory opinion. (There was no citizen before the court in Citizens United claiming that they wanted to hear more corporate advertising — though that was the “right” which the Court purportedly protected in that case.)

In Shelby County the only parties before the Court could make no credible response to the fact that their own proven racist conduct justified use of Congress powers to require pre-authorization of changes in their election laws. So the Court argued some other case would violate the Constitution. But that is not how the judcial process works.

Roberts and his gang in this and other cases routinely invent whatever reasons they need to serve plutocrats. In this case their goal is clearly to suppress the franchise of persons who would vote against the plutocrats, as Greg Palast describes. Unable to make any case that what Congress has done in reauthorizing the VRA to require pre-authorizaiton of Shelby County election law changes is irrational, the Roberts 5 premise for its decision is no different than, as Jutice Ginsburg pointedly put it, “like throwing away your umbrella in a rainstorm because you are not getting wet:” The Court reasoned that because the VRA has been effective to thwart attempts to suppress the votes of citizens, its protections are no longer needed.

The Court in Shelby County, as it did in Citizens United, and a series of other cases, has blatantly violated the separation of powers by appointing itself a super-legislature on the most profound issues of national import.  There is no call here, any more than there was needed in Citizens United and the numerous other cases where the Roberts 5 are using these same tactics, for a constitutional amendment to change the Court’s reading of the Constitution. To use Justice Ginsburg’s apt umbrella metaphor the Roberts 5 utilize excuses just as irrational as the simpleton who refuses to investigate the evidence all around of rain, refuses to accept the accepted test that rain is wet, and then throws away the umbrella as unnecessary while alleging those who would keep the umbrellas to be irrational. Umbrellas are necessay, they say, only after you are already wet.  If a legislature had made such a choice it would be considered irrational. But when the Court makes it, judicial supremacy makes it the final word.

These five do not care about determining the facts that judges are hired to deal with, or what anyone before them thought the Constitution means. This case again overturns precedent just as Citizens United did. The parallels to the non-judicial conduct in that case by Roberts’ Shelby County opinion are many. There is now a desperate need for Congress to finally make an effective response to the Supreme Court;s constitutional violations, expecially its violation of the separation of powers by grabbing legislative powers unhinged from judicial process.

Perhaps this case that seeks to undo the outcome of the Civil War and relegate many citizens primarily in the South back to second class status will jar Congress out of its torpor. The public must demand that Congress use its Article III constitutional power to strip the Supreme court of appeallate jurisdiction over any case arising under the Voting Rights Act that questions Congress’s authority under the 15th Amendment to guarantee the right to vote in federal and state elections. At the same time Congress should strip the Supreme Court of jurisdiction over its “money is speech” decisions under the First Amendment, which also serve to disenfranchise the vast majority who cannot buy politicians and policy. These are closely related and overlapping issues that should be dealt with in an omnibus bill that strips this Court of as much of its judicial review powers as needed to contain the Roberts 5 within their proper judicial functions and especially remove them from any further involvement with the inherently political question of elections.  Rachel E. Barkow, More supreme than court? The fall of the political question doctrine and the rise of judicial supremacy, 102 Colum. L. Rev. 237 (2002)

Because of the potentially irremediable damage these 5 are inflicting on the country in numerous areas of policy, if they fail to cooperate with this venerable limitation on their Article III powers, accepted by other Supreme Court decisions going all the way back to the early 19th century, impeachment must be considered an appropriate remedy for judges who prove themselves to be the lawbreakers

As T. Roosevelt said in the Lochner era, another period like the pre-Civil War, Gilded Age, and the current period when the Supreme Court inflicted enormous injury on the country by violating the Constitution in service of plutocrats: “when a judge decides a Constitutional question, when he decides what the people as a whole can or cannot do, the people should have the right to recall that decision if they think it is wrong. … it is both absurd and undignified to make a fetish of a judge or anyone else.”

Support that liberals lend to the judicial supremacy ideology in the current era is an absurd and undignified “fetish.”  The slippery slope that they fear could be dealt with by adopting T. Roosevelt and the progressive’s proposal of a century ago tfor allowing the people to vote in a “recall” election on issues such as 5-4 decisions that affect everyone, and on which broad popular opinion thinks the Court got it all wrong. Congress would have the authority to conduct a referendum that it could declare binding on those voting for the law to determine whether Congress got the Constitution right, or whether these 5 judges who are all wet got it right.

Rob Hager is a public interest litigator who filed an amicus brief in the Montana sequel to Citizens United for Essential Information, an organization founded by Ralph Nader

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Why Boycott Israel?

0

Ido Aharoni, Israel’s Consul General for New York, and also “the founding head of Israel’s brand-management team and the originator of the Brand Israel movement” recently wrote an op-ed in the New York Post (19 June 2013). In it he took to task the famous American novelist Alice Walker for her promotion of a cultural boycott of Israel.

Aharoni explains that, just like most countries in the world, Israel tries to promote “an attractive image”of itself — a sort of Israeli version of “I love New York.” Since, “no other country has ever been criticized for engaging in this common practice of courting tourists and businesses” why does Walker try to interfere with Israel’s branding campaign?

Ahroni knows full well why Walker does so.  However, for him the racism and oppression Walker sees institutionalized in Israeli society is not a good reason for a boycott.  Ahroni asserts that “Israel, like many places on Earth, experiences a variety of issues and challenges. . . .Israel should not be viewed through the prism of its problems, nor should any other country.”

On the other hand, Ahroni wants to know why Walker is not boycotting Syria?

The question of why Americans should boycott Israel in particular, when so many other governments and societies in the world are oppressive and brutal, is an important one.  And there is indeed a good answer to it:

The fact that Zionist influence spreads far beyond Israel’s area of dominion and now influences many of the policy making institutions of western governments, and particularly that of the United States, makes it imperative that Israel’s oppressive behavior be singled out as a high priority case for boycott. In other words, unlike other oppressive and brutal governments, the Israelis and their supporters directly influence (one might say corrupt) the policy makers of many Western nations and this often makes their governments (most specifically the U.S.) accomplices in Israel’s abusive policies. This being so, prioritizing Israel for boycott is not hypocrisy but rather necessity.

Lawrence Davidson is professor of history at West Chester University in West Chester, PA.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch

Israeli Propaganda, With Warts

0

Out of a sense of duty to CounterPunch readers, I went to a press screening for “Israel: a Home Movie” that opens at the Film Forum in New York on July 10th. It might be more accurate to say that I went to monitor it since it had all the earmarks of a typical Israeli film geared to the liberal to left audiences at the Film Forum, a premier art house. Unlike “World War Z”, the new zombie movie that apparently includes 10 minutes of full-blast Zionist propaganda (Israel becomes a Zombie-free zone largely on the efforts of a muscular and merciless IDF standing guard at the borders), “Israel: a Home Movie” is anxious to show Israel with warts and all, as the announcement from the Film Forum publicity department made clear:

Israel goes from a young, optimistic, albeit naive nation, to one in which the realities of middle-age (and worse) settle in. There is a description of “shell-shock”; a young soldier who declares “God bless morphine”; images of a relative “killed in a terrorist attack at about age 30″; the demolition of a minaret and discussion of whether it was a holy site; David Ben-Gurion visiting transit camps in 1956, and glimpses throughout of Ariel Sharon, Moshe Dayan, and Anwar Sadat. Perhaps nowhere in the world could home movies so intimately reflect the changing political face of a nation. As early as the late 1970s, one feels that tragedy has become the norm, that life inevitably leads to death and that — in Israel as we have known it — peace inevitably leads to war.

As the title implies, the film is entirely made up of home movies shot  mostly on 8mm film cameras like the kind people used to take on vacation. As such, most of the footage is fairly banal stuff that ostensibly would only be of interest to people who get a kick out of watching strangers frolicking in the ocean or–worse–babies waddling into their parents’ arms. The men or women who made the films or their children provide narration. The perspective is mostly that of old-style kibbutz “socialism” or Peace Now liberalism, just the sort of thing that would resonate with the film’s target audience.

These benign moments are punctuated by scenes of warfare, starting with the 1948 creation of the modern state of Israel. The film also includes plenty of footage from the 1967 and 1973 wars, all calculated to convince the viewer that they were forced on Israel. There are lots of shots of Moshe Dayan and Ariel Sharon in uniform, the two military “heroes” of the two wars. There also military parades galore, all a reminder that this is a country on a permanent war footing much to the dismay of Eliav Lilti, the film’s director and Arik Bernstein, its producer. In the film notes, Bernstein describes the film’s goal as evoking a “sense of nostalgia and profound political unease.”

In order to maintain credibility with a left of center audience, the film includes some scenes of Israeli brutality. For example, you will see Egyptian POW’s from the 1967 war being beaten as they step down from the back of a military truck. Stripped to their underwear, they are forced to rise repeatedly from a prone to an upright position on the command of an Israeli MP. When they are not quick enough, they are clubbed.

You also see a thoroughly disgusting triumphal IDF march into the West Bank after the 1973 war has come to an end, reminiscent of the Wehrmacht’s entry into Paris or French paratroopers marching down the main boulevard of Algiers in 1954.

What the film does not present is home movies made by the settlers in the West Bank as they parade around behind one or another of their fascist gang-leaders. The film comes to an abrupt halt a year or so after the 1973 war has ended, showing little interest in the occupation of Gaza or the West Bank. This would obviously risk reminding a left-of-center audience that Israel’s “political unease” is trivial in comparison to someone whose house has been demolished as part of the process of creating a new fact on the ground in Hebron or East Jerusalem.

You can get a good idea of producer Arik Bernstein’s capacity for telling the truth about Israel from a documentary he did in 2008 titled “Gaza-Sderot” that has the temerity to put the Israeli and Palestinian populations of these two places on the same plane. In the entire time that Sderot has been under attack from Palestinians, there have been 16 Israeli deaths. Meanwhile, B’Tselem, an Israeli human rights group, puts the number of Palestinian deaths in Gaza at 4672. The word for this is asymmetrical.

“Israel: a Home Movie” received funding from the Marc Rich Foundation. That name might ring a bell. The deep pockets that the foundation relied on belonged to a man who died at the age of 78 on June 27th. Rich was a financier who was indicted on 65 criminal counts that included tax fraud in 1983. Before the cops could get their hands on him, Rich became a fugitive and lived high on the hog in Switzerland as he continued making billions.

On January 20, 2001, his last day in office, Bill Clinton pardoned Marc Rich but refused to take the idea of pardoning Leonard Peltier seriously. When Amy Goodman took this up with him in an interview, Clinton talked around it. If Peltier had billions, I am sure that Clinton would have paid attention. Of course, with that kind of wealth, Peltier would never have spent a day in prison.

The NY Times obituary for Rich adds some revealing data:

It was soon learned that Mr. Rich’s former wife, Denise Rich, had made large donations to the Democratic Party and the Clinton library, and that Israeli officials, including Prime Minister Ehud Barak, had lobbied Mr. Clinton for the pardon. Rabbi Irving Greenberg, chairman of the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, also pressed Mr. Rich’s case, on museum stationery.

Shabtai Shavit, a former head of Mossad, the Israeli intelligence service, expressed gratitude to Mr. Rich for routinely allowing agents to use his offices around the world and for financing airlifts of Jews from Ethiopia, Yemen and other countries. King Juan Carlos I of Spain also weighed in on Mr. Rich’s behalf.

It is worth keeping an eye on propaganda efforts such as “Israel: a Home Movie” as the struggle around BDS heats up. On June 26thMondoweiss reported that a “Leading American Jewish group announces plan to ramp up campaign against BDS movement”. They were upset with Stephen Hawking, who after announcing that he was boycotting Israel was denounced by Alan Dershowitz as an “ignoramus”. Clearly, a film such as “Israel: a Home Movie” would have provoked Dershowitz’s ire as well. That, however, does not make it any less pernicious.

“Israel: a Home Movie” is the latest installment in a series of hasbara-lite films calculated to persuade liberal-minded audiences outside of Israel, particularly in the U.S., that the country is not all that bad.

“The Gatekeepers”, another documentary, also played at the Film Forum and with the same intentions. Now available on Netflix, I described it back in January as the second cousin of Earl Morris’s film on Robert McNamara:

But the closest relative to “The Gatekeepers” is Errol Morris’s 2003 documentary “The Fog of War: Eleven Lessons from the Life of Robert S. McNamara”, which allows the war criminal to shed crocodile tears over his “mistakes” in Vietnam. Surely, if the U.S. were able to stabilize a puppet government in South Vietnam, Morris would have not had material to work with. By the same token, if Israel did not have to contend with continuing Palestinian resistance, the Shin Bet chiefs whose interviews form the substance of Israeli director Dror Moreh’s film, would have had no reason to take part in a film that reflects Israeli “dove” nervousness about the settler state’s future.

And before that there was “Waltz with Bashir”, an animated fiction film that once again reminded film audiences that “war is hell”. Although I did not review the film, my reaction to it was identical to that of Haaretz’s Gideon Levy:

Hollywood will be enraptured, Europe will cheer and the Israeli Foreign Ministry will send the movie and its makers around the world to show off the country’s good side. But the truth is that it is propaganda. Stylish, sophisticated, gifted and tasteful — but propaganda. A new ambassador of culture will now join Amos Oz and A.B. Yehoshua, and he too will be considered fabulously enlightened — so different from the bloodthirsty soldiers at the checkpoints, the pilots who bomb residential neighborhoods, the artillerymen who shell women and children, and the combat engineers who rip up streets. Here, instead, is the opposite picture. Animated, too. Of enlightened, beautiful Israel, anguished and self-righteous, dancing a waltz, with and without Bashir. Why do we need propagandists, officers, commentators and spokespersons who will convey “information”? We have this waltz.

The waltz rests on two ideological foundations. One is the “we shot and we cried” syndrome: Oh, how we wept, yet our hands did not spill this blood. Add to this a pinch of Holocaust memories, without which there is no proper Israeli self-preoccupation. And a dash of victimization — another absolutely essential ingredient in public discourse here — and voila! You have the deceptive portrait of Israel 2008, in words and pictures.

Louis Proyect blogs at http://louisproyect.wordpress.com and is the moderator of the Marxism mailing list. In his spare time, he reviews films for CounterPunch.

Republished with permission from:: Counterpunch